As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on February 27, 2020
No. 333-
UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
FORM S-4
REGISTRATION STATEMENT
UNDER
THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
A. M. CASTLE & CO.
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
Additional Registrants Listed on Schedule A hereto
Maryland
|
5051
|
36-0879160
|
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization) |
(Primary Standard Industrial
Classification Code Number) |
(I.R.S. Employer
Identification No.) |
1420 Kensington Road, Suite 220
Oak Brook, IL 60523
(847) 455-7111
(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of registrant’s principal executive offices)
Marec E. Edgar
President and Chief Executive Officer
A. M. Castle & Co.
1420 Kensington Road, Suite 220
Oak Brook, IL 60523
(847) 455-7111
(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)
Copies to:
Jeremy T. Steele
Senior Vice President, General Counsel, Secretary A. M. Castle & Co. 1420 Kensington Road, Suite 220 Oak Brook, IL 60523 (847) 455-7111 |
Eric Orsic, Esq.
McDermott Will & Emery LLP 444 West Lake Street, Suite 4000 Chicago, IL 60606-0029 (312) 372-2000 |
Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale of the securities to the public: The exchange will occur as soon as practicable after the effective date of this Registration Statement.
If the securities being registered on this form are being offered in connection with the formation of a holding company and there is compliance with General Instruction G, check the following box: o
If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. o
If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. o
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, a smaller reporting company, or emerging growth company. See the definitions of large accelerated filer, accelerated filer, smaller reporting company, and emerging growth company in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.
Large accelerated filer
|
o
|
Accelerated filer
|
o
|
Non-accelerated filer
|
o
|
Smaller reporting company
|
☒
|
|
|
Emerging growth company
|
o
|
If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act. o
If applicable, place an X in the box to designate the appropriate rule provision relied upon in conducting this transaction:
Exchange Act Rule 13e-4(i) (Cross-Border Issuer Tender Offer) o
Exchange Act Rule 14d-1(d) (Cross-Border Third-Party Tender Offer o
CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE
Title of Each Class of
Securities to be Registered |
Amount
to be Registered |
Proposal
Maximum Offering Price Per Security |
Proposed
Maximum Aggregate Offering Price |
Amount of
Registration Fee |
Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share
|
71,652,314 shares
|
N/A
|
$ (1)
|
$ (1)
|
3.00%/5.00% Convertible Senior PIK Toggle Notes due 2024
|
$100,000,000
|
N/A
|
$ (1)
|
$ (1)
|
Guarantees of 3.00%/5.00% Convertible Senior PIK Toggle Notes due 2024
|
—
|
—
|
—
|
(2)
|
Common Stock issuable upon conversion of the 3.00%/5.00% Convertible Senior PIK Toggle Notes due 2024
|
(3)
|
(3)
|
(3)
|
(3)
|
Total
|
—
|
—
|
$200,000,000(1)
|
$25,960(1)
|
(1) | The registration fee has been calculated pursuant to Rule 457(f) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. |
(2) | Pursuant to Rule 457(n), no additional registration fee is payable with respect to the guarantees. |
(3) | The shares of common stock that are being registered include such indeterminate number of shares of common stock, if any, that may be issued upon conversion of the 3.00%/5.00% Convertible Senior PIK Toggle Notes due 2024 registered hereunder, which shares are not subject to an additional fee pursuant to Rule 457(i) of the Securities Act. Pursuant to Rule 416 under the Securities Act, such number of shares of common stock registered hereby shall include an indeterminate number of shares of common stock that may be issued in connection with the anti-dilution provisions or stock splits, stock dividends, recapitalizations or similar events. |
The registrants hereby amend this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until this Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.
Schedule A
Exact Name of Additional Registrants
|
Jurisdiction of
Incorporation or Formation |
Principal Executive
Offices |
Primary
Standard Industrial Classification Code Number |
I.R.S.
Employer Identification No. |
Total Plastics, Inc.
|
Michigan
|
1420 Kensington Road,
Suite 220, Oak Brook, IL 60523 |
3080
|
38-2203149
|
A.M. Castle & Co. (Canada) Inc.
|
British Columbia
|
1420 Kensington Road,
Suite 220, Oak Brook, IL 60523 |
5051
|
13835 3438
|
HY-Alloy Steels Company
|
Delaware
|
1420 Kensington Road,
Suite 220, Oak Brook, IL 60523 |
5051
|
36-2761889
|
Keystone Service, Inc.
|
Indiana
|
1420 Kensington Road,
Suite 220, Oak Brook, IL 60523 |
5051
|
36-0879160
|
Keystone Tube Company, LLC
|
Delaware
|
1420 Kensington Road,
Suite 220, Oak Brook, IL 60523 |
5051
|
36-4388746
|
Castle Metals De Mexico, S.A. de C.V.
|
Mexico
|
1420 Kensington Road,
Suite 220, Oak Brook, IL 60523 |
5051
|
CMM941219BG6
|
Castle Metals De Mexicali, S.A. de C.V.
|
Mexico
|
1420 Kensington Road,
Suite 220, Oak Brook, IL 60523 |
5051
|
CMM941219BG6
|
The information in this prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may not complete the exchange offer and issue these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. The prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities nor a solicitation of an offer to buy these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer and sale is not permitted.
Subject to Completion, Dated February 27, 2020
Prospectus
A. M. Castle & Co.
OFFER TO EXCHANGE AND CONSENT SOLICITATION
Shares of Common Stock and 3.00%/5.00% Convertible Senior PIK Toggle Notes due 2024
for
Any and All 5.00%/7.00% Convertible Senior PIK Toggle Notes due 2022
(CUSIP No. 148411AK7)
THE EXCHANGE OFFER AND THE CONSENT SOLICITATION (AS DEFINED BELOW) WILL EXPIRE AT 5:00 P.M., NEW YORK CITY TIME, ON MARCH 26, 2020, UNLESS EXTENDED OR EARLIER TERMINATED BY US (SUCH DATE AND TIME, AS THE SAME MAY BE EXTENDED, THE EXPIRATION DATE). TENDERS MAY BE WITHDRAWN AT ANY TIME BEFORE 5:00 P.M., NEW YORK CITY TIME, ON THE EXPIRATION DATE (SUCH DATE AND TIME, AS THE SAME MAY BE EXTENDED, THE WITHDRAWAL DEADLINE).
In accordance with the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this prospectus and related letter of transmittal, as each may be amended from time to time, A. M. Castle & Co. (the Issuer) is offering to exchange (the Exchange Offer) shares of its common stock and its 3.00%/5.00% Convertible Senior PIK Toggle Notes due 2024 (the new notes) for any and all outstanding 5.00%/7.00% Convertible Senior PIK Toggle Notes due 2022 (the old notes). See the Summary Offering Table. Accrued and unpaid interest on the old notes will be exchanged into new notes and common stock at the Exchange Rate (as defined below) on the date on which the Exchange Offer is completed. (the Closing Date).
The new notes will bear interest at a rate of 3.00% per annum if paid in cash or 5.00% if paid in kind per annum, payable quarterly. The new notes will mature on August 31, 2024 and will be convertible, at the option of the holders, into shares of our common stock. See Description of the New Notes.
The new notes will be guaranteed on a senior basis by all current domestic restricted subsidiaries, certain current foreign subsidiaries, all future domestic subsidiaries and all future foreign subsidiaries to the extent such foreign subsidiaries have guaranteed other indebtedness (in each case, other than Immaterial Subsidiaries and those designated as Unrestricted Subsidiaries) of the Issuer (the Guarantors). The restrictive covenants in the indenture governing the new notes will be substantially similar to the covenants in the indenture governing the old notes. For a more detailed description of the new notes, see Summary Description of the New Notes and Description of the New Notes.
Concurrently with this Exchange Offer, we are also soliciting consents (the Consent Solicitation) from holders for certain amendments to the indenture governing the old notes to eliminate or amend substantially all of the restrictive covenants, release all collateral securing the Issuers obligations under the indenture governing the old notes (the Existing Indenture), and modify certain of the events of default and various other provisions, contained in the Existing Indenture (collectively, the Proposed Amendments). We refer to the Exchange Offer and the Consent Solicitation collectively in this prospectus as the Exchange Offer.
It is a condition to the consummation of this Exchange Offer, among other things, that (i) the aggregate principal amount of old notes that are not tendered and exchanged shall not exceed $3.0 million; (ii) PNC Bank, National Association (PNC) shall have approved or consented to the Exchange, to the extent required, and to the amendments to the existing intercreditor agreement with the Trustee (as defined below) of the old notes and shall have entered into a New Intercreditor Agreement (as defined below) with the Trustee of the new notes; (iii) holders of more than two-thirds of the aggregate principal amount of the old notes (noteholders representing such percentage being the Required Consenting Noteholders) and the Trustee shall have consented to and/or entered into, as applicable, documentation (including one or more supplemental indentures) effecting the deletion of the covenants in the Existing Indenture and release of all collateral under the Existing Indenture; (iv) all Definitive Documentation (as described in this prospectus) shall have been executed and remain in full force and effect, which Definitive Documentation shall be in form and substance acceptable to the Issuer and the Required Consenting Noteholders; (v) all requisite filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission, OTC Markets Group, Inc., and other governmental authorities and third parties shall have become effective, and all governmental authorities and third parties shall have approved or consented to the Exchange Offer, to the extent required and (vi) the shares of common stock to be issued in the Exchange Offer shall have been duly authorized and will be validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable.
We have entered into support agreements (the Support Agreements) with holders of the old notes who, in the aggregate, hold in excess of 96% of the outstanding principal amount of the old notes, who have agreed, among other things, to tender their old notes in the Exchange Offer and to consent to the Proposed Amendments, subject to certain conditions. See Definitive Documentation.
Our common stock is presently quoted on the OTCQX Best Market tier of the OTC Markets Group, Inc. (OTCQX) under the symbol CTAM. There is no market for our new notes, and we do not intend to list the new notes on any national or regional securities exchange.
You should consider the Risk Factors beginning on page 11 of this prospectus before you decide whether to participate in the Exchange Offer.
In making a decision in connection with the Exchange Offer, you must rely on your own examination of our business and the terms of the Exchange Offer, including the merits and risks involved. You should not construe the contents of this prospectus as providing any legal, business, financial or tax advice. You should consult with your own legal, business, financial and tax advisors with respect to any such matters concerning this prospectus and the Exchange Offer contemplated hereby.
NEITHER THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION NOR ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION HAS APPROVED OR DISAPPROVED OF THE SECURITIES BEING OFFERED IN EXCHANGE FOR OUR OLD NOTES OR THIS TRANSACTION, PASSED UPON THE MERITS OR FAIRNESS OF THIS TRANSACTION OR PASSED UPON THE ADEQUACY OR ACCURACY OF THIS PROSPECTUS. ANY REPRESENTATION TO THE CONTRARY IS A CRIMINAL OFFENSE.
The date of this prospectus is , 2020.
SUMMARY OFFERING TABLE
This summary offering table indicates the new notes and common stock to be offered in the Exchange Offer per $1,000 principal amount of old notes validly tendered and not withdrawn. For the purposes of this prospectus, the term exchange consideration refers to the new notes and shares of common stock being offered to holders of the old notes.
|
|
Total Exchange Consideration
per $1,000 Principal Amount of Old Notes Tendered (together, the Exchange Rate)(2) |
|
Aggregate
Principal Amount Outstanding(1) |
Title of
Old Notes to be Tendered |
Principal
Amount of New Notes(3) |
Number of
Shares of Common Stock |
$193,700,000
|
5.00%/7.00% Convertible
senior PIK Toggle Notes due 2022 |
$491.8619 principal amount of new notes
|
363.2585 shares of common stock of the Issuer
|
(1) | The outstanding principal amount reflects the aggregate principal amount outstanding as of December 31, 2019, but does not include accrued and unpaid interest. |
(2) | Any accrued and unpaid interest on the old notes through the Closing Date of the Exchange Offer will be exchanged into new notes and common stock at the Exchange Rate. |
The new notes will be in denominations of $1,000 and integral multiples of $1.00 in excess thereof. Only whole principal amounts or numbers of shares of common stock will be issued with the principal amounts or numbers of shares of common stock to be issued to be adjusted by rounding up or down to the nearest $1.00 or number of shares of common stock. A half amount or number of shares of common stock will be rounded up.
(3) | Subject to certain conditions, the new notes will be convertible into shares of common stock. See Description of Common Stock, Summary Description of the New Notes, and Description of the New Notes. Assuming completion of the Exchange Offer and the tender of all outstanding old notes as of December 31, 2019, we will have approximately 75.3 million shares of common stock outstanding, out of 200.0 million shares authorized. Approximately 212.9 million shares of common stock will be issuable upon conversion of the new notes. At the completion of the Exchange Offer, we therefore expect that we will not have sufficient authorized shares of common stock to issue upon conversion of the new notes. If the Exchange Offer is completed, we intend to call a special meeting of stockholders (or consider such matters at our upcoming annual meeting of stockholders) to be held as soon as reasonably practicable for stockholders of record as of a date occurring on or after the Closing Date (which will include holders of old notes who receive shares of common stock in the Exchange Offer) to consider the following matters: (1) a proposal to amend our charter to increase the number of authorized shares of our common stock available for issuance, in order to provide a sufficient number of authorized shares of common stock for the issuance of shares upon conversion of the new notes, (2) a proposal to amend our charter to effect a reverse stock split of shares of our common stock; and (3) any other matters properly brought before the meeting. In lieu of a special or annual meeting of stockholders, the Company may direct the actions set forth in clauses (1) and (2) above to be taken by written consent of the stockholders in accordance with applicable Maryland law and our charter and bylaws. Additionally, in lieu of seeking a vote of stockholders to effect a reverse stock split through an amendment to our charter, the Board of Directors may authorize the Company to undertake a reverse stock split of no greater than ten shares of common stock into one share of common stock, which the Board of Directors may authorize, without any action by stockholders, in accordance with Maryland law. In the indenture governing the new notes, we have agreed to use commercially reasonable efforts to cause items (1) and (2) of the preceding sentence to occur no later than August 31, 2020. Unless and until we obtain stockholder approval of the increase in the number of shares of our common stock authorized and available for issuance upon conversion of the new notes, if the new notes are converted, we may not elect physical settlement or combination settlement of any conversion of new notes if such election would result in the issuance of more than 124.7 million shares of common stock (in the aggregate for the new notes taking into account all prior or concurrent new notes conversions). In such circumstance, we would be required to pay cash to satisfy our settlement obligations. We may not have sufficient funds to satisfy such cash obligations and, in such circumstances, may not be able to arrange the necessary financing on favorable terms or at all. |
TABLE OF CONTENTS
|
Page
|
||
|
|
||
|
|
||
|
|
||
|
|
||
|
|
||
|
|
||
|
|
||
|
|
||
|
|
||
|
|
||
|
|
||
|
|
||
|
|
||
|
|
||
|
|
||
|
|
||
|
|
||
|
|
||
|
|
||
|
|
NONE OF THE ISSUER, ITS SUBSIDIARIES, THEIR RESPECTIVE BOARDS OF DIRECTORS NOR THE EXCHANGE AGENT HAS MADE ANY RECOMMENDATION AS TO WHETHER OR NOT HOLDERS SHOULD TENDER THEIR OLD NOTES FOR EXCHANGE PURSUANT TO THE EXCHANGE OFFER. YOU MUST MAKE YOUR OWN DECISION WHETHER TO EXCHANGE ANY OLD NOTES PURSUANT TO THE EXCHANGE OFFER, AND, IF YOU WISH TO EXCHANGE OLD NOTES, THE PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF OLD NOTES TO TENDER.
This prospectus does not constitute an offer to participate in the Exchange Offer to any person in any jurisdiction where it is unlawful to make such an offer or solicitations. The Exchange Offer is being made on the basis of this prospectus and are subject to the terms described herein and those that may be set forth in any amendment or supplement thereto or incorporated by reference herein. Any decision to participate in the Exchange Offer should be based on the information contained in this prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto or specifically incorporated by reference herein. In making an investment decision or decisions, prospective investors must rely on their own examination of us and the terms of the Exchange Offer and the securities being offered and the terms of the amendments and mutual releases being sought, including the merits and risks involved. Prospective investors should not construe anything in this prospectus as legal, business or tax advice. Each prospective investor should consult its advisors as needed to make its investment decision and to determine whether it is legally permitted to participate in the Exchange Offer under applicable legal investment or similar laws or regulations.
Each prospective investor must comply with all applicable laws and regulations in force in any jurisdiction in which it participates in the Exchange Offer or possesses or distributes this prospectus and must obtain any consent, approval or permission required by it for participation in the Exchange Offer under the laws and regulations in force in any jurisdiction to which it is subject, and neither we nor any of our respective representatives shall have any responsibility therefor.
No action with respect to the offer of exchange consideration has been or will be taken in any jurisdiction (except the United States) that would permit a public offering of the offered securities, or the possession, circulation or distribution of this prospectus or any material relating to the Company or the offered securities where action for that purpose is required. Accordingly, the offered securities may not be offered, sold or
i
exchanged, directly or indirectly, and neither this prospectus nor any other offering material or advertisement in connection with the Exchange Offer may be distributed or published, in or from any such jurisdiction, except in compliance with any applicable rules or regulations of any such country or jurisdiction.
This prospectus contains summaries believed to be accurate with respect to certain documents, but reference is made to the actual documents for complete information. All of those summaries are qualified in their entirety by this reference. Copies of documents referred to herein will be made available to prospective investors upon request to us at the address and telephone number set forth in Prospectus Summary—Corporate Information.
This prospectus, including the documents incorporated by reference herein, and the related letter of transmittal contain important information that should be read before any decision is made with respect to participating in the Exchange Offer.
The delivery of this prospectus shall not under any circumstances create any implication that the information contained herein is correct as of any time subsequent to the date hereof or that there has been no change in the information set forth herein or in any attachments hereto or in the affairs of the Company or affiliates since the date hereof.
No one has been authorized to give any information or to make any representations with respect to the matters described in this prospectus and the related letter of transmittal, other than those contained in this prospectus and the related letter of transmittal. If given or made, such information or representation may not be relied upon as having been authorized by us.
ii
CAUTIONARY NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
Information provided and statements contained in this prospectus, and the documents incorporated by reference herein, that are not purely historical are forward-looking statements within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (Securities Act), Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (Exchange Act), and the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. Such forward-looking statements only speak as of the date of this prospectus and the Company assumes no obligation to update the information included in this prospectus. Such forward-looking statements include information concerning our possible or assumed future results of operations, including descriptions of our business strategy, and the cost savings and other benefits that we expect to achieve from our facility closures and organizational changes. These statements often include words such as believe, expect, anticipate, intend, predict, plan, should, or similar expressions. These statements are not guarantees of performance or results, and they involve risks, uncertainties, and assumptions. Although we believe that these forward-looking statements are based on reasonable assumptions, there are many factors that could affect our actual financial results or results of operations and could cause actual results to differ materially from those in the forward-looking statements. These factors include the impact of volatility of metals prices, the cyclical and seasonal aspects of our business, our ability to effectively manage inventory levels, and the impact of our substantial level of indebtedness, as well as those risk factors identified in our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2019, under the heading Risk Factors and the risk factors contained herein in Risk Factors. All future written and oral forward-looking statements by us or persons acting on our behalf are expressly qualified in their entirety by the cautionary statements contained or referred to above. Except as required by the federal securities laws, we do not have any obligations or intention to release publicly any revisions to any forward-looking statements to reflect events or circumstances in the future, to reflect the occurrence of unanticipated events or for any other reason.
iii
Old notes tendered and not validly withdrawn prior to the Withdrawal Deadline may not be withdrawn at any time after the Withdrawal Deadline, which is 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the Expiration Date.
Old notes tendered for exchange, along with letters of transmittal and any other required documents, should be directed to the Exchange Agent. Any requests for assistance in connection with the Exchange Offer or for additional copies of this prospectus or related materials should be directed to the Exchange Agent. Contact information for the Exchange Agent is set forth on the back cover of this prospectus and under General Terms of the Exchange Offer and Consent Solicitation—Exchange Agent. None of the Company, its subsidiaries, their respective boards of directors and the Exchange Agent has made any recommendation as to whether or not holders should tender their old notes for exchange pursuant to the Exchange Offer.
Wilmington Savings Fund Society, FSB is acting as the Exchange Agent for the Exchange Offer.
Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the Exchange Offer, the exchange consideration to which an exchanging holder is entitled pursuant to the Exchange Offer will be paid on the settlement date, which is the date promptly following the applicable expiration date of the Exchange Offer, subject to satisfaction or waiver of all conditions precedent to the Exchange Offer. Under no circumstances will any interest be payable because of any delay in the transmission of the exchange consideration to holders by the Exchange Agent.
Notwithstanding any other provision of the Exchange Offer, our obligation to pay the exchange consideration for old notes validly tendered for exchange and not validly withdrawn pursuant to the Exchange Offer is subject to, and conditioned upon, the satisfaction or waiver of the conditions described under General Terms of the Exchange Offer—Conditions to the Exchange Offer and Consent Solicitation.
Subject to applicable securities laws and the terms of the Exchange Offer, we reserve the right:
• | to waive any and all conditions to the Exchange Offer that may be waived by us; |
• | to extend the Exchange Offer; |
• | to terminate the Exchange Offer; or |
• | otherwise to amend the Exchange Offer in any respect in compliance with applicable securities laws. |
If the Exchange Offer is withdrawn or otherwise not completed, the exchange consideration will not be paid or become payable to holders of the old notes who have validly tendered their old notes for exchange in connection with the Exchange Offer, and the old notes tendered for exchange pursuant to the Exchange Offer will be promptly returned to the tendering holders.
Only registered holders of old notes are entitled to tender old notes for exchange and give consents. Beneficial owners of old notes that are held of record by a broker, bank or other nominee or custodian must instruct such nominee or custodian to tender the old notes for exchange on the beneficial owners behalf. A letter of instructions is included in the materials provided along with this prospectus, which may be used by a beneficial owner in this process to affect the tender of old notes for exchange. See General Terms of the Exchange Offer and Consent Solicitation—Procedures for Tendering Old Notes—General.
Exchanging holders will not be obligated to pay brokerage fees or commissions to the Exchange Agent or us. If a broker, bank or other nominee or custodian tenders old notes on behalf of a tendering holder, such broker, bank or other nominee or custodian may charge a fee for doing so. Exchanging holders who own old notes through a broker, bank or other nominee or custodian should consult their broker, bank or other nominee or custodian to determine whether any fees or charges will apply.
iv
INCORPORATION OF CERTAIN INFORMATION BY REFERENCE
The following documents previously filed with the SEC are incorporated by reference in this Registration Statement:
(a) | the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2019, filed with the Commission on February 27, 2020; |
(b) | the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Commission on January 7, 2020; and |
(c) | the description of the Company’s common stock contained in the registration statement on Form 8-A filed with the Commission on August 31, 2017, as thereafter amended and supplemented. |
All documents filed by the Company pursuant to Section 13(a), 13(c), 14 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, subsequent to the date hereof and prior to the filing of a post-effective amendment which indicates that all securities offered have been sold or which deregisters all securities then remaining unsold shall be deemed to be incorporated by reference herein and to be a part hereof from the date of filing of such documents. Notwithstanding the foregoing, unless specifically stated to the contrary, none of the information disclosed by the Company under Items 2.02 or 7.01 of any Current Report on Form 8-K that the Company may from time to time furnish to the Commission will be incorporated by reference into, or otherwise included in, this Registration Statement. Any statement contained herein or in a document incorporated or deemed to be incorporated by reference herein shall be deemed to be modified or superseded for purposes of this Registration Statement to the extent that a statement contained herein or in any subsequently filed document which also is or is deemed to be incorporated by reference herein modifies or supersedes such statement. Any such statement so modified or superseded shall not be deemed, except as so modified or superseded, to constitute a part of this Registration Statement.
We will provide to each person, including any beneficial owner, to whom a prospectus is delivered, a copy of any or all of the reports or documents that have been incorporated by reference into this prospectus but not delivered with this prospectus. We will provide these reports upon written or oral request at no cost to the requester. Please direct your request, either in writing or by telephone, to the Corporate Secretary, A. M. Castle & Co., 1420 Kensington Road, Suite 220, Oak Brook, Illinois 60523, telephone number (847) 455-7111. We maintain a website at http://www.castlemetals.com. You may access our annual reports on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K and amendments to those reports filed or furnished pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act with the SEC free of charge at our website as soon as reasonably practicable after such material is electronically filed with, or furnished to, the SEC. The information contained in, or that can be accessed through, our website is not incorporated by reference in, and is not part of, this prospectus.
v
QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS ABOUT THE EXCHANGE OFFER
The following are some questions and answers regarding the Exchange Offer and Consent Solicitation. It does not contain all of the information that may be important to you. You should carefully read this prospectus to fully understand the terms of the Exchange Offer and Consent Solicitation, as well as the other considerations that are important to you in making your investment decision. You should pay special attention to the information provided under the captions entitled Risk Factors and Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements.
• | Who is making the Exchange Offer? |
A. M. Castle & Co., a Maryland corporation and the issuer of the old notes, is making the Exchange Offer. The mailing address of our principal executive offices is 1420 Kensington Road, Suite 220, Oak Brook, Illinois 60523 and our telephone number is (847) 455-7111. Our common stock is presently quoted on the OTCQX under the symbol CTAM. See General Terms of the Exchange Offer and Consent Solicitation.
• | Why are we making the Exchange Offer? |
We are making the Exchange Offer in order to reduce leverage on our balance sheet and increase our ability to invest in sustainable, long-term growth. See General Terms of the Exchange Offer and Consent Solicitation—Exchange Offer.
We have entered into Support Agreements with holders of the old notes who, in the aggregate, hold in excess of 96% of the outstanding principal amount of the old notes. Under the terms of these Support Agreements, such holders have agreed, among other things, to tender all of their old notes in the Exchange Offer and to consent to the Proposed Amendments, subject to certain conditions. See Proposed Amendments and Definitive Documentation.
• | When does the Exchange Offer expire? |
The Exchange Offer will expire at 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on March 26, 2020 (unless the Exchange Offer is extended). See General Terms of the Exchange Offer and Consent Solicitation.
• | Can the Exchange Offer be extended? |
Yes, we can extend the Exchange Offer. However, the Support Agreements will terminate if the Exchange Offer is not consummated by April 30, 2020. See General Terms of the Exchange Offer and Consent Solicitation—Extension, Termination or Amendment.
• | What securities are being sought in the Exchange Offer? |
We are offering to exchange, for new notes and shares of common stock, upon the terms and subject to the conditions described in this prospectus, any and all outstanding old notes that are validly tendered and not validly withdrawn, as permitted under the terms of the Exchange Offer, on or prior to the Expiration Date. Our acceptance of validly tendered old notes and the closing of the Exchange Offer is subject to the conditions described under General Terms of the Exchange Offer and Consent Solicitation—Conditions of the Exchange Offer and Consent Solicitation. As of February 25, 2020, $193.7 million in aggregate principal amount of old notes was outstanding, not including accrued and unpaid interest.
The old notes were issued pursuant to the Existing Indenture. The old notes mature on August 31, 2022 and bear interest at a rate of 5.00%, except that the Company may, in certain circumstances, pay at the rate of 7.00% in kind, payable on March 31, June 30, September 30 and December 31 of each year. On August 31, 2017, we entered into a registration rights agreement with certain holders of our common stock and old notes whereby we agreed to file a shelf registration statement with the SEC, covering resales of the shares of common stock, including shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of the old notes. We filed such shelf registration statement with the SEC and the registration statement was declared effective on December 14, 2017. The terms of the old notes as currently in effect are those stated in the Existing Indenture, and holders are referred to the Existing Indenture, filed with the SEC on September 6, 2017 as Exhibit 10.2 to our Current Report on Form 8-K, for a complete description of the terms governing the old notes.
vi
• | What will I receive in the Exchange Offer? |
If you validly tender and we accept your old notes in the Exchange Offer, then, subject to the terms and conditions of the Exchange Offer, you will receive, for each $1,000 in principal amount of your old notes exchanged, exchange consideration consisting of: (i) $491.8619 principal amount of new notes and (ii) 363.2585 shares of common stock of the Issuer. Accrued and unpaid interest on the old notes will be will be exchanged into new notes and common stock at the Exchange Rate on the date on which the Exchange Offer is completed.
The exchange consideration will be in full satisfaction of the principal amount of the old notes that are tendered and accepted in the Exchange Offer, and accrued and unpaid interest will be exchanged into new notes and common stock at the Exchange Rate on the date on which the Exchange Offer is completed. The new notes will be in denominations of $1,000 and integral multiples of $1.00 in excess thereof. Only whole principal amounts or numbers of shares of common stock will be issued with the principal amounts or numbers of shares of common stock to be issued to be adjusted by rounding up or down to the nearest $1.00 or number of shares of common stock. A half amount or number of shares of common stock will be rounded up.
• | What percentage of the ownership of the Issuer will holders receive if the Exchange Offer is completed? |
Assuming all $193.7 million in outstanding old notes outstanding as of February 25, 2020 are validly tendered and accepted in the Exchange Offer and the Exchange is consummated on March 30, 2020, we will issue approximately 71.6 million shares of common stock pursuant to the Exchange Offer, which would represent in the aggregate approximately 95% of our outstanding common stock, immediately following the Exchange Offer (excluding shares issuable with respect to accrued and unpaid interest on the old notes). As a result, holders who participate in the Exchange Offer could, collectively, influence or control all matters affecting us, including:
• | the composition of our board of directors; |
• | any determination with respect to our business direction and policies, including the appointment and removal of officers; and |
• | any determinations with respect to mergers, business combinations or other matters requiring majority stockholder approval, including the matters to be considered at the special meeting of stockholders to be held as soon as reasonably practicable following the Exchange Offer. See —Are there any conditions to the Exchange Offer? below. |
Under the stockholders agreement (the Stockholders Agreement), certain stockholders shall have the right to designate nominees to comprise a majority of our Board of Directors.
• | What is the aggregate principal amount of the new notes the holders will receive pursuant to the Exchange Offer? |
Assuming all $193.7 million in old notes outstanding as of February 25, 2020 are validly tendered and accepted in the Exchange Offer and the Exchange is consummated on March 30, 2020, we will issue approximately $97 million aggregate principal amount of new notes.
• | Who may participate in the Exchange Offer? |
All holders of the old notes may participate in the Exchange Offer.
• | Is there an offer size condition to the Exchange Offer? |
Yes. The Exchange Offer is conditioned upon the aggregate principal amount of old notes that are not tendered and exchanged not exceeding $3.0 million.
• | Are there any other conditions to the Exchange Offer? |
Yes. The Exchange Offer is conditioned on the closing conditions described under General Terms of the Exchange Offer and Consent Solicitation—Conditions of the Exchange Offer and Consent Solicitation. We will not be required, but we reserve the right, to accept for exchange any old notes tendered (or, alternatively, we may terminate the Exchange Offer) if any of the conditions of the Exchange Offer as described under General Terms of the Exchange Offer and Consent Solicitation—Conditions of the Exchange Offer and Consent Solicitation remain unsatisfied. Among the conditions precedent to the consummation of the Exchange Offer is that the aggregate principal amount of old notes that are not tendered and exchanged does not exceed
vii
$3.0 million, the Required Consenting Noteholders and the Trustee shall have consented to and/or entered into, as applicable, documentation (including one or more supplemental indentures) effecting the deletion of the covenants in the Existing Indenture and release of all collateral under the Existing Indenture, and all Definitive Documentation for the Exchange Offer shall have been executed and remain in full force and effect, which Definitive Documentation shall be in form and substance acceptable to the Company and the Required Consenting Noteholders.
Assuming completion of the Exchange Offer and the tender of all outstanding old notes as of December 31, 2019, we will have approximately 75.3 million shares of common stock outstanding, out of 200.0 million shares authorized. Approximately 212.9 million shares of common stock will be issuable upon conversion of the new notes. At the completion of the Exchange Offer, we therefore expect that we will not have sufficient authorized shares of common stock to issue upon conversion of the new notes. If the Exchange Offer is completed, we intend to call a special meeting of stockholders (or consider such matters at our upcoming annual meeting of stockholders) to be held as soon as reasonably practicable for stockholders of record as of a date occurring on or after the Closing Date (which will include holders of old notes who receive shares of common stock in the Exchange Offer) to consider the following matters: (1) a proposal to amend our charter to increase the number of authorized shares of our common stock available for issuance, in order to provide a sufficient number of authorized shares of common stock for the issuance of shares upon conversion of the new notes, (2) a proposal to amend our charter to effect a reverse stock split of shares of our common stock; and (3) any other matters properly brought before the meeting. In lieu of a special or annual meeting of stockholders, the Company may direct the actions set forth in clauses (1) and (2) above to be taken by written consent of the stockholders in accordance with applicable Maryland law and our charter and bylaws. Additionally, in lieu of seeking a vote of stockholders to effect a reverse stock split through an amendment to our charter, the Board of Directors may authorize the Company to undertake a reverse stock split of no greater than ten shares of common stock into one share of common stock, which the Board of Directors may authorize, without any action by stockholders, in accordance with Maryland law. In the indenture governing the new notes, we have agreed to use commercially reasonable efforts to cause items (1) and (2) of the preceding sentence to occur no later than August 31, 2020. Unless and until we obtain stockholder approval of the increase in the number of shares of our common stock authorized and available for issuance upon conversion of the new notes, if the new notes are converted, we may not elect physical settlement or combination settlement of any conversion of new notes if such election would result in the issuance of more than 124.7 million shares of common stock (in the aggregate for the new notes taking into account all prior or concurrent new notes conversions). In such circumstance, we would be required to pay cash to satisfy our settlement obligations. We may not have sufficient funds to satisfy such cash obligations and, in such circumstances, may not be able to arrange the necessary financing on favorable terms or at all.
• | What rights will I lose if I exchange my old notes in the Exchange Offer? |
If you validly tender your old notes and we accept them for exchange, you will have rights as a holder of common stock and as a holder of new notes, and will lose the rights of a holder of old notes, including higher interest rates and conversion rights for a different principal amount. For example, as a holder of new notes (as opposed to a holder of old notes), you would have rights as a creditor with respect to a different principal amount of indebtedness. In addition, as a holder of shares of common stock, your claims would rank below those of a holder of old notes in any bankruptcy proceeding involving the Company.
• | How can I determine the market value of the old notes? |
The old notes are not listed on any securities exchange. To the extent that old notes have traded, prices of the old notes have fluctuated depending, among other things, upon trading volume, the balance between buy and sell orders, prevailing interest rates, our operating results and financial conditions, our business prospects and the market for similar securities.
• | Will the new securities be freely tradable? |
The new notes and common stock received in the Exchange Offer and the shares of common stock, issuable upon conversion of the new notes will be freely tradable in the United States, unless you are an affiliate of the Company, as that term is defined in the Securities Act, or are subject to other transfer restrictions such as the Stockholders Agreement. The Companys common stock is presently quoted on the OTCQX under the symbol CTAM and we presently do not intend to list on another exchange. We do not intend to list the new notes on any national or regional securities exchange, and therefore no trading market for the new notes will exist upon consummation of the Exchange Offer, and none is likely to develop.
viii
• | What risks should I consider in deciding whether or not to exchange the old notes? |
In deciding whether to participate in the Exchange Offer, among other things, you should carefully consider the discussion of the risks and uncertainties relating to the Exchange Offer, our Company and our industry described in the section entitled Risk Factors, beginning on page 11 of this prospectus.
• | What happens if I do not participate in the Exchange Offer? |
If you currently hold old notes and do not tender them, then, following settlement of the Exchange Offer, your old notes will continue to be outstanding according to their terms (as amended pursuant to any amendments resulting from the Consent Solicitation, including substantially reduced covenant protection, event of default protection and release of collateral). Because the new notes will be secured by certain assets of the Company and the Guarantors and the old notes will be unsecured, any old notes left outstanding after the Exchange Offer will effectively be subordinated to the new notes to the extent of the assets securing the new notes. In addition, if we complete the Exchange Offer, the liquidity of any old notes that remain outstanding after settlement of the Exchange Offer may be adversely affected and the value of the old notes may otherwise be affected by the completion of the Exchange Offer. Any old notes not tendered and exchanged under the terms of the Exchange Offer will remain as unsecured debt subordinate to both the First Lien Facility (as defined below) and the new notes.
• | How do I participate in the Exchange Offer? |
To tender your old notes, you must deliver the required documents to Wilmington Savings Fund Society, FSB, as Exchange Agent, on or prior to the Expiration Date. The Expiration Date is no later than 5:00 p.m., New York City time, Wednesday March 26, 2020, unless extended as described in this prospectus. See General Terms of the Exchange Offer and Consent Solicitation—Extension, Termination or Amendment.
A holder who is a DTC participant should tender its old notes electronically through DTCs Automatic Tender Offer Program (ATOP), subject to the terms and procedures of that system. See General Terms of the Exchange Offer and Consent Solicitation—Tender of Notes Through ATOP.
HOLDERS THAT TENDER THROUGH DTC NEED NOT SUBMIT A PHYSICAL LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL TO THE EXCHANGE AGENT IF SUCH HOLDERS COMPLY WITH THE TRANSMITTAL PROCEDURES OF DTC.
A holder whose old notes are held by a broker, dealer, commercial bank, trust company or other nominee must contact that nominee if that holder desires to tender its old notes and instruct that nominee to tender the old notes on the holders behalf.
A holder whose old notes are held in certificated form must properly complete and execute the Letter of Transmittal, and deliver the Letter of Transmittal and old notes in certificated form to the Exchange Agent, with any other required documents and the certificates representing the old notes to be tendered in the Exchange Offer.
• | May I withdraw my tender of old notes? |
Yes. You may withdraw old notes previously tendered for exchange at any time before the Expiration Date. The Expiration Date is 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on Wednesday, March 26, 2020, unless extended as described in the Offer Documents. See General Terms of the Exchange Offer and Consent Solicitation—Withdrawal of Tenders; Revocation of Consents.
HOLDERS THAT WITHDRAW THROUGH DTC NEED NOT SUBMIT A PHYSICAL NOTICE OF WITHDRAWAL TO THE EXCHANGE AGENT IF SUCH HOLDERS COMPLY WITH THE WITHDRAWAL PROCEDURES OF DTC.
• | What happens if my old notes are not accepted in the Exchange Offer? |
If we decide for any reason not to accept your old notes for exchange, the old notes will be returned to you promptly after the expiration or termination of the Exchange Offer. In the case of old notes tendered by book entry transfer into the Exchange Agents account at DTC, any unaccepted old notes will be credited to your account at DTC. See General Terms of the Exchange Offer and Consent Solicitation—Withdrawal of Tenders; Revocation of Consents.
ix
• | Do I need to do anything if I do not wish to tender my old notes? |
No. If you do not deliver a properly completed and duly executed Letter of Transmittal to the Exchange Agent or tender your old notes electronically through DTCs ATOP before the Expiration Date, your old notes will remain outstanding subject to their terms (as amended pursuant to any amendments resulting from the Consent Solicitation).
• | If I choose to tender my old notes for exchange, do I have to tender all of my old notes? |
No. You may tender all of your old notes, a portion of your old notes or none of your old notes for exchange. If you wish to tender a portion of your old notes for exchange, however, you must tender your old notes in a principal amount of $1,000 or integral multiple of $1.00 in excess thereof. See General Terms of the Exchange Offer and Consent Solicitation.
• | How will I be taxed under United States federal income tax laws on the exchange of the old notes if I am a United States holder of old notes? |
Though it is not free from doubt, we intend to take the position that, the exchange of the old notes for exchange consideration should be treated as part of a recapitalization for United States federal income tax purposes. In such case, you generally should not recognize loss for United States federal income tax purposes as a result of exchanging your old notes for exchange consideration, even if you have otherwise recognized an economic loss with respect to such exchange. If the new notes are characterized as debt, but not as securities for United States federal income tax purposes, then you may recognize gain equal to the lesser of (i) the excess, if any, of (A) the sum of (x) the fair market value of any common stock received and (y) the issue price of the new notes received over (B) the United States holders adjusted tax basis in the old notes and (ii) the issue price of the new notes received. You should consult with your own tax advisor regarding the tax consequences of exchanging your old notes. See Material United States Federal Income Tax Considerations.
• | Has the Board of Directors adopted a position on the Exchange Offer? |
Our board of directors, which we refer to as the Board of Directors or the Board, has approved the making of the Exchange Offer. However, our directors do not make any recommendation as to whether you should tender your old notes pursuant to the Exchange Offer. You should consult your own financial, tax, legal and other advisors and must make your own decision as to whether to tender your old notes.
• | Who will pay the fees and expenses associated with the Exchange Offer? |
We will bear all of our fees and expenses incurred in connection with consummating the Exchange Offer and certain expenses of the holders who have entered into the Definitive Documentation with us. See Definitive Documentation. No brokerage commissions are payable by the holders to the Exchange Agent or us. If your old notes are held through a broker or other nominee who tenders old notes on your behalf, your broker or other nominee may charge you a fee or commission for doing so. You should consult with your broker or other nominee to determine whether any fees or charges will apply. See General Terms of the Exchange Offer and Consent Solicitation.
• | Do other holders of old notes support the Exchange Offer? |
We have entered into Support Agreements with holders of the old notes who, in the aggregate, hold in excess of 96% of the outstanding principal amount of the old notes. Under the terms of the Support Agreements, such holders have agreed, among other things, to tender all of their old notes in the Exchange Offer and to consent to the Proposed Amendments, subject to certain conditions. See Definitive Documentation.
• | How do I vote for the Proposed Amendments? |
If a holder validly tenders old notes prior to 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the Expiration Date, such tender will be deemed to constitute the delivery of consent to the Proposed Amendments as a holder of old notes with respect to the tendered old notes. See Proposed Amendments.
• | Who can answer questions concerning the Exchange Offer? |
Requests for assistance in connection with the tender of your old notes pursuant to the Exchange Offer may be directed to the Exchange Agent for the Exchange Offer, Wilmington Savings Fund Society, FSB.
x
This summary provides an overview of selected information contained elsewhere in this prospectus or incorporated by reference into this prospectus and does not contain all of the information you should consider before investing in our securities. Important information is incorporated by reference into this prospectus. You should carefully read this prospectus and the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part in their entirety before investing in our securities, including the information discussed under Risk Factors, together with the additional information described under the heading Incorporation of Certain Information by Reference. Unless otherwise indicated herein, the terms we, our, us, or the Company refer to A. M. Castle & Co. and its subsidiaries and the term the Issuer refers to A. M. Castle & Co.
We are a global distributor of specialty metals and supply chain services. We have operations in the United States, Canada, Mexico, France, Spain, China and Singapore. We provide a broad range of products and value-added processing and supply chain services to a wide array of customers. Our customers are principally within the producer durable equipment, commercial and military aircraft, heavy equipment, industrial goods, construction equipment, and retail sectors of the global economy. Particular focus is placed on the aerospace and defense, power generation, mining, heavy industrial equipment, and general manufacturing industries, as well as general engineering applications.
Corporate Information
Our principal executive offices are located at 1420 Kensington Road, Suite 220, Oak Brook, Illinois 60523 and our telephone number is (847) 455-7111. Our website address is www.castlemetals.com. The information contained on, or that can be accessed through, our website is not part of this prospectus.
1
The Exchange Offer
All of our existing 5.00%/7.00% Convertible Senior PIK Toggle Notes due 2022 are eligible to be exchanged for new notes and our common stock under the terms of this Exchange Offer. We refer to the 5.00%/7.00% Convertible Senior PIK Toggle Notes due 2022 as old notes in this prospectus.
We refer to the notes to be registered under this Exchange Offer registration statement as new notes. You may exchange your old notes for new notes and our common stock in this Exchange Offer. You should read the discussion under the headings —Exchange Consideration, General Terms of the Exchange Offer and Consent Solicitation, Description of the New Notes and Description of Common Stock for further information regarding the new notes and common stock to be received as exchange consideration.
For additional information regarding the terms of the new notes, and common stock, see Description of the New Notes and Description of Common Stock respectively.
A holders right to withdraw any old notes tendered will expire at the Expiration Date. See General Terms of the Exchange Offer and Consent Solicitation—Withdrawal of Tenders; Revocation of Consents.
The new notes will be in denominations of $1,000 and integral multiples of $1.00 in excess thereof. Only whole principal amounts or numbers of shares of common stock will be issued with the principal amounts or numbers of shares of common stock to be issued to be adjusted by rounding up or down to the nearest $1.00 or number of shares of common stock. A half amount or number of shares of common stock will be rounded up.
For additional information regarding the terms of the new notes, and common stock, see Description of the New Notes and Description of Common Stock, respectively.
2
indenture governing the old notes to eliminate or amend substantially all of the restrictive covenants, release all collateral securing the Issuers obligations under the Existing Indenture, and modify certain of the events of default and various other provisions, contained in the Existing Indenture, see General Terms of the Exchange Offer and Consent Solicitaiton – Consent Solicitation and Proposed Amendments.
On the Closing Date, PNC Bank, National Association (in its capacity as First Lien Agent), the Trustee (as defined below) and the Issuer and certain of its subsidiaries will execute an Intercreditor Agreement (the New Intercreditor Agreement) providing for the lien priority of the First Lien Facility over the new notes. The terms and conditions of the New Intercreditor Agreement will be substantially consistent with those applicable to the existing intercreditor agreement between the First Lien Agent and the trustee for the old notes (the Existing Intercreditor Agreement). PNC Bank, National Association and the trustee for the old notes will enter into an amendment of the Existing Intercreditor Agreement to, among other things, remove certain limitations and rights of the old notes with respect to the First Lien Facility (the Amendment to the Existing Intercreditor Agreement).
On the Closing Date, the Issuer and certain stockholders expect to execute an amended and restated Registration Rights Agreement (the A&R Registration Rights Agreement). The terms and conditions of the A&R Registration Rights Agreement will be substantially consistent with those applicable to the existing agreement. The Support Agreements, the New Intercreditor Agreement, Amendment to Existing Intercreditor Agreement and the A&R Registration Rights Agreement are referred to collectively herein as the Definitive Documentation.
3
and/or entered into, as applicable, documentation (including one or more supplemental indentures) effecting the deletion of the covenants in the Existing Indenture and release of all collateral under the Existing Indenture; (iv) all Definitive Documentation having been executed and remain in full force and effect, which Definitive Documentation shall be in form and substance acceptable to the Company and the Required Consenting Noteholders; (v) all requisite filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission, OTC Markets Group, Inc., and other governmental authorities and third parties having become effective, and all governmental authorities and third parties having approved or consented to the Exchange Offer, to the extent required and (vi) the shares of common stock to be issued in the Exchange Offer having been duly authorized and will be validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable.
Assuming completion of the Exchange Offer and the tender of all outstanding old notes as of December 31, 2019, we will have approximately 75.3 million shares of common stock outstanding, out of 200.0 million shares authorized. Approximately 212.9 million shares of common stock will be issuable upon conversion of the new notes. At the completion of the Exchange Offer, we therefore expect that we will not have sufficient authorized shares of common stock to issue upon conversion of the new notes. If the Exchange Offer is completed, we intend to call a special meeting of stockholders (or consider such matters at our upcoming annual meeting of stockholders) to be held as soon as reasonably practicable for stockholders of record as of a date occurring on or after the Closing Date (which will include holders of old notes who receive shares of common stock in the Exchange Offer) to consider the following matters: (1) a proposal to amend our charter to increase the number of authorized shares of our common stock available for issuance, in order to provide a sufficient number of authorized shares of common stock for the issuance of shares upon conversion of the new notes, (2) a proposal to amend our charter to effect a reverse stock split of shares of our common stock; and (3) any other matters properly brought before the meeting. In lieu of a special or annual meeting of stockholders, the Company may direct the actions set forth in clauses (1) and (2) above to be taken by written consent of the stockholders in accordance with applicable Maryland law and our charter and bylaws. Additionally, in lieu of seeking a vote of stockholders to effect a reverse stock split through an amendment to our charter, the Board of Directors may authorize the Company to undertake a reverse stock split of no greater than ten shares of common stock into one share of common stock, which the Board of Directors may authorize, without any action by stockholders, in accordance with Maryland law. In the indenture governing the new notes, we have agreed to use commercially reasonable efforts to cause items (1) and (2) of the preceding sentence to occur no later than August 31, 2020. Unless and until we obtain stockholder approval of the increase in the number of shares of our common stock authorized and available for issuance upon
4
conversion of the new notes, if the new notes are converted, we may not elect physical settlement or combination settlement of any conversion of new notes if such election would result in the issuance of more than 124.7 million shares of common stock (in the aggregate for the new notes taking into account all prior or concurrent new notes conversions). In such circumstance, we would be required to pay cash to satisfy our settlement obligations. We may not have sufficient funds to satisfy such cash obligations and, in such circumstances, may not be able to arrange the necessary financing on favorable terms or at all.
Custodial entities that are participants in The Depository Trust Company, or DTC, may tender old notes through DTCs Automated Tender Offer Program, known as ATOP, by which the custodial entity and the beneficial owner on whose behalf the custodial entity is acting agree to be bound by the Letter of Transmittal. See General Terms of the Exchange Offer and Consent Solicitation—Procedures for Tendering Old Notes. Holders may also tender old notes at their option through the completion and delivery to the Exchange Agent of a Letter of Transmittal. See General Terms of the Exchange Offer and Consent Solicitation—Procedures for Tendering Old Notes. A Letter of Transmittal need not accompany tenders effected through ATOP.
5
telephone numbers set forth on the back cover of this prospectus and under General Terms of the Exchange Offer and Consent Solicitation—Exchange Agent.
In lieu of physically completing and signing the Letter of Transmittal and delivering it to the Exchange Agent, DTC participants may electronically transmit their acceptance of the Exchange Offer through the ATOP procedures described in General Terms of the Exchange Offer and Consent Solicitation—Tender of Notes Through ATOP..
Letters of Transmittal and Consent should not be delivered directly to the Company.
6
SUMMARY DESCRIPTION OF THE NEW NOTES
The summary below describes the principal terms of the new notes. Certain of the terms and conditions described below are subject to important limitations and exceptions. See the Description of the New Notes section of this prospectus for a more detailed description of the terms and conditions of the new notes.
• | secured on a second-priority basis, equally and ratably with all pari passu lien Indebtedness of the Company and the Guarantors, by Liens on the Collateral, subject to certain limitations and exceptions and Permitted Liens; |
• | be effectively senior to our unsecured Indebtedness, including the Existing Notes, and Indebtedness secured by Liens junior to the Liens securing the Notes, to the extent of the value of the Collateral; |
• | will rank effectively equal to any existing and future pari passu Indebtedness; |
• | will be effectively subordinated to any existing and future secured Indebtedness of the Company that is secured by Liens on assets that do not constitute Collateral to the extent of the value of the assets securing such Indebtedness; |
• | will be effectively subordinated to any existing and future secured obligations of the Company that are secured by a senior lien, including our Senior Credit Facility, to the extent of the value of the Collateral securing such obligations; |
7
• | rank senior in right of payment with our existing and future obligations that are, by their terms, expressly subordinated in right of payment to the Notes; and |
• | be structurally subordinated to any existing and future obligations of any of our subsidiaries that are not subsidiary Guarantors. |
The guarantees will be the senior secured obligations of the Guarantors and will:
• | be secured on a second priority basis, equally and ratably with all obligations of such Guarantor under any pari passu lien indebtedness of the Issuer and the Guarantors, by Liens on the Collateral from time to time owned by such Guarantor, subject to certain limitations and exceptions and Permitted Liens; |
• | will rank effectively equal to all existing and future pari passu Indebtedness, |
• | will be effectively subordinated to any existing and future secured Indebtedness of the Guarantors that is secured by Liens on assets that do not constitute Collateral to the extent of the value of the assets securing such Indebtedness; |
• | will be effectively subordinated to any existing and future secured obligations of the Guarantors that are secured by a senior lien, including our Senior Credit Facility, to the extent of the value of the Collateral securing such obligations; |
• | be effectively senior to unsecured obligations of the Guarantors, including the Existing Notes, to the extent of the value of the Collateral; and |
• | rank senior in right of payment to all existing and future obligations of the Guarantors that are, by their terms, expressly subordinated in right of payment to the Notes. |
Holders of the Notes will be deemed to have agreed and accepted the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement and to have authorized and directed the Collateral Agent (and Trustee, if applicable) to enter into and perform its obligations under the Intercreditor Agreement, binding the Holders to the terms thereof by their acceptance of the Notes.
8
No sinking fund, mandatory redemption or other similar provisions shall apply to the Notes.
If a Fundamental Change occurs, each Holder shall have the right to require the Company to repurchase all of such Holders Notes or any portion thereof in accordance with the Indenture at a repurchase price equal to 100% of the principal amount, plus accrued and unpaid interest. See Description of the New Notes—Repurchase at the Option of Holders Upon a Fundamental Change
• | incur additional indebtedness; |
• | pay dividends or make distributions or repurchase or redeem our capital stock; |
• | make certain investments; |
• | create liens; |
• | merge or consolidate with another company or transfer or sell assets; and |
• | engage in transactions with affiliates. |
These covenants are subject to a number of important exceptions and qualifications as described under Description of the New Notes—Certain Covenants.
9
the common stock issued upon conversion of the Notes, of certain of our stockholders, see Definitive Documentation – A&R Registration Rights Agreement.
For additional information regarding the Notes, see the Description of the New Notes section of this prospectus.
Consequences of Not Exchanging Old Notes
If you currently hold old notes and do not tender them, then, following settlement of the Exchange Offer, your old notes will continue to be outstanding according to their terms (as amended pursuant to any amendments resulting from the Consent Solicitation). Because the new notes will be secured by certain assets of the Company and the Guarantors and the old notes will be unsecured, any old notes left outstanding after the Exchange Offer will effectively be subordinated to the new notes to the extent of the assets securing the new notes and will be subordinated to the First Lien Facility. In addition, if we complete the Exchange Offer, the liquidity of any old notes that remain outstanding after settlement of the Exchange Offer may be adversely affected and the value of the old notes may otherwise be affected by the completion of the Exchange Offer. Any old notes not tendered and exchanged under the terms of the Exchange Offer will remain as unsecured debt effectively subordinate to the new notes and subordinate to the First Lien Facility.
10
You should carefully consider the risk factors set forth below as well as the other information contained and incorporated by reference in this prospectus before investing in the notes. The risks described below are not the only risks facing us. Additional risks and uncertainties not currently known to us or those we currently view to be immaterial may also materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition or results of operations. Any of the following risks could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition or results of operations. In such a case, you may lose all or part of your original investment.
Risks Related to the Exchange Offer and Holding the New Notes
Risks Relating to the Exchange Offer and Consent Solicitation
We may not complete the Exchange Offer and Consent Solicitation.
The completion of the Exchange Offer and Consent Solicitation is subject to the satisfaction, or in certain cases, waiver of specified conditions. It is a condition to the completion of the Exchange Offer that, among other things, that the aggregate principal amount of old notes that are not tendered and exchanged not exceed $3.0 million and the Required Consenting Noteholders and the Trustee shall have consented to and/or entered into, as applicable, documentation (including one or more supplemental indentures) effecting the deletion of the covenants in the Existing Indenture and release of all collateral under the Existing Indenture. We have entered into Support Agreements with holders of the old notes who, in the aggregate, hold in excess of 96% of the outstanding principal amount of the old notes. Under the terms of the Support Agreements, such holders have agreed, among other things, to tender all of their old notes in the Exchange Offer and to consent to the Proposed Amendments, subject to certain conditions. If the conditions to the completion of the Exchange Offer and Consent Solicitation are not satisfied or, if permitted, waived, the Exchange Offer may not be completed.
We may recognize a significant amount of cancellation of indebtedness (COD) income as a result of the transactions contemplated by the Exchange Offer.
The exchange of old notes for new notes and common stock pursuant to the Exchange Offer may result in cancellation-of-indebtedness income, or COD income, to the Issuer for United States federal income tax purposes. Because the amount of COD income to be recognized by the Issuer depends in part on the fair market value and/or issue price of instruments to be issued on the Closing Date, the precise amount of COD income resulting from the exchange of old notes cannot be determined prior to the Closing Date. To the extent that the Issuer is considered insolvent from a tax perspective (i.e., the Issuers liabilities exceed the fair market value of its assets) immediately prior to the consummation of the Exchange Offer, any such COD income generally would be excluded from the Issuers taxable income. If and to the extent any COD income is excluded from taxable income pursuant to the insolvency exception, the Issuer generally will be required to reduce certain of the Issuers tax attributes, including, but not limited to, the Issuers net operating losses, loss carryforwards, credit carryforwards and tax basis in certain assets. This may result in a significant reduction in, and possible elimination of, certain of the Issuers tax attributes. If the Issuer is not considered insolvent from a tax perspective immediately prior to the consummation of the Exchange Offer, the Issuer may incur a cash tax liability from such COD income.
Our ability to use our NOLs to offset our future income may be limited.
For United States federal income tax purposes, it is likely that a Section 382 ownership change will occur as a result of our issuance of shares in the Exchange Offer. To the extent the Issuers NOLs, loss carryforwards and other relevant tax attributes are not reduced as described above, the Issuer expects such tax attributes will be subject to the annual limitation imposed by Section 382 following the Closing Date.
We will incur significant costs in conducting the Exchange Offer and Consent Solicitation.
The holders of the old notes who exchange those notes for new notes will receive new notes and common stock in connection with the Exchange Offer. The Exchange Offer and Consent Solicitation have also resulted, and will continue to result through and for a period of time after the Closing Date, in significant costs to us, including advisory and professional fees paid in connection with pursuing the Exchange Offer and Consent Solicitation.
11
We have not obtained a third-party determination that the Exchange Offer is fair to holders of the old notes.
We are not making a recommendation as to whether holders of the old notes should exchange their old notes or consent to the Proposed Amendments. We have not retained and do not intend to retain any unaffiliated representative to act solely on behalf of the holders of the old notes for purposes of negotiating the Exchange Offer or preparing a report concerning the fairness of the Exchange Offer. We cannot assure holders of the old notes that the value of the exchange consideration received in the Exchange Offer will in the future equal or exceed the value of the old notes tendered, and we do not take a position as to whether you ought to participate in the Exchange Offer and Consent Solicitation.
If the Exchange Offer is consummated, holders of old notes that do not exchange their old notes in the Exchange Offer will be subject to certain risks.
If the Exchange Offer is consummated, holders that do not validly tender their old notes in the Exchange Offer will not be entitled to receive exchange consideration. The new notes and the related guarantees will be our senior secured obligations and will rank pari passu in right of payment with all of our and the Guarantors existing and future senior indebtedness and secured by a second-priority lien on the Collateral (as defined below). The new notes will rank effectively senior in right of payment to the old notes to the extent of the value of the Collateral securing such obligations.
If the Exchange Offer is consummated, the Proposed Amendments to the Existing Indenture relating to the old notes will become effective, and will substantially reduce the covenant protection and event of default protection of and will release all collateral securing the Issuers obligations under the Existing Indenture. See Proposed Amendments.
In addition, consummation of the Exchange Offer and Consent Solicitation would substantially reduce the aggregate principal amount of old notes outstanding, which could adversely affect the trading market, if any, for the untendered old notes. This could adversely affect the liquidity, market price, and price volatility of any untendered old notes. If a market for untendered old notes exists, such old notes may trade at a discount to the price at which the old notes would trade if the amount outstanding had not been reduced, depending on prevailing interest rates, the market for similar securities, and other factors.
Risks Related to the New Notes
Our substantial level of indebtedness could adversely affect our financial condition and prevent us from fulfilling our obligations under our debt instruments.
We have substantial debt service obligations. As of December 31, 2019, we had approximately $324.3 million of total debt outstanding, all of which is secured. The debt outstanding, in order of priority, was comprised of $127.8 million of borrowings under our Revolving Credit and Security Agreement (as amended, the Expanded ABL Credit Agreement), $193.7 million aggregate principal amount of old notes, and short-term borrowings of approximately $2.9 million under a local credit facility (the Foreign Line of Credit). Our debt instruments currently limit our ability to pay in cash the interest accruing on our old notes, so the amount of old notes outstanding continues to grow quarterly as interest is paid in kind. The Expanded ABL Credit Agreement and the old notes are secured by collateral security interests in substantially all of our assets and are guaranteed by certain of our subsidiaries. Our substantial level of indebtedness could have significant effects on our business, including the following:
• | it may be more difficult for us to satisfy our financial obligations; |
• | our ability to obtain additional financing for working capital, capital expenditures, strategic acquisitions or general corporate purposes may be impaired; |
• | we must use a substantial portion of our cash flow from operations to pay interest on our indebtedness, which will reduce the funds available to use for operations and other purposes, including potentially accretive acquisitions; |
• | our ability to fund a change of control offer under our debt instruments may be limited; |
• | our substantial level of indebtedness could place us at a competitive disadvantage compared to our competitors that may have proportionately less debt or could affect our ability to secure favorable contracts with certain customers or suppliers; |
12
• | our flexibility in planning for, or reacting to, changes in our business and the industry in which we operate may be limited; and |
• | our substantial level of indebtedness may make us more vulnerable to economic downturns and adverse developments in our business. |
The Expanded ABL Credit Agreement provides for a $125.0 million senior secured, revolving credit facility (Revolving A Credit Facility) and an additional $25.0 million last out Revolving B Credit Facility (the Revolving B Credit Facility and together with the Revolving A Credit Facility, the First Lien Facility). We expect to obtain the funds to pay our expenses and to satisfy our debt obligations from our operations and available resources under the First Lien Facility. The indenture governing the new notes will allow us to incur indebtedness under our First Lien Facility and incur certain other additional indebtedness, including pari passu senior secured indebtedness in certain circumstances. Our ability to meet our expenses and make these principal and interest payments as they come due, therefore, depends on our future performance, which will be affected by financial, business, economic and other factors, many of which we cannot control. Our business may not generate sufficient cash flow from operations in the future, and our anticipated revenue and cash flow may not be realized, either or both of which could result in our being unable to repay indebtedness or to fund other liquidity needs. If we do not have enough funds, we may be required to refinance all or part of our then existing debt, sell assets or borrow more funds, which we may not be able to accomplish on terms acceptable to us, or at all. In addition, the terms of existing or future debt agreements may restrict us from pursuing any of these alternatives which could have an adverse effect on our financial condition or liquidity.
Indebtedness under our First Lien Facility, and certain additional future indebtedness will be senior to the new notes to the extent of the value of the Collateral securing those obligations.
Obligations under our First Lien Facility are secured by a first-priority lien on substantially all of the assets of the Issuer and the Guarantors subject to certain exclusions as described in more detail under the heading Description of the New Notes below (the Collateral), and obligations under our new notes are secured by a second-priority lien on such Collateral. The second-priority liens on the Collateral securing the new notes and the guarantees are therefore lower in priority than the liens securing our and the Guarantors obligations under the First Lien Facility. In addition, under the indenture governing the new notes, we and the Guarantors may, from time to time, be permitted to incur additional indebtedness, which may be secured by liens on the Collateral that rank senior in priority to the liens securing the new notes and the guarantees. As such, holders of the indebtedness under our First Lien Facility, and any such other indebtedness will be entitled to realize proceeds from the realization of value of the Collateral to repay such indebtedness in full before the holders of the new notes and the guarantees will be entitled to any recovery from such collateral. As a result, the new notes and the guarantees are effectively junior in right of payment to indebtedness under the First Lien Facility, and any such other indebtedness, to the extent that the realizable value of the Collateral does not exceed the aggregate amount of such indebtedness.
It is possible that the realizable value of the Collateral securing the new notes and the guarantees may not be sufficient, in an insolvency or other similar proceeding, to satisfy the claims of all effectively senior creditors, along with those of the holders of the new notes and the guarantees.
We may not be able to generate sufficient cash to service all of our existing debt service obligations, and may be forced to take other actions to satisfy our obligations under our debt agreements, including the new notes, which may not be successful.
Our total outstanding debt under our First Lien Facility, the old notes, and the Foreign Line of Credit has an aggregate principal amount of $324.3 million as of December 31, 2019. Our ability to make scheduled payments on or to refinance our debt obligations depends on our future financial condition and operating performance, which are subject to prevailing economic and competitive conditions and to certain financial, business and other factors beyond our control. Therefore, we may not be able to maintain or realize a level of cash flows from operating activities sufficient to permit us to pay the principal, premium, if any, and interest on our indebtedness, including the new notes.
If our cash flows and capital resources are insufficient to fund our debt service obligations, we may be forced to reduce or delay investments, capital expenditures or potentially accretive acquisitions, sell assets, seek additional capital or restructure or refinance our indebtedness, including the new notes. Our ability to restructure or
13
refinance our debt will depend on the condition of the capital markets and our financial condition at such time. Any refinancing of our debt could be at higher interest rates and may require us to comply with more onerous borrowing covenants, which could further restrict our business operations. The terms of existing or future debt instruments may restrict us from adopting some of these alternatives. These alternative measures may not be successful and may not permit us to meet our scheduled debt service obligations which could have an adverse effect on our financial condition or liquidity.
Rights of holders of new notes in the Collateral may be adversely affected by the failure to have, obtain and/or perfect liens on certain assets.
Subject to certain exceptions, the liens securing the new notes will cover substantially all of our and the Guarantors assets, whether now owned or acquired in the future on a second lien basis pursuant to the New Intercreditor Agreement. Applicable law requires that certain property and rights acquired after the grant of a general security interest or lien can only be perfected at the time such property and rights are acquired and identified. There can be no assurance that the Trustee or the collateral agent will monitor or be informed of the future acquisition of property and rights that constitute collateral, and that the necessary action will be taken to properly perfect the lien on such after acquired collateral. The collateral agent for the new notes has no obligation to monitor the acquisition of additional property or rights that constitute collateral or the perfection of any security interests therein. Such failure may result in the loss of the lien thereon or of the second priority of the lien securing the new notes.
Despite our substantial level of indebtedness, we may still incur significantly more debt, which could exacerbate any or all of the risks described above.
We may be able to incur substantial additional indebtedness in the future. Although the First Lien Facility and indenture governing the new notes will limit our ability and the ability of our subsidiaries to incur additional indebtedness, these restrictions are subject to a number of qualifications and exceptions and, under certain circumstances, debt incurred in compliance with these restrictions could be substantial. In addition, the indenture governing the new notes will not prevent us from incurring obligations that do not constitute indebtedness. See Description of the New Notes. To the extent that we incur additional indebtedness or such other obligations, the risks associated with our substantial leverage described above, including our possible inability to service our debt, would increase.
Our debt instruments, including the new notes, impose significant operating and financial restrictions, which may prevent us from pursuing certain business opportunities and taking certain actions and our failure to comply with the covenants contained in our debt instruments could result in an event of default that could adversely affect our operating results.
Our debt agreements, including the new notes, impose, and future debt agreements may impose, operating and financial restrictions on us. These restrictions limit or prohibit, among other things, our ability to:
• | incur additional indebtedness, or issue disqualified capital stock; |
• | pay dividends, redeem subordinated debt or make other restricted payments; |
• | make certain investments or acquisitions; |
• | grant or permit certain liens on our assets; |
• | enter into certain transactions with affiliates; |
• | merge, consolidate or transfer substantially all of our assets; |
• | create or permit restrictions on dividends, loans, asset transfers or other distributions to us from certain of our subsidiaries; |
• | transfer, sell or acquire assets; and |
• | change the business we conduct. |
These covenants could adversely affect our ability to finance our future operations or capital needs, withstand a future downturn in our business or the economy in general, engage in or expand business activities, including future opportunities that may be in our interest, and plan for or react to market conditions or otherwise execute our business
14
strategies. A breach of any of these covenants could result in a default in respect of the related indebtedness. If a default occurs, in certain circumstances, the relevant lenders or holders of such indebtedness could elect to declare the indebtedness, together with accrued interest and other fees, to be immediately due and payable and proceed against any collateral securing that indebtedness. If the maturity of our indebtedness is accelerated, we may not have sufficient cash resources to satisfy our debt obligations and may not be able to continue our operations as planned.
The new notes will be structurally subordinated to all liabilities of any of our non–guarantor subsidiaries and the enforcement of the guarantees of our foreign subsidiaries may be costly and difficult.
If any of our subsidiaries that are not guarantors of the new notes becomes insolvent, liquidates, reorganizes, dissolves or otherwise winds up, holders of its indebtedness and its trade creditors generally will be entitled to payment on their claims from the assets of such subsidiary before any of those assets would be made available to us. Consequently, your claims in respect of the new notes effectively would be subordinated to all of the existing and future liabilities of our subsidiaries that are not guarantors of the new notes, see footnote 11 of our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2019.
Additionally, as some of our guarantors are foreign companies, enforcing such guarantees would require an enforcement action in a foreign jurisdiction, which may raise the cost and decrease the likelihood of enforcement.
Holders of our new notes will be able to require us to repurchase their new notes following a fundamental change, which includes, among other things, the acquisition of more than 50% of our outstanding voting power by a person or group. We may not have sufficient funds to satisfy such cash obligations. Furthermore, our obligation to offer to redeem new notes upon the occurrence of a fundamental change will be triggered only by certain specified transactions, and may discourage a transaction that could be beneficial to the holders of our common stock and the new notes.
Pursuant to the terms of the new notes indenture, upon the occurrence of a fundamental change (as defined in Description of the New Notes), which includes the acquisition of more than 50% of our outstanding voting power by a person or group, we may be required to repurchase some or all of the new notes for cash at a repurchase price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the new notes being repurchased, plus any accrued and unpaid interest up to but excluding the relevant fundamental change repurchase date. We may not have sufficient funds to satisfy such cash obligations and, in such circumstances, may not be able to arrange the necessary financing on favorable terms or at all. In addition, our ability to satisfy such cash obligations will be restricted pursuant to covenants contained in the First Lien Facility and the indenture for the new notes and will be permitted to be paid only in limited circumstances. We may also be limited in our ability to satisfy such cash obligations by applicable law or the terms of other instruments governing our indebtedness. Our inability to make any cash payments that may be required to satisfy the obligations described above would trigger an event of default under the First Lien Facility and the new notes, which in turn could constitute an event of default under our other outstanding indebtedness, thereby potentially resulting in the acceleration of certain of such indebtedness, the prepayment of which could further restrict our ability to satisfy such cash obligations.
The term fundamental change is limited to certain specified transactions and may not include other events that might adversely affect our financial condition or the market value of the new notes or our common stock. Our obligation to offer to redeem the new notes upon a fundamental change would not necessarily afford holders of such notes protection in the event of a highly leveraged transaction, reorganization, merger or similar transaction involving us.
Your right to exercise remedies with respect to the Collateral will be governed, and materially limited, by the New Intercreditor Agreement.
The rights of the holders of the new notes with respect to the Collateral will be limited by the New Intercreditor Agreement (as defined herein). To the extent that we have outstanding obligations under our First Lien Facility, or other senior or pari passu obligations secured by the Collateral, any actions that may be taken in respect of any of the Collateral, including the ability to cause the commencement of enforcement proceedings against the Collateral and to control the conduct of such proceedings, are limited and controlled and directed by the lenders under the First Lien Facility or the holders of such other obligations. In those circumstances, the indenture trustee and the collateral agent on behalf of the holders of the new notes will not have the ability to control or direct such actions, even if an event of default under the indenture governing the new notes has occurred or if the rights of the holders of the new notes are or may be adversely affected.
15
The collateral agent and the lenders under our First Lien Facility, and the holders of such other obligations are under no obligation to take into account the interests of holders of the new notes and guarantees when determining whether and how to exercise their rights with respect to the Collateral, subject to the New Intercreditor Agreement, and their interests and rights may be significantly different from or adverse to yours.
There are circumstances other than repayment or discharge of the new notes under which the Collateral securing the new notes and guarantees would be released automatically, without your consent or the consent of the indenture trustee and the collateral agent.
Pursuant to the indenture governing the new notes, under various circumstances all or a portion of the Collateral securing the new notes and guarantees would be released automatically without your consent or the consent of the indenture trustee and the collateral agent, including:
• | with respect to the Collateral, upon the release of liens securing our First Lien Facility in accordance with the terms of such agreements; |
• | any property or asset of the Issuer or a Guarantor that is or becomes an Excluded Asset (as such term is defined in Description of the New Notes; |
• | upon consent of holders of 66-2/3% in aggregate principal amount of new notes outstanding; |
• | upon the sale, transfer disbursed or other disposition of such collateral in a transaction not prohibited under the indenture governing the new notes; and |
• | with respect to collateral held by a guarantor, upon the release of such guarantor from its guarantee in accordance with the indenture governing the new notes. |
See Description of the New Notes—Security—Collateral and —Release of Collateral.
The indenture governing the new notes will also permit us to designate one or more of our subsidiaries as Unrestricted Subsidiaries, subject to certain conditions, including that the designation of such subsidiary as unrestricted complies with the restricted payment covenant under the indenture. If we designate a subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary, all of the liens on any collateral owned by such subsidiary or any of its subsidiaries and any guarantees of the new notes by such subsidiary or any of its subsidiaries will be automatically released under the indenture. Designation of one or more of our subsidiaries as an Unrestricted Subsidiary will therefore reduce the aggregate value of the Collateral securing the notes.
The imposition of certain permitted liens may cause the assets on which such liens are imposed to be excluded from the Collateral securing the new notes and the guarantees. There are also certain other categories of property that are excluded from the Collateral.
The indenture governing the new notes will permit us and the guarantors to grant certain permitted liens in favor of third parties and, in certain cases, any assets subject to such liens will be automatically excluded from the Collateral securing the new notes and the guarantees to the extent inclusion in such collateral would be prohibited by the documents relating to such permitted liens.
Other categories of excluded assets and property include, among others, any assets owned by our non-guarantor subsidiaries, certain equipment assets, certain stock of foreign subsidiaries and the proceeds from any of the foregoing. See Description of the New Notes—Security—Collateral—General. Excluded assets are not available as collateral to secure our obligations and the obligations of the guarantors under the new notes. As a result, with respect to the excluded assets, the new notes and the guarantees effectively rank equally with any of our and the guarantors other senior indebtedness that is not itself secured by the excluded assets. In addition, some of the excluded assets will secure obligations under the First Lien Facility or may secure other additional indebtedness secured by liens that are pari passu with or higher priority than liens securing the new notes and the guarantees. As a result, the lenders under our First Lien Facility and such other indebtedness may be able to access such excluded assets to satisfy their claims prior to accessing the Collateral to satisfy the claims under the new notes and the guarantees.
The value of the Collateral securing the new notes may not be sufficient to satisfy our and the guarantors obligations under the new notes and the guarantees.
No appraisal of the value of the Collateral has been made in connection with this Exchange Offer, and the fair market value of the Collateral is subject to fluctuations based on factors that include general economic conditions
16
and similar factors. The amount to be received upon a sale of the Collateral would be dependent on numerous factors, including the actual fair market value of the Collateral at such time, the timing and the manner of the sale and the availability of buyers. By its nature, portions of the Collateral may be illiquid and may have no readily ascertainable market value. Accordingly, in the event of a foreclosure, liquidation, bankruptcy or similar proceeding, the Collateral may not be sold in a timely or orderly manner, and the proceeds from any sale or liquidation of the Collateral may not be sufficient to satisfy our and the guarantors obligations under the new notes and the guarantees.
To the extent that pre-existing liens, liens permitted under the indenture governing the new notes and other rights, including liens on excluded property (in addition to the holders of obligations secured by higher-priority liens), encumber any of the Collateral securing the new notes and the guarantees, those parties have or may exercise rights and remedies with respect to the Collateral that could adversely affect the value of the Collateral and the ability of the collateral agent, the indenture trustee or the holders of the new notes to realize or foreclose on the Collateral.
Your security interests in certain items of present and future collateral may not be perfected. Even if your security interests in certain items of collateral are perfected, it may not be practicable for you to enforce or economically benefit from your rights with respect to such security interests.
The security interests are not perfected with respect to certain items of collateral that cannot be perfected by the filing of financing statements in each debtors jurisdiction of organization, the filing of mortgages, the delivery of possession of certificated securities, the filing of a notice of security interest with the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office or the U.S. Copyright Office or certain other conventional methods to perfect security interests in the U.S. Security interests in collateral such as deposit accounts and securities accounts, which require or benefit from additional special filings or other actions or the obtaining of additional consents, may not be perfected or may not have priority with respect to the security interests of other creditors. We and the Guarantors will have limited obligations to perfect the security interest of the holders of the new notes in specified collateral. To the extent that your security interests in any items of collateral are unperfected, your rights with respect to such collateral are equal to the rights of our general unsecured creditors in the event of any bankruptcy filed by or against us under applicable United States federal bankruptcy laws.
In addition, applicable law requires that certain property and rights acquired after the grant of a general security interest can only be perfected at the time such property and rights are acquired and identified. Necessary action may not be taken to properly perfect the security interest in such after-acquired collateral. Failure to timely perfect security interests may invalidate such security interests, limit the assets included in the Collateral and block the exercise of remedies with respect to such assets. Moreover, the collateral agent may need to obtain the consent of a governmental agency to obtain or enforce a security interest in certain of the Collateral or to otherwise operate our business. We cannot assure you that the collateral agent will be able to obtain any such consent or that any such consent will not be delayed, the event of which may adversely affect your rights as holders. Moreover, the collateral agent in exercising its rights to foreclose on certain assets may need to commence governmental proceedings in order to obtain any necessary governmental approvals. As a result, there may be prolonged delays in receiving such approval, or such approval may not be granted to the collateral agent, the result of which may adversely affect your rights as holders.
A court could cancel the new notes or the related guarantees of our existing and future domestic restricted subsidiaries under fraudulent conveyance laws or certain other circumstances.
Our issuance of the new notes and the issuance of the related guarantees by our existing and future domestic restricted subsidiaries may be subject to review under federal or state fraudulent transfer or similar laws.
All of our existing and future domestic restricted subsidiaries will guarantee the new notes. If we or such subsidiary becomes a debtor in a case under the Bankruptcy Code or encounters other financial difficulty, under federal or state laws governing fraudulent conveyance, renewable transactions or preferential payments, a court in the relevant jurisdiction might avoid or cancel the guarantee. The court might do so if it found that, when the subsidiary entered into its guarantee or, in some states, when payments become due thereunder, (a) it received less than reasonably equivalent value or fair consideration for such guarantee and (b) either (i) was or was
17
rendered insolvent, (ii) was left with inadequate capital to conduct its business or (iii) believed or should have believed that it would incur debts beyond its ability to pay. The court might also avoid such guarantee, without regard to the above factors, if it found that the subsidiary entered into its guarantee with actual or deemed intent to hinder, delay, or defraud its creditors.
A court would likely find that a subsidiary did not receive reasonably equivalent value or fair consideration for its guarantee unless it benefited directly or indirectly from the issuance of the related notes. If a court avoided such guarantee, you would no longer have a claim against such subsidiary or the Collateral granted by such subsidiary to secure its guarantee. In addition, the court might direct you to repay any amounts already received from such subsidiary. If the court were to avoid any guarantee, we cannot assure you that funds would be available to pay the related notes from another subsidiary or from any other source.
The indenture governing the new notes will state that the liability of each Guarantor on its guarantee is limited to the maximum amount that the subsidiary can incur without risk that the guarantee will be subject to avoidance as a fraudulent conveyance. This limitation may not protect the guarantees from a fraudulent conveyance attack or, if it does, we cannot assure you that the guarantees and the Collateral granted by such subsidiary to secure its guarantee will be in amounts sufficient, if necessary, to pay obligations under the new notes when due.
Similarly, if we become a debtor in a case under the Bankruptcy Code or encounter other financial difficulty, a court might cancel our obligations under the new notes, if it found that when we issued the such notes (or in some jurisdictions, when payments become due under such notes), factors (a) and (b) above applied to us, or if it found that we issued such notes with actual intent to hinder, delay or defraud our creditors.
There may be no public trading market for the new notes, and your ability to sell such notes will be limited.
There is no existing public market for the new notes. A market for the new notes may not develop, and any market that develops may not persist. We cannot assure you as to the liquidity of any market that may develop for the new notes, your ability to sell your new notes or the price at which you would be able to sell your new notes. Future trading prices of the new notes will depend on many factors, including, among other things, prevailing interest rates, our operating results and the market for similar securities.
We do not intend, and are not obligated, to apply for listing of the new notes on any securities exchange or other market. The liquidity of any trading market and the trading price of such notes may be adversely affected by changes in our financial performance or prospects and by changes in the financial performance of or prospects for companies in our industry generally.
Even though the new notes are convertible into shares of our common stock, the terms of the new notes will not provide protection against some types of important corporate events.
The new notes are convertible into shares of our common stock. Upon the occurrence of certain events, we may be required to offer to repurchase some or all of the new notes then outstanding. However, certain important corporate events, such as leveraged recapitalizations, that would increase the level of our indebtedness, would not constitute a fundamental change under the new notes. See Description of the New Notes.
The market price of the new notes could be significantly affected by the market price of our common stock, which may fluctuate significantly.
We expect that the market price of the new notes will be significantly affected by the market price of our common stock. This may result in greater volatility in the trading value for the new notes than would be expected for nonconvertible debt securities. Factors that could affect our common stock price include the following:
• | fluctuations in our quarterly results of operations and cash flows or those of other companies in our industry; |
• | the public’s reaction to our press releases, announcements and filings with the SEC; |
• | additions or departures of key personnel; |
• | changes in financial estimates or recommendations by research analysts; |
• | changes in the amount of indebtedness we have outstanding; |
• | changes in the ratings of the new notes or our other securities; |
18
• | changes in general conditions in the United States and international economy, financial markets or the industries in which we operate, including changes in regulatory requirements; |
• | significant contracts, acquisitions, dispositions, financings, joint ventures or capital commitments by us or our competitors; |
• | developments related to significant claims or proceedings against us; |
• | our dividend policy; and |
• | future sales of our equity or equity-linked securities. |
In recent years, stock markets have experienced extreme price and volume fluctuations. This volatility has had a significant effect on the market price of securities issued by many companies for reasons unrelated to the operating performance of these companies. These broad market fluctuations may adversely affect the market prices of our common stock and the new notes.
The conversion rate of the new notes may not be adjusted for all dilutive events that may occur.
The conversion rate of the new notes is subject to adjustment for certain events including, but not limited to, the issuance of stock dividends on our common stock, the issuance of certain rights, options or warrants; subdivisions or combinations of our common stock; certain distributions of capital stock, evidences of our indebtedness, other assets or property; or rights, options or warrants entitling a holder of common stock to acquire our capital stock of the Company or cash to holders of our common stock; and certain tender or exchange offers as described under Description of the New Notes—Adjustment of the Conversion Rate. The conversion rate will not be adjusted for other events, such as certain stock issuances for cash that may adversely affect the trading price of the new notes.
You may be subject to tax if we make or fail make certain adjustments to the conversion price of the new notes even though you do not receive a corresponding cash distribution.
The conversion price of the new notes is subject to adjustment in certain circumstances, including the payment of cash dividends and upon certain fundamental changes. If the conversion rate is adjusted as a result of a distribution that is taxable to our common stockholders, such as a cash dividend, you may be deemed to have received a dividend subject to United States federal income tax without the receipt of any cash. In addition, a failure to adjust (or to adjust adequately) the conversion price after an event that increases your proportionate interest in us could be treated as a deemed taxable dividend to you. If a make-whole fundamental change occurs on or prior to the maturity date of the new notes, under some circumstances, we will increase the conversion rate for new notes converted in connection with the make-whole fundamental change. Such increase may also be treated as a distribution subject to United States federal income tax as a dividend. See Material United States Federal Income Tax Considerations. If you are a non-United States Holder (as defined in Material United States Federal Income Tax Considerations), any deemed dividend would be subject to United States federal withholding tax at a 30% rate, or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable treaty, which may be set off against subsequent payments on the new notes. See Material United States Federal Income Tax Considerations.
As a holder of the new notes, you will not be entitled to any rights with respect to our common stock, but you will be subject to all changes made with respect to our common stock.
If you hold any of our new notes, you will not be entitled to any rights with respect to our common stock (including, without limitation, voting rights and rights to receive any dividends or other distributions, if any, on our common stock), but you will be subject to all changes affecting our common stock. You will have rights with respect to our common stock only when we deliver shares of common stock to you upon conversion of your new notes and, in limited cases, under the conversion rate adjustments applicable to the new notes. For example, if an amendment is proposed to our charter or amended and restated bylaws requiring stockholder approval and the record date for determining the stockholders of record entitled to vote on the amendment occurs prior to the delivery of common stock, if any, to you, you will not be entitled to vote on the amendment, although you will nevertheless be subject to any changes in the powers, preferences or other rights of our common stock.
We have various mechanisms in place that may prevent a change in control that stockholders may otherwise consider favorable.
19
We are subject to the takeover defense provisions of the Maryland General Corporation Law (the MGCL) that prohibit us from engaging in a business combination with an interested stockholder for a period of five years after the date of the transaction in which the person first becomes an interested stockholder, unless the business combination or stockholder interest is approved in a prescribed manner. The application of these and certain other provisions of our charter or the MGCL could have the effect of delaying or preventing a change of control, which could adversely affect the market price of our common stock.
The provisions of our debt instruments also contain limitations on our ability to enter into change of control transactions. In addition, the repurchase rights in our new notes triggered by the occurrence of a fundamental change (as described under Description of the New Notes—Repurchase at Option of Holders Upon a Fundamental Change), and the additional shares of our common stock by which the conversion rate is increased in connection with certain fundamental change transactions, as described in the indenture for the new notes, could discourage a potential acquirer.
We may not have the ability to purchase the new notes upon a fundamental change or to pay the cash payment due upon conversion or at maturity.
If a fundamental change, as described under the heading Description of the New Notes— Repurchase at Option of Holders Upon a Fundamental Change, occurs, holders of the new notes may require us to repurchase, for cash, all or a portion of their new notes. In addition, upon conversion of the new notes, we must pay the principal portion in cash, common stock or a combination thereof at our election. We may not have sufficient funds to pay the interest, repurchase price or principal portion when due. In addition, our current and future debt or other agreements may restrict our ability to make cash payments upon conversion of the new notes or in connection with the repurchase of the new notes upon a fundamental change. For example, the First Lien Facility does not permit cash payments upon conversion of the notes or in connection with the repurchase of the notes upon a fundamental change if an event of default under the First Lien Facility then exists or would result from such payment. If we fail to pay interest on the new notes, repurchase the new notes or pay the cash payment due upon conversion when required, we will be in default under the indenture governing the new notes.
Risks Related to Our Common Stock
Our stockholders may be diluted by conversions of outstanding new notes and untendered old notes.
Assuming that all old notes are tendered and accepted and the Exchange Offer is consummated on March 30, 2020, the new notes will initially be convertible into 212.9 shares of common stock. The initial conversion rate of 2.1939631 shares of common stock per $1.00 principal amount of new notes is subject to adjustment from time to time pursuant to the terms of the indenture governing the new notes. Because the conversion price of the new notes is subject to downward adjustment, the new notes may be convertible, including in connection with a fundamental change, as described under the heading Description of the New Notes—Repurchase at Option of Holders Upon a Fundamental Change, into a greater number of shares in the future. In addition, the Company may, in certain circumstances, pay interest on the new notes (and any untendered old notes) in kind, which would result in additional new notes (and any untendered old notes) outstanding and available for conversion. The conversion of the new notes (and any untendered old notes), including any new notes (and any untendered old notes) issued as payment of interest in kind, may result in substantial dilution for our stockholders.
The sale of a substantial amount of our common stock, including shares of common stock issuable upon the conversion of the new notes, in the public market could adversely affect the prevailing market price of our common stock.
Sales of substantial amounts of shares of our common stock in the public market, or the perception that such sales might occur, could adversely affect the market price of our common stock, and the market value of our other securities.
A substantial number of shares of common stock are being offered by this prospectus, including shares issuable upon the conversion of the new notes, and we cannot predict if and when such shares may be sold in the public markets. Furthermore, in the future, we may issue additional shares of common stock or other equity or debt securities convertible into common stock in connection with a financing, acquisition, litigation settlement, employee arrangements, or otherwise. Any such issuance could result in substantial dilution to our existing stockholders and could cause our stock price to decline.
20
The market price of our common stock may decline.
Fluctuations in the price of our common stock could contribute to the loss of all or part of your investment. The trading price of our common stock could be volatile and subject to wide fluctuations in response to various factors, some of which are beyond our control. Any of the factors listed below could have a material adverse effect on your investment in our common stock, and our common stock may trade at prices significantly below the price that you paid for them. In such circumstances, the trading price of our common stock may not recover and may experience a further decline.
Factors affecting the trading price of our securities may include:
• | actual or anticipated fluctuations in our quarterly financial results or the quarterly financial results of companies perceived to be similar to us; |
• | changes in the market’s expectations about our operating results; |
• | success of competitors; |
• | our operating results failing to meet the expectation of securities analysts or investors in a particular period; |
• | changes in financial estimates and recommendations by securities analysts concerning us or the markets in which we compete in general; |
• | operating and stock price performance of other companies that investors deem comparable to us; |
• | changes in laws and regulations affecting our business; |
• | commencement of, or involvement in, litigation; |
• | changes in our capital structure, such as future issuances of securities or the incurrence of additional debt; |
• | the volume of our securities available for public sale; |
• | any major change in our board or management team; |
• | sales of substantial amounts of securities by our directors, executive officers or significant stockholders or the perception that such sales could occur; and |
• | general economic and political conditions such as recessions, interest rates, raw material prices and availability, international currency fluctuations and acts of war or terrorism. |
Broad market and industry factors may materially harm the market price of our common stock irrespective of our operating performance. The stock market in general and OTCQX have experienced price and volume fluctuations that have often been unrelated or disproportionate to the operating performance of the particular companies affected. The trading prices and valuations of these stocks, and of our common stock, may not be predictable. A loss of investor confidence in the market for the stocks of other companies which investors perceive to be similar to us could depress the price of our common stock, regardless of our business, prospects, financial conditions or results of operations. A decline in the market price of our common stock also could adversely affect our ability to issue additional securities and our ability to obtain additional financing in the future.
Risks Related to Our Business
For a discussion of risks relating to our business, see Item 1A (Risk Factors) in our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2019 and our other filings with the SEC that are incorporated into this prospectus by reference.
21
We will not receive any cash proceeds from the Exchange Offer. In consideration for the exchange consideration, we will receive the old notes. Old notes acquired by us pursuant to the Exchange Offer will be cancelled upon consummation of the exchange offer.
22
Assuming all holders tender without withdrawing all of their old notes and we satisfy all conditions to the completion of this Exchange Offer, we will recognize common stock and paid-in-capital for the shares of common stock issued in connection with this Exchange Offer. Also, we expect that we will incur expenses of approximately $2.5 million based on estimated legal, trustee, printing and other expenses associated with this Exchange Offer.
23
The following table sets forth our cash and cash equivalents and our capitalization as of December 31, 2019 on:
• | an actual basis; and |
• | on a pro forma basis to give effect to the exchange by us of exchange consideration for our outstanding old notes, assuming the tender and acceptance of all of the outstanding old notes. |
You should read the following table in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere or incorporated by reference in this prospectus.
|
December 31, 2019
|
|||||
|
Actual
|
Pro Forma for
Exchange Offer |
||||
|
(unaudited)
|
|||||
|
(in thousands)
|
|||||
Cash and cash equivalents
|
$
|
6,433
|
|
$
|
3,933
|
(1)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Long-term debt(2), including current portion:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ABL facility(3)
|
$
|
127,788
|
|
$
|
127,788
|
|
Old notes
|
|
193,660
|
|
|
—
|
|
Less: unvested restricted old notes(4)
|
|
(323
|
)
|
|
—
|
|
Less: unamortized discount
|
|
(57,313
|
)
|
|
—
|
|
Less: unamortized debt issuance costs
|
|
(289
|
)
|
|
(289
|
)
|
New notes
|
|
—
|
|
|
95,254
|
|
Less: unamortized discount
|
|
—
|
|
|
—
|
(5)
|
Less: unamortized debt issuance costs
|
|
—
|
|
|
(1,250
|
)(6)
|
Total long-term debt, including current portion
|
|
263,523
|
|
|
221,503
|
|
Stockholders’ equity:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Common stock, $.01 par value, 200,000 shares authorized with 3,818 shares issued and 3,650 shares outstanding at December 31, 2019
|
|
38
|
|
|
740
|
|
Other Equity
|
|
(41,108
|
)
|
|
(1,040
|
)
|
Total stockholder’s deficit
|
|
(41,070
|
)
|
|
(300
|
)
|
Total capitalization
|
$
|
222,453
|
|
$
|
221,203
|
|
(1) | Reflects an estimated $2.5 million of costs to complete the Exchange Offer. |
(2) | Long-term debt unamortized discount and unamortized debt issuances costs. |
(3) | Our First Lien Facility consists of (i) a $125.0 million senior secured, revolving credit facility due February 28, 2022 and (ii) a $25.0 million last out Revolving B Credit Facility due February 28, 2022. As of December 31, 2019, total unused borrowing capacity under the revolving credit facility was $14.9 million, after taking into account $107.5 million outstanding under the revolver and $2.6 million utilized for outstanding letters of credit. |
(4) | Represents unvested portion of restricted Second Lien Notes issued to certain members of management. |
(5) | New notes are presented here at face value but book value is subject to adjustment based on the market value of the new notes. |
(6) | Assumes that 50% of transaction costs to complete the Exchange Offer will be allocated to the new notes and 50% to the shares of common stock issued in the Exchange Offer. |
24
DESCRIPTION OF OTHER INDEBTEDNESS
The following descriptions are only summaries of certain of the material provisions of the agreements summarized and do not purport to be complete and are qualified in their entirety by reference to provisions of the agreements being summarized. We urge you to read the agreements governing each of the facilities and notes described below. Copies of the agreements will be contained in our filings with the SEC and can be obtained as described under the heading Where You Can Find More Information. You may also request a copy of these agreements at our address set forth under the heading Questions and Answers About the Exchange Offer—Who is making the Exchange Offer?
First Lien Facility
The First Lien Facility provides for two tranches of revolving debt for the borrowers named therein; a $125.0 million senior secured, revolving credit facility and an additional $25.0 million last-out revolving credit facility. Subject to certain exceptions and permitted encumbrances, the obligations under the First Lien Facility are secured by a first priority security interest in substantially all of the assets of each of the borrowers and certain of their foreign subsidiaries. The proceeds of the advances under the First Lien Facility may only be used to (i) pay certain fees and expenses to the Agent and the lenders under the First Lien Facility, (ii) provide for borrowers working capital needs and reimburse drawings under letters of credit, (iii) repay the obligations under the Debtor-in-Possession Revolving Credit and Security Agreement dated as of June 10, 2017, by and among the Company, the lenders party thereto, and PNC Bank, National Association, and certain other existing indebtedness, and (iv) provide for the borrowers capital expenditure needs, in accordance with the First Lien Facility.
The Company may prepay its obligations under the First Lien Facility at any time without premium or penalty, and must apply the net proceeds of material sales of collateral in prepayment of such obligations. Interest on indebtedness accrues based on the applicable Prime or LIBOR-based rate plus a margin, as set forth in the First Lien Facility. Additionally, the Company must pay a monthly Facility Fee equal to the product of (i) 0.25% per annum (or, if the average daily revolving facility usage is less than 50% of the maximum revolving advance amount, 0.375% per annum) multiplied by (ii) the amount by which the maximum revolving advance amount exceeds such average daily revolving facility usage for such month.
Under the First Lien Facility, the maximum borrowing capacity of the facility is based on the Company's borrowing base calculation. The advance rates used in the borrowing base calculation are 85% on eligible accounts receivable, 90% on eligible insured accounts receivable and the lesser of 75% of value or 90% appraised net orderly liquidation value of on eligible inventory.
The Company's First Lien Facility contains certain covenants and restrictions customary to an asset-based revolving loan. Indebtedness for borrowings under the First Lien Facility is subject to acceleration upon the occurrence of specified defaults or events of default, including failure to pay principal or interest, the inaccuracy of any representation or warranty of a loan party, failure by a loan party to perform certain covenants, defaults under indebtedness owed to third parties, certain liability producing events relating to ERISA, the invalidity or impairment of the Agents lien on its collateral or of any applicable guarantee, and certain adverse bankruptcy-related and other events.
The Company's First Lien Facility contains a springing financial maintenance covenant requiring the Company to maintain a Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio of 1.0 to 1.0 in any covenant testing period when the Company's cash liquidity (as defined in the First Lien Facility Agreement) is less than $12.5 million. The Company is not in a covenant testing period as of and for the year ended December 31, 2019.
Additionally, upon the occurrence and during the continuation of an event of default or upon the failure of the Company to maintain cash liquidity (as defined in the First Lien Facility Agreement) in excess of $12.5 million, the lender has the right to take full dominion of the Companys cash collections and apply these proceeds to outstanding loans under the First Lien Facility Agreement (Cash Dominion).
25
Additional unrestricted borrowing capacity under the first tranche of the First Lien Facility at December 31, 2019 was as follows (in millions):
Maximum borrowing capacity
|
$
|
125.0
|
|
Letters of credit and other reserves
|
|
(7.6
|
)
|
Current maximum borrowing capacity
|
|
117.4
|
|
Current borrowings
|
|
(102.0
|
)
|
Additional unrestricted borrowing capacity
|
$
|
15.4
|
|
The First Lien Facility matures on February 28, 2022.
The Old Notes
The old notes are five-year senior obligations of the Company and certain of its subsidiaries, secured by a second priority lien junior to the lien of the agent under the First Lien Facility on all or substantially all of the assets of the Company, its current domestic subsidiaries and certain of its foreign subsidiaries.
The old notes are convertible into shares of the Issuers common stock at any time at the initial conversion price of $3.77 per share, which rate is subject to adjustment as set forth in the old notes indenture. The value of shares of the Issuers common stock for purposes of the settlement of the conversion right will be calculated as provided in the old notes indenture, using a 20 trading day observation period. Upon conversion, the Issuer will pay and/or deliver, as the case may be, cash, shares of the Issuers common stock or a combination of cash and shares of the Issuers common stock, at the Issuers election, together with cash in lieu of fractional shares.
The terms of the old notes contain numerous covenants imposing financial and operating restrictions on the Companys business. These covenants place restrictions on the Issuers ability and the ability of its subsidiaries to, among other things, pay dividends, redeem stock or make other distributions or restricted payments; incur indebtedness or issue certain stock; make certain investments; create liens; agree to certain payment restrictions affecting certain subsidiaries; sell or otherwise transfer or dispose assets; enter into transactions with affiliates; and enter into sale and leaseback transactions.
The old notes may not be redeemed by the Issuer in whole or in part at any time, subject to certain exceptions provided under the old notes indenture. In addition, if a Fundamental Change occurs at any time, each holder of any old notes has the right to require the Issuer to repurchase such holders old notes for cash at a repurchase price equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof, together with accrued and unpaid interest thereon, subject to certain exceptions.
Subject to the Existing Intercreditor Agreement, the Company must use the net proceeds of material sales of collateral, which proceeds are not used for other permissible purposes, to make an offer of repurchase to holders of the old notes. Indebtedness for borrowings under the old notes indenture is subject to acceleration upon the occurrence of specified defaults or events of default, including failure to pay principal or interest, the inaccuracy of any representation or warranty of any obligor under the old notes, failure by an obligor under the old notes to perform certain covenants, the invalidity or impairment of the Indenture Agents lien on its collateral or of any applicable guarantee, and certain adverse bankruptcy-related and other events.
Interest on the old notes accrues at the rate of 5.00%, except that the Issuer may, in circumstances where the payment on interest in cash would cause a condition of default under the First Lien Facility, pay at the rate of 7.00% in kind. Currently, the Issuer is paying interest on the old notes in kind.
Local Credit Facility
In July 2017, the Company's French subsidiary entered into a local credit facility under which it may borrow against 100% of the eligible accounts receivable factored, with recourse, up to 6.5 million euros, subject to factoring fees and floating Euribor or LIBOR interest rates, plus a 1.0% margin. The French subsidiary utilizes the local credit facility to support its operating cash needs. As of December 31, 2019, the French subsidiary has borrowings of $2.9 million under the credit facility, which is recorded as short-term borrowings at the Consolidated Balance Sheets.
26
Letters of Credit
As of December 31, 2019, the Company had $2.4 million of irrevocable letters of credit outstanding.
The Company's debt agreements impose significant operating and financial restrictions which may prevent the Company from executing certain business opportunities, such as making acquisitions or paying dividends, among other things.
27
GENERAL TERMS OF THE EXCHANGE OFFER AND CONSENT SOLICITATION
Exchange Offer
We are offering, upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this prospectus, to exchange new notes and common stock for any and all outstanding old notes validly tendered to the Exchange Agent, and not validly withdrawn, on or prior to the Expiration Date. The exchange consideration will be in full satisfaction of the principal amount of the old notes that are tendered and accepted in the Exchange Offer, and any accrued and unpaid interest to, but excluding, the closing date on the old notes that are tendered and accepted in the Exchange Offer. Tendering holders of old notes will receive exchange consideration consisting of: (i) $491.8619 principal amount of new notes and (ii) 363.2585 shares of common stock of the Issuer. As of February 25, 2020, $193.7 million in aggregate principal amount of the old notes was outstanding, not including accrued and unpaid interest. Accrued and unpaid interest on the old notes will be will be exchanged into new notes and common stock at the Exchange Rate on the date on which the Exchange Offer is completed.
Assuming completion of the Exchange Offer and the tender of all outstanding old notes as of December 31, 2019, we will have approximately 75.3 million shares of common stock outstanding, out of 200.0 million shares authorized. Approximately 212.9 million shares of common stock will be issuable upon conversion of the new notes. At the completion of the Exchange Offer, we therefore expect that we will not have sufficient authorized shares of common stock to issue upon conversion of the new notes. If the Exchange Offer is completed, we intend to call a special meeting of stockholders (or consider such matters at our upcoming annual meeting of stockholders) to be held as soon as reasonably practicable for stockholders of record as of a date occurring on or after the Closing Date (which will include holders of old notes who receive shares of common stock in the Exchange Offer) to consider the following matters: (1) a proposal to amend our charter to increase the number of authorized shares of our common stock available for issuance, in order to provide a sufficient number of authorized shares of common stock for the issuance of shares upon conversion of the new notes, (2) a proposal to amend our charter to effect a reverse stock split of shares of our common stock; and (3) any other matters properly brought before the meeting. In lieu of a special or annual meeting of stockholders, the Company may direct the actions set forth in clauses (1) and (2) above to be taken by written consent of the stockholders in accordance with applicable Maryland law and our charter and bylaws. Additionally, in lieu of seeking a vote of stockholders to effect a reverse stock split through an amendment to our charter, the Board of Directors may authorize the Company to undertake a reverse stock split of no greater than ten shares of common stock into one share of common stock, which the Board of Directors may authorize, without any action by stockholders, in accordance with Maryland law. In the indenture governing the new notes, we have agreed to use commercially reasonable efforts to cause items (1) and (2) of the preceding sentence to occur no later than August 31, 2020. Unless and until we obtain stockholder approval of the increase in the number of shares of our common stock authorized and available for issuance upon conversion of the new notes, if the new notes are converted, we may not elect physical settlement or combination settlement of any conversion of new notes if such election would result in the issuance of more than 124.7 million shares of common stock (in the aggregate for the new notes taking into account all prior or concurrent new notes conversions). In such circumstance, we would be required to pay cash to satisfy our settlement obligations. We may not have sufficient funds to satisfy such cash obligations and, in such circumstances, may not be able to arrange the necessary financing on favorable terms or at all.
The new notes will be in denominations of $1,000 and integral multiples of $1.00 in excess thereof. Only whole principal amounts or numbers of shares of common stock will be issued with the principal amounts or numbers of shares of common stock to be issued to be adjusted by rounding up or down to the nearest $1.00 or number of shares of common stock. A half amount or number of shares of common stock will be rounded up.
The terms of the new notes will be substantially similar to the terms of the old notes, with certain exceptions. For a detailed description of the new notes, see Description of the New Notes.
Tenders of old notes may be withdrawn prior to the Expiration Date. Any old note withdrawn pursuant to the terms of this Exchange Offer shall not thereafter be considered tendered for any purpose of this Exchange Offer unless and until such old note is again tendered pursuant to this Exchange Offer.
Our obligation to accept old notes that are tendered is subject to the conditions described below under —Conditions of the Exchange Offer and Consent Solicitation.
28
Consent Solicitation
We are soliciting consents from holders of old notes upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth herein and in the accompanying Letter of Transmittal. We intend to obtain consents from holders representing at least 66-2/3% of the aggregate principal amount of the old notes. We have entered into Support Agreements with holders of the old notes who, in the aggregate, hold in excess of 96% of the outstanding principal amount of the old notes. Under the terms of the Support Agreements, such holders have agreed, among other things, to tender all of their old notes in the Exchange Offer and to consent to the Proposed Amendments. See Proposed Amendments and Definitive Documentation.
If consents representing at least 66-2/3% of the outstanding principal amount of the old notes are delivered (and not revoked) prior to the Expiration Date, we will, subject to consummation of the Exchange Offer, execute a supplemental indenture with respect to the old notes (the Supplemental Indenture) with Wilmington Savings Fund Society, FSB, as Trustee, giving effect to the Proposed Amendments. The Proposed Amendments will be effective as to and bind all old notes at such time as the Supplemental Indenture has been executed and all conditions precedent to the Exchange Offer have been satisfied or validly waived and we have irrevocably accepted for exchange in the Exchange Offer all validly tendered old notes (other than those old notes that have been validly withdrawn), regardless of whether a consent was given in respect of any particular old note.
Holders that tender old notes pursuant to the Exchange Offer prior to the Expiration Date will be deemed automatically to have delivered a consent with respect to all such old notes.
Holders may not revoke consents except as described under —Withdrawal of Tenders; Revocation of Consents.
Any questions or requests for assistance or for additional copies of this prospectus, the Letter of Transmittal or related documents may be directed to the Exchange Agent at its address or one of its telephone numbers set forth on the last page hereof. A holder may also contact such holders broker, dealer, commercial bank, trust company or other nominee for assistance concerning the Consent Solicitation.
Extension, Termination or Amendment
Subject to applicable law, we expressly reserve the right, at any time and from time to time, and regardless of whether any events preventing satisfaction of the conditions to the Exchange Offer or Consent Solicitation shall have occurred or shall have been determined by us to have occurred, to extend the period during which the Exchange Offer and Consent Solicitation is open by giving oral (to be confirmed in writing) or written notice of such extension to the Exchange Agent and by making public disclosure by press release or other appropriate means of such extension to the extent required by law. The Exchange Offer may not be extended without extending the Consent Solicitation, and the Consent Solicitation may not be extended without extending the Exchange Offer.
During any extension of the Exchange Offer, all old notes previously tendered and not accepted for exchange will remain subject to the Exchange Offer and may, subject to the terms and conditions of the Exchange Offer and the Consent Solicitation, be accepted by us, and all consents previously delivered will remain effective. In addition, we may waive conditions without extending the Exchange Offer and Consent Solicitation in accordance with applicable law.
Any waiver, amendment or modification of the Exchange Offer and Consent Solicitation will apply to all old notes tendered pursuant to the Exchange Offer and Consent Solicitation. If we make a change that we determine to be material in any of the terms of the Exchange Offer or waive a condition of the Exchange Offer and Consent Solicitation that we determine to be material, we will give oral (to be confirmed in writing) or written notice of such amendment or such waiver to the Exchange Agent and will disseminate additional Exchange Offer and consent documents and extend the Exchange Offer and Consent Solicitation and any withdrawal or revocation rights as we determine necessary and to the extent required by law.
We may terminate the Exchange Offer and Consent Solicitation if any condition is not satisfied on or prior to the Expiration Date. There can be no assurance that we will exercise our right to extend, terminate or amend the Exchange Offer and Consent Solicitation.
29
Announcements
Any extension, termination or amendment of the Exchange Offer and Consent Solicitation will be followed as promptly as practicable by announcement thereof, such announcement in the case of an extension to be issued no later than 9:00 a.m., New York City time, on the next business day following the previously scheduled Expiration Date. Without limiting the manner in which we may choose to make such announcement, we will not, unless otherwise required by law, have any obligation to publish, advertise or otherwise communicate any such announcement other than by making a release to an appropriate news agency or another means of announcement that we deem appropriate.
Acceptance of Old Notes for Exchange; Accrual of Interest
Acceptance of Old Notes for Exchange
If the conditions to the Exchange Offer are satisfied, or if we waive all of the conditions that have not been satisfied, we will accept, at the settlement date and after we receive completed and duly executed Letters of Transmittal or Agents Messages (as defined below) with respect to any and all of the old notes tendered for exchange at such time, the old notes for exchange by notifying the Exchange Agent of our acceptance. The notice may be oral if we promptly confirm it in writing.
An Agents Message is a message transmitted by The Depository Trust Company (DTC), received by the Exchange Agent and forming part of the timely confirmation of a book entry transfer (Book-Entry Confirmation), which states that DTC has received an express acknowledgement from you that you have received this prospectus and agree to be bound by the terms of the Letter of Transmittal, and that we may enforce such agreement against you.
We expressly reserve the right, in our sole discretion, to delay acceptance for exchange of, or exchange of, old notes tendered under the Exchange Offer (subject to Rule 14e-1c under the Exchange Act, which requires that we issue the offered consideration or return the old notes deposited pursuant to the Exchange Offer promptly after termination or withdrawal of the Exchange Offer), or to terminate the Exchange Offer and not accept for exchange any old notes not previously accepted for exchange, (1) if any of the conditions to the Exchange Offer shall not have been satisfied or validly waived by us, or (2) in order to comply in whole or in part with any applicable law.
In all cases, the new notes will be issued only after timely receipt by the Exchange Agent of (1) Book-Entry Confirmation of the old notes into the Exchange Agents account at DTC, (2) the properly completed and duly executed Letter of Transmittal (or a facsimile thereof) or an Agents Message in lieu thereof, and (3) any other documents required by the Letter of Transmittal. The Exchange Offer is scheduled to expire at the Expiration Date, unless extended by us.
For purposes of the Exchange Offer, we will have accepted for exchange tendered old notes, if, as and when we give oral or written notice to the Exchange Agent of our acceptance of the old notes for exchange pursuant to the Exchange Offer. In all cases, the exchange of old notes pursuant to the Exchange Offer will be made by the deposit of any exchange consideration with the Exchange Agent, which will act as your agent for the purposes of receiving new notes from us, and delivering new notes to you. If, for any reason whatsoever, acceptance for exchange of, or exchange of, any old notes tendered pursuant to the Exchange Offer is delayed (whether before or after our acceptance for exchange of, or exchange of, the old notes) or we extend the Exchange Offer or are unable to accept for exchange the old notes tendered pursuant to the Exchange Offer, then, without prejudice to our rights set forth herein, we may instruct the Exchange Agent to retain tendered old notes and those old notes may not be withdrawn, subject to the limited circumstances described in —Withdrawal of Tenders; Revocation of Consents below.
We will have the right, which may be waived, to reject the defective tender of old notes as invalid and ineffective. If we waive our rights to reject a defective tender of old notes, subject to the other terms and conditions set forth in the Offer Documents, you will be entitled to the new notes.
Tender of old notes pursuant to the Exchange Offer will be accepted only in principal amounts equal to $1,000 and integral multiples of $1.00 in excess thereof.
30
We will pay or cause to be paid all transfer taxes with respect to the exchange of any old notes unless the box titled Special Payment or Issuance Instructions or the box titled Special Delivery Instructions on the Letter of Transmittal has been completed, as described in the instructions thereto.
Accrued Interest
If old notes are validly tendered and accepted for exchange pursuant to the Exchange Offer, the holders of such old notes will be entitled to accrued and unpaid interest on those old notes, which will be exchanged into new notes and common stock at the Exchange Rate on the date on which the Exchange Offer is completed, and interest shall accrue on the new notes from and after the issue date of the new notes.
Under no circumstances will any special interest be payable because of any delay in the transmission new notes to you with respect to exchanged old notes or otherwise.
We will pay all fees and expenses of the Exchange Agent in connection with the Exchange Offer.
Procedures for Tendering Old Notes
General
In order to participate in the Exchange Offer, you must tender your old notes to the Exchange Agent as described below. It is your responsibility to tender your old notes. We have the right to waive any defects. However, we are not required to waive defects and are not required to notify you of defects in your tender.
If you have any questions or need help in tendering your old notes, please contact the Exchange Agent whose addresses and telephone numbers are listed on the back cover page of this prospectus.
The method of delivery of old notes and Letters of Transmittal is at your election and risk. If delivery is by mail, we recommend that registered mail, properly insured, with return receipt requested, be used. In all cases, sufficient time should be allowed to assure timely delivery. No Letters of Transmittal and Consent or old notes should be sent to the Issuer.
Proper Tender
All old notes are currently held in book-entry form through DTC. Except as set forth below with respect to ATOP procedures, for a holder to tender old notes pursuant to the Exchange Offer, a properly completed and duly executed Letter of Transmittal (or a facsimile thereof), together with any signature guarantees and any other documents required by the Instructions to the Letter of Transmittal, or an Agents Message in lieu thereof, must be received by the Exchange Agent at the address or facsimile number set forth on the back cover of this prospectus prior to the Expiration Date, and the old notes must be transferred pursuant to the procedures for book-entry transfer described below and a Book-Entry Confirmation must be received by the Exchange Agent on or prior to the Expiration Date.
In all cases, the exchange of old notes tendered and accepted for exchange pursuant to the Exchange Offer will be made only after timely receipt by the Exchange Agent of:
• | a Book-Entry Confirmation with respect to such old notes; |
• | the Letter of Transmittal (or a facsimile thereof) properly completed and duly executed, or an Agent’s Message in lieu thereof; and |
• | any required signature guarantees and other documents required by the Letter of Transmittal. |
Deemed Consent by Tender
The tender of old notes pursuant to the Exchange Offer and in accordance with the procedures described in the Offer Documents will be deemed to automatically constitute delivery of a consent for the Proposed Amendments with respect to the old notes tendered, except as provided herein. All references to procedures for tendering old notes shall include such deemed delivery of consents for the Proposed Amendments.
Tender Procedures for Notes Held Through a Custodian
If you are a beneficial owner of old notes, but the holder is a custodial entity such as a bank, broker, dealer, trust company or other nominee, and you seek to tender old notes, you must provide appropriate instructions to such
31
holder in order to tender through ATOP with respect to such old notes. Beneficial owners may be instructed to complete and deliver an instruction letter to such holder for this purpose. We urge you to contact such person that holds old notes for you if you wish to tender your old notes.
Book-Entry Transfer
The Exchange Agent has or will establish an account with respect to the old notes at DTC for purposes of the Exchange Offer, and any financial institution that is a participant in the DTC system (a DTC Participant) and whose name appears on a security position listing as the record owner of the old notes may make book-entry delivery of old notes by causing DTC to transfer the old notes into the Exchange Agents account at DTC in accordance with DTCs procedure for transfer. Although delivery of old notes may be effected through book-entry transfer into the Exchange Agents account at DTC, either an Agents Message or a Letter of Transmittal (or a facsimile thereof) properly completed and duly executed, along with any required signature guarantees and any other required documents, must be transmitted to and received by the Exchange Agent at one of the addresses set forth on the back cover of this prospectus prior to the Expiration Date.
Tender of Notes Through ATOP
In lieu of physically completing and signing the Letter of Transmittal and delivering it to the Exchange Agent, DTC participants may electronically transmit their acceptance of the Exchange Offer through ATOP, for which the transaction will be eligible. In accordance with ATOP procedures, DTC will then verify the acceptance of the Exchange Offer and send an Agents Message to the Exchange Agent for its acceptance.
If a holder transmits its acceptance through ATOP, delivery of such tendered old notes must be made to the Exchange Agent pursuant to the book-entry delivery procedures set forth herein. Unless such holder delivers the old notes being tendered to the Exchange Agent by book-entry delivery, we may, at our option, treat such tender as defective for purposes of delivery of tenders, acceptance for exchange and the right to receive new notes. Delivery of documents to DTC (physically or by electronic means) does not constitute delivery to the Exchange Agent. If you desire to tender your old notes prior to the Expiration Date, you must allow sufficient time for completion of the ATOP procedures during the normal business hours of DTC on such date.
Signature Guarantees
Signatures on all Letters of Transmittal and Consent must be guaranteed by a recognized participant in the Securities Transfer Agents Medallion Program (a Medallion Signature Guarantor), unless the Letter of Transmittal is delivered, and any old notes tendered thereby are tendered (i) by a registered holder of old notes (or by a participant in DTC whose name appears on a security position listing as the owner of such old notes) who has not completed either the box entitled Special Delivery Instructions or Special Payment or Issuance Instructions on the Letter of Transmittal or (ii) for the account of a member firm of a registered national securities exchange, a member of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority or a commercial bank or trust company having an office or correspondent in the United States (each of the foregoing being referred to as an Eligible Institution). If the old notes are registered in the name of a person other than the signer of the Letter of Transmittal, or if old notes not accepted for exchange or not tendered are to be returned to a person other than such holder, then the signatures on the Letters of Transmittal and Consent accompanying the tendered old notes must be guaranteed by a Medallion Signature Guarantor as described above.
Determination of Validity of Tenders
All questions as to the validity, form, eligibility (including time of receipt) and acceptance for exchange of any tendered old notes pursuant to any of the procedures described above, and the form and validity (including time of receipt of notices of withdrawal) of all documents will be determined by us in our sole discretion, which determination will be final and binding. We reserve the absolute right to reject any or all tenders of any old notes determined by us not to be in proper form, or if the acceptance of or exchange of such old notes may, in the opinion of our counsel, be unlawful. We also reserve the right to waive any conditions to the Exchange Offer that we are legally permitted to waive.
Your tender will not be deemed to have been made until all defects or irregularities in your tender have been cured or waived. All questions as to the form and validity (including time of receipt) of any delivery or
32
withdrawal of a tender will be determined by us in our sole discretion, which determination shall be final and binding. Neither we, the Exchange Agent nor any other person or entity is under any duty to give notification of any defects or irregularities in any tender or withdrawal of any old notes, or will incur any liability for failure to give any such notification.
Please send all materials to the Exchange Agent only and not to us.
Withdrawal of Tenders; Revocation of Consents
Your right to withdraw old notes tendered (and also thereby revoke the consent deemed delivered with such old notes) will expire at the Expiration Date. Withdrawal of old notes prior to the Expiration Date also constitutes revocation of consent for the Proposed Amendments with respect to such old notes; provided, however, each holder who has entered into a Support Agreement with us in connection with the Exchange Offer has agreed that, except in certain limited circumstances, its consent to the Proposed Amendments will remain valid if we consummate the Exchange Offer, even if it withdraws its tender of old notes in the Exchange Offer. Consents may only be revoked by properly withdrawing such tendered old notes. You may not withdraw old notes after the Expiration Date.
Subject to applicable law, if, for any reason whatsoever, acceptance for exchange of or exchange of any old notes tendered pursuant to the Exchange Offer is delayed (whether before or after our acceptance for exchange of old notes) or we extend the Exchange Offer or are unable to accept for exchange or exchange the old notes tendered pursuant to the Exchange Offer, we may instruct the Exchange Agent to retain tendered old notes, and those old notes may not be withdrawn, except to the extent that you are entitled to the withdrawal rights set forth herein.
To be effective, a written or facsimile transmission notice of withdrawal of a tender or a properly transmitted Request Message through DTCs ATOP system must:
• | be received by the Exchange Agent at one of the addresses specified on the back cover of this prospectus prior to the Expiration Date; |
• | specify the name of the holder of the old notes to be withdrawn; |
• | contain the description of the old notes to be withdrawn and the aggregate principal amount represented by such old notes; and |
• | be signed by the holder of the old notes in the same manner as the original signature on the Letter of Transmittal or be accompanied by documents of transfer sufficient to have the trustee register the transfer of the old notes into the name of the person withdrawing the old notes. |
If the old notes to be withdrawn have been delivered or otherwise identified to the Exchange Agent, a signed notice of withdrawal is effective immediately upon receipt by the Exchange Agent of written or facsimile transmission of the notice of withdrawal or revocation (or receipt of a Request Message) even if physical release is not yet effected. A withdrawal of old notes can only be accomplished in accordance with the foregoing procedures.
If you withdraw old notes, you will have the right to re-tender the old notes on or prior to the Expiration Date in accordance with the procedures described above for tendering outstanding old notes.
If we amend or modify the terms of the Exchange Offer and Consent Solicitation, or the information concerning the Exchange Offer and Consent Solicitation, in a manner determined by us to constitute a material change to the holders, we will disseminate additional Exchange Offer and Consent Solicitation materials and extend the period of the Exchange Offer and Consent Solicitation, including any withdrawal rights, to the extent required by law and as we determine necessary. An extension of the Expiration Date will not affect a holders withdrawal rights, unless otherwise provided or as required by applicable law.
Conditions of the Exchange Offer and Consent Solicitation
Notwithstanding any other provisions of the Exchange Offer, we will not be required to accept for exchange or to exchange old notes tendered pursuant to the Exchange Offer, and may terminate, amend or extend the Exchange Offer or delay or refrain from accepting for exchange, or exchanging, the old notes or transferring any exchange consideration, if any of the following conditions are not met or waived by us, prior to the Expiration Date:
• | The aggregate principal amount of old notes that are not tendered and exchanged shall not exceed $3.0 million; |
33
• | PNC shall have approved or consented to the Exchange, to the extent required, and to the amendments to the existing intercreditor agreement with the holders of the old notes and shall have entered into a New Intercreditor Agreement with the holders of the new notes; |
• | All Definitive Documentation shall have been executed and remain in full force and effect, which Definitive Documentation shall be in form and substance acceptable to the Issuer and the Required Consenting Noteholders; |
• | All requisite filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission, OTC Markets Group, Inc., and other governmental authorities and third parties shall have become effective, and all governmental authorities and third parties shall have approved or consented to the Exchange Offer, to the extent required; |
• | The shares of common stock to be issued in the Exchange Offer shall have been duly authorized and will be validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable |
• | We obtain, secure or enter into all material agreements, understandings, arrangements or other related documents in connection with the consummation of the Exchange Offer; |
• | The Required Consenting Noteholders and the Trustee shall have consented to and/or entered into, as applicable, documentation (including one or more supplemental indentures) effecting the deletion of the covenants in the Existing Indenture and release of all collateral under the Existing Indenture; |
• | Counsel for the Company shall have delivered customary legal opinions satisfactory to the Required Consenting Noteholders in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby; |
• | All collateral granted by the Company and its subsidiaries to secure the Company and its subsidiaries' obligations under the New Notes and New Indenture shall be properly perfected on Issue Date in favor of the trustee under the New Indenture (other than as set forth in the Definitive Documentation or as otherwise agreed by the Required Consenting Noteholders to be perfected on a customary post-closing basis) on a second-lien priority basis, subject to the Intercreditor Agreement; |
• | The A&R Registration Rights Agreement shall have been executed and shall be in full force and effect; |
• | No order, statute, rule, regulation, executive order, stay, decree, judgment or injunction shall have been enacted, entered, issued, promulgated or enforced by any court or governmental authority that prohibits or materially restricts the consummation of the Exchange Offer or Consent Solicitation; |
• | There shall not be instituted or pending any action, proceeding, application, claim or counterclaim by any government or governmental authority or agency, domestic or foreign, or by any other person, domestic or foreign, before any court or governmental regulatory or administrative agency, authority or tribunal, domestic or foreign, that, in our reasonable judgment, following the receipt of advice of counsel, would make the acceptance for exchange of, or exchange of, some or all of the old notes pursuant to the Exchange Offer illegal; or |
• | There shall have not occurred or be likely to occur any event affecting our business or financial affairs that, in our reasonable judgment, would prevent or materially restrict or delay consummation of the Exchange Offer and Consent Solicitation. |
We have entered into Support Agreements with holders of the old notes who, in the aggregate, hold in excess of 96% of the outstanding principal amount of the old notes. Under the terms Support Agreements, such holders have agreed, among other things, to tender all of their old notes in the Exchange Offer and to consent to the Proposed Amendments, subject to certain conditions. In addition, our obligation to issue any new notes and common stock is conditioned upon our acceptance of old notes for exchange pursuant to the Exchange Offer.
These conditions are for our benefit and may be asserted by us, subject to the consent of the Required Consenting Noteholders,, or may be waived by us, in whole or in part, at any time and from time to time at or prior to expiration of the Exchange Offer. We may additionally terminate the Exchange Offer if any condition is not satisfied on or prior to the Expiration Date. If any of these events occur, subject to the termination rights described above, we may (i) return tendered old notes to you, (ii) extend the Exchange Offer and Consent
34
Solicitation and retain all tendered old notes until the expiration of the extended Exchange Offer and Consent Solicitation, or (iii) amend the Exchange Offer and Consent Solicitation in any respect by giving oral or written notice of such amendment to the Exchange Agent and making public disclosure of such amendment to the extent required by law.
Assuming completion of the Exchange Offer and the tender of all outstanding old notes as of December 31, 2019, we will have approximately 75.3 million shares of common stock outstanding, out of 200.0 million shares authorized. Approximately 212.9 million shares of common stock will be issuable upon conversion of the new notes. At the completion of the Exchange Offer, we therefore expect that we will not have sufficient authorized shares of common stock to issue upon conversion of the new notes. If the Exchange Offer is completed, we intend to call a special meeting of stockholders (or consider such matters at our upcoming annual meeting of stockholders) to be held as soon as reasonably practicable for stockholders of record as of a date occurring on or after the Closing Date (which will include holders of old notes who receive shares of common stock in the Exchange Offer) to consider the following matters: (1) a proposal to amend our charter to increase the number of authorized shares of our common stock available for issuance, in order to provide a sufficient number of authorized shares of common stock for the issuance of shares upon conversion of the new notes, (2) a proposal to amend our charter to effect a reverse stock split of shares of our common stock; and (3) any other matters properly brought before the meeting. In lieu of a special or annual meeting of stockholders, the Company may direct the actions set forth in clauses (1) and (2) above to be taken by written consent of the stockholders in accordance with applicable Maryland law and our charter and bylaws. Additionally, in lieu of seeking a vote of stockholders to effect a reverse stock split through an amendment to our charter, the Board of Directors may authorize the Company to undertake a reverse stock split of no greater than ten shares of common stock into one share of common stock, which the Board of Directors may authorize, without any action by stockholders, in accordance with Maryland law. In the indenture governing the new notes, we have agreed to use commercially reasonable efforts to cause items (1) and (2) of the preceding sentence to occur no later than August 31, 2020. Unless and until we obtain stockholder approval of the increase in the number of shares of our common stock authorized and available for issuance upon conversion of the new notes, if the new notes are converted, we may not elect physical settlement or combination settlement of any conversion of new notes if such election would result in the issuance of more than 124.7 million shares of common stock (in the aggregate for the new notes taking into account all prior or concurrent new notes conversions). In such circumstance, we would be required to pay cash to satisfy our settlement obligations. We may not have sufficient funds to satisfy such cash obligations and, in such circumstances, may not be able to arrange the necessary financing on favorable terms or at all.
We have not made a decision as to what circumstances would lead us to waive any condition, and any such waiver would depend on circumstances prevailing at the time of such waiver. Although we have no present plans or arrangements to do so, we reserve the right to amend, at any time, the terms of the Exchange Offer. We will give holders notice of such amendments as may be required by applicable law.
Subject to the terms and conditions of the Exchange Offer and Consent Solicitation, we will accept tendered old notes for exchange at the settlement date. If we do not accept tendered old notes for exchange in the Exchange Offer, the Proposed Amendments will not become effective.
Except for the requirements of applicable U.S. federal and state securities laws, we know of no federal or state regulatory requirements to be complied with or approvals to be obtained by us in connection with this Exchange Offer which, if not complied with or obtained, would have a material adverse effect on us.
No Appraisal Rights
Holders of the old notes do not have dissenters' rights of appraisal in connection with this Exchange Offer.
35
Exchange Agent
We have appointed Wilmington Savings Fund Society, FSB as the Exchange Agent for the Exchange Offer. You should direct questions, requests for assistance, and requests for additional copies of this prospectus and the letter of transmittal that may accompany this prospectus to the exchange agent addressed as follows:
Wilmington Savings Fund Society, FSB
Attention: Corporate Trust Middle Office
501 Car Road, Suite 100
Wilmington, DE 19809
CTMiddleOffice@wsfsbank.com
(T) 302-571-7014
(F) 302-421-9137
Delivery to an address other than set forth above will not constitute a valid delivery.
36
General
The following descriptions are summaries of the material terms of our charter, amended and restated bylaws, and the Stockholders Agreement, and are qualified by reference to our charter, our amended and restated bylaws and the Stockholders Agreement. For more detailed information, please see copies of these documents which are included as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part. We refer in this section to our articles of amendment and restatement, as amended, supplemented, corrected or restated from time to time as our charter, and we refer to our amended and restated bylaws as our bylaws.
Our authorized capital stock consists of 200,000,000 shares of capital stock, consisting of 200,000,000 shares of common stock, $0.01 par value per share. As of February 25, 2020, 3,649,658 shares of our common stock were issued and outstanding and held by approximately 335 stockholders of record.
Assuming completion of the Exchange Offer and the tender of all outstanding old notes as of December 31, 2019, we will have approximately 75.3 million shares of common stock outstanding, out of 200.0 million shares authorized. Approximately 212.9 million shares of common stock will be issuable upon conversion of the new notes. At the completion of the Exchange Offer, we therefore expect that we will not have sufficient authorized shares of common stock to issue upon conversion of the new notes. If the Exchange Offer is completed, we intend to call a special meeting of stockholders (or consider such matters at our upcoming annual meeting of stockholders) to be held as soon as reasonably practicable for stockholders of record as of a date occurring on or after the Closing Date (which will include holders of old notes who receive shares of common stock in the Exchange Offer) to consider the following matters: (1) a proposal to amend our charter to increase the number of authorized shares of our common stock available for issuance, in order to provide a sufficient number of authorized shares of common stock for the issuance of shares upon conversion of the new notes, (2) a proposal to amend our charter to effect a reverse stock split of shares of our common stock; and (3) any other matters properly brought before the meeting. In lieu of a special or annual meeting of stockholders, the Company may direct the actions set forth in clauses (1) and (2) above to be taken by written consent of the stockholders in accordance with applicable Maryland law and our charter and bylaws. Additionally, in lieu of seeking a vote of stockholders to effect a reverse stock split through an amendment to our charter, the Board of Directors may authorize the Company to undertake a reverse stock split of no greater than ten shares of common stock into one share of common stock, which the Board of Directors may authorize, without any action by stockholders, in accordance with Maryland law. In the indenture governing the new notes, we have agreed to use commercially reasonable efforts to cause items (1) and (2) of the preceding sentence to occur no later than August 31, 2020. Unless and until we obtain stockholder approval of the increase in the number of shares of our common stock authorized and available for issuance upon conversion of the new notes, if the new notes are converted, we may not elect physical settlement or combination settlement of any conversion of new notes if such election would result in the issuance of more than 124.7 million shares of common stock (in the aggregate for the new notes taking into account all prior or concurrent new notes conversions). In such circumstance, we would be required to pay cash to satisfy our settlement obligations. We may not have sufficient funds to satisfy such cash obligations and, in such circumstances, may not be able to arrange the necessary financing on favorable terms or at all.
Common Stock
The Companys common stock carries the following rights:
Voting. Holders of our common stock are entitled to one vote per share of common stock owned as of the relevant record date on all matters submitted to a vote of stockholders. Except as otherwise provided in our charter, holders of common stock (as well as holders of any preferred stock of the Company entitled to vote with such common stockholders) vote together as a single class on all matters presented to the stockholders for their vote or approval, including the election of directors. There is no cumulative voting in the election of directors of the Company. Directors are elected by a plurality of the votes cast by the stockholders present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote thereon. All other matters are determined by the affirmative vote of a majority of the votes cast by the stockholders present in person or represented by proxy at
37
the meeting and entitled to vote thereon, unless the matter is one upon which, under applicable law, the rules or regulations of any stock exchange applicable to the Company, our charter, the bylaws or the Stockholders Agreement, a different vote is required, in which case such provision shall govern and control the vote required to approve such matter.
Dividends and other Distributions. Subject to the preferential rights of holders of any other class or series of stock of the Company, holders of shares of common stock are entitled to receive dividends and other distributions on such shares if, as and when authorized by the Board of Directors of the Company out of assets legally available therefor and declared by the Company.
Liquidation, dissolution or winding up. Subject to the preferential rights of holders of any other class or series of stock of the Company, holders of shares of common stock are entitled to share ratably in the Companys assets legally available for distribution to its stockholders in the event of the liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company after payment or establishment of reserves for all known debts and liabilities of the Company.
Restrictions on transfer. The common stock is not subject to restrictions on transfer as a result of the charter or the bylaws. Nevertheless, stockholders party to the Stockholders Agreement are subject to restrictions on transfer and there may be restrictions on transfer imposed by applicable securities laws or by the terms of other agreements entered into in the future. To the extent transfer restrictions apply, the Stockholders Agreement and the Maryland General Corporation Law (the MGCL) require the Company to place restrictive legends on its stock certificates, or state on such certificates that the Company will furnish a full statement of such restrictions on request and without charge.
Liability protection. Under Maryland law, stockholders generally are not personally liable for the Companys debts or obligations solely as a result of their status as stockholders.
Other rights. Holders of shares of the common stock have no preference, conversion, exchange, sinking fund, redemption rights or appraisal rights and have no preemptive rights to subscribe for any securities of the Company, except as otherwise provided in the Stockholders Agreement.
The rights, preferences and privileges of the holders of the common stock will be subject to, and may be adversely affected by, the rights of the holders of any class or series of preferred stock that may be issued by the Company.
Preferred Stock
The Company has no shares of preferred stock authorized or outstanding. Under the charter, the Companys Board of Directors is authorized, without further action by the Companys stockholders, to classify or reclassify, in one or more classes or series, any unissued shares of common stock by setting or changing the number of shares constituting such class or series and the designation, preferences, conversion and other rights, voting powers, restrictions, limitations as to dividends and other distributions, qualifications and terms and conditions of redemption of such shares and, if so classified or reclassified, the Company must file for record with the State Department of Assessments and Taxation of Maryland (the SDAT) articles supplementary in substance and form as prescribed by the MGCL. If shares of one class or series of stock are classified or reclassified into shares of another class or series of stock, the number of authorized shares of the former class will be automatically decreased and the number of authorized shares of the latter class or series will be automatically increased, in each case by the number of shares so classified or reclassified, so that the aggregate number of shares of stock of all classes that the Company has authority to issue will not be more than 200,000,000 provided, that, the total number of shares of stock of all classes that the Company may issue will be increased if the stockkholders approve the amendment to the charter discussed under the heading Description of Common Stock—General.
The Company believes that the power of the Board of Directors to classify or reclassify unissued shares of stock and thereafter to authorize the Company to issue such classified or reclassified shares of stock provides the Company with increased flexibility in structuring possible future financings and acquisitions and in meeting other needs that might arise. However, the Board of Directors of the Company could authorize the issuance of shares of preferred stock that have priority over the shares of common stock with respect to dividends or other distributions or rights upon liquidation or with other terms and conditions, including voting rights, that could have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a transaction or a change of control of the Company that
38
might involve a premium price for holders of the common stock or that the common stockholders otherwise believe to be in their best interests. As a result of these and other factors, the issuance of preferred stock could have an adverse impact on the market price of the common stock.
Anti-Takeover Effects of Maryland Law and Our Charter, Bylaws and Stockholders Agreement
The MGCL and the Companys charter and bylaws contain provisions that may delay, defer or prevent a change of control or other transaction that might involve a premium price for shares of the common stock or otherwise be in the best interests of the Companys stockholders.
No Cumulative Voting. The Companys charter does not provide for cumulative voting with respect to the election of directors or any other matters. The absence of cumulative voting in the election of directors may make it more difficult for a stockholder who acquires a substantial minority of shares to obtain representation on the Board of Directors. To the extent that it impedes the ability of a stockholder to obtain representation, the absence of cumulative voting may render more difficult any attempt by a minority stockholder or group of holders of voting shares of stock to change or influence the management or policies of the Company, and might be viewed as perpetuating incumbent management. In addition, the absence of cumulative voting may render more difficult or discourage entirely a merger, tender offer or proxy contest or the assumption of control by a holder of a large block of the Companys stock. Mergers and other business combinations sometimes result in stockholders receiving a premium over the market price for their shares of stock.
Subtitle 8. Subtitle 8 of Title 3 of the MGCL (Subtitle 8) permits a Maryland corporation with a class of equity securities registered under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the Exchange Act) and at least three independent directors to elect to be subject, by provision in its charter or bylaws or a resolution of its Board of Directors and notwithstanding any contrary provision in the charter or bylaws, to any or all of the following five provisions:
• | a classified board; |
• | a two-thirds vote requirement for removing a director; |
• | a requirement that the number of directors be fixed only by vote of the directors; |
• | a requirement that a vacancy on the board be filled only by the remaining directors and for the remainder of the full term of the class of directors in which the vacancy occurred; and |
• | a majority requirement for the calling of a stockholder-requested special meeting of stockholders. |
The Company has elected by a provision in the charter to be subject to the provisions of Subtitle 8 relating to a majority requirement for the calling of a stockholder-requested special meeting. Through provisions in the Companys charter and the bylaws unrelated to Subtitle 8, the Company already vests in the Board of Directors the exclusive power to fix the number of directors. However, as permitted by the MGCL, by resolution of its Board of Directors, the Company has opted out of the provisions of Subtitle 8 relating to the classification of the board and the two-thirds vote requirement for removing a director. In addition, the Company is prohibited from classifying the Board of Directors pursuant to Subtitle 8, unless such decision is approved by the affirmative vote of a majority of the votes cast on the matter by stockholders entitled to vote generally in the election of directors. Subject to the above requirement regarding self-classification, in the future, the Board of Directors may elect, without stockholder approval, to elect to be subject to one or more of the other provisions of Subtitle 8.
Board Composition; Removal
The stockholders party to the Stockholders Agreement have agreed that (i) the number of Directors will be fixed from time to time by the Companys Board of Directors as provided for in the Companys charter and bylaws and (ii) certain stockholders will have the right to designate members of the Companys Board of Directors until such time as such right may be lost in accordance with the Stockholders Agreement. Specifically, the Board of Directors shall consist of: (i) one director designated by Highbridge Capital Management, LLC (Highbridge); (ii) one director designated by Whitebox Advisors LLC (Whitebox Advisors); (iii) one director designated by SGF, LLC (SGF); (iv) one director, who must be an Independent Director, designated by mutual agreement of Corre Partners Management, LLC (Corre) and Wolverine Flagship Fund Trading Limited (WFF) (together with Highbridge, Whitebox Advisors and SGF, the Designating Stockholders); and (v) one director, who must
39
be the President and Chief Executive Officer of the Company. The term Independent Director is defined to refer to a director who qualifies as an independent director of the Company under NASDAQ Marketplace Rule 5605(a)(2) (assuming for this purpose that it applies to such person). As of the date of this prospectus, the Board of Directors consists of seven members.
In general, each committee of the Board of Directors must include a director designated by a Designating Stockholder, for so long as such Designating Stockholder retains its Board Designation Right (as defined in the Stockholders Agreement) and to the extent requested by such Designating Stockholder.
The Stockholder Parties have agreed, in the Stockholders Agreement, to vote all of their shares of the Companys common stock and other voting equity securities, execute proxies or written consents, as the case may be, and take all other necessary action in order to ensure that the composition of the Board of Directors is as set forth in the Stockholders Agreement and to ensure that the Companys charter and bylaws both (i) facilitate, and do not at any time conflict with, any provision of Stockholders Agreement and (ii) permit the Stockholder Parties (as defined in the Stockholders Agreement) to receive the benefits to which they are entitled under the Stockholders Agreement.
Meetings of Stockholders
Special meetings of stockholders may be called by the chairman of the Companys Board of Directors, the president and the Board of Directors. Additionally, subject to the provisions of the bylaws, a special meeting of stockholders to act on any matter that may properly be considered at a meeting of stockholders must be called by the secretary of the Company upon the written request of stockholders entitled to cast a majority of all of the votes entitled to be cast on the matter at such meeting who have requested the special meeting in accordance with the procedures specified in the bylaws. Only matters set forth in the notice of a special meeting of stockholders may be considered and acted upon at such a meeting.
Advance Notice Requirements
The bylaws provide that nominations of individuals for election as directors and proposals of business to be considered by stockholders at any annual meeting may be made only (1) pursuant to the Companys notice of meeting, (2) by or at the direction of the Board of Directors, (3) by any stockholder (a) who was a stockholder of record both at the time of giving the notice required by the bylaws and at the time of the meeting, (b) who is entitled to vote at the meeting in the election of the individuals so nominated or on such other proposed business and (c) who has complied with the advance notice procedures of the bylaws, or (4) as otherwise provided in the Stockholders Agreement. Stockholders generally must provide notice of a stockholder proposal for the annual meeting to the secretary of the Company not later than the close of business on the 90th day nor earlier than the close of business on the 120th day prior to the first anniversary of preceding years annual meeting.
Only the business specified in the notice of the meeting may be brought before a special meeting of stockholders of the Company. Nominations of individuals for election as directors at a special meeting of stockholders may be made only (1) pursuant to the Companys notice of meeting, (2) by or at the direction of the Board of Directors, (3) if the special meeting has been called in accordance with the bylaws for the purpose of electing directors, by a stockholder (a) who is a stockholder of record both at the time of giving the notice required by the bylaws and at the time of the special meeting, (b) who is entitled to vote at the meeting and (c) who has complied with the advance notice procedures of the bylaws, or (4) as otherwise provided in the Stockholders Agreement. Stockholders generally must provide notice of a stockholder proposal for a special meeting to the secretary of the Company not earlier than the close of business 120th day before such special meeting and not later than the close of business on the later of the 90th day before the special meeting or the tenth day after the first public announcement of the date of the special meeting.
A stockholders notice must contain certain information specified by the bylaws about the stockholder, its affiliates and any proposed business or nominee for election as a director, including information about the economic interest of the stockholder, its affiliates and any proposed nominee in the Company.
Amendment to Bylaws
The bylaws provide that, except as otherwise provided in the Companys charter or the Stockholders Agreement, the Companys Board of Directors has the exclusive power to make, alter or repeal the bylaws.
40
Business Combinations
Under the MGCL, certain business combinations between a Maryland corporation and an interested stockholder or an affiliate of an interested stockholder are prohibited for five years after the most recent date on which the interested stockholder becomes an interested stockholder. These business combinations include a merger, consolidation, share exchange, or, in circumstances specified in the statute, an asset transfer or issuance or reclassification of equity securities. An interested stockholder is defined as:
• | any person who beneficially owns, directly or indirectly, 10% or more of the voting power of the outstanding voting stock of the corporation; or |
• | an affiliate or associate of the corporation who, at any time within the two-year period prior to the date in question, was the beneficial owner, directly or indirectly, of 10% or more of the voting power of the then outstanding voting stock of the corporation. |
A person is not an interested stockholder under the statute if the Board of Directors of the corporation approved in advance the transaction by which the person otherwise would have become an interested stockholder.
After such five-year period, any business combination between the Maryland corporation and an interested stockholder generally must be recommended by the Board of Directors of the corporation and approved by the affirmative vote of at least:
• | 80% of the votes entitled to be cast by holders of outstanding shares of voting stock of the corporation, voting together as a single voting group; and |
• | two-thirds of the votes entitled to be cast by holders of voting stock of the corporation other than shares held by the interested stockholder with whom (or with whose affiliate) the business combination is to be effected or held by an affiliate or associate of the interested stockholder. |
These supermajority approval requirements do not apply if, among other conditions, the corporations common stockholders receive a minimum price (as defined in the MGCL) for their shares and the consideration is received in cash or in the same form as previously paid by the interested stockholder for its shares.
The business combination statute may discourage others from trying to acquire control of the Company and increase the difficulty of consummating any offer.
Pursuant to the statute, the Board of Directors of the Company has by resolution exempted business combinations between the Company and any stockholder party to the Stockholders Agreement and between the Company and any other person, provided that in the latter case the business combination is first approved by the Board of Directors (including a majority of the Companys directors who are not affiliates or associates of such person). Consequently, the five-year prohibition and the supermajority vote requirements will not apply to a business combination between the Company and any stockholder party to the Stockholders Agreement or to a business combination between the Company and any other person if the Board of Directors has first approved the combination. As a result, any person described in the preceding sentence may be able to enter into business combinations with the Company that may not be in the best interests of stockholders of the Company, without compliance with the supermajority vote requirements and other provisions of the statute. The Company cannot assure you that the Board of Directors will not amend or repeal this resolution in the future.
Exchange Listing
Our common stock is presently quoted on the OTCQX under the symbol CTAM.
Agent and Registrar
The transfer agent and registrar for our common stock is American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, LLC. The transfer agent and registrars address is 6201 15th Avenue Brooklyn, New York 11219, and its telephone number is (800) 937-5449.
41
General
Certain terms used in this description are defined under the subheading Certain Definitions. In this description, (1) the term Company refers only to A. M. Castle & Co. and not to any of its Subsidiaries, and (2) the terms we, our and us each refer to the Company and its consolidated Subsidiaries assuming completion of the Transactions.
The Company will issue up to $100 million aggregate principal amount of 3.00% / 5.00% Convertible Senior Secured PIK Toggle Notes due 2024 (the Notes) under an indenture (the Indenture) among the Company, the Guarantors and Wilmington Savings Fund Society, FSB, as trustee (the Trustee) and Collateral Agent (as defined in Certain Definitions below). Except as set forth herein, the terms of the Notes will include those stated in the Indenture and those made part of the Indenture by reference to the Trust Indenture Act.
The following description is only a summary of the material provisions of the Indenture and the Collateral Documents. It does not purport to be complete and is qualified in its entirety by reference to the provisions of the Indenture and the Collateral Documents, including the definitions therein of certain terms used below. We urge you to read the Indenture and the Collateral Documents because they, and not this description, will define your rights as Holders of the Notes.
Brief Description of the Notes
The Notes:
• | will be secured on a second-priority basis, equally and ratably with all para passu lien Indebtedness of the Company and the Guarantors, by Liens on the Collateral from time to time owned by the Company, subject to certain limitations and exceptions and Permitted Liens (including Liens on the Collateral securing the Senior Credit Facility Obligations), as described under —Security and —Certain Covenants—Liens; |
• | will be effectively senior to all unsecured Indebtedness of the Company and the Guarantors (including the Existing Notes) and Indebtedness secured by Liens junior to the Liens securing the Notes to the extent of the value of the Collateral; |
• | will rank effectively equal to all existing and future pari passu Indebtedness of the Company; |
• | will be effectively subordinated to any existing and future secured Indebtedness of the Company that is secured by Liens on assets that do not constitute Collateral to the extent of the value of the assets securing such Indebtedness; |
• | will be effectively subordinated to any existing and future secured obligations of the Company that are secured by a senior lien, including the Senior Credit Facility, to the extent of the value of the Collateral securing such obligations; |
• | will rank senior in right of payment to all existing and future obligations that are, by their terms, expressly subordinated in right of payment to the Notes; and |
• | will be structurally subordinated to all existing and future obligations of Subsidiaries of the Company that are not subsidiary Guarantors. |
Guarantees
The Guarantors, will jointly and severally, unconditionally guarantee that the principal of and interest and premium, if any, on the Notes will be promptly paid in full when due, whether at maturity, by acceleration or otherwise, and interest on the overdue principal of and interest on the Notes, if any, if lawful, and all other obligations of the Company to the Holders, the Trustee or the other Notes Secured Parties will be promptly paid in full or performed, all in accordance with the terms hereof and thereof and in case of any extension of time of payment or renewal of any Notes of such other obligations, that same will be promptly paid in full when due or performed in accordance with the terms of the extension or renewal, whether at stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise. Failing payment when due of any amount so guaranteed or any performance so guaranteed for whatever reason, the Guarantors will be jointly and severally obligated to pay the same immediately. Each Guarantor agrees that this is a guarantee of payment and not a guarantee of collection.
42
The Guarantors will guarantee the Notes and, in the future, each Domestic Restricted Subsidiary or Restricted Subsidiary which guarantees any Indebtedness of the Company or any Guarantor, will guarantee the Notes, subject to certain exceptions and to release as provided below or elsewhere in this Description of the New Notes. Each of the Guarantees of the Notes will:
• | be secured on a second-priority basis, equally and ratably with all obligations of such Guarantor under any pari passu lien indebtedness of the Issuer and the Guarantors, by Liens on the Collateral from time to time owned by such Guarantor, subject to certain limitations and exceptions and Permitted Liens (including Liens on the Collateral securing the Senior Credit Facility Obligations), as described under —Security and —Certain Covenants—Liens; |
• | rank effectively equal to all existing and future pari passu Indebtedness of such Guarantor; |
• | be effectively subordinated to any existing and future secured Indebtedness of such Guarantor that is secured by Liens on assets that do not constitute Collateral to the extent of the value of the assets securing such Indebtedness; |
• | be effectively subordinated to any existing and future secured obligations of such Guarantor that are secured by a senior lien, including the Senior Credit Facility, to the extent of the value of the Collateral securing such obligations; |
• | be effectively senior to all unsecured obligations of such Guarantor (including the Existing Notes) and Indebtedness secured by Liens junior to the Liens securing the Notes to the extent of the value of the Collateral; |
• | will rank senior in right of payment to all existing and future obligations that are, by their terms, expressly subordinated in right of payment to the Notes; and |
Not all of Companys Subsidiaries will be required to guarantee the Notes. In particular, no Immaterial Subsidiaries or Unrestricted Subsidiaries of Company will be required to guarantee the Notes. As of the Issue Date, all of the domestic Subsidiaries of Parent (other than the Company) will be Guarantors.
The obligations of each Guarantor under its Guarantee will be limited as necessary to prevent the Guarantee from constituting a fraudulent conveyance under applicable law. This provision may not, however, be effective to protect a Guarantee from being voided under fraudulent transfer law, or may reduce the applicable Guarantors obligation to an amount that effectively makes its Guarantee worthless. If a Guarantee was challenged, it could also be subordinated by a court to all other indebtedness (including guarantees and other contingent liabilities) of the Guarantor, and, depending on the amount of such indebtedness, a Guarantors liability on its Guarantee could be reduced to zero.
The Guarantors will agree that their obligations under the Indenture are unconditional, irrespective of the validity, regularity or enforceability of the Notes or the Indenture, the absence of any action to enforce the same, any waiver or consent by any Holder of the Notes with respect to any provisions thereof, the recovery of any judgment against the Company, any action to enforce the same or any other circumstance which might otherwise constitute a legal or equitable discharge or defense of a guarantor. Each Guarantor waives diligence, presentment, demand of payment, filing of claims with a court in the event of insolvency or bankruptcy of the Company, any right to require a proceeding first against the Company, protest, notice and all demands whatsoever and covenant that this Note Guarantee will not be discharged except by complete performance of the obligations contained in the Notes and the Indenture.
Each Guarantor will agree that it will not be entitled to any right of subrogation in relation to the Holders in respect of any obligations guaranteed until payment in full of all obligations guaranteed. Each Guarantor further agrees that, as between the Guarantors, on the one hand, and the Holders, the Trustee and the other Notes Secured Parties, on the other hand, (1) the maturity of the obligations guaranteed may be accelerated for the purposes of this Note Guarantee, notwithstanding any stay, injunction or other prohibition preventing such acceleration in respect of the obligations guaranteed hereby, and (2) in the event of any declaration of acceleration of such obligations, such obligations (whether or not due and payable) will forthwith become due and payable by the Guarantors for the purpose of this Note Guarantee. The Guarantors will have the right to seek contribution from any non-paying Guarantor so long as the exercise of such right does not impair the rights of the Holders, the Trustee, or the other Notes Secured Parties under the Note Guarantee.
43
No Guarantor may sell or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its assets to, or consolidate with or into (whether or not such Guarantor is the surviving Person) another Person, other than the Company or another Guarantor, unless, (1) immediately after giving effect to such transaction, no Default or Event of Default exists; and (2) either: (a) the Person acquiring the property in any such sale or disposition or the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger unconditionally assumes all the obligations of that Guarantor under the Indenture, its Note Guarantee and appropriate Collateral Documents pursuant to agreements reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee or (b) in the case of a sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of a Guarantor, such sale or other disposition is otherwise not prohibited by the Indenture. See Successors—Merger, Consolidation or Sale of Assets.
Each Guarantee by a Guarantor will provide by its terms that it will be released:
(1) | in connection with any sale or other disposition of all the Capital Stock of that Guarantor to a Person that is not (either before or after giving effect to such transaction) the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company, if the sale or other disposition does not violate the terms of the Indenture; |
(2) | if the Company designates any Restricted Subsidiary that is a Guarantor to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary; |
(3) | upon the liquidation or dissolution of such Guarantor; provided that no Default or Event of Default shall occur as a result thereof or has occurred and is continuing; or |
(4) | upon a Covenant Defeasance or satisfaction and discharge of the Indenture. |
Ranking
The payment of the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes and the payment of any Guarantee will rank effectively equal to all existing and future pari passu Indebtedness of the Company or the relevant Guarantor, as the case may be.
The Notes and the Guarantees will be effectively subordinated in right of payment to all of the Companys and the Guarantors existing and future Senior Credit Facility Obligations to the extent of the value of the collateral securing such Senior Credit Facility Obligations. As of December 31, 2019, the Company and the Guarantors had $127.8 million of Senior Credit Facility Obligations outstanding. As of December 31, 2019, the Company would also have had (1) approximately $15.4 million of additional borrowing capacity under the Senior Credit Facility, which, if borrowed, would be Senior Credit Facility Obligations and (2) the option to raise additional commitments under the Senior Credit Facility up to $25 million, which if borrowed, would be Senior Credit Facility Obligations.
Although the Indenture will contain limitations on the amount of additional Indebtedness that Company and Companys Restricted Subsidiaries (including the Guarantors) may incur, under certain circumstances the amount of such additional Indebtedness could be substantial and under certain circumstances such additional Indebtedness may be secured. See Certain Covenants—Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock.
Security
Collateral
General
The Notes and the Guarantees will be secured by Liens on the Collateral (as defined below) on an equal and ratable basis with all pari passu Indebtendess. These Liens will be junior in priority to the Liens securing the Senior Credit Facility Obligations in respect of Collateral and subject to Permitted Liens.
The Liens on the Collateral that will secure the Notes and Guarantees will be granted under the Collateral Documents in favor of the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Holders of the Notes.
Subject to the collateral and guarantee requirements in the Indenture and the Security Agreement, the collateral comprises substantially all of the assets and property of the Company and the Guarantors, whether real, personal or mixed, other than the Excluded Assets (as defined below) and other than any assets released from the collateral (the Collateral).
44
The Collateral will exclude certain assets and property (Excluded Assets), including, without limitation, the following:
(1) | the Voting Stock of any direct Foreign Subsidiary of the Company or a Guarantor (other than any Foreign Subsidiary incorporated in Canada or Mexico) in excess of 65% of all of the outstanding Voting Stock of such Foreign Subsidiary; |
(2) | rights under any contracts, leases or other instruments that contain a valid and enforceable prohibition on assignment of such rights (other than to the extent that any such prohibition would be rendered ineffective pursuant to Section 9-406, 9-407, 9-408 or 9-409 of the UCC of any relevant jurisdiction or any other applicable law or principles of equity), but only for so long as such prohibition exists and is effective and valid; |
(3) | property and assets owned by the Company or any Guarantor that are the subject of Permitted Liens described in clause (7) of the definition thereof for so long as such Permitted Liens are in effect and the Indebtedness secured thereby constitutes Permitted Debt described in clause (4) of the definition thereof and the agreements or instruments evidencing or governing such Indebtedness otherwise prohibits any other Liens thereon, but only for so long as such prohibition exists and is effective and valid; |
(4) | (i) deposit and securities accounts the balance of which consists exclusively of (a) withheld income taxes and federal, state or local employment taxes in such amounts as are required to be paid to the Internal Revenue Service or state or local government agencies within the following two months with respect to employees of the Company or any of the Guarantors, and (b) amounts required to be paid over to an employee benefit plan pursuant to DOL Reg. Sec. 2510.3-102 on behalf of or for the benefit of employees of the Company or any Guarantor, and (ii) all segregated deposit accounts constituting (and the balance of which consists solely of funds set aside in connection with) tax accounts and trust accounts; |
(5) | motor vehicles or other equipment covered by certificates of title or ownership to the extent that a security interest cannot be perfected solely by filing a UCC-1 financing statement (or similar instrument); |
(6) | intent-to-use trademark applications prior to the filing of a statement of use with respect thereto, to the extent and for so long as creation by the Company or a Guarantor of a security interest therein would result in the abandonment, invalidation or unenforceability thereof; |
(7) | any Capital Stock of the Company’s Subsidiaries to the extent that the pledge of such Capital Stock results in the Company being required to file separate financial statements of such Subsidiary with the SEC, but only to the extent necessary for the Company not to be subject to such requirement and only for so long as such requirement is in existence; provided that neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries shall take any action in the form of a reorganization, merger or other restructuring a principal purpose of which is to provide for the release of the Lien on any securities pursuant to this clause; |
(8) | real property owned by the Company or any of the Guarantors that has a Fair Market Value not exceeding $1,500,000 either individually or in the aggregate and any real property leased by the Company or any Guarantor; and |
(9) | proceeds and products from any and all of the foregoing excluded collateral described in clauses (1) through (8), unless such proceeds or products would otherwise constitute Collateral securing the Notes. |
provided, that notwithstanding anything to the contrary, to the extent that the Company or a Guarantor grants a Lien on any asset or right described in clause (1) through (9) above (other than clause (7)) to secure Obligations under the Senior Credit Facility, such asset or right shall not constitute an Excluded Asset.
Certain Limitations on the Collateral
The Notes and related guarantees will be secured, subject to certain limitations and exceptions and permitted liens, by a second-priority lien on the Collateral. No appraisal of the value of the Collateral has been made in connection with this offering, and the fair market value of the Collateral in the event of liquidation will depend on general market and economic conditions, the availability of buyers and other factors. The amount to be received upon a sale of the Collateral is subject to fluctuation and would be dependent on numerous factors, including, but not limited to, the actual fair market value of such Collateral at such time, the condition of our industry, the timing and the manner of the sale, the availability of buyers and other factors. By its nature,
45
portions of the Collateral may be illiquid and may have no readily ascertainable market value. In the event of a foreclosure, liquidation, bankruptcy or similar proceeding, the Collateral may not be sold in a timely or orderly manner, and the proceeds from any sale or liquidation of this Collateral may not be sufficient to pay our obligations under the Notes. To the extent that liens securing obligations under the Senior Credit Facility, pre-existing liens, liens securing the debt secured on an equal or higher priority basis as the Notes and other rights, including liens on excluded assets, such as those securing purchase money obligations and capital lease obligations granted to other parties (in addition to the holders of any other obligations secured by higher priority liens), encumber any of the Collateral securing the Notes and the guarantees, those parties have or may exercise rights and remedies with respect to such Collateral that could adversely affect the value of such Collateral and the ability of the Collateral Agent to realize or foreclose on such Collateral. The indenture governing the Notes does not limit our ability to incur additional pari passu indebtedness in the Collateral. Any such additional indebtedness may further limit the recovery from the realization of the value of such Collateral available to satisfy Holders of the Notes.
In addition, the security interest of the Collateral Agent will be subject to practical problems generally associated with the realization of security interests in collateral. For example, the Collateral Agent may need to obtain the consent of a third party to obtain or enforce a security interest in a contract. We cannot assure you that the Collateral Agent will be able to obtain any such consent. We also cannot assure you that the consents of any third parties will be given when required to facilitate a foreclosure on such assets. Also, certain items included in the Collateral may not be transferable (by their terms or pursuant to applicable law) and therefore the Collateral Agent may not be able to realize value from such items in the event of a foreclosure. Accordingly, the Collateral Agent may not have the ability to foreclose upon those assets and the value of the Collateral may significantly decrease. There may not be sufficient Collateral to pay off all amounts we may borrow under our Senior Credit Facility, the Notes and other debt that we may offer that would be secured on the same basis as the Notes after application of the proceeds of the Collateral to the repayment of the Senior Credit Facility and any other indebtedness secured by a first-priority lien on the Collateral. If the proceeds of any sale of Collateral are not sufficient to repay all amounts due on the Notes (and any other claims that have a senior or pari passu lien on any or all of such Collateral), the Holders of the Notes (to the extent not repaid from the proceeds of the sale of the Collateral) would have only a senior unsecured, unsubordinated claim against our and the subsidiary guarantors remaining assets. The ability of the Holders to realize on the Collateral would also be subject to certain bankruptcy law limitations in the event of a bankruptcy.
Release of Collateral
Collateral may be released from the Lien and security interest created by the Collateral Documents at any time or from time to time. Upon the request of the Company pursuant to an Officers Certificate and receipt of an Opinion of Counsel, in each case, stating that all conditions precedent and covenants have been met and meeting the other requirements of the Indenture and without the consent of any Holder, the Company and the Guarantors will be entitled to releases of assets included in the Collateral from the Liens securing the obligations under the Notes and the Note Guarantees under any one or more of the following circumstances:
(1) | Collateral that is sold, transferred, disbursed or otherwise disposed of to a Person other than the Company or a Guarantor to the extent such sale, transfer, disbursement or disposition is not prohibited by the provisions of the Indenture; provided that any products or proceeds received by the Company or a Guarantor in respect of any such Collateral shall continue to constitute Collateral to the extent required by the Indenture and the Collateral Documents; |
(2) | the property and assets of a Guarantor upon the release of such Guarantor from its Note Guarantee in accordance with the Indenture; |
(3) | any property or asset of the Company or a Guarantor that is or becomes an Excluded Asset; |
(4) | any Collateral upon consent of Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of Notes outstanding; and |
(5) | to the extent required by the Intercreditor Agreement; |
Provided that, notwithstanding any other provision of the Indenture or the Collateral Documents, Liens securing all or substantially all of the Collateral may only be released upon (i) payment in full of the principal of, premium, if any, on, and accrued and unpaid interest on the Notes and all other Notes Debt under the Indenture
46
and under the other Notes Documents that are due and payable at or prior to the time such principal, premium, if any, accrued and unpaid interest, and other Notes Debt are paid, (ii) a satisfaction and discharge of the Indenture as described below under —Satisfaction and Discharge, (iii) the occurrence of a Covenant Defeasance as described in below under —Covenant Defeasance or (iv) the consent of Holders of at least 66-2/3% in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding; provided that, in the case of any release in whole pursuant to clauses (i) through (iv) above, all amounts owing to the Trustee, the Collateral Agent, and the Agents under the Indenture and the other Notes Documents have been paid.
The release of any Collateral from the terms of the Collateral Documents shall not be deemed to impair the security under the Indenture in contravention of the provisions thereof if and to the extent the Collateral is released pursuant to the Indenture and the Collateral Documents. To the extent applicable, the Company shall cause Trust Indenture Act Section 314(d) relating to the release of property from the security interests created by this Indenture and the Collateral Documents to be complied with. Any certificate or opinion required by Trust Indenture Act Section 314(d) may be made by an Officer of each of the Company, except in cases where Trust Indenture Act Section 314(d) requires that such certificate or opinion be made by an independent Person, which Person shall be an independent engineer, appraiser or other expert selected or approved by the Trustee in the exercise of reasonable care. A Person is independent if such Person (a) is in fact independent, (b) does not have any direct financial interest or any material indirect financial interest in the Company or in any Affiliate of the Company and (c) is not an officer, employee, promoter, underwriter, trustee, partner or director or person performing similar functions to any of the foregoing for the Company. The Trustee shall be entitled to receive and conclusively rely upon a certificate provided by any such Person confirming that such Person is independent within the foregoing definition.
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, the Company will not be required to comply with all or any portion of TIA §314(d): (1) with respect to certain ordinary course of business releases of Collateral as described in this Indenture and the Collateral Documents, including without limitation, Collateral comprised of accounts receivable, and inventory or the proceeds of the foregoing, or cash, in each case, which shall be subject to release upon sales of such inventory, collection of the proceeds of such accounts receivable, and withdrawals of cash from the Companys deposit accounts in the ordinary course of business and (2) if it determines, in good faith based on advice of counsel, that under the terms of TIA §314(d) and/or any interpretation or guidance as to the meaning thereof of the Commission and its staff, including “no action” letters or exemptive orders, all or any portion of TIA §314(d) is inapplicable to one or a series of released Collateral.
If requested in writing by the Company, the Trustee shall instruct the Collateral Agent to execute and deliver such documents, instruments or statements and to take such other action as the Company may request to evidence or confirm that the Collateral to be released has been released from the Liens of each of the Collateral Documents.
Creation and Perfection of Certain Security Interests Post-Closing
Certain security interests with respect to the real property Collateral (including any related title insurance, surveys and other related deliverables) may not be in place on the Issue Date or certain other security interests (including control agreements with respect to deposit accounts) may not be created or perfected on the Issue Date. Any issues that we are not able to resolve in connection with the granting of such security interests may impact the value of the Collateral. Any future pledge of collateral or guarantee might be avoidable in a bankruptcy proceeding. To the extent any such security interest could not be created or perfected, the Company and the Guarantors will agree to use their respective commercially reasonable efforts to do or cause to be done all acts and things that would be required to have all security interests in the Collateral duly created and enforceable and perfected, to the extent required by the Indenture or the Collateral Documents; provided that the Company and Guarantors will enter into one or more security agreements and file Uniform Commercial Code financing statements on the Issue Date. There will be no independent assurance prior to issuance of the Notes that all assets or properties contemplated to be mortgaged or pledged as security for the Notes will be mortgaged or pledged, or that we hold the real or personal property interests we represent we hold or that we may mortgage or pledge such interests, or that there will be no lien encumbering such real or personal property interests other than those permitted by the Indenture. Delivery of mortgages or other documents necessary to create or perfect security interests in other Collateral after the Issue Date increases the risk that the mortgages or other security interests could be avoidable in bankruptcy.
47
Intercreditor Arrangements
The Liens on the Collateral securing the Notes will be subject to an intercreditor agreement. On the Issue Date, the Collateral Agent and the Senior Credit Facility Agent will enter into the Intercreditor Agreement to set forth their relative rights in the Collateral, which will provide for the senior priority of the Senior Credit Facility Agent in the Collateral relative to the Liens thereon of the Collateral Agent.
Holders of the Notes will be deemed to have agreed and accepted the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement and to have authorized and directed the Collateral Agent (and Trustee, if applicable) to enter into and perform its obligations under the Intercreditor Agreement, binding the Holders to the terms thereof by their acceptance of the Notes.
General
The Intercreditor Agreement provides, among other things, that, notwithstanding the date, manner or order of grant, attachment or perfection of any Liens securing the Obligations under the Notes granted on the Collateral and notwithstanding any provision of any Uniform Commercial Code, or any other applicable law or the Senior Credit Facility or the Indenture, the Senior Credit Facility Agent, on behalf of itself and/or the holders of the Senior Credit Facility Obligations, and the Collateral Agent, on behalf of itself and the Holders of the Notes, each agrees that any Lien of the Senior Credit Facility Agent on the Collateral, whether now or hereafter held by or on behalf of the Senior Credit Facility Agent or any holders of Senior Credit Facility Obligations or any agent or trustee therefor, regardless of how acquired, whether by grant, possession, statute, operation of law, subrogation or otherwise, shall be senior in all respects and prior to all Liens on the Collateral securing the Obligations. The Senior Credit Facility Agent, on behalf of itself and/or the holders of the Senior Credit Facility Obligations, and the Collateral Agent, on behalf of itself and/or the Holders of the Notes, each further agrees that during any insolvency or liquidation proceeding, the Intercreditor Agreement will be enforceable as a subordination agreement within the meaning of Section 510(a) of the Bankruptcy Code, and the Senior Credit Facility Agent and the Collateral Agent will have the rights to seek adequate protection in such proceedings in accordance with and subject to certain limitations set forth under the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement, including with respect to the relative priority of their respective security interests in the Collateral.
Under the Indenture, the Collateral Agent will have the right to act or refrain from acting on behalf of the Holders of the Notes under the Intercreditor Agreement or with respect to any Collateral.
Permitted Payments of the Obligations
The Collateral Agent, on behalf of itself and the other Notes Secured Parties, agrees that, prior to the discharge of the Senior Credit Facility Obligations, the Collateral Agent and the other Notes Secured Parties shall not have any right to receive payment on account of the Obligations other than the following (collectively, the Permitted Payments) as and when due:
(a) | regularly scheduled, non-default, quarterly interest payments paid when due and payable under the terms of the Notes Documents (the Interest Payments); except that no Interest Payments may be made in cash (but may be paid in kind by capitalizing such interest payment) at any time (i) during a period when the terms of the Senior Credit Facility requires Cash Dominion (as defined in the Senior Credit Agreement); and (ii) that the following conditions (collectively, the Interest Payment Conditions) are not met: |
(A) | no event of default under the Senior Credit Facility has occurred and is continuing or would be caused as a result of making any such Interest Payment, |
(B) | the Issuer and the Guarantors shall have a Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio (as defined in the Senior Credit Agreement), calculated on a pro forma basis after giving effect to any such payment as a Debt Payment (as defined in the Senior Credit Facility Agreement), of at least 1.10 to 1.00 for the twelve (12) month period most recently ended, |
(C) | after giving effect to any such payment, the Issuer and the Guarantors shall have (x) Liquidity (as defined in the Senior Credit Agreement) of not less than $20,000,000 as of the date of such payment and (y) average Liquidity of not less than $20,000,000 for the 10 consecutive calendar day period prior to delivery of the compliance certificate delivered in accordance with the Intercreditor Agreement, and the 10 consecutive calendar day period prior to making such payment, or |
48
(D) | that cash interest payments are due and payable to the holders of the Company’s outstanding 5.00% / 7.00% Convertible Senior Secured Paid-in-Kind Toggle Notes due 2022 and such cash interest payments have not been made or satisfied or in full; |
(b) | any other payment on account of the Obligations other than the Interest Payments and Collateral Agent Payments referred to below, so long as before and after giving effect to such payments, the Payment Conditions (as defined in the Senior Credit Agreement) are satisfied; and |
(c) | any payments of the fees, costs, expenses, and other amounts payable to the Collateral Agent (for its own account) under the terms of the Notes Documents (collectively, the Collateral Agent Payments) except that during the occurrence and continuance of a Collateral Agent Payment Trigger Event, payments of the fees, costs, expenses, and other amounts payable to the Collateral Agent (for its own account) under the terms of the Notes Documents, such amounts shall not to exceed $350,000 for the first year following such Collateral Agent Payment Trigger Event and $250,000 for each year thereafter; provided, that if the actual amount of such fees, costs, expenses, and other amounts is less than the applicable cap for any given year, such unused amounts may be carried forward and used in subsequent years.any Collateral Agent Payments. |
If any payment of the Obligations is blocked due to the provisions of the Intercreditor Agreement, the Company may resume making Permitted Payments at any time that such payments are no longer prohibited. Except for Permitted Payments, and notwithstanding the terms of the Notes Documents, the Collateral Agent, on behalf of itself and the other Notes Secured Parties, will agree that it will not accept any payment (other than Reorganization Subordinated Securities) with respect to the Obligations until the discharge of the Senior Credit Facility Obligations.
Exercise of Remedies
The Intercreditor Agreement provides that so long as Senior Credit Facility Obligations remain outstanding, neither of the Collateral Agent nor any other Holder of the Notes may exercise or seek to exercise any rights or remedies against the Collateral (including the exercising of any right of set-off) or institute any enforcement action with respect to such rights or remedies (including any action of foreclosure); except that the Collateral Agent may enforce or exercise any or all such rights and remedies, or commence or petition for any such action or proceeding, after a period ending two hundred and ten (210) days after the receipt by the Senior Credit Facility Agent of a notice from the Collateral Agent of the existence of an event of default under the Notes (the Standstill Period) if the applicable event of default that was the subject of the notice received by the Senior Credit Facility Agent which commenced the applicable Standstill Period remains uncured, unremedied or unwaived as of the expiration of the Standstill Period. However, neither the Collateral Agent nor any other Notes Secured Party may enforce or exercise any rights or remedies with respect to any Collateral, or commence or petition for any such action or proceeding (including taking such enforcement or exercise in any foreclosure action or proceeding or any Insolvency or Liquidation Proceeding), if the Senior Credit Facility Agent (or any other Secured Party (as defined in the Senior Credit Agreement)) under the Senior Credit Facility shall have commenced an enforcement action prior to the expiration of the Standstill Period and shall be pursuing the same in good faith.
The Senior Credit Facility Agent and the holders of the senior liens on the Collateral have the right (subject to the Standstill Period) to enforce rights, exercise remedies and make determinations regarding the release, disposition or restrictions with respect to the Collateral without any consultation with or the consent of the Collateral Agent or any Holder of the Notes or other Obligation. The Collateral Agent or the Holders of the Notes or any other Obligations may pursue any of the following actions:
(a) | initiating, commencing or filing a petition for, or joining with any person in initiating, commencing or filing a petition for, any insolvency or liquidation proceeding; |
(b) | filing a claim, proof of claim or statement of interest with respect to any Obligations in connection with any insolvency or liquidation proceeding; |
(c) | taking any action (not adverse to the priority status of the Liens securing the Senior Credit Facility Obligations, or the rights of Senior Credit Facility Agent to exercise remedies in respect thereof) in order to create, perfect, preserve or protect (but not enforce) the Liens securing any Senior Credit Facility Obligations; |
49
(d) | filing any necessary responsive or defensive pleadings in opposition to any motion, claim, adversary proceeding or other pleading made by any person objecting to or otherwise seeking the disallowance of the claims for any of the Senior Credit Facility Obligations, including any claims secured by the Collateral, if any, in each case to the extent not inconsistent with the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement; |
(e) | filing any pleadings, objections, motions or agreements which assert rights or interests available to unsecured creditors arising under any insolvency or liquidation proceeding or under any applicable non-bankruptcy law, in each case not inconsistent with the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement; |
(f) | taking any action to the extent necessary to prevent the running of any applicable statute of limitation or similar restriction on claims, or to assert a compulsory cross-claim or counterclaim against the Issuer or any Guarantor, subject to the provisions of the Intercreditor Agreement; |
(g) | taking any action to seek and obtain specific performance or injunctive relief to compel the Issuer or any Guarantor to comply with (or not violate or breach) an obligation under any of the Notes Documents, in each case not inconsistent with the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement and so long as any such exercise is not accompanied by a claim for monetary damages; |
(h) | voting on any proposal, plan of arrangement, compromise or reorganization, filing any proof of claim, making other filings and making any arguments and motions that are, in each case, not inconsistent with the terms of this Intercreditor Agreement, with respect to any Obligations; |
(i) | making a cash bid on all or any portion of the Collateral up to the amount of Senior Credit Facility Obligations then outstanding (and providing for the discharge of the Senior Credit Facility Obligations) and making a cash or credit bid for the remainder of the Obligations in any foreclosure proceeding or action, to the extent permitted by applicable law; or |
(j) | inspecting or appraising the Collateral or requesting information or reports concerning the Collateral pursuant to any of the Notes Documents. |
Although each of the Collateral Agent, for itself and on behalf of each Holder of the Notes and the other Obligations, and the Senior Credit Facility Agent, for itself and on behalf of each holder of Senior Credit Facility Obligations, agrees that it will not (and waives any right to) contest or support any other Person in contesting, in any proceeding (including any insolvency or liquidation proceeding), the perfection, priority, validity or enforceability of a Lien held by or on behalf of any of the holders of the Senior Credit Facility Obligations or any of the Holders of the Notes or the other Obligations in the Collateral, nothing in the Intercreditor Agreement shall be construed to prevent or impair the rights of any collateral agent or any holder of Senior Credit Facility Obligations, Holder of the Notes, or holder of any other Obligations to enforce the Intercreditor Agreement.
So long as the discharge of Senior Credit Facility Obligations has not occurred, whether or not any insolvency or liquidation proceeding has been commenced by or against the Issuer or any Guarantor, any Collateral or proceeds thereof received by any collateral agent or any Holders of the Notes or other Obligations in connection with the exercise of any right or remedy (including set-off) relating to the Collateral in contravention of the Intercreditor Agreement shall be segregated and held in trust and forthwith paid over to the Senior Credit Facility Agent, as the case may be, in the same form as received, with any necessary endorsements or as a court of competent jurisdiction may otherwise direct. The Senior Credit Facility Agent is, under the Intercreditor Agreement, authorized by the Collateral Agent to make any such endorsements as agent for the Collateral Agent or any Holders of the Notes. This authorization is coupled with an interest and is irrevocable. The Collateral Agent shall have no obligation to segregate, hold in trust, and transfer or pay over any proceeds of Collateral or payments if constituting a Permitted Payment and the Collateral Agent did not otherwise have actual knowledge of the applicable payment being in contravention of the Intercreditor Agreement.
Release of Liens
If in connection with any sale, lease, license, exchange, transfer or other disposition of any Collateral permitted under the terms of the Loan Documents (as defined in the Senior Credit Agreement) (whether or not an event of default or equivalent event thereunder, and as defined therein, has occurred and is continuing) or consented to or approved by Senior Credit Facility Agent or in connection with the exercise of the Senior Credit Facility Agents remedies in respect of the Collateral, the Senior Credit Facility Agent, for itself or on behalf of any of the other holders of Senior Credit Facility Obligations, releases any of its Liens on any part of the Collateral, then effective upon the consummation of such sale, lease, license, exchange, transfer or other disposition:
50
(i) | the Liens, if any, of Collateral Agent, for itself or for the benefit of the Notes Secured Parties, on such Collateral shall be automatically, unconditionally and simultaneously released to the same extent as the release of Senior Credit Facility Agent’s Lien, |
(ii) | the Collateral Agent, for itself or on behalf of the other Notes Secured Parties, shall promptly upon the request of Senior Credit Facility Agent execute and deliver such release documents and confirmations of the authorization to file UCC amendments and terminations or PPSA discharges or financing change statements, as applicable, in each case as required by the Senior Credit Facility Agent in connection with such sale or other disposition to evidence and effectuate such termination and release, |
(iii) | the Collateral Agent, for itself or on behalf of the other Notes Secured Parties, shall be deemed to have authorized the Senior Credit Facility Agent to file UCC amendments and terminations covering the Collateral so sold or otherwise disposed of as to UCC financing statements between any Grantor and the Collateral Agent or any other Notes Secured Party (in the case of Collateral subject to the UCC) to evidence such release and termination, and |
(iv) | the Collateral Agent, for itself or on behalf of the other Notes Secured Parties, shall be deemed to have consented under the applicable Note Documents to such sale, lease, license, exchange, transfer or other disposition to the same extent as the consent of Senior Credit Facility Agent and the other holders of Senior Credit Facility Obligations. |
Until the discharge of Senior Credit Facility Obligations has occurred, the Collateral Agent, for itself and on behalf of the other Notes Secured Parties, irrevocably constitutes and appoints the Senior Credit Facility Agent and its officer or agents, with full power of substitution, as its true and lawful attorney-in-fact with full irrevocable power and authority in the place and stead of the Collateral Agent, for the limited purpose of carrying out the actions described in the preceding paragraph.
Amendments
Without the prior written consent of the Senior Credit Facility Agent, no Notes Document may be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified, and no new Notes Document may be entered into, if such amendment, supplement or other modification or new document would (a) contravene the provisions of the Intercreditor Agreement, (b) increase the interest rate under any Notes Documents in a manner that would cause the total cash pay yield on the Obligations to exceed by more than two percent (2%) the total cash pay yield on the relevant Obligations as in effect on the Issue Date (excluding increases resulting from the accrual of interest at the default rate), (c) change to earlier dates any scheduled dates for payment of principal of or interest on the Obligations, (d) change any default or event of default provisions set forth in the Notes Documents in a manner adverse to the Issuer or the Guarantors or the holders of the Senior Credit Facility Obligations, (e) modify or add any covenant or event of default under the Notes Documents that restricts the Issuer or the Guarantors from making payments of any Senior Credit Facility Obligations, (f) change the prepayment provisions set forth in the Notes Documents to increase the amount of any required prepayment, or (g) add to the Collateral for the Obligations other than as specifically provided by the Intercreditor Agreement.
Without the prior written consent of the Collateral Agent, no Loan Document may be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified, and no new Loan Document may be entered into, to the extent such amendment, supplement, modification or new document would: (a) increase the margins or similar component of the interest rate under the Senior Credit Facility in a manner that would result in the total yield on the Senior Credit Facility Obligations to exceed by more than two (2%) percent per annum the total yield on the Senior Credit Facility Obligations that is calculated as if the highest level of the pricing grid under the Senior Credit Facility were in effect on the Issue Date (excluding increases resulting from the accrual or payment of interest at the default rate or increases in the underlying reference rate (other than increases to any floor or minimum level of such reference rate)), (b) modify or add any covenant or event of default under the Senior Credit Facility Documents that directly restricts the Issuer or the Guarantors from making payments of any Obligations that would otherwise be permitted under the Loan Documents, as in effect on the Issue Date, (c) other than in connection with any DIP Financing (as defined under the heading Certain Matters in Connection with Insolvency or Liquidation Proceedings below), or as otherwise permitted in the Loan Documents, as in effect on the Issue Date, contractually subordinate the Liens of the Senior Credit Facility Agent (on behalf of the holders of Senior Credit Facility Obligations) to any other debt of the Issuer or the Guarantors, or (d) contravene the provisions of the Intercreditor Agreement.
51
Certain Matters in Connection with Insolvency or Liquidation Proceedings
Until the discharge of Senior Credit Facility Obligations has occurred, if the Issuer or any Guarantor shall be subject to any insolvency or liquidation proceeding Collateral Agent, for itself and on behalf of the other Notes Secured Parties, agrees that such Notes Secured Parties will raise no objection to, nor support any other person objecting to, and will be deemed to have consented to, the use of any Collateral constituting cash collateral under Section 363 of the Bankruptcy Code, or any comparable provision of any other Bankruptcy Law or any post-petition or post-filing financing, provided by any holder of the Senior Credit Facility Obligations (or provided by any other person and consented to by Senior Credit Facility Agent) under Section 364 of the Bankruptcy Code, or any comparable provision of any other Bankruptcy Law or pursuant to an order granted in any Insolvency or Liquidation Proceeding granting a priority debtor-in-possession or interim financing charge (a DIP Financing), and, to the extent the Liens securing the Senior Credit Facility Obligations are subordinated to or pari passu with such DIP Financing, will subordinate (and will be deemed hereunder to have subordinated) the Liens granted to such Notes Secured Parties to such DIP Financing on the same terms as such Liens are subordinated to the Liens granted to Senior Credit Facility Agent hereunder (and such subordination will not alter in any manner the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement), to any adequate protection provided to the Holders of the Senior Credit Facility Obligations and to any carve out agreed to by Senior Credit Facility Agent so long as:
(i) | the Senior Credit Facility Agent does not oppose or object to such use of cash collateral or DIP Financing, |
(ii) | the DIP Financing (to the extent provided by a holder of the Senior Credit Facility Obligations, provided that the restrictions described under the heading Amendments above shall not apply with respect to any such DIP Financing) is treated as Senior Credit Facility Obligations hereunder, |
(iii) | the Liens granted to the holders of the Senior Credit Facility Obligations in connection with DIP Financing provided by a holder of the Senior Credit Facility Obligations are subject to the Intercreditor Agreement and considered to be Liens of Senior Credit Facility Agent for purposes of the Intercreditor Agreement, |
(iv) | the Collateral Agent retains a Lien on the Collateral (including proceeds thereof) with the same priority as existed prior to such insolvency or liquidation proceeding (except to the extent of any carve out agreed to by Senior Credit Facility Agent), and |
(v) | Collateral Agent receives replacement Liens on all post-petition or post-filing assets of the Issuer or any Guarantor in which any of Senior Credit Facility Agent obtains a replacement Lien, or which secure the DIP Financing, with the same priority relative to the Liens of Senior Credit Facility Agent as existed prior to such insolvency or liquidation proceeding. |
Notes Secured Parties may oppose or object to such use of cash collateral or DIP Financing on the same bases as an unsecured creditor, so long as such opposition or objection is not based on the Notes Secured Parties status as secured creditors and in connection with such opposition or objection, the Notes Secured Parties affirmatively state that such Notes Secured Parties are undersecured secured creditors. No Notes Secured Party shall, directly or indirectly, provide, or seek to provide, DIP Financing secured by Liens equal or senior in priority to the Liens on the Collateral of Senior Credit Facility Agent, without the prior written consent of Senior Credit Facility Agent.
The Collateral Agent, for itself and on behalf of the other Notes Secured Parties, agrees that, so long as the discharge of Senior Credit Facility Obligations has not occurred, no Notes Secured Parties shall seek or request relief from or modification of the automatic stay or any other stay proceedings in any insolvency or liquidation proceeding in respect of any part of the Collateral without the prior written consent of Senior Credit Facility Agent.
The Collateral Agent, on behalf of itself and the other Notes Secured Parties, agrees that none of them shall object, contest, or support any other Person objecting to or contesting, (i) any request by Senior Credit Facility Agent or any of the other Holders of the Senior Credit Facility Obligations for adequate protection or any adequate protection provided to Senior Credit Facility Agent or other Holders of the Senior Credit Facility Obligations or (ii) any objection by Senior Credit Facility Agent or any of the other Holders of the Senior Credit
52
Facility Obligations to any motion, relief, action or proceeding based on a claim of a lack of adequate protection or (iii) the payment of interest, fees, expenses or other amounts to Senior Credit Facility Agent or any other Holder of the Senior Credit Facility Obligations under Section 506(b) or 506(c) of the Bankruptcy Code or under any comparable provision of any other Bankruptcy Law.
The Collateral Agent, on behalf of itself and the other Notes Secured Parties, agrees that none of them shall seek or accept adequate protection without the prior written consent of Senior Credit Facility Agent; except, that, Collateral Agent, for itself or on behalf of the other Notes Secured Parties, shall be permitted to obtain adequate protection in the form of the benefit of additional or replacement Liens on the Collateral (including proceeds thereof arising after the commencement of any insolvency or liquidation proceeding), or additional or replacement collateral to secure the Obligations, in connection with any DIP Financing or use of cash collateral as described above, or in connection with any such adequate protection obtained by Senior Credit Facility Agent and the other Holders of the Senior Credit Facility Obligations, as long as in each case, Senior Credit Facility Agent is also granted such additional or replacement Liens or additional or replacement collateral and such Liens of Collateral Agent or such other Notes Secured Party are subordinated to the Liens securing the Senior Credit Facility Obligations to the same extent as the Liens of Collateral Agent and such other Notes Secured Parties on the Collateral are subordinated to the Liens of Senior Credit Facility Agent and the other Holders of the Senior Credit Facility Obligations. The Collateral Agent, on behalf of itself and the other Notes Secured Parties, shall also be permitted to obtain adequate protection in the form of reports, notices, inspection rights and similar forms of adequate protection to the extent granted to Senior Credit Facility Agent.
Paying Agent and Registrar for the Notes
The Company will maintain an office or agency where Notes may be presented for registration of transfer or for exchange (Registrar), an office or agency where Notes may be presented for payment (Paying Agent) and an office or agency where Notes may be presented for conversion (Conversion Agent). The Registrar will keep a register of the Notes and of their transfer, exchange and conversion. The Company may appoint one or more co-registrars, one or more additional paying agents and one or more additional conversion agents. The term Registrar includes any co-registrar, the term Paying Agent includes any additional paying agent and the term Conversion Agent includes any additional conversion agent. The Company may change any Paying Agent, Registrar or Conversion Agent without notice to any Holder. The Company will notify the Trustee in writing of the name and address of any Agent not a party to the Indenture. If the Company fails to appoint or maintain another entity as Registrar, Paying Agent or Conversion Agent, the Trustee shall act as such. The Company or any of its Subsidiaries may act as Paying Agent, Registrar or Conversion Agent.
The Company will require each Paying Agent other than the Trustee to agree in writing that the Paying Agent will hold in trust for the benefit of Holders or the Trustee all money held by the Paying Agent for the payment of principal, interest or premium, if any, on the Notes, and will notify the Trustee of any default by the Company in making any such payment. While any such default continues, the Trustee may require a Paying Agent to pay all money held by it to the Trustee. The Company at any time may require a Paying Agent to pay all money held by it to the Trustee. Upon payment over to the Trustee, the Paying Agent (if other than the Company or a Subsidiary) will have no further liability for the money. If the Company or a Subsidiary acts as Paying Agent, it will segregate and hold in a separate trust fund for the benefit of the Holders all money held by it as Paying Agent. Upon any bankruptcy or reorganization proceedings relating to the Company, the Trustee will serve as Paying Agent for the Notes.
Transfer and Exchange
A Holder may transfer or exchange Notes in accordance with the Indenture. The registrar and the Trustee may require a Holder to furnish appropriate endorsements and transfer documents in connection with a transfer of Notes. Holders will be required to pay all taxes due on transfer. The registered Holder of a Note will be treated as the owner of the Note for all purposes.
Principal, Maturity and Interest
The Trustee shall, upon a written order of the Company signed by one Officer (an Authentication Order), authenticate Notes for original issue on the Issue Date in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed $100,000,000. Such Authentication Order shall specify the number, principal amount of Notes and registered
53
Holder of each of the Notes to be authenticated, whether the Notes are to be issued as Definitive Notes or Global Notes, delivery instructions and such other information as the Trustee shall reasonably request. Each Note will be dated as of the date of its authentication. The Notes shall be in denominations of $2,000 and integral multiples of $1.00 in excess thereof, provided, that PIK Notes will be issued in minimum denominations of $1.00 and integral multiples of $1.00 in excess thereof, and thereafter, the minimum denominations of the Notes will be $1.00 and integral multiples of $1.00 in excess thereof. PIK Notes, if issued, will be issued in the amount of the applicable PIK Interest (rounded up to the nearest $1.00).
In connection with the payment of PIK Interest in respect of the Notes, the Company is entitled to, without the consent of the holders, increase the outstanding principal amount of the Notes or issue additional Notes (the PIK Notes) under this Indenture on the same terms and conditions as the Notes (in each case, the PIK Payment). The Company may issue additional Notes (Additional Notes) under the indenture from time to time, to the extent the incurrence of the relevant Indebtedness and Liens are permitted by the Indenture. The Trustee shall, upon the receipt of an Authentication Order, and an Opinion of Counsel and an Officers Certificate as to the due authorization and enforceability of the Additional Notes, the satisfaction of the conditions precedent to the issuance of the Additional Notes, and such other matters as the Trustee may reasonably require, authenticate and deliver any Additional Notes for an aggregate principal amount specified in such Authentication Order for such Additional Notes issued under the Indenture. The Notes, any PIK Notes and any Additional Notes subsequently issued will be treated as a single class for all purposes, including waivers, amendments, conversions and offers to purchase. Unless the context requires otherwise, references to Notes for all purposes include any PIK Notes and any Additional Notes that are actually issued; provided that Additional Notes will not be issued with the same CUSIP, if any, as any other Notes unless such Additional Notes are fungible with such Notes for U.S. federal income tax purposes.
Interest on the Notes will accrue at (i) in the case of Cash Interest, 3.00% per annum, from (and including) the date of issuance until maturity, or (ii) in the case of PIK Interest, 5.00% per annum, from (and including) the date of issuance until maturity. PIK Interest may be payable either (x) by increasing the principal amount of the outstanding Note by an amount equal to the amount of PIK Interest for the applicable interest period (rounded up to the nearest $1.00) or (y) by issuing PIK Notes in certificated form in an aggregate principal amount equal to the amount of PIK Interest for the period (rounded up to the nearest $1.00), and the Trustee will, at the request of the Company, authenticate and deliver such PIK Notes in certificated form for original issuance to the Holders on the relevant record date, as shown by the records of the register of Holders. Following an increase in the principal amount of the outstanding Global Notes as a result of a PIK Payment, the Global Notes will bear interest on such increased principal amount from and after the date of such PIK Payment. All Notes issued pursuant to a PIK Payment will mature on August 31, 2024 and will be governed by, and subject to the terms, provisions and conditions of, the Indenture and shall have the same rights and benefits as Notes isused on the Issue Date. Any certificated PIK Notes will be issued with the description PIK on the face of such PIK Note.
Interest on the Notes will be payable quarterly in arrears on each of March 31, June 30, September 30 and December 31 of each year, or if any such day is not a Business Day, on the next succeeding Business Day (each such date, an Interest Payment Date). Interest on the Notes will accrue from the most recent date to which interest has been paid or, if no interest has been paid, from the date of issuance; provided that if there is no existing Default in the payment of interest, and if this Note is authenticated between a record date referred to on the face hereof and the next succeeding Interest Payment Date, interest shall accrue from such next succeeding Interest Payment Date provided, further that the first Interest Payment Date shall be June 30, 2020. The Company will pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue principal from time to time on demand at a rate that is 1% per annum in excess of the rate then in effect to the extent lawful; it will pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue installments of interest or premium, if any, (without regard to any applicable grace periods) from time to time on demand at the same rate to the extent lawful. Interest will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months.
For any interest payment period, the Company may elect to pay interest on this Note (1) entirely in cash (Cash Interest) or (2) if the payment of Cash Interest would be prohibited under the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement, by increasing the principal amount of the outstanding Notes or by issuing PIK Notes (PIK Interest). For any interest payment, the Company must elect the form and composition of the interest payment
54
with respect to such interest period by delivering a notice to the Trustee at least 15 days prior to the interest payment due date for such interest period. The Trustee shall deliver a corresponding notice to the Holders. In the absence of such election for any interest period, interest on the Notes shall be payable according to the election for the previous interest period.
The Company will pay interest on the Notes (except defaulted interest), to the Persons who are registered Holders of Notes at the close of business on the March 15, June 15, September 15 or December 15 immediately preceding the Interest Payment Date, even if such Notes are canceled after such record date and on or before such Interest Payment Date, except as provided in the Indenture with respect to defaulted interest. The Notes will be payable as to principal, interest or premium, if any, at the office or agency of the Company maintained for such purpose within or without the City and State of New York, or, at the option of the Company, payment may be made by check mailed to the Holders at their addresses set forth in the register of Holders; provided that payment by wire transfer of immediately available funds will be required with respect to principal of and interest or premium, if any, on all Global Notes and all other Notes the Holders of which will have provided wire transfer instructions to the Company or the Paying Agent. Such payment will be in such coin or currency of the United States of America as at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts.
If any payment with respect to any principal of, or premium or interest, if any, on any Note (including any payment to be made on any date fixed for redemption or purchase of any Note) is due on a day which is not a Business Day, then the payment need not be made on such date, but may be made on the next Business Day with the same force and effect as if made on such date, and no interest will accrue for the intervening period.
If the Company defaults in a payment of interest on the Notes, it will pay the defaulted interest in any lawful manner plus, to the extent lawful, interest payable on the defaulted interest, to the Persons who are Holders on a subsequent special record date, in each case at the rate provided in the Notes and as provided in Certain Covenants—Payment of Notes. The Company will notify the Trustee in writing of the amount of defaulted interest proposed to be paid on each Note and the date of the proposed payment. The Company will fix or cause to be fixed each such special record date and payment date; provided that no such special record date may be less than 10 days prior to the related payment date for such defaulted interest. At least 15 days before the special record date, the Company (or, upon the written request of the Company, the Trustee in the name and at the expense of the Company) will deliver or cause to be delivered to Holders a notice that states the special record date, the related payment date and the amount of such interest to be paid.
No Redemption
The Notes may not be redeemed by the Company in whole or in part at any time, except as provided in Certain Covenants—Asset Sales or Repurchase at Option of Holders Upon a Fundamental Change. No sinking fund, mandatory redemption or other similar provision shall apply to the Notes.
Repurchase at Option of Holders Upon a Fundamental Change
If a Fundamental Change occurs at any time, then each Holder shall have the right, at such Holders option, to require the Company to repurchase all of such Holders Notes or any portion of the principal amount thereof that is equal to $1,000 or an integral multiple of $1.00 in excess thereof, for cash on the date specified by the Company that is not less than 20 and not more than 35 Business Days after the date of the Fundamental Change Repurchase Right Notice (such specified date, the Fundamental Change Repurchase Date) at a repurchase price equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof, together with accrued and unpaid interest thereon to, but excluding, the Fundamental Change Repurchase Date, unless such Fundamental Change Repurchase Date falls after the Close of Business on a Regular Record Date and on or prior to the Close of Business on the corresponding Interest Payment Date, in which case the Company shall pay the full amount of accrued and unpaid interest payable on such Interest Payment Date to the Holder of record at the Close of Business on the corresponding Regular Record Date (the Fundamental Change Repurchase Price).
Repurchases of Notes shall be made, at the option of the Holder thereof, upon:
(1) | delivery to the Paying Agent by a Holder (if Notes are Global Notes, in accordance with Applicable Procedures) of a duly completed notice (the Fundamental Change Repurchase Notice) between the date of the Fundamental Change Repurchase Right Notice and the Close of Business on the Business Day immediately preceding the Fundamental Change Repurchase Date; and |
55
(ii) | delivery or book-entry transfer of the Notes to the Paying Agent at any time on or before the Close of Business on the Business Day immediately preceding the Fundamental Change Repurchase Date (together with all necessary endorsements), such delivery being a condition to receipt by the Holder of the Fundamental Change Repurchase Price therefor; provided that such Fundamental Change Repurchase Price shall be so paid only if the Note so delivered to the Trustee (or other Paying Agent appointed by the Company) shall conform in all respects to the description thereof in the related Fundamental Change Repurchase Notice. |
If such Notes are Definitive Notes, each Fundamental Change Repurchase Notice shall state:
(1) | the certificate numbers of Notes to be delivered for repurchase; |
(2) | the portion of the principal amount of Notes to be repurchased, which must be $1,000 or an integral multiple of $1.00 in excess thereof; and |
(3) | that the Notes are to be repurchased by the Company pursuant to the applicable provisions of the Notes and the Indenture. |
If such Notes are Global Notes, the Fundamental Change Repurchase Notice shall comply with the Applicable Procedures.
Any purchase by the Company contemplated pursuant to the provisions of this section shall be consummated by the delivery of the Fundamental Change Repurchase Price to be received by the Holder promptly following the later of the Fundamental Change Repurchase Date and the time of the book-entry transfer or delivery of the Note.
The Paying Agent shall promptly notify the Company of the receipt by it of any Fundamental Change Repurchase Notice or written notice of withdrawal thereof.
Any Note that is to be repurchased only in part shall be surrendered to the Trustee (with, if the Company or the Trustee so requires, due endorsement by, or a written instrument of transfer in form satisfactory to the Company and the Trustee duly executed by, the Holder thereof or his attorney duly authorized in writing), and the Company shall execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate and make available for delivery to the Holder of such Note without service charge, a new Note or Notes, containing identical terms and conditions, each in an authorized denomination in aggregate principal amount equal to and in exchange for the unrepurchased portion of the principal of the Note so surrendered.
After the occurrence of a Fundamental Change, but on or before the 10th calendar day following the Effective Date of such Fundamental Change, the Company shall provide to all Holders and the Trustee and Paying Agent a notice (the Fundamental Change Repurchase Right Notice) of the occurrence of such Fundamental Change and of the repurchase right, if any, at the option of the Holders, arising as a result thereof.
Each Fundamental Change Repurchase Right Notice shall specify:
(i) | the events causing the Fundamental Change; |
(ii) | the date of the Fundamental Change; |
(iii) | the last date on which a Holder may exercise the repurchase right; |
(iv) | the Fundamental Change Repurchase Date; |
(v) | the Fundamental Change Repurchase Price; |
(vi) | the name and address of the Paying Agent and the Conversion Agent; |
(vii) | the applicable Conversion Rate and any adjustments to the applicable Conversion Rate, if any; |
(viii) | that the Notes with respect to which a Fundamental Change Repurchase Notice has been delivered by a Holder may be converted only if the Holder withdraws the Fundamental Change Repurchase Notice in accordance with the terms of the Indenture; |
(ix) | that the Holder must exercise the repurchase right on or prior to the Close of Business on the Business Day immediately preceding the Fundamental Change Repurchase Date (the Fundamental Change Expiration Time); |
56
(x) | that the Holder shall have the right to withdraw any Notes surrendered for repurchase prior to the Fundamental Change Expiration Time; and |
(xi) | the procedures that Holders must follow to require the Company to repurchase their Notes. |
Simultaneously with providing the Fundamental Change Repurchase Right Notice, the Company shall publish this above information on the Companys website or through such other public medium as the Company may use at that time.
No failure of the Company to give the foregoing notices or publish the foregoing information and no defect therein shall limit the Holders repurchase rights or affect the validity of the proceedings for the repurchase of the Notes.
A Fundamental Change Repurchase Notice may be withdrawn in whole or in part by means of a written notice of withdrawal delivered to the Paying Agent at any time prior to the Fundamental Change Expiration Time, specifying:
(i) | if such Notes are Definitive Notes, the certificate numbers of the withdrawn Notes, |
(ii) | the principal amount of the Notes with respect to which such notice of withdrawal is being submitted, and |
(iii) | the principal amount, if any, of such Notes that remain subject to the original Fundamental Change Repurchase Notice, which portion must be in principal amounts of $1,000 or an integral multiple of $1.00 in excess thereof; |
provided, however, that if the Notes are Global Notes, such notice must comply with any Applicable Procedures.
The Company shall deposit with the Paying Agent an amount of money sufficient to repurchase on the Fundamental Change Repurchase Date all of the Notes to be repurchased on such date at the Fundamental Change Repurchase Price. Subject to receipt of funds and/or Notes by the Paying Agent, payment for Notes surrendered for repurchase (and not withdrawn) prior to the Fundamental Change Expiration Time shall be made promptly after the later of (x) the Fundamental Change Repurchase Date with respect to such Note (provided the Holder has satisfied the conditions to the payment of the Fundamental Change Repurchase Price), and (y) the time of book-entry transfer or the delivery of such Note to the Paying Agent by the Holder thereof in the manner required by this section by mailing checks for the amount payable to the Holders of such Notes entitled thereto as they shall appear in the Register; provided, however, that payments to the Depositary shall be made by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the account of the Depositary or its nominee. The Paying Agent shall, promptly after such payment and upon written demand by the Company, return to the Company any funds in excess of the Fundamental Change Repurchase Price.
Subject to a Holders right to receive interest on the related Interest Payment Date where the Fundamental Change Repurchase Date falls between a Regular Record Date and the Interest Payment Date to which it relates, if the Paying Agent holds money sufficient to repurchase on the Fundamental Change Repurchase Date all of the Notes or portions thereof that are to be purchased as of the Business Day following the Fundamental Change Repurchase Date, then on and after the Fundamental Change Repurchase Date (i) such Notes shall cease to be outstanding and interest shall cease to accrue on such Notes, in either case, whether or not book-entry transfer of the Notes has been made or the Notes have been delivered to the Paying Agent and (ii) all other rights of the Holders of such Notes shall terminate other than the right to receive the Fundamental Change Repurchase Price and previously accrued and unpaid interest, if any.
No Notes may be repurchased on any date at the option of Holders upon a Fundamental Change if the principal amount of the Notes has been accelerated, and such acceleration has not been rescinded, on or prior to the applicable Fundamental Change Repurchase Date (except in the case of an acceleration resulting from a default by the Company in the payment of the applicable Fundamental Change Repurchase Price with respect to such Notes).
In connection with any repurchase offer pursuant to a Fundamental Change Repurchase Notice, the Company shall, if required: (i) comply with the provisions of Rule 13e-4 under the Exchange Act, Rule 14e-1 under the
57
Exchange Act and any other tender offer rules under the Exchange Act that may then be applicable; (ii) file a Schedule TO (or any successor schedule, form or report) to the extent required or any other required schedule under the Exchange Act; and (iii) otherwise comply with all federal and state securities laws in connection with any offer by the Company to repurchase the Notes.
Certain Covenants
Set forth below are summaries of certain covenants contained in the Indenture.
Payment of Notes
The Company will pay or cause to be paid the principal of, interest or premium, if any, on, the Notes on the dates and in the manner provided in the Notes. Principal, interest or premium, if any, will be considered paid on the date due if (i) the Paying Agent, if other than the Company or a Subsidiary thereof, holds as of 10:00 a.m. Eastern time on the due date money deposited by the Company in immediately available funds and designated for and sufficient to pay all principal, interest or premium, if any, then due (other than PIK Interest) or (ii) as of 10:00 a.m. Eastern time on the due date, (x) the Company shall have executed and delivered in accordance with the Indenture and the Notes to each Holder of record PIK Notes equal to the amount of all PIK Interest then due to such Holder or (y) in accordance with the Indenture and the Notes, the Company shall have delivered a written order to the Trustee to increase the outstanding principal amount of the Notes equal to the amount of all PIK Interest then due to the Holders.
The Company will pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under the Bankruptcy Code) on overdue principal at the rate equal to 1.0% per annum in excess of the then applicable interest rate on the Notes to the extent lawful; it will pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under the Bankruptcy Code) on overdue installments of interest or premium, if any, without regard to any applicable grace period at the same rate to the extent lawful.
Maintenance of Office or Agency
The Company will maintain an office or agency (which may be an office of the Trustee or an affiliate of the Trustee, Registrar or co-registrar) where Notes may be surrendered for registration of transfer, for exchange or for conversion and where notices and demands to or upon the Company in respect of the Notes and the Indenture may be served. The Company will give prompt written notice to the Trustee of the location, and any change in the location, of such office or agency. If at any time the Company fails to maintain any such required office or agency or fails to furnish the Trustee with the address thereof, such presentations, surrenders, notices and demands may be made or served at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee.
The Company may also from time to time designate one or more other offices or agencies where the Notes may be presented or surrendered for any or all such purposes and may from time to time rescind such designations; provided, however, that no such designation or rescission will in any manner relieve the Company of its obligation to maintain an office or agency for such purposes. The Company will give prompt written notice to the Trustee of any such designation or rescission and of any change in the location of any such other office or agency.
Taxes
The Company will pay, and will cause each of its Subsidiaries to pay, prior to delinquency, all material taxes, assessments, and governmental levies except such as are contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings or where the failure to effect such payment is not adverse in any material respect to the Holders of the Notes.
Stay, Extension and Usury Laws
Each of the Company and the Guarantors will covenant (to the extent that it may lawfully do so) that it will not at any time insist upon, plead, or in any manner whatsoever claim or take the benefit or advantage of, any stay, extension or usury law wherever enacted, now or at any time hereafter in force, that may affect the covenants or the performance of the Indenture; and each of the Company and the Guarantors (to the extent that it may lawfully do so) will expressly waive all benefit or advantage of any such law, and covenants that it will not, by resort to any such law, hinder, delay or impede the execution of any power herein granted to the Trustee, but will suffer and permit the execution of every such power as though no such law has been enacted.
58
Restricted Payments
The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly:
(i) | declare or pay any dividend or make any other payment or distribution on account of the Company’s or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries’ Equity Interests (including, without limitation, any payment in connection with any merger or consolidation involving the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries) or to the direct or indirect holders of the Company’s or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries’ Equity Interests in their capacity as such (other than dividends or distributions payable in Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company and other than dividends or distributions payable to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company); |
(ii) | purchase, redeem or otherwise acquire or retire for value (including, without limitation, in connection with any merger or consolidation involving the Company) any Equity Interests of the Company or any direct or indirect parent of the Company; |
(iii) | make any payment on or with respect to, or purchase, redeem, defease or otherwise acquire or retire for value (x) any Indebtedness of the Company or any Guarantor that is subordinated in right of payment to the Notes or to any Note Guarantee (excluding any intercompany Indebtedness between or among the Company and any of its Restricted Subsidiaries), or (y) any Indebtedness of the Company or any Guarantor that is unsecured or is secured by a Lien on the Collateral that ranks junior to the Liens securing the Notes or the Guarantees, as the case may be (collectively, the Indebtedness described in clauses (x) and (y), Subordinated Indebtedness), except a payment of interest or principal at the Stated Maturity thereof; or |
(iv) | make any Restricted Investment |
(all such payments and other actions set forth in these clauses (i) through (iv) above being collectively referred to as Restricted Payments), unless, at the time of and after giving effect to such Restricted Payment:
(1) | no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or would occur as a consequence of such Restricted Payment; |
(2) | the Company would, at the time of such Restricted Payment and after giving pro forma effect thereto as if such Restricted Payment had been made at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period, have been permitted to incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio test set forth in the Indenture; and |
(3) | such Restricted Payment, together with the aggregate amount of all other Restricted Payments made by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries since the Issue Date (excluding Restricted Payments permitted by clauses (2), (3), (4), (5), (6), (7), (11), (12) and (14) of the following paragraph) is less than the sum, without duplication, of: |
(A) | 50% of the Consolidated Net Income of the Company for the period (taken as one accounting period) from the Issue Date to the end of the Company’s most recently ended fiscal quarter for which internal financial statements are available at the time of such Restricted Payment (or, if such Consolidated Net Income for such period is a deficit, less 100% of such deficit); plus |
(B) | 100% of the aggregate net cash proceeds received by the Company since the Issue Date as a contribution to its common equity capital or from the issue or sale of Equity Interests of the Company (other than Disqualified Stock) (excluding any net proceeds from the issue or sale of convertible or exchangeable Disqualified Stock or convertible or exchangeable debt securities of the Company that have been converted into or exchanged for such Equity Interests (other than Equity Interests or Disqualified Stock or debt securities) sold to a Subsidiary of the Company); plus |
(C) | to the extent that any Restricted Investment that was made after the Issue Date is sold for cash or otherwise liquidated or repaid for cash, the lesser of (i) the cash return of capital with respect to such Restricted Investment (less the cost of disposition, if any) and (ii) the initial amount of such Restricted Investment; plus |
59
(D) | to the extent that any Unrestricted Subsidiary of the Company designated as such after the Issue Date is redesignated as a Restricted Subsidiary after the Issue Date, the lesser of (i) the Fair Market Value of the Company’s Investment in such Subsidiary as of the date of such redesignation or (ii) such Fair Market Value as of the date on which such Subsidiary was originally designated as an Unrestricted Subsidiary after the Issue Date; plus |
(E) | 50% of any dividends received by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company after the Issue Date from an Unrestricted Subsidiary of the Company, to the extent that such dividends were not otherwise included in the Consolidated Net Income of the Company for such period. |
The provisions of above will not prohibit:
(1) | the payment of any dividend or the consummation of any irrevocable redemption within 60 days after the date of declaration of the dividend or giving of the redemption notice, as the case may be, if at the date of declaration or notice, the dividend or redemption payment would have complied with the provisions of the Indenture; |
(2) | the making of any Restricted Payment in exchange for, or out of the net cash proceeds of the substantially concurrent sale (other than to a Subsidiary of the Company) of, Equity Interests of the Company (other than Disqualified Stock) or from the substantially concurrent contribution of common equity capital to the Company; |
(3) | the repurchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement for value of Subordinated Indebtedness with the net cash proceeds from a substantially concurrent incurrence of Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness; |
(4) | the payment of any dividend (or, in the case of any partnership or limited liability company, any similar distribution) by a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company to the holders of its Equity Interests on a pro rata basis; |
(5) | so long as no Default has occurred and is continuing or would be caused thereby, the repurchase, redemption or other acquisition or retirement for value of any Equity Interests of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company held by any current or former officer, director or employee of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries pursuant to any equity subscription agreement, stock option agreement, shareholders’ agreement or similar agreement; provided that the aggregate price paid for all such repurchased, redeemed, acquired or retired Equity Interests may not exceed $1.0 million in any twelve month period plus (a) the net cash proceeds from the sale of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) to officers, directors or employees that occurs after the Issue Date to the extent that the net cash proceeds from the sale of such Equity Interests have not otherwise been applied to the making of Restricted Payments pursuant to certain provisions of the Indenture and (b) any unused amounts under this clause (5) from the immediately preceding twelve month period occurring subsequent to the Issue Date; it being understood that the cancellation of Indebtedness owed by management to the Company in connection with such repurchase or redemption will not be deemed to be a Restricted Payment; |
(6) | the repurchase of Equity Interests deemed to occur upon the exercise of stock options to the extent such Equity Interests represent a portion of the exercise price of those stock options; |
(7) | so long as no Default has occurred and is continuing or would be caused thereby, the declaration and payment of regularly scheduled or accrued dividends to holders of any class or series of Disqualified Stock of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company issued on or after the Issue Date in accordance with the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio test described below under Certain Covenants—Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock; |
(8) | so long as no Default has occurred and is continuing or would be caused thereby, in the event of a Fundamental Change and after the completion of a Fundamental Change and all actions required in connection with such Fundamental Change (including any conversions and the purchase of all Notes tendered and not validly withdrawn), any purchase, defeasance, retirement, redemption or other acquisition of Subordinated Indebtedness at a price not greater than 101% of the principal amount of such Indebtedness (of if such Indebtedness was issued with original issue discount, 101% of the accreted value), together with any accrued and unpaid interest thereon; |
60
(9) | so long as no Default has occurred and is continuing or would be caused thereby, in the event of an Asset Sale and after the completion of the Asset Sale Offer (including the purchase of all Notes tendered and not validly withdrawn), any purchase, defeasance, retirement, redemption or other acquisition of Subordinated Indebtedness at a price not greater than 100% of the principal amount of such Indebtedness (of if such Indebtedness was issued with original issue discount, 100% of the accreted value), together with any accrued and unpaid interest thereon, using the proceeds of such Asset Sale (excluding proceeds applied to the purchase of Notes in such Asset Sale Offer); |
(10) | the payment of dividends on the Capital Stock of the Company of up to 6.0% per annum of the net proceeds received by the Company from any Public Equity Offering consummated after the Issue Date; |
(11) | any Restricted Payment made in connection with the Transactions or in connection with the transactions contemplated in connection with the issuance of the Notes, including without limitation in connection with any reverse stock split of the Equity Interests of the Company in connection with the issuance of the Notes; |
(12) | cash payment in lieu of issuance of fractional shares in connection with the exercise of warrants, options or other securities convertible into or exchangeable for the Equity Interests of the Company; |
(13) | payments or distributions to dissenting stockholders pursuant to applicable law in connection with or in contemplation of a merger, consolidation or transfer of assets that complies with the requirements listed below under Successors—Merger, Consolidation or Sale of Assets; |
(14) | so long as no Default has occurred and is continuing or would be caused thereby, other Restricted Payments in an aggregate amount not to exceed $5.0 million since the Issue Date; |
(15) | payment of regularly scheduled cash interest or interest paid in kind on the Existing Notes and payment of the Existing Notes in full on the Stated Maturity. |
For purposes of determining compliance with this section, if a Restricted Payment meets the criteria of more than one of the exceptions described above or is entitled to be made pursuant to the provisions above, the Company may, in its sole discretion, classify or reclassify such Restricted Payment (or any portion thereof) in any manner that complies with this section.
The amount of all Restricted Payments (other than cash) will be the Fair Market Value on the date of the Restricted Payment of the asset(s) or securities proposed to be transferred or issued by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, pursuant to the Restricted Payment. The Fair Market Value of any assets or securities that are required to be valued will be determined by (a) Senior Management and (b) if such Fair Market Value exceeds $10.0 million, the Board of Directors of the Company whose resolution with respect thereto, accompanied by an Officers Certificate, will be delivered to the Trustee. The Board of Directors determination must be based upon an opinion or appraisal issued by an accounting, appraisal or investment banking firm of national standing if the Fair Market Value exceeds $15.0 million.
Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting Subsidiaries
The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create or permit to exist or become effective any consensual encumbrance or restriction on the ability of any Restricted Subsidiary to:
(1) | pay dividends or make any other distributions on its Capital Stock to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, or with respect to any other interest or participation in, or measured by, its profits, or pay any indebtedness owed to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; |
(2) | make loans or advances to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; or |
(3) | sell, lease or transfer any of its properties or assets to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries. |
The restrictions above will not apply to encumbrances or restrictions existing under or by reason of:
(1) | applicable law, rule, regulation or order; |
(2) | agreements governing Existing Indebtedness and the Senior Credit Facility, in each case, as in effect on the Issue Date and any amendments, restatements, modifications, renewals, supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings of those agreements; provided that the amendments, restatements, |
61
modifications, renewals, supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings are not (i) materially more restrictive, taken as a whole, with respect to such dividend and other payment restrictions than those contained in those agreements on the Issue Date or (ii) materially more restrictive than those customary in comparable financings as reasonably determined by the Board of Directors of the Company;
(3) | the Notes Documents; |
(4) | any instrument governing Indebtedness or Capital Stock of a Person acquired by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries as in effect at the time of such acquisition (except to the extent such Indebtedness or Capital Stock was incurred in connection with or in contemplation of such acquisition), which encumbrance or restriction is not applicable to any Person, or the properties or assets of any Person, other than the Person, or the property or assets of the Person, so acquired; provided that, in the case of Indebtedness, such Indebtedness was permitted by the terms of the Indenture to be incurred; |
(5) | Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness; provided that the restrictions contained in the agreements governing such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness are not materially more restrictive, taken as a whole, than those contained in the agreements governing the Indebtedness being refinanced; |
(6) | agreements governing other Indebtedness incurred in compliance with the requirements under Certain Covenants—Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock; provided that the encumbrances or restrictions contained therein, taken as a whole, are not materially more restrictive than those contained in the Notes Documents, in each case, as then in effect; |
(7) | customary non-assignment and similar provisions in contracts, leases and licenses entered into in the ordinary course of business; |
(8) | purchase money obligations for property acquired in the ordinary course of business and Capital Lease Obligations that impose restrictions on the property purchased or leased of the nature described in the Indenture; |
(9) | any agreement for the sale or other disposition of a Restricted Subsidiary that restricts distributions by that Restricted Subsidiary pending the sale or other disposition; |
(10) | Permitted Liens and restrictions in the agreements relating thereto that limit the right of the debtor to dispose of the assets subject to such Liens; |
(11) | restrictions on cash or other deposits or net worth imposed by customers under contracts entered into in the ordinary course of business; |
(12) | any encumbrance or restriction in connection with an acquisition of property, so long as such encumbrance or restriction relates solely to the property so acquired and was not created in connection with or in anticipation of such acquisition; |
(13) | provisions in agreements or instruments which prohibit the payment of dividends or the making of other distributions with respect to any class of Equity Interests of a Person other than on a pro rata basis; |
(14) | customary provisions in joint venture agreements and other similar agreements relating solely to such joint venture that restrict the transfer of ownership interests in such joint venture; |
(15) | restrictions on the sale or transfer of assets imposed under any agreement to sell such assets or granting an option to purchase such assets entered into with the approval of Senior Management; provided that such sale or transfer complies with the other provisions of the Indenture; and |
(16) | and instrument governing Indebtedness of a Foreign Restricted Subsidiary; provided that such Indebtedness was not prohibited by the terms of the Indenture. |
Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock
The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create, incur, issue, assume, guarantee or otherwise become directly or indirectly liable, contingently or otherwise, with respect to (collectively, incur) any Indebtedness (including Acquired Debt), and the Company will not issue any Disqualified Stock and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to issue any shares of preferred stock; provided that the Company may incur Indebtedness (including Acquired Debt) or issue Disqualified Stock,
62
and the Guarantors may incur Indebtedness (including Acquired Debt), if the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio for the Companys most recently ended four full fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available immediately preceding the date on which such additional Indebtedness is incurred or such Disqualified Stock or such preferred stock is issued, as the case may be, would have been at least 3.00 to 1.00, determined on a pro forma basis (including a pro forma application of the net proceeds therefrom), as if the additional Indebtedness had been incurred or the Disqualified Stock or the preferred stock had been issued, as the case may be, and the proceeds thereof applied at the beginning of such four-quarter period.
The provisions of this section will not prohibit the incurrence of any of the following items of Indebtedness (collectively, Permitted Debt):
(1) | the incurrence by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company of additional Indebtedness and letters of credit under the Senior Credit Facility in an aggregate principal amount (excluding, in each case, interest (including any accrual or payment of in kind interest that may or has been added to principal) fees, costs, expenses and charges owed under the Senior Credit Facility) at any one time outstanding under this clause (1) not to exceed (a) $175.0 million (plus up to an additional $15.0 million in respect of additional principal (including overadvances) under the Senior Credit Facility, as in effect on the Issue Date), less (b) the sum of (x) the aggregate amount of all repayments, optional or mandatory, of the principal of any term Indebtedness thereunder that have been made by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries since the Issue Date as a result of the application of any Net Proceeds of Asset Sales pursuant to the provisions of the Indenture and (y) the aggregate amount of all commitment reductions with respect to any revolving credit extensions thereunder that have been made by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries since the Issue Date as a result of the application of any Net Proceeds of Asset Sales pursuant to the provisions of the Indenture; |
(2) | the incurrence by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries of Existing Indebtedness, including without limitation any PIK Notes (as defined in the Existing Indenture) issued as PIK Interest (as defined in the Existing Indenture) on the Existing Notes issued on the Original Issue Date (or issued as PIK Interest (as defined in the Existing Indenture) on PIK Notes (as defined in the Existing Indenture) issued under the Existing Indenture), and, in each case, guarantees thereof; |
(3) | the incurrence by the Company and the Guarantors of Indebtedness represented by (i) the Notes to be issued on the Issue Date, (ii) PIK Notes issued as PIK Interest on the Notes issued on the Issue Date (or issued as PIK Interest on PIK Notes previously issued under this subclause (ii) and (iii) guarantees of the Notes described in subclauses (i) and (ii); |
(4) | the incurrence by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of Indebtedness represented by Capital Lease Obligations, mortgage financings or purchase money obligations, in each case, incurred within 360 days of the acquisition or completion of construction or installation for the purpose of financing all or any part of the purchase price or cost of design, construction, installation or improvement of property, plant or equipment used in the business of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, or Attributable Debt relating to a sale leaseback transaction, in an aggregate principal amount, including all Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness incurred to renew, refund, refinance, replace, defease or discharge any Indebtedness incurred pursuant to this clause (4), not to exceed $7.5 million at any time outstanding; |
(5) | the incurrence by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness in exchange for, or the net proceeds of which are used to renew, refund, refinance, replace, defease or discharge any Indebtedness (other than intercompany Indebtedness) that was permitted by the Indenture to be incurred; |
(6) | the incurrence by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of intercompany Indebtedness between or among the Company and any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; provided, however, that: |
(A) | if the Company or any Guarantor is the obligor on such Indebtedness and the payee is not the Company or a Guarantor, such Indebtedness must be expressly subordinated to the prior payment in full in cash of all Obligations then due with respect to the Notes, in the case of the Company, or the Note Guarantee, in the case of a Guarantor; and |
(B) | (i) any subsequent issuance or transfer of Equity Interests that results in any such Indebtedness being held by a Person other than the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company and (ii) any sale |
63
or other transfer of any such Indebtedness to a Person that is not either the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company, will be deemed, in each case, to constitute an incurrence of such Indebtedness by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, that was not permitted by this clause (6);
(7) | the issuance by any of the Company’s Restricted Subsidiaries to the Company or to any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of shares of preferred stock; provided, however, that: |
(A) | any subsequent issuance or transfer of Equity Interests that results in any such preferred stock being held by a Person other than the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company; and |
(B) | any sale or other transfer of any such preferred stock to a Person that is not either the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company, will be deemed, in each case, to constitute an issuance of such preferred stock by such Restricted Subsidiary that was not permitted by this clause (7); |
(8) | the incurrence by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of Hedging Obligations in the ordinary course of business and not for speculative purposes; |
(9) | the guarantee by the Company or any of the Guarantors of Indebtedness of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company that was permitted to be incurred by another provision of this section; provided that if the Indebtedness being guaranteed is subordinated to or pari passu with the Notes, then the Guarantee shall be subordinated or pari passu, as applicable, to the same extent as the Indebtedness guaranteed; |
(10) | the incurrence by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of Indebtedness in respect of workers’ compensation claims, health disability or other employee benefits or property, casualty or liability insurance or self-insurance obligations, reimbursement obligations with respect to commercial letters of credit, bankers’ acceptances and performance and surety bonds in the ordinary course of business; |
(11) | Indebtedness arising from agreements of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary providing for indemnification, adjustment of purchase price, earn-out or other similar obligations, in each case, incurred or assumed in connection with the disposition of any business, assets or a Restricted Subsidiary in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, other than Indebtedness or guarantees of Indebtedness incurred or assumed by any Person acquiring all or any portion of such business, assets or Restricted Subsidiary for the purpose of financing such acquisition; provided that the maximum assumable liability in respect of all such Indebtedness shall at no time exceed the gross proceeds actually received by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with such disposition; |
(12) | the incurrence by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of Indebtedness arising from the honoring by a bank or other financial institution of a check, draft or similar instrument inadvertently drawn against insufficient funds, so long as such Indebtedness is covered within five Business Days; |
(13) | endorsements of instruments or other items of deposit; |
(14) | the incurrence by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of Indebtedness owed to any current or former officer, director or employee of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with the repurchase, redemption or other acquisition or retirement of Equity Interests held by any such current or former officer, director or employee of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; provided that such repurchase, redemption or other acquisition or retirement is permitted under Certain Covenants—Restricted Payments; |
(15) | Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary incurred and outstanding on or prior to the date on which such Restricted Subsidiary was acquired by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary or merged into the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary in accordance with the terms of the Indenture (other than Indebtedness incurred in contemplation of, or in connection with, the transaction or series of related transactions pursuant to which such Restricted Subsidiary became a Restricted Subsidiary of or was otherwise acquired by or merged into the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary); provided that after giving effect to such transaction, (a) the Company would have been able to incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to this section and (b) such Restricted Subsidiary is (i) a Domestic Restricted Subsidiary and |
64
becomes a Guarantor or (ii) is a Foreign Restricted Subsidiary and the aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness at any time outstanding under this clause (15)(b)(ii), together with the aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness outstanding under clause (16) below, not to exceed $12.5 million;
(16) | the incurrence by Foreign Restricted Subsidiaries of the Company of Indebtedness in an aggregate principal amount at any time outstanding pursuant to this clause (16), together with the aggregate principal amount outstanding pursuant to clause (15)(b)(ii) above, not to exceed the excess of (a) $15.0 million over (b) the sum of (x) the aggregate amount of all optional repayments of the principal of any term Indebtedness thereunder that have been made by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries since the Issue Date and (y) the aggregate amount of all commitment reductions with respect to any revolving credit extensions thereunder that have been made by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries since the Issue Date; |
(17) | [reserved]; |
65
(18) | the incurrence by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of additional Indebtedness in an aggregate principal amount (or accreted value, as applicable) at any time outstanding, including all Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness incurred to renew, refund, refinance, replace, defease or discharge any Indebtedness incurred pursuant to this clause (18), not to exceed $10.0 million; and |
(19) | the incurrence by the Company and the Guarantors of Indebtedness represented by (i) Additional Notes in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed $25.0 million, the proceeds of which are used to finance the acquisition of a Permitted Business or a Person engaged in a Permitted Business, (ii) PIK Notes issued as PIK Interest on such Additional Notes (or issued as PIK Interest on PIK Notes previously issued under this subclause (ii)) and (iii) guarantees of the Additional Notes described in subclauses (i) and (ii). |
The Company will not incur, and will not permit any Guarantor to incur, any Indebtedness (including Permitted Debt but excluding the Existing Notes) that is subordinated in right of payment to any other Indebtedness of the Company or such Guarantor unless such Indebtedness is also subordinated in right of payment to the Notes and the applicable Note Guarantee on substantially identical terms; provided, however, that no Indebtedness will be deemed to be subordinated in right of payment to any other Indebtedness of the Company solely by virtue of being unsecured or by virtue of being secured on a junior priority basis with respect to the same Collateral.
For purposes of determining compliance with this section, in the event that an item of proposed Indebtedness meets the criteria of more than one of the categories of Permitted Debt described in clauses (1) through (19) above, or is entitled to be incurred pursuant to the first paragraph of this section, the Company will be permitted to classify such item of Indebtedness on the date of its incurrence, or later reclassify all or a portion of such item of Indebtedness, in any manner that complies with this covenant. Indebtedness under the Senior Credit Facility will be deemed to have been incurred in reliance on the exception provided by clause (1) of the definition of Permitted Debt. The accrual of interest or premium, the accretion or amortization of original issue discount, the payment of interest on any Indebtedness in the form of additional Indebtedness with the same terms, the reclassification of preferred stock as Indebtedness due to a change in accounting principles, and the payment of dividends on Disqualified Stock in the form of additional shares of the same class of Disqualified Stock will not be deemed to be an incurrence of Indebtedness or an issuance of Disqualified Stock for purposes of this section; provided, in each such case, that the amount of any such accrual, accretion or payment is included in Fixed Charges of the Company as accrued. Notwithstanding any other provision of this section, the maximum amount of Indebtedness that the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary may incur pursuant to this section shall not be deemed to be exceeded solely as a result of fluctuations in exchange rates or currency values.
The amount of any Indebtedness outstanding as of any date will be:
(1) | the accreted value of the Indebtedness, in the case of any Indebtedness issued with original issue discount; |
(2) | the principal amount of the Indebtedness, in the case of any other Indebtedness; and |
(3) | in respect of Indebtedness of another Person secured by a Lien on the assets of the specified Person, the lesser of: |
(A) | the Fair Market Value of such assets at the date of determination; and |
(B) | the amount of the Indebtedness of the other Person. |
Asset Sales
The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, consummate an Asset Sale unless:
(1) | the Company (or the Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be) receives consideration at the time of the Asset Sale at least equal to the Fair Market Value (measured as of the date of the definitive agreement with respect to such Asset Sale) of the assets or Equity Interests issued or sold or otherwise disposed of; and |
(2) | at least 75% of the consideration received in the Asset Sale by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary is in the form of cash or Cash Equivalents. For purposes of this provision, each of the following will be deemed to be cash: |
(A) | any liabilities, as shown on the Company’s most recent consolidated balance sheet, of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary (other than contingent liabilities and liabilities that are by their terms |
66
unsecured or subordinated in right of payment or as to Lien priority to the Notes or any Note Guarantee) that are assumed by the transferee of any such assets pursuant to a customary novation agreement that releases the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary from further liability;
(B) | any securities, notes or other obligations received by the Company or any such Restricted Subsidiary from such transferee that are within 180 days after such Asset Sale, converted by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary into cash, to the extent of the cash received in that conversion; |
(C) | any stock or assets of the kind referred to in clauses (2) or (4) of the paragraph below; and |
(D) | any Designated Noncash Consideration received by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in such Asset Sale having an aggregate Fair Market Value, taken together with all other Designated Noncash Consideration received pursuant to this clause (D), not to exceed $5.0 million, with the Fair Market Value of each item of Designated Noncash Consideration being measured at the time received and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value. |
Within 360 days after the receipt of any Net Proceeds from an Asset Sale, the Company (or the applicable Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be) may apply such Net Proceeds:
(1) | (a) to repay Indebtedness and other Obligations under the Existing Indenture or the Senior Credit Facility and to correspondingly permanently reduce any revolving commitments with respect thereto and (b) in the case of an Asset Sale of the asset or property of a Foreign Restricted Subsidiary of the Company, to repay Indebtedness and other Obligations under the agreements governing Permitted Debt described in clause (16) of the definition thereof; |
(2) | to acquire all or substantially all of the assets of, or any Capital Stock of, another Person engaged in a Permitted Business, if, after giving effect to any such acquisition, the Permitted Business is or becomes a Restricted Subsidiary or a line of business of the Company; |
(3) | to make a capital expenditure; |
(4) | to acquire other assets that are not classified as current assets under GAAP and that are used or useful in a Permitted Business; and |
(5) | any combination of the foregoing; |
provided that in the case of clauses (2), (3) and (4) above, a binding commitment shall be treated as a permitted application of the Net Proceeds from the date of such commitment so long as the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, enters into such commitment with the good faith expectation that such Net Proceeds will be applied to satisfy such commitment within 180 days of such commitment and, in the event any such commitment is later cancelled or terminated for any reason before the Net Proceeds are applied in connection therewith, then such Net Proceeds must be applied as set forth herein or if such cancellation or termination occurs later than the 360-day period referred to below, shall constitute Excess Proceeds.
Pending the final application of any Net Proceeds, the Company may temporarily reduce revolving credit borrowings or otherwise invest the Net Proceeds in any manner that is not prohibited by the Indenture.
Any Net Proceeds from Asset Sales that are not applied or invested as provided in the second paragraph of this covenant will constitute Excess Proceeds. Within 15 days after the aggregate amount of Excess Proceeds exceeds $12.5 million, the Company will make an offer (an Asset Sale Offer) to all Holders of Notes to purchase the maximum principal amount of Notes that may be purchased with the Excess Proceeds. The offer price in any Asset Sale Offer will be equal to 100% of the principal amount plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date of purchase, and will be payable in cash. If any Excess Proceeds remain after consummation of an Asset Sale Offer, the Company may use those Excess Proceeds for any purpose not otherwise prohibited by the Indenture. If the aggregate principal amount of Notes tendered into such Asset Sale Offer exceeds the amount of Excess Proceeds, the Trustee will select the Notes to be purchased on a pro rata basis for definitive Notes but subject to the procedures of the Depositary for Global Notes. Upon completion of each Asset Sale Offer, the amount of Excess Proceeds will be reset at zero.
The Asset Sale Offer will remain open for a period of at least 20 Business Days following its commencement and not more than 30 Business Days, except to the extent that a longer period is required by applicable law (the Offer Period). No later than three Business Days after the termination of the Offer Period (the Purchase
67
Date), the Company will apply all Excess Proceeds (the Offer Amount) to the purchase of Notes or, if less than the Offer Amount has been tendered, all Notes tendered in response to the Asset Sale Offer. Payment for any Notes so purchased will be made in the same manner as interest payments are made.
If the Purchase Date is on or after an interest record date and on or before the related interest payment date, any accrued and unpaid interest and premium, if any, will be paid to the Person in whose name a Note is registered at the close of business on such record date.
Upon the commencement of an Asset Sale Offer, the Company will send, by first class mail, a notice to the Trustee and each of the Holders, which contains all instructions and materials necessary to enable such Holders to tender Notes pursuant to the Asset Sale Offer. The notice, which will govern the terms of the Asset Sale Offer, will state:
(1) | that the Asset Sale Offer is being made pursuant to this section and the length of time the Asset Sale Offer will remain open; |
(2) | the Offer Amount, the purchase price and the Purchase Date; |
(3) | that any Note not tendered or accepted for payment will continue to accrue interest; |
(4) | that, unless the Company defaults in making such payment, any Note accepted for payment pursuant to the Asset Sale Offer will cease to accrue interest after the Purchase Date; |
(5) | that Holders electing to have a Note purchased pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer may elect to have Notes purchased in integral multiples of $1.00 only; provided that no Notes in denominations of $2,000 or less may be redeemed or purchased in part, or if a PIK Payment has occurred, no Notes of $1.00 or less shall be redeemed or purchased in part; |
(6) | that Holders electing to have Notes purchased pursuant to any Asset Sale Offer will be required to surrender the Note, with the form entitled Option of Holder to Elect Purchase attached to the Notes completed, or transfer by book-entry transfer, to the Company, a Depositary, if appointed by the Company, or a Paying Agent at the address specified in the notice at least three days before the Purchase Date; |
(7) | that Holders will be entitled to withdraw their election if the Company, the Depositary or the Paying Agent, as the case may be, receives, not later than the expiration of the Offer Period, a telegram, facsimile transmission or letter setting forth the name of the Holder, the principal amount of the Note the Holder delivered for purchase and a statement that such Holder is withdrawing his election to have such Note purchased; |
(8) | that, if the aggregate principal amount of Notes surrendered by the Holders exceeds the Offer Amount, the Trustee will select the Notes to be purchased on a pro rata basis; and |
(9) | that Holders whose Notes were purchased only in part will be issued new Notes equal in principal amount to the unpurchased portion of the Notes surrendered (or transferred by book-entry transfer). |
On or before the Purchase Date, the Company will, to the extent lawful, accept for payment, on a pro rata basis to the extent necessary, the Offer Amount of Notes or portions thereof tendered pursuant to the Asset Sale Offer, or if less than the Offer Amount has been tendered, all Notes tendered, and will deliver or cause to be delivered to the Trustee the Notes properly accepted together with an Officers Certificate stating that such Notes or portions thereof were accepted for payment by the Company in accordance with the terms of this section. The Company, the Depositary or the Paying Agent, as the case may be, will promptly (but in any case not later than five days after the Purchase Date) mail or deliver to each tendering Holder an amount equal to the purchase price of the Notes tendered by such Holder and accepted by the Company for purchase, and the Company will promptly issue a new Note, and the Trustee, upon written request from the Company, will authenticate and mail or deliver (or cause to be transferred by book entry) such new Note to such Holder, in a principal amount equal to any unpurchased portion of the Note surrendered. Any Note not so accepted shall be promptly mailed or delivered by the Company to the Holder thereof. The Company will publicly announce the results of the Asset Sale Offer on the Purchase Date.
If less than all of the Notes are to be purchased in an Asset Sale Offer at any time, the Trustee will select Notes for purchase on a pro rata basis, by lot or other method in any case the Trustee considers appropriate, with
68
respect to Global Notes, subject to the rules and procedures of the Depositary unless otherwise required by law or applicable stock exchange requirements, not less than 30 nor more than 60 days prior to the Purchase Date by the Trustee from the outstanding Notes not previously purchased.
The Trustee will promptly notify the Company in writing of the Notes selected for purchase and, in the case of any Note selected for partial purchase, the principal amount thereof to be purchased. Notes and portions of Notes selected will be in amounts of $1,000 or whole multiples of $1.00; provided that if all of the Notes of a Holder are to be purchased, the entire outstanding amount of Notes held by such Holder shall be purchased; provided, further, that no Notes in denominations of $2,000 or less may be purchased in part or if a PIK Payment has occurred, no Notes of $1.00 or less shall be purchased in part. Except as provided in the preceding sentence, provisions of the Indenture that apply to Notes purchased also apply to portions of Notes purchased.
No later than 10:00 a.m. Eastern time on the Purchase Date, the Company will deposit with the Trustee or with the Paying Agent money sufficient to pay the purchase price of and accrued interest or premium, if any, on all Notes to be purchased on that date. The Trustee or the Paying Agent will promptly return to the Company any money deposited with the Trustee or the Paying Agent by the Company in excess of the amounts necessary to pay the purchase price of, and accrued interest or premium, if any, on all Notes to be purchased.
If the Company complies with the provisions of the preceding paragraph, on and after the Purchase Date, interest will cease to accrue on the Notes or the portions of Notes purchased. If a Note is purchased on or after an interest record date but on or prior to the related interest payment date, then any accrued and unpaid interest shall be paid to the Person in whose name such Note was registered at the close of business on such record date. If any Note purchased is not so paid upon surrender for redemption or purchase because of the failure of the Company to comply with the preceding paragraph, interest shall be paid on the unpaid principal, from the redemption or purchase date until such principal is paid, and to the extent lawful on any interest not paid on such unpaid principal, in each case at the rate provided in the Notes and in the Indenture.
The Company will comply with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other securities laws and regulations thereunder to the extent such laws and regulations are applicable in connection with each repurchase of Notes pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with the provisions of this section, the Company will comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and will not be deemed to have breached its obligations under this section by virtue of such compliance.
Transactions with Affiliates
The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, make any payment to, or sell, lease, transfer or otherwise dispose of any of its properties or assets to, or purchase any property or assets from, or enter into or make or amend any transaction, contract, agreement, understanding, loan, advance or guarantee with, or for the benefit of, any Affiliate of the Company (each, an Affiliate Transaction), unless:
(1) | the Affiliate Transaction is on terms that are no less favorable to the Company or the relevant Restricted Subsidiary than those that would have been obtained in a comparable transaction by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary with an unrelated Person; and |
(2) | the Company delivers to the Trustee: |
(A) | with respect to any Affiliate Transaction or series of related Affiliate Transactions involving aggregate consideration in excess of $5.0 million, a resolution of the Board of Directors of the Company accompanied by an Officers’ Certificate certifying that such Affiliate Transaction complies with this covenant and that such Affiliate Transaction has been approved by a majority of the disinterested members of the Board of Directors of the Company; and |
(B) | with respect to any Affiliate Transaction or series of related Affiliate Transactions involving aggregate consideration in excess of $10.0 million, an opinion as to the fairness to the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary of such Affiliate Transaction from a financial point of view issued by an accounting, appraisal or investment banking firm of national standing. |
69
The foregoing provisions will not apply to the following items, which will not be deemed to be Affiliate Transactions:
(1) | payment of reasonable fees, compensation, expenses, bonus, separation or severance to employees, officers or directors (including indemnification to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, directors’ and officers’ insurance and similar arrangements, employment contracts, non-competition and confidentiality agreements and similar instruments or payments) in the ordinary course of business which have been approved by a majority of the disinterested members of the Board of Directors of the Company; |
(2) | maintenance in the ordinary course of business of reasonable benefit programs or arrangements for employees, officers or directors, including vacation plans, health and life insurance plans, SERPs, split dollar life insurance plans, deferred compensation plans, retirement or savings plans, stock option plans, stock ownership or purchase plans or any other similar arrangements or plans; |
(3) | transactions between or among the Company and/or its Restricted Subsidiaries; |
(4) | transactions with a Person (other than an Unrestricted Subsidiary of the Company) that is an Affiliate of the Company solely because the Company owns, directly or through a Restricted Subsidiary, an Equity Interest in, or controls, such Person; |
(5) | any issuance of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company to Affiliates of the Company or any contribution of capital to the Company and the granting of registration rights in connection therewith; |
(6) | Restricted Payments that do not violate the requirements listed under Certain Covenants—Restricted Payments; |
(7) | Permitted Investments described under clauses (8) and (13) of the definition of the term Permitted Investments; |
(8) | any transaction pursuant to any contract or agreement as in effect on the Issue Date as the same may be amended, modified or replaced from time to time so long as any such amendment, modification or replacement is not materially more disadvantageous to the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, than the contract or agreement as in effect on the Issue Date; |
(9) | transactions with customers, clients, suppliers, joint venture partners or purchasers or sellers of goods or services, in each case in the ordinary course of business of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries and otherwise in compliance with the terms of the Indenture; provided that in the reasonable determination of the Board of Directors of the Company or Senior Management, such transactions are on terms that are no less favorable to the Company or the relevant Restricted Subsidiary than those that would have been obtained in a comparable transaction by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary with an unrelated Person; |
(10) | transactions with an Affiliate in its capacity as a purchaser or holder of Indebtedness or other securities of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company in which such Affiliate is treated no more favorably than the other purchasers or holders of Indebtedness or other securities of the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary (except as otherwise permitted under this section); |
(11) | investments by Affiliates of the Company in securities of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (and payment of reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred by such Affiliates in connection therewith) so long as the investment is being offered by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary generally to other non-affiliated third party investors on the same or more favorable terms; |
(12) | any transaction pursuant to any employment agreement entered into between the Company and any employee of the Company on or after the Original Issue Date or pursuant to the Company’s 2017 Management Incentive Plan dated as of the Original Issue Date (as may be amended with the approval of a majority of the disinterested members of the Board of Directors of the Company); and |
(13) | transactions with an Affiliate in its capacity as a purchaser, holder, participant, sub participant or other direct or indirect owner of Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company incurred under the Senior Credit Facility or the Existing Indenture. |
70
Liens
The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Lien of any kind on any asset now owned or hereafter acquired, except Permitted Liens.
Business Activities
The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, engage in any business other than Permitted Businesses, except to such extent as would not be material to the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole.
Corporate Existence
Subject to the provisions in Successors—Merger, Consolidation or Sale of Assets, the Company shall do or cause to be done all things necessary to preserve and keep in full force and effect:
(1) | its corporate existence, and the corporate, partnership or other existence of each of its Subsidiaries, in accordance with the respective organizational documents (as the same may be amended from time to time) of the Company or any such Subsidiary; and |
(2) | the rights (charter and statutory), licenses and franchises of the Company and its Subsidiaries; provided, however, that the Company shall not be required to preserve any such right, license or franchise, or the corporate, partnership or other existence of any of its Subsidiaries, if the Board of Directors shall determine that the preservation thereof is no longer desirable in the conduct of the business of the Company and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, and that the loss thereof is not adverse in any material respect to the Holders of the Notes. |
Real Estate Mortgages and Filings; Landlord Waivers
With respect to any real property, other than real property that constitutes an Excluded Asset, owned by the Company or any Guarantor on the Issue Date or acquired by the Company or any Guarantor at any time thereafter (individually and collectively, the Premises), the Company or such Guarantor shall deliver to the Collateral Agent, if and only to the extent such Premises are pledged to secure any other Indebtedness on the date that such premises are pledged to secure any other Indebtedness (or, in the case of Premises acquired after the Issue Date, no later than 90 days after the date of such acquisition):
(1) | fully executed counterparts of Mortgages, duly executed by the Company or the applicable Guarantor, as the case may be, in favor of the Collateral Agent, as mortgagee or beneficiary, as applicable, and corresponding UCC fixture filings, together with evidence of the completion (or satisfactory arrangements for the completion) of all recordings and filings of such Mortgages and corresponding UCC fixture filings as may be necessary to create a valid, perfected Lien, subject to Permitted Liens, against the Premises purported to be covered thereby; |
(2) | (i) mortgagee’s title insurance policies in favor of the Collateral Agent, as mortgagee for the ratable benefit of the Collateral Agent, the Trustee and the Holders in an amount equal to 100% of the estimated fair market value of the Premises purported to be covered by the related Mortgage, insuring that title to such property is vested in the Company or the applicable Guarantor and that the interests created by the Mortgage constitute valid Liens thereon free and clear of all Liens, defects and encumbrances other than Permitted Liens together with, to the extent available, such endorsements, as are customary for financings of this type, accompanied by evidence of the payment in full of all premiums thereon and (ii) such affidavits, certificates, instruments of indemnification and other items (including a so-called gap indemnification) of the Company or the applicable Guarantor as shall be reasonably required to induce the title insurer to issue the title insurance policies and endorsements referenced herein with respect to each of the Premises; |
(3) | (i) with respect to each Premises owned or leased on the Issue Date, ALTA surveys with respect to each of such Premises, as well as any updates or affidavits the title insurer may reasonably request in connection with removing all standard survey exceptions from the mortgagee’s title insurance policies and issuing the survey related and other endorsements to such policies required pursuant to clause (2) above and (ii) with respect to each Premises acquired after the Issue Date, ALTA surveys (to the extent existing at the time of acquisition); |
71
(4) | Life of Loan Federal Emergency Standard Flood Hazard Determinations with respect to each Premises (together with notice about special flood hazard area status and flood disaster assistance, duly executed by the Company or the applicable Guarantor, and evidence of flood insurance in the event such Premises is located in a special flood hazard area); and |
(5) | Opinions of Counsel in the jurisdiction where each Premises is located and the jurisdiction of formation of the Company or the applicable Guarantor entering into the relevant Mortgage covering such matters as are customary for financings of this type, including, without limitation, the due authorization, execution and delivery of the relevant Mortgages and the enforceability thereof. |
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, (a) the requirements in (2) through (5) above shall not apply to any Premises owned by the Company or any Guarantor on the Issue Date and (b) the Company and Guarantors shall only be required to deliver the documents required by (1) above to the extent such Premises are pledged to secure the Senior Credit Facility, with any such documents delivered in respect of premises securing the Senior Credit Facility on the Issue Date required to be delivered no later than 90 days after the Issue Date.
The Company and any Guarantor that is a lessee of real property where Collateral is located is, and will be, required to use commercially reasonable efforts (which for the avoidance of doubt, shall not require the payment by the Company or such Guarantor, as the case may be, of any fee to the lessor in connection with the obtaining of any such collateral access agreement) to deliver to the Collateral Agent a collateral access agreement, executed by the lessor of such real property but only to the extent such lessor has provided a collateral access agreement to the Senior Credit Facility Agent pursuant to the Senior Credit Facility; provided that notwithstanding anything to the contrary, in the case where such lease is a lease in existence on the Issue Date, the Company or Guarantor shall not be required to satisfy such requirement. For the avoidance of doubt, if the Company or any applicable Guarantor fails to enter into a collateral access agreement after using commercially reasonable efforts (it being understood that the Company shall be solely responsible for determining whether it has used commercially reasonable efforts, which shall be set forth in an Officers Certificate delivered to the Trustee and the Collateral Agent (upon which the Trustee and the Collateral Agent may conclusively rely without any investigation)) and the Company shall notify the Holders of such event. Neither the Collateral Agent nor the Trustee shall have any obligation to enter into such an agreement and the Trustee or the Collateral Agent each shall have the right to decline signing such an agreement if, after being advised by counsel, the Trustee or the Collateral Agent, as the case may be, determines in good faith that such action would expose the Trustee or the Collateral Agent, respectively, to liability or if doing so is consistent with its rights, privileges, protections and immunities set forth in the Indenture or the Collateral Documents.
Limitations on Sale and Leaseback Transactions
The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, enter into any sale and leaseback transaction; provided that the Company or any Guarantor may enter into a sale and leaseback transaction if:
(1) | the Company or that Restricted Subsidiary, as applicable, could have (A) incurred Indebtedness in an amount equal to the Attributable Debt relating to such sale and leaseback transaction under (i) the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio test contained in the provisions of Certain Covenants—Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock, or (ii) clause (4) or (18) of the definition of Permitted Debt and (B) incurred a Lien to secure such Indebtedness pursuant to the provisions in Certain Covenants—Liens; |
(2) | the gross cash proceeds of that sale and leaseback transaction are at least equal to the Fair Market Value, as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Company and set forth in an Officers’ Certificate delivered to the Trustee, of the property that is the subject of that sale and leaseback transaction; and |
(3) | the transfer of assets in that sale and leaseback transaction is permitted by, and the Company applies the proceeds of such transaction in compliance with, the provisions in Certain Covenants—Asset Sales. |
72
Further Assurances
The Company will do, execute, acknowledge, deliver, record, re-record, file, re-file, register and re-register, as applicable, any and all such further acts, deeds, conveyances, security agreements, assignments, financing statements and continuations thereof, termination statements, notices of assignment, transfers, certificates, assurances and other instruments as may be required from time to time, or that the Collateral Agent from time to time may reasonably request (but shall have no duty to), in order to:
(1) | carry out the terms and provisions of the Collateral Documents; |
(2) | subject to the Liens created by any of the Collateral Documents any of the properties, rights or interests required to be encumbered thereby; |
(3) | perfect and maintain the validity, effectively and priority of any of the Collateral Documents and the Liens intended to be created thereby; and |
(4) | assure, convey, grant, assign, transfer, preserve, protect and confirm to the Collateral Agent any of the rights granted now or hereafter intended by the parties thereto to be granted to the Collateral Agent under the Collateral Documents or under any other instrument executed in connection herewith. |
Upon the exercise by the Trustee or any Holder of any power, right, privilege or remedy under the Indenture or any of the Collateral Documents which requires any consent, approval, recording, qualification or authorization of any governmental authority, the Company will execute and deliver all applications, certifications, instruments and other documents and papers that may be required from the Company for such governmental consent, approval, recording, qualification or authorization.
Additional Note Guarantees
If (i) the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries acquires or creates another Domestic Restricted Subsidiary after the Issue Date or (ii) if any Restricted Subsidiary shall guarantee any Indebtedness of the Company or any Guarantor, then, in each case of clause (i) or (ii), such Restricted Subsidiary shall within 10 Business Days of the date on which it was acquired or created (or, in the case of clause (ii), simultaneously with the guarantee of such other Indebtedness) (i) execute and deliver to the Trustee a supplemental indenture, pursuant to which such Restricted Subsidiary will Guarantee the Notes, (ii) execute and deliver to the Collateral Agent joinder agreements or other similar agreements with respect the applicable Collateral Documents (and, in the case any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Domestic Restricted Subsidiary, execute Collateral Documents (or joinders thereto) granting Liens to the Collateral Agent on the same assets as any Liens granted by such Restricted Subsidiary to secure its obligations as a guarantor of such other Indebtedness and governed by the same governing law as any documentation granting such Liens to secure such other Indebtedness) and (iii) deliver to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel and Officers Certificate that such supplemental indenture and other documents required to be delivered pursuant to clause (ii) above have been duly authorized, executed and delivered and constitute legally valid and binding and enforceable obligations (subject to customary qualifications and exceptions) and is authorized or permitted by the Indenture; provided that any Restricted Subsidiary that constitutes an Immaterial Subsidiary need not become a Guarantor until such time as it ceases to be an Immaterial Subsidiary.
Designation of Restricted and Unrestricted Subsidiaries
The Board of Directors of the Company may designate any Restricted Subsidiary to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary if that designation would not cause a Default. If a Restricted Subsidiary is designated as an Unrestricted Subsidiary, the aggregate Fair Market Value of all outstanding Investments owned by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries in the Subsidiary designated as Unrestricted will be deemed to be an Investment made as of the time of the designation and will be treated as a Restricted Payment or a Permitted Investment under one or more clauses of the definition of Permitted Investments, as determined by the Company. That designation will only be permitted if the Investment would be permitted at that time and if the Restricted Subsidiary otherwise meets the definition of an Unrestricted Subsidiary. The Board of Directors of the Company may redesignate any Unrestricted Subsidiary to be a Restricted Subsidiary if that redesignation would not cause a Default.
73
Any designation of a Subsidiary of the Company as an Unrestricted Subsidiary will be evidenced to the Trustee by delivering to the Trustee a certified copy of a resolution of the Board of Directors giving effect to such designation and an Officers Certificate certifying that such designation complied with the preceding conditions and was permitted pursuant to Certain Covenants—Restricted Payments. If, at any time, any Unrestricted Subsidiary would fail to meet the preceding requirements as an Unrestricted Subsidiary, it will thereafter cease to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary for purposes of the Indenture and any Indebtedness of such Subsidiary will be deemed to be incurred by a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company as of such date and, if such Indebtedness is not permitted to be incurred as of such date under the provisions of Certain Covenants—Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock, the Company will be in default of such covenant. The Board of Directors of the Company may at any time designate any Unrestricted Subsidiary to be a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company; provided that such designation will be deemed to be an incurrence of Indebtedness by a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company of any outstanding Indebtedness of such Unrestricted Subsidiary, and such designation will only be permitted if (1) such Indebtedness is permitted pursuant to the provisions of Certain Covenants—Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock, calculated on a pro forma basis as if such designation had occurred at the beginning of the four-quarter reference period; and (2) no Default or Event of Default would be in existence following such designation.
Certain Covenants with Respect to the Collateral
The Collateral will be pledged pursuant to the Security Agreement and Collateral Documents, which will contain provisions relating to identification of the Collateral and the maintenance of perfected Liens thereon. The following is a summary of some of the covenants and provisions set forth in the Collateral Documents and the Indenture as they relate to certain of the Collateral.
Inspection and Further Identification of Collateral.
The Company and each of its subsidiaries party to the Security Agreement (the Grantors) will keep adequate records concerning the Collateral and will permit Collateral Agent and all representatives and agents appointed by Collateral Agent to inspect, at the Grantors sole expense and upon reasonable prior notice to the Grantors (and unless an Event of Default is continuing, not more than once per calendar year), any of the Collateral and the books, records, audits, correspondence and all other documents relating to the Collateral at any time during normal business hours, to make and take away photocopies, photographs and printouts thereof and to write down and record any such information. Each Grantor will furnish to Collateral Agent from time to time statements and schedules further identifying and describing the Collateral, as Collateral Agent or any other Notes Secured Party may reasonably request, all in reasonable detail.
Maintenance of Collateral
The Collateral Documents, subject to certain exceptions, will provide that (i) upon any management level officer of any Grantor obtaining actual knowledge thereof, such Grantor shall promptly notify the Collateral Agent in writing of any event that would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect on the value of any material portion of the Collateral, the ability of the Grantor or the Collateral Agent to dispose of any material portion of the Collateral, the rights and remedies of the Collateral Agent in relation thereto, including, without limitation, the levy of any legal process against any material portion of the Collateral, (ii) except as expressly permitted by the Indenture, the Grantors shall not take or permit any action which would reasonably be expected to adversely impair the Collateral Agents rights in the Collateral, and (iii) the Grantors shall not sell, transfer or assign (by operation of law or otherwise) any Collateral except as otherwise permitted under the Indenture.
Payment of Taxes
Grantors will timely pay, when due, all taxes, assessments and governmental charges or levies lawfully imposed upon the Collateral or any part thereof, except such taxes, charges or levies as to which the failure to pay would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect. Grantors may, however, delay paying or discharging any such taxes, assessments or charges so long as the validity thereof is contested in good faith by proper proceedings and provided Grantors have set aside on Grantors books adequate reserves therefor.
74
Perfection of Security Interest
Each Grantor shall take all action as may be reasonably necessary so as at all times to maintain the validity, perfection, enforceability and priority (subject to the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement) of Collateral Agents security interest in and Lien on the Collateral or to enable Collateral Agent to protect, exercise or enforce its rights thereunder and in the Collateral, including (i) promptly discharging all Liens other than Permitted Liens, (ii) to the extent required under the Senior Credit Facility, obtaining Lien waiver agreements and (iii) executing and delivering financing statements, control agreements, instruments of pledge, mortgages, notices and assignments, in each case relating to the creation, validity, perfection, priority, maintenance or continuation of the Collateral Agents security interest and Lien under the UCC or other applicable law, provided, however, that (A) the Grantors shall not be required to cause the Collateral Agent to have control with respect to any deposit or securities account so long as the average five-day closing balance for all such deposit and securities accounts does not exceed $500,000, and (B) to the extent required, the Grantors shall use commercially reasonable efforts to cause any securities intermediary to enter into an agreement with the Collateral Agent to cause the Collateral Agent to have control with respect to any securities account.
Inventory and Equipment
Each Grantor covenants and agrees that such Grantor shall keep such Grantors Inventory and Equipment other than (i) Inventory and Equipment in transit, (ii) Inventory with an aggregate fair market or book value (whichever is more) less than $500,000 and (iii) Equipment with an aggregate fair market or book value (whichever is more) less than $500,000, only at the locations identified on the schedules to the Security Agreement and its chief executive offices only at the locations identified on the schedules to the Security Agreement (as such schedules may from time to time be updated). Each Grantor covenants and agrees that all Inventory held for sale or lease by any Grantor has been and will be produced by such Grantor in accordance with the Federal Fair Labor Standards Act of 1938, as amended, and all rules, regulations and orders thereunder in all material respects. All material Equipment used or useful in the conduct of any Grantors business shall be maintained in good operating condition and repair (reasonable wear and tear excepted) and all necessary replacements of and repairs thereto shall be made so that the value and operating efficiency of such Equipment shall be maintained and preserved (reasonable wear and tear excepted). Each Grantor shall use or operate any Equipment in compliance with applicable law in all material respects. Except as permitted under the Indenture, no Grantor shall sell or otherwise dispose of any of its Equipment. Each Grantor agrees that, upon the request of the Collateral Agent (as directed in writing by the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding), such Grantor will promptly provide the Collateral Agent with confirmation of the specific location of any Equipment.
Direction to Account Debtors; Contracting Parties; etc.
Subject to the Intercreditor Agreement, upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, if the Collateral Agent (acting at the written direction of the requisite Holders (in accordance with the Indenture) or of the Trustee) so directs any Grantor, such Grantor agrees (i) to cause all payments on account of the Accounts and Contracts to be made directly to a cash account held by the Collateral Agent (the Cash Collateral Account), (ii) that the Collateral Agent may directly notify the obligors with respect to any Accounts and/or under any Contracts to make payments with respect thereto as provided in the preceding clause (i), and (iii) that the Collateral Agent may enforce collection of any such Accounts and Contracts and may adjust, settle or compromise the amount of payment thereof, in the same manner and to the same extent as such Grantor.
Without notice to or assent by any Grantor, the Collateral Agent shall, upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, transfer, convey, or distribute all amounts then in, or thereafter deposited in, the Cash Collateral Account to the Trustee to be applied in accordance with the Indenture or as otherwise may be directed by the Trustee pursuant to the Notes Documents. The reasonable out-of-pocket costs and expenses of collection (including reasonable attorneys fees), whether incurred by a Grantor or the Collateral Agent, shall be borne solely by the Grantors. The Collateral Agent shall deliver a copy of each notice referred to in the preceding clause (ii) to the relevant Grantor; provided, that (x) the failure by the Collateral Agent to so notify such Grantor shall not affect the effectiveness of such notice or the other rights of the Collateral Agent created by this section and (y) no such notice shall be required if an Event of Default of the type described in clause (9) of Events of Default and Remedies has occurred and is continuing.
75
Collection
Subject to the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement, (i) from and after the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, upon the demand of Collateral Agent (acting at the written direction of the requisite Holders (in accordance with the Indenture) or of the Trustee), each Grantor shall deliver to Collateral Agent, in original form and on the date of receipt thereof, all checks, drafts, notes, money orders, acceptances, cash and other evidences of Indebtedness at any time received by Grantors and (ii) following the occurrence and during the continuance of any Event of Default, at its option, Collateral Agent (acting at the written direction of the requisite Holders (in accordance with the Indenture) or of the Trustee), shall have the exclusive right to collect the Accounts and other Receivables of each Grantor, take possession of the Collateral, or both. In such case, Collateral Agents actual collection expenses, including but not limited to, stationery and postage, telephone and facsimile, secretarial and clerical expenses and the salaries of any collection personnel used for collection, shall be for the account of the Grantors and added to the Obligations.
Instruments and Documents
If any Grantor owns or acquires any instrument or document (as defined in the New York UCC) evidencing or forming a part of the Collateral in excess of (x) so long as no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, $1,000,000, or (y) so long as an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, $250,000, constituting Collateral (other than checks and other payment instruments received and collected in the ordinary course of business), such Grantor will within ten (10) Business Days deliver such instrument or document to the Collateral Agent appropriately endorsed to the order of the Collateral Agent.
Grantors Remain Liable Under Accounts and Contracts
Anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding, the Grantors shall remain liable under each of the Accounts and Contracts to observe and perform all of the conditions and obligations to be observed and performed by it thereunder, all in accordance with the terms of any agreement giving rise to such Accounts or Contracts. Neither the Collateral Agent nor any other Notes Secured Party shall have any obligation or liability under any Account (or any agreement giving rise thereto) or Contract, in each case by reason of or arising out of the Security Agreement or the receipt by the Collateral Agent or any other Notes Secured Party of any payment relating to such Account or Contract pursuant hereto, nor shall the Collateral Agent or any other Notes Secured Party be obligated in any manner to perform any of the obligations of any Grantor under or pursuant to any Account (or any agreement giving rise thereto) or any Contract, to make any payment, to make any inquiry as to the nature or the sufficiency of any payment received by them or as to the sufficiency of any performance by any party under any Account (or any agreement giving rise thereto) or Contract, to present or file any claim, to take any action to enforce any performance or to collect the payment of any amounts which may have been assigned to them or to which they may be entitled at any time or times.
Letter of Credit Rights
If any Grantor is at any time a beneficiary under a letter of credit with a stated amount of $375,000 or more, such Grantor shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to (i) arrange for the issuer and any confirmer of such letter of credit to consent in writing to an assignment to the Collateral Agent of the proceeds of any drawing under such letter of credit or (ii) arrange for the Collateral Agent to become the transferee beneficiary of such letter of credit, with the Collateral Agent agreeing, in each case, that the proceeds of any drawing under the letter of credit are to be applied as provided in the Security Agreement upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default.
Commercial Tort Claims
All commercial tort claims of each Grantor in an amount of $500,000 or more in existence on the date of the Security Agreement are described in the schedules to the Security Agreement. If any Grantor shall at any time after the date of the Security Agreement acquire a commercial tort claim in an amount (taking the greater of the aggregate claimed damages thereunder or the reasonably estimated value thereof) of $500,000 or more, such Grantor shall promptly (i) notify the Collateral Agent thereof in a writing signed by such Grantor and describing the details thereof; (ii) grant to the Collateral Agent in such writing a security interest therein and in the proceeds
76
thereof, all upon the terms of the Security Agreement; and (iii) take such actions as may be reasonably necessary to perfect such security interest, including filing a UCC-1 financing statement or UCC-3 statement of amendment in such filing office as may be appropriate, and provide evidence thereof to the Collateral Agent.
Chattel Paper
Upon the request of the Collateral Agent made at any time or from time to time (acting at the written direction of the requisite Holders (in accordance with the Indenture) or of the Trustee), each Grantor shall promptly furnish to the Collateral Agent a list of all electronic chattel paper held or owned by such Grantor. Furthermore, if requested by the Collateral Agent (acting at the written direction of the requisite Holders (in accordance with the Indenture) or of the Trustee), each Grantor shall promptly take all actions which are reasonably practicable so that the Collateral Agent has control of all electronic chattel paper with a value in excess of (x) so long as no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, $1,000,000, or (y) so long as an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, $250,000, in accordance with the requirements of Section 9-105 of the UCC.
Subject to the Intercreditor Agreement, each Grantor will promptly (and in any event within ten (10) days) following any request by the Collateral Agent (acting at the written direction of the requisite Holders (in accordance with the Indenture) or of the Trustee), deliver all of its tangible chattel paper to the Collateral Agent.
After-Acquired Capital Stock
To the extent any Grantor at any time or from time to time owns, acquires or obtains any right, title or interest in any Capital Stock intended to be pledged as Collateral under the Security Agreement or the form or nature of any Capital Stock shall change, subject to the Intercreditor Agreement, the Collateral Agent shall automatically (and without the taking of any action by any Grantor) have a security interest in all of the right, title and interest of such Grantor in, to and under such Capital Stock pursuant to the Security Agreement and, in addition thereto, such Grantor shall take the following actions (as promptly as practicable and, in any event, within 15 Business Days after it obtains such Capital Stock) for the benefit of the Collateral Agent and the other Notes Secured Parties, subject to the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement:
(1) | with respect to a certificated security (other than a certificated security credited on the books of a clearing corporation or securities intermediary), such Grantor shall physically deliver such certificated security to the Collateral Agent, endorsed to the Collateral Agent or endorsed in blank; |
(2) | with respect to an uncertificated security (other (x) than an uncertificated security credited on the books of a clearing corporation or securities intermediary or (y) an uncertificated security of an Immaterial Subsidiary, such Grantor shall use commercially reasonable efforts to cause the issuer of such uncertificated security to duly authorize, execute, and deliver to the Collateral Agent, an agreement for the benefit of the Collateral Agent and the other Notes Secured Parties pursuant to which such issuer agrees to comply with any and all instructions originated by the Collateral Agent without further consent by the registered owner and not to comply with instructions regarding such uncertificated security (and any Partnership Interests and Limited Liability Company Interests issued by such issuer) originated by any other Persons other than a court of competent jurisdiction; |
(3) | with respect to a certificated security, uncertificated security, Partnership Interest or Limited Liability Company Interest credited on the books of a clearing corporation or securities intermediary (including a Federal Reserve Bank, Participants Trust Company or the Depository Trust Company), such Grantor shall promptly notify the Collateral Agent in writing thereof and shall use commercially reasonable efforts (x) to comply with the applicable rules of such clearing corporation or securities intermediary and (y) (A) in the case of a clearing corporation, to perfect the security interest of the Collateral Agent under applicable law (including, in any event, under Sections 9-314(a), (b) and (c), 9-106 and 8-106(d) of the UCC) or (B) in the case of a securities intermediary, if required to perfect the security interest of the Collateral Agent under applicable law (including, in any event, under Sections 9-314(a), (b) and (c), 9-106 and 8-106(d) of the UCC); |
(4) | with respect to a Partnership Interest or a Limited Liability Company Interest (other than a Partnership Interest or Limited Liability Company Interest credited on the books of a clearing corporation or securities intermediary), (1) if such Partnership Interest or Limited Liability Company Interest is represented by a certificate and is a security for purposes of the UCC, comply with the procedure set forth in the Security |
77
Agreement and (2) if such Partnership Interest or Limited Liability Company Interest is not represented by a certificate or is not a security for purposes of the UCC, comply with the procedure set forth in the Security Agreement; and
(5) | with respect to cash proceeds from any of the Collateral, except as otherwise permitted under the Indenture and Notes Documents, (x) establish a cash account in the name of such Grantor over which the Collateral Agent shall have control within the meaning of the UCC and at any time any Event of Default is in existence no withdrawals or transfers may be made therefrom by any Person except with the prior written consent of the Collateral Agent and (y) deposit such cash in such cash account. |
Further Actions
Without limitation of any other covenant herein, no Grantor shall change or permit to be changed the jurisdiction in which it is incorporated or otherwise organized, or change its legal name (or use a different name), location of chief executive office or location of any of the Collateral, unless such Grantor has given Collateral Agent not less than ten (10) Business Days prior written notice thereof and Grantors have taken (or caused to be taken) all steps required by Collateral Agent to maintain Collateral Agents Lien on such Collateral, as well as the priority and effectiveness of such Lien (including, without limitation, in the case of Collateral located in Canada, the filing of a PPSA financing statement); provided, that, except as expressly permitted under the Indenture, no Grantor shall change its jurisdiction of incorporation or organization or location of any of its Collateral, in each case, to a jurisdiction or location outside of the United States or Canada.
Insurance
Each Grantor shall:
(A) | keep its properties adequately insured at all times by financially sound and reputable insurers, as is customary with companies in the same or similar businesses operating in the same or similar locations; |
(B) | maintain such other insurance, to such extent and against such risks (and with such deductibles, retentions and exclusions), including fire and other risks insured against by extended coverage and coverage for acts of terrorism, as is customary with companies in the same or similar businesses operating in the same or similar locations, including public liability insurance against claims for personal injury or death or property damage occurring upon, in, about or in connection with the use of any properties owned, occupied or controlled by them; and |
(C) | maintain such other insurance as may be required by law. |
Each Grantor shall furnish to the Collateral Agent no more than once each fiscal year full information as to its property and liability insurance carriers. The Collateral Agent shall be named as an additional insured on all insurance policies of any Grantor and the Collateral Agent shall be named as lenders loss payee, with thirty (30) days notice of cancellation or material change, on all property and casualty insurance policies of any Grantor.
Leasehold Obligations
Each Grantor shall, and shall cause each of its Subsidiaries to, at all times pay, when and as due, its rental obligations under all leases under which it is a tenant, and shall otherwise comply, in all material respects, with all other terms of such leases and keep them in full force and effect, except, in each case, where the failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to have, either individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect.
Exculpation of Liability
Nothing herein contained shall be construed to constitute Collateral Agent or any Holder as any Grantors agent for any purpose whatsoever, nor shall Collateral Agent or any Holder be responsible or liable for any shortage, discrepancy, damage, loss or destruction of any part of the Collateral wherever the same may be located and regardless of the cause thereof, except as expressly set forth in the Security Agreement. Neither Collateral Agent nor any Holder, whether by anything herein or in any assignment or otherwise, assumes any of any Grantors obligations under any contract or agreement to which it is a party, and neither Collateral Agent nor any Holder shall be responsible in any way for the performance by any Grantor of any of the terms and conditions thereof.
78
Deposit Accounts; Etc.
The schedules to the Security Agreement will accurately set forth, as of the date of the Security Agreement, for each Grantor, each deposit account maintained by such Grantor (including a description thereof and the respective account number) and the name of the respective bank with which such deposit account is maintained. Subject to the terms of the Security Agreement and the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement, for each deposit account that is Collateral (other than the Cash Collateral Account or any other deposit account maintained with the Collateral Agent), the respective Grantor shall use commercially reasonable efforts to cause the bank with which the deposit account is maintained to execute and deliver to the Collateral Agent, (x) in the case of an account located at a bank which is a lender under the Senior Credit Facility, within thirty (30) days after the date of the Security Agreement (or, if later, the date of the establishment of the respective deposit account), or (y) in the case of an account located at a bank which is a not lender under the Senior Credit Facility, within forty-five (45) days after the date of the Security Agreement (or, if later, the date of the establishment of the respective deposit account), a control agreement in form and substance consistent with the deposit account control agreements entered into by the Company pursuant to the Senior Credit Facility, or otherwise acceptable to the Collateral Agent. Subject to the terms of the Security Agreement, if any bank with which a deposit account is maintained refuses to, or does not, enter into such a control agreement, then the respective Grantor shall promptly (and in any event within thirty (30) days after the date of the Security Agreement or, if later, thirty (30) days after the establishment of such account) close the respective deposit account and transfer all balances therein to the Cash Collateral Account or another deposit account meeting the requirements of this section. If any bank with which a deposit account is maintained refuses to subordinate all its claims with respect to such deposit account to the Collateral Agents security interest therein on terms satisfactory to the Collateral Agent, then the Collateral Agent, at its option (acting at the written direction of the requisite Holders (in accordance with the Indenture) or of the Trustee), may (x) require that such deposit account be terminated in accordance with the immediately preceding sentence or (y) agree to a control agreement without such subordination; provided that in such event the Collateral Agent may at any time, at its option (acting at the written direction of the requisite Holders (in accordance with the Indenture) or of the Trustee), subsequently require that such deposit account be terminated (within thirty (30) days after notice from the Collateral Agent) in accordance with the requirements of the immediately preceding sentence.
Subject to the provisions of the Security Agreement and the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement, at the time any such deposit account is established, the appropriate control agreement shall be entered into in accordance with the requirements of preceding clause (i) and the respective Grantor shall furnish to the Collateral Agent a supplement to the schedules to the Security Agreement containing the relevant information with respect to the respective deposit account and the bank with which same is established.
Membership.
In accordance with the Security Agreement, each Grantor will acknowledge and agrees that Collateral Agent (or any designee of Collateral Agent), shall, at the option of the Collateral Agent (acting at the written direction of the requisite Holders (in accordance with the Indenture) or of the Trustee), upon written notice to any Grantor (such Grantor, the Parent Grantor) of Collateral Agents intent to be admitted as a member of any other Grantor (in the place of the Parent Grantor) at any time an Event of Default exists or has occurred and is continuing and following delivery of any required notice by the Security Agreement, be admitted as a member of the relevant Grantor without any further approval of the Parent Grantor and without compliance by Collateral Agent or any other person with any of the conditions or other requirements of the applicable membership agreement and without conferring upon any Person any option (whether under the applicable membership agreement or otherwise) to acquire the stock or membership interests so transferred to Collateral Agent or its designees. At such time, each Grantor agrees to take such other action and execute such further documents as Collateral Agent may reasonably request from time to time in order to give effect to the provisions of the Security Agreement.
Intellectual Property
Each Grantor will represent and warrant (i) that the Intellectual Property Rights listed in the schedules to the Security Agreement for such Grantor include all Intellectual Property Rights that such Grantor owns or uses in connection with its business which are registered at the United States Patent and Trademark Office, the United States Copyright Office, the Canadian Intellectual Property Office or an equivalent thereof in any state of the
79
United States or Canada, and (ii) that except as set forth in the schedules to the Security Agreement it is the true and lawful owner of all registrations and applications for registration of Intellectual Property Rights listed in the schedules to the Security Agreement. Except as disclosed in the Prospectus or as would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, each Grantor owns, or is licensed under, and has the right to use, all Intellectual Property Rights used in its businesses as currently conducted and the Intellectual Property Rights are free and clear of all Liens, other than Permitted Liens. No claims or notices of any potential claim have been asserted by any Person challenging the use of any such Intellectual Property Rights by any Grantor or questioning the validity, effectiveness of or Grantors rights to any Intellectual Property Right or any license or agreement related thereto, other than any claims that, if successful, would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, and no Grantor is aware of any basis for such claims.
Except as otherwise permitted by the Notes Documents, each Grantor will agree not to divest itself of any Intellectual Property Right.
Except as such Grantor in its reasonable business judgment determines is not necessary in the conduct of the Grantors business, each Grantor agrees to prosecute diligently in accordance with reasonable business practices any Person infringing, misappropriating, misusing, diluting, or violating the Grantors material Intellectual Property Rights.
Each Grantor agrees to use its Marks which are material to such Grantors business in interstate commerce during the time in which the Security Agreement is in effect and to take all such other actions as are reasonably necessary to preserve such material Marks as trademarks or service marks under the laws of the United States (in each case, other than any such Marks which, in the Grantors reasonable business judgment, are no longer necessary in the conduct of the Grantors business).
Each Grantor shall, at its own expense, take all commercially reasonable actions to maintain all registrations and applications for registration of its material Intellectual Property Rights.
At its own expense, each Grantor shall take all commercially reasonable efforts to diligently prosecute all material applications for registrations of Intellectual Property Rights listed on the schedules to the Security Agreement, in each case for such Grantor and shall not abandon any such application prior to exhaustion of all administrative and judicial remedies (other than applications (i) deemed by such Grantor in its reasonable business judgment to be no longer prudent to pursue or (ii) that are deemed by such Grantor in its reasonable business judgment to no longer be necessary in the conduct of the Grantors business). If any Grantor makes an application for registration of an Intellectual Property Right before the United States Patent and Trademark Office, the United States Copyright Office, the Canadian Intellectual Property Office, or an equivalent thereof in any state of the United States or Canada, within sixty (60) days of the submission of such application or, if later, as soon as legally permissible, such Grantor shall deliver to the Collateral Agent a grant of a security interest in such application, to the Collateral Agent and at the sole expense of the Grantors, confirming the grant of a security interest in such Intellectual Property Right to the Collateral Agent, the form of such security to be reasonably satisfactory to the Collateral Agent. Where a registration of an Intellectual Property Right is issued hereafter to any Grantor as a result of any application now or hereafter pending, if a security interest in such application has not already been granted to or recorded on behalf of the Collateral Agent, such Grantor shall deliver to the Collateral Agent a grant of security interest within sixty (60) days.
Each Grantor will grant to the Collateral Agent (and any of the designees of the Collateral Agent) a limited power of attorney to sign, upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, at the written direction of the Trustee or the requisite Holders in accordance with the Indenture, any document which may be required by the United States Patent and Trademark Office, the Canadian Intellectual Property Office or similar registrar in order to effect an absolute assignment to the Collateral Agent (or its designee) of all right, title and interest in each registered Intellectual Property Right and each application for such registration, and record the same. If an Event of Default shall occur and be continuing, the Collateral Agent (or its designee) may, at the written direction of the Trustee or the requisite Holders in accordance with the Indenture, by written notice to the relevant Grantor, take any or all of the following actions: (i) declare the entire right, title and interest of such Grantor in and to the Intellectual Property Rights, vested in the Collateral Agent (or its designee) for the benefit of the Notes Secured Parties, in which event such rights, title and interest shall immediately vest, in the Collateral Agent (or its designee) for the benefit of the Notes Secured Parties, and the Collateral Agent (or its
80
designee) shall be entitled to exercise the power of attorney referred to in the Security Agreement to execute, cause to be acknowledged and notarized and record said absolute assignment with the applicable agency or registrar; (ii) take and use or sell the Intellectual Property Rights; (iii) take and use or sell the goodwill of such Grantors business symbolized by the Marks and the right to carry on the business and use the assets of such Grantor in connection with which the Marks or Domain Names have been used; and (iv) direct such Grantor to refrain, in which event such Grantor shall refrain, from using the Intellectual Property Rights in any manner whatsoever, directly or indirectly, and such Grantor shall execute such further documents that the Collateral Agent (or its designee) may reasonably request to further confirm this and to transfer ownership of the Intellectual Property Rights and registrations and any pending applications in the United States Copyright Office, United States Patent and Trademark Office, the Canadian Intellectual Property Office, the equivalent office in a state of the United States or a foreign jurisdiction or applicable Domain Name registrar to the Collateral Agent (or its designee).
Nothing in the Security Agreement shall prevent any Grantor from discontinuing the use or maintenance of any Intellectual Property Rights if (i) such Grantor so determines in its reasonable business judgment and (ii) it is not prohibited by the Notes Documents.
Successors
Merger, Consolidation, or Sale of Assets
The Company will not, directly or indirectly: (1) consolidate or merge with or into another Person (whether or not the Company is the surviving corporation); or (2) sell, assign, transfer, convey or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of the properties or assets of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole, in one or more related transactions, to another Person, unless:
(1) | either: |
(A) | the Company is the surviving corporation; or |
(B) | the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than the Company) or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance or other disposition has been made (the Successor Company) is a corporation organized or existing under the laws of the United States, any state of the United States or the District of Columbia; |
(2) | the Successor Company assumes all the obligations of the Company under the Notes, the Indenture and the Collateral Documents pursuant to agreements reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee; |
(3) | the Successor Company shall take such action (or agree to take such action) and deliver such agreements, instruments, or documents as may be necessary or appropriate to cause any property or assets that constitute Collateral owned by or transferred to the Successor Company to be subject to the Liens of the Collateral Agent in the manner and to the extent required under the Collateral Documents; |
(4) | immediately after such transaction, no Default or Event of Default exists; |
(5) | the Company or the Successor Company would, on the date of such transaction after giving pro forma effect thereto and any related financing transactions as if the same had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period, either (a) be permitted to incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio test set forth in Certain Covenants—Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock or (b) have a Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio greater than the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio immediately prior to such transactions; and |
(6) | the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee (i) an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that (x) such consolidation, merger, sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance or other disposition and the agreements, instruments or documents required by clauses (2) and (3) above (including any supplemental indentures) comply with the Indenture and the other Notes Documents and (y) the agreements, instruments or documents required by clauses (2) and (3) above (including any supplemental indentures) constitute legal, valid and binding obligations of the Company or Successor Company (as appropriate) and the Guarantors, enforceable (subject to customary exceptions) in accordance with their terms, and (ii) if applicable, any |
81
documentation and other information about the Successor Company reasonably requested in writing by the Trustee that the Trustee shall have reasonably determined is required by regulatory authorities under applicable know your customer and anti-money laundering rules and regulations, including Title III of the USA Patriot Act.
In addition, the Company will not, directly or indirectly, lease all or substantially all of the properties and assets of it and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole, in one or more related transactions, to any other Person.
Clauses (3) and (4) above will not apply to:
(1) | a merger of the Company with an Affiliate solely for the purpose of reincorporating the Company in another jurisdiction; or |
(2) | any consolidation or merger, or any sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance, lease or other disposition of assets between or among the Company, the Guarantors and Immaterial Subsidiaries. |
Successor Corporation Substituted
Upon any consolidation or merger, or any sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition of all or substantially all of the properties or assets of the Company in a transaction that is subject to, and that complies with the provisions of Successors—Merger, Consolidation, or Sale of Assets, the Successor Company shall succeed to, and be substituted for (so that from and after the date of such consolidation, merger, sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition, the provisions of the Indenture referring to the Company shall refer instead to the Successor Company and not to the Company), and may exercise every right and power of the Company under the Indenture with the same effect as if the Successor Company had been named as the Company herein; provided, however, that the predecessor Company shall not be relieved from the obligation to pay the principal of and interest on the Notes except in the case of a sale of all of the Companys assets in a transaction that is subject to, and that complies with the provisions of, of Successors—Merger, Consolidation, or Sale of Assets.
Reports and Other Information
Reports
To the extent required by the rules and regulations of the SEC, so long as any Notes are outstanding, the Company will furnish to the Holders of Notes and the Trustee within the time periods specified in the SECs rules and regulations:
(1) | all quarterly and annual reports that would be required to be filed with the SEC on Forms 10-Q and 10-K if the Company were required to file such reports; and |
(2) | all current reports that would be required to be filed with the SEC on Form 8-K if the Company were required to file such reports. |
The availability of the foregoing materials on the SECs EDGAR service (or any successor thereto) shall be deemed to satisfy the Companys delivery obligation.
All such reports will be prepared in all material respects in accordance with all of the rules and regulations applicable to such reports. Each annual report on Form 10-K will include a report on the Companys consolidated financial statements by the Companys certified independent accountants. In addition, the Company will file a copy of each of the reports referred to in clauses (1) and (2) above with the SEC for public availability within the time periods specified in the rules and regulations applicable to such reports (unless the SEC will not accept such filing).
During any period from and after the Issue Date during which the Company is not subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act and does not otherwise report on an annual and quarterly basis on forms provided for such annual and quarterly reporting pursuant to rules and regulations promulgated by the SEC, the Company shall furnish to the Holders of Notes and the Trustee, within 15 days after the time periods specified below:
(1) | within 90 days after the end of each fiscal year, all information that would be required to be contained in an annual report on Form 10-K filed with the SEC as of the Issue Date (other than Part I, Items 1B and 4, |
82
Part II, Items 5 and the supplementary data required by Item 8(a) and Items 9A and 9B, Part III, Items 11, 12 and 14 of Form 10-K, any exhibits related to such Items and any exhibits required by paragraphs (11), (12), (13), (22), (23), (24), (31), (32), (33), (34), (35), (95), (99), (100), (101) and (102) of Item 601 of Regulation S-K) and a report on the annual financial statements by the Companys independent registered public accounting firm;
(2) | within 45 days after the end of each of the first three fiscal quarters of each fiscal year, all information that would be required to be contained in a quarterly report on Form 10-Q filed with the SEC as of the Issue Date (other than Part I, Item 4 and Part II, Items 2 and 4 of Form 10-Q, any exhibits related to such Items and any exhibits required by paragraphs (11), (15), (22), (23), (24), (31), (32), (95), (99), (100) and (101) of Item 601 of Regulation S-K); |
(3) | within the time periods specified for filing current reports on Form 8-K, all current reports that would be required to be filed with the SEC on Form 8-K as of the Issue Date if the Company were required to file such reports (other than reports related to Items 1.04, 2.05, 2.06, 3.01, 3.02, 3.03, 5.02(e), 5.04, 5.06, 5.07, 5.08, 6.01, 6.02, 6.03, 6.04, 6.05, 6.06 and 7.01 of Form 8-K and any exhibits related to such Items), |
in each case, in a manner that complies in all material respects with the requirements specified in such form; provided, however, that the Company shall not be required to provide separate financial statements or other information contemplated by Rule 3-09 or Rule 3-16 of Regulation S-X, or in each case any successor provisions or any schedules required by Regulation S-X; provided, further that the financial statements required to be provided for acquired businesses will be limited to the financial statements (in whatever form and whether or not audited) that the Company receives in connection with the acquisition of such acquired businesses; provided, further that the Company shall be required to provide separate financial statements and other information contemplated by Rule 3-10 of Regulation S-X, or any successor provisions or any schedules required by Regulation S-X. In addition, notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company will not be required to (i) comply with Sections 302, 906 and 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, as amended, or (ii) otherwise furnish any information, certificates or reports required by Items 307 or 308 of Regulation S-K. The Company shall not be so obligated to furnish such reports with the SEC so long as the Company makes available such information to prospective purchasers of the Notes and securities analysts and market making financial institutions (that are, in the case of securities analysts and market making financial institutions, reasonably satisfactory to the Company), in addition to providing such information to the Trustee and the Holders of the Notes, in each case, at the Companys expense and by the applicable date the Company would be required to furnish such information pursuant to the immediately preceding sentence. To the extent any such information is not so filed or furnished, as applicable, within the time periods specified above and such information is subsequently filed or furnished, as applicable, the Company will be deemed to have satisfied its obligations with respect thereto at such time and any Default with respect thereto shall be deemed to have been cured; provided that such cure shall not otherwise affect the rights of the Holders pursuant to an Event of Default if Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the then total outstanding Notes have declared the principal, premium, if any, interest and any other monetary obligations on all the then outstanding Notes to be due and payable immediately and such declaration shall not have been rescinded or cancelled prior to such cure.
If the Company has designated any of its Subsidiaries as Unrestricted Subsidiaries, then the quarterly and annual financial information required as stated above will include a reasonably detailed presentation, either on the face of the financial statements or in the footnotes thereto, of the financial condition and results of operations of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries separate from the financial condition and results of operations of the Unrestricted Subsidiaries of the Company.
Substantially concurrently with the furnishing or making such information available to the Trustee pursuant to the requirement above, the Company shall also use its commercially reasonable efforts to post copies of such information on a website (which may be nonpublic and may be maintained by the Company or a third party) to which access will be given to Holders, prospective investors in the Notes (which prospective investors shall be limited to qualified institutional buyers within the meaning of Rule 144A of the Securities Act or non-U.S. persons (as defined in Regulation S under the Securities Act) that certify their status as such to the reasonable satisfaction of the Company), and securities analysts and market making financial institutions that are, in the case of securities analysts and market making financial institutions, reasonably satisfactory to the Company. To the extent the Company determines in good faith that it cannot make such reports available in the manner described in the preceding sentence after the use of its commercially reasonable efforts, the Company shall furnish such
83
reports to the Holders of the Notes and upon request, such prospective investors in the Notes, securities analysts and market making financial institutions. The availability of the foregoing materials on the SECs EDGAR service (or any successor thereto) shall be deemed to satisfy the Companys delivery obligation.
The Company will agree that, for so long as any Notes remain outstanding, it will furnish to the Holders of Notes, beneficial owners of the Notes, bona fide prospective investors, securities analysts and market makers, upon their request, the reports described above and any other information required to be delivered pursuant to Rule 144A(d)(4) under the Securities Act.
Compliance Certificate
The Company and each Guarantor (to the extent that such Guarantor is so required under the TIA) shall deliver to the Trustee, within 90 days after the end of each fiscal year, an Officers Certificate stating that a review of the activities of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries during the preceding fiscal year has been made under the supervision of the signing Officers with a view to determining whether the Company has kept, observed, performed and fulfilled its obligations under the Indenture and the other Notes Documents, and further stating, as to each such Officer signing such certificate, that to the best of his or her knowledge the Company has kept, observed, performed and fulfilled each and every covenant contained in the Indenture and the other Notes Documents and is not in default in the performance or observance of any of the terms, provisions and conditions of the Indenture and the other Notes Documents (or, if a Default or Event of Default has occurred, describing all such Defaults or Events of Default of which he or she may have knowledge and what action the Company is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto) and that to the best of his or her knowledge no event has occurred and remains in existence by reason of which payments on account of the principal of or interest, if any, on the Notes is prohibited or if such event has occurred, a description of the event and what action the Company is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto.
So long as any of the Notes are outstanding, the Company will deliver to the Trustee, forthwith upon any Officer becoming aware of any Default or Event of Default, an Officers Certificate specifying such Default or Event of Default and what action the Company is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto.
Events of Default and Remedies
The Indenture will provide that each of the following is an Event of Default:
(1) | default for 30 days in the payment when due of interest on the Notes; |
(2) | default in the payment when due (at maturity, upon redemption or otherwise) of the principal of, or premium, if any, on, the Notes; |
(3) | failure by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to comply with provisions of the Indenture related to restricted payments, incurrence of Indebtedness and issuance of preferred stock, asset sale, mergers, consolidation or sale of assets, or repurchase at option of Holders upon a fundamental change; |
(4) | failure by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries for 60 days after notice to the Company by the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding voting as a single class to comply with any of the other agreements in the Notes Documents; |
(5) | default under any mortgage, indenture or instrument under which there may be issued or by which there may be secured or evidenced any Indebtedness for money borrowed by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (or the payment of which is guaranteed by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries), whether such Indebtedness or Guarantee now exists, or is created after the Issue Date, if that default: |
(a) | is caused by a failure to pay principal of, or interest or premium, if any, on, such Indebtedness prior to the expiration of the grace period provided in such Indebtedness on the date of such default (a Payment Default); or |
(b) | results in the acceleration of such Indebtedness prior to its express maturity, and, in each case, the principal amount of any such Indebtedness, together with the principal amount of any other such Indebtedness under which there has been a Payment Default or the maturity of which has been so accelerated, aggregates $15.0 million or more; |
84
(6) | failure by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to pay final judgments entered by a court or courts of competent jurisdiction aggregating in excess of $15.0 million (net of any amounts which are covered by enforceable insurance policies issued by a reputable and solvent carrier and with respect to which such carrier has not disclaimed coverage), which judgments are not paid, discharged or stayed for a period of 60 days; |
(7) | except as permitted by the Indenture and the Collateral Documents, with respect to any assets or property having a Fair Market Value in excess of $10.0 million, individually or in the aggregate, that constitutes, or under the Indenture or any Collateral Document is required to constitute, Collateral, (a) any of the Collateral Documents shall for any reason cease to be in full force and effect in all material respects, or the Company or a Guarantor shall so assert, or (b) any security interest created, or purported to be created, by any of the Collateral Documents shall cease to be enforceable and of the same effect and priority purported to be created thereby, if such Default does not result from any unauthorized action by the Collateral Agent in express violation of any provision of the Collateral Documents; |
(8) | except as permitted by the Indenture, any Note Guarantee of any Restricted Subsidiary that is a Significant Subsidiary or the Note Guarantees of any group of Restricted Subsidiaries that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary, are held in any judicial proceeding to be unenforceable or invalid or cease for any reason to be in full force and effect, or any Guarantor, or any Person acting on behalf of any Guarantor, denies or disaffirms its obligations under its Note Guarantee; |
(9) | the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that is a Significant Subsidiary or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries of the Company that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary pursuant to or within the meaning of the Bankruptcy Code: |
(a) | commences a voluntary case, |
(b) | consents to the entry of an order for relief against it in an involuntary case, |
(c) | consents to the appointment of a custodian of it or for all or substantially all of its property, |
(d) | makes a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors, or |
(e) | generally is not paying its debts as they become due; |
(10) | a court of competent jurisdiction enters an order or decree under the Bankruptcy Code that: |
(a) | is for relief against the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that is a Significant Subsidiary or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries of the Company that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary in an involuntary case; |
(b) | appoints a custodian of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that is a Significant Subsidiary or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries of the Company that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary or for all or substantially all of the property of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that is a Significant Subsidiary or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries of the Company that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary; or |
(c) | orders the liquidation of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that is a Significant Subsidiary or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries of the Company that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary; |
and the order or decree remains unstayed and in effect for 60 consecutive days; and
(11) | failure by the Company to comply with its obligation to convert the Notes into cash, shares of Common Stock or a combination of cash and shares of Common Stock, as applicable, upon exercise of a Holder’s conversion right and such failure continues for five calendar days. |
In the case of an Event of Default specified in clause (9) or (10) above, with respect to the Company, any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company that is a Significant Subsidiary or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries of the Company that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary, all outstanding Notes will become due and payable immediately without further action or notice. If any other Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may declare all the Notes to be due and payable immediately. Upon any such declaration, the Notes shall become due and payable immediately.
85
Holders of not less than a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes by notice to the Trustee may on behalf of the Holders of all of the Notes waive an existing Default or Event of Default and its consequences, except a continuing Default or Event of Default in the payment of the principal of or interest or premium, if any, on the Notes (including in connection with an offer to purchase); provided, however, that the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may rescind an acceleration and its consequences, including any related payment default that resulted from such acceleration. Upon any such waiver, such Default shall cease to exist, and any Event of Default arising therefrom shall be deemed to have been cured for every purpose of the Indenture; but no such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or other Default or impair any right consequent thereon. This Section 6.04 shall be in lieu of TIA Section 316(a)(1)(B), and TIA Section 316(a)(1)(B) is hereby expressly excluded from this Indenture and Section as permitted by the TIA.
A Holder may pursue a remedy with respect to the Indenture or Notes only if:
(1) | such Holder gives to the Trustee written notice that an Event of Default is continuing; |
(2) | Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes make a written request to the Trustee to pursue the remedy; |
(3) | such Holder or Holders offer and, if requested, provide to the Trustee security or indemnity reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee against any loss, liability or expense; |
(4) | the Trustee does not comply with the request within 60 days after receipt of the request and the offer of security or indemnity; and |
(5) | during such 60-day period, Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes do not give the Trustee a direction inconsistent with such request. |
A Holder of a Note may not use the Indenture to prejudice the rights of another Holder of a Note or to obtain a preference or priority over another Holder of a Note.
Notwithstanding any other provision of the Indenture, the right of any Holder of a Note to receive payment of principal and interest and premium, if any, on the Note, on or after the respective due dates expressed in the Note (including in connection with an offer to purchase), or to bring suit for the enforcement of any such payment on or after such respective dates, shall not be impaired or affected without the consent of such Holder; provided that a Holder shall not have the right to institute any such suit for the enforcement of payment if and to the extent that the institution or prosecution thereof or the entry of judgment therein would, under applicable law, result in the surrender, impairment, waiver or loss of the Lien of the Indenture upon any property subject to such Lien.
If the Trustee collects any money due to an Event of Default, it shall pay out the money in the following order:
(1) | First: to the Trustee (which shall include each of its officers, directors, employees, agents, advisors, attorneys, and representatives) for amounts due to the Trustee under the Indenture and under the Notes Documents, including payment of all compensation, expenses and liabilities incurred, and all advances made, by the Trustee and the Collateral Agent and the costs and expenses of collection; |
(2) | Second: to Holders of Notes for amounts due and unpaid on the Notes for principal, interest and premium, if any, ratably, without preference or priority of any kind, according to the amounts due and payable on the Notes for principal, interest and premium, if any, respectively; and |
(3) | Third: to the Company or to such party as a court of competent jurisdiction shall direct. |
No Personal Liability of Directors, Officers, Employees and Stockholders
No past, present or future director, officer, employee, incorporator or stockholder of the Company or any Guarantor, as such, will have any liability for any obligations of the Company or the Guarantors under the Notes, the Indenture, the Note Guarantees, the Collateral Documents or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation. Each Holder of Notes by accepting a Note waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the Notes. The waiver may not be effective to waive liabilities under the federal securities laws.
86
Covenant Defeasance
The Company and each of the Guarantors, may at any time, elect to be released from each of their obligations under the covenants of the Indenture (other than certain obligations) with respect to the outstanding Notes on and after the date the conditions set forth in the Indenture are satisfied (hereinafter, Covenant Defeasance), and the Notes will thereafter be deemed not outstanding for the purposes of any direction, waiver, consent or declaration or act of Holdings (and the consequences of any thereof) in connection with such covenants, but will continue to be deemed outstanding for all other purposes (it being understood that such Notes will not be deemed outstanding for accounting purposes).
In order to exercise Covenant Defeasance, the Company must meet the following conditions:
(1) | the Company must irrevocably deposit with the Trustee, in trust, for the benefit of the Holders, cash in U.S. dollars, non-callable Government Securities, or a combination thereof, in such amounts as will be sufficient, in the opinion of a nationally recognized investment bank, appraisal firm, or firm of independent public accountants, to pay the principal of and interest and premium, if any, on the outstanding Notes on the stated date for payment thereof or on the applicable redemption date, as the case may be, and the Company must specify whether the Notes are being defeased to such stated date for payment or to a particular redemption date; |
(2) | the Company must deliver to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel confirming that the Holders of the outstanding Notes will not recognize income, gain or loss for federal income tax purposes as a result of such Covenant Defeasance and will be subject to federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such Covenant Defeasance had not occurred; |
(3) | no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing on the date of such deposit (other than a Default or Event of Default resulting from the borrowing of funds to be applied to such deposit) and the deposit will not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under, any other instrument to which the Company or any Guarantor is a party or by which the Company or any Guarantor is bound; |
(4) | such Covenant Defeasance will not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under, any material agreement or instrument (other than the Indenture) to which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is a party or by which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is bound; |
(5) | the Company must deliver to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate stating that the deposit was not made by the Company with the intent of preferring the Holders of Notes over the other creditors of the Company with the intent of defeating, hindering, delaying or defrauding any creditors of the Company or others; and |
(6) | the Company must deliver to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that all conditions precedent relating to the Covenant Defeasance have been complied with. |
Satisfaction and Discharge
The Indenture will be discharged and will cease to be of further effect as to all Notes issued thereunder, when:
(1) | either: |
(A) | all Notes that have been authenticated, except lost, stolen or destroyed Notes that have been replaced or paid and Notes for whose payment money has theretofore been deposited in trust and thereafter repaid to the Company, have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation; or |
(B) | all Notes that have not been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation (i) have become due and payable and the Company or any Guarantor has irrevocably deposited or caused to be deposited with the Trustee as trust funds in trust solely for the benefit of the Holders, cash in U.S. dollars, non-callable Government Securities, or a combination thereof, in such amounts as will be sufficient, without consideration of any reinvestment of interest, to pay and discharge the entire Indebtedness on the Notes not delivered to the Trustee for cancellation for principal, interest and premium, if any, to the date of maturity or (ii) have been deposited for conversion and the Company shall deliver to the Holders shares of Common Stock sufficient to pay all amounts owing in respect of all such Notes; |
87
(2) | no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing on the date of such deposit (other than a Default or Event of Default resulting from the borrowing of funds to be applied to such deposit) and the deposit will not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under, any other instrument to which the Company or any Guarantor is a party or by which the Company or any Guarantor is bound; |
(3) | the Company or any Guarantor has paid or caused to be paid all sums payable by it under the Indenture and the other Notes Documents; and |
(4) | the Company has delivered irrevocable instructions to the Trustee under the Indenture to apply the deposited money toward the payment of the Notes at maturity. |
In addition, the Company must deliver an Officers Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel to the Trustee stating that all conditions precedent to satisfaction and discharge have been satisfied.
Conversions
Conversion Privilege and Conversion Rate.
Conversion Rights Generally.
Upon compliance with the provisions hereof, a Holder will have the right, at such Holders option, to convert all or any portion (if the portion to be converted is $1,000 principal amount, or an integral multiple of $1.00 in excess thereof) of its Notes at any time prior to the Close of Business on the Scheduled Trading Day immediately preceding the Maturity Date, at a rate (the Conversion Rate) of 2.1939631 shares of Common Stock (subject to adjustment by the Company as provided in —Adjustment of Conversion Rate per $1.00 principal amount of the Notes (the Conversion Obligation).
Conversion Upon a Fundamental Change.
In the event that the Company enters into any agreement with respect to a transaction that is expected to constitute a Fundamental Change, the Company shall disclose the material terms of such agreement in a current report on Form 8-K (or in a press release if the Company is not then required to file such current reports on Form 8-K with the SEC). In the event that such a Fundamental Change occurs, if a Holder exercises its right to convert its Notes during the period from the effective date of the transaction until the Close of Business on the Business Day immediately preceding the related Fundamental Change Repurchase Date or, if there is no Fundamental Change Repurchase Date, the 35th Trading Day immediately following the effective date of such transaction, then such conversion shall be deemed to have occurred in connection with a Fundamental Change.
In a conversion in connection with a Fundamental Change:
(1) | for each $1.00 principal amount of Notes, the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion shall equal the greater of (1) $1.00 divided by the then applicable Conversion Price and (2) $1.00 divided by the Stock Price with respect to such Fundamental Change (such greater number of shares, the Fundamental Change Conversion Number), for which the form of settlement shall be determined as provided below; |
(2) | a Holder shall also be entitled to receive a cash payment for all accrued and unpaid interest on any such Notes being converted to, but not including the relevant date of settlement, in accordance with the tenth paragraph of —Exercise of Conversion Privilege; and |
(3) | settlement upon conversion may be in the form of cash, shares of Common Stock or a combination thereof, in the Company’s sole discretion. |
Not later than the Close of Business on the date a Fundamental Change occurs, the Company shall provide to all Holders, the Trustee and the Conversion Agent written notice of its Settlement Method for Notes surrendered for conversion in connection with such Fundamental Change, and if the Company elects Combination Settlement, such notice shall state the dollar amount of cash to be paid for each $1.00 principal amount of Notes surrendered (the Fundamental Change Cash Amount). The provisions of the fourth, fifth (not later than the dates specified below) and sixth through tenth paragraphs of —Exercise of Conversion Privilege shall apply to conversions of Notes in connection with a Fundamental Change.
88
If the Company elects Cash Settlement for Notes surrendered for conversion in connection with a Fundamental Change, for each $1.00 principal amount of Notes so surrendered, prior to 11:00 a.m., Eastern Time, on the third Business Day following the Conversion Date, the Company shall deliver to the converting Holder an amount of cash equal to the Fundamental Change Conversion Number times the 20-Day VWAP as of such Conversion Date (the Fundamental Change Conversion Value). Where the term Cash Settlement is used in —Adjustment of Conversion Rate, in the case of a conversion in connection with a Fundamental Change, such term shall be deemed to refer to the foregoing settlement method.
If the Company elects Physical Settlement for Notes surrendered for conversion in connection with a Fundamental Change, for each $1.00 principal amount of Notes so surrendered, prior to 11:00 a.m., Eastern Time, on the third Business Day following the Conversion Date, the Company shall deliver to the converting Holder a number of shares of Common Stock equal to the Fundamental Change Conversion Number. Where the term Physical Settlement is used in —Adjustment of Conversion Rate, in the case of a conversion in connection with a Fundamental Change, such term shall be deemed to refer to the foregoing settlement method.
If the Company elects Combination Settlement for Notes surrendered for conversion in connection with a Fundamental Change, for each $1.00 principal amount of Notes so surrendered, prior to 11:00 a.m., Eastern Time, on the third Business Day following the Conversion Date, the Company shall deliver to the converting Holder the Fundamental Change Cash Amount plus a number of shares of Common Stock equal to (x) the difference between (A) the Fundamental Change Conversion Value minus (B) the Fundamental Change Cash Amount divided by (y) the 20-Day VWAP as of such Conversion Date. Where the term Combination Settlement is used below under —Adjustment of Conversion Rate, in the case of a conversion in connection with a Fundamental Change, such term shall be deemed to refer to the foregoing settlement method.
The settlement of the conversion of Notes in connection with a Fundamental Change, as provided in this subsection, and the payment of accrued interest on such Notes in accordance with the tenth paragraph of —Exercise of Conversion Privilege shall satisfy the Companys Conversion Obligation with respect to such Notes. Where the term Observation Period is used in paragraph (2)(b) of —Exercise of Conversion Privilege—Settlement Method and Cash Amount Elections, —Fractions of Shares or —Adjustment of Conversion Rate, in the case of a conversion in connection with a Fundamental Change, such term shall be deemed to refer to the 20 consecutive VWAP Trading Days used to calculate the 20-Day VWAP.
Exercise of Conversion Privilege
The Company may satisfy the Conversion Obligation by means of a Cash Settlement, a Physical Settlement or a Combination Settlement based on the Conversion Rate then in effect and the Settlement Method that applies to the Note.
(1) | If a Cash Settlement applies to a conversion or a repurchase of a Note, the Company will deliver an amount of cash, without any delivery of shares of Common Stock (Cash Settlement) (i) in the case of a conversion in connection with a Fundamental Change, determined in accordance with the third paragraph of —Conversion Privilege and Conversion Rate—Conversion Upon a Fundamental Change and the second paragraph of such subsection in the case of any other conversion, determined in accordance with the first numbered paragraph of —Settlement Methods and delivered simultaneously with the other consideration in the Cash Settlement. |
(2) | If a Physical Settlement applies to a conversion or a repurchase of a Note, the Company will deliver (Physical Settlement) (x) a whole number of shares of Common Stock (i) in the case of a conversion in connection with a Fundamental Change, determined in accordance with the fourth paragraph of —Conversion Upon a Fundamental Change and the second paragraph of such subsection in the case of any other conversion, in accordance with the second numbered paragraph of —Settlement Methods, and (y) an amount of cash in lieu of fractional shares of Common Stock, if any, in accordance with the first numbered paragraph of —Fractions of Shares below and delivered simultaneously with the other consideration in the Physical Settlement. |
(3) | If a Combination Settlement applies to a conversion or a repurchase of a Note, the Company will deliver (Combination Settlement) (x) (i) in the case of a conversion in connection with a Fundamental Change, an amount of cash and a number of shares of Common , determined in accordance with the fifth paragraph of —Conversion Privilege and Conversion Rate—Conversion Upon a Fundamental Change and the |
89
second paragraph of such subsection in the case of any other conversion, an amount of cash in accordance with the third numbered paragraph of —Settlement Methods below and a number of shares of Common Stock in accordance with the third numbered paragraph of —Settlement Methods below and (y) an amount of cash in lieu of fractional shares of Common Stock, if any, in accordance with the second numbered paragraph of —Fractions of Shares below and delivered simultaneously with the other consideration in the Combination Settlement.
Settlement Method and Cash Amount Elections.
(1) | The Company will have the right to make an election, from time to time, with respect to the Settlement Method that the Company chooses to satisfy its Conversion Obligation (other than a conversion in connection with a Fundamental Change, the terms of which shall be governed exclusively by —Conversion Privilege and Conversion Rate—Conversion Upon a Fundamental Change, and if the Company elects Combination Settlement, the dollar amount up to which the Company will settle such Conversion Obligation per $1.00 principal amount of Notes in cash (the Cash Amount). Each such election shall be effective until the Company provides a written notice of an election of a different Settlement Method or Cash Amount, as applicable; provided that, the Company shall use the same Settlement Method or Cash Amount, if applicable, for all conversions occurring on any given Conversion Date. The Company will initially be deemed to have elected Physical Settlement. If the Company chooses to elect a different Settlement Method and/or change the Cash Amount in the future, it will provide to all Holders, the Trustee and the Conversion Agent a written notice of the newly chosen Settlement Method or Cash Amount, as applicable, and the effective date of such newly chosen Settlement Amount or Cash Amount; provided that, the Settlement Method or Cash Amount, as applicable, contained in such notice will not apply to any conversion of Notes unless the Company has complied with its notice obligations with respect thereto under this subsection on or prior to the Close of Business on the Business Day immediately following the Conversion Date for such converted Notes. If the newly chosen Settlement Method is Combination Settlement and the Company fails to specify a Cash Amount in its notice of such newly chosen Settlement Method, the Company will be deemed to have elected that the Cash Amount equal $1.00. Simultaneously with providing such notice, the Company will make the relevant information available on the website of the Company. |
(2) | Any conversion of a Note will be deemed to have been effected on the Conversion Date for such Note and, for any shares of Common Stock that the Company issues upon conversion: |
(a) | if Physical Settlement applies, the Person in whose name the certificate or certificates for such shares will be registered will become the holder of record of such shares as of the Close of Business on the Conversion Date; and |
(b) | if Combination Settlement applies, the Person in whose name the certificate or certificates for such shares will be registered will become the holder of record of such shares as of the Close of Business on the last VWAP Trading Day of the Observation Period for the relevant Conversion Date. |
On and after the Conversion Date with respect to a conversion of Notes pursuant hereto, all rights of the Holders of such Notes will terminate, other than the right to receive the consideration deliverable upon conversion of such Notes as provided herein.
Settlement Methods.
(1) | If Cash Settlement applies to any Notes surrendered for conversion, for each $1.00 principal amount of Notes surrendered, on the third Business Day following the last VWAP Trading Day of the applicable Observation Period, the Company will deliver to the converting Holder an amount of cash equal to the sum of the Daily Conversion Values for each VWAP Trading Day during the relevant Observation Period. |
(2) | If Physical Settlement applies to any Notes surrendered for conversion, for each $1.00 principal amount of Notes surrendered, on the third Business Day following the Conversion Date, the Company will deliver to the converting Holder (x) a number of shares of Common Stock equal to the applicable Conversion Rate on the Conversion Date plus (y) cash in lieu of fractional shares, if any, as described in —Fractions of Shares. |
90
(3) | If Combination Settlement applies to any Notes surrendered for conversion, for each $1.00 principal amount of Notes surrendered, on the third Business Day following the last VWAP Trading Day of the applicable Observation Period, the Company will deliver to the converting Holder (1) an amount of cash and a number of shares equal to the sum of the Daily Settlement Amounts for each VWAP Trading Day of the relevant Observation Period plus (2) cash in lieu of fractional shares, if any, as described in —Fractions of Shares. |
Before any Holder of a Note shall be entitled to convert the same as set forth above, such Holder will (1) in the case of a Global Note, comply with the procedures of the Depositary in effect at that time and, if required, pay all taxes or duties required pursuant to the seventh paragraph under this section, if any, and (2) in the case of a Note issued in certificated form, (A) complete and manually sign and deliver an irrevocable written notice to the Conversion Agent in the form provided in the Indenture (a Notice of Conversion) at the office of the Conversion Agent and shall state in writing therein the principal amount of Notes to be converted and the name or names (with addresses) in which such Holder wishes the certificate or certificates for any shares of Common Stock, if any, to be delivered upon settlement of the Conversion Obligation to be registered, (B) surrender such Notes, duly endorsed to the Company or in blank (and accompanied by appropriate endorsement and transfer documents), at the office of the Conversion Agent and (C) if required, pay all taxes or duties required pursuant to the seventh paragraph under this section, if any. A Note shall be deemed to have been converted immediately prior to the Close of Business on the date (the Conversion Date) that the Holder has complied with the requirements set forth in this paragraph.
No Notice of Conversion with respect to any Notes may be tendered by a Holder thereof if such Holder has also tendered a Fundamental Change Repurchase Notice and not validly withdrawn such Fundamental Change Repurchase Notice in accordance with the applicable provisions of Repurchase at Option of Holders Upon a Fundamental Change—Right to Require Repurchase upon a Fundamental Change.
If more than one Note shall be surrendered for conversion at one time by the same Holder, the Conversion Obligation with respect to such Notes, if any, that shall be payable upon conversion shall be computed on the basis of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes (or specified portions thereof to the extent permitted thereby) so surrendered.
Delivery of the amounts of cash and/or shares of Common Stock owing in satisfaction of the Conversion Obligation will be made by the Company in no event later than the date specified in —Settlement Methods. The Company will make such delivery by paying the cash amount owed to the Holder of the Note surrendered for conversion, or such Holders nominee or nominees, and/or by issuing, or causing to be issued, and delivering to such Holder, or such Holders nominee or nominees, certificates or a book-entry transfer through the Depositary for the number of full shares of Common Stock, if any, to which such Holder shall be entitled as part of such Conversion Obligation (together with cash in lieu of any fractional share).
In case any Note shall be surrendered for partial conversion, the Company will execute and the Trustee shall, as provided in an Authentication Order, authenticate and deliver to or upon the written order of the Holder of the Note so surrendered, without charge to such Holder, a new Note or Notes in authorized denominations in an aggregate principal amount equal to the unconverted portion of the surrendered Notes.
If a Holder submits a Note for conversion, subject to —Taxes on Conversions, the Company shall pay all documentary, stamp and other similar issue or transfer taxes or duties, if any, which may be imposed by the United States or any political subdivision thereof or taxing authority thereof or therein with respect to the issuance of shares of Common Stock, if any, upon the conversion. However, the Holder shall pay any such tax which is due as a result of any request by such Holder that any shares of Common Stock be issued in a name other than the Holders name. The Company may refuse to deliver the certificates representing the shares of Common Stock being issued in a name other than the Holders name until the Company receives a sum sufficient to pay any tax which will be due as a result of any request that shares be issued in a name other than the Holders name. Nothing herein shall preclude any tax withholding required by law or regulations.
Except as provided in —Adjustment of Conversion Rate, no adjustment will be made for dividends on any shares of Common Stock issued upon the conversion of any Note as provided herein.
The Company shall notify the Trustee in writing of any conversion of Notes effected through any Conversion Agent other than the Trustee.
91
If Notes are converted after the Close of Business on a Regular Record Date but prior to the corresponding Interest Payment Date, Holders of such Notes as of the Close of Business on the Regular Record Date will receive the interest payable on such Notes on the corresponding Interest Payment Date, notwithstanding the conversion. Otherwise, in connection with any conversion of Notes, the Company shall pay in cash to the Holders of such Notes all accrued and unpaid interest on such Notes to, but not including the date of settlement for such conversion.
Fractions of Shares
If more than one Note shall be surrendered for conversion at one time by the same Holder, the number of full shares of Common Stock which shall be issuable upon conversion thereof shall be computed on the basis of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes (or specified portions thereof) so surrendered. No fractional share of Common Stock will be issued upon conversion of any Notes or Notes. Instead of any fractional share of Common Stock that would otherwise be issuable upon conversion of any Notes (or specified portions thereof), the Company will calculate and pay a cash adjustment in respect of such fraction (calculated to the nearest 1/10,000th of a share) in an amount based on:
(1) | the Last Reported Sale Price of the Common Stock on the relevant Conversion Date, if Physical Settlement applies to the Notes surrendered for conversion; or |
(2) | the Daily VWAP on the last VWAP Trading Day of the relevant Observation Period, if Combination Settlement applies to the Notes surrendered for conversion. |
Adjustment of Conversion Rate
The Conversion Price or Conversion Rate, as applicable, will be adjusted from time to time by the Company as follows; provided that the Company will not make any adjustments to the relevant Conversion Price or Conversion Rate if Holders of the Notes participate (as a result of holding the Notes, and at the same time as holders of the Common Stock participate) in any of the transactions described below as if such Holders held a number of shares of Common Stock equal to the applicable Conversion Rate, multiplied by the principal amount (expressed in thousands) of Notes held by such Holders, without having to convert their Notes:
(1) | [reserved]. |
(2) | In case the Company shall exclusively issue shares of Common Stock as a dividend or distribution on all or substantially all shares of Common Stock, or shall effect a share split or share combination, the Conversion Rate shall be adjusted based on the following formula: |
where,
CRo = the Conversion Rate in effect immediately prior to the Open of Business on the Ex-Date for such dividend or distribution or the effective date of such share split or share combination, as the case may be;
CR´ = the Conversion Rate in effect immediately after the Open of Business on such Ex-Date for such dividend or distribution or effective date of such share split or share combination, as the case may be;
OSo = the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately prior to the Open of Business on the Ex-Date for such dividend or distribution or effective date of such share split or share combination, as the case may be; and
OS´ = the number of shares of Common Stock that will be outstanding immediately after giving effect to such dividend, distribution, share split or share combination.
Any adjustment to the Conversion Rate made under the foregoing formula in this clause (b) will become effective immediately after the Open of Business on the Ex-Date for such dividend or distribution or the effective date of such share split or share combination, as the case may be. If any dividend or distribution of the type described in this paragraph is declared but not so paid or made, the Conversion Rate will be immediately readjusted, effective as of the date the Board of Directors determines not to pay such dividend or distribution, to the Conversion Rate that would then be in effect if such dividend or distribution had not been declared.
92
(3) | In case the Company shall issue to all or substantially all holders of its outstanding shares of Common Stock any rights, options or warrants entitling them for a period ending not more than 45 calendar days after the Ex-Date of such issuance to subscribe for or purchase shares of Common Stock at a price per share less than the average of the Last Reported Sale Prices of the Common Stock over the 10 consecutive Trading Day period ending on the Trading Day immediately preceding the declaration date of such issuance, the Conversion Rate will be increased based on the following formula: |
where,
CRo = the Conversion Rate in effect immediately prior to the Open of Business on the Ex-Date for such issuance;
CR´ = the Conversion Rate in effect immediately after the Open of Business on the Ex-Date for such issuance;
OSo = the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately prior to the Open of Business on the Ex-Date for such issuance;
X = the total number of shares of Common Stock issuable pursuant to such rights, options or warrants; and
Y = the number of shares of Common Stock equal to the aggregate price payable to exercise such rights, options or warrants divided by the average of the Last Reported Sale Prices of the Common Stock over the 10 consecutive Trading Day period ending on, and including, the Trading Day immediately preceding the Ex-Date for such issuance.
Any increase made under this paragraph will be made successively whenever any such rights, options or warrants are issued and shall become effective immediately after the Open of Business on the Ex-Date for such issuance. To the extent that shares of Common Stock are not delivered after the expiration of such rights, options or warrants, the Conversion Rate shall be decreased to the Conversion Rate that would then be in effect had the increase with respect to the issuance of such rights, options or warrants been made on the basis of delivery of only the number of shares of Common Stock actually delivered. If such rights, options or warrants are not so issued, the Conversion Rate will be decreased to the Conversion Rate that would then be in effect if such Ex-Date for such issuance had not occurred.
(4) | In case the Company shall distribute to all or substantially all holders of its Common Stock shares of any class of Capital Stock of the Company, evidences of its indebtedness, other assets or property of the Company, or rights, options or warrants entitling them to acquire the Capital Stock of the Company or other securities (excluding: (i) dividends, distributions or issuances as to which an adjustment was effected pursuant to the second or third numbered paragraph under this section; (ii) dividends or distributions paid exclusively in cash as to which an adjustment was effected pursuant to the fifth numbered paragraph under this section; and (iii) any dividend and distributions described below in this paragraph with respect to Spin-Offs) (any such shares of Capital Stock, evidences of indebtedness or other assets or property of the Company, or rights, options or warrants entitling them to acquire shares of Common Stock subject to clauses (i) — (iii) of the immediately preceding parenthetical, the Distributed Property), then the Conversion Rate will be increased based on the following formula: |
where,
CRo = the Conversion Rate in effect immediately prior to the Open of Business on the Ex-Date for such distribution;
CR´ = the Conversion Rate in effect immediately after the Open of Business on the Ex-Date for such distribution;
93
SPo = the average of the Last Reported Sale Prices of the Common Stock over the 10 consecutive Trading Day period ending on, and including, the Trading Day immediately preceding the Ex-Date for such distribution; and
FMV = the fair market value as reasonably determined by the Board of Directors in good faith of the Distributed Property to be distributed with respect to each outstanding share of Common Stock as of the Ex-Date for such distribution.
Any increase made under the portion of this paragraph above will become effective immediately after the Open of Business on the Ex-Date for such distribution. If such distribution is not so paid or made, the Conversion Rate will be decreased to be the Conversion Rate that would then be in effect if such dividend or distribution had not been declared. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if FMV (as defined above) is equal to or greater than SPo (as defined above), in lieu of the foregoing increase, each Holder of a Note shall receive, in respect of each $1.00 principal amount thereof, at the same time and upon the same terms as holders of the Common Stock, the amount and kind of Capital Stock of the Company, evidences of its indebtedness, other assets or property of the Company or rights, options or warrants to acquire Capital Stock of the Company or other securities that such Holder would have received if such Holder owned a number of shares of Common Stock equal to the Conversion Rate in effect on the Ex-Date for the distribution.
With respect to an adjustment pursuant to this paragraph where there has been a payment of a dividend or other distribution on the Common Stock in shares of Capital Stock of the Company of any class or series, or similar equity interest, of or relating to a Subsidiary or other business unit of the Company, and such Capital Stock or similar equity interest is listed or quoted (or will be listed or quoted upon the consummation of the distribution) on a U.S. national securities exchange or a reasonably comparable non-U.S. equivalent (a Spin-Off), the Conversion Rate will be increased based on the following formula:
where,
CRo = the Conversion Rate in effect immediately prior to the Close of Business on the Ex-Date of such Spin-Off;
CR´ = the Conversion Rate in effect immediately after the Close of Business on the Ex-Date of such Spin-Off;
FMVo = the average of the Last Reported Sale Prices of the Capital Stock or similar equity interest distributed to holders of Common Stock applicable to one share of Common Stock (determined by reference to the Last Reported Sale Price set forth above as if references therein to the Common Stock were to such Capital Stock or similar equity interest) over the first 10 consecutive Trading Day period immediately following, and including, the Ex-Date of the Spin-Off (the Valuation Period); and
MPo = the average of the Last Reported Sale Prices of the Common Stock over the Valuation Period.
Such increase under the immediately preceding formula will be determined as of the Close of Business on the last Trading Day of the Valuation Period, but will be given effect immediately after the Open of Business on the Ex-Date of the Spin-Off. If a Holder converts a Note, Cash or Combination Settlement is applicable to such Note, and the first VWAP Trading Day of the Observation Period occurs after the first Trading Day of the Valuation Period for a Spin-Off but on or before the last Trading Day of the Valuation Period for such Spin-Off, the reference in the above definition of FMV0 to 10 consecutive Trading Days will be deemed replaced with such lesser number of Trading Days as have elapsed since, and including, the effective date of such Spin-Off but before the first VWAP Trading Day of the Observation Period. If a Holder converts a Note, Cash or Combination Settlement is applicable to such Note and one or more VWAP Trading Days of the Observation Period for such Notes occurs on or after the Ex-Date for a Spin-Off, but on or prior to the first Trading Day of the Valuation Period for such Spin-Off, such Observation Period will be suspended on the first such VWAP Trading Day and will resume immediately after the first Trading Day of the Valuation Period for such Spin-Off, with the reference in the above definition of FMV0 to 10 consecutive Trading Days deemed replace with a reference to one (1) Trading Day.
94
(5) | In case the Company shall pay any cash dividends or distributions to all or substantially all holders of Common Stock, the Conversion Rate will be increased based on the following formula: |
where,
CRo = the Conversion Rate in effect immediately prior to the Open of Business on the Ex-Date for such dividend or distribution;
CR´ = the Conversion Rate in effect immediately after the Open of Business on the Ex-Date for such dividend or distribution;
SPo = the average of the Last Reported Sale Prices of the Common Stock over the 10 consecutive Trading Day period ending on, and including, the Trading Day immediately preceding the Ex-Date for such dividend or distribution; and
C = the amount in cash per share distributed to holders of shares of Common Stock in such dividend or distribution.
Such increase shall become effective immediately after the Open of Business on the Ex-Date for such dividend or distribution. If such dividend or distribution is not so paid, the Conversion Rate will be decreased, effective as of the date the Board of Directors determines not to make or pay such dividend or distribution, to be the Conversion Rate that would then be in effect if such dividend or distribution had not been declared. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if C (as defined above) is equal to or greater than SPo (as defined above), in lieu of the foregoing increase, each Holder of a Note shall receive, for each $1.00 principal amount of Notes, at the same time and upon the same terms as holders of shares of Common Stock, the amount of cash that such Holder would have received if such Holder owned a number of shares of Common Stock equal to the Conversion Rate on the Ex-Date for such cash dividend or distribution.
(6) | In case the Company or any of its Subsidiaries makes a payment in respect of a tender offer or exchange offer for the Common Stock (other than an odd lot tender offer), to the extent that the cash and value of any other consideration included in the payment per share of Common Stock exceeds the average of the Last Reported Sale Prices of the Common Stock over the 10 consecutive Trading Day period commencing on, and including, the Trading Day next succeeding the last date on which tenders or exchanges may be made pursuant to such tender or exchange offer (the Expiration Date), the Conversion Rate will be increased based on the following formula: |
where,
CRo = the Conversion Rate in effect immediately prior to the Open of Business on the Trading Day next succeeding the Expiration Date;
CR´ = the Conversion Rate in effect immediately after the Open of Business on the Trading Day next succeeding the Expiration Date;
AC = the aggregate value of all cash and any other consideration as reasonably determined by the Board of Directors of the Company in good faith paid or payable for shares of Common Stock purchased in such tender or exchange offer;
OSo = the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately prior to the Close of Business on the Expiration Date (before giving effect to the purchase of all shares of Common Stock accepted for purchase or exchange in such tender offer or exchange offer);
OS´ = the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately after the Close of Business on the Expiration Date (after giving effect to the purchase of all shares of Common Stock accepted for purchase or exchange in such tender offer or exchange offer); and
95
SP´ = the average of the Last Reported Sale Prices of the Common Stock over the 10 consecutive Trading Day period (the Averaging Period) commencing on, and including, the Trading Day next succeeding the Expiration Date.
Such increase in the Conversion Rate under this paragraph shall be determined as of the Close of Business on the 10th Trading Day from, and including, the Trading Day next succeeding the Expiration Date but will be given effect as of the Open of Business on the Trading Day next succeeding the Expiration Date. If a Holder converts a note, Cash or Combination Settlement is applicable to such note, and the first VWAP Trading Day of the Observation Period for such Note occurs after the first Trading Day of the Averaging Period for a tender or exchange offer, but on or before the last Trading Day of the Averaging Period for such tender or exchange offer, the reference in the above definition SP to 10 shall be deemed replaced with such lesser number of Trading Days as have elapsed from, and including, the first Trading Day of the Averaging Period for such tender or exchange offer to, but excluding, the first VWAP Trading Day of such Observation Period. If a Holder converts a Note, Cash or Combination settlement is applicable to such Note, and one or more VWAP Trading Days of the Observation Period for such Note occurs on or after the Expiration Date for a tender or exchange offer, but on or prior to the first Trading Day in the Averaging Period for such tender or exchange offer, such Observation Period will be suspended on the first such Trading Day and will resume immediately after the first Trading Day of the Averaging Period for such tender or exchange offer and the reference in the above definition SP to 10 consecutive Trading Day period shall be deemed replaced with a reference to one (1) Trading Day.
(7) | In addition to those required by the first through sixth numbered paragraphs above, and to the extent permitted by applicable law, the Company from time to time may increase the Conversion Rate by any amount for a period of at least 20 Business Days if the Board of Directors determines (which determination shall be conclusive) that such increase would be in the Company’s best interest. Whenever the Conversion Rate is increased pursuant to the preceding sentence, the Company shall deliver to the Holder of each Note, in the manner provided for in —Conversion Privilege and Conversion Rate, a written notice of such increase at least 15 calendar days prior to the date the increased Conversion Rate takes effect, in accordance with applicable law, and such notice shall state the increased Conversion Rate and the period during which it will be in effect. In addition, the Company may also (but is not required to) increase the Conversion Rate to avoid or diminish any income tax to holders of Common Stock or rights to purchase Common Stock in connection with any dividend or distribution of shares (or rights to acquire shares) or similar event. |
(8) | If a Holder converts a Note and |
(a) | Combination Settlement is applicable to such a Note; |
(b) | the Record Date, Effective Date, or Expiration Date for any event that requires an adjustment to the Conversion Rate under any of the first through six numbered paragraphs of this section occurs (x) on or after the first VWAP Trading Day of the related Observation Period and (y) on or prior to the last VWAP Trading Day of such Observation Period; and |
(c) | the Daily Settlement Amount for any VWAP Trading Day in such Observation Period that occurs on or prior to such Record Date, Effective Date or Expiration Date (x) includes shares of Common Stock that do not entitle their holder to participate in such event and (y) is calculated based on a Conversion Rate that is not adjusted on account of such event; then, on account of such conversion, the Company will, on such Record Date, Effective Date or Expiration Date, treat such Holder, as a result of having converted such Notes, as though it were the record holder of a number of shares of Common Stock equal to the total number of shares of Common Stock that: |
(x) | are deliverable as part of the Daily Settlement Amount (A) for a VWAP Trading Day in such Observation Period that occurs on or prior to such Record Date, Effective Date or Expiration Date and (B) is calculated based on a Conversion Rate that is not adjusted for such event; and |
(y) | if not for this paragraph would not entitle such Holder to participate in such event. |
In the case of Combination Settlement of a conversion in connection with a Fundamental Change, an adjustment similar to that described above for Combination Settlement of such conversion in connection with a Fundamental Change shall be made in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Company.
96
(9) | Except as stated in this Indenture, the Company will not adjust the Conversion Rate for the issuance of shares of Common Stock or any securities convertible into or exchangeable for shares of Common Stock or the right to purchase shares of Common Stock or such convertible or exchangeable securities. |
(10) | Without limiting the foregoing ninth numbered paragraph of this section, no adjustment to the Conversion Rate need be made: |
(a) | upon the issuance of any shares of Common Stock pursuant to any present or future plan providing for the reinvestment of dividends or interest payable on securities of the Company and the investment of additional optional amounts in shares of Common Stock under any plan; |
(b) | upon the issuance of any shares of Common Stock or options or rights to purchase shares of Common Stock pursuant to any present or future employee, director or consultant benefit plan or program of or assumed by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries; |
(c) | upon the issuance of any shares of Common Stock pursuant to any option, warrant, right or exercisable, exchangeable or convertible security not described in clause (ii) above and outstanding as of the date of this Indenture; |
(d) | for a change in the par value of the Common Stock; or |
(e) | for accrued and unpaid interest, if any. |
(11) | The Company will not undertake any transaction that would result in its being required, pursuant to this Indenture, to adjust the Conversion Rate such that the Conversion Price per share of Common Stock will be less than the par value of Common Stock. |
(12) | All calculations and other determinations made herein shall be made by the Company and shall be made to the nearest cent or to the nearest one-ten thousandth (1/10,000) of a share, as the case may be. No adjustment shall be made to the Conversion Rate unless such adjustment would require a change of at least 1% in the Conversion Rate then in effect at such time. The Company shall carry forward any adjustments that are less than 1% of the Conversion Rate and make such carried forward adjustments, regardless of whether the aggregate adjustment is less than 1% (i) annually, on the anniversary of the Issue Date, (ii) on the Effective Date for any Fundamental Change and (iii)(x) in the case of a Note to which Physical Settlement applies, upon the Conversion Date and (y) in the case of any Note to which Cash Settlement or Combination Settlement applies, on each VWAP Trading Day of the applicable Observation Period. |
(13) | In any case in which this section provides that an adjustment will become effective immediately after (1) the Ex-Date for an event or (2) the last date on which tenders or exchanges may be made pursuant to any tender or exchange offer pursuant to the sixth numbered paragraph of this section (each, an Adjustment Determination Date), the Company may elect to defer until the occurrence of the applicable Adjustment Event (x) issuing to the Holder of any Note converted after such Adjustment Determination Date and before the occurrence of such Adjustment Event, the additional cash and/or shares of Common Stock or other securities issuable upon such conversion by reason of the adjustment required by such Adjustment Event over and above the amounts deliverable upon such conversion before giving effect to such adjustment and (y) paying to such Holder any amount in cash in lieu of any fraction of a share of Common Stock pursuant to —Fractions of Shares. For purposes of this paragraph, the term Adjustment Event means: |
(a) | in any case referred to in clause (1), the date any dividend or distribution of Common Stock, Distributed Property or cash is paid or made, the effective date of any share split or combination or the date of expiration of any options, rights or warrants, and |
(b) | in any case referred to in clause (2), the date a sale or exchange of Common Stock pursuant to such tender or exchange offer is consummated and becomes irrevocable. |
(14) | For purposes of this section, subject to the fourth numbered paragraph, the number of shares outstanding at any time will include shares issuable in respect of scrip certificates issued in lieu of fractions of shares of Common Stock, but will not include shares of Common Stock held in the treasury of the Company. |
(15) | Whenever any provision of this Indenture requires the Company to calculate the Last Reported Sale Price, the Daily VWAP, the Daily Conversion Value and/or the Daily Settlement Amount over a span of multiple days (including with respect to an Observation Period or the Stock Price), the Company will make |
97
appropriate adjustments (determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Company) to each to account for any adjustment to the Conversion Rate that becomes effective, or any event requiring an adjustment to the Conversion Rate where the Ex-Date of the event occurs, at any time during the period when such Last Reported Sale Price, Daily VWAP, Daily Conversion Value and/or Daily Settlement Amount is to be calculated.
(16) | To the extent that the Company has a preferred stock rights plan in effect upon conversion of the Notes into Common Stock, Holders will receive, in addition to any Common Stock, (i) if Physical Settlement applies to their Notes, on the Conversion Date for their Notes and (ii) if Combination Settlement applies to their Notes, on each VWAP Trading Day in the Observation Period applicable to their Notes, in either case, the rights under the rights plan, unless prior to such Conversion Date or such VWAP Trading Day, as the case may be, the rights have separated from the Common Stock, in which case the Conversion Rate will be adjusted at the time of separation as if the Company distributed to all holders of the Common Stock Distributed Property as described in the fourth numbered paragraph of this section, subject to readjustment in the event of the expiration, termination or redemption of such rights. |
Notice of Adjustments of Conversion Rate
Whenever the Conversion Rate is adjusted as herein provided:
(1) | the Company will compute the adjusted Conversion Rate in accordance with —Adjustment of Conversion Rate and prepare an Officers’ Certificate setting forth the adjusted Conversion Rate and showing in reasonable detail the facts upon which such adjustment is based, and promptly file such certificate with the Trustee and with each Conversion Agent (if other than the Trustee); |
(2) | the Company will use commercially reasonable efforts to cause its articles of amendment and restatement and any other similar organizational documents to be amended on or before August 31, 2020 to increase the Company’s authorized share capital so that shares of Common Stock can be issued in the full amount as required under any conversion of the Notes; and |
(3) | upon each such adjustment, the Company will provide a written notice to all Holders, in the manner provided for in —Conversion Privilege and Conversion Rate, stating that the Conversion Rate has been adjusted and setting forth the adjusted Conversion Rate. |
Neither the Trustee nor any Conversion Agent will be under any duty or responsibility with respect to any such certificate or the information and calculations contained therein, except to exhibit the same to any Holder desiring inspection thereof at its office during normal business hours.
Limit on Settlement Method
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Article 14, unless and until the Company obtains shareholder approval of the increase in the number of shares of the Common Stock authorized and available for issuance upon conversion of the Notes to allow the Company to satisfy conversions of all such Notes fully in shares of the Common Stock, the Company may not elect (and will not be deemed to elect) Physical Settlement or Combination Settlement to satisfy its Conversion Obligation with respect to any Note if such election would result in the issuance of more than 124.7 million shares of the Common Stock (in the aggregate for the Notes taking into account all prior or concurrent Note conversions). For the avoidance of doubt, the Company may elect Physical Settlement or Combination Settlement in accordance with the provisions of the Indenture to satisfy its Conversion Obligation with respect to any Note as long as such election would not result in the issuance of more than 124.7 million shares of the Common Stock (in the aggregate for the Notes taking into account all prior or concurrent Note conversions). If the Company is deemed to elect Cash Settlement to satisfy its Conversion Obligation with respect to any Note under the provisions of the Indenture, the Company will provide to the Holders of all such Notes, the Trustee and the Conversion Agent a written notice of such deemed election of Cash Settlement and, simultaneously with providing such notice, the Company will make the relevant information available on the website of the Company.
98
Taxes on Conversions
Except as provided in the next sentence, the Company will pay any and all taxes and duties that may be payable in respect of the issue or delivery of shares of Common Stock on conversion of Notes pursuant hereto. The Company will not, however, be required to pay any tax or duty that may be payable in respect of (i) income of the Holder, or (ii) any transfer involved in the issue and delivery of shares of Common Stock in a name other than that of the Holder of the Note or Notes to be converted, and no such issue or delivery shall be made unless and until the Person requesting such issue has paid to the Company the amount of any such tax or duty, or has established to the satisfaction of the Company that such tax or duty has been paid.
Certain Covenants
Before taking any action which would cause an adjustment to the Conversion Rate that would result in reducing the Conversion Price below the then par value, if any, of the shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of the Notes, the Company will take all corporate action which it reasonably determines may be necessary in order that the Company may validly and legally issue such shares of Common Stock at such adjusted Conversion Rate.
The Company covenants that all shares of Common Stock issued upon conversion of Notes will be validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable by the Company and free from all taxes, liens and changes with respect to the issue thereof.
The Company further covenants that if at any time the Common Stock will be listed for trading on any other national securities exchange the Company shall, if permitted and required by the rules of such exchange, list and keep listed, so long as the Common Stock shall be so listed on such exchange, all Common Stock issuable upon conversion of the Notes.
Cancellation of Converted Notes
All Notes delivered for conversion (other than Notes that are to be exchanged pursuant to the third numbered paragraph of the first paragraph of —Exercise of Conversion Privilege will be delivered to the Trustee or its agent and canceled by the Trustee as provided in The Notes—Cancellation.
Provision in Case of Effect of Reclassification, Consolidation, Merger or Sale
In the event of any:
(1) | recapitalization, reclassification or change of the Common Stock (other than a change in par value, or from par value to no par value, or from no par value to par value, or as a result of a split, subdivision, or combination for which an adjustment is made pursuant to the second numbered paragraph of —Adjustment of Conversion Rate; |
(2) | consolidation, merger or combination involving the Company; |
(3) | sale, conveyance, transfer or lease to another Person of all or substantially all of the Company’s consolidated assets and its Subsidiaries substantially as an entirety; or |
(4) | any statutory share exchange, |
in each case as a result of which holders of the outstanding Common Stock would be entitled to receive cash, securities or other property or assets (including cash or any combination thereof) (the type, amount and kind (and in the same proportions) of such cash, securities or other property or assets, the Reference Property, and the amount of Reference Property that a holder of one share of Common Stock is (or is deemed to be) entitled to receive in the applicable Merger Event, a Unit of Reference Property) for their shares of Common Stock (each such event, a Merger Event), then, at the effective time of such Merger Event, subject to the provisions of —Conversion Privilege and Conversion Rate, the right to convert each $1.00 principal amount of Notes based on a number of shares of Common Stock equal to the applicable Conversion Rate will be changed into the right to convert each $1.00 principal amount of Notes based on the Reference Property that the Holders would have been entitled to receive if such Holders had held a number of shares of Common Stock equal to the Conversion Rate then in effect immediately prior to these events. However, at and after the effective time of the Merger Event, (i) the Company will continue to have the right to determine the form of consideration to be paid and/or
99
delivered, as the case may be, upon conversion of Notes, as set forth in —Exercise of Conversion Privilege and (ii) (x) any amount payable in cash upon conversion of the Notes as set forth in —Exercise of Conversion Privilege will continue to be payable in cash, (y) any shares of Common Stock that the Company would have been required to deliver upon conversion of the Notes as set in —Exercise of Conversion Privilege will instead be deliverable in Units of Reference Property and (z) the Daily VWAP will be calculated based on the components of a Unit of Reference Property.
For purposes of this section, in the case of a Merger Event that causes the Common Stock to be converted into, or exchanged for, the right to receive more than a single type of consideration (determined based in part upon any form of stockholder election), the Reference Property that a Holder of one or more shares of Common Stock would have been entitled to receive in such Merger Event (and based on which the Notes will be convertible) will be deemed to be based on (i) the weighted average of the types and amounts of consideration received by the holders of the Common Stock that affirmatively make such an election or (ii) if no holders of the Common Stock affirmatively make such an election, the types and amounts of consideration actually received by such holders, in each case, per share of Common Stock. The Company shall notify Holders of the weighted average as soon as practicable after such determination is made. The Company shall not become a party to any such Merger Event unless its terms are consistent with the foregoing.
The Company and the Trustee (and any Successor Person, if applicable) will, concurrently with the effective time of the Merger Event, execute a supplemental indenture to effect the requirements therefor pursuant to this Indenture. If the Reference Property for such Merger Event includes shares of stock or other securities or assets of a Person other than the Company, then such other Person will also execute such supplemental indenture and such supplemental indenture will contain whatever additional provisions the Board of Directors of the Company considers to be reasonably necessary to protect the Holders. The Company will cause notice of the execution of such supplemental indenture to be mailed to each Holder, in the manner provided for in —Conversion Privilege and Conversion Rate, within 20 calendar days after execution thereof. Failure to deliver such notice shall not affect the legality or validity of such supplemental indenture.
In the event a supplemental indenture is executed pursuant to this section, the Company will promptly file with the Trustee an Officers Certificate briefly stating the reasons therefor, the type, amount and kind of cash, securities or property that will constitute the Reference Property after any such Merger Event, any adjustment to be made with respect thereto and that all conditions precedent have been complied with.
The above provisions of this section shall similarly apply to any successive Merger Event.
Responsibility of Trustee for Conversion Provisions
The Trustee, subject to the provisions of Trustee—Rights of Trustee, and any Conversion Agent will not at any time be under any duty or responsibility to any Holder to determine whether any facts exist which may require any adjustment of the Conversion Rate, or with respect to the nature or extent of any such adjustment when made, or with respect to the method employed, herein or in any supplemental indenture provided to be employed, in making the same, or whether a supplemental indenture need be entered into. Neither the Trustee, subject to the provisions of Trustee—Rights of Trustee, nor any Conversion Agent shall be accountable with respect to the validity or value (or the kind or amount) of any shares of Common Stock, or of any other securities or property or cash, which may at any time be issued or delivered upon the conversion of any Notes; and it or they do not make any representation with respect thereto. Neither the Trustee, subject to the provisions of Trustee—Rights of Trustee, nor any Conversion Agent shall be responsible for any failure by the Company to make or calculate any cash payment or to issue, transfer or deliver any shares of Common Stock or share certificates or other securities or property or cash upon the surrender of any Note for the purpose of conversion; and the Trustee, subject to the provisions of Trustee—Rights of Trustee, and any Conversion Agent shall not be responsible for any failure of the Company to comply with any of the covenants of the Company contained herein.
Notice to Holders Prior to Certain Actions
In case of any:
(1) | action by the Company or one of its Subsidiaries that would require an adjustment to the Conversion Rate pursuant to —Adjustment of Conversion Rate; |
100
(2) | Merger Event; or |
(3) | voluntary or involuntary dissolution, liquidation or winding-up of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries; |
then, in each case (unless notice of such event is otherwise required pursuant to another provision of this Indenture), the Company will cause to be delivered to the Trustee and the Conversion Agent (if other than the Trustee) and to be mailed or delivered to each Holder at its address appearing on the Register, as promptly as possible but in any event at least 45 Scheduled Trading Days prior to the applicable date hereinafter specified, a written notice stating (i) the date on which a record is to be taken for the purpose of such action by the Company or one of its Subsidiaries or, if a record is not to be taken, the date as of which the holders of Common Stock of record are to be determined for the purposes of such action by the Company or one of its Subsidiaries, or (ii) the date on which such Merger Event, dissolution, liquidation or winding-up is expected to become effective or occur, and the date as of which it is expected that holders of Common Stock of record shall be entitled to exchange their Common Stock for securities or other property deliverable upon such Merger Event, dissolution, liquidation or winding-up. Failure to give such notice, or any defect therein, shall not affect the legality or validity of such action by the Company or one of its Subsidiaries, Merger Event, dissolution, liquidation or winding-up.
Certain Limitations on Settlement
(1) | Notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture or the Notes, for so long as the Common Stock is registered under the Exchange Act, a Holder shall not be entitled to receive shares of Common Stock upon conversion of any Notes during any period of time in which the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock that may be acquired by such Holder upon conversion of Notes shall, when added to the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock deemed beneficially owned, directly or indirectly, by such Holder and each person subject to aggregation of common stock with such Holder under Section 13 or Section 16 of the Exchange Act and rules promulgated thereunder at such time (an Aggregated Person) (other than by virtue of the ownership of securities or rights to acquire securities that have limitations on the Holder’s or such person’s right to convert, exercise or purchase similar to this limitation), as determined pursuant to the rules and regulations promulgated under Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act, exceed 9.99% (the Restricted Ownership Percentage) of the total issued and outstanding shares of Common Stock (the Section 16 Conversion Blocker). Notwithstanding the foregoing, this Section 16 Conversion Blocker shall not apply (i) with respect to a Holder if such Holder is subject to Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act without regard to the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of the Notes and upon conversion, exercise or sale of securities or rights to acquire securities that have limitations on the Holder’s right to convert, exercise or purchase similar to this limitation and (ii) in connection with an issuance of Common Stock by the Company pursuant to, or upon a conversion in connection with a Fundamental Change. |
(2) | Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company shall issue shares of Common Stock upon conversion of such Holder’s Notes up to (but not exceeding) the amount that would cause such Holder (together with any Aggregated Person) to equal the Restricted Ownership Percentage; provided that each Holder shall have the right at any time and from time to time to reduce the Restricted Ownership Percentage applicable to such Holder immediately upon prior written notice to the Company (provided that, for the avoidance of doubt, in such event, such Holder may sell shares of Common Stock or Notes to reduce the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock deemed beneficially owned by such Holder (together with any Aggregated Person) to a level below the reduced Restricted Ownership Percentage, in which case the Notes will be convertible by such Holder up to (but will not exceed) the reduced Restricted Ownership Percentage) or increase the Restricted Ownership Percentage applicable to such Holder (together with any Aggregated Person) upon 65 days’ prior written notice to the Company. |
Amendment, Supplement and Waiver
The Company, the Guarantors, the Trustee and the Collateral Agent may amend or supplement the Notes Documents without the consent of any Holder of Note:
(1) | to cure any ambiguity, omission, mistake, defect or inconsistency; |
(2) | to provide for uncertificated Notes in addition to or in place of certificated Notes; |
101
(3) | to provide for the assumption of the Company’s or a Guarantor’s obligations to the Holders of the Notes and Note Guarantees by a successor to the Company or such Guarantor pursuant to the terms of the Indenture; |
(4) | to make any change that would provide any additional rights or benefits to the Holders or that does not adversely affect the legal rights under the Indenture of any such Holder as determined by the Board of Directors evidenced by a resolution thereof and Officers’ Certificate delivered to the Trustee; |
(5) | to comply with requirements of the SEC in order to effect the qualification of the Indenture under the TIA; |
(6) | to provide for the issuance of Additional Notes and PIK Notes in each case in accordance with the Indenture; |
(7) | to allow any Guarantor to execute a supplemental indenture and/or a Note Guarantee with respect to the Notes or to evidence the release of any Guarantor from its Note Guarantee, in each case in accordance with the Indenture; |
(8) | to make any amendment to the provisions of the Indenture relating to the transfer and legending of Notes as permitted by the Indenture, including, without limitation to facilitate the issuance and administration of the Notes; provided, however, that (i) compliance with the Indenture as so amended would not result in Notes being transferred in violation of the Securities Act or any applicable securities law and (ii) such amendment does not materially and adversely affect the rights of Holders to transfer Notes as determined by the Board of Directors evidenced by a resolution thereof and Officers’ Certificate delivered to the Trustee; |
(9) | to add security to or for the benefit of the Notes and, in the case of the Collateral Documents, to or for the benefit of the other secured parties named therein, or to conform and evidence the release, termination or discharge of the Liens securing the Notes Debt when such release, termination or discharge is permitted by the Indenture and the other Notes Documents or as required by the Intercreditor Agreement; |
(10) | to modify the Collateral Documents to secure additional extensions of credit and add additional secured creditors not prohibited by the provisions of the Indenture; |
(11) | to make, complete or confirm any grant of Collateral permitted or required by any of the Notes Documents; |
(12) | to comply with the requirements of the Depositary (including its nominees) with respect to transfers of beneficial interests in the Notes; or |
(13) | to evidence and provide for the acceptance and appointment under the Indenture of a successor Trustee or Collateral Agent thereunder pursuant to the requirements thereof. |
Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company, the Trustee and the Collateral Agent may amend or supplement the Notes Documents with the consent of the Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes voting as a single class (including, without limitation, consents obtained in connection with a tender offer or exchange offer for, or purchase of, the Notes), and, subject to the terms of the Indenture, any existing Default or Event of Default (other than a Default or Event of Default in the payment of the principal of or interest or premium, if any, on the Notes, except a payment default resulting from an acceleration that has been rescinded) or compliance with any provision of the Notes Documents may be waived with the consent of the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes voting as a single class (including, without limitation, consents obtained in connection with a tender offer or exchange offer for, or purchase of, the Notes).
The Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding voting as a single class may waive compliance in a particular instance by the Company with any provision of the Indenture or the other Notes Documents. However, without the consent of each Holder affected, an amendment, supplement or waiver may not (with respect to any Notes held by a non-consenting Holder):
(1) | reduce the principal amount of Notes whose Holders must consent to an amendment, supplement or waiver; |
(2) | reduce the principal of or change the fixed maturity of any Note or alter or waive any of the provisions with respect to the redemption of the Notes (other than as allowed by the terms of the Indenture); |
(3) | reduce the rate of or change the time for payment of interest, including default interest, on any Note; |
102
(4) | waive a Default or Event of Default in the payment of principal of or interest or premium, if any, on the Notes (except a rescission of acceleration of the Notes by the Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes and a waiver of the payment default that resulted from such acceleration); |
(5) | make any Note payable in money other than that stated in the Notes; |
(6) | make any change in the provisions of the Indenture relating to waivers of past Defaults or the rights of Holders to receive payments of principal of or interest or premium, if any, on the Notes; |
(7) | waive a redemption payment with respect to any Note (except as allowed by the terms of the Indenture); |
(8) | release any Guarantor from any of its obligations under its Note Guarantee or the Indenture, except as allowed pursuant to the terms of the Indenture; |
(9) | make any change in the preceding amendment and waiver provisions; or |
(10) | make any change that adversely affects the conversion rights of any Notes. |
Any amendment to, or waiver of, the provisions of the Indenture relating to the Collateral or the Collateral Documents that has the effect of releasing all or substantially all of the Collateral from the Liens securing the Notes will require the consent of the Holders of at least 66-2/3% in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding.
The consent of the Holders is not necessary under the Indenture to approve the particular form of any proposed amendment, supplement or waiver. It is sufficient if such consent approves the substance of the proposed amendment, supplement or waiver.
Notices
All notices and communications (other than those sent to Holders) will be deemed to have been duly given: at the time delivered by hand, if personally delivered; five Business Days after being deposited in the mail, postage prepaid, if mailed; when receipt acknowledged, if transmitted by facsimile or electronic image scan; and the next Business Day after timely delivery to the courier, if sent by overnight air courier guaranteeing next day delivery.
Any notice or communication to a Holder will be sent electronically or mailed by first class mail, certified or registered, return receipt requested, or by overnight air courier guaranteeing next day delivery to its address shown on the register kept by the Registrar. Any notice or communication will also be mailed to any Person described in TIA Section 313(c), to the extent required by the TIA. Failure to mail a notice or communication to a Holder or any defect in it will not affect its sufficiency with respect to other Holders.
If a notice or communication is mailed in the manner provided above within the time prescribed, it is duly given, whether or not the addressee receives it, except in the case of notices or communications given to the Trustee, which shall be effective only upon actual receipt.
If the Company mails a notice or communication to Holders, it will mail a copy to the Trustee and each Agent at the same time.
Governing Law
The Indenture will be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York.
Certain Definitions
Set forth below are certain defined terms used in the Indenture.
20-Day VWAP means, with respect to any Conversion Date, the average of the Daily VWAPs for the 20 consecutive VWAP Trading Days prior to such Conversion Date.
Accounts shall mean and include as to each Grantor, all of such Grantors accounts as defined in the UCC, whether now owned or hereafter acquired including, without limitation all present and future rights of such Grantor to payment of a monetary obligation, whether or not earned by performance, which is not evidenced by chattel paper or an instrument, (i) for property that has been or is to be sold, leased, licensed, assigned, or
103
otherwise disposed of, (ii) for services rendered or to be rendered, (iii) for a secondary obligation incurred or to be incurred, or (iv) arising out of the use of a credit or charge card or information contained on or for use with any such card.
Acquired Debt means, with respect to any specified Person:
(1) | Indebtedness of any other Person existing at the time such other Person is merged with or into or became a Restricted Subsidiary of such specified Person, whether or not such Indebtedness is incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such other Person merging with or into, or becoming a Restricted Subsidiary of, such specified Person; and |
(2) | Indebtedness secured by a Lien encumbering any asset acquired by such specified Person. |
Affiliate of any specified Person means any other Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with such specified Person. For purposes of this definition, control, as used with respect to any Person, means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of such Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by agreement or otherwise. For purposes of this definition, the terms controlling, controlled by and under common control with have correlative meanings.
Agent means any Registrar, co-registrar, Paying Agent, additional paying agent, Conversion Agent or additional conversion agent.
Applicable Procedures means, with respect to any transfer or exchange of or for beneficial interests in any Global Note, the rules and procedures of the Depositary, Euroclear and Clearstream that apply to such transfer or exchange.
Asset Sale means:
(1) | the sale, lease, conveyance or other disposition of any assets or rights (other than as a result of an Involuntary Transfer); provided that the sale, lease, conveyance or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole will be governed by the provisions of Repurchase at Option of Holders Upon a Fundamental Change and/or Successors—Merger, Consolidation or Sale of Assets and not by the provisions of Certain Covenants—Asset Sales; and |
(2) | the issuance of Equity Interests in any of the Company’s Restricted Subsidiaries or the sale of Equity Interests in any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than directors’ qualifying shares or shares or interests required to be held by foreign nationals pursuant to applicable local law). |
Notwithstanding the preceding, none of the following items will be deemed to be an Asset Sale:
(1) | any single transaction or series of related transactions that involves assets having a Fair Market Value of less than $1.0 million; |
(2) | a transfer of assets between or among the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries; |
(3) | an issuance of Equity Interests by a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company to the Company or to a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company; |
(4) | the sale or lease of inventory, products or accounts receivable in the ordinary course of business and any sale or other disposition of damaged, worn-out or obsolete assets in the ordinary course of business; |
(5) | the licensing of intellectual property in the ordinary course of business (other than any perpetual licensing) which do not materially interfere with the business of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries; |
(6) | the sale or other disposition of cash or Cash Equivalents; |
(7) | the creation of a Permitted Lien; |
(8) | to the extent allowable under Section 1031 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, any exchange of like property (excluding any boot thereon) for use in a Permitted Business; |
(9) | a Restricted Payment that does not violate the provisions of Certain Covenants—Restricted Payments or a Permitted Investment; |
104
(10) | the surrender or waiver of litigation rights or the settlement, release or surrender of tort or other litigation claims of any kind; and |
(11) | the lapse of registered patents, trademarks and other intellectual property or the termination of license agreements related thereto to the extent not economically desirable to maintain or useful in the conduct of the business of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries and so long as such lapse is not materially adverse to the interests of the Holders. |
Attributable Debt in respect of a sale and leaseback transaction means, at the time of determination, the present value of the obligation of the lessee for net rental payments during the remaining term of the lease included in such sale and leaseback transaction including any period for which such lease has been extended. Such present value shall be calculated using a discount rate equal to the rate of interest implicit in such transaction, determined in accordance with GAAP; provided, however, that if such sale and leaseback transaction results in a Capital Lease Obligation, the amount of Indebtedness represented thereby will be determined in accordance with the definition of Capital Lease Obligation.
Bank Product Obligations shall mean Obligations under the Senior Credit Facility for any service or facility extended to the Company, any Guarantor or any of their Subsidiaries, including credit cards, debit cards, purchase cards, any processing services related to the foregoing, treasury cash management and related services, return items, netting, overdraft and interstate depositary network services and hedging arrangements.
Bankruptcy Code shall mean the United States Bankruptcy Code, being Title 11 of the United States Code, as the same now exists or may from time to time hereafter be amended, modified, recodified or supplemented.
Beneficial Owner has the meaning assigned to such term in Rule 13d-3 and Rule 13d-5 under the Exchange Act, except that in calculating the beneficial ownership of any particular person (as that term is used in Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act), such person will be deemed to have beneficial ownership of all securities that such person has the right to acquire by conversion or exercise of other securities, whether such right is currently exercisable or is exercisable only after the passage of time. The terms Beneficially Own and Beneficially Owned have a corresponding meaning.
Board of Directors means:
(1) | with respect to a corporation, the board of directors of the corporation or any committee thereof duly authorized to act on behalf of such board; |
(2) | with respect to a partnership, the Board of Directors of the general partner of the partnership; |
(3) | with respect to a limited liability company, the managing member or members or any controlling committee of managing members thereof; and |
(4) | with respect to any other Person, the board or committee of such Person serving a similar function. |
Business Day means any day other than a Legal Holiday.
Capital Lease Obligation means, at the time any determination is to be made, the amount of the liability in respect of a capital lease that would at that time be required to be capitalized on a balance sheet prepared in accordance with GAAP, and the Stated Maturity thereof shall be the date of the last payment of rent or any other amount due under such lease prior to the first date upon which such lease may be prepaid by the lessee without payment of a penalty; provided that, notwithstanding anything to the contrary, any lease that is treated as an operating lease for purposes of GAAP as of December 14, 2018 shall not be treated as Indebtedness or as a Capital Lease Obligation and shall continue to be treated as an operating lease (and any future lease, if it were in effect on December 14, 2018, that would be treated as an operating lease for purposes of GAAP as of December 14, 2018 shall be treated as an operating lease), in each case for purposes of this Indenture or any document related thereto, notwithstanding any actual or proposed change in GAAP after December 14, 2018.
Capital Stock means:
(1) | in the case of a corporation, corporate stock; |
(2) | in the case of an association or business entity, any and all shares, interests, participations, rights or other equivalents (however designated) of corporate stock; |
105
(3) | in the case of a partnership or limited liability company, partnership interests (whether general or limited) or membership interests; and |
(4) | any other interest or participation that confers on a Person the right to receive a share of the profits and losses of, or distributions of assets of, the issuing Person, but excluding from all of the foregoing any debt securities convertible into Capital Stock, whether or not such debt securities include any right of participation with Capital Stock. |
Cash Equivalents means:
(1) | securities issued or directly and fully guaranteed or insured by the United States government or any agency or instrumentality of the United States government (provided that the full faith and credit of the United States is pledged in support of those securities) having maturities of not more than one year from the date of acquisition; |
(2) | certificates of deposit and eurodollar time deposits with maturities of one year or less from the date of acquisition, bankers’ acceptances with maturities not exceeding twelve months and overnight bank deposits, in each case, with any lender party to the Senior Credit Facility or with any domestic commercial bank having capital and surplus in excess of $500.0 million and a Thomson Bank Watch Rating of B or better and, with respect to any Foreign Restricted Subsidiary, time deposits, certificates of deposits, overnight bank deposits or bankers acceptances in the currency of any country in which such Foreign Restricted Subsidiary transacts business having maturities of twelve months or less from the date of acquisition issued by any commercial bank that is (a) organized under the laws of such country and (b) has capital and surplus in excess of $500.0 million (or its foreign currency equivalent); |
(3) | repurchase obligations with a tem1of not more than seven days for underlying securities of the types described in clauses (1) and (2) above entered into with any financial institution meeting the qualifications specified in clause (2) above; |
(4) | commercial paper having one of the two highest ratings obtainable from Moody’s or S&P and, in each case, maturing within 364 days after the date of acquisition; |
(5) | money market funds that comply with the criteria set forth in SEC Rule 2a-7 under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, and are rated AAA by S&P and AAA by Moody’s; |
(6) | money market funds at least 90% of the assets of which constitute Cash Equivalents of the kinds described in clauses (1) through (5) of this definition, United States dollars, Canadian dollars, Pounds Sterling and Euros; and |
(7) | instruments equivalent to those referred to in clauses (1) through (6) of this definition denominated in Euros or any other foreign currency used by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to the extent reasonably required in connection with any business conducted by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary and not for speculative purposes. |
Clearstream means Clearstream Banking, S.A. Close of Business means 5:00 p.m., Eastern time.
Collateral Agent means Wilmington Savings Fund Society, FSB, not in its individual capacity, but solely in its capacity as Collateral Agent, until a successor replaces it in accordance with the applicable provisions of the Indenture and thereafter means the successor serving thereunder.
Collateral Agent Payment Trigger Event shall mean, with respect to a Collateral Agent Payment, (i) an event of default has occurred and is continuing under the Senior Credit Agreement, (ii) after giving effect to a Collateral Agent Payment, Issuer and Guarantors have Liquidity (as defined in the Senior Credit Agreement) of less than $20,000,000 as of the date of a Collateral Agent Payment, and (iii) the Collateral Agent has received written notice from the Senior Credit Facility Agent that a Collateral Agent Payment Trigger Event has occurred, which notice has not been withdrawn.
Collateral Documents means the security agreements (including the Security Agreement and any intellectual property security agreements), pledge agreements, Mortgages, collateral assignments, control agreements and related agreements and instruments (including, without limitation, financing statements under the Uniform
106
Commercial Code of the relevant states) and the lntercreclitor Agreement, each as amended, supplemented, restated, renewed, replaced or otherwise modified from time to time, to secure any Obligations under the Notes Documents or under which rights or remedies with respect to any such Lien are governed.
Common Stock means the common stock of the Company, par value $0.01 per share, or any other shares of Capital Stock of the Company into which such shares of common stock are reclassified or changed, or in the event of a merger, consolidation or other similar transaction involving the Company that is otherwise permitted under the Indenture in which the Company is not the surviving corporation, the common stock, common equity interests, ordinary shares or depositary shares or other certificates representing common equity interests of such surviving corporation or its direct or indirect parent corporation.
Company means A. M. Castle & Co. and any and all successors thereto.
Consolidated Cash Flow means, with respect to any specified Person for any period, the Consolidated Net Income of such Person for such period, adjusted as follows (without duplication):
(1) | plus an amount equal to any extraordinary loss plus any net loss realized by such Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with an Asset Sale, to the extent such losses were deducted in computing such Consolidated Net Income; |
(2) | plus provision for taxes based on income or profits of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, to the extent that such provision for taxes was deducted in computing such Consolidated Net Income; |
(3) | plus the Fixed Charges of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, to the extent that such Fixed Charges were deducted in computing such Consolidated Net Income; |
(4) | plus depreciation, amortization (including amortization of intangibles but excluding amortization of prepaid cash expenses that were paid in a prior period) and other non-cash charges and expenses (excluding any such non-cash expense to the extent that it represents an accrual of or reserve for cash expenses in any future period or amortization of a prepaid cash expense that was paid in a prior period) of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period to the extent that such depreciation, amortization and other non-cash expenses were deducted in computing such Consolidated Net Income; |
(5) | minus non-cash items increasing such Consolidated Net Income for such period, other than the accrual of revenue in the ordinary course of business, in each case, on a consolidated basis and determined in accordance with GAAP. |
Notwithstanding the preceding, the provision for taxes based on the income or profits of, and the depreciation and amortization and other non-cash expenses of, a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company will be added to Consolidated Net Income to compute Consolidated Cash Flow of the Company only to the extent that a corresponding amount would be permitted at the date of determination to be dividended to the Company by such Restricted Subsidiary without prior governmental approval (that has not been obtained), and without direct or indirect restriction pursuant to the terms of its charter and all agreements, instruments, judgments, decrees, orders, statutes, rules and governmental regulations applicable to that Restricted Subsidiary or its stockholders.
Consolidated Net Income means, with respect to any specified Person for any period, the aggregate of the Net Income of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, on a consolidated basis, determined in accordance with GAAP; provided that:
(1) | the Net Income (but not loss) of any Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary or that is accounted for by the equity method of accounting will be included only to the extent of the amount of dividends or similar distributions paid in cash to the specified Person or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Person; |
(2) | the Net Income of any Restricted Subsidiary will be excluded to the extent that the declaration or payment of dividends or similar distributions by that Restricted Subsidiary of that Net Income is not at the date of determination permitted without any prior governmental approval (that has not been obtained) or, directly or indirectly, by operation of the terms of its charter or any agreement, instrument, judgment, decree, order, statute, rule or governmental regulation applicable to that Restricted Subsidiary or its stockholders; |
(3) | the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principles will be excluded; |
107
(4) | gains and losses due solely to fluctuations in currency values and the related tax effects determined in accordance with GAAP for such period will be excluded; |
(5) | non-cash compensation charges or other non-cash expenses or charges arising from the grant of or issuance or re-pricing of stock, stock options or other equity based awards to the directors, officers and employees of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries will be excluded; |
(6) | any non-cash impairment charge or asset write-off under GAAP and the amortization of intangibles arising under GAAP will be excluded; |
(7) | gains, losses, charges or expenses due to (i) the early extinguishment of indebtedness or (ii) the application of fresh-start accounting (or similar accounting treatments), in each case, will be excluded; and |
(8) | gains, losses, charges or expenses due to fair value measurements of assets and liabilities under Accounting Standards Codification Topic 815, Derivatives and Hedging or under Accounting Standards Codification Topic 820, Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures will be excluded. |
Continuing Directors means, as of any date of determination, any member of the Board of Directors of the Company who:
(1) | was a member of such Board of Directors on the Issue Date; |
(2) | was nominated for election or elected to such Board of Directors with the approval of a majority of the Continuing Directors who were members of such Board of Directors at the time of such nomination or election; or |
(3) | whose election or nomination to such Board of Directors was authorized under and took place in accordance with the terms of the Stockholders Agreement in effect as of the Issue Date. |
Contracts shall mean all contracts between any Grantor and one or more additional parties (including any licensing agreements and any partnership agreements, joint venture agreements and limited liability company agreements).
Conversion Price means at any time an amount equal to $1.00 divided by the applicable Conversion Rate at such time.
Convertible Indebtedness means Indebtedness of the Company (excluding the Notes) or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company that is convertible or exchangeable into Common Stock (and cash in lieu of fractional shares) and/or cash (in an amount determined by reference to the price of such Common Stock).
Copyrights shall mean all of each Grantors now existing or hereafter acquired right, title, and interest in and to all of such Grantors copyrights, rights to any works of authorship or other copyrightable subject material and all applications for registration, registrations and recordings relating to the foregoing as may at any time be filed in the United States Copyright Office, the Canadian Intellectual Property Office or in any similar office or agency in the United States of America or Canada, any State or Province thereof, any political subdivision thereof or in any other country, together with all rights and privileges arising under applicable law with respect to such Grantors use of any copyrights and all reissues, divisions, continuations and renewals thereof.
Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee will be at the address of the Trustee specified in Notices— or such other address as to which the Trustee may give notice to the Company.
Daily Cash Amount means an amount of cash equal to 5.0% of the Cash Amount specified (or deemed to be specified) by the Company in the notice regarding the chosen Settlement Method.
Daily Conversion Value means, for each of the 20 consecutive VWAP Trading Days during an Observation Period, 5.0% of the product of (i) the applicable Conversion Rate on such Trading Day and (ii) the Daily VWAP of the Common Stock for such VWAP Trading Day, as determined by the Company. Any such determination by the Company shall be conclusive absent manifest error.
Daily Settlement Amount means, for any VWAP Trading Day during the relevant Observation Period,
(i) | an amount of cash equal to the lesser of (x) the Daily Cash Amount and (y) the Daily Conversion Value for such VWAP Trading Day; and |
108
(ii) | if the Daily Conversion Value for such VWAP Trading Day exceeds the Daily Cash Amount, a number of shares of Common Stock (together with cash in lieu of any fractional shares of Common Stock, if any, as described in the Indenture) equal to (x) the difference between such Daily Conversion Value and the Daily Cash Amount, divided by (y) the Daily VWAP for such VWAP Trading Day. |
Daily VWAP means for any VWAP Trading Day, the per share volume weighted average price as displayed under the heading Bloomberg VWAP on Bloomberg page CAS.N <equity> AQR (or any successor thereto) in respect of the period from the scheduled open of trading on the principal trading market for the Common Stock to the scheduled close of trading of the primary trading session on such VWAP Trading Day (or if such volume-weighted average price is not available, the market value of one share of Common Stock on such VWAP Trading Day, as the Board of Directors of the Company reasonably determines in good faith using a volume-weighted average method). The Daily VWAP will be determined without regard to after-hours trading or any other trading outside of the regular trading session trading hours.
Default means any event that is, or with the passage of time or the giving of notice or both would be, an Event of Default.
Definitive Note means a certificated Note registered in the name of the Holder thereof and issued in accordance with the Indneure, substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto except that such Note shall not bear the Global Note Legend and shall not have the Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note attached thereto.
Depositary means, with respect to the Notes issuable or issued in whole or in part in global form, the Person specified in the Indenture as the Depositary with respect to the Notes, and any and all successors thereto appointed as depositary under the Indenture and having become such pursuant to the applicable provision of the Indenture.
Designated Noncash Consideration means the Fair Market Value of non-cash consideration received by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries as a result of an Asset Sale that is so designated as Designated Noncash Consideration pursuant to an Officers Certificate, setting forth the basis of such valuation, executed by the chief financial officer of the Company, less the amount of cash or Cash Equivalents received in connection with a subsequent sale, conversion or other disposition of such Designated Noncash Consideration.
Disqualified Stock means any Capital Stock that, by its terms (or by the terms of any security into which it is convertible, or for which it is exchangeable, in each case, at the option of the holder of the Capital Stock), or upon the happening of any event, matures or is mandatorily redeemable, pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or otherwise, or redeemable at the option of the holder of the Capital Stock, in whole or in part, on or prior to the date that is 91 days after the date on which the Notes mature. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, any Capital Stock that would constitute Disqualified Stock solely because the holders of the Capital Stock have the right to require the Company to repurchase such Capital Stock upon the occurrence of a change of control or an asset sale will not constitute Disqualified Stock if the terms of such Capital Stock provide that the Company may not repurchase or redeem any such Capital Stock pursuant to such provisions unless such repurchase or redemption complies with the provisions of Certain Covenants—Restricted Payments. The amount of Disqualified Stock deemed to be outstanding at any time for purposes of the Indenture will be the maximum amount that the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries may become obligated to pay upon the maturity of, or pursuant to any mandatory redemption provisions of, such Disqualified Stock, exclusive of accrued dividends.
Domain Names shall mean all Internet domain names and associated uniform resource locator addresses.
Domestic Restricted Subsidiary means any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company that was formed under the laws of the United States or any state of the United States or the District of Columbia.
Effective Date means the date a Fundamental Change occurs or becomes effective.
Equipment shall mean and include as to each Grantor, all of such Grantors, whether now owned or hereafter acquired and wherever located equipment, machinery, apparatus, motor vehicles, fittings, furniture, furnishings, fixtures, parts, accessories, and all other goods (other than Inventory) and all replacements and substitutions therefor or accessions thereto.
Equity Interests means Capital Stock and all warrants, options or other rights to acquire Capital Stock (but excluding the Notes and any Convertible Indebtedness).
109
Euroclear means Euroclear Bank, S.A./N.V., as operator of the Euroclear system.
Ex-Date means, with respect to any issuance or distribution on the Common Stock, the first date on which the shares of Common Stock trade on the relevant exchange or in the relevant market, regular way, without the right to receive the issuance or distribution in question.
Exchange Act means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.
Existing Indebtedness means Indebtedness of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than Indebtedness under the Senior Credit Facility and the Notes) in existence on the Issue Date, including without limitation the Existing Notes, until such amounts are repaid.
Existing Indenture means the Indenture, dated as of August 31, 2017, by and among the Company, the subsidiary guarantors party thereto and Wilmington Savings Fund Society, FSB, as trustee and collateral agent (as may be amended, restated or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with its terms).
Existing Notes means the 5.00% / 7.00% Convertible Senior Secured PIK Toggle Notes due 2022 issued under the Existing Indenture (whether issued on the Original Issue Date, issued as Additional Notes (as defined in the Existing Indenture), issued as PIK Notes (as defined in the Existing Indenture), or otherwise issued after the Original Issue Date), as amended or supplemented from time to time in accordance with the terms of the Existing Indenture.
Fair Market Value means the value that would be paid by a willing buyer to an unaffiliated willing seller in a transaction not involving distress or necessity of either party, determined in good faith by (a) Senior Management and (b) in the case of any transaction involving aggregate consideration in excess of $10.0 million, the Board of Directors of the Company (unless otherwise provided in the Indenture).
Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio means with respect to any specified Person for any period, the ratio of the Consolidated Cash Flow of such Person for such period to the Fixed Charges of such Person for such period. In the event that the specified Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries incurs, assumes, guarantees, repays, repurchases, redeems, defeases or otherwise discharges any Indebtedness (other than ordinary working capital borrowings) or issues, repurchases or redeems preferred stock subsequent to the commencement of the period for which the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio is being calculated and on or prior to the date on which the event for which the calculation of the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio is made (the Calculation Date), then the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio will be calculated giving pro forma effect to such incurrence, assumption, Guarantee, repayment, repurchase, redemption, defeasance or other discharge of Indebtedness, or such issuance, repurchase or redemption of preferred stock, and the use of the proceeds therefrom, as if the same had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter reference period.
In addition, for purposes of calculating the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio:
(1) | acquisitions that have been made by the specified Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, including through mergers or consolidations, or any Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries acquired by the specified Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, and including any related financing transactions and including increases in ownership of Restricted Subsidiaries, during the four-quarter reference period or subsequent to such reference period and on or prior to the Calculation Date will be given pro forma effect in accordance with Regulation S-X under the Securities Act (other than any pro forma cost or expense savings) as if they had occurred on the first day of the four-quarter reference period; |
(2) | the Consolidated Cash Flow attributable to discontinued operations, as determined in accordance with GAAP, and operations or businesses (and ownership interests therein) disposed of prior to the Calculation Date, will be excluded; |
(3) | the Fixed Charges attributable to discontinued operations, as determined in accordance with GAAP, and operations or businesses (and ownership interests therein) disposed of prior to the Calculation Date, will be excluded, but only to the extent that the obligations giving rise to such Fixed Charges will not be obligations of the specified Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries following the Calculation Date; |
(4) | any Person that is a Restricted Subsidiary on the Calculation Date will be deemed to have been a Restricted Subsidiary at all times during such four-quarter period; |
110
(5) | any Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary on the Calculation Date will be deemed not to have been a Restricted Subsidiary at any time during such four quarter period; and |
(6) | if any Indebtedness bears a floating rate of interest, the interest expense on such Indebtedness will be calculated as if the rate in effect on the Calculation Date had been the applicable rate for the entire period (taking into account any Hedging Obligation applicable to such Indebtedness if such Hedging Obligation has a remaining term as at the Calculation Date in excess of 12 months). |
Fixed Charges means, with respect to any specified Person for any period, the sum, without duplication, of:
(1) | the consolidated interest expense of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, whether paid or accrued, including, without limitation, amortization of debt issuance costs and original issue discount, non-cash interest payments, the interest component of any deferred payment obligations, the interest component of all payments associated with Capital Lease Obligations, imputed interest with respect to Attributable Debt, commissions, discounts and other fees and charges incurred in respect of letter of credit or bankers’ acceptance financings, and net of the effect of all payments made or received pursuant to Hedging Obligations in respect of interest rates; |
(2) | plus the consolidated interest expense of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries that was capitalized during such period; |
(3) | plus any interest on Indebtedness of another Person that is guaranteed by such Person or one of its Restricted Subsidiaries or secured by a Lien on assets of such Person or one of its Restricted Subsidiaries, whether or not such Guarantee or Lien is called upon; |
(4) | plus the product of (a) all dividends, whether paid or accrued and whether or not in cash, on any series of preferred stock of such Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, other than dividends on Equity Interests payable solely in Equity Interests of the Company (other than Disqualified Stock) or to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company, times (b) a fraction, the numerator of which is one and the denominator of which is one minus the then current combined federal, state and local statutory tax rate of such Person, expressed as a decimal; |
(5) | less the consolidated interest income of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries; in each case, determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP. |
Foreign Restricted Subsidiary means any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company that is not a Domestic Restricted Subsidiary.
Fundamental Change will be deemed to have occurred at the time after the Issue Date that any of the following occurs:
(1) | a person or group within the meaning of Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act has become the direct or indirect beneficial owner, as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act, of the Company’s common equity representing more than 50% of the voting power of the Company’s common equity; |
(2) | the consummation of (A) any recapitalization, reclassification or change of the Common Stock (other than changes resulting from a subdivision or combination) as a result of which the Common Stock would be converted into, or exchanged for, stock, other securities, other property or assets; (B) any share exchange, consolidation or merger of the Company pursuant to which the Common Stock will be converted into cash, securities or other property; or (C) any sale, lease or other transfer in one transaction or a series of transactions of all or substantially all of the consolidated assets of the Company and the Company’s Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, to any person other than one of the Company’s Subsidiaries; provided, however, that a transaction described in clause (A) or clause (B) above, as the case may be, in which the holders of the Company’s common equity immediately prior to such transaction own, directly or indirectly, more than 50% of all classes of common equity of the continuing or surviving corporation or transferee, or, in either case, the parent thereof, immediately after such transaction in substantially the same proportions (relative to each other) as such ownership immediately prior to such transaction shall not, in either case, be a Fundamental Change pursuant to such clause (A) or such clause (B); |
(3) | Continuing Directors cease to constitute at least a majority of the Board of Directors; or |
111
(4) | the Company’s stockholders approve any plan or proposal for the liquidation or dissolution of the Company, provided, however, that a liquidation or dissolution that is part of a transaction described in clause (2)(B) above that is not a Fundamental Change pursuant to such clause (2)(B) shall not be a Fundamental Change pursuant to this clause (4). |
A transaction or transactions described in clauses (1) or (2) above will not constitute a Fundamental Change, however, if at least 90% of the consideration received or to be received by holders of common stock, excluding cash payments for fractional shares and cash payments made pursuant to dissenters rights, in connection with such transaction or transactions consists of shares of common stock that are listed or quoted on any of The New York Stock Exchange, The NASDAQ Global Select Market or The NASDAQ Global Market (or any of their respective successors) or will be so listed or quoted when issued or exchanged in connection with such transaction or transactions and as a result of such transaction or transactions such consideration becomes the Reference Property (subject to the provisions of the Indenture).
GAAP means generally accepted accounting principles set forth in the opinions and pronouncements of the Accounting Principles Board of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants and statements and pronouncements of the Financial Accounting Standards Board or in such other statements by such other entity as have been approved by a significant segment of the accounting profession, as of the Original Issue Date. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, any lease that is treated as an operating lease for purposes of GAAP as of December 14, 2018 shall not be treated as Indebtedness or as a Capital Lease Obligation and shall continue to be treated as an operating lease (and any future lease, if it were in effect on December 14, 2018, that would be treated as an operating lease for purposes of GAAP as of December 14, 2018 shall be treated as an operating lease), in each case for purposes of this Indenture or any document related thereto, notwithstanding any actual or proposed change in GAAP after December 14, 2018.
Global Note Legend means the legend set forth in in the Indenture, which is required to be placed on all Global Notes issued under the Indenture.
Global Notes means, individually and collectively, each of the Restricted Global Notes and the Unrestricted Global Notes deposited with or on behalf of and registered in the name of the Depositary or its nominee, and that bears the Global Note Legend and that has the Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note attached thereto, issued in accordance with the Indenture.
Government Securities means direct obligations of, or obligations guaranteed by, the United States of America, and the payment for which the United States pledges its full faith and credit.
Guarantee means a guarantee other than by endorsement of negotiable instruments for collection in the ordinary course of business, direct or indirect, in any manner including, without limitation, by way of a pledge of assets or through letters of credit or reimbursement agreements in respect thereof, of all or any part of any Indebtedness (whether arising by virtue of partnership arrangements, or by agreements to keep-well, to purchase assets, goods, securities or services, to take or pay or to maintain financial statement conditions or otherwise).
Guarantors means (1) each of the Companys Domestic Restricted Subsidiaries existing on the Issue Date (other than any Immaterial Subsidiary), (2) A.M. Castle & Co. (Canada) Inc., a corporation existing under the laws of the province of British Columbia, Canada, (3) Castle Metals de Mexico, S.A. de C.V., a sociedad an6nima de capital variable organized under the laws of Mexico, (4) Castle Metals de Mexicali, S.A. de C.V., a sociedad an6nima de capital variable organized under the laws of Mexico, and (5) each of the Companys Restricted Subsidiaries that in the future executes a supplemental indenture in accordance with the provisions of the Indenture in which such Restricted Subsidiary agrees to be bound by the terms of the Indenture as a Guarantor and, in each case, their respective successors and assigns until the Note Guarantee of such Person has been released in accordance with the provisions of the Indenture
Hedging Obligations means, with respect to any specified Person, the obligations of such Person under:
(1) | interest rate swap agreements (whether from fixed to floating or from floating to fixed), interest rate cap agreements and interest rate collar agreements; |
(2) | other agreements or arrangements designed to manage interest rates or interest rate risk; and |
(3) | other agreements or arrangements designed to protect such Person against fluctuations in currency exchange rates or commodity prices. |
112
Holder means a Person in whose name a Note is registered.
Immaterial Subsidiary means, as of any date, any Restricted Subsidiary whose total assets, as of that date, are less than $1.0 million and whose total revenues for the most recent 12-month period do not exceed $1.0 million; provided that a Restricted Subsidiary will not be considered to be an Immaterial Subsidiary if it, directly or indirectly, guarantees or otherwise provides direct credit support for any Indebtedness of the Company; provided, further, that the revenues and total assets of all such Subsidiaries shall not exceed $2.5 million in the aggregate.
Indebtedness means, with respect to any specified Person, any indebtedness of such Person (excluding accrued expenses and trade payables), whether or not contingent:
(1) | in respect of borrowed money; |
(2) | evidenced by bonds, notes, debentures or similar instruments; |
(3) | all Obligations for the reimbursement of any obligor on any letter of credit, banker’s acceptance or similar credit transaction, whether or not then due; |
(4) | representing Capital Lease Obligations or Attributable Debt in respect of sale and leaseback transactions; |
(5) | representing the balance deferred and unpaid of the purchase price of any property or services due more than six months after such property is acquired or such services are completed; or |
(6) | representing any Hedging Obligations, |
if and to the extent any of the preceding items (other than letters of credit, Attributable Debt and Hedging Obligations) would appear as a liability upon a balance sheet of the specified Person prepared in accordance with GAAP. In addition, the term Indebtedness includes all Indebtedness of others secured by a Lien on any asset of the specified Person (whether or not such Indebtedness is assumed by the specified Person) and, to the extent not otherwise included, the Guarantee by the specified Person of any Indebtedness of any other Person.
Indenture means the Indenture, as amended or supplemented from time to time.
Insolvency or Liquidation Proceeding means:
(1) | any case commenced by or against the Company or any Guarantor under the Bankruptcy Code or any similar federal or state law for the relief of debtors, any other proceeding for the reorganization, recapitalization or adjustment or marshalling of the assets or liabilities of the Company or any Guarantor, any receivership or assignment for the benefit of creditors relating to the Company or any Guarantor or any similar case or proceeding relative to the Company or any Guarantor or its creditors, as such, in each case whether or not voluntary; |
(2) | any liquidation, dissolution, marshalling of assets or liabilities or other winding up of or relating to the Company or any Guarantor, in each case whether or not voluntary and whether or not involving bankruptcy or insolvency; or |
(3) | any other proceeding of any type or nature in which substantially all claims of creditors of the Company or any Guarantor are determined and any payment or distribution is or may be made on account of such claims. |
Intellectual Property Rights shall mean all Copyrights, Marks, and Patents, as well as any right, title, and interest in or to trade secrets and Domain Names.
Intercreditor Agreement means that certain intercreditor agreement, dated as of the Issue Date, by and among the Senior Credit Facility Agent, the Trustee and the Collateral Agent, as the same may be amended, modified, restated, supplemented or replaced from time to time in accordance with its terms.
Inventory shall mean and include as to each Grantor, all of such Grantors now owned or hereafter acquired inventory (as such term is defined in the UCC), goods, merchandise and other personal property, wherever located, to be furnished under any contract of service or held for sale or lease, all raw materials, work in process, finished goods and materials and supplies of any kind, nature or description which are or might be used or consumed in such Grantors or business or used in selling or furnishing such goods, merchandise and other personal property, all other inventory of such Grantor, and all documents of title or other documents representing them.
113
Investments means, with respect to any Person, all direct or indirect investments by such Person in other Persons (including Affiliates) in the forms of loans (including Guarantees or other obligations), advances or capital contributions (excluding commission, travel and similar advances to officers and employees made in the ordinary course of business), purchases or other acquisitions for consideration of Indebtedness, Equity Interests or other securities, together with all items that are or would be classified as investments on a balance sheet prepared in accordance with GAAP.
If the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company sells or otherwise disposes of any Equity Interests of any direct or indirect Subsidiary of the Company such that, after giving effect to any such sale or disposition, such Person is no longer a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company, the Company will be deemed to have made an Investment on the date of any such sale or disposition equal to the Fair Market Value of the Companys Investments in such Restricted Subsidiary that were not sold or disposed of in an amount determined as provided in the provisions of Certain Covenants—Restricted Payments. The acquisition by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company of a Person that holds an Investment in a third Person will be deemed to be an Investment by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary in such third Person in an amount equal to the Fair Market Value of the Investments held by the acquired Person in such third Person in an amount determined as provided in the provisions of Certain Covenants—Restricted Payments. Except as otherwise provided in the Indenture, the amount of an Investment will be determined at the time the Investment is made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value.
Involuntary Transfer means, with respect to any property or asset of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, (a) any damage to such asset that results in an insurance settlement with respect thereto on the basis of a total loss or a constructive or compromised total loss, (b) the confiscation, condemnation, requisition, appropriation or similar taking regarding such asset by any government or instrumentality or agency thereof, including by deed in lieu of condemnation, or (c) foreclosure or other enforcement of a Lien or the exercise by a holder of a Lien of any rights with respect to it.
Issue Date means March , 2020.
Junior Lien Debt means the Notes Debt.
Last Reported Sale Price means, with respect to the Common Stock or any other security for which a Last Reported Sale Price must be determined, on any Trading Day, the closing sale price per share of the Common Stock or unit of such other security (or, if no closing sale price is reported, the average of the last bid and last ask prices or, if more than one in either case, the average of the average last bid and the average last ask prices) on such Trading Day as reported in composite transactions for the principal United States national or regional securities exchange on which it is then traded, if any. If the Common Stock or such other security is not listed for trading on a United States national or regional securities exchange on the relevant date, the Last Reported Sale Price shall be the average of the last quoted bid and ask prices per share of Common Stock or such other security in the over-the-counter market on the relevant date, as reported by the OTC Markets Group Inc. or a similar organization. In absence of such quotation, the Last Reported Sale Price shall be the average of the mid-point of the last bid and ask prices for the Common Stock or such other security on the relevant date from each of at least three nationally recognized independent investment banking firms, which may include the Initial Purchaser, selected from time to time by the Company for that purpose. The Last Reported Sale Price shall be determined without reference to extended or after hours trading. Any such determination shall be made by the Company and shall be conclusive absent manifest error.
Legal Holiday means a Saturday, a Sunday or a day on which banking institutions in the City of New York or at a place of payment are authorized by law, regulation or executive order to remain closed. If a payment date is a Legal Holiday at a place of payment, payment may be made at that place on the next succeeding day that is not a Legal Holiday, and no interest shall accrue on such payment for the intervening period.
Lien means, with respect to any asset, any mortgage, lien, pledge, charge, security interest or encumbrance of any kind in respect of such asset, whether or not filed, recorded or otherwise perfected under applicable law, including any conditional sale or other title retention agreement, any lease in the nature thereof, any option or other agreement to sell or give a security interest in and any filing of or agreement to give any financing statement under the Uniform Commercial Code (or equivalent statutes) of any jurisdiction.
114
Limited Liability Company Interests shall mean the entire limited liability company membership interest at any time owned by any Grantor in any limited liability company.
Market Disruption Event means the occurrence or existence on any Scheduled Trading Day of any suspension or limitation imposed on trading (by reason of movements in price exceeding limits permitted by the stock exchange or otherwise) in the Common Stock or in any options contracts or futures contracts relating to the Common Stock, and such suspension or limitation occurs or exists at any time within the 30 minutes prior to the scheduled close of trading on such Scheduled Trading Day.
Marks shall mean all of each Grantors now existing or hereafter acquired right, title, and interest in and to all of such Grantors trademarks, tradenames, trade styles, trade dress, service marks and other protectable indicia of origin and all applications for registration, registrations and recordings relating to the foregoing as may at any time be filed in the United States Patent and Trademark Office, the Canadian Intellectual Property Office or in any similar office or agency in the United States of America or Canada, any State or Province thereof, any political subdivision thereof or in any other country, together with all rights and privileges arising under applicable law with respect to such Grantors use of any trademarks, tradenames, trade styles and service marks, and all reissues, extensions, continuation and renewals thereof.
Material Adverse Effect shall mean a material adverse effect on (a) the financial condition, operations, assets, or business of the Company and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, (b) the ability of the Company and the other Grantors, taken as a whole, to perform their material obligations under the Notes Documents, (c) the value of any material portion of the Collateral, or the Collateral Agents Liens (on behalf of itself and the Secured Parties) on material Collateral or the priority of such Liens, or (d) the Collateral Agents ability to realize on a material portion of the Collateral or enforce the terms of this Agreement or the Notes Documents.
Maturity Date means, with respect to the Notes, August 31, 2024 unless earlier repurchased or converted.
Moodys means Moodys Investors Service, Inc.
Mortgages means a collective reference to each mortgage, deed of trust, deed to secure debt and any other document or instrument under which any Lien on the Premises or any other Collateral secured by and described in such mortgages, deeds of trust, deeds to secure debt or other documents or instruments is granted to secure any Obligations of the Company or a Guarantor under any of the Notes Documents or under which rights or remedies with respect to any such Liens are governed.
Net Income means, with respect to any specified Person, the net income (loss) of such Person, determined in accordance with GAAP and before any reduction in respect of preferred stock dividends, excluding, however:
(1) | any gain (but not loss), together with any related provision for taxes on such gain (but not loss), realized in connection with: (a) any Asset Sale; or (b) the disposition of any securities by such Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or the extinguishment of any Indebtedness of such Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; and |
(2) | any extraordinary gain (but not loss), together with any related provision for taxes on such extraordinary gain (but not loss). |
Net Proceeds means the aggregate cash proceeds received by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in respect of any Asset Sale (including, without limitation, any cash received upon the sale or other disposition of any non-cash consideration received in any Asset Sale), net of the direct costs relating to such Asset Sale, including, without limitation, legal, accounting and investment banking fees, and sales commissions, and any relocation expenses incurred as a result of the Asset Sale, taxes paid or payable as a result of the Asset Sale, in each case, after taking into account any available tax credits or deductions and any tax sharing arrangements, and amounts required to be applied to the repayment of Indebtedness, other than Indebtedness under the Senior Credit Facility, secured by a Lien on the asset or assets that were the subject of such Asset Sale and any reserve for adjustment in respect of the sale price of such asset or assets established in accordance with GAAP.
115
Non-Recourse Debt means Indebtedness:
(1) | as to which neither the Company nor any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (a) provides credit support of any kind (including any undertaking, agreement or instrument that would constitute Indebtedness), (b) is directly or indirectly liable as a guarantor or otherwise, or (c) constitutes the lender; |
(2) | no default with respect to which (including any rights that the holders of the Indebtedness may have to take enforcement action against an Unrestricted Subsidiary) would permit upon notice, lapse of time or both any holder of any other Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to declare a default on such other Indebtedness or cause the payment of the Indebtedness to be accelerated or payable prior to its Stated Maturity; and |
(3) | as to which the lenders have been notified in writing that they will not have any recourse to the stock or assets of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries. |
Note Guarantee means the Guarantee by each Guarantor of the Companys obligations under the Indenture and the Notes, executed pursuant to the provisions of the Indenture.
Notes means the Companys 3.00% / 5.00% Convertible Senior Secured PIK Toggle Notes due 2024, issued in accordance with the Indenture (whether issued on the Issue Date, issued as Additional Notes, issued as PIK Notes, or otherwise issued after the Issue Date), as amended or supplemented from time to time in accordance with the terms of the Indenture.
Notes Debt shall mean all Obligations, including, without limitation, obligations, liabilities and indebtedness of every kind, nature and description owing by the Company or any Guarantor to any Notes Secured Party, including principal, interest, charges, fees, premiums, indemnities and expenses, however evidenced, whether as principal, surety, endorser, guarantor or otherwise, arising under any of the Notes Documents, whether now existing or hereafter arising, whether arising before, during or after the initial or any renewal term of the Notes Documents or after the commencement of any case with respect to the Company or any Guarantor under any bankruptcy law or any other Insolvency or Liquidation Proceeding (and including, without limitation, any principal, interest, fees, costs, expenses and other amounts, which would accrue and become due but for the commencement of such case, whether or not such amounts are allowed or allowable in whole or in part in such case or similar proceeding), whether direct or indirect, absolute or contingent, joint or several, due or not due, primary or secondary, liquidated or unliquidated, secured or unsecured.
Notes Documents shall mean, collectively, the Indenture, the Notes, the Note Guarantees, the Security Agreement, the other Collateral Documents, and all agreements, documents and instruments at any time executed and/or delivered by the Company or any Guarantor or any other person to, with or in favor of any Notes Secured Party in connection therewith or related thereto, as all of the foregoing now exist or, subject to any restrictions set forth in the Intercreditor Agreement, may hereafter be amended, modified, supplemented, extended, renewed, restated, refinanced, replaced or restructured (in whole or in part and including any agreements with, to or in favor of any other lender or group of lenders that at any time refinances, replaces or succeeds to all or any portion of the Notes Debt).
Notes Secured Parties shall mean, collectively, (a) the Trustee, (b) the Collateral Agent, (c) the Agents, (d) the Holders of the Notes, (e) each other person to whom any of the Notes Debt are owed and (f) the successors, replacements and assigns of each of the foregoing; sometimes being referred to herein individually as a Notes Secured Party.
Obligations means any principal, interest (including, to the extent legally permitted, all interest accruing after the commencement of any Insolvency or Liquidation Proceeding at the rate provided for in the documentation with respect thereto, including any applicable post-default rate, even if such interest is not enforceable, allowable or allowed as a claim in such proceeding), penalties, fees, expenses, indemnifications, reimbursements, damages and other liabilities payable under the documentation governing any Indebtedness.
Observation Period means, for any Note:
(i) | if the Conversion Date for such Note occurs on or after the Close of Business on the 22nd Scheduled Trading Day immediately preceding the Maturity Date, and Cash Settlement or Combination Settlement applies to such Note, the 20 consecutive VWAP Trading Day period beginning on, and including, the 21st Scheduled Trading Day immediately preceding the Maturity Date; and |
116
(ii) | in all other instances, the 20 consecutive VWAP Trading Day period beginning on, and including, the third VWAP Trading Day immediately following the related Conversion Date in respect of such Notes. |
Officer means, with respect to any Person, the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the President, the Chief Operating Officer, the Chief Financial Officer, the Treasurer, any Assistant Treasurer, the Controller, the Secretary or any Vice-President of such Person.
Officers Certificate means a certificate signed on behalf of the Company by two Officers of the Company, one of whom must be the principal executive officer, the principal financial officer, the treasurer or the principal accounting officer of the Company, that meets the requirements of the Identure.
Open of Business means 9:00 a.m., Eastern time.
Opinion of Counsel means an opinion from legal counsel who is reasonably acceptable to the Trustee, that meets the requirements of the Indenture. The counsel may be an employee of or counsel to the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company or if the Trustee so elects, in its sole discretion, an employee of or counsel to the Trustee.
Original Issue Date means August 31, 2017.
Participant means, with respect to the Depositary, Euroclear or Clearstream, a Person who has an account with the Depositary, Euroclear or Clearstream, respectively (and, with respect to DTC, shall include Euroclear and Clearstream).
Partnership Interest shall mean the entire general partnership interest or limited partnership interest at any time owned by any Grantor in any general partnership or limited partnership.
Patents shall mean any patent, and any divisions, continuations (including, but not limited to, continuations-in-parts) and improvements thereof, as well as any application for a patent now or hereafter.
Permitted Business means any business conducted by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries on the Issue Date and any business reasonably related, ancillary or complementary to, or reasonable extensions of, the business of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries on the Issue Date.
Permitted Investments means:
(1) | any Investment in the Company or in a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company that is a Guarantor; |
(2) | any Investment in Cash Equivalents; |
(3) | any Investment by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company in a Person, if as a result of such Investment: |
(a) | such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company and a Guarantor; or |
(b) | such Person is merged, consolidated or amalgamated with or into, or transfers or conveys substantially all of its assets to, or is liquidated into, the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company that is a Guarantor; |
(4) | any Investment made as a result of the receipt of non-cash consideration from an Asset Sale that was made pursuant to and in compliance with the provisions of Certain Covenants—Asset Sales or any disposition of assets and rights not constituting an Asset Sale; |
(5) | any acquisition of assets or Capital Stock solely in exchange for the issuance of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company; |
(6) | any Investments received in compromise or resolution of (A) obligations of trade creditors or customers that were incurred in the ordinary course of business of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, including pursuant to any plan of reorganization or similar arrangement upon the bankruptcy or insolvency of any trade creditor or customer; or (B) litigation, arbitration or other disputes; |
(7) | Investments represented by Hedging Obligations permitted under clause (8) of the definition of Permitted Debt; |
117
(8) | loans or advances to directors, officers and employees made in the ordinary course of business of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed $1.0 million at any one time outstanding; |
(9) | repurchases of the Notes; |
(10) | (i) accounts, chattel paper and notes receivable owing to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary and advances to suppliers, if created, acquired or made in the ordinary course of business, (ii) endorsements for collection or deposit in the ordinary course of business, (iii) lease, utility and similar deposits and deposits with suppliers in the ordinary course of business, (iv) extensions of trade credit in the ordinary course of business and (v) deposits made in the ordinary course to secure operating leases; |
(11) | Investments existing on the Issue Date or made pursuant to binding commitments in effect on the Issue Date; |
(12) | Investments (a) in Foreign Restricted Subsidiaries or joint ventures by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, which Investment has an aggregate Fair Market Value (measured on the date each such Investment was made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value), when taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to this clause (12)(a) that arc at the time outstanding, not to exceed $25.0 million, (b) in Foreign Restricted Subsidiaries by any other Foreign Restricted Subsidiary and (c) consisting of Guarantees by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of Indebtedness incurred by a Foreign Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to clause ( 16) or ( 18) of the definition of Permitted Debt; and |
(13) | other Investments in any Person having an aggregate Fair Market Value (measured on the date each such Investment was made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value), when taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to this clause (13) that are at the time outstanding, not to exceed $5.0 million; |
provided that, notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the foregoing, an Investment in any Convertible Indebtedness shall not constitute a Permitted Investment.
Permitted Liens means:
(1) | Liens securing Permitted Debt described in clause (1) of the definition thereof and related Obligations, Bank Product Obligations and Hedging Obligations, which Liens shall be Liens securing First Lien Debt for purposes of the Intercreditor Agreement; |
(2) | Liens securing (i) Indebtedness incurred pursuant to certain provisions of Certain Covenants—Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock and any Obligations in respect of any of the foregoing and under the Notes Documents relating to any of the foregoing Obligations, which Liens shall be Liens securing Junior Lien Debt for purposes of the Intercreditor Agreement; |
(3) | Liens in favor of the Company or the Guarantors; |
(4) | Liens on property of a Person existing at the time such Person is merged with or into or consolidated with the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company; provided that such Liens were in existence prior to the contemplation of such merger or consolidation and do not extend to any assets other than those of the Person merged into or consolidated with the Company or the Subsidiary; |
(5) | Liens on property (including Capital Stock) existing at the time of acquisition of the property by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company; provided that such Liens were in existence prior to, such acquisition, and not incurred in contemplation of, such acquisition; |
(6) | Liens to secure the performance of statutory obligations or Indebtedness in respect of commercial letters of credit, performance bonds, surety bonds or like obligations in respect of performance guarantees or similar commitments of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries incurred in the ordinary course of business; |
(7) | Liens to secure Permitted Debt (including Capital Lease Obligations) described in clause (4) of the definition thereof covering only the assets acquired with or financed by such Indebtedness and Liens on assets that are the subject of a sale leaseback transaction relating to Attributable Debt incurred pursuant to clause (19) of the definition of Permitted Debt; |
118
(8) | Liens existing on the Issue Date; |
(9) | Liens for taxes, assessments or governmental charges or claims that are not yet delinquent or that are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings promptly instituted and diligently conducted; provided that any reserve or other appropriate provision as is required in conformity with GAAP has been made therefor; |
(10) | Liens imposed by law, such as carriers’, warehousemen’s, landlord’s and mechanics’ Liens, in each case, incurred in the ordinary course of business; |
(11) | (i) survey exceptions, easements or reservations of, or rights of others for, licenses, rights-of-way, sewers, electric lines, telegraph and telephone lines and other similar purposes, or zoning or other restrictions as to the use of real property that were not incurred in connection with Indebtedness and that do not in the aggregate materially adversely affect the value of said properties or materially impair their use in the operation of the business of such Person and (ii) with respect to any real estate located in Canada, reservations, limitations, provisos and conditions expressed in any original grant from the Federal government of Canada or Her Majesty the Queen in right of Canada, that do not materially affect the use of the affected land for the purpose for which it is used by that Person; |
(12) | Liens to secure any Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness permitted to be incurred under the Indenture; provided, however, that: |
(a) | the new Lien shall be limited to all or part of the same property and assets that secured or, under the written agreements pursuant to which the original Lien arose, could secure the original Lien (plus improvements and accessions to, such property or proceeds or distributions thereof); |
(b) | the new Lien shall be of the same or junior priority relative to the Liens securing the Notes Debt as the original Lien; and |
(c) | the Indebtedness secured by the new Lien is not increased to any amount greater than the sum of (x) the outstanding principal amount, or, if greater, committed amount, of the Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness and (y) an amount necessary to pay any fees and expenses, including premiums, related to such renewal, refunding, refinancing, replacement, defeasance or discharge; |
(13) | any judgment Lien not giving rise to an Event of Default; |
(14) | Liens upon specific items of inventory or other goods and proceeds of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries securing such Person’s obligations in respect of bankers’ acceptances issued or created for the account of such Person to facilitate the purchase, shipment or storage of such inventory or other goods; |
(15) | Liens securing Hedging Obligations incurred pursuant to clause (8) of the definition of Permitted Debt, so long as the related Indebtedness is, and is permitted to be under the Indenture, secured by a Lien on the same property securing such Hedging Obligations; |
(16) | any provision for the retention of title to an asset by the vendor or transferor of such asset (including any lessor) which asset is acquired by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company in a transaction entered into in the ordinary course of business of the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary; |
(17) | grants of licenses or sublicenses of intellectual property in the ordinary course of business that do not materially interfere with the ordinary conduct of the business of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; |
(18) | Liens of a collection bank arising under Section 4-210 of the Uniform Commercial Code on items in the course of collection; |
(19) | Liens securing reimbursement obligations with respect to letters of credit, bankers’ acceptances or other sureties or pledges and deposits in respect of workers’ compensation claims, health, disability or other employee benefits or property, casualty or liability insurance or self-insurance or other similar reimbursement-type obligations issued in the ordinary course of business and consistent with past practice; provided, however, that upon the drawing of such letters of credit, such obligations are reimbursed and extinguished within 30 days following such drawing; |
119
(20) | Liens securing reimbursement obligations in respect of commercial letters of credit and covering goods (or the documents of title in respect thereof) financed by such commercial letters of credit and the proceeds and products thereof; |
(21) | Liens in favor of customs or revenue authorities arising as a matter of law to secure payment of customs duties in connection with the importation of goods; |
(22) | Liens solely on any cash earnest money deposits made by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with any letter of intent or purchase agreement permitted under the Indenture; |
(23) | Liens arising from precautionary Uniform Commercial Code (or equivalent statute) financing statement filings regarding operating leases entered into in the ordinary course of business to the extent such Liens only relate to the assets, property, products or merchandise that are the subject of such lease or consignment, as the case may be; |
(24) | Liens securing Permitted Debt described in clause (16) or (18) of the definition thereof; provided that, any Lien securing such Permitted Debt may only attach to, be granted in respect of, or exist on, assets of Foreign Restricted Subsidiaries; |
(25) | Liens incurred in the ordinary course of business of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company with respect to obligations that do not exceed $5.0 million at any one time outstanding and that (a) are not incurred in connection with the borrowing of money or the obtaining of advances or credit and (b) do not in the aggregate materially detract from the value of the property or materially impair the use thereof in the operation of business by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary; and |
(26) | Liens not given in connection with the issuance of Indebtedness and incurred in the ordinary course of business and consistent with past practice of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries on cash or securities in a depositary account in favor of the depositary, to the extent such Lien secures the obligation of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to the fees and compensation of such depositary for services in connection with the maintenance of such account. |
Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness means any Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries issued in exchange for, or the net proceeds of which are used to renew, refund, refinance, replace, defease or discharge other Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than intercompany Indebtedness); provided that:
(1) | the principal amount (or accreted value, if applicable) of such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness does not exceed the principal amount (or accreted value, if applicable) of the Indebtedness renewed, refunded, refinanced, replaced, defeased or discharged (plus all accrued interest on the Indebtedness and the amount of all fees and expenses, including premiums, incurred in connection therewith); |
(2) | such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness has a final maturity date later than the final maturity date of, and has a Weighted Average Life to Maturity equal to or greater than the Weighted Average Life to Maturity of, the Indebtedness being renewed, refunded, refinanced, replaced, defeased or discharged; |
(3) | if the Indebtedness being renewed, refunded, refinanced, replaced, defeased or discharged is subordinated in right of payment to the Notes, such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness has a final maturity date later than the final maturity date of: and is subordinated in right of payment to, the Notes on terms at least as favorable to the Holders as those contained in the documentation governing the Indebtedness being renewed, refunded, refinanced, replaced, defeased or discharged; |
(4) | shall not include Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company that is not a Guarantor that refinances Indebtedness of the Company or a Guarantor; and |
(5) | if the Indebtedness being renewed, refunded, refinanced, replaced, defeased or discharged is (i) unsecured, such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness may not be secured or (ii) is secured by an existing Lien on the Collateral, such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness may not be secured by a Lien on the Collateral with a higher priority than such existing Lien on the Collateral. |
Person means any individual, corporation, partnership, joint venture, association, joint-stock company, trust, unincorporated organization, limited liability company or government or other entity.
120
Private Placement Legend means the legend set forth in the Indenture to be placed on all Notes issued under the Indenture except where otherwise permitted by the provisions of the Indenture.
Public Equity Offering means an underwritten public offering of the Capital Stock of the Company pursuant to a registration statement filed with the SEC (other than on Form S-8).
Regulation S means Regulation S promulgated under the Securities Act.
Reorganization Subordinated Securities shall mean any debt or equity securities of the Issuer or any Guarantor or any other person that are distributed to any Secured Party in respect of the Obligations pursuant to a confirmed plan of reorganization or adjustment that is effective after the Issue Date and that (a) in the case of debt securities, are subordinated in right of payment to the Senior Credit Facility Obligations (or any debt securities issued in substitution of all or any portion of the Senior Credit Facility Obligations) to at least the same extent as the Obligations are subordinated to Senior Credit Facility Obligations, (b) in the case of equity securities, are subordinated in right of payment to any equity securities issued in substitution of all or any portion of the Senior Credit Facility Obligations to at least the same extent as the Obligations, (ii) do not have the benefit of any obligation of any person (whether as issuer, guarantor or otherwise) unless the Senior Credit Facility Obligations has at least the same benefit of the obligation of such person, (c) do not have any terms, and are not subject to or entitled to the benefit of any agreement or instrument that has terms, that are more burdensome to the issuer of or other obligor on such debt or equity securities than are the terms of the Senior Credit Facility Obligations, and (d) if secured by Liens on any assets of the Issuer or any Guarantor, such Liens are subordinated to the Liens of Senior Credit Facility Agent to at least the same extent as the Liens of Collateral Agent on the Collateral are subordinated to the Liens of Senior Credit Facility Agent on the Collateral.
Responsible Officer when used with respect to the Trustee, means any officer within the Corporate Trust Administration of the Trustee (or any successor group of the Trustee) or any other officer of the Trustee customarily performing functions similar to those performed by any of the above designated officers and also means, with respect to a particular corporate trust matter, any other officer to whom such matter is referred because of his knowledge of and familiarity with the particular subject.
Restricted Global Note means a Global Note bearing the Private Placement Legend.
Restricted Investment means an Investment other than a Permitted Investment.
Restricted Subsidiary of a Person means any Subsidiary of the referent Person that is not an Unrestricted Subsidiary.
Rule 144A means Rule 144A promulgated under the Securities Act.
S&P means Standard & Poors Ratings Group.
Scheduled Trading Day means a day that is scheduled to be a Trading Day on the principal United States national securities exchange or market on which the Common Stock is listed or admitted for trading. If the Common Stock is not so listed or admitted for trading, Scheduled Trading Day means a Business Day.
SEC means the Securities and Exchange Commission.
Securities Act means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.
Security Agreement shall mean the Pledge and Security Agreement, dated as of March , 2020, by and among the Company, the Guarantors and Collateral Agent, as collateral agent, as may hereafter be amended, modified, supplemented, extended, renewed, restated or replaced.
Senior Credit Agreement means the Revolving Credit and Security Agreement, dated as of the Original Issue Date, among the Company, Total Plastics, Inc., HY-Alloy Steels Company, Keystone Tube Company, LLC, Keystone Service, Inc., the other borrowers from time to time party thereto, the guarantors party thereto, the lenders party thereto and PNC Bank, National Association, as administrative and collateral agent for the Lenders.
Senior Credit Facility means the Senior Credit Agreement, together with the related agreements and instruments thereto (including, without limitation, any guarantee agreements and security documents) and any other debt facilities or commercial paper facilities with banks or other institutional lenders providing for revolving credit loans, term loans or letters of credit or issuances of debt securities evidenced by notes, debentures, bonds or similar instruments, in each case, as amended as of the Issue Date or as may hereafter be
121
amended, restated, modified, supplemented, renewed, refunded, replaced (whether upon or after termination or otherwise) or refinanced in whole or in part from time to time that extend the maturity of, refinance, replace or otherwise restructure (including increasing the amount of available borrowings thereunder (provided that such increase in borrowings is permitted to be incurred pursuant to clause (1) of the definition of the term Permitted Debt) or adding Restricted Subsidiaries of the Company as additional borrowers or guarantors thereunder) all or any portion of the Indebtedness under such agreement or any successor or replacement agreement and whether by the same or any other agent, lender or group of lenders.
Senior Credit Facility Agent means PNC Bank, National Association, and its successors and assigns in its capacity as administrative agent and First Lien Agent pursuant to the First Lien Documents (as defined in the Intercreditor Agreement) acting for and on behalf of the other First Lien Secured Parties (as defined in the lntercreditor Agreement) and any successor or replacement agent.
Senior Credit Facility Obligations means the Obligations outstanding under the Senior Credit Facility.
Senior Management means the Chief Executive Officer and the Chief Financial Officer of the Company.
Settlement Method means either Cash Settlement, Physical Settlement or Combination Settlement, as specified in the Indenture.
Significant Subsidiary means any Subsidiary that would be a significant subsidiary as defined in Article 1, Rule 1-02 of Regulation S-X, promulgated pursuant to the Securities Act, as such Regulation is in effect on the Issue Date.
Stated Maturity means, with respect to any installment of interest or principal on any series of Indebtedness, the date on which the payment of interest or principal was scheduled to be paid in the documentation governing such Indebtedness as of the Issue Date, and will not include any contingent obligations to repay, redeem or repurchase any such interest or principal prior to the date originally scheduled for the payment thereof.
Stock Price means the price paid per share of Common Stock in connection with a Fundamental Change, which shall be equal to (i) if holders of Common Stock receive only cash in such Fundamental Change, the cash amount paid per share of Common Stock and (ii) in all other cases, the average of the Last Reported Sale Prices of the Common Stock over the 10 consecutive Trading Day period ending on, and including, the Trading Day immediately preceding the Effective Date of the Fundamental Change.
Stockholders Agreement means the Stockholders Agreement dated as even date herewith by and among the Company and the stockholders that are party thereto, as the same may be amended, supplemented, or otherwise modified from time to time.
Subsidiary means, with respect to any specified Person:
(1) | any corporation, association or other business entity of which more than 50% of the total voting power of shares of Capital Stock entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency and after giving effect to any voting agreement or stockholders’ agreement that effectively transfers voting power) to vote in the election of directors, managers or trustees of the corporation, association or other business entity is at the time owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by that Person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of that Person (or a combination thereof); and |
(2) | any partnership (a) the sole general partner or the managing general partner of which is such Person or a Subsidiary of such Person or (b) the only general partners of which are that Person or one or more Subsidiaries of that Person (or any combination thereof). |
TIA means the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended (15 U.S.C. §§ 77aaa-77bbbb).
Trading Day means a day during which (i) trading in the Common Stock generally occurs on the principal United States national securities exchange or market on which the Common Stock is listed or admitted for trading and (ii) there is no Market Disruption Event.
Transactions means the transactions contemplated by the Indenture.
Trustee means Wilmington Savings Fund Society, FSB, not in its individual capacity, but solely in its capacity as Trustee, until a successor replaces it in accordance with the applicable provisions of the Indenture and thereafter means the successor serving thereunder.
122
Unrestricted Global Note means a Global Note that does not bear and is not required to bear the Private Placement Legend.
Unrestricted Subsidiary means any Subsidiary of the Company that is designated by the Board of Directors of the Company as an Unrestricted Subsidiary pursuant to a resolution of the Board of Directors, but only to the extent that such Subsidiary:
(1) | has no Indebtedness other than Non-Recourse Debt; |
(2) | except as permitted under Certain Covenants—Transactions with Affiliates, is not party to any agreement, contract, arrangement or understanding with the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company unless the terms of any such agreement, contract, arrangement or understanding are no less favorable to the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary than those that might be obtained at the time from Persons who are not Affiliates of the Company; |
(3) | is a Person with respect to which neither the Company nor any of its Restricted Subsidiaries has any direct or indirect obligation (a) to subscribe for additional Equity Interests or (b) to maintain or preserve such Person’s financial condition or to cause such Person to achieve any specified levels of operating results; and |
(4) | has not guaranteed or otherwise directly or indirectly provided credit support for any Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries. |
VWAP Market Disruption Event means (i) a failure by the primary United States national or regional securities exchange or market on which the Common Stock is listed or admitted to trading to open for trading during its regular trading session or (ii) the occurrence or existence prior to 1:00 p.m., Eastern time, on any Scheduled Trading Day for the Common Stock for more than a one half-hour period in the aggregate during regular trading hours of any suspension or limitation imposed on trading (by reason of movements in price exceeding limits permitted by the relevant stock exchange or otherwise) in the Common Stock or in any options contracts or futures contracts relating to the Common Stock.
VWAP Trading Day means a day during which (i) trading in the Common Stock generally occurs on the principal United States national or regional securities exchange or market on which the Common Stock is listed or admitted for trading and (ii) there is no VWAP Market Disruption Event. If the Common Stock is not so listed or traded, then VWAP Trading Day means a Business Day.
Weighted Average Life to Maturity means, when applied to any Indebtedness at any date, the number of years obtained by dividing:
(1) | the sum of the products obtained by multiplying (a) the amount of each then remaining installment, sinking fund, serial maturity or other required payments of principal, including payment at final maturity, in respect of the Indebtedness, by (b) the number of years (calculated to the nearest one-twelfth) that will elapse between such date and the making of such payment; by |
(2) | the then outstanding principal amount of such Indebtedness. |
123
The description of the terms of the Existing Indenture and the Proposed Amendments set forth below is only a summary and is qualified in its entirety by reference to (i) the terms and conditions of the Existing Indenture and the old notes as currently in effect and (ii) the relevant terms of the Existing Indenture and the old notes as proposed to be modified by the Proposed Amendments, which will be substantially in the form of the Supplemental Indenture included as an exhibit to the Tender Offer Statement on Schedule TO that we have filed with the SEC, which you may examine and copy as set forth under Where You Can Find Additional Information. Each holder should carefully review this entire prospectus, the form of Supplemental Indenture and the Existing Indenture before granting a consent. We are seeking consents to all the Proposed Amendments as a single proposal. Accordingly, a consent purporting to consent to only a portion of the Proposed Amendments will not be valid. Capitalized terms used herein that are not defined in this description of the Proposed Amendments will have the meanings assigned to them in the Existing Indenture unless otherwise indicated.
Concurrently with the Exchange Offer and subject to the terms and conditions contained in this prospectus, we are conducting the Consent Solicitation for the Proposed Amendments to the Existing Indenture to eliminate or amend substantially all of the restrictive covenants, release all collateral securing the Issuers obligations under the Existing Indenture, and modify certain of the events of default and various other provisions contained in the Existing Indenture.
The following is a summary of the Proposed Amendments.
The Proposed Amendments, if adopted and effected, will eliminate substantially all of the covenants in the Existing Indenture governing our actions, other than the covenants to pay principal of and interest on the old notes when due, will eliminate or modify the related events of default and will release all collateral under the Existing Indenture. For more complete information regarding the effects of the Proposed Amendments, reference is made to the Existing Indenture, which is incorporated herein by reference and a copy of which was included as an exhibit to the Companys 8-K filed with the SEC on June 4, 2018. See Where You Can Find Additional Information.
The Proposed Amendments will be effected by a supplemental indenture to the Existing Indenture, which is referred to herein as the Supplemental Indenture, the form of which is attached as an exhibit to the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, which will be executed by the Issuer, the Guarantors, and the Wilmington Savings Fund Society, FSB, as trustee, promptly following the receipt of the Required Consents (as defined below) from the holders of old notes and which will become effective and binding on all non-tendering holders upon the consummation of the Exchange Offer. If the Exchange Offer is terminated or withdrawn, or the old notes are not accepted for exchange hereunder, the Proposed Amendments will not become effective.
The Proposed Amendments constitute a single proposal and an exchanging holder must consent to the Proposed Amendments as an entirety and may not consent selectively with respect to certain Proposed Amendments. A holder of old notes may not tender such old notes in the Exchange Offer without consenting to the Proposed Amendments, and the tender of old notes by a holder pursuant to the Exchange Offer will constitute the giving of consents by such holder to the Proposed Amendments. Pursuant to the terms of the Existing Indenture, the consent of the holders of at least 66-2/3% in principal amount of the old notes then outstanding, voting as a single class, is required to approve the Proposed Amendments to the Existing Indenture (the Required Consents).
As of February 25, 2020, the outstanding principal amount of the old notes was $193.7 million, not including accrued and unpaid interest. If the Required Consents are received and the Proposed Amendments become effective with respect to the Existing Indenture, the Proposed Amendments will be binding on all non-exchanging holders.
124
Deletion/Amendments of Covenants. The Supplemental Indenture would, in substance, eliminate the following covenants and provisions from the Existing Indenture (which are also identified below by their respective section references in the Existing Indenture). Defined terms used below have the meanings ascribed to them in the Existing Indenture.
Section 4.03
|
Reports. Requires the Company to file certain periodic reports with the Commission.
|
|
|
Section 4.04
|
Compliance Certificate. Requires the Company to deliver certain reports to the Trustee.
|
|
|
Section 4.07
|
Restricted Payments. Restricts the ability of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to make Restricted Payments.
|
|
|
Section 4.08
|
Dividend and Other Payments Restrictions Affecting Subsidiaries. Restricts the ability of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to place limitations on the ability of any Restricted Subsidiary to (i) pay dividends or make any other distributions in respect of its Capital Stock, or with respect to any other interest or participation in, or measured by, its profits, or pay any indebtedness owed to the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries, (ii) make loans or advances to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary or (iii) sell, lease or transfer any of the Company’s or any Restricted Subsidiaries’ property or assets to the Company or any other Restricted Subsidiary.
|
|
|
Section 4.09
|
Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock. Restricts the ability of the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries to incur additional Indebtedness or to issue preferred stock.
|
|
|
Section 4.10
|
Asset Sales. Restricts the ability of the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries to consummate Asset Sales.
|
|
|
Section 4.11
|
Transactions with Affiliates. Restricts the ability of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to enter into certain transactions with Affiliates.
|
|
|
Section 4.12
|
Liens. Restricts the ability of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to permit the existence of certain Liens on its property or assets to secure Indebtedness.
|
|
|
Section 4.13
|
Business Activities. Restricts the ability of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to engage in any business other than the business conducted by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries on the Issue Date.
|
|
|
Section 4.17
|
Real Estate Mortgages and Filings; Landlord Waivers. Requires the Company and any Guarantor to deliver mortgages and related deliverables to the Collateral Agent.
|
|
|
Section 4.18
|
Limitation on Sale and Leaseback Transactions. Restricts the ability of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to consummate any sale and leaseback transaction.
|
|
|
Section 4.20
|
Further Assurances. Requires the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries to comply with requests from the Collateral Agent in order to ensure that the Collateral Agent’s security interest in the Collateral is perfected.
|
|
|
125
Section 4.22
|
Additional Note Guarantees. Requires the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries to ensure that the appropriate subsidiaries become Guarantors of the old notes
|
|
|
Section 4.23
|
Designation of Restricted and Unrestricted Subsidiaries. Restricts the ability of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to create Unrestricted Subsidiaries.
|
|
|
Section 13.01
|
Grant of a Security Interest. Provides for the Company’s granting of a security interest to the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Holders.
|
|
|
Section 13.02
|
Opinions. Requires the Company to cause its counsel to provide certain opinions to the Trustee and the Collateral Agent.
|
|
|
Section 13.03
|
Release of Collateral. Restricts the Collateral Agent from releasing the Collateral from the security interest granted in favor of the Collateral Agent unless in accordance with the terms and conditions in the Existing Indenture and the applicable Collateral Documents.
|
|
|
Section 13.04
|
Specified Releases of Collateral. Requires that the Collateral Agent release Collateral in certain circumstances.
|
|
|
Section 13.05
|
Release upon Satisfaction or Defeasance of All Outstanding Obligations. Requires that the Collateral Agent release Collateral upon the satisfaction of the Company’s obligations under the old notes, upon the satisfaction and discharge of the Existing Indenture or upon the occurrence of a Covenant Defeasance.
|
|
|
Section 13.06
|
Form and Sufficiency of Release. Requires the Collateral Agent to provide appropriate lien release documentation.
|
|
|
Section 13.07
|
Purchaser Protected. No purchaser of any property of the Company shall be required to ascertain or inquire as to whether such sale or other disposition was permitted under the Existing Indenture.
|
|
|
Section 13.09
|
Authorization of Receipt of Funds by the Trustee Under the Collateral Documents. The Collateral Agent is authorized to receive any funds for the benefit of itself, the Trustee and the Holders distributed under the Collateral Documents and to the extent not prohibited under the Intercreditor Agreement for turnover to the Trustee to make further distributions of such funds to itself, the Trustee and the Holders in accordance with the provisions of the Existing Indenture.
|
Deletion of Definitions and Cross References. The Proposed Amendments would delete those definitions from the Existing Indenture if all references to such definitions would be eliminated as a result of the elimination of the covenants described above. The Proposed Amendments would also deem any remaining cross-references to such deleted provisions as deleted in their entirety.
Deletion of Sections 5.01(a)(3), 5.01(a)(4), and 5.01(a)(5). Section 5.01 of the Existing Indenture places limitations on the ability of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary to consolidate or merge with another company or transfer, lease, convey or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its assets. The Proposed Amendments would delete Sections 5.01(a)(3), 5.01(a)(4), and 5.01(a)(5) in their entirety and consequently the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary will be able to consummate such transactions without complying with Sections 5.01(a)(3), 5.01(a)(4), and 5.01(a)(5) of the Existing Indenture.
126
Amendment of Section 5.01(a)(2). This provision would require that any successor company to the Company in a merger or consolidation agree to assume the obligations of the Company under the Existing Indenture and the Collateral Documents. The Proposed Amendments would delete the reference to Collateral Documents in this provision.
Amendment to Section 6.01. Section 6.01 of the Existing Indenture sets forth the events constituting Events of Default under the Existing Indenture. The Proposed Amendments would delete in their entirety the Events of Default set forth in clauses (5), (6), (7), (9) and (10) of Section 6.01, remove the references to clauses (9) and (10) of Section 6.01 in Section 6.02 (Acceleration) and remove the reference to Sections 4.07 and 4.10 (as described in the above deleted covenants) in Section 6.01(3).
Section 6.01(5). This provision provides that an Event of Default occurs if Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary is not paid within any applicable grace period after final maturity or is accelerated by the holders thereof because of a default and the total amount of such Indebtedness unpaid or accelerated exceeds $15.0 million.
Section 6.01(6). This provision provides that an Event of Default occurs upon the failure by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary to pay final judgments aggregating in excess of $15.0 million and such judgments are not paid, discharged or stayed for a period of 60 days.
Section 6.01(7). This provision provides that the failure to maintain any Collateral Document in full force and effect constitutes an Event of Default.
Section 6.01(9) and Section 6.01(10). These provisions provide that the involuntary or voluntary occurrence of certain events of bankruptcy or insolvency regarding the Company or any Significant Subsidiary constitute Events of Default.
Amendment of Section 10.03. This provision describes the documentation to be signed by a Guarantor in order to be bound to its Note Guarantee. The Proposed Amendments delete certain cross-references to Section 4.22, which Section is being deleted as part of the Proposed Amendments.
The foregoing summary does not purport to be comprehensive or definitive, and is qualified in its entirety by reference to the form of Supplemental Indenture which will be filed as an exhibit to the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part.
127
Support Agreements
We have entered into Support Agreements with holders of the old notes who, in the aggregate, hold in excess of 96% of the outstanding principal amount of the old notes. Under the terms of the Support Agreements, each of the holders that is party to the Support Agreements has agreed to tender in the Exchange Offer all of the old notes that it beneficially owns and to consent to the Proposed Amendments, subject to certain conditions.
Amendment to the Existing Intercreditor Agreement
PNC Bank, National Association and the trustee for the old notes will enter into an amendment of the Existing Intercreditor Agreement to, among other things, remove certain limitations and rights of the old notes with respect to the First Lien Facility.
New Intercreditor Agreement
On the Closing Date, the First Lien Agent, the Trustee and the Company and certain of its subsidiaries will execute the New Intercreditor Agreement providing for the lien priority of the First Lien Facility over the new notes. The terms and conditions of the New Intercreditor Agreement will be substantially consistent with those applicable to the existing intercreditor agreement between the First Lien Agent and the trustee for the old notes, except that the New Intercreditor Agreement (i) does not contain a threshold date before which no interest payment may be made and (ii) provides that no cash interest payment on the new notes shall be made at any time that a cash interest payment is due and payable to holders of the old notes.
A&R Registration Rights Agreement
On the Closing Date, the Company and certain stockholders expect to execute the A&R Registration Rights Agreement. The terms and conditions of the A&R Registration Rights Agreement will be substantially consistent with those applicable to the existing agreement.
The foregoing description of the agreements is qualified in its entirety by reference to the agreements themselves, as amended, a form of each of which has been filed as an exhibit to the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part.
128
MATERIAL UNITED STATES FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES
The following is a summary of material United States federal income tax consequences of the exchange of old notes for new notes and shares of common stock of the Issuer (the Shares) as well as the ownership of the new notes and the Shares. This summary is based on the United States Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the Code), Treasury regulations thereunder (Treasury Regulations) and administrative interpretations and judicial decisions, all as in effect on the date of this Registration Statement and all of which are subject to change, with possible retroactive effect. Due to the lack of definitive judicial and administrative authority in a number of areas, substantial uncertainty may exist with respect to some of the tax consequences described below. No opinion of counsel has been obtained, and the Issuer does not intend to seek a ruling from the United States Internal Revenue Service (the IRS), as to any of the tax consequences discussed below. There can be no assurance that the IRS will not challenge one or more of the tax consequences described below.
This summary only addresses beneficial owners of old notes (Holders) and does not apply to persons subject to special treatment under United States federal income tax law (including, without limitation, a bank, governmental authority or agency, financial institution, insurance company, pass-through entity, tax-exempt organization, broker or dealer in securities, mutual fund, small business investment company, employee, a person holding old notes, new notes or Shares that are a hedge against, or that are hedged against, currency risk or that are part of a straddle, constructive sale, or conversion transaction, a person that owns more than 10% of the Shares of the Issuer (actually or constructively), a person that is in bankruptcy or a regulated investment company or real estate investment trust). This summary assumes that the Holders hold old notes, and will hold the new notes and Shares, as capital assets within the meaning of Section 1221 of the Code. This summary does not purport to cover all aspects of United States federal income taxation that may apply to a Holder based on the Holders particular circumstances. This summary does not cover the Medicare tax on certain investment income. Additionally, this summary does not discuss any tax consequences that may arise under any laws other than United States federal income tax law, including under federal estate and gift tax laws or state, local or foreign tax law.
The United States federal income tax consequences to a partner in an entity or arrangement treated as a partnership for United States federal income tax purposes that holds an old note, new note or Share generally will depend on the status of the partner and the activities of the partner and the partnership. If a Holder is a partnership, or a partner in a partnership holding old notes or new notes or Shares, such Holder should consult its own tax advisor.
THIS SUMMARY IS NOT INTENDED TO CONSTITUTE A COMPLETE ANALYSIS OF ALL TAX CONSIDERATIONS RELEVANT TO A PARTICULAR HOLDER. ACCORDINGLY, THE FOLLOWING SUMMARY OF MATERIAL UNITED STATES FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES IS FOR INFORMATIONAL PURPOSES ONLY AND IS NOT A SUBSTITUTE FOR CAREFUL TAX PLANNING AND ADVICE BASED UPON THE INDIVIDUAL CIRCUMSTANCES PERTAINING TO A HOLDER. YOU ARE URGED TO CONSULT YOUR OWN TAX ADVISOR FOR THE FEDERAL, STATE, LOCAL AND OTHER TAX CONSEQUENCES APPLICABLE TO THE TRANSACTIONS DESCRIBED IN THIS REGISTRATION STATEMENT.
Additional Consideration
The tax treatment of the portion of the total consideration in the Exchange Offer that is allocable to the additional exchange consideration is unclear. The Issuer intends to treat the additional exchange consideration as additional consideration received by a Holder in the Exchange Offer and the remainder of this discussion assumes that the additional exchange consideration will be so treated. However, the IRS or a court could take a different position with respect to the additional exchange consideration paid hereunder. Each holder should consult its own tax advisor with respect to the proper treatment of the additional exchange consideration.
Characterization of the New Notes
The proper characterization of the new notes as debt or equity for United States federal income tax purposes is uncertain. The determination of whether an instrument is properly characterized as debt or equity for United States federal income tax purposes is a facts and circumstances analysis and depends on many factors, including, among others: (i) the intention of the parties, (ii) the seniority and security of the instrument in the issuers capital structure, (iii) the projected ability of the issuer to make scheduled payments of interest and principal on
129
the instrument, (iv) the overlap in ownership of debt and equity holders, (v) the debt to equity ratio of the issuer and (vi) in the case of a convertible instrument like the new notes, the likelihood of conversion of the instrument (judged in part by whether, and, if so, by how much, the conversion price of the instrument is less than the fair market value of the underlying stock at the time of issuance–that is, by whether, and the extent to which, the conversion feature is in the money at issuance). The new notes have some features that are equity-like, including the inherent overlap in ownership of the new notes on the one hand and the fully-diluted equity of the Issuer on the other hand, and other features that are debt- like, including the fact that the new notes are secured senior obligations of the Issuer. Moreover, one important feature, the extent to which the Conversion Price of the new notes is in the money at issuance, depends on the trading price of the Shares at the time of issuance of the new notes and therefore will not be determined until the Closing Date. Accordingly, the proper characterization of the new notes is uncertain. We intend to characterize the new notes as debt for applicable tax purposes, assuming that the conversion feature of the new notes is not deeply in the money at issuance. However, there can be no assurance that the IRS will not assert, and that a court will not determine, that the new notes instead should be treated as equity. If the conversion feature of the new notes is deeply in the money at issuance, we may determine to treat the new notes as equity, rather than as debt. Each Holder should consult its own tax advisor regarding the proper characterization of the new notes for United States federal, state and local, and non-United States, tax purposes, and the consequences to it of such treatment given its individual circumstances.
Additional Payments
In certain circumstances, we may be required to pay additional interest on the new notes (for example, in the circumstances related to our failure to file with the trustee certain documents or reports we are required to file with the Securities and Exchange Commission or otherwise required to provide to the trustee under the terms of the Indenture described under Description of the New Notes—Events of Default and Remedies) or additional amounts in redemption of the new notes (for example, in the case of certain changes in control, as described in Description of the New Notes—Repurchase at the Option of Holders Upon a Fundamental Change), in excess of their stated principal amount and accrued interest. In addition, Holders may be entitled to additional shares upon conversion of the new notes under the circumstances described in Description of the New Notes—Conversion—Conversion upon a Fundamental Change. Although the issue is not free from doubt, in the case where we treat the new notes as debt for United States federal income tax purposes, we intend to take the position that the possibility of payment of such additional interest or amounts, or the receipt of additional Shares on conversion of the new notes, does not result in the new notes being treated as contingent payment debt instruments under applicable Treasury Regulations. If we become obligated to pay additional interest, then we intend to take the position that such amounts will be treated as ordinary interest income and taxed as described under the headings —Consequences to United States Holders—Consequences of Holding New Notes — Payment of Stated Interest or —Consequences to Non-United States Holders—Consequences of Holding New Notes—Consequences if the New Notes are Treated as Debt. If we become obligated to pay additional amounts in redemption, then we intend to take the position that such amounts will be treated as additional proceeds and taxed as described below under the headings —Consequences to United States Holders— Consequences of Holding New Notes—Sale Exchange or Other Disposition of the New Notes or —Consequences to Non-United States Holders—Consequences of Holding New Notes—Consequences if the New Notes are Treated as Debt. These positions will be based on our determination that, as of the date of the issuance of the new notes, the possibility that additional interest on or additional amounts in redemption of the new notes will have to be paid is a remote or incidental contingency within the meaning of applicable Treasury Regulations.
Our determination that these contingencies are remote or incidental is binding on a Holder, unless the Holder explicitly discloses to the IRS on its tax return for the year during which such Holder acquires the new notes that it is taking a different position. However, our position is not binding on the IRS. If the IRS takes a contrary position to that described above, a Holder may be required to accrue interest income on the new notes based upon a comparable yield, regardless of its method of accounting. The comparable yield is the yield at which we would issue a fixed rate debt instrument with no contingent payments and no conversion feature, but with terms and conditions otherwise similar to those of the new notes; that yield would be higher than the stated yield on the new notes. In addition, any gain on the sale, exchange, retirement or other taxable disposition of the new notes would be recharacterized as ordinary income. Each Holder should consult its own tax advisor regarding the tax consequences of the new notes being treated as contingent payment debt instruments. The remainder of this discussion assumes that the new notes will not be treated as contingent payment debt instruments.
130
Consequences to United States Holders
This section applies only to United States Holders. For purposes of this summary, a Holder is a United States Holder if the Holder is a beneficial owner of old notes, new notes or Shares that is, for United States federal income tax purposes, (i) an individual citizen or resident of the United States, (ii) a corporation, or entity treated as a corporation, organized in or under the laws of the United States or any state thereof or the District of Columbia, (iii) a trust if (a) a court within the United States is able to exercise primary supervision over the administration of the trust and one or more United States persons have the authority to control all substantial decisions of the trust or (b) such trust has made a valid election to be treated as a United States person for United States federal income tax purposes or (iv) an estate, the income of which is includible in gross income for United States federal income tax purposes regardless of its source.
Exchange of Old Notes for New Notes and Shares
The United States federal income tax consequences to a United States Holder of exchanging old notes for new notes and Shares in the Exchange Offer will depend in part on whether the new notes received in the exchange are treated as debt or equity for United States federal income tax purposes, as described above. The discussion below summarizes each alternative.
United States Federal Income Tax Consequences if the New Notes are Debt
If the new notes are treated as debt for United States federal income tax purposes, then the United States federal income tax consequences to a United States Holder will depend in part on whether the old notes and the new notes exchanged therefor are treated as securities for purposes of the reorganization provisions of the Code. Whether an instrument constitutes a security is determined based on all the facts and circumstances, but most authorities have held that the term of a debt instrument at issuance is an important factor in determining whether the instrument is a security for United States federal income tax purposes. These authorities have indicated that a term of less than five years is evidence that the instrument is not a security, whereas a term of ten years or more is evidence that such debt instrument is a security. There are numerous other factors that could be taken into account in determining whether a debt instrument is a security, including, without limitation: (a) the security for payment; (b) the creditworthiness of the obligor; (c) the subordination or lack thereof to other creditors; (d) the right to vote or otherwise participate in the management of the obligor; (e) convertibility of the instrument into stock of the obligor; (f) whether payments of interest are fixed, variable or contingent; and (g) whether such payments are made on a current basis or accrued. We intend to take the position that, while not free from doubt, the old notes and, if treated as debt, the new notes should be treated as securities for purposes of the reorganization provisions of the Code.
If the old notes are treated as securities of the Issuer, then the exchange of the old notes for new notes and Shares pursuant to the Exchange Offer should be treated as a recapitalization within the meaning of Section 368(a)(1)(E) of the Code. If the new notes also are treated as securities, then a United States Holder should not recognize any gain or loss on the exchange. The aggregate adjusted tax basis of the new notes and Shares received should be equal to the aggregate tax basis of the old notes surrendered and should be allocated among such new notes and Shares based on their relative fair market values. The holding period for the new notes and Shares received should include the holding period for the old notes exchanged therefor.
If the old notes are treated as securities of the Issuer, but the new notes are not treated as securities of the Issuer, then the exchange of the old notes for new notes and Shares should be treated as a recapitalization within the meaning of Section 368(a)(1)(E) of the Code, with the new notes treated as boot. In such case, each United States Holder should recognize gain on the exchange in an amount equal to the lesser of (A) the sum of the issue price (as described below under the heading —Consequences of Holding New Notes—Issue Price) of the new notes received and the fair market value of the new notes and Shares received, minus the Unites States Holders adjusted basis in the old notes surrendered, and (B) the issue price (as described below under the heading —Consequences of Holding New Notes—Issue Price) of the new notes received in the exchange. Generally, no loss should be recognized on the exchange. The aggregate adjusted tax basis of the new notes and Shares received should be equal to the United States Holders aggregate adjusted tax basis for the old notes exchanged therefor, plus the aggregate amount of any gain recognized on the exchange and minus the issue price of the new notes received. Such tax basis should be allocated between the new notes and Shares based on their relative fair market values. The tax basis of each new notes should be its issue price. The holding period of the new notes
131
and Shares should include the United States Holders holding period in the old notes exchanged therefor. The holding period for each new notes should begin on the day following the Closing Date.
If the old notes are not treated as securities of the Issuer, then each United States Holder will be treated as exchanging its old notes for new notes and Shares in a taxable exchange under Section 1001 of the Code. Accordingly, in such case, each United States Holder should recognize gain or loss equal to: (1) the sum of the fair market value of the new notes and Shares and the issue price (as described below under the heading —Consequences of Holding New Notes—Issue Price) of the new notes received, minus (2) the United States Holders adjusted basis, if any, in the old notes surrendered in exchange therefor. Such gain or loss should be (subject to the market discount rules described below) long-term capital gain or loss if the Holder has a holding period for the old notes of more than one year. The deductibility of capital losses is subject to limitations. A United States Holders tax basis in the new notes and Shares received should equal their fair market value. A United States Holders tax basis in the new notes should be the issue price thereof (as described below under the heading —Consequences of Holding New Notes—Issue Price). A Holders holding period for new notes and Shares should begin on the day following the Closing Date.
United States Federal Income Tax Consequences if the New Notes are Equity
If the new notes are treated as equity for United States federal income tax purposes, then the United States federal income tax consequences to exchanging Holders will depend in part whether the old notes are treated as securities, as described above, for purposes of the reorganization provisions of the Code. As described above, the Issuer intends to take the position that, while not free from doubt, the old notes should be securities for purposes of the reorganization provisions of the Code.
If the old notes are treated as securities of the Issuer, then the exchange of the old notes for new notes and Shares pursuant to the Exchange Offer should be treated as a recapitalization within the meaning of Section 368(a)(1)(E) of the Code. As a result, a United States Holder should not recognize any gain or loss on the exchange. The aggregate adjusted tax basis of the new notes and Shares received should be equal to the aggregate tax basis of the old notes surrendered and should be allocated among such new notes and Shares based on their relative fair market values. The holding period for the new notes and Shares received should include the holding period for the old notes exchanged therefor.
If the old notes are not treated as securities of the Issuer, then a United States Holder will be treated as exchanging its old notes for new notes and Shares in a taxable exchange under Section 1001 of the Code. Accordingly, each United States Holder should recognize gain or loss equal to: (1) the fair market value of the new notes and Shares received in exchange for the old notes, minus (2) the United States Holders adjusted basis in the old notes. Such gain or loss should be (subject to the market discount rules described below) long-term capital gain or loss if the United States Holder has a holding period for old notes of more than one year. The deductibility of capital losses is subject to limitations. A United States Holders tax basis in the new notes and Shares should equal their fair market value. A United States Holders holding period for the new notes and Shares should begin on the day following the Closing Date.
Market Discount
A United States Holder may be affected by the market discount provisions of Sections 1276 through 1278 of the Code. Under these provisions, some or all of the gain realized by a United States Holder may be treated as ordinary income (instead of capital gain), to the extent of the amount of accrued market discount on the surrendered old notes.
In general, a debt obligation with a fixed maturity of more than one year that is acquired by a holder on the secondary market (or, in certain circumstances, upon original issuance) is considered to be acquired with market discount as to that holder if the debt obligations stated redemption price at maturity (or revised issue price as defined in Section 1278 of the Code, in the case of a debt obligation that is issued with original issue discount) exceeds the tax basis of the debt obligation in the holders hands immediately after its acquisition. However, a debt obligation does not have market discount if the excess is less than a statutory de minimis amount (equal to 0.25% of the debt obligations stated redemption price at maturity or revised issue price, in the case of a debt obligation that is issued with original issue discount, multiplied by the number of complete years remaining until maturity at the time of the acquisition).
132
Any gain recognized by a United States Holder on the exchange of old notes (determined as described above) that were acquired with market discount, likely including gains as a result of the new notes being treated as other than securities, should be treated as ordinary income to the extent of the market discount that accrued thereon while the old notes were considered to be held by the United States Holder (unless the United States Holder elected to include market discount in income as it accrued). To the extent that the old notes that were acquired with market discount are exchanged in a nonrecognition transaction, such as a recapitalization, for new notes and/or Shares, any market discount that has accrued on the old notes to the time of the exchange but that is not recognized by the United States Holder on the exchange will be carried over to the nonrecognition property (property other than boot) received in the exchange, and any gain recognized on the subsequent sale, exchange, redemption or other disposition of the nonrecognition property will be treated as ordinary income to the extent of such accrued but unrecognized market discount.
Consequences of Holding New Notes
Treatment of the New Notes as Equity
If the new notes are treated as equity for United States federal income tax purposes, then interest payments on the new notes will be treated as dividends for United States federal income tax purposes to the extent paid out of the Issuers current or accumulated earnings and profits (as determined for United States federal income tax purposes). However, interest payments on the new notes that are treated as dividends generally will not be eligible for the reduced rate applicable to qualified dividend income (for individuals) or the dividends received deduction (for corporations). If a distribution exceeds the Issuers current and accumulated earnings and profits, the excess will be treated as a tax-free return of the United States Holders investment up to the United States Holders adjusted tax basis in the United States Holders new notes and thereafter as capital gain. Such capital gain generally will be long-term capital gain if the United States Holders holding period in such new notes exceeds one year immediately prior to such distribution.
Except as described below, upon the sale, exchange or other taxable disposition of instruments treated as equity, a United States Holder will recognize capital gain or loss equal to the difference between the amount realized on such sale, exchange or taxable disposition and the United States Holders tax basis in the instrument sold. Other than with respect to any market discount carried over from the old notes, such gain or loss generally will be capital gain or loss, and will be long-term capital gain or loss if the United States Holders holding period in such instrument is more than one year at the time of disposition. The deductibility of capital losses is subject to limitations.
However, if the Issuer redeems or repays new notes, such redemption or repayment may be treated as a distribution, and therefore as a dividend to the extent of the Issuers earnings and profits, rather than as a sale. Broadly, whether a redemption or repayment of new notes will be treated as a distribution rather than as a sale will depend on the United States Holders remaining actual or constructive interest, if any, in the equity of the Issuer after the redemption or repayment for purposes of Section 302(b) of the Code. You should consult your own tax advisor regarding the possibility of a redemption or repayment of new notes being treated as a distribution.
Treatment of the New Notes as Debt
If the new notes are treated as debt for United States federal income tax purposes, the following consequences should apply.
Issue Price
The issue price of the new notes will depend on whether either the new notes or the old notes are treated as traded on an established securities market at any time during the 60 day period ending 30 days after the Closing Date.
In general, a debt instrument (or property exchanged therefor) that is part of an issuance in excess of $100 million will be treated as traded on an established market if: (a) a sales price for an executed purchase of the debt instrument appears on a medium that is made available to issuers of debt instruments, persons that regularly purchase or sell debt instruments, or persons that broker purchases or sales of debt instruments; (b) a firm price quote for the debt instrument is available from at least one broker, dealer or pricing service for
133
property and the quoted price is substantially the same as the price for which the person receiving the quoted price could purchase or sell the property; or (c) there are one or more "indicative" quotes available from at least one broker, dealer or pricing service for property. The issue price of a debt instrument that is traded on an established securities market would be the fair market value of such debt instrument on the issue date as determined by such trading. If the debt instrument is not traded on an established securities market, but the property exchanged therefor is traded on an established securities market, then the issue price of the debt instrument would be the fair market value of the traded property on the issue date as determined by such trading. The issue price of a debt instrument that is neither traded on an established securities market nor issued for property so traded would be its stated principal amount (provided that the interest rate on the debt instrument exceeds the so-called applicable federal rate). While it is not entirely clear, the Issuer expects that both the old notes and new notes will likely be treated as traded on an established securities market for this purpose. Because the issue price of the new notes will likely be determined on the basis of trading prices, it is possible that the new notes might be treated as issued with original issue discount (OID), as discussed below.
Payment of Stated Interest
Stated interest on a new note will be included in a United States Holders income as ordinary income at the time that such interest is accrued or received, in accordance with the United States Holders method of accounting for United States federal income tax purposes.
Original Issue Discount
If the issue price of the new notes (determined as described above under the heading —Issue Price) is at a discount from par that is equal to or greater than a statutorily defined de minimis amount, then the new notes will be considered to be issued with OID for United States federal income tax purposes. This specified de minimis amount generally is equal to 0.25% of the principal amount of the new notes multiplied by the number of complete years to maturity from their original issue date. In the event that the new notes are issued with OID, a United States Holder generally (i) will be required to include the OID in income as ordinary interest income, on a constant yield basis over the term of the new notes, in advance of the receipt of the cash attributable to that income but (ii) will not be required to recognize any additional income upon the receipt of any cash payment on the new notes that is attributable to previously accrued OID that has been included in such United States Holders income. The remainder of this discussion assumes that the new notes will not be issued with OID.
Sale, Exchange or Other Disposition of the New Notes
Upon the sale, exchange or other taxable disposition of new notes, a United States Holder will recognize capital gain or loss equal to the difference between the amount realized on such sale, exchange or taxable disposition and the United States Holders tax basis in the new notes sold. Other than with respect to any market discount carried over from the old notes (as described above), such gain or loss generally will be long-term capital gain or loss if the United States Holders holding period in such instrument is more than one year at the time of disposition. The deductibility of capital losses is subject to limitations.
Conversion of New Notes
If a United States Holder converts a new note and receives Shares from the Issuer and cash in lieu of a fractional Share, then such Holder should not recognize any gain or loss in respect of the conversion, except that the receipt of cash in lieu of a fractional Share will result in capital gain or loss (measured by difference between the amount of cash received in lieu of the fractional share and the United States Holders tax basis in the fractional Share).
The United States Holders tax basis in the Shares received upon a conversion of a new note will equal the tax basis of the new note that was converted, less any basis allocable to a fractional Share.
A United States Holders holding period for the Shares received will include the United States Holders holding period for the new note converted.
Constructive Distributions
A United States Holder may, in certain circumstances, be deemed to have received distributions on the Shares for which the new notes are convertible if the conversion price of the instruments is adjusted. Adjustments to the conversion price made pursuant to a bona fide reasonable adjustment formula that has the effect of preventing the
134
dilution of the interest of the holders of the instruments generally will not be deemed to result in a constructive distribution of stock. Certain possible adjustments provided in the instruments (including, without limitation, adjustments in respect of the Fundamental Change Make-Whole) do not qualify as being made pursuant to a bona fide reasonable adjustment formula. If such adjustments are made, then a United States Holder may be deemed to have received constructive distributions from the Issuer, even though the United States Holder has not received any cash or property as a result of such adjustments. In certain circumstances, the failure to provide for such an adjustment also may result in a constructive distribution to a United States Holder. Each United States Holder should consult its own tax advisor regarding the possibility and tax consequences of constructive distributions.
Consequences of Not Participating in the Exchange Offer
A United States Holder of old notes that does not tender its old notes in the Exchange Offer will continue to hold old notes, as amended pursuant to the terms of the Exchange Offer. Whether the amendment of the old notes will constitute a realization event for United States federal income tax purposes depends on whether the amendment is considered to result in a significant modification (within of the meaning of Section 1.1001-3 of the Treasury Regulations) of the old notes. If the amendment of the old notes results in a significant modification, then the amendment should be treated as a deemed exchange of original old Notes for newly issued amended old notes. If both the original old notes and the post-exchange old notes are treated as securities, as described above, for United States federal income tax purposes, then the amendment should be treated as a recapitalization within the meaning of Section 368(a)(1)(E) of the Code. Accordingly, a United States Holder should not recognize any gain or loss on the exchange. The adjusted tax basis of the post-exchange old notes should remain the same as the tax basis of the original old notes and the holding period for the post-exchange old notes should include the holding period for the original old notes. If the original or the post-exchange old notes are not treated as securities of the Issuer, then each United States Holder will be treated as exchanging its old notes in a taxable exchange under Section 1001 of the Code. Accordingly, in such case, each United States Holder should recognize gain or loss equal to: (1) the issue price (as described above) of the post-exchange old notes received minus (2) the United States Holders adjusted basis in the original old notes surrendered in exchange therefor. Such gain or loss should be (subject to the market discount rules described above) long-term capital gain or loss if the United States Holder has a holding period for the original old notes of more than one year. The deductibility of capital losses is subject to limitations. A United States Holders tax basis in the post-exchange old note should be the issue price thereof (as described above under the heading —Consequences of Holding New Notes—Issue Price). A United States Holders holding period for the post-exchange old notes should begin on the day following the date of the amendment.
Information Reporting and Backup Withholding Tax
In general, payments of interest on the old notes and new notes, payments of dividends on equity interests in the Issuer and payments of the proceeds of a disposition (including a disposition pursuant to the Exchange Offer, a retirement or a redemption) of the old notes, new notes or Shares may be reported to the IRS, and may be subject to backup withholding tax (currently at a rate of 24%) unless the United States Holder: (a) comes within certain exempt categories (which generally include corporations) and, when required, demonstrates that fact; or (b) timely provides (usually on IRS Form W-9) a correct taxpayer identification number and certifies under penalty of perjury that the taxpayer identification number is correct and that the Holder is not subject to backup withholding tax because of a failure to report all dividend and interest income. Backup withholding tax is not an additional tax but is, instead, an advance payment of tax that may be refunded to the extent it results in an overpayment of tax provided that the required information related to such refund is timely provided to the IRS. The Issuer will comply with all applicable reporting and withholding requirements of the IRS.
Consequences to Non-United States Holders
The following is a summary of material United States federal income tax considerations to a Non-United States Holder. For purposes of this summary, the term Non-United States Holder means a beneficial owner of an old note, new note or Share that is, for United States federal income tax purposes:
• | a nonresident alien individual; |
• | a foreign corporation; or |
• | a foreign estate or trust. |
135
The following discussion applies only to Non-United States Holders and assumes that no item of income, gain, deduction or loss derived by a Non-United States Holder in respect of the old notes, new notes or Shares at any time is effectively connected with the conduct of a United States trade or business. Special rules, not discussed herein, may apply to certain Non-United States Holders, such as:
• | certain former citizens or residents of the United States; |
• | controlled foreign corporations; |
• | passive foreign investment companies; |
• | corporations that accumulate earnings to avoid United States federal income tax; |
• | investors in pass-through entities that are subject to special treatment under the Code; and |
• | Non-United States Holders that are engaged in the conduct of a United States trade or business. |
Exchange of Old Notes for New Notes and Shares in the Exchange Offer
Subject to the discussion under the headings —Constructive Distributions, —Information Reporting and Backup Withholding, and —FATCA Withholding Taxes below, a Non-United States Holder generally will not be subject to United States federal income or withholding taxes with respect to gain, if any, recognized on the exchange of old notes for new notes and Shares in the Exchange Offer, unless:
• | the Non-United States Holder is an individual present in the United States for 183 days or more during the taxable year of the exchange and certain other conditions are met, in which case the gain generally will be subject to tax at a rate of 30%; or |
• | the Issuer is or has been a United States real property holding corporation for United States federal income tax purposes at any time during the shorter of (a) the five-year period ending on the date of the disposition and (b) the period during which the Non-United States Holder held the old note. The Issuer does not believe that it is currently, and does not anticipate becoming, a United States real property holding corporation. |
As discussed above, although it is not free from doubt, the Issuer intends to treat the additional exchange consideration as additional consideration received by a Holder in the Exchange Offer, in which case, the Issuer does not intend to withhold United States federal withholding tax from payments of additional exchange consideration made to Non-United States Holders.
Consequences of Holding Shares
Distributions
Distributions on Shares that are paid out of the Issuers current or accumulated earnings and profits (as determined for United States federal income tax purposes) will be treated as dividends for United States federal income tax purposes. Dividends paid (or deemed paid) to a Non-United States Holder generally will be subject to withholding of United States federal income tax at a 30% rate unless an applicable income tax treaty reduces or eliminates such tax, and the Non-United States Holder claiming the benefit of such treaty timely provides to us or the paying agent proper IRS documentation. If a Non-United States Holder is eligible for a reduced rate of United States federal withholding tax pursuant to an income tax treaty, such Non-United States Holder may obtain a refund of any excess amount withheld by timely filing an appropriate claim for refund with the IRS.
To the extent that the amount of any distribution paid with respect to Shares exceeds the Issuers current and accumulated earnings and profits, such excess will be treated first as a tax-free return of capital, which will be applied against and reduce (but not below zero) such Non-United States Holders adjusted tax basis in such interest and thereafter as capital gain from a sale or other disposition of such interest that is taxed to the holder as described above under the heading — Exchange of Old Notes for New Notes and Shares in the Exchange Offer.
Sale, Exchange or Other Taxable Distribution of Shares
Subject to the discussion of backup withholding tax and FATCA below, gain, if any, recognized on the sale, exchange, conversion or other disposition of Shares will be treated in the same manner as described above under the heading — Exchange of Old Notes for New Notes and Shares in the Exchange Offer.
136
Consequences of Holding New Notes
Consequences if the New Notes are Treated as Equity
If the new notes are treated as equity for United States federal income tax purposes, then a Non-United States Holder will be subject to the same treatment with respect to such new notes as is described above with respect to Shares.
Consequences if the New Notes are Treated as Debt
If the new notes are treated as debt for United States federal income tax purposes, then, subject to the discussion of backup withholding tax and FATCA below, stated interest paid on a new note by the Issuer or any paying agent to a Non-United States Holder will be exempt from United States income and withholding tax under the portfolio interest exemption, provided that:
• | the Non-United States Holder does not, actually or constructively, own 10% or more of the combined voting power of all classes of voting stock of the Issuer and is not a controlled foreign corporation related to the Issuer, actually or constructively; |
• | the Non-United States Holder is not a bank that acquired the new notes in consideration for an extension of credit made pursuant to a loan agreement entered into in the ordinary course of its trade or business; and |
• | either (a) the Non-United States Holder provides to the Issuer or the paying agent an IRS Form W-8BEN (or a suitable substitute form), signed under penalties of perjury, that includes its name and address and that certifies its non-United States status in compliance with applicable law and regulations, (b) a securities clearing organization, bank or other financial institution that holds customers’ securities in the ordinary course of its trade or business on behalf of the Non-United States Holder provides a statement to the Issuer or the Issuer’s agent under penalties of perjury in which it certifies that an IRS Form W-8BEN (or a suitable substitute form) has been received by it from the Non-United States Holder or (c) the Non-United States Holder holds its new notes through a qualified intermediary and the qualified intermediary provides us or the paying agent a properly executed IRS Form W-8IMY (or other applicable form) on behalf of itself together with any applicable underlying IRS forms sufficient to establish that the Non-United States Holder is not a United States person. This certification requirement may be satisfied with other documentary evidence in the case of a new note held in an offshore account or through certain foreign intermediaries. |
If a Non-United States Holder cannot satisfy the requirements of the portfolio interest exemption described above, payments of interest made to such holder generally will be subject to United States withholding tax at the rate of 30%, unless the holder provides the Issuer or the Issuers agent with a properly executed IRS Form W-8BEN (or suitable substitute form) establishing an exemption from or reduction in the withholding tax under the benefit of an applicable tax treaty.
Subject to the discussion of back-up withholding tax and FATCA below, gain, if any, recognized on the sale, exchange, conversion or other disposition of new notes will be treated in the same manner as described above under the heading — Exchange of Old Notes for New Notes and Shares in the Exchange Offer.
Constructive Distributions
As described above under the heading —Consequences to United States Holders—Constructive Distributions, certain possible adjustments provided in the new notes (including, without limitation, adjustments in respect of the Fundamental Change Make-Whole) may result in a constructive distribution with respect to their new notes.
Notwithstanding the discussion above regarding sales, exchanges or other dispositions of new notes or Shares, such redemption or repayment may be treated as a distribution that would be treated as a dividend to the extent of the Issuers earnings and profits, rather than as a sale. Broadly, whether a redemption or repayment of new notes or Shares will be treated as a distribution rather than as a sale will depend on the United States Holders remaining actual or constructive interest, if any, in the equity of the Issuer after the redemption or repayment for purposes of Section 302(b) of the Code. You should consult your own tax advisor regarding the possibility of a redemption or repayment of new notes or Shares being treated as a distribution.
137
Information Reporting and Backup Withholding
The amount of interest and dividends paid to a Non-United States Holder and the amount of tax, if any, withheld from such payment generally must be reported annually to the Non-United States Holder and to the IRS. The IRS may make this information available under the provisions of an applicable income tax treaty to the tax authorities in the country in which the Non-United States Holder is resident.
Provided that a Non-United States Holder has complied with certain reporting procedures (usually satisfied by providing an IRS Form W-8BEN) or otherwise establishes an exemption, the Non-United States Holder generally will not be subject to backup withholding tax with respect to interest and dividend payments on, and the proceeds from the disposition of new notes or Shares, unless the Issuer or the Issuers paying agent knows or has reason to know that the holder is a United States person. Additional rules relating to information reporting requirements and backup withholding tax with respect to the payment of proceeds from the disposition (including a redemption or retirement) of a new note or Share are as follows:
• | If the proceeds are paid to or through the United States office of a broker, a Non-United States Holder generally will be subject to backup withholding tax and information reporting unless the Non-United States Holder certifies under penalties of perjury that it is not a United States person (usually on an IRS Form W-8BEN) or otherwise establishes an exemption. |
• | If the proceeds are paid to or through a non-United States office of a broker that is a United States person or that has certain specified United States connections, a Non-United States Holder generally will be subject to information reporting (but generally not backup withholding tax) unless the Non-United States Holder certifies under penalties of perjury that it is not a United States person (usually on an IRS Form W-8BEN) or otherwise establishes an exemption. |
• | If the proceeds are paid to or through a non-United States office of a broker that is not a United States person and does not have any of the specified United States connections, a Non-United States Holder generally will not be subject to backup withholding tax or information reporting. |
Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Any amounts withheld under the backup withholding tax rules from a payment to a Non-United States Holder will be allowed as a credit against the Non-United States Holders United States federal income tax liability and may entitle the holder to a refund, provided that the required information is timely furnished to the IRS.
FATCA Withholding Taxes
Sections 1471 through 1474 of the Code and the Treasury Regulations and administrative guidance promulgated thereunder (commonly referred to as the Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act or FATCA) impose withholding of 30% on payments of dividends (including constructive dividends) and, subject to the proposed regulations discussed below, on proceeds from sales or other disposition of new notes and Shares paid to foreign financial institutions (which is broadly defined for this purpose and includes investment vehicles) and certain other non U.S. entities unless various U.S. information reporting and due diligence requirements (relating to ownership by U.S. persons of interests in or accounts with those entities) have been satisfied or an exemption applies (typically certified as to by the delivery of a properly completed IRS Form W-8BEN-E). If FATCA withholding is imposed, a beneficial owner that is not a foreign financial institution will be entitled to a refund of any amounts withheld by filing a U.S. federal income tax return (which may entail significant administrative burden). Foreign financial institutions located in jurisdictions that have an intergovernmental agreement with the United States governing FATCA may be subject to different rules. Similarly, dividends and interest and, subject to the proposed regulations discussed below, proceeds from sales or other disposition in respect of new notes and Shares held by an investor that is a non-financial non-U.S. entity that does not qualify under certain exceptions will be subject to withholding at a rate of 30%, unless such entity either (i) certifies to us or the applicable withholding agent that such entity does not have any substantial United States owners or (ii) provides certain information regarding the entitys substantial United States owners, which will in turn be provided to the U.S. Department of Treasury. The U.S. Department of the Treasury has proposed regulations, which state that taxpayers may rely on the proposed regulations until final regulations are issued, and which eliminate the federal withholding tax of 30% applicable to the gross proceeds of a sale or other disposition of new notes and Shares. You should consult your own tax advisor regarding the effects of FATCA on your new notes and Shares.
138
Consequences to the Issuer
Cancellation of Indebtedness Income
The exchange of old notes for new notes and Shares pursuant to the Exchange Offer may result in cancellation of indebtedness (COD) income to the Issuer for United States federal income tax purposes, in an amount equal to the excess, if any, of the adjusted issue price of the exchanged old notes over either (x) if the new notes are treated as debt for United States federal income tax purposes, the issue price of, or (y) if the new notes are treated as equity for United States federal income tax purposes, the fair market value of, the new notes exchanged therefor.
Because the amount of COD income to be recognized by the Issuer depends in part on the fair market value and/or issue price of instruments to be issued on the Closing Date, the precise amount of COD income, if any, resulting from the exchange of old notes cannot be determined prior to the Closing Date. To the extent that the Issuer is considered insolvent from a tax perspective (i.e., the Issuers liabilities exceed the fair market value of its assets) immediately prior to the consummation of the Exchange Offer, any such COD income generally would be excluded from the Issuers taxable income. If and to the extent any COD income is excluded from taxable income pursuant to the insolvency exception, the Issuer generally will be required to reduce certain of the Issuers tax attributes, including, but not limited to, the Issuers net operating losses, loss carryforwards, credit carryforwards and tax basis in certain assets. This may result in a significant reduction in, and possible elimination of, certain of the Issuers tax attributes. If the Issuer is not considered insolvent from a tax perspective immediately prior to the consummation of the Exchange Offer, the Issuer may incur a cash tax liability from such COD income
Potential Limitations on Net Operating Loss Carryforwards and Other Tax Attributes
The transactions contemplated by the Exchange Offer are expected to result in an ownership change of the Issuer within the meaning of Section 382 of the Code. Under Section 382 of the Code, if a corporation or a consolidated group with NOLs, loss carryforwards or certain other tax attributes (a Loss Corporation) undergoes an ownership change, the Loss Corporations use of its pre-change NOLs, loss carryforwards and certain other tax attributes generally will be subject to an annual limitation in the post-change period.
To the extent the Issuers NOLs, loss carryforwards and other relevant tax attributes are not reduced as described above, the Issuer expects such tax attributes will be subject to the annual limitation imposed by Section 382 following the Closing Date. The amount of this annual limitation generally will equal the product of (i) the fair market value of the Issuers stock immediately before the ownership change (with certain adjustments) and (ii) the long term tax exempt rate in effect for the month in which the ownership change occurs. Any unused portion of the annual limitation may be carried forward to increase the annual limitation for the subsequent taxable year. The Issuers annual limitation in any year may also be adjusted as a result of gain recognized in the five years following the ownership change. Accordingly, the impact of the ownership change on the Issuer will depend upon, among other things, the amount of its NOLs, loss carryforwards and other tax attributes remaining after taking into any COD income, the value of its stock at the time of the ownership change and the amount and timing of its future taxable income.
139
Each broker-dealer that receives new notes and common stock for its own account pursuant to the exchange offer must acknowledge that it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of new notes.
This prospectus, as it may be amended or supplemented from time to time, may be used by a broker-dealer in connection with resales of new notes received in exchange for old notes if the old notes were acquired as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities.
We have agreed to make this prospectus, as amended or supplemented, available to any broker-dealer to use in connection with any such resale for a period of at least 90 days after the expiration date. In addition, until 90 days after the date of this prospectus, all broker-dealers effecting transactions in the new notes may be required to deliver a prospectus.
We will not receive any proceeds from any sale of new notes by broker-dealers. New notes received by broker-dealers for their own account pursuant to the exchange offer may be sold from time to time in one or more transactions:
• | in the over-the-counter market; |
• | in negotiated transactions; or |
• | through the writing of options on the new notes or a combination of such methods of resale. |
These resales may be made:
• | at market prices prevailing at the time of resale; |
• | at prices related to such prevailing market prices; or |
• | at negotiated prices. |
Any such resale may be made directly to purchasers or to or through brokers or dealers. Brokers or dealers may receive compensation in the form of commissions or concessions from any such broker-dealer or the purchasers of any such new notes. An underwriter within the meaning of the Securities Act includes:
• | any broker-dealer that resells new notes that were received by it for its own account pursuant to the exchange offer; or |
• | any broker or dealer that participates in a distribution of such new notes. |
Any profit on any resale of new notes and any commissions or concessions received by any persons may be deemed to be underwriting compensation under the Securities Act. The letter of transmittal states that, by acknowledging that it will deliver and by delivering a prospectus, a broker-dealer will not be deemed to admit that it is an underwriter within the meaning of the Securities Act.
For a period of not less than 90 days after the expiration of the Exchange Offer we will promptly send additional copies of this prospectus and any amendment or supplement to this prospectus to any broker-dealer that requests those documents in the letter of transmittal. We have agreed to pay all expenses incident to performance of our obligations in connection with the exchange offer, other than commissions or concessions of any brokers or dealers.
140
Certain legal matters in connection with the exchange of the old notes will be passed upon for us by McDermott, Will & Emery LLP, Chicago, Illinois, certain legal matters in connection with the validity of the common stock registered hereby have been passed upon for the Company by Venable LLP and certain legal matters in connection with the validity of the guarantees registered hereby have been passed upon for the Company by Faskin Martineau DuMoulin LLP with respect to British Columbia, Baker McKenzie Abogados SC with respect to Mexican law, Womble Bond Dickinson (US) LLP with respect to Michigan law and Taft Stettinius & Hollister LLP with respect to Indiana law.
The consolidated financial statements incorporated in this Registration Statement by reference from the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2019, have been audited by Deloitte & Touche LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report (which report expresses an unqualified opinion and includes an explanatory paragraph related to the adoption of Financial Accounting Standards Board Accounting Standard Update No. 2016-02, Leases (Topic 842), under the modified retrospective method), which is incorporated herein by reference. Such consolidated financial statements have been so incorporated in reliance upon the report of such firm given upon their authority as experts in accounting and auditing.
WHERE YOU CAN FIND ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
We have filed a tender offer statement on Schedule TO with the Securities and Exchange Commission, or SEC, under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, which we refer to as the Exchange Act, with regard to the Exchange Offer described in this prospectus. The tender offer statement, including the attached exhibits, contains additional relevant information about us. The rules and regulations of the SEC allow us to omit some information included in the tender offer statement from this prospectus.
We file annual, quarterly, and other reports, proxy statements and other information with the SEC under the Exchange Act. You may read and copy any materials we file with the SEC at the SECs Public Reference Room at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549. Please call the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330 for further information on the Public Reference Room. Our SEC filings are also available to the public through the SECs website at http://www.sec.gov. General information about us, including our annual reports on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q and current reports on Form 8-K, as well as any amendments and exhibits to those reports, are available free of charge through our website at http://www.castlemetals.com as soon as reasonably practicable after we file them with, or furnish them to, the SEC. Information on our website is not incorporated into this prospectus or our other securities filings and is not a part of this prospectus.
141
A. M. Castle & Co.
OFFER TO EXCHANGE AND CONSENT SOLICITATION
Shares of Common Stock and 3.00%/5.00% Convertible Senior PIK Toggle Notes due 2024
for
Any and All 5.00%/7.00% Convertible Senior PIK Toggle Notes due 2022
(CUSIP No. 148411AK7)
PROSPECTUS
, 2020
We have not authorized any dealer, salesperson or other person to give any information or represent anything to you other than the information contained in this prospectus. You may not rely on unauthorized information or representations.
This prospectus does not offer to sell or ask for offers to buy any of the securities in any jurisdiction where it is unlawful, where the person making the offer is not qualified to do so, or to any person who can not legally be offered the securities.
The information in this prospectus is current only as of the date on its cover, and may change after that date. For any time after the cover date of this prospectus, we do not represent that our affairs are the same as described or that the information in this prospectus is correct, nor do we imply those things by delivering this prospectus or selling securities to you.
Until June 23, 2020 all dealers that effect transactions in these securities, whether or not participating in the exchange offer may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to the dealers obligations to deliver a prospectus when acting as underwriters and with respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions.
The Exchange Agent for the exchange offer is:
Wilmington Savings Fund Society, FSB
By Registered and Certified Mail:
|
By Regular Mail or Overnight Courier:
|
|
|
Wilmington Savings Fund Society, FSB
Attention: Corporate Trust Middle Office 501 Car Road, Suite 100 Wilmington, DE 19809 |
Wilmington Savings Fund Society, FSB
Attention: Corporate Trust Middle Office 501 Car Road, Suite 100 Wilmington, DE 19809 |
In Person by Hand Only:
Wilmington Savings Fund Society, FSB
Attention: Corporate Trust Middle Office
501 Car Road, Suite 100
Wilmington, DE 19809
By email: CTMiddleOffice@wsfsbank.com
By Facsimile (eligible institutions only): 302-421-9137
For Information or Confirmation by Telephone: 302-571-7014
PART II
INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS
Item 20. Indemnification of Directors and Officers.
Maryland law permits a Maryland corporation to include in its charter a provision limiting the liability of its directors and officers to the corporation and its stockholders for money damages except for liability resulting from (1) actual receipt of an improper benefit or profit in money, property or services or (2) active and deliberate dishonesty established by a final judgment and which is material to the cause of action. The Companys charter contains such a provision which eliminates such liability to the maximum extent permitted by Maryland law.
The Maryland General Corporation Law (MGCL) requires a corporation (unless its charter provides otherwise, which the Companys charter does not) to indemnify a director or officer who has been successful, on the merits or otherwise, in the defense of any proceeding to which he or she is made, or threatened to be made, a party by reason of his or her service in that capacity. The MGCL permits a corporation to indemnify its present and former directors and officers, among others, against judgments, penalties, fines, settlements and reasonable expenses actually incurred by them in connection with any proceeding to or in which they may be made, or threatened to be made, a party or witness by reason of their service in those or other capacities unless it is established that:
• | the act or omission of the director or officer was material to the matter giving rise to the proceeding and (1) was committed in bad faith or (2) was the result of active and deliberate dishonesty; |
• | the director or officer actually received an improper personal benefit in money, property or services; or |
• | in the case of any criminal proceeding, the director or officer had reasonable cause to believe that the act or omission was unlawful. |
However, under the MGCL, a Maryland corporation may not indemnify for an adverse judgment in a suit by or in the right of the corporation or for a judgment of liability on the basis that personal benefit was improperly received, unless in either case a court orders indemnification and then only for expenses. In addition, the MGCL permits a corporation to advance reasonable expenses to a director or officer upon the corporations receipt of:
• | a written affirmation by the director or officer of his or her good faith belief that he or she has met the standard of conduct necessary for indemnification by the corporation; and |
• | a written undertaking by him or her or on his or her behalf to repay the amount paid or reimbursed by the corporation if it is ultimately determined that the standard of conduct was not met. |
The Companys charter and bylaws obligate the Company, to the maximum extent permitted by Maryland law in effect from time to time, to indemnify and, without requiring a preliminary determination of the ultimate entitlement to indemnification, pay or reimburse reasonable expenses in advance of final disposition of a proceeding to:
• | any present or former director or executive officer elected by the board of directors who is made, or threatened to be made, a party to, or witness in, the proceeding by reason of his or her service in that capacity; or |
• | any person designated as an authorized representative by the board of directors (which may, but need not, include any person serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise) and who is made, or threatened to be made, a party to, or witness in, the proceeding by reason of his or her service in that capacity. |
The Companys charter and bylaws also permit the Company to indemnify and advance expenses to other persons when and as authorized by appropriate corporate action.
The Company has entered into indemnification agreements with each member of the board of directors and each of the Companys executive officers. These agreements generally provide that, if the director or officer becomes involved in a proceeding (as defined in the agreement) by reason of such directors or officers corporate status (as defined in the agreement), the Company will indemnify the director or officer to the fullest extent permitted by Maryland law as described above.
II-1
Item 21. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules.
II-2
|
|
Incorporated by Reference Herein
|
|||
Exhibit
Number |
Description of Exhibit
|
Form
|
Exhibit
|
Filing Date
|
File No.
|
Revolving Credit and Security Agreement dated August 31, 2017 between the Company and certain of its subsidiaries, PNC Bank, National Association, as lender and as administrative and collateral agent, and the other lenders party thereto.
|
8-K
|
10.1
|
September 6, 2017
|
1-5415
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Intercreditor Agreement dated August 31, 2017, between PNC Bank, National Association and Wilmington Savings Fund Society, FSB, and acknowledged by the Company and certain of its subsidiaries.
|
8-K
|
10.3
|
September 6, 2017
|
1-5415
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Limited Consent and First Amendment to Intercreditor Agreement, dated June 1, 2018, between PNC Bank, National Association and Wilmington Savings Fund Society, FSB.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Registration Rights Agreement dated as of August 31, 2017 by and among A. M. Castle & Co. and certain beneficial owners or holders of record of the New Common Stock signatory thereto.
|
8-A
|
10.2
|
August 31, 2017
|
1-5415
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2017 Management Incentive Plan of the Company.
|
10-Q
|
10.4
|
November 14, 2017
|
1-5415
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Form of Award Agreement under the 2017 Management Incentive Plan of the Company.
|
8-K
|
10.4
|
September 6, 2017
|
1-5415
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Amended and Restated Employment Agreement dated December 15, 2017, between A. M. Castle & Co. and Edward Quinn.
|
10-K
|
10.9
|
March 15, 2018
|
1-5415
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Amended and Restated Employment Agreement dated May 15, 2017, between A. M. Castle & Co. and Patrick R. Anderson.
|
10-Q
|
10.3
|
August 9, 2017
|
1-5415
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
A. M. Castle & Co. Supplemental 401(k) Savings and Retirement Plan, as amended and restated, effective as of January 1, 2009.
|
10-K
|
10.14
|
March 12, 2009
|
1-5415
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
II-3
|
|
Incorporated by Reference Herein
|
|||
Exhibit
Number |
Description of Exhibit
|
Form
|
Exhibit
|
Filing Date
|
File No.
|
A. M. Castle & Co. Supplemental Pension Plan, as amended and restated, effective as of January 1, 2009.
|
10-K
|
10.15
|
March 12, 2009
|
1-5415
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Form of A. M. Castle & Co. Indemnification Agreement to be executed with all directors and executive officers.
|
8-K
|
10.16
|
July 29, 2009
|
1-5415
|
|
First Amendment to the A. M. Castle & Co. Supplemental 401(k) Savings and Retirement Plan, executed April 15, 2009 (as effective April 27, 2009).
|
8-K
|
10.1
|
April 16, 2009
|
1-5415
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Second Amendment dated October 8, 2015 to the A. M. Castle & Co. Supplemental 401(k) Savings and Retirement Plan as Amended and Restated effective as of January 1, 2009.
|
10-K/A
|
10.43
|
March 16, 2016
|
1-5415
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
A. M. Castle & Co. 401(k) Savings and Retirement Plan (as amended and restated effective as of January 1, 2015).
|
10-K/A
|
10.44
|
March 16, 2016
|
1-5415
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Second Amendment dated October 8, 2015, to the A. M. Castle & Co. Salaried Employees Pension Plan as Amended and Restated Effective as of January 1, 2010.
|
10-K/A
|
10.45
|
March 16, 2016
|
1-5415
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Amendment No. 1, dated June 1, 2018, to the Revolving Credit and Security Agreement Revolving Credit dated August 31, 2017 between the Company and certain of its subsidiaries, PNC Bank, National Association, as lender and as administrative and collateral agent, and the other lenders party thereto.
|
8-K
|
10.1
|
June 4, 2018
|
1-5415
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Supplemental Indenture and Amendment No. 1, dated June 1, 2018, to the Indenture dated August 31, 2017 between the Company and Wilmington Saving Fund Society, FSB, as trustee and as collateral agent.
|
8-K
|
10.2
|
June 4, 2018
|
1-5415
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Form of Performance Unit Award Agreement.
|
10-Q
|
10.1
|
November 14, 2018
|
1-5415
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
II-4
|
|
Incorporated by Reference Herein
|
|||
Exhibit
Number |
Description of Exhibit
|
Form
|
Exhibit
|
Filing Date
|
File No.
|
Employment Agreement dated May 9, 2019, between A. M. Castle & Co. and Jeremy Steele.
|
10-Q
|
10.1
|
May 9, 2019
|
1-5415
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Retirement Agreement and Release by and between A. M. Castle & Co. and Steven W. Scheinkman.
|
8-K
|
10.1
|
January 7, 2020
|
1-5415
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Amended and Restated Employment Agreement by and between A. M. Castle & Co. and Marec E. Edgar.
|
8-K
|
10.2
|
January 7, 2020
|
1-5415
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Form of Non-Employee Director Restricted Stock Agreement under the 2017 Management Incentive Plan of the Company.
|
10-K
|
10.24
|
February 27, 2020
|
1-5415
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
10.23***
|
Form of A&R Registration Rights Agreement.
|
||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
Form of New Intercreditor Agreement.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Form of Support Agreement.
|
8-K
|
10.1
|
February 27, 2020
|
1-5414
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Form of Amendment No. 2 to the Revolving Credit and Security Agreement Revolving Credit dated August 31, 2017 between the Company and certain of its subsidiaries, PNC Bank, National Association, as lender and as administrative and collateral agent, and the other lenders party thereto.
|
|
|
|
||
|
|
|
|
|
|
Form of Limited Consent and Second Amendment to Intercreditor Agreement, dated June 1, 2018, between PNC Bank, National Association and Wilmington Savings Fund Society, FSB.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Supplemental Indenture and Waiver, dated December 20, 2019 to the Indenture dated August 31, 2017, between the Company, certain of its Subsidiaries, and Wilmington Savings Fund Society, FSB as Trustee and Collateral Agent, relating to the Company’s 5.00%/7.00% Convertible Senior PIK Toggle Notes due 2022.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
II-5
|
|
Incorporated by Reference Herein
|
|||
Exhibit
Number |
Description of Exhibit
|
Form
|
Exhibit
|
Filing Date
|
File No.
|
Subsidiaries of Registrant.
|
10-K
|
21.1
|
February 27, 2020
|
1-5415
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Consent of Deloitte & Touche LLP.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Consent of McDermott, Will & Emery (included in Exhibit 5.1).
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Consent of Venable LLP (included in Exhibit 5.2).
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Consent of Faskin Martineau DuMoulin LLP (included in Exhibit 5.3).
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Consent of Baker McKenzie Abogados SC (included in Exhibit 5.4).
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Consent of Womble Bond Dickinson (US) LLP (included in Exhibit 5.5).
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Consent of Taft Stettinius & Hollister LLP (included in Exhibit 5.6).
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Powers of Attorney (Included on the signature pages of this Form S-4 and incorporated herein by reference).
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Form T-1 Statement of Eligibility under the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 of The Wilmington Savings Fund Society, FSB with respect to the indenture governing the 3.00%/5.00% Convertible Senior PIK Toggle Notes due 2024.
|
|
|
|
||
|
|
|
|
|
|
Letter of Transmittal.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Letter to Registered Holders.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Letter to Clients and Instructions to Registered Holder from Beneficial Owner.
|
|
|
|
|
* | Management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement. |
** | Filed herewith |
*** | To be filed by amendment |
II-6
Item 22. Undertakings.
The undersigned registrants hereby undertake:
(i) | To file, during any period in which offers or sales are being made, a post-effective amendment to this Registration Statement: |
(1) | to include any prospectus required by Section 10(a)(3) of the Securities Act; |
(2) | to reflect in the prospectus any facts or events arising after the effective date of the registration statement (or the most recent post-effective amendment thereof) which individually or in the aggregate, represent a fundamental change in the information set forth in the registration statement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any increase or decrease in the volume of securities offered (if the total dollar value of securities offered would not exceed that which was registered) and any deviation from the low or high end of the estimated maximum offering range may be reflected in the form of prospectus filed with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b) if, in the aggregate, the changes in volume and price represent no more than a 20 percent change in the maximum aggregate offering price set forth in the Calculation of Registration Fee table in the effective registration statement; and |
(3) | to include any material information with respect to the plan of distribution not previously disclosed in the registration statement or any material change to such information in the registration statement. |
(ii) | That, for the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act, each such post-effective amendment shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof. |
(iii) | To remove from the registration by means of a post-effective amendment any of the securities being registered which remain unsold at the termination of the offering. |
(iv) | That, for purposes of determining liability under the Securities Act to any purchaser, each prospectus filed pursuant to Rule 424(b) as part of a registration statement relating to an offering, other than registration statements relying on Rule 430B or other than prospectuses filed in reliance on Rule 430A, shall be deemed to be part of and included in the registration statement as of the date it is first used after effectiveness. Provided, however, that no statement made in a registration statement or prospectus that is part of the registration statement or made in a document incorporated or deemed incorporated by reference into the registration statement or prospectus that is part of the registration statement will, as to a purchaser with a time of contract of sale prior to such first use, supersede or modify any statement that was made in the registration statement or prospectus that was part of the registration statement or made in any such document immediately prior to such date of first use. |
(v) | That, for the purpose of determining liability of the registrants under the Securities Act to any purchaser in the initial distribution of the securities: The undersigned registrants undertake that in a primary offering of securities of the undersigned registrants pursuant to this Registration Statement, regardless of the underwriting method used to sell the securities to the purchaser, if the securities are offered or sold to such purchaser by means of any of the following communications, the undersigned registrants will each be a seller to the purchaser and will be considered to offer or sell such securities to such purchaser: |
(1) | any preliminary prospectus or prospectus of the undersigned registrants relating to the offering required to be filed pursuant to Rule 424; |
(2) | any free writing prospectus relating to the offering prepared by or on behalf of the undersigned registrant or used or referred to by the undersigned registrants; |
(3) | the portion of any other free writing prospectus relating to the offering containing material information about the undersigned registrant or its securities provided by or on behalf of the undersigned registrants; and |
(4) | any other communication that is an offer in the offering made by the undersigned registrants to the purchaser. |
(vi) | Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrants pursuant to the provisions described in Item 20, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the SEC such indemnification is against |
II-7
public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.
(vii) | To respond to requests for information that is incorporated by reference into the prospectus pursuant to Items 4, 10(b), or 11 or 13 of this form, within one business day of receipt of such request, and to send the incorporated documents by first class mail or other equally prompt means. This includes information contained in documents filed subsequent to the date of the registration statement through the date of responding to the request. |
(viii) | To supply by means of a post-effective amendment all information concerning a transaction, and the company being acquired involved therein, that was not the subject of and included in the registration statement when it became effective. |
II-8
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the Village of Oak Brook, State of Illinois, on February 27, 2020.
|
A. M. CASTLE & CO.
|
|
|
|
|
|
By:
|
/s/ Jeremy T. Steele
|
|
|
Senior Vice President, General Counsel, Secretary
|
POWER OF ATTORNEY
KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below hereby constitutes and appoints Patrick R. Anderson and Jeremy T. Steele and each of them, his or her true and lawful attorney-in-fact and agent, with full powers of substitution and resubstitution, for him or her and in his or her name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments (including post-effective amendments) to this Registration Statement and any related Rule 462(b) registration statement, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission and any other regulatory authority, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in and about the premises, as fully to all intents and purposes as he or she might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents or any of them, or their substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this Registration Statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.
Signature
|
Title
|
Date
|
|
|
|
/s/ Marec E. Edgar
|
Director, President and Chief Executive Officer
(Principal Executive Officer) |
February 27, 2020
|
Marec E. Edgar
|
||
|
|
|
/s/ Patrick R. Anderson
|
Executive Vice President,
Finance and Administration (Principal Financial Officer) |
February 27, 2020
|
Patrick R. Anderson
|
||
|
|
|
/s/ Edward M. Quinn
|
Vice President, Controller and
Chief Accounting Officer (Principal Accounting Officer) |
February 27, 2020
|
Edward M. Quinn
|
||
|
|
|
/s/ Michael J. Sheehan
|
Director and Chairman of the Board
|
February 27, 2020
|
Michael J. Sheehan
|
||
|
|
|
/s/ Jeffrey A. Brodsky
|
Director
|
February 27, 2020
|
Jeffrey A. Brodsky
|
||
|
|
|
/s/ Jonathan B. Mellin
|
Director
|
February 27, 2020
|
Jonathan B. Mellin
|
||
|
|
|
/s/ Jacob Mercer
|
Director
|
February 27, 2020
|
Jacob Mercer
|
||
|
|
|
/s/ Jonathan Segal
|
Director
|
February 27, 2020
|
Jonathan Segal
|
||
|
|
|
/s/ Steven W. Scheinkman
|
Director
|
February 27, 2020
|
Steven W. Scheinkman
|
II-9
SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the Village of Oak Brook, State of Illinois, on February 27, 2020.
|
TOTAL PLASTICS, INC.
|
|
|
|
|
|
By:
|
/s/ Jeremy T. Steele
|
|
|
Vice President and Secretary
|
POWER OF ATTORNEY
KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below hereby constitutes and appoints Patrick R. Anderson and Jeremy T. Steele and each of them, his or her true and lawful attorney-in-fact and agent, with full powers of substitution and resubstitution, for him or her and in his or her name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments (including post-effective amendments) to this Registration Statement and any related Rule 462(b) registration statement, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission and any other regulatory authority, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in and about the premises, as fully to all intents and purposes as he or she might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents or any of them, or their substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this Registration Statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.
Signature
|
Title
|
Date
|
|
|
|
/s/ Marec E. Edgar
|
Director and President
(Principal Executive Officer) |
February 27, 2020
|
Marec E. Edgar
|
||
|
|
|
/s/ Patrick R. Anderson
|
Director, Vice President and Treasurer
|
February 27, 2020
|
Patrick R. Anderson
|
||
|
|
|
/s/ Jeremy T. Steele
|
Vice President and Secretary
|
February 27, 2020
|
Jeremy T. Steele
|
II-10
SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the Village of Oak Brook, State of Illinois, on February 27, 2020.
|
A.M. CASTLE & CO. (CANADA) INC.
|
|
|
|
|
|
By:
|
/s/ Jeremy T. Steele
|
|
|
Secretary
|
POWER OF ATTORNEY
KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below hereby constitutes and appoints Patrick R. Anderson and Jeremy T. Steele and each of them, his or her true and lawful attorney-in-fact and agent, with full powers of substitution and resubstitution, for him or her and in his or her name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments (including post-effective amendments) to this Registration Statement and any related Rule 462(b) registration statement, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission and any other regulatory authority, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in and about the premises, as fully to all intents and purposes as he or she might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents or any of them, or their substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this Registration Statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.
Signature
|
Title
|
Date
|
|
|
|
/s/ Marec E. Edgar
|
Director and President
(Principal Executive Officer) |
February 27, 2020
|
Marec E. Edgar
|
||
|
|
|
/s/ Patrick R. Anderson
|
Director, Vice President, Finance,
Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer (Principal Financial Officer) |
February 27, 2020
|
Patrick R. Anderson
|
||
|
|
|
/s/ Jeremy T. Steele
|
Secretary
|
February 27, 2020
|
Jeremy T. Steele
|
II-11
SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the Village of Oak Brook, State of Illinois, on February 27, 2020.
|
HY-ALLOY STEELS COMPANY
|
|
|
|
|
|
By:
|
/s/ Jeremy T. Steele
|
|
|
Director, Vice President and Secretary
|
POWER OF ATTORNEY
KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below hereby constitutes and appoints Patrick R. Anderson and Jeremy T. Steele and each of them, his or her true and lawful attorney-in-fact and agent, with full powers of substitution and resubstitution, for him or her and in his or her name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments (including post-effective amendments) to this Registration Statement and any related Rule 462(b) registration statement, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission and any other regulatory authority, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in and about the premises, as fully to all intents and purposes as he or she might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents or any of them, or their substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this Registration Statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.
Signature
|
Title
|
Date
|
|
|
|
/s/ Marec E. Edgar
|
Director and President
(Principal Executive Officer) |
February 27, 2020
|
Marec E. Edgar
|
||
|
|
|
/s/ Patrick R. Anderson
|
Director, Vice President and Treasurer
|
February 27, 2020
|
Patrick R. Anderson
|
||
|
|
|
/s/ Jeremy T. Steele
|
Director, Vice President and Secretary
|
February 27, 2020
|
Jeremy T. Steele
|
II-12
SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the Village of Oak Brook, State of Illinois, on February 27, 2020.
|
KEYSTONE SERVICE, INC.
|
|
|
|
|
|
By:
|
/s/ Jeremy T. Steele
|
|
|
Director, Vice President and Secretary
|
POWER OF ATTORNEY
KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below hereby constitutes and appoints Patrick R. Anderson and Jeremy T. Steele and each of them, his or her true and lawful attorney-in-fact and agent, with full powers of substitution and resubstitution, for him or her and in his or her name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments (including post-effective amendments) to this Registration Statement and any related Rule 462(b) registration statement, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission and any other regulatory authority, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in and about the premises, as fully to all intents and purposes as he or she might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents or any of them, or their substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this Registration Statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.
Signature
|
Title
|
Date
|
|
|
|
/s/ Marec E. Edgar
|
Director and President
(Principal Executive Officer) |
February 27, 2020
|
Marec E. Edgar
|
||
|
|
|
/s/ Patrick R. Anderson
|
Director, Vice President and Treasurer
(Principal Financial Officer) |
February 27, 2020
|
Patrick R. Anderson
|
||
|
|
|
/s/ Jeremy T. Steele
|
Director, Vice President and Secretary
|
February 27, 2020
|
Jeremy T. Steele
|
II-13
SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this Registration Statement to be signed on its behal,f by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the Village of Oak Brook, State of Illinois, on February 27, 2020.
|
KEYSTONE TUBE COMPANY, LLC
|
|
|
|
|
|
By:
|
/s/ Jeremy T. Steele
|
|
|
Vice President and Secretary
|
POWER OF ATTORNEY
KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below hereby constitutes and appoints Patrick R. Anderson and Jeremy T. Steele and each of them, his or her true and lawful attorney-in-fact and agent, with full powers of substitution and resubstitution, for him or her and in his or her name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments (including post-effective amendments) to this Registration Statement and any related Rule 462(b) registration statement, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission and any other regulatory authority, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in and about the premises, as fully to all intents and purposes as he or she might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents or any of them, or their substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this Registration Statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.
Signature
|
Title
|
Date
|
|
|
|
/s/ Marec E. Edgar
|
Manager and President
(Principal Executive Officer) |
February 27, 2020
|
Marec E. Edgar
|
||
|
|
|
/s/ Patrick R. Anderson
|
Manager, Vice President and Treasurer
|
February 27, 2020
|
Patrick R. Anderson
|
||
|
|
|
/s/ Jeremy T. Steele
|
Vice President and Secretary
|
February 27, 2020
|
Jeremy T. Steele
|
II-14
SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the Village of Oak Brook, State of Illinois, on February 27, 2020.
|
CASTLE METALS DE MEXICO, S.A. DE C.V.
|
|
|
|
|
|
By:
|
/s/ Jeremy T. Steele
|
|
|
Vice President of the Board of Directors
|
POWER OF ATTORNEY
KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below hereby constitutes and appoints Patrick R. Anderson and Jeremy T. Steele and each of them, his or her true and lawful attorney-in-fact and agent, with full powers of substitution and resubstitution, for him or her and in his or her name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments (including post-effective amendments) to this Registration Statement and any related Rule 462(b) registration statement, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission and any other regulatory authority, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in and about the premises, as fully to all intents and purposes as he or she might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents or any of them, or their substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this Registration Statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.
Signature
|
Title
|
Date
|
|
|
|
/s/ Marec E. Edgar
|
Chairman of the Board of Directors & Secretary
(Principal Executive Officer) |
February 27, 2020
|
Marec E. Edgar
|
||
|
|
|
/s/ Patrick R. Anderson
|
Treasurer
|
February 27, 2020
|
Patrick R. Anderson
|
||
|
|
|
/s/ Jeremy T. Steele
|
Vice President of the Board of Directors
|
February 27, 2020
|
Jeremy T. Steele
|
II-15
SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the Village of Oak Brook, State of Illinois, on February 27, 2020.
|
CASTLE METALS DE MEXICALI, S.A. DE C.V.
|
|
|
|
|
|
By:
|
/s/ Jeremy T. Steele
|
|
|
Vice President of the Board of Directors
|
POWER OF ATTORNEY
KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below hereby constitutes and appoints Patrick R. Anderson and Jeremy T. Steele and each of them, his or her true and lawful attorney-in-fact and agent, with full powers of substitution and resubstitution, for him or her and in his or her name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments (including post-effective amendments) to this Registration Statement and any related Rule 462(b) registration statement, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission and any other regulatory authority, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in and about the premises, as fully to all intents and purposes as he or she might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents or any of them, or their substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this Registration Statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.
Signature
|
Title
|
Date
|
|
|
|
/s/ Marec E. Edgar
|
Chairman of the Board of Directors & Secretary
(Principal Executive Officer) |
February 27, 2020
|
Marec E. Edgar
|
||
|
|
|
/s/ Patrick R. Anderson
|
Treasurer
|
February 27, 2020
|
Patrick R. Anderson
|
||
|
|
|
/s/ Jeremy T. Steele
|
Vice President of the Board of Directors
|
February 27, 2020
|
Jeremy T. Steele
|
II-16
Section 4.03
|
Section 4.13
|
Section 13.02
|
Section 4.04
|
Section 4.17
|
Section 13.03
|
Section 4.07
|
Section 4.18
|
Section 13.04
|
Section 4.08
|
Section 4.20
|
Section 13.05
|
Section 4.09
|
Section 4.22
|
Section 13.06
|
Section 4.10
|
Section 4.23
|
Section 13.07
|
Section 4.11
|
Section 13.01
|
Section 13.09
|
Section 4.12
|
|
a. |
Each of Sections 5.01(a)(3), 5.01(a)(4), 5.01(a)(5), 6.01(5), 6.01(6), 6.01(7), 6.01(9) and 6.01(10) of the Indenture is hereby amended and restated in its entirety
as follows:
|
|
b. |
Section 5.01(a)(2) of the Indenture is hereby amended and restated in its entirety as follows:
|
|
c. |
Section 6.01(3) of the Indenture is hereby amended and restated in its entirety as follows:
|
|
d. |
Section 6.02 of the Indenture is hereby amended and restated in its entirety as follows:
|
|
e. |
Section 10.03 of the Indenture is hereby amended by deleting the following:
|
A.M. CASTLE & CO.
|
||
TOTAL PLASTICS, INC.
|
||
HY-ALLOY STEELS COMPANY
|
||
KEYSTONE TUBE COMPANY, LLC
|
||
KEYSTONE SERVICE, INC.
|
||
A.M. CASTLE & CO. (CANADA) INC.
|
||
By:
|
||
Name:
|
||
Title:
|
CASTLE METALS DE MEXICO, S.A. DE C.V.
|
||
CASTLE METALS DE MEXICALI, S.A. DE C.V.
|
||
By:
|
||
Name:
|
||
Title:
|
WILMINGTON SAVINGS FUND SOCIETY,
|
||
FSB, as Trustee and Collateral Agent
|
||
By:
|
||
Authorized Signatory
|
Exhibit 4.5
INDENTURE,
dated as of March [__], 2020
among
A. M. CASTLE & CO.,
THE GUARANTORS PARTY HERETO,
WILMINGTON SAVINGS FUND SOCIETY, FSB,
as Trustee
And
WILMINGTON SAVINGS FUND SOCIETY, FSB,
as Collateral Agent
3.00% / 5.00% Convertible Senior Secured PIK Toggle Notes due 2024
CROSS-REFERENCE TABLE*
Trust Indenture
Act Section |
Indenture Section |
310(a)(1) | 7.10 |
(a)(2)
|
7.10 |
(a)(3)
|
N.A. |
(a)(4)
|
N.A. |
(a)(5)
|
7.10 |
(b)
|
7.10 |
(c)
|
N.A. |
311(a) | 7.11 |
(b)
|
7.11 |
(c)
|
N.A. |
312(a) | 2.05 |
(b)
|
12.03 |
(c)
|
12.03 |
313(a) | 7.06 |
(b)(1)
|
13.03 |
(b)(2)
|
7.06; 7.07 |
(c)
|
7.06; 12.02; 13.03 |
(d)
|
7.06 |
314(a) | 4.03;12.02; 12.05 |
(b)
|
13.02 |
(c)(1)
|
12.04 |
(c)(2)
|
12.04 |
(c)(3)
|
N.A. |
(d)
|
13.03; 13.04; 13.05 |
(e)
|
12.05 |
(f)
|
N.A. |
315(a) | 7.01 |
(b)
|
7.05; 12.02 |
(c)
|
7.01 |
(d)
|
7.01 |
(e)
|
6.11 |
316(a) (last sentence) | N.A. |
(a)(1)(A)
|
N.A. |
(a)(1)(B)
|
N.A. |
(a)(2)
|
N.A. |
(b)
|
6.07 |
(c)
|
2.12 |
317(a)(1) | 6.08 |
(a)(2)
|
6.09 |
(b)
|
2.04 |
318(a)
|
12.01 |
(b)
|
N.A. |
(c)
|
12.01 |
N.A. means not applicable.
* This Cross Reference Table is not part of the Indenture.
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Page | ||
ARTICLE 1 | DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE | 1 |
Section 1.01 | Definitions | 1 |
Section 1.02 | Other Definitions | 29 |
Section 1.03 | Incorporation by Reference of Trust Indenture Act | 30 |
Section 1.04 | Rules of Construction | 31 |
ARTICLE 2 | THE NOTES | 31 |
Section 2.01 | Form and Dating | 31 |
Section 2.02 | Execution and Authentication | 32 |
Section 2.03 | Registrar, Paying Agent and Conversion Agent | 33 |
Section 2.04 | Paying Agent to Hold Money in Trust | 33 |
Section 2.05 | Holder Lists | 34 |
Section 2.06 | Transfer and Exchange | 34 |
Section 2.07 | Replacement Notes | 45 |
Section 2.08 | Outstanding Notes | 46 |
Section 2.09 | Treasury Notes | 46 |
Section 2.10 | Temporary Notes | 46 |
Section 2.11 | Cancellation | 46 |
Section 2.12 | Defaulted Interest | 47 |
Section 2.13 | CUSIP/ISIN Numbers | 47 |
Section 2.14 | Rights of Trustee and Agents | 47 |
Section 2.15 | Calculations | 48 |
ARTICLE 3 | NO REDEMPTION | 48 |
Section 3.01 | No Redemption | 48 |
ARTICLE 4 | COVENANTS | 48 |
Section 4.01 | Payment of Notes | 48 |
Section 4.02 | Maintenance of Office or Agency | 49 |
Section 4.03 | Reports | 49 |
Section 4.04 | Compliance Certificate | 51 |
Section 4.05 | Taxes | 52 |
Section 4.06 | Stay, Extension and Usury Laws | 52 |
Section 4.07 | Restricted Payments | 52 |
Section 4.08 | Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting Subsidiaries | 56 |
Section 4.09 | Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock | 58 |
Section 4.10 | Asset Sales | 62 |
Section 4.11 | Transactions with Affiliates | 67 |
Section 4.12 | Liens | 69 |
Section 4.13 | Business Activities | 69 |
Section 4.14 | Corporate Existence | 69 |
Section 4.15 | [Reserved] | 69 |
Section 4.16 | [Reserved] | 69 |
Section 4.17 | Real Estate Mortgages and Filings; Landlord Waivers | 69 |
Section 4.18 | Limitation on Sale and Leaseback Transactions | 71 |
Section 4.19 | [Reserved] | 71 |
Section 4.20 | Further Assurances | 71 |
Section 4.21 | [Reserved] | 72 |
Section 4.22 | Additional Note Guarantees | 72 |
Section 4.23 | Designation of Restricted and Unrestricted Subsidiaries | 72 |
ARTICLE 5 | SUCCESSORS | 73 |
Section 5.01 | Merger, Consolidation, or Sale of Assets | 73 |
Section 5.02 | Successor Corporation Substituted | 74 |
ARTICLE 6 | DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES | 75 |
Section 6.01 | Events of Default | 75 |
Section 6.02 | Acceleration | 77 |
Section 6.03 | Other Remedies | 77 |
Section 6.04 | Waiver of Past Defaults | 77 |
Section 6.05 | Control by Majority | 78 |
Section 6.06 | Limitation on Suits | 78 |
Section 6.07 | Rights of Holders of Notes to Receive Payment | 78 |
Section 6.08 | Collection Suit by Trustee | 78 |
Section 6.09 | Trustee May File Proofs of Claim | 79 |
Section 6.10 | Priorities | 79 |
Section 6.11 | Undertaking for Costs | 80 |
ARTICLE 7 | TRUSTEE | 80 |
Section 7.01 | Duties of Trustee | 80 |
Section 7.02 | Rights of Trustee | 81 |
Section 7.03 | Individual Rights of Trustee | 83 |
Section 7.04 | Trustee’s Disclaimer | 83 |
Section 7.05 | Notice of Defaults | 83 |
Section 7.06 | Reports by Trustee to Holders of the Notes | 83 |
Section 7.07 | Compensation and Indemnity | 84 |
Section 7.08 | Replacement of Trustee | 85 |
Section 7.09 | Successor Trustee by Merger, etc | 86 |
Section 7.10 | Eligibility; Disqualification | 86 |
Section 7.11 | Preferential Collection of Claims Against Company | 86 |
Section 7.12 | Trustee in Other Capacities | 86 |
ARTICLE 8 | COVENANT DEFEASANCE | 87 |
Section 8.01 | Option to Effect Covenant Defeasance | 87 |
Section 8.02 | Covenant Defeasance | 87 |
Section 8.03 | Conditions to Covenant Defeasance | 87 |
Section 8.04 | Deposited Money and Government Securities to be Held in Trust; Other Miscellaneous Provisions | 88 |
Section 8.05 | Repayment to Company | 88 |
Section 8.06 | Reinstatement | 89 |
ARTICLE 9 | AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER | 89 |
Section 9.01 | Without Consent of Holders of Notes | 89 |
Section 9.02 | With Consent of Holders of Notes | 90 |
Section 9.03 | Amendments or Supplements to Indenture | 92 |
Section 9.04 | Revocation and Effect of Consents | 92 |
Section 9.05 | Notation on or Exchange of Notes | 92 |
Section 9.06 | Trustee and the Collateral Agent to Sign Amendments, etc | 93 |
ARTICLE 10 | NOTE GUARANTEES | 93 |
Section 10.01 | Guarantee | 93 |
Section 10.02 | Limitation on Guarantor Liability | 94 |
Section 10.03 | Execution and Delivery of Note Guarantee | 94 |
Section 10.04 | Guarantors May Consolidate, etc., on Certain Terms | 95 |
Section 10.05 | Releases | 96 |
ARTICLE 11 | SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE | 96 |
Section 11.01 | Satisfaction and Discharge | 96 |
Section 11.02 | Application of Trust Money | 97 |
ARTICLE 12 | MISCELLANEOUS | 97 |
Section 12.01 | Applicability of the Trust Indenture Act | 97 |
Section 12.02 | Notices | 98 |
Section 12.03 | Communication by Holders of Notes with Other Holders of Notes | 99 |
Section 12.04 | Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent | 99 |
Section 12.05 | Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion | 99 |
Section 12.06 | Rules by Trustee and Agents | 100 |
Section 12.07 | No Personal Liability of Directors, Officers, Employees and Stockholders | 100 |
Section 12.08 | Governing Law | 100 |
Section 12.09 | No Adverse Interpretation of Other Agreements | 100 |
Section 12.10 | Successors | 100 |
Section 12.11 | Severability | 100 |
Section 12.12 | Counterpart Originals | 101 |
Section 12.13 | Table of Contents, Headings, etc | 101 |
Section 12.14 | Waiver of Jury Trial | 101 |
Section 12.15
|
U.S.A. Patriot Act | 101 |
ARTICLE 13 | COLLATERAL AND SECURITY | 101 |
Section 13.01 | Grant of Security Interest | 101 |
Section 13.02 | Opinions | 102 |
Section 13.03 | Release of Collateral | 102 |
Section 13.04 | Specified Releases of Collateral | 103 |
Section 13.05 | Release upon Satisfaction or Defeasance of All Outstanding Obligations | 104 |
Section 13.06 | Form and Sufficiency of Release | 104 |
Section 13.07 | Purchaser Protected | 105 |
Section 13.08 | Authorization of Actions to Be Taken by the Collateral Agent Under the Collateral Documents | 105 |
Section 13.09 | Authorization of Receipt of Funds by the Trustee Under the Collateral Documents | 105 |
Section 13.10 | Intercreditor Agreement | 106 |
ARTICLE 14 | CONVERSIONS | 106 |
Section 14.01 | Conversion Privilege and Conversion Rate | 106 |
Section 14.02 | Exercise of Conversion Privilege | 108 |
Section 14.03 | Fractions of Shares | 111 |
Section 14.04 | Adjustment of Conversion Rate | 112 |
Section 14.05 | Notice of Adjustments of Conversion Rate | 120 |
Section 14.06 | Limit on Settlement Method | 121 |
Section 14.07 | Taxes on Conversions | 121 |
Section 14.08 | Certain Covenants | 121 |
Section 14.09 | Cancellation of Converted Notes | 122 |
Section 14.10 | Provision in Case of Effect of Reclassification, Consolidation, Merger or Sale | 122 |
Section 14.11 | Responsibility of Trustee for Conversion Provisions | 123 |
Section 14.12 | Notice to Holders Prior to Certain Actions | 123 |
Section 14.13 | Certain Limitations on Settlement | 124 |
ARTICLE 15 | REPURCHASE AT OPTION OF HOLDERS UPON A FUNDAMENTAL CHANGE | 125 |
Section 15.01 | Right to Require Repurchase upon a Fundamental Change | 125 |
EXHIBITS
Exhibit A FORM OF NOTE
Exhibit B FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER
Exhibit C FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF EXCHANGE
Exhibit D FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF ACQUIRING ACCREDITED INVESTOR
Exhibit E FORM OF SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE
INDENTURE dated as of March [__], 2020 among A.M. Castle & Co., a Maryland corporation, the Guarantors (as defined below), Wilmington Savings Fund Society, FSB, as trustee (in such capacity the “Trustee”) and Wilmington Savings Fund Society, FSB, as collateral agent (in such capacity the “Collateral Agent”).
The Company (as defined below), the Guarantors and the Trustee agree as follows for the benefit of each other and for the equal and ratable benefit of the Holders (as defined below) of the 3.00% / 5.00% Convertible Senior Secured PIK Toggle Notes due 2024.
ARTICLE 1
DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE
Section 1.01 Definitions.
“144A Global Note” means a Global Note substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto bearing the Global Note Legend and the Private Placement Legend and deposited with or on behalf of, and registered in the name of, the Depositary or its nominee that will be issued in a denomination equal to the outstanding principal amount of the Notes sold in reliance on Rule 144A.
“20-Day VWAP” means, with respect to any Conversion Date, the average of the Daily VWAPs for the 20 consecutive VWAP Trading Days prior to such Conversion Date.
“Accredited Investor” means an “accredited investor” as defined in Rule 501(a) under the Securities Act, who are not also QIBs.
“Acquired Debt” means, with respect to any specified Person:
(1) Indebtedness of any other Person existing at the time such other Person is merged with or into or became a Restricted Subsidiary of such specified Person, whether or not such Indebtedness is incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such other Person merging with or into, or becoming a Restricted Subsidiary of, such specified Person; and
(2) Indebtedness secured by a Lien encumbering any asset acquired by such specified Person.
“Affiliate” of any specified Person means any other Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with such specified Person. For purposes of this definition, “control,” as used with respect to any Person, means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of such Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by agreement or otherwise. For purposes of this definition, the terms “controlling,” “controlled by” and “under common control with” have correlative meanings.
“Agent” means any Registrar, co-registrar, Paying Agent, additional paying agent, Conversion Agent or additional conversion agent.
“AI Global Note” means a Global Note substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto bearing the Global Note Legend and the Private Placement Legend and deposited with or on behalf of and registered in the name of the Depositary or its nominee that will be issued in a denomination equal to the outstanding principal amount of the Notes sold to Accredited Investors.
“Applicable Procedures” means, with respect to any transfer or exchange of or for beneficial interests in any Global Note, the rules and procedures of the Depositary, Euroclear and Clearstream that apply to such transfer or exchange.
“Asset Sale” means:
(1) the sale, lease, conveyance or other disposition of any assets or rights (other than as a result of an Involuntary Transfer); provided that the sale, lease, conveyance or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole will be governed by Article 15 and/or Section 5.01 hereof and not by Section 4.10 hereof; and
(2) the issuance of Equity Interests in any of the Company’s Restricted Subsidiaries or the sale of Equity Interests in any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than directors’ qualifying shares or shares or interests required to be held by foreign nationals pursuant to applicable local law).
Notwithstanding the preceding, none of the following items will be deemed to be an Asset Sale:
(1) any single transaction or series of related transactions that involves assets having a Fair Market Value of less than $1.0 million;
(2) a transfer of assets between or among the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries;
(3) an issuance of Equity Interests by a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company to the Company or to a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company;
(4) the sale or lease of inventory, products or accounts receivable in the ordinary course of business and any sale or other disposition of damaged, worn-out or obsolete assets in the ordinary course of business;
(5) the licensing of intellectual property in the ordinary course of business (other than any perpetual licensing) which do not materially interfere with the business of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries;
(6) the sale or other disposition of cash or Cash Equivalents;
(7) the creation of a Permitted Lien;
(8) to the extent allowable under Section 1031 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, any exchange of like property (excluding any “boot” thereon) for use in a Permitted Business;
(9) a Restricted Payment that does not violate Section 4.07 hereof or a Permitted Investment;
(10) the surrender or waiver of litigation rights or the settlement, release or surrender of tort or other litigation claims of any kind; and
(11) the lapse of registered patents, trademarks and other intellectual property or the termination of license agreements related thereto to the extent not economically desirable to maintain or useful in the conduct of the business of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries and so long as such lapse is not materially adverse to the interests of the Holders.
“Attributable Debt” in respect of a sale and leaseback transaction means, at the time of determination, the present value of the obligation of the lessee for net rental payments during the remaining term of the lease included in such sale and leaseback transaction including any period for which such lease has been extended. Such present value shall be calculated using a discount rate equal to the rate of interest implicit in such transaction, determined in accordance with GAAP; provided, however, that if such sale and leaseback transaction results in a Capital Lease Obligation, the amount of Indebtedness represented thereby will be determined in accordance with the definition of “Capital Lease Obligation.”
“Bank Product Obligations” shall mean Obligations under the Senior Credit Facility for any service or facility extended to the Company, any Guarantor or any of their Subsidiaries, including credit cards, debit cards, purchase cards, any processing services related to the foregoing, treasury cash management and related services, return items, netting, overdraft and interstate depositary network services and hedging arrangements.
“Bankruptcy Code” shall mean the United States Bankruptcy Code, being Title 11 of the United States Code, as the same now exists or may from time to time hereafter be amended, modified, recodified or supplemented.
“Beneficial Owner” has the meaning assigned to such term in Rule 13d-3 and Rule 13d-5 under the Exchange Act, except that in calculating the beneficial ownership of any particular “person” (as that term is used in Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act), such “person” will be deemed to have beneficial ownership of all securities that such “person” has the right to acquire by conversion or exercise of other securities, whether such right is currently exercisable or is exercisable only after the passage of time. The terms “Beneficially Own” and “Beneficially Owned” have a corresponding meaning.
“Board of Directors” means:
(1) with respect to a corporation, the board of directors of the corporation or any committee thereof duly authorized to act on behalf of such board;
(2) with respect to a partnership, the Board of Directors of the general partner of the partnership;
(3) with respect to a limited liability company, the managing member or members or any controlling committee of managing members thereof; and
(4) with respect to any other Person, the board or committee of such Person serving a similar function.
“Business Day” means any day other than a Legal Holiday.
“Capital Lease Obligation” means, at the time any determination is to be made, the amount of the liability in respect of a capital lease that would at that time be required to be capitalized on a balance sheet prepared in accordance with GAAP, and the Stated Maturity thereof shall be the date of the last payment of rent or any other amount due under such lease prior to the first date upon which such lease may be prepaid by the lessee without payment of a penalty; provided that, notwithstanding anything to the contrary, any lease that is treated as an operating lease for purposes of GAAP as of December 14, 2018 shall not be treated as Indebtedness or as a Capital Lease Obligation and shall continue to be treated as an operating lease (and any future lease, if it were in effect on December 14, 2018, that would be treated as an operating lease for purposes of GAAP as of December 14, 2018 shall be treated as an operating lease), in each case for purposes of this Indenture or any documented related thereto, notwithstanding any actual or proposed change in GAAP after December 14, 2018.
“Capital Stock” means:
(1) in the case of a corporation, corporate stock;
(2) in the case of an association or business entity, any and all shares, interests, participations, rights or other equivalents (however designated) of corporate stock;
(3) in the case of a partnership or limited liability company, partnership interests (whether general or limited) or membership interests; and
(4) any other interest or participation that confers on a Person the right to receive a share of the profits and losses of, or distributions of assets of, the issuing Person, but excluding from all of the foregoing any debt securities convertible into Capital Stock, whether or not such debt securities include any right of participation with Capital Stock.
“Cash Equivalents” means:
(1) securities issued or directly and fully guaranteed or insured by the United States government or any agency or instrumentality of the United States government (provided that the full faith and credit of the United States is pledged in support of those securities) having maturities of not more than one year from the date of acquisition;
(2) certificates of deposit and eurodollar time deposits with maturities of one year or less from the date of acquisition, bankers’ acceptances with maturities not exceeding twelve months and overnight bank deposits, in each case, with any lender party to the Senior Credit Facility or with any domestic commercial bank having capital and surplus in excess of $500.0 million and a Thomson Bank Watch Rating of “B” or better and, with respect to any Foreign Restricted Subsidiary, time deposits, certificates of deposits, overnight bank deposits or bankers acceptances in the currency of any country in which such Foreign Restricted Subsidiary transacts business having maturities of twelve months or less from the date of acquisition issued by any commercial bank that is (a) organized under the laws of such country and (b) has capital and surplus in excess of $500.0 million (or its foreign currency equivalent);
(3) repurchase obligations with a term of not more than seven days for underlying securities of the types described in clauses (1) and (2) above entered into with any financial institution meeting the qualifications specified in clause (2) above;
(4) commercial paper having one of the two highest ratings obtainable from Moody’s or S&P and, in each case, maturing within 364 days after the date of acquisition;
(5) money market funds that comply with the criteria set forth in SEC Rule 2a-7 under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, and are rated “AAA” by S&P and “AAA” by Moody’s;
(6) money market funds at least 90% of the assets of which constitute Cash Equivalents of the kinds described in clauses (1) through (5) of this definition, United States dollars, Canadian dollars, Pounds Sterling and Euros; and
(7) instruments equivalent to those referred to in clauses (1) through (6) of this definition denominated in Euros or any other foreign currency used by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to the extent reasonably required in connection with any business conducted by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary and not for speculative purposes.
“Clearstream” means Clearstream Banking, S.A.
“Close of Business” means 5:00 p.m., Eastern time.
“Collateral” has the meaning assigned to it in the Collateral Documents.
“Collateral Agent” means Wilmington Savings Fund Society, FSB, not in its individual capacity, but solely in its capacity as Collateral Agent, until a successor replaces it in accordance with the applicable provisions of this Indenture and thereafter means the successor serving hereunder.
“Collateral Documents” means the security agreements (including the Security Agreement and any intellectual property security agreements), pledge agreements, Mortgages, collateral assignments, control agreements and related agreements and instruments (including, without limitation, financing statements under the Uniform Commercial Code of the relevant states) and the Intercreditor Agreement, each as amended, supplemented, restated, renewed, replaced or otherwise modified from time to time, to secure any Obligations under the Notes Documents or under which rights or remedies with respect to any such Lien are governed.
“Common Stock” means the common stock of the Company, par value $0.01 per share, or any other shares of Capital Stock of the Company into which such shares of common stock are reclassified or changed after the date hereof, or in the event of a merger, consolidation or other similar transaction involving the Company that is otherwise permitted hereunder in which the Company is not the surviving corporation, the common stock, common equity interests, ordinary shares or depositary shares or other certificates representing common equity interests of such surviving corporation or its direct or indirect parent corporation.
“Company” means A.M. Castle & Co. and any and all successors thereto.
“Consolidated Cash Flow” means, with respect to any specified Person for any period, the Consolidated Net Income of such Person for such period, adjusted as follows (without duplication):
(1) plus an amount equal to any extraordinary loss plus any net loss realized by such Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with an Asset Sale, to the extent such losses were deducted in computing such Consolidated Net Income;
(2) plus provision for taxes based on income or profits of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, to the extent that such provision for taxes was deducted in computing such Consolidated Net Income;
(3) plus the Fixed Charges of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, to the extent that such Fixed Charges were deducted in computing such Consolidated Net Income;
(4) plus depreciation, amortization (including amortization of intangibles but excluding amortization of prepaid cash expenses that were paid in a prior period) and other non-cash charges and expenses (excluding any such non-cash expense to the extent that it represents an accrual of or reserve for cash expenses in any future period or amortization of a prepaid cash expense that was paid in a prior period) of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period to the extent that such depreciation, amortization and other non-cash expenses were deducted in computing such Consolidated Net Income;
(5) minus non-cash items increasing such Consolidated Net Income for such period, other than the accrual of revenue in the ordinary course of business, in each case, on a consolidated basis and determined in accordance with GAAP.
Notwithstanding the preceding, the provision for taxes based on the income or profits of, and the depreciation and amortization and other non-cash expenses of, a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company will be added to Consolidated Net Income to compute Consolidated Cash Flow of the Company only to the extent that a corresponding amount would be permitted at the date of determination to be dividended to the Company by such Restricted Subsidiary without prior governmental approval (that has not been obtained), and without direct or indirect restriction pursuant to the terms of its charter and all agreements, instruments, judgments, decrees, orders, statutes, rules and governmental regulations applicable to that Restricted Subsidiary or its stockholders.
“Consolidated Net Income” means, with respect to any specified Person for any period, the aggregate of the Net Income of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, on a consolidated basis, determined in accordance with GAAP; provided that:
(1) the Net Income (but not loss) of any Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary or that is accounted for by the equity method of accounting will be included only to the extent of the amount of dividends or similar distributions paid in cash to the specified Person or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Person;
(2) the Net Income of any Restricted Subsidiary will be excluded to the extent that the declaration or payment of dividends or similar distributions by that Restricted Subsidiary of that Net Income is not at the date of determination permitted without any prior governmental approval (that has not been obtained) or, directly or indirectly, by operation of the terms of its charter or any agreement, instrument, judgment, decree, order, statute, rule or governmental regulation applicable to that Restricted Subsidiary or its stockholders;
(3) the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principles will be excluded;
(4) gains and losses due solely to fluctuations in currency values and the related tax effects determined in accordance with GAAP for such period will be excluded;
(5) non-cash compensation charges or other non-cash expenses or charges arising from the grant of or issuance or re-pricing of stock, stock options or other equity-based awards to the directors, officers and employees of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries will be excluded;
(6) any non-cash impairment charge or asset write-off under GAAP and the amortization of intangibles arising under GAAP will be excluded;
(7) gains, losses, charges or expenses due to (i) the early extinguishment of indebtedness or (ii) the application of “fresh-start” accounting (or similar accounting treatments), in each case, will be excluded; and
(8) gains, losses, charges or expenses due to fair value measurements of assets and liabilities under Accounting Standards Codification Topic 815, “Derivatives and Hedging” or under Accounting Standards Codification Topic 820, “Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures” will be excluded.
“Continuing Directors” means, as of any date of determination, any member of the Board of Directors of the Company who:
(1) was a member of such Board of Directors on the Issue Date;
(2) was nominated for election or elected to such Board of Directors with the approval of a majority of the Continuing Directors who were members of such Board of Directors at the time of such nomination or election; or
(3) whose election or nomination to such Board of Directors was authorized under and took place in accordance with the terms of the Stockholders Agreement in effect as of the Issue Date.
“Conversion Price” means at any time an amount equal to $1.00 divided by the applicable Conversion Rate at such time.
“Convertible Indebtedness” means Indebtedness of the Company (excluding the Notes) or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company that is convertible or exchangeable into Common Stock (and cash in lieu of fractional shares) and/or cash (in an amount determined by reference to the price of such Common Stock).
“Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee” will be at the address of the Trustee specified in Section 12.02 hereof or such other address as to which the Trustee may give notice to the Company.
“Custodian” means the Trustee, as custodian with respect to the Notes in global form, or any successor entity thereto.
“Daily Cash Amount” means an amount of cash equal to 5.0% of the Cash Amount specified (or deemed to be specified) by the Company in the notice regarding the chosen Settlement Method.
“Daily Conversion Value” means, for each of the 20 consecutive VWAP Trading Days during an Observation Period, 5.0% of the product of (i) the applicable Conversion Rate on such Trading Day and (ii) the Daily VWAP of the Common Stock for such VWAP Trading Day, as determined by the Company. Any such determination by the Company shall be conclusive absent manifest error.
“Daily Settlement Amount” means, for any VWAP Trading Day during the relevant Observation Period,
(i) an amount of cash equal to the lesser of (x) the Daily Cash Amount and (y) the Daily Conversion Value for such VWAP Trading Day; and
(ii) if the Daily Conversion Value for such VWAP Trading Day exceeds the Daily Cash Amount, a number of shares of Common Stock (together with cash in lieu of any fractional shares of Common Stock, if any, as described in Section 14.03) equal to (x) the difference between such Daily Conversion Value and the Daily Cash Amount, divided by (y) the Daily VWAP for such VWAP Trading Day.
“Daily VWAP” means for any VWAP Trading Day, the per share volume-weighted average price as displayed under the heading “Bloomberg VWAP” on Bloomberg page “CAS.N <equity> AQR” (or any successor thereto) in respect of the period from the scheduled open of trading on the principal trading market for the Common Stock to the scheduled close of trading of the primary trading session on such VWAP Trading Day (or if such volume-weighted average price is not available, the market value of one share of Common Stock on such VWAP Trading Day, as the Board of Directors of the Company reasonably determines in good faith using a volume-weighted average method). The Daily VWAP will be determined without regard to after-hours trading or any other trading outside of the regular trading session trading hours.
“Default” means any event that is, or with the passage of time or the giving of notice or both would be, an Event of Default.
“Definitive Note” means a certificated Note registered in the name of the Holder thereof and issued in accordance with Section 2.06 hereof, substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto except that such Note shall not bear the Global Note Legend and shall not have the “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note” attached thereto.
“Depositary” means, with respect to the Notes issuable or issued in whole or in part in global form, the Person specified in Section 2.03 hereof as the Depositary with respect to the Notes, and any and all successors thereto appointed as depositary hereunder and having become such pursuant to the applicable provision of this Indenture.
“Designated Noncash Consideration” means the Fair Market Value of non-cash consideration received by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries as a result of an Asset Sale that is so designated as Designated Noncash Consideration pursuant to an Officers’ Certificate, setting forth the basis of such valuation, executed by the chief financial officer of the Company, less the amount of cash or Cash Equivalents received in connection with a subsequent sale, conversion or other disposition of such Designated Noncash Consideration.
“Disqualified Stock” means any Capital Stock that, by its terms (or by the terms of any security into which it is convertible, or for which it is exchangeable, in each case, at the option of the holder of the Capital Stock), or upon the happening of any event, matures or is mandatorily redeemable, pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or otherwise, or redeemable at the option of the holder of the Capital Stock, in whole or in part, on or prior to the date that is 91 days after the date on which the Notes mature. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, any Capital Stock that would constitute Disqualified Stock solely because the holders of the Capital Stock have the right to require the Company to repurchase such Capital Stock upon the occurrence of a change of control or an asset sale will not constitute Disqualified Stock if the terms of such Capital Stock provide that the Company may not repurchase or redeem any such Capital Stock pursuant to such provisions unless such repurchase or redemption complies with Section 4.07 hereof. The amount of Disqualified Stock deemed to be outstanding at any time for purposes of this Indenture will be the maximum amount that the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries may become obligated to pay upon the maturity of, or pursuant to any mandatory redemption provisions of, such Disqualified Stock, exclusive of accrued dividends.
“Domestic Restricted Subsidiary” means any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company that was formed under the laws of the United States or any state of the United States or the District of Columbia.
“Effective Date” means the date a Fundamental Change occurs or becomes effective.
“Equity Interests” means Capital Stock and all warrants, options or other rights to acquire Capital Stock (but excluding the Notes and any Convertible Indebtedness).
“Euroclear” means Euroclear Bank, S.A./N.V., as operator of the Euroclear system.
“Ex-Date” means, with respect to any issuance or distribution on the Common Stock, the first date on which the shares of Common Stock trade on the relevant exchange or in the relevant market, regular way, without the right to receive the issuance or distribution in question.
“Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.
“Excluded Assets” means the Excluded Assets as defined in the Security Agreement.
“Existing Indebtedness” means Indebtedness of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than Indebtedness under the Senior Credit Facility and the Notes) in existence on the Issue Date, including without limitation the Existing Notes, until such amounts are repaid.
“Existing Indenture” means the Indenture, dated as of August 31, 2017, by and among the Company, the subsidiary guarantors party thereto and Wilmington Savings Fund Society, FSB, as trustee and collateral agent (as may be amended, restated or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with its terms).
“Existing Notes” means the 5.00% / 7.00% Convertible Senior Secured PIK Toggle Notes due 2022 issued under the Existing Indenture (whether issued on the Original Issue Date, issued as Additional Notes (as defined in the Existing Indenture), issued as PIK Notes (as defined in the Existing Indenture), or otherwise issued after the Original Issue Date), as amended or supplemented from time to time in accordance with the terms of the Existing Indenture.
“Fair Market Value” means the value that would be paid by a willing buyer to an unaffiliated willing seller in a transaction not involving distress or necessity of either party, determined in good faith by (a) Senior Management and (b) in the case of any transaction involving aggregate consideration in excess of $10.0 million, the Board of Directors of the Company (unless otherwise provided in this Indenture).
“Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio” means with respect to any specified Person for any period, the ratio of the Consolidated Cash Flow of such Person for such period to the Fixed Charges of such Person for such period. In the event that the specified Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries incurs, assumes, guarantees, repays, repurchases, redeems, defeases or otherwise discharges any Indebtedness (other than ordinary working capital borrowings) or issues, repurchases or redeems preferred stock subsequent to the commencement of the period for which the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio is being calculated and on or prior to the date on which the event for which the calculation of the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio is made (the “Calculation Date”), then the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio will be calculated giving pro forma effect to such incurrence, assumption, Guarantee, repayment, repurchase, redemption, defeasance or other discharge of Indebtedness, or such issuance, repurchase or redemption of preferred stock, and the use of the proceeds therefrom, as if the same had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter reference period.
In addition, for purposes of calculating the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio:
(1) acquisitions that have been made by the specified Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, including through mergers or consolidations, or any Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries acquired by the specified Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, and including any related financing transactions and including increases in ownership of Restricted Subsidiaries, during the four-quarter reference period or subsequent to such reference period and on or prior to the Calculation Date will be given pro forma effect in accordance with Regulation S-X under the Securities Act (other than any pro forma cost or expense savings) as if they had occurred on the first day of the four-quarter reference period;
(2) the Consolidated Cash Flow attributable to discontinued operations, as determined in accordance with GAAP, and operations or businesses (and ownership interests therein) disposed of prior to the Calculation Date, will be excluded;
(3) the Fixed Charges attributable to discontinued operations, as determined in accordance with GAAP, and operations or businesses (and ownership interests therein) disposed of prior to the Calculation Date, will be excluded, but only to the extent that the obligations giving rise to such Fixed Charges will not be obligations of the specified Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries following the Calculation Date;
(4) any Person that is a Restricted Subsidiary on the Calculation Date will be deemed to have been a Restricted Subsidiary at all times during such four-quarter period;
(5) any Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary on the Calculation Date will be deemed not to have been a Restricted Subsidiary at any time during such four-quarter period; and
(6) if any Indebtedness bears a floating rate of interest, the interest expense on such Indebtedness will be calculated as if the rate in effect on the Calculation Date had been the applicable rate for the entire period (taking into account any Hedging Obligation applicable to such Indebtedness if such Hedging Obligation has a remaining term as at the Calculation Date in excess of 12 months).
“Fixed Charges” means, with respect to any specified Person for any period, the sum, without duplication, of:
(1) the consolidated interest expense of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, whether paid or accrued, including, without limitation, amortization of debt issuance costs and original issue discount, non-cash interest payments, the interest component of any deferred payment obligations, the interest component of all payments associated with Capital Lease Obligations, imputed interest with respect to Attributable Debt, commissions, discounts and other fees and charges incurred in respect of letter of credit or bankers’ acceptance financings, and net of the effect of all payments made or received pursuant to Hedging Obligations in respect of interest rates;
(2) plus the consolidated interest expense of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries that was capitalized during such period;
(3) plus any interest on Indebtedness of another Person that is guaranteed by such Person or one of its Restricted Subsidiaries or secured by a Lien on assets of such Person or one of its Restricted Subsidiaries, whether or not such Guarantee or Lien is called upon;
(4) plus the product of (a) all dividends, whether paid or accrued and whether or not in cash, on any series of preferred stock of such Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, other than dividends on Equity Interests payable solely in Equity Interests of the Company (other than Disqualified Stock) or to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company, times (b) a fraction, the numerator of which is one and the denominator of which is one minus the then current combined federal, state and local statutory tax rate of such Person, expressed as a decimal;
(5) less the consolidated interest income of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries; in each case, determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP.
“Foreign Restricted Subsidiary” means any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company that is not a Domestic Restricted Subsidiary.
“Fundamental Change” will be deemed to have occurred at the time after the Issue Date that any of the following occurs:
(1) a “person” or “group” within the meaning of Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act has become the direct or indirect “beneficial owner,” as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act, of the Company’s common equity representing more than 50% of the voting power of the Company’s common equity;
(2) the consummation of (A) any recapitalization, reclassification or change of the Common Stock (other than changes resulting from a subdivision or combination) as a result of which the Common Stock would be converted into, or exchanged for, stock, other securities, other property or assets; (B) any share exchange, consolidation or merger of the Company pursuant to which the Common Stock will be converted into cash, securities or other property; or (C) any sale, lease or other transfer in one transaction or a series of transactions of all or substantially all of the consolidated assets of the Company and the Company’s Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, to any person other than one of the Company’s Subsidiaries; provided, however, that a transaction described in clause (A) or clause (B) above, as the case may be, in which the holders of the Company’s common equity immediately prior to such transaction own, directly or indirectly, more than 50% of all classes of common equity of the continuing or surviving corporation or transferee, or, in either case, the parent thereof, immediately after such transaction in substantially the same proportions (relative to each other) as such ownership immediately prior to such transaction shall not, in either case, be a Fundamental Change pursuant to such clause (A) or such clause (B);
(3) Continuing Directors cease to constitute at least a majority of the Board of Directors; or
(4) the Company’s stockholders approve any plan or proposal for the liquidation or dissolution of the Company, provided, however, that a liquidation or dissolution that is part of a transaction described in clause (2)(B) above that is not a Fundamental Change pursuant to such clause (2)(B) shall not be a Fundamental Change pursuant to this clause (4).
A transaction or transactions described in clauses (1) or (2) above will not constitute a Fundamental Change, however, if at least 90% of the consideration received or to be received by holders of common stock, excluding cash payments for fractional shares and cash payments made pursuant to dissenters’ rights, in connection with such transaction or transactions consists of shares of common stock that are listed or quoted on any of The New York Stock Exchange, The NASDAQ Global Select Market or The NASDAQ Global Market (or any of their respective successors) or will be so listed or quoted when issued or exchanged in connection with such transaction or transactions and as a result of such transaction or transactions such consideration becomes the Reference Property (subject to the provisions of Section 14.01 and Section 14.02).
“GAAP” means generally accepted accounting principles set forth in the opinions and pronouncements of the Accounting Principles Board of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants and statements and pronouncements of the Financial Accounting Standards Board or in such other statements by such other entity as have been approved by a significant segment of the accounting profession, as of the Original Issue Date. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, any lease that is treated as an operating lease for purposes of GAAP as of December 14, 2018 shall not be treated as Indebtedness or as a Capital Lease Obligation and shall continue to be treated as an operating lease (and any future lease, if it were in effect on December 14, 2018, that would be treated as an operating lease for purposes of GAAP as of December 14, 2018 shall be treated as an operating lease), in each case for purposes of this Indenture or any documented related thereto, notwithstanding any actual or proposed change in GAAP after December 14, 2018.
“Global Note Legend” means the legend set forth in Section 2.06(f)(2) hereof, which is required to be placed on all Global Notes issued under this Indenture.
“Global Notes” means, individually and collectively, each of the Restricted Global Notes and the Unrestricted Global Notes deposited with or on behalf of and registered in the name of the Depositary or its nominee, substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto and that bears the Global Note Legend and that has the “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note” attached thereto, issued in accordance with Section 2.01, 2.06(b)(3), 2.06(b)(4) or 2.06(d)(2) hereof.
“Government Securities” means direct obligations of, or obligations guaranteed by, the United States of America, and the payment for which the United States pledges its full faith and credit.
“Guarantee” means a guarantee other than by endorsement of negotiable instruments for collection in the ordinary course of business, direct or indirect, in any manner including, without limitation, by way of a pledge of assets or through letters of credit or reimbursement agreements in respect thereof, of all or any part of any Indebtedness (whether arising by virtue of partnership arrangements, or by agreements to keep-well, to purchase assets, goods, securities or services, to take or pay or to maintain financial statement conditions or otherwise).
“Guarantors” means (1) each of the Company’s Domestic Restricted Subsidiaries existing on the Issue Date (other than any Immaterial Subsidiary), (2) A.M. Castle & Co. (Canada) Inc., a corporation existing under the laws of the province of British Columbia, Canada, (3) Castle Metals de México, S.A. de C.V., a sociedad anónima de capital variable organized under the laws of Mexico, (4) Castle Metals de Mexicali, S.A. de C.V., a sociedad anónima de capital variable organized under the laws of Mexico, and (5) each of the Company’s Restricted Subsidiaries that in the future executes a supplemental indenture in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture in which such Restricted Subsidiary agrees to be bound by the terms of this Indenture as a Guarantor and, in each case, their respective successors and assigns until the Note Guarantee of such Person has been released in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture
“Hedging Obligations” means, with respect to any specified Person, the obligations of such Person under:
(1) interest rate swap agreements (whether from fixed to floating or from floating to fixed), interest rate cap agreements and interest rate collar agreements;
(2) other agreements or arrangements designed to manage interest rates or interest rate risk; and
(3) other agreements or arrangements designed to protect such Person against fluctuations in currency exchange rates or commodity prices.
“Holder” means a Person in whose name a Note is registered.
“Immaterial Subsidiary” means, as of any date, any Restricted Subsidiary whose total assets, as of that date, are less than $1.0 million and whose total revenues for the most recent 12-month period do not exceed $1.0 million; provided that a Restricted Subsidiary will not be considered to be an Immaterial Subsidiary if it, directly or indirectly, guarantees or otherwise provides direct credit support for any Indebtedness of the Company; provided, further, that the revenues and total assets of all such Subsidiaries shall not exceed $2.5 million in the aggregate.
“Indebtedness” means, with respect to any specified Person, any indebtedness of such Person (excluding accrued expenses and trade payables), whether or not contingent:
(1) in respect of borrowed money;
(2) evidenced by bonds, notes, debentures or similar instruments;
(3) all Obligations for the reimbursement of any obligor on any letter of credit, banker’s acceptance or similar credit transaction, whether or not then due;
(4) representing Capital Lease Obligations or Attributable Debt in respect of sale and leaseback transactions;
(5) representing the balance deferred and unpaid of the purchase price of any property or services due more than six months after such property is acquired or such services are completed; or
(6) representing any Hedging Obligations,
if and to the extent any of the preceding items (other than letters of credit, Attributable Debt and Hedging Obligations) would appear as a liability upon a balance sheet of the specified Person prepared in accordance with GAAP. In addition, the term “Indebtedness” includes all Indebtedness of others secured by a Lien on any asset of the specified Person (whether or not such Indebtedness is assumed by the specified Person) and, to the extent not otherwise included, the Guarantee by the specified Person of any Indebtedness of any other Person.
“Indenture” means this Indenture, as amended or supplemented from time to time.
“Indirect Participant” means a Person who holds a beneficial interest in a Global Note through a Participant.
“Insolvency or Liquidation Proceeding” means:
(1) any case commenced by or against the Company or any Guarantor under the Bankruptcy Code or any similar federal or state law for the relief of debtors, any other proceeding for the reorganization, recapitalization or adjustment or marshalling of the assets or liabilities of the Company or any Guarantor, any receivership or assignment for the benefit of creditors relating to the Company or any Guarantor or any similar case or proceeding relative to the Company or any Guarantor or its creditors, as such, in each case whether or not voluntary;
(2) any liquidation, dissolution, marshalling of assets or liabilities or other winding up of or relating to the Company or any Guarantor, in each case whether or not voluntary and whether or not involving bankruptcy or insolvency; or
(3) any other proceeding of any type or nature in which substantially all claims of creditors of the Company or any Guarantor are determined and any payment or distribution is or may be made on account of such claims.
“Intercreditor Agreement” means that certain intercreditor agreement, dated as of the Issue Date, by and among the Senior Credit Facility Agent, the Trustee and the Collateral Agent, as the same may be amended, modified, restated, supplemented or replaced from time to time in accordance with its terms.
“Investments” means, with respect to any Person, all direct or indirect investments by such Person in other Persons (including Affiliates) in the forms of loans (including Guarantees or other obligations), advances or capital contributions (excluding commission, travel and similar advances to officers and employees made in the ordinary course of business), purchases or other acquisitions for consideration of Indebtedness, Equity Interests or other securities, together with all items that are or would be classified as investments on a balance sheet prepared in accordance with GAAP.
If the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company sells or otherwise disposes of any Equity Interests of any direct or indirect Subsidiary of the Company such that, after giving effect to any such sale or disposition, such Person is no longer a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company, the Company will be deemed to have made an Investment on the date of any such sale or disposition equal to the Fair Market Value of the Company’s Investments in such Restricted Subsidiary that were not sold or disposed of in an amount determined as provided in Section 4.07(d) hereof. The acquisition by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company of a Person that holds an Investment in a third Person will be deemed to be an Investment by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary in such third Person in an amount equal to the Fair Market Value of the Investments held by the acquired Person in such third Person in an amount determined as provided in Section 4.07(d) hereof. Except as otherwise provided in this Indenture, the amount of an Investment will be determined at the time the Investment is made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value.
“Involuntary Transfer” means, with respect to any property or asset of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, (a) any damage to such asset that results in an insurance settlement with respect thereto on the basis of a total loss or a constructive or compromised total loss, (b) the confiscation, condemnation, requisition, appropriation or similar taking regarding such asset by any government or instrumentality or agency thereof, including by deed in lieu of condemnation, or (c) foreclosure or other enforcement of a Lien or the exercise by a holder of a Lien of any rights with respect to it.
“Issue Date” means March [__], 2020.
“Junior Lien Debt” means the Notes Debt.
“Last Reported Sale Price” means, with respect to the Common Stock or any other security for which a Last Reported Sale Price must be determined, on any Trading Day, the closing sale price per share of the Common Stock or unit of such other security (or, if no closing sale price is reported, the average of the last bid and last ask prices or, if more than one in either case, the average of the average last bid and the average last ask prices) on such Trading Day as reported in composite transactions for the principal United States national or regional securities exchange on which it is then traded, if any. If the Common Stock or such other security is not listed for trading on a United States national or regional securities exchange on the relevant date, the Last Reported Sale Price shall be the average of the last quoted bid and ask prices per share of Common Stock or such other security in the over-the-counter market on the relevant date, as reported by the OTC Markets Group Inc. or a similar organization. In absence of such quotation, the Last Reported Sale Price shall be the average of the mid-point of the last bid and ask prices for the Common Stock or such other security on the relevant date from each of at least three nationally recognized independent investment banking firms, which may include the Initial Purchaser, selected from time to time by the Company for that purpose. The Last Reported Sale Price shall be determined without reference to extended or after hours trading. Any such determination shall be made by the Company and shall be conclusive absent manifest error.
“Legal Holiday” means a Saturday, a Sunday or a day on which banking institutions in the City of New York or at a place of payment are authorized by law, regulation or executive order to remain closed. If a payment date is a Legal Holiday at a place of payment, payment may be made at that place on the next succeeding day that is not a Legal Holiday, and no interest shall accrue on such payment for the intervening period.
“Lien” means, with respect to any asset, any mortgage, lien, pledge, charge, security interest or encumbrance of any kind in respect of such asset, whether or not filed, recorded or otherwise perfected under applicable law, including any conditional sale or other title retention agreement, any lease in the nature thereof, any option or other agreement to sell or give a security interest in and any filing of or agreement to give any financing statement under the Uniform Commercial Code (or equivalent statutes) of any jurisdiction.
“Market Disruption Event” means the occurrence or existence on any Scheduled Trading Day of any suspension or limitation imposed on trading (by reason of movements in price exceeding limits permitted by the stock exchange or otherwise) in the Common Stock or in any options contracts or futures contracts relating to the Common Stock, and such suspension or limitation occurs or exists at any time within the 30 minutes prior to the scheduled close of trading on such Scheduled Trading Day.
“Maturity Date” means, with respect to the Notes, August 31, 2024, unless earlier repurchased or converted.
“Moody’s” means Moody’s Investors Service, Inc.
“Mortgages” means a collective reference to each mortgage, deed of trust, deed to secure debt and any other document or instrument under which any Lien on the Premises or any other Collateral secured by and described in such mortgages, deeds of trust, deeds to secure debt or other documents or instruments is granted to secure any Obligations of the Company or a Guarantor under any of the Notes Documents or under which rights or remedies with respect to any such Liens are governed.
“Net Income” means, with respect to any specified Person, the net income (loss) of such Person, determined in accordance with GAAP and before any reduction in respect of preferred stock dividends, excluding, however:
(1) any gain (but not loss), together with any related provision for taxes on such gain (but not loss), realized in connection with: (a) any Asset Sale; or (b) the disposition of any securities by such Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or the extinguishment of any Indebtedness of such Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; and
(2) any extraordinary gain (but not loss), together with any related provision for taxes on such extraordinary gain (but not loss).
“Net Proceeds” means the aggregate cash proceeds received by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in respect of any Asset Sale (including, without limitation, any cash received upon the sale or other disposition of any non-cash consideration received in any Asset Sale), net of the direct costs relating to such Asset Sale, including, without limitation, legal, accounting and investment banking fees, and sales commissions, and any relocation expenses incurred as a result of the Asset Sale, taxes paid or payable as a result of the Asset Sale, in each case, after taking into account any available tax credits or deductions and any tax sharing arrangements, and amounts required to be applied to the repayment of Indebtedness, other than Indebtedness under the Senior Credit Facility, secured by a Lien on the asset or assets that were the subject of such Asset Sale and any reserve for adjustment in respect of the sale price of such asset or assets established in accordance with GAAP.
“Non-Recourse Debt” means Indebtedness:
(1) as to which neither the Company nor any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (a) provides credit support of any kind (including any undertaking, agreement or instrument that would constitute Indebtedness), (b) is directly or indirectly liable as a guarantor or otherwise, or (c) constitutes the lender;
(2) no default with respect to which (including any rights that the holders of the Indebtedness may have to take enforcement action against an Unrestricted Subsidiary) would permit upon notice, lapse of time or both any holder of any other Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to declare a default on such other Indebtedness or cause the payment of the Indebtedness to be accelerated or payable prior to its Stated Maturity; and
(3) as to which the lenders have been notified in writing that they will not have any recourse to the stock or assets of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries.
“Non-U.S. Person” means a Person who is not a U.S. Person.
“Note Guarantee” means the Guarantee by each Guarantor of the Company’s obligations under this Indenture and the Notes, executed pursuant to the provisions of this Indenture.
“Notes” means the Company’s 3.00% / 5.00% Convertible Senior Secured PIK Toggle Notes due 2024, issued in accordance with Section 2.02 (whether issued on the Issue Date, issued as Additional Notes, issued as PIK Notes, or otherwise issued after the Issue Date), as amended or supplemented from time to time in accordance with the terms of this Indenture.
“Notes Debt” shall mean all Obligations, including, without limitation, obligations, liabilities and indebtedness of every kind, nature and description owing by the Company or any Guarantor to any Notes Secured Party, including principal, interest, charges, fees, premiums, indemnities and expenses, however evidenced, whether as principal, surety, endorser, guarantor or otherwise, arising under any of the Notes Documents, whether now existing or hereafter arising, whether arising before, during or after the initial or any renewal term of the Notes Documents or after the commencement of any case with respect to the Company or any Guarantor under any bankruptcy law or any other Insolvency or Liquidation Proceeding (and including, without limitation, any principal, interest, fees, costs, expenses and other amounts, which would accrue and become due but for the commencement of such case, whether or not such amounts are allowed or allowable in whole or in part in such case or similar proceeding), whether direct or indirect, absolute or contingent, joint or several, due or not due, primary or secondary, liquidated or unliquidated, secured or unsecured.
“Notes Documents” shall mean, collectively, this Indenture, the Notes, the Note Guarantees, the Security Agreement, the other Collateral Documents, and all agreements, documents and instruments at any time executed and/or delivered by the Company or any Guarantor or any other person to, with or in favor of any Notes Secured Party in connection therewith or related thereto, as all of the foregoing now exist or, subject to any restrictions set forth in the Intercreditor Agreement, may hereafter be amended, modified, supplemented, extended, renewed, restated, refinanced, replaced or restructured (in whole or in part and including any agreements with, to or in favor of any other lender or group of lenders that at any time refinances, replaces or succeeds to all or any portion of the Notes Debt).
“Notes Secured Parties” shall mean, collectively, (a) the Trustee, (b) the Collateral Agent, (c) the Agents, (d) the Holders of the Notes, (e) each other person to whom any of the Notes Debt are owed and (f) the successors, replacements and assigns of each of the foregoing; sometimes being referred to herein individually as a “Notes Secured Party.”
“Obligations” means any principal, interest (including, to the extent legally permitted, all interest accruing after the commencement of any Insolvency or Liquidation Proceeding at the rate provided for in the documentation with respect thereto, including any applicable post-default rate, even if such interest is not enforceable, allowable or allowed as a claim in such proceeding), penalties, fees, expenses, indemnifications, reimbursements, damages and other liabilities payable under the documentation governing any Indebtedness.
“Observation Period” means, for any Note:
(i) if the Conversion Date for such Note occurs on or after the Close of Business on the 22nd Scheduled Trading Day immediately preceding the Maturity Date, and Cash Settlement or Combination Settlement applies to such Note, the 20 consecutive VWAP Trading Day period beginning on, and including, the 21st Scheduled Trading Day immediately preceding the Maturity Date; and
(ii) in all other instances, the 20 consecutive VWAP Trading Day period beginning on, and including, the third VWAP Trading Day immediately following the related Conversion Date in respect of such Notes.
“Officer” means, with respect to any Person, the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the President, the Chief Operating Officer, the Chief Financial Officer, the Treasurer, any Assistant Treasurer, the Controller, the Secretary or any Vice-President of such Person.
“Officers’ Certificate” means a certificate signed on behalf of the Company by two Officers of the Company, one of whom must be the principal executive officer, the principal financial officer, the treasurer or the principal accounting officer of the Company, that meets the requirements of Section 12.05 hereof.
“Open of Business” means 9:00 a.m., Eastern time.
“Opinion of Counsel” means an opinion from legal counsel who is reasonably acceptable to the Trustee, that meets the requirements of Section 12.05 hereof. The counsel may be an employee of or counsel to the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company or if the Trustee so elects, in its sole discretion, an employee of or counsel to the Trustee.
“Original Issue Date” means August 31, 2017.
“Participant” means, with respect to the Depositary, Euroclear or Clearstream, a Person who has an account with the Depositary, Euroclear or Clearstream, respectively (and, with respect to DTC, shall include Euroclear and Clearstream).
“Permitted Business” means any business conducted by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries on the Issue Date and any business reasonably related, ancillary or complementary to, or reasonable extensions of, the business of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries on the Issue Date.
“Permitted Investments” means:
(1) any Investment in the Company or in a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company that is a Guarantor;
(2) any Investment in Cash Equivalents;
(3) any Investment by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company in a Person, if as a result of such Investment:
(a) such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company and a Guarantor; or
(b) such Person is merged, consolidated or amalgamated with or into, or transfers or conveys substantially all of its assets to, or is liquidated into, the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company that is a Guarantor;
(4) any Investment made as a result of the receipt of non-cash consideration from an Asset Sale that was made pursuant to and in compliance with Section 4.10 hereof or any disposition of assets and rights not constituting an Asset Sale;
(5) any acquisition of assets or Capital Stock solely in exchange for the issuance of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company;
(6) any Investments received in compromise or resolution of (A) obligations of trade creditors or customers that were incurred in the ordinary course of business of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, including pursuant to any plan of reorganization or similar arrangement upon the bankruptcy or insolvency of any trade creditor or customer; or (B) litigation, arbitration or other disputes;
(7) Investments represented by Hedging Obligations permitted under clause (8) of the definition of Permitted Debt;
(8) loans or advances to directors, officers and employees made in the ordinary course of business of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed $1.0 million at any one time outstanding;
(9) repurchases of the Notes;
(10) (i) accounts, chattel paper and notes receivable owing to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary and advances to suppliers, if created, acquired or made in the ordinary course of business, (ii) endorsements for collection or deposit in the ordinary course of business, (iii) lease, utility and similar deposits and deposits with suppliers in the ordinary course of business, (iv) extensions of trade credit in the ordinary course of business and (v) deposits made in the ordinary course to secure operating leases;
(11) Investments existing on the Issue Date or made pursuant to binding commitments in effect on the Issue Date;
(12) Investments (a) in Foreign Restricted Subsidiaries or joint ventures by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, which Investment has an aggregate Fair Market Value (measured on the date each such Investment was made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value), when taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to this clause (12)(a) that are at the time outstanding, not to exceed $25.0 million, (b) in Foreign Restricted Subsidiaries by any other Foreign Restricted Subsidiary and (c) consisting of Guarantees by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of Indebtedness incurred by a Foreign Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to clause (16) or (18) of the definition of Permitted Debt; and
(13) other Investments in any Person having an aggregate Fair Market Value (measured on the date each such Investment was made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value), when taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to this clause (13) that are at the time outstanding, not to exceed $5.0 million;
provided that, notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the foregoing, an Investment in any Convertible Indebtedness shall not constitute a Permitted Investment.
“Permitted Liens” means:
(1) Liens securing Permitted Debt described in clause (1) of the definition thereof and related Obligations, Bank Product Obligations and Hedging Obligations, which Liens shall be Liens securing “First Lien Debt” for purposes of the Intercreditor Agreement;
(2) Liens securing (i) Indebtedness incurred pursuant to Sections 4.09(b)(3) and 4.09(b)(19) and any Obligations in respect of any of the foregoing and under the Note Documents relating to any of the foregoing Obligations, which Liens shall be Liens securing “Junior Lien Debt” for purposes of the Intercreditor Agreement;
(3) Liens in favor of the Company or the Guarantors;
(4) Liens on property of a Person existing at the time such Person is merged with or into or consolidated with the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company; provided that such Liens were in existence prior to the contemplation of such merger or consolidation and do not extend to any assets other than those of the Person merged into or consolidated with the Company or the Subsidiary;
(5) Liens on property (including Capital Stock) existing at the time of acquisition of the property by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company; provided that such Liens were in existence prior to, such acquisition, and not incurred in contemplation of, such acquisition;
(6) Liens to secure the performance of statutory obligations or Indebtedness in respect of commercial letters of credit, performance bonds, surety bonds or like obligations in respect of performance guarantees or similar commitments of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries incurred in the ordinary course of business;
(7) Liens to secure Permitted Debt (including Capital Lease Obligations) described in clause (4) of the definition thereof covering only the assets acquired with or financed by such Indebtedness and Liens on assets that are the subject of a sale leaseback transaction relating to Attributable Debt incurred pursuant to clause (19) of the definition of Permitted Debt;
(8) Liens existing on the Issue Date;
(9) Liens for taxes, assessments or governmental charges or claims that are not yet delinquent or that are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings promptly instituted and diligently conducted; provided that any reserve or other appropriate provision as is required in conformity with GAAP has been made therefor;
(10) Liens imposed by law, such as carriers’, warehousemen’s, landlord’s and mechanics’ Liens, in each case, incurred in the ordinary course of business;
(11) (i) survey exceptions, easements or reservations of, or rights of others for, licenses, rights-of-way, sewers, electric lines, telegraph and telephone lines and other similar purposes, or zoning or other restrictions as to the use of real property that were not incurred in connection with Indebtedness and that do not in the aggregate materially adversely affect the value of said properties or materially impair their use in the operation of the business of such Person and (ii) with respect to any real estate located in Canada, reservations, limitations, provisos and conditions expressed in any original grant from the Federal government of Canada or Her Majesty the Queen in right of Canada, that do not materially affect the use of the affected land for the purpose for which it is used by that Person;
(12) Liens to secure any Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness permitted to be incurred under this Indenture; provided, however, that:
(a) the new Lien shall be limited to all or part of the same property and assets that secured or, under the written agreements pursuant to which the original Lien arose, could secure the original Lien (plus improvements and accessions to, such property or proceeds or distributions thereof);
(b) the new Lien shall be of the same or junior priority relative to the Liens securing the Notes Debt as the original Lien; and
(c) the Indebtedness secured by the new Lien is not increased to any amount greater than the sum of (x) the outstanding principal amount, or, if greater, committed amount, of the Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness and (y) an amount necessary to pay any fees and expenses, including premiums, related to such renewal, refunding, refinancing, replacement, defeasance or discharge;
(13) any judgment Lien not giving rise to an Event of Default;
(14) Liens upon specific items of inventory or other goods and proceeds of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries securing such Person’s obligations in respect of bankers’ acceptances issued or created for the account of such Person to facilitate the purchase, shipment or storage of such inventory or other goods;
(15) Liens securing Hedging Obligations incurred pursuant to clause (8) of the definition of Permitted Debt, so long as the related Indebtedness is, and is permitted to be under this Indenture, secured by a Lien on the same property securing such Hedging Obligations;
(16) any provision for the retention of title to an asset by the vendor or transferor of such asset (including any lessor) which asset is acquired by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company in a transaction entered into in the ordinary course of business of the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary;
(17) grants of licenses or sublicenses of intellectual property in the ordinary course of business that do not materially interfere with the ordinary conduct of the business of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;
(18) Liens of a collection bank arising under Section 4-210 of the Uniform Commercial Code on items in the course of collection;
(19) Liens securing reimbursement obligations with respect to letters of credit, bankers’ acceptances or other sureties or pledges and deposits in respect of workers’ compensation claims, health, disability or other employee benefits or property, casualty or liability insurance or self-insurance or other similar reimbursement-type obligations issued in the ordinary course of business and consistent with past practice; provided, however, that upon the drawing of such letters of credit, such obligations are reimbursed and extinguished within 30 days following such drawing;
(20) Liens securing reimbursement obligations in respect of commercial letters of credit and covering goods (or the documents of title in respect thereof) financed by such commercial letters of credit and the proceeds and products thereof;
(21) Liens in favor of customs or revenue authorities arising as a matter of law to secure payment of customs duties in connection with the importation of goods;
(22) Liens solely on any cash earnest money deposits made by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with any letter of intent or purchase agreement permitted under this Indenture;
(23) Liens arising from precautionary Uniform Commercial Code (or equivalent statute) financing statement filings regarding operating leases entered into in the ordinary course of business to the extent such Liens only relate to the assets, property, products or merchandise that are the subject of such lease or consignment, as the case may be;
(24) Liens securing Permitted Debt described in clause (16) or (18) of the definition thereof; provided that, any Lien securing such Permitted Debt may only attach to, be granted in respect of, or exist on, assets of Foreign Restricted Subsidiaries;
(25) Liens incurred in the ordinary course of business of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company with respect to obligations that do not exceed $5.0 million at any one time outstanding and that (a) are not incurred in connection with the borrowing of money or the obtaining of advances or credit and (b) do not in the aggregate materially detract from the value of the property or materially impair the use thereof in the operation of business by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary; and
(26) Liens not given in connection with the issuance of Indebtedness and incurred in the ordinary course of business and consistent with past practice of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries on cash or securities in a depositary account in favor of the depositary, to the extent such Lien secures the obligation of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to the fees and compensation of such depositary for services in connection with the maintenance of such account.
“Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness” means any Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries issued in exchange for, or the net proceeds of which are used to renew, refund, refinance, replace, defease or discharge other Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than intercompany Indebtedness); provided that:
(1) the principal amount (or accreted value, if applicable) of such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness does not exceed the principal amount (or accreted value, if applicable) of the Indebtedness renewed, refunded, refinanced, replaced, defeased or discharged (plus all accrued interest on the Indebtedness and the amount of all fees and expenses, including premiums, incurred in connection therewith);
(2) such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness has a final maturity date later than the final maturity date of, and has a Weighted Average Life to Maturity equal to or greater than the Weighted Average Life to Maturity of, the Indebtedness being renewed, refunded, refinanced, replaced, defeased or discharged;
(3) if the Indebtedness being renewed, refunded, refinanced, replaced, defeased or discharged is subordinated in right of payment to the Notes, such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness has a final maturity date later than the final maturity date of, and is subordinated in right of payment to, the Notes on terms at least as favorable to the Holders as those contained in the documentation governing the Indebtedness being renewed, refunded, refinanced, replaced, defeased or discharged;
(4) shall not include Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company that is not a Guarantor that refinances Indebtedness of the Company or a Guarantor; and
(5) if the Indebtedness being renewed, refunded, refinanced, replaced, defeased or discharged is (i) unsecured, such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness may not be secured or (ii) is secured by an existing Lien on the Collateral, such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness may not be secured by a Lien on the Collateral with a higher priority than such existing Lien on the Collateral.
“Person” means any individual, corporation, partnership, joint venture, association, joint-stock company, trust, unincorporated organization, limited liability company or government or other entity.
“Plan” means the Debtors’ Prepackaged Joint Chapter 11 Plan of Reorganization, dated as of May 15, 2017 [Docket No. 16], filed in the Company’s chapter 11 case in the United States Bankruptcy Court for the District of Delaware, Case No. 17-11330 (as it may be amended, modified or supplemented from time to time).
“Private Placement Legend” means the legend set forth in Section 2.06(f)(1) hereof to be placed on all Notes issued under this Indenture except where otherwise permitted by the provisions of this Indenture.
“Public Equity Offering” means an underwritten public offering of the Capital Stock of the Company pursuant to a registration statement filed with the SEC (other than on Form S-8).
“Qualified Cash” means the aggregate amount of unrestricted cash and cash equivalents of the borrowers under the Senior Credit Facility that (a) is subject to a first priority security interest and lien in favor of the Senior Credit Facility Agent, and (b) is subject to a deposit account control agreement or an investment property control agreement, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Senior Credit Facility Agent.
“QIB” means a “qualified institutional buyer” as defined in Rule 144A.
“Regulation S” means Regulation S promulgated under the Securities Act.
“Regulation S Global Note” means a Global Note substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto bearing the Global Note Legend and the Private Placement Legend and deposited with or on behalf of and registered in the name of the Depositary or its nominee, issued in a denomination equal to the outstanding principal amount of the Notes sold in reliance on Rule 903 of Regulation S.
“Responsible Officer,” when used with respect to the Trustee, means any officer within the Corporate Trust Administration of the Trustee (or any successor group of the Trustee) or any other officer of the Trustee customarily performing functions similar to those performed by any of the above designated officers and also means, with respect to a particular corporate trust matter, any other officer to whom such matter is referred because of his knowledge of and familiarity with the particular subject.
“Restricted Definitive Note” means a Definitive Note bearing the Private Placement Legend.
“Restricted Global Note” means a Global Note bearing the Private Placement Legend.
“Restricted Investment” means an Investment other than a Permitted Investment.
“Restricted Period” means the 40-day distribution compliance period as defined in Regulation S.
“Restricted Subsidiary” of a Person means any Subsidiary of the referent Person that is not an Unrestricted Subsidiary.
“Rule 144” means Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act.
“Rule 144A” means Rule 144A promulgated under the Securities Act.
“Rule 903” means Rule 903 promulgated under the Securities Act.
“Rule 904” means Rule 904 promulgated under the Securities Act.
“S&P” means Standard & Poor’s Ratings Group.
“Scheduled Trading Day” means a day that is scheduled to be a Trading Day on the principal United States national securities exchange or market on which the Common Stock is listed or admitted for trading. If the Common Stock is not so listed or admitted for trading, “Scheduled Trading Day” means a Business Day.
“SEC” means the Securities and Exchange Commission.
“Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.
“Security Agreement” shall mean the Pledge and Security Agreement, dated as of March [__], 2020, by and among the Company, the Guarantors and Collateral Agent, as collateral agent, as may hereafter be amended, modified, supplemented, extended, renewed, restated or replaced.
“Senior Credit Facility” means the Revolving Credit and Security Agreement, dated as of the Original Issue Date, among the Company, Total Plastics, Inc., HY-Alloy Steels Company, Keystone Tube Company, LLC, Keystone Service, Inc., the other borrowers from time to time party thereto, the guarantors party thereto, the lenders party thereto and PNC Bank, National Association, as administrative and collateral agent for the Lenders , together with the related agreements and instruments thereto (including, without limitation, any guarantee agreements and security documents) and any other debt facilities or commercial paper facilities with banks or other institutional lenders providing for revolving credit loans, term loans or letters of credit or issuances of debt securities evidenced by notes, debentures, bonds or similar instruments, in each case, as amended as of the Issue Date or as may hereafter be amended, restated, modified, supplemented, renewed, refunded, replaced (whether upon or after termination or otherwise) or refinanced in whole or in part from time to time that extend the maturity of, refinance, replace or otherwise restructure (including increasing the amount of available borrowings thereunder (provided that such increase in borrowings is permitted to be incurred pursuant to clause (1) of the definition of the term Permitted Debt) or adding Restricted Subsidiaries of the Company as additional borrowers or guarantors thereunder) all or any portion of the Indebtedness under such agreement or any successor or replacement agreement and whether by the same or any other agent, lender or group of lenders.
“Senior Credit Facility Agent” means PNC Bank, National Association, and its successors and assigns in its capacity as administrative agent and First Lien Agent pursuant to the First Lien Documents (as defined in the Intercreditor Agreement) acting for and on behalf of the other First Lien Secured Parties (as defined in the Intercreditor Agreement) and any successor or replacement agent.
“Senior Management” means the Chief Executive Officer and the Chief Financial Officer of the Company.
“Settlement Method” means either Cash Settlement, Physical Settlement or Combination Settlement, as specified in Section 14.02(a).
“Significant Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary that would be a “significant subsidiary” as defined in Article 1, Rule 1-02 of Regulation S-X, promulgated pursuant to the Securities Act, as such Regulation is in effect on the Issue Date.
“Stated Maturity” means, with respect to any installment of interest or principal on any series of Indebtedness, the date on which the payment of interest or principal was scheduled to be paid in the documentation governing such Indebtedness as of the Issue Date, and will not include any contingent obligations to repay, redeem or repurchase any such interest or principal prior to the date originally scheduled for the payment thereof.
“Stock Price” means the price paid per share of Common Stock in connection with a Fundamental Change, which shall be equal to (i) if holders of Common Stock receive only cash in such Fundamental Change, the cash amount paid per share of Common Stock and (ii) in all other cases, the average of the Last Reported Sale Prices of the Common Stock over the 10 consecutive Trading Day period ending on, and including, the Trading Day immediately preceding the Effective Date of the Fundamental Change.
“Stockholders Agreement” means the Stockholders Agreement dated as even date herewith by and among the Company and the stockholders that are party thereto, as the same may be amended, supplemented, or otherwise modified from time to time.
“Subsidiary” means, with respect to any specified Person:
(1) any corporation, association or other business entity of which more than 50% of the total voting power of shares of Capital Stock entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency and after giving effect to any voting agreement or stockholders’ agreement that effectively transfers voting power) to vote in the election of directors, managers or trustees of the corporation, association or other business entity is at the time owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by that Person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of that Person (or a combination thereof); and
(2) any partnership (a) the sole general partner or the managing general partner of which is such Person or a Subsidiary of such Person or (b) the only general partners of which are that Person or one or more Subsidiaries of that Person (or any combination thereof).
“TIA” means the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended (15 U.S.C. §§ 77aaa-77bbbb).
“Trading Day” means a day during which (i) trading in the Common Stock generally occurs on the principal United States national securities exchange or market on which the Common Stock is listed or admitted for trading and (ii) there is no Market Disruption Event.
“Transactions” means the transactions contemplated by the Plan.
“Trustee” means Wilmington Savings Fund Society, FSB, not in its individual capacity, but solely in its capacity as Trustee, until a successor replaces it in accordance with the applicable provisions of this Indenture and thereafter means the successor serving hereunder.
“Unrestricted Definitive Note” means a Definitive Note that does not bear and is not required to bear the Private Placement Legend.
“Unrestricted Global Note” means a Global Note that does not bear and is not required to bear the Private Placement Legend.
“Unrestricted Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary of the Company that is designated by the Board of Directors of the Company as an Unrestricted Subsidiary pursuant to a resolution of the Board of Directors, but only to the extent that such Subsidiary:
(1) has no Indebtedness other than Non-Recourse Debt;
(2) except as permitted by Section 4.11 hereof, is not party to any agreement, contract, arrangement or understanding with the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company unless the terms of any such agreement, contract, arrangement or understanding are no less favorable to the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary than those that might be obtained at the time from Persons who are not Affiliates of the Company;
(3) is a Person with respect to which neither the Company nor any of its Restricted Subsidiaries has any direct or indirect obligation (a) to subscribe for additional Equity Interests or (b) to maintain or preserve such Person’s financial condition or to cause such Person to achieve any specified levels of operating results; and
(4) has not guaranteed or otherwise directly or indirectly provided credit support for any Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries.
“U.S. Person” means a U.S. Person as defined in Rule 902(k) promulgated under the Securities Act.
“VWAP Market Disruption Event” means (i) a failure by the primary United States national or regional securities exchange or market on which the Common Stock is listed or admitted to trading to open for trading during its regular trading session or (ii) the occurrence or existence prior to 1:00 p.m., Eastern time, on any Scheduled Trading Day for the Common Stock for more than a one half-hour period in the aggregate during regular trading hours of any suspension or limitation imposed on trading (by reason of movements in price exceeding limits permitted by the relevant stock exchange or otherwise) in the Common Stock or in any options contracts or futures contracts relating to the Common Stock.
“VWAP Trading Day” means a day during which (i) trading in the Common Stock generally occurs on the principal United States national or regional securities exchange or market on which the Common Stock is listed or admitted for trading and (ii) there is no VWAP Market Disruption Event. If the Common Stock is not so listed or traded, then “VWAP Trading Day” means a Business Day.
“Weighted Average Life to Maturity” means, when applied to any Indebtedness at any date, the number of years obtained by dividing:
(1) the sum of the products obtained by multiplying (a) the amount of each then remaining installment, sinking fund, serial maturity or other required payments of principal, including payment at final maturity, in respect of the Indebtedness, by (b) the number of years (calculated to the nearest one-twelfth) that will elapse between such date and the making of such payment; by
(2) the then outstanding principal amount of such Indebtedness.
Section 1.02 Other Definitions.
Term | Section |
Accredited Investor Acc | 2.06(f)(1)(A) |
Additional Notes | 2.02 |
Adjustment Determination Date | 14.04(m) |
Adjustment Event | 14.04(m) |
Aggregated Person | 14.06(b) |
Affiliate Transaction | 4.11(a) |
Asset Sale Offer | 4.10(c) |
Authentication Order | 2.02 |
Averaging Period | 14.04(f) |
Cash Amount | 14.02(b)(i) |
Cash Interest | Exhibit A |
Cash Settlement | 14.02(a)(i) |
Calculation Date | 1.01 |
Collateral Agent | Preamble |
Combination Settlement | 14.02(a)(iii) |
Conversion Agent | 2.03 |
Conversion Date | 14.02(d) |
Conversion Obligation | 14.01(a) |
Conversion Rate | 14.01(a) |
Covenant Defeasance | 8.02 |
Term | Section |
Distributed Property | 14.04(d) |
DTC | 2.06(f)(2) |
Event of Default | 6.01 |
Excess Proceeds | 4.10(c) |
Expiration Date | 14.04(f) |
Fundamental Change Cash Amount | 14.01(b)(ii)(1) |
Fundamental Change Conversion Number | 14.01(b)(ii)(3) |
Fundamental Change Conversion Value | 14.01(b)(iii) |
Fundamental Change Expiration Time | 15.01(b)(ix) |
Fundamental Change Repurchase Date | 15.01(a) |
Fundamental Change Repurchase Notice | 15.01(a)(i) |
Fundamental Change Repurchase Price | 15.01(a) |
Fundamental Change Repurchase Right Notice | 15.01(b) |
incur | 4.09(a) |
Notice of Conversion | 14.02(d) |
Offer Amount | 4.10(d) |
Offer Period | 4.10(d) |
OID Legend | 2.06(f) |
Paying Agent | 2.03 |
Payment Default | 6.01(5)(a) |
Permitted Debt | 4.09(b) |
Physical Settlement | 14.02(a)(ii) |
PIK Interest | Exhibit A |
PIK Notes | 2.02 |
PIK Payment | 2.02 |
Premises | 4.17 |
Purchase Date | 4.10(d) |
Qualified Institutional Buyer | 2.06(f)(1)(A) |
Reference Property | 14.11 |
Registrar | 2.03 |
Restricted Payments | 4.07 |
Section 16 Conversion Blocker | 14.06(b) |
Securities Act | 2.06(f)(1)(A) |
Trustee | Preamble |
Valuation Period | 14.04(d) |
Section 1.03 Incorporation by Reference of Trust Indenture Act.
All terms used in this Indenture that are defined by the TIA, defined by TIA reference to another statute or defined by SEC rule under the TIA have the meanings so assigned to them, to the extent such terms are used in provisions incorporated mandatorily by the TIA in this Indenture or by election as specifically stated in this Indenture. Otherwise, to the extent that terms or provisions contained in this Indenture are similar to terms or provisions used in the TIA, the definitions of such terms and the interpretations of such provisions under the TIA shall not be dispositive for purposes of this Indenture.
Section 1.04 Rules of Construction.
Unless the context otherwise requires:
(1) a term has the meaning assigned to it;
(2) an accounting term not otherwise defined has the meaning assigned to it in accordance with GAAP;
(3) “or” is not exclusive;
(4) words in the singular include the plural, and in the plural include the singular;
(5) “will” shall be interpreted to express a command;
(6) provisions apply to successive events and transactions;
(7) references to laws, rules, regulations and forms (and sections or parts thereof) shall be deemed to be references to successors to such laws, rules, regulations and forms (and sections or parts thereof);
(8) for all purposes of this Indenture, references to Notes include any PIK Notes; and
(9) for all purposes of this Indenture, references to “principal amount” of the Notes includes any increase in the principal amount of the outstanding Notes as a result of a PIK Payment.
ARTICLE 2
THE NOTES
Section 2.01 Form and Dating.
(a) General. The Notes and the Trustee’s certificate of authentication will be substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto. The Notes may have notations, legends or endorsements required by law, stock exchange rule or usage. Each Note will be dated the date of its authentication. The Notes shall be in denominations of $2,000 and integral multiples of $1.00 in excess thereof, provided, that PIK Notes will be issued in minimum denominations of $1.00 and integral multiples of $1.00 in excess thereof, and thereafter, the minimum denominations of the Notes will be $1.00 and integral multiples of $1.00 in excess thereof. PIK Notes, if issued, will be issued in the amount of the applicable PIK Interest (rounded up to the nearest $1.00).
The terms and provisions contained in the Notes will constitute, and are hereby expressly made, a part of this Indenture and each of the Company, the Guarantors, the Trustee and the Collateral Agent, by its execution and delivery of this Indenture, expressly agree to such terms and provisions and to be bound thereby. However, to the extent any provision of any Note conflicts with the express provisions of this Indenture, the provisions of this Indenture shall govern and be controlling.
(b) Global Notes. Notes issued in global form will be substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto (including the Global Note Legend thereon and the “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note” attached thereto). Notes issued in definitive form will be substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto (but without the Global Note Legend thereon and without the “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note” attached thereto). Each Global Note will represent such of the outstanding Notes as will be specified therein and each shall provide that it represents the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Notes from time to time endorsed thereon and that the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Notes represented thereby may from time to time be reduced or increased, as appropriate, to reflect exchanges and conversions. Any endorsement of a Global Note to reflect the amount of any increase or decrease in the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Notes represented thereby will be made by the Trustee or the Custodian, at the direction of the Trustee, in accordance with instructions given by the Holder thereof as required by Section 2.06 hereof.
Section 2.02 Execution and Authentication. At least one Officer must sign the Notes for the Company by manual, facsimile or electronic (in “.pdf” or “tif” format) signature.
If an Officer whose signature is on a Note no longer holds that office at the time a Note is authenticated, the Note will nevertheless be valid.
A Note will not be valid until authenticated by the manual, facsimile or electronic (in “.pdf” or “tif” format) signature of the Trustee. The signature will be conclusive evidence that the Note has been authenticated under this Indenture.
The Trustee shall, upon a written order of the Company signed by one Officer (an “Authentication Order”), authenticate Notes for original issue on the Issue Date in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed $100.0 million (other than as provided in Section 2.07). Such Authentication Order shall specify the number, principal amount of Notes and registered Holder of each of the Notes to be authenticated, whether the Notes are to be issued as Definitive Notes or Global Notes, delivery instructions and such other information as the Trustee shall reasonably request.
The Trustee may appoint an authenticating agent reasonably acceptable to the Company to authenticate Notes. An authenticating agent may authenticate Notes whenever the Trustee may do so. Each reference in this Indenture to authentication by the Trustee includes authentication by such agent. An authenticating agent has the same rights as an Agent to deal with Holders or an Affiliate of the Company.
In connection with the payment of PIK Interest in respect of the Notes, the Company is entitled to, without the consent of the holders, increase the outstanding principal amount of the Notes or issue additional Notes (the “PIK Notes”) under this Indenture on the same terms and conditions as the Notes (in each case, the “PIK Payment”). The Company may issue additional Notes (“Additional Notes”) under the indenture from time to time, to the extent the incurrence of the relevant Indebtedness and Liens are permitted hereunder. The Trustee shall, upon the receipt of an Authentication Order, and an Opinion of Counsel and an Officers’ Certificate as to the due authorization and enforceability of the Additional Notes, the satisfaction of the conditions precedent to the issuance of the Additional Notes, and such other matters as the Trustee may reasonably require, authenticate and deliver any Additional Notes for an aggregate principal amount specified in such Authentication Order for such Additional Notes issued hereunder. The Notes, any PIK Notes and any Additional Notes subsequently issued hereunder will be treated as a single class for all purposes, including waivers, amendments, conversions and offers to purchase. Unless the context requires otherwise, references to ‘‘Notes’’ for all purposes hereunder include any PIK Notes and any Additional Notes that are actually issued; provided that Additional Notes will not be issued with the same CUSIP, if any, as any other Notes unless such Additional Notes are fungible with such Notes for U.S. federal income tax purposes.
Section 2.03 Registrar, Paying Agent and Conversion Agent. The Company will maintain an office or agency where Notes may be presented for registration of transfer or for exchange (“Registrar”), an office or agency where Notes may be presented for payment (“Paying Agent”) and an office or agency where Notes may be presented for conversion (“Conversion Agent”). The Registrar will keep a register of the Notes and of their transfer, exchange and conversion. The Company may appoint one or more co-registrars, one or more additional paying agents and one or more additional conversion agents. The term “Registrar” includes any co-registrar, the term “Paying Agent” includes any additional paying agent and the term “Conversion Agent” includes any additional conversion agent. The Company may change any Paying Agent, Registrar or Conversion Agent without notice to any Holder. The Company will notify the Trustee in writing of the name and address of any Agent not a party to this Indenture. If the Company fails to appoint or maintain another entity as Registrar, Paying Agent or Conversion Agent, the Trustee shall act as such. The Company or any of its Subsidiaries may act as Paying Agent, Registrar or Conversion Agent.
The Company initially appoints The Depository Trust Company (“DTC”) to act as Depositary with respect to the Global Notes.
The Company initially appoints the Trustee to act as the Registrar, Paying Agent and Conversion Agent and to act as Custodian with respect to the Global Notes.
Section 2.04 Paying Agent to Hold Money in Trust. The Company will require each Paying Agent other than the Trustee to agree in writing that the Paying Agent will hold in trust for the benefit of Holders or the Trustee all money held by the Paying Agent for the payment of principal, interest or premium, if any, on the Notes, and will notify the Trustee of any default by the Company in making any such payment. While any such default continues, the Trustee may require a Paying Agent to pay all money held by it to the Trustee. The Company at any time may require a Paying Agent to pay all money held by it to the Trustee. Upon payment over to the Trustee, the Paying Agent (if other than the Company or a Subsidiary) will have no further liability for the money. If the Company or a Subsidiary acts as Paying Agent, it will segregate and hold in a separate trust fund for the benefit of the Holders all money held by it as Paying Agent. Upon any bankruptcy or reorganization proceedings relating to the Company, the Trustee will serve as Paying Agent for the Notes.
Section 2.05 Holder Lists. The Trustee will preserve in as current a form as is reasonably practicable the most recent list available to it of the names and addresses of all Holders and shall otherwise comply with TIA Section 312(a). If the Trustee is not the Registrar, the Company will furnish to the Trustee at least seven Business Days before each interest payment date and at such other times as the Trustee may request in writing, a list in such form and as of such date as the Trustee may reasonably require of the names and addresses of the Holders of Notes and the Company shall otherwise comply with TIA Section 312(a).
Section 2.06 Transfer and Exchange.
(a) Transfer and Exchange of Global Notes. A Global Note may not be transferred except as a whole by the Depositary to a nominee of the Depositary, by a nominee of the Depositary to the Depositary or to another nominee of the Depositary, or by the Depositary or any such nominee to a successor Depositary or a nominee of such successor Depositary. All Global Notes will be exchanged by the Company for Definitive Notes if:
(1) the Company delivers to the Trustee notice from the Depositary that it is unwilling or unable to continue to act as Depositary or that it is no longer a clearing agency registered under the Exchange Act and, in either case, a successor Depositary is not appointed by the Company within 90 days after the date of such notice from the Depositary; or
(2) there has occurred and is continuing a Default or Event of Default with respect to the Notes and a beneficial holder of the Notes or the Depositary so requests.
Upon the occurrence of either of the preceding events in (1) or (2) above, Definitive Notes shall be issued in such names as the Depositary shall instruct the Trustee. Global Notes also may be exchanged or replaced, in whole or in part, as provided in Sections 2.07 and 2.10 hereof. Every Note authenticated and delivered in exchange for, or in lieu of, a Global Note or any portion thereof, pursuant to this Section 2.06 or Section 2.07 or 2.10 hereof, shall be authenticated and delivered in the form of, and shall be, a Global Note. A Global Note may not be exchanged for another Note other than as provided in this Section 2.06(a), however, beneficial interests in a Global Note may be transferred and exchanged as provided in Section 2.06(b) or (c) hereof.
(b) Transfer and Exchange of Beneficial Interests in the Global Notes. The transfer and exchange of beneficial interests in the Global Notes will be effected through the Depositary, in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture and the Applicable Procedures. Beneficial interests in the Restricted Global Notes will be subject to restrictions on transfer comparable to those set forth herein to the extent required by the Securities Act. Transfers of beneficial interests in the Global Notes also will require compliance with either subparagraph (1) or (2) below, as applicable, as well as one or more of the other following subparagraphs, as applicable:
(1) Transfer of Beneficial Interests in the Same Global Note. Beneficial interests in any Restricted Global Note may be transferred to Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in the same Restricted Global Note in accordance with the transfer restrictions set forth in the Private Placement Legend; provided, however, that prior to the expiration of the Restricted Period, transfers of beneficial interests in the Regulation S Global Note may not be made to a U.S. Person or for the account or benefit of a U.S. Person. Beneficial interests in any Unrestricted Global Note may be transferred to Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note. No written orders or instructions shall be required to be delivered to the Registrar to effect the transfers described in this Section 2.06(b)(1).
(2) All Other Transfers and Exchanges of Beneficial Interests in Global Notes. In connection with all transfers and exchanges of beneficial interests that are not subject to Section 2.06(b)(1) above, the transferor of such beneficial interest must deliver to the Registrar either:
(A) both:
(i) a written order from a Participant or an Indirect Participant given to the Depositary in accordance with the Applicable Procedures directing the Depositary to credit or cause to be credited a beneficial interest in another Global Note in an amount equal to the beneficial interest to be transferred or exchanged; and
(ii) instructions given in accordance with the Applicable Procedures containing information regarding the Participant account to be credited with such increase; or
(B) both:
(i) a written order from a Participant or an Indirect Participant given to the Depositary in accordance with the Applicable Procedures directing the Depositary to cause to be issued a Definitive Note in an amount equal to the beneficial interest to be transferred or exchanged; and
(ii) instructions given by the Depositary to the Registrar containing information regarding the Person in whose name such Definitive Note shall be registered to effect the transfer or exchange referred to in (1) above.
In no event shall Definitive Notes be issued upon the transfer or exchange of beneficial interests in the Regulation S Global Note prior to (A) the expiration of the Restricted Period and (B) the receipt by the Registrar of any statement of beneficial interest required pursuant to Rule 903(b)(3)(ii)(B) of Regulation S.
Upon satisfaction of all of the requirements for transfer or exchange of beneficial interests in Global Notes contained in this Indenture and the
Notes or otherwise applicable under the Securities Act, the Trustee shall adjust the principal amount of the relevant Global Note(s) pursuant to Section 2.06(g) hereof.
(3) Transfer of Beneficial Interests to Another Restricted Global Note. A beneficial interest in any Restricted Global Note may be transferred to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in another Restricted Global Note if the transfer complies with the requirements of Section 2.06(b)(2) above and the Registrar receives the following:
(A) if the transferee will take delivery in the form of a beneficial interest in the 144A Global Note, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (1) thereof;
(B) if the transferee will take delivery in the form of a beneficial interest in the Regulation S Global Note, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (2) thereof; and
(C) if the transferee will take delivery in the form of a beneficial interest in the AI Global Note, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications, certificates and Opinion of Counsel required by item (3) thereof, if applicable.
(4) Transfer and Exchange of Beneficial Interests in a Restricted Global Note for Beneficial Interests in an Unrestricted Global Note. A beneficial interest in any Restricted Global Note may be exchanged by any holder thereof for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note or transferred to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note if the exchange or transfer complies with the requirements of Section 2.06(b)(2) above and the Registrar receives the following:
(A) if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate from such holder in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (1)(a) thereof; or
(B) if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate from such holder in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (4) thereof; and, in each such case set forth in this subsection (4), if the Registrar so requests or if the Applicable Procedures so require, an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Registrar to the effect that such exchange or transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act and that the restrictions on transfer contained herein and in the Private Placement Legend are no longer required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act.
If any such transfer is effected at a time when an Unrestricted Global Note has not yet been issued, the Company shall issue and, upon receipt of an Authentication Order in accordance with Section 2.02 hereof, the Trustee shall authenticate one or more Unrestricted Global Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to the aggregate principal amount of beneficial interests transferred pursuant to this subsection (4).
Beneficial interests in an Unrestricted Global Note cannot be exchanged for, or transferred to Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of, a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note.
(c) Transfer or Exchange of Beneficial Interests for Definitive Notes.
(1) Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes to Restricted Definitive Notes. If any holder of a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for a Restricted Definitive Note or to transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a Restricted Definitive Note, then, upon receipt by the Registrar of the following documentation:
(A) if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for a Restricted Definitive Note, a certificate from such holder in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (2)(a) thereof;
(B) if such beneficial interest is being transferred to a QIB in accordance with Rule 144A, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (1) thereof;
(C) if such beneficial interest is being transferred to a Non-U.S. Person in an offshore transaction in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (2) thereof;
(D) if such beneficial interest is being transferred pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act in accordance with Rule 144, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(a) thereof;
(E) if such beneficial interest is being transferred to an Accredited Investor in reliance on an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act other than those listed in subparagraphs (B) through (D) above, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications, certificates and Opinion of Counsel required by item (3) thereof, if applicable; or
(F) if such beneficial interest is being transferred to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(b) thereof;
the Trustee shall cause the aggregate principal amount of the applicable Global Note to be reduced accordingly pursuant to Section 2.06(g) hereof, and the Company shall execute and, upon receipt of an Authentication Order in accordance with Section 2.02 hereof, the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver to the Person designated in the instructions a Definitive Note in the appropriate principal amount. Any Definitive Note issued in exchange for a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note pursuant to this Section 2.06(c) shall be registered in such name or names and in such authorized denomination or denominations as the holder of such beneficial interest shall instruct the Registrar through instructions from the Depositary and the Participant or Indirect Participant. The Trustee shall deliver such Definitive Notes to the Persons in whose names such Notes are so registered. Any Definitive Note issued in exchange for a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note pursuant to this Section 2.06(c)(1) shall bear the Private Placement Legend and shall be subject to all restrictions on transfer contained therein.
(2) Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes to Unrestricted Definitive Notes. A holder of a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note may exchange such beneficial interest for an Unrestricted Definitive Note or may transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note only if: the Registrar receives the following:
(A) if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for an Unrestricted Definitive Note, a certificate from such holder in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (1)(b) thereof; or
(B) if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note, a certificate from such holder in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (4) thereof; and, in each such case set forth in this subsection (2), if the Registrar so requests or if the Applicable Procedures so require, an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Registrar to the effect that such exchange or transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act and that the restrictions on transfer contained herein and in the Private Placement Legend are no longer required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act.
(3) Beneficial Interests in Unrestricted Global Notes to Unrestricted Definitive Notes. If any holder of a beneficial interest
in an Unrestricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for a Definitive Note or to transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a Definitive Note, then, upon satisfaction of the
conditions set forth in Section 2.06(b)(2) hereof, the Trustee will cause the aggregate principal amount of the applicable Global Note to be reduced accordingly pursuant to Section 2.06(g) hereof, and the Company will execute and, upon
receipt of an Authentication Order in accordance with Section 2.02 hereof, the Trustee will authenticate and deliver to the Person designated in the instructions a Definitive Note in the appropriate principal amount. Any Definitive Note issued
in exchange for a beneficial interest pursuant to this Section 2.06(c)(3) will be registered in such name or names and in such authorized denomination or denominations as the holder of such beneficial interest requests through instructions to
the Registrar from or through the Depositary and the Participant or Indirect Participant. The Trustee will deliver such Definitive Notes to the Persons in whose names such Notes are so registered. Any Definitive Note issued in exchange for a beneficial
interest pursuant to this Section 2.06(c)(3) will not bear the Private Placement Legend.
(d) Transfer and Exchange of Definitive Notes for Beneficial Interests.
(1) Restricted Definitive Notes to Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes. If any Holder of a Restricted Definitive Note proposes to exchange such Note for a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note or to transfer such Restricted Definitive Notes to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note, then, upon receipt by the Registrar of the following documentation:
(A) if the Holder of such Restricted Definitive Note proposes to exchange such Note for a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note, a certificate from such Holder in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (2)(b) thereof;
(B) if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred to a QIB in accordance with Rule 144A, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (1) thereof;
(C) if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred to a Non-U.S. Person in an offshore transaction in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (2) thereof;
(D) if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act in accordance with Rule 144, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(a) thereof;
(E) if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred to an Accredited Investor in reliance on an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act other than those listed in subparagraphs (B) through (D) above, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications, certificates and Opinion of Counsel required by item (3) thereof, if applicable;
(F) if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(b) thereof; or
(G) if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(c) thereof, the Trustee will cancel the Restricted Definitive Note, increase or cause to be increased the aggregate principal amount of, in the case of clause (A) above, the appropriate Restricted Global Note, in the case of clause (B) above, the 144A Global Note, in the case of clause (C) above, the Regulation S Global Note, and in all other cases, the AI Global Note.
(2) Restricted Definitive Notes to Beneficial Interests in Unrestricted Global Notes. A Holder of a Restricted Definitive Note may exchange such Note for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note or transfer such Restricted Definitive Note to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note only if the Registrar receives the following:
(A) if the Holder of such Definitive Notes proposes to exchange such Notes for a beneficial interest in the Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate from such Holder in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (1)(c) thereof; or
(B) if the Holder of such Definitive Notes proposes to transfer such Notes to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in the Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate from such Holder in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (4) thereof;
and, in each such case set forth in this subsection (2), if the Registrar so requests or if the Applicable Procedures so require, an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Registrar to the effect that such exchange or transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act and that the restrictions on transfer contained herein and in the Private Placement Legend are no longer required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act.
Upon satisfaction of the conditions of any of the subparagraphs in this Section 2.06(d)(2), the Trustee will cancel the Definitive Notes and increase or cause to be increased the aggregate principal amount of the Unrestricted Global Note.
(3) Unrestricted Definitive Notes to Beneficial Interests in Unrestricted Global Notes. A Holder of an Unrestricted Definitive Note may exchange such Note for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note or transfer such Definitive Notes to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note at any time. Upon receipt of a request for such an exchange or transfer, the Trustee will cancel the applicable Unrestricted Definitive Note and increase or cause to be increased the aggregate principal amount of one of the Unrestricted Global Notes.
If any such exchange or transfer from a Definitive Note to a beneficial interest is effected pursuant to Section 2.06(d)(2) or (3) above at a time when an Unrestricted Global Note has not yet been issued, the Company will issue and, upon receipt of an Authentication Order in accordance with Section 2.02 hereof, the Trustee will authenticate one or more Unrestricted Global Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to the principal amount of Definitive Notes so transferred.
(e) Transfer and Exchange of Definitive Notes for Definitive Notes. Upon request by a Holder of Definitive Notes and such Holder’s compliance with the provisions of this Section 2.06(e), the Registrar will register the transfer or exchange of Definitive Notes. Prior to such registration of transfer or exchange, the requesting Holder must present or surrender to the Registrar the Definitive Notes duly endorsed or accompanied by a written instruction of transfer in form satisfactory to the Registrar duly executed by such Holder or by its attorney, duly authorized in writing. In addition, the requesting Holder must provide any additional certifications, documents and information, as applicable, required pursuant to the following provisions of this Section 2.06(e).
(1) Restricted Definitive Notes to Restricted Definitive Notes. Any Restricted Definitive Note may be transferred to and registered in the name of Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of a Restricted Definitive Note if the Registrar receives the following:
(A) if the transfer will be made pursuant to Rule 144A, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (1) thereof;
(B) if the transfer will be made pursuant to Rule 903 or Rule 904, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (2) thereof; and
(C) if the transfer will be made pursuant to any other exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications, certificates and Opinion of Counsel required by item (3) thereof, if applicable.
(2) Restricted Definitive Notes to Unrestricted Definitive Notes. Any Restricted Definitive Note may be exchanged by the Holder thereof for an Unrestricted Definitive Note or transferred to a Person or Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note if the Registrar receives the following:
(A) if the Holder of such Restricted Definitive Notes proposes to exchange such Notes for an Unrestricted Definitive Note, a certificate from such Holder in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (1)(d) thereof; or
(B) if the Holder of such Restricted Definitive Notes proposes to transfer such Notes to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note, a certificate from such Holder in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (4) thereof; and, in each such case set forth in this subsection (2), if the Registrar so requests, an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Registrar to the effect that such exchange or transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act and that the restrictions on transfer contained herein and in the Private Placement Legend are no longer required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act.
(3) Unrestricted Definitive Notes to Unrestricted Definitive Notes. A Holder of Unrestricted Definitive Notes may transfer such Notes to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note. Upon receipt of a request to register such a transfer, the Registrar shall register the Unrestricted Definitive Notes pursuant to the instructions from the Holder thereof.
(f) Legends. The following legends will appear on the face of all Global Notes and Definitive Notes issued under this Indenture unless specifically stated otherwise in the applicable provisions of this Indenture.
(1) Private Placement Legend.
(A) Except as permitted by subparagraph (B) below, each Global Note and each Definitive Note (and all Notes issued in exchange therefor or substitution thereof) shall bear the legend in substantially the following form:
“THIS SECURITY HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), OR ANY STATE SECURITIES LAWS. NEITHER THIS SECURITY NOR ANY INTEREST OR PARTICIPATION HEREIN MAY BE REOFFERED, SOLD, ASSIGNED, TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED, ENCUMBERED OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED EXCEPT AS SET FORTH BELOW .
THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY, BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF (1) REPRESENTS THAT (A) IT IS A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” (AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT), (B) IT IS A NON-U.S. PERSON AND IS ACQUIRING THIS SECURITY IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION WITHIN THE MEANING OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT AND IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS APPLICABLE TO SUCH PURCHASER IN THE JURISDICTION IN WHICH SUCH PURCHASE IS MADE, OR (C) IT IS AN “ACCREDITED INVESTOR” WITHIN THE MEANING OF RULE 501 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT AND (2) AGREES TO OFFER, SELL OR OTHERWISE TRANSFER SUCH SECURITY, PRIOR TO THE EXPIRATION OF THE APPLICABLE HOLDING PERIOD WITH RESPECT TO RESTRICTED SECURITIES SET FORTH IN RULE 144 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, ONLY (A) TO THE COMPANY OR ANY SUBSIDIARY THEREOF, (B) FOR SO LONG AS THE SECURITIES ARE ELIGIBLE FOR RESALE PURSUANT TO RULE 144A, TO A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT THAT PURCHASES FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER TO WHICH NOTICE IS GIVEN THAT THE TRANSFER IS BEING MADE IN RELIANCE ON RULE 144A, (C) PURSUANT TO OFFERS AND SALES TO NON-U.S. PERSONS THAT OCCUR OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES WITHIN THE MEANING OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT AND IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS APPLICABLE TO IT IN THE JURISDICTION IN WHICH SUCH PURCHASE IS MADE, (D) TO AN “ACCREDITED INVESTOR” WITHIN THE MEANING OF RULE 501 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT THAT IS ACQUIRING THE SECURITY FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT, OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF SUCH AN ACCREDITED INVESTOR, FOR INVESTMENT PURPOSES AND NOT WITH A VIEW TO, OR FOR OFFER OR SALE IN CONNECTION WITH, ANY DISTRIBUTION IN VIOLATION OF THE SECURITIES ACT, (E) PURSUANT TO A REGISTRATION STATEMENT WHICH HAS BEEN DECLARED EFFECTIVE UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, OR (F) PURSUANT TO ANOTHER AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT, SUBJECT TO THE COMPANY’S AND THE TRUSTEE’S, OR REGISTRAR’S, AS APPLICABLE, RIGHT PRIOR TO ANY SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER PURSUANT TO CLAUSE (C), (D) OR (F) TO REQUIRE THE DELIVERY OF AN OPINION OF COUNSEL, CERTIFICATION AND/OR OTHER INFORMATION SATISFACTORY TO EACH OF THEM, AND IN EACH OF THE FOREGOING CASES, A CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER IN THE FORM APPEARING ON THE OTHER SIDE OF THIS SECURITY IS COMPLETED AND DELIVERED BY THE TRANSFEROR TO THE TRUSTEE OR REGISTRAR. THIS LEGEND WILL BE REMOVED UPON THE REQUEST OF THE HOLDER AFTER THE EXPIRATION OF THE APPLICABLE HOLDING PERIOD WITH RESPECT TO RESTRICTED SECURITIES SET FORTH IN RULE 144 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT.”
(B) Notwithstanding the foregoing, any Global Note or Definitive Note issued pursuant to subparagraphs (b)(4), (c)(2), (c)(3), (d)(2), (d)(3), (e)(2), (e)(3) or (f) of this Section 2.06 (and all Notes issued in exchange therefor or substitution thereof) will not bear the Private Placement Legend.
(2) Global Note Legend. Each Global Note will bear a legend in substantially the following form:
“THIS GLOBAL NOTE IS HELD BY THE DEPOSITARY (AS DEFINED IN THE INDENTURE GOVERNING THIS NOTE) OR ITS NOMINEE IN CUSTODY FOR THE BENEFIT OF THE BENEFICIAL OWNERS HEREOF, AND IS NOT TRANSFERABLE TO ANY PERSON UNDER ANY CIRCUMSTANCES EXCEPT THAT (1) THE TRUSTEE MAY MAKE SUCH NOTATIONS HEREON AS MAY BE REQUIRED PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.06 OF THE INDENTURE, (2) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE EXCHANGED IN WHOLE BUT NOT IN PART PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.06(a) OF THE INDENTURE, (3) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE DELIVERED TO THE TRUSTEE FOR CANCELLATION PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.11 OF THE INDENTURE AND (4) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE TRANSFERRED TO A SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY WITH THE PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF THE COMPANY.
UNLESS AND UNTIL IT IS EXCHANGED IN WHOLE OR IN PART FOR NOTES IN DEFINITIVE FORM, THIS NOTE MAY NOT BE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT AS A WHOLE BY THE DEPOSITARY TO A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY OR BY A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY TO THE DEPOSITARY OR ANOTHER NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY OR BY THE DEPOSITARY OR ANY SUCH NOMINEE TO A SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY OR A NOMINEE OF SUCH SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY. UNLESS THIS CERTIFICATE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY (55 WATER STREET, NEW YORK, NEW YORK) (“DTC”), TO THE COMPANY OR ITS AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT, AND ANY CERTIFICATE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR SUCH OTHER NAME AS MAY BE REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC (AND ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO CEDE & CO. OR SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS MAY BE REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL INASMUCH AS THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN.”
(3) Regulation S Global Note Legend. Each Regulation S Global Note will bear a legend in substantially the following form:
“THE RIGHTS ATTACHING TO THIS REGULATION S GLOBAL NOTE, AND THE CONDITIONS AND PROCEDURES GOVERNING ITS EXCHANGE FOR CERTIFICATED NOTES, ARE AS SPECIFIED IN THE INDENTURE (AS DEFINED HEREIN).”
(4) OID Legend. To the extent required by Section 1275(c)(1)(A) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and Treasury Regulation Section 1.1275-3(b)(1), each Note issued at a discount to its stated redemption price at maturity shall bear a legend (the “OID Legend”) in substantially the following form (with any necessary amendments thereto to reflect any amendments occurring after the Issue Date to the applicable sections):
“FOR THE PURPOSES OF SECTIONS 1272, 1273 AND 1275 OF THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE OF 1986, AS AMENDED, THIS NOTE IS BEING ISSUED WITH ORIGINAL ISSUE DISCOUNT. YOU MAY CONTACT THE ISSUER AT A.M CASTLE & CO., 1420 KENSINGTON ROAD, SUITE 220, OAK BROOK, IL 60523, ATTENTION: GENERAL COUNSEL, AND THE ISSUER WILL PROVIDE YOU WITH THE ISSUE PRICE, THE AMOUNT OF ORIGINAL ISSUE DISCOUNT, THE ISSUE DATE AND THE YIELD TO MATURITY OF THIS NOTE.”
(g) Cancellation and/or Adjustment of Global Notes. At such time as all beneficial interests in a particular Global Note have been exchanged for Definitive Notes or a particular Global Note has been redeemed, repurchased or canceled in whole and not in part, each such Global Note will be returned to or retained and canceled by the Trustee in accordance with Section 2.11 hereof. At any time prior to such cancellation, if any beneficial interest in a Global Note is exchanged for or transferred to a Person who will take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in another Global Note or for Definitive Notes, the principal amount of Notes represented by such Global Note will be reduced accordingly and an endorsement will be made on such Global Note by the Trustee or by the Depositary at the direction of the Trustee to reflect such reduction; and if the beneficial interest is being exchanged for or transferred to a Person who will take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in another Global Note, such other Global Note will be increased accordingly and an endorsement will be made on such Global Note by the Trustee or by the Depositary at the direction of the Trustee to reflect such increase.
(h) General Provisions Relating to Transfers and Exchanges.
(1) To permit registrations of transfers and exchanges, the Company will execute and the Trustee will authenticate Global Notes and Definitive Notes upon receipt of an Authentication Order in accordance with Section 2.02 hereof or at the Registrar’s request.
(2) No service charge will be made to a Holder of a beneficial interest in a Global Note or to a Holder of a Definitive Note for any registration of transfer or exchange, but the Company may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any transfer tax or similar governmental charge payable in connection therewith (other than any such transfer taxes or similar governmental charge payable upon exchange or transfer pursuant to Sections 2.10, 4.10, 9.05 and 15.01 hereof).
(3) All Global Notes and Definitive Notes issued upon any registration of transfer or exchange of Global Notes or Definitive Notes will be the valid obligations of the Company, evidencing the same debt, and entitled to the same benefits under this Indenture, as the Global Notes or Definitive Notes surrendered upon such registration of transfer or exchange.
(4) Neither the Registrar nor the Company will be required:
(A) to register the transfer of or to exchange any Notes surrendered for conversion or, if a portion of any Note is surrendered for conversion, such portion thereof surrendered for conversion or (ii) any Notes, or a portion of any Note, surrendered for repurchase (and not withdrawn) in accordance with Article 15; or
(B) to register the transfer of or to exchange a Note between a record date and the next succeeding interest payment date.
(5) Prior to due presentment for the registration of a transfer of any Note, the Trustee, any Agent and the Company may deem and treat the Person in whose name any Note is registered as the absolute owner of such Note for the purpose of receiving payment of principal of and interest on such Notes and for all other purposes, and none of the Trustee, any Agent or the Company shall be affected by notice to the contrary.
(6) The Trustee will authenticate Global Notes and Definitive Notes in accordance with the provisions of Section 2.02 hereof.
(7) All certifications, certificates and Opinions of Counsel required to be submitted to the Registrar pursuant to this Section 2.06 to effect a registration of transfer or exchange may be submitted by facsimile (with the originals to be delivered promptly to the Registrar).
(8) The Trustee and the Agents shall have no obligation or duty to monitor, determine or inquire as to compliance with any restrictions on transfer or exchange imposed under this Indenture or under applicable law with respect to any transfer or exchange of any interest in any Note other than to require delivery of such certificates and other documentation or evidence as are expressly required by, and to do so if and when expressly required by the terms of, this Indenture, and to examine the same to determine substantial compliance as to form with the express requirements hereof.
Section 2.07 Replacement Notes. If any mutilated Note is surrendered to the Trustee or the Company and the Trustee receives evidence to its satisfaction of the destruction, loss or theft of any Note, the Company will issue and the Trustee, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, will authenticate a replacement Note if the Trustee’s requirements are met. If required by the Trustee or the Company, an indemnity bond must be supplied by the Holder that is sufficient in the judgment of the Trustee and the Company to protect the Company, the Trustee, any Agent and any authenticating agent from any loss that any of them may suffer if a Note is replaced. The Company may charge for its expenses in replacing a Note.
Every replacement Note is an additional obligation of the Company and will be entitled to all of the benefits of this Indenture equally and proportionately with all other Notes duly issued hereunder.
Section 2.08 Outstanding Notes. The Notes outstanding at any time are all the Notes authenticated by the Trustee except for those canceled by it, those delivered to it for cancellation, those reductions in the interest in a Global Note effected by the Trustee in accordance with the provisions hereof, and those described in this Section 2.08 as not outstanding. Except as set forth in Section 2.09 hereof, a Note does not cease to be outstanding because the Company or an Affiliate of the Company holds the Note.
If a Note is replaced pursuant to Section 2.07 hereof, it ceases to be outstanding unless the Trustee receives proof satisfactory to it that the replaced Note is held by a protected purchaser.
If the principal amount of any Note is considered paid under Section 4.01 hereof, it ceases to be outstanding and interest on it ceases to accrue.
If the Paying Agent (other than the Company, a Subsidiary or an Affiliate of any thereof) holds, on a maturity date, money sufficient to pay Notes payable on that date, then on and after that date such Notes will be deemed to be no longer outstanding and will cease to accrue interest.
If a Note is converted in accordance with Article 14 and required to be cancelled pursuant to Section 2.11, then from and after the time of conversion on the Conversion Date, such Note shall cease to be outstanding, and interest, if any, shall cease to accrue on such Note.
Section 2.09 Treasury Notes. In determining whether the Holders of the required principal amount of Notes have concurred in any direction, waiver, vote or consent, Notes owned by the Company or any Guarantor, or by any Person directly or indirectly controlled by the Company or any Guarantor, will be considered as though not outstanding, except that for the purposes of determining whether the Trustee will be protected in relying on any such direction, waiver, vote or consent, only Notes that a Responsible Officer of the Trustee actually knows are so owned will be so disregarded. This Section 2.09 shall be in lieu of TIA Section 316(a)(1), and TIA Section 316(a)(1) is hereby expressly excluded from this Indenture and Section as permitted by the TIA. This Section 2.09 shall apply to Section 315(d)(3) of the TIA as permitted by the TIA.
Section 2.10 Temporary Notes. Until certificates representing Notes are ready for delivery, the Company may prepare and the Trustee, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, will authenticate temporary Notes. Temporary Notes will be substantially in the form of certificated Notes but may have variations that the Company considers appropriate for temporary Notes and as may be reasonably acceptable to the Trustee. Without unreasonable delay, the Company will prepare and the Trustee will authenticate definitive Notes in exchange for temporary Notes.
Holders of temporary Notes will be entitled to all of the benefits of this Indenture.
Section 2.11 Cancellation. The Company at any time may deliver Notes to the Trustee for cancellation. The Registrar, the Paying Agent and the Conversion Agent will forward to the Trustee any Notes surrendered to them for registration of transfer, exchange, payment or conversion. The Trustee and no one else will cancel all Notes surrendered for registration of transfer, exchange, payment, replacement, conversion or cancellation and will destroy canceled Notes (subject to the record retention requirement of the Exchange Act). Certification of the destruction of all canceled Notes will be delivered to the Company. The Company may not issue new Notes to replace Notes that it has paid or that have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation.
Section 2.12 Defaulted Interest. If the Company defaults in a payment of interest on the Notes, it will pay the defaulted interest in any lawful manner plus, to the extent lawful, interest payable on the defaulted interest, to the Persons who are Holders on a subsequent special record date, in each case at the rate provided in the Notes and in Section 4.01 hereof. The Company will notify the Trustee in writing of the amount of defaulted interest proposed to be paid on each Note and the date of the proposed payment. The Company will fix or cause to be fixed each such special record date and payment date; provided that no such special record date may be less than 10 days prior to the related payment date for such defaulted interest. At least 15 days before the special record date, the Company (or, upon the written request of the Company, the Trustee in the name and at the expense of the Company) will deliver or cause to be delivered to Holders a notice that states the special record date, the related payment date and the amount of such interest to be paid.
Section 2.13 CUSIP/ISIN Numbers. The Company in issuing the Notes may use CUSIP and ISIN numbers (if then generally in use) and, if so, the Trustee shall use CUSIP and ISIN numbers in notices of redemption as a convenience to Holders; provided that any such notice may state that no representation is made as to the correctness of such numbers either as printed on the Notes or as contained in any notice of redemption and that reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers printed on the Notes, and any such redemption shall not be affected by any defect in or omission of such numbers. The Company will as promptly as practicable notify the Trustee of any change in the CUSIP and ISIN numbers.
Section 2.14 Rights of Trustee and Agents.
(a) The Trustee, the Collateral Agent, and the Agents will not be charged with knowledge of the existence of any facts that would prohibit the making of any payment or distribution by the Trustee and the Paying Agent, and the Trustee and the Paying Agent may continue to make payments on the Notes, unless the Trustee has received at its Corporate Trust Office (and the Paying Agent, if not the Trustee, has also received), at least three Business Days prior to the date of such payment, written notice of facts from the Company that would prohibit the making of any payment or distribution by the Trustee and the Paying Agent.
(b) The Trustee, the Collateral Agent, and the Agents shall have no responsibility or obligation to any beneficial owner of a Global Note, a member of, or a participant in, DTC or other Person with respect to the accuracy of the records of DTC or its nominee or of any participant or member thereof, with respect to any ownership interest in the Notes or with respect to the delivery to any participant, member, beneficial owner or other Person (other than DTC) of any notice (including any notice of redemption or purchase) or the payment of any amount or delivery of any Notes (or other security or property) under or with respect to such Notes.
(c) All notices and communications to be given to the Holders and all payments to be made to Holders in respect of the Notes shall be given or made only to the registered Holders (which shall be DTC or its nominee in the case of a Global Note). The Trustee, the Collateral Agent, and the Agents may conclusively rely and shall be fully protected in relying upon information furnished by DTC with respect to its members, participants and any beneficial owners in any Global Note.
Section 2.15 Calculations. Except as otherwise provided herein, the Company shall be responsible for making all calculations called for under the Notes. These calculations include, but are not limited to, determination of accrued interest payable on the Notes. The Trustee is entitled to rely conclusively upon the accuracy of the Company’s calculations without independent verification. The Company shall make all these calculations in good faith and, absent manifest error, the Company’s calculations shall be final and binding on Holders of Notes. Upon written request, the Company shall promptly provide a schedule of its calculations to the Trustee and the Paying Agent.
ARTICLE 3
NO REDEMPTION
Section 3.01 No Redemption. The Notes may not be redeemed by the Company in whole or in part at any time, except as provided in Section 4.10 or Article 15. No sinking fund, mandatory redemption or other similar provision shall apply to the Notes.
ARTICLE 4
COVENANTS
Section 4.01 Payment of Notes. The Company will pay or cause to be paid the principal of, interest or premium, if any, on, the Notes on the dates and in the manner provided in the Notes. Principal, interest or premium, if any, will be considered paid on the date due if (i) the Paying Agent, if other than the Company or a Subsidiary thereof, holds as of 10:00 a.m. Eastern time on the due date money deposited by the Company in immediately available funds and designated for and sufficient to pay all principal, interest or premium, if any, then due (other than PIK Interest) or (ii) as of 10:00 a.m. Eastern time on the due date, (x) the Company shall have executed and delivered in accordance with Section 2.02 of this Indenture and the Notes to each Holder of record PIK Notes equal to the amount of all PIK Interest then due to such Holder or (y) in accordance with Section 2.02 of this Indenture and the Notes, the Company shall have delivered a written order to the Trustee to increase the outstanding principal amount of the Notes equal to the amount of all PIK Interest then due to the Holders.
The Company will pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under the Bankruptcy Code) on overdue principal at the rate equal to 1.0% per annum in excess of the then applicable interest rate on the Notes to the extent lawful; it will pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under the Bankruptcy Code) on overdue installments of interest or premium, if any, without regard to any applicable grace period at the same rate to the extent lawful.
Section 4.02 Maintenance of Office or Agency. The Company will maintain an office or agency (which may be an office of the Trustee or an affiliate of the Trustee, Registrar or co-registrar) where Notes may be surrendered for registration of transfer, for exchange or for conversion and where notices and demands to or upon the Company in respect of the Notes and this Indenture may be served. The Company will give prompt written notice to the Trustee of the location, and any change in the location, of such office or agency. If at any time the Company fails to maintain any such required office or agency or fails to furnish the Trustee with the address thereof, such presentations, surrenders, notices and demands may be made or served at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee.
The Company may also from time to time designate one or more other offices or agencies where the Notes may be presented or surrendered for any or all such purposes and may from time to time rescind such designations; provided, however, that no such designation or rescission will in any manner relieve the Company of its obligation to maintain an office or agency for such purposes. The Company will give prompt written notice to the Trustee of any such designation or rescission and of any change in the location of any such other office or agency.
The Company hereby designates the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee as one such office or agency of the Company in accordance with Section 2.03 hereof.
Section 4.03 Reports.
(a) To the extent required by the rules and regulations of the SEC, so long as any Notes are outstanding, the Company will furnish to the Holders of Notes and the Trustee within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and regulations:
(1) all quarterly and annual reports that would be required to be filed with the SEC on Forms 10-Q and 10-K if the Company were required to file such reports; and
(2) all current reports that would be required to be filed with the SEC on Form 8-K if the Company were required to file such reports.
The availability of the foregoing materials on the SEC’s EDGAR service (or any successor thereto) shall be deemed to satisfy the Company’s delivery obligation.
All such reports will be prepared in all material respects in accordance with all of the rules and regulations applicable to such reports. Each annual report on Form 10-K will include a report on the Company’s consolidated financial statements by the Company’s certified independent accountants. In addition, the Company will file a copy of each of the reports referred to in clauses (1) and (2) above with the SEC for public availability within the time periods specified in the rules and regulations applicable to such reports (unless the SEC will not accept such filing).
(b) During any period from and after the Issue Date during which the Company is not subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act and does not otherwise report on an annual and quarterly basis on forms provided for such annual and quarterly reporting pursuant to rules and regulations promulgated by the SEC, the Company shall furnish to the Holders of Notes and the Trustee, within 15 days after the time periods specified below:
(1) within 90 days after the end of each fiscal year, all information that would be required to be contained in an annual report on Form 10-K filed with the SEC as of the Issue Date (other than Part I, Items 1B and 4, Part II, Items 5 and the supplementary data required by Item 8(a) and Items 9A and 9B, Part III, Items 11, 12 and 14 of Form 10-K, any exhibits related to such Items and any exhibits required by paragraphs (11), (12), (13), (22), (23), (24), (31), (32), (33), (34), (35), (95), (99), (100), (101) and (102) of Item 601 of Regulation S-K) and a report on the annual financial statements by the Company’s independent registered public accounting firm;
(2) within 45 days after the end of each of the first three fiscal quarters of each fiscal year, all information that would be required to be contained in a quarterly report on Form 10-Q filed with the SEC as of the Issue Date (other than Part I, Item 4 and Part II, Items 2 and 4 of Form 10-Q, any exhibits related to such Items and any exhibits required by paragraphs (11), (15), (22), (23), (24), (31), (32), (95), (99), (100) and (101) of Item 601 of Regulation S-K);
(3) within the time periods specified for filing current reports on Form 8-K, all current reports that would be required to be filed with the SEC on Form 8-K as of the Issue Date if the Company were required to file such reports (other than reports related to Items 1.04, 2.05, 2.06, 3.01, 3.02, 3.03, 5.02(e), 5.04, 5.06, 5.07, 5.08, 6.01, 6.02, 6.03, 6.04, 6.05, 6.06 and 7.01 of Form 8-K and any exhibits related to such Items),
in each case, in a manner that complies in all material respects with the requirements specified in such form; provided, however, that the Company shall not be required to provide separate financial statements or other information contemplated by Rule 3-09 or Rule 3-16 of Regulation S-X, or in each case any successor provisions or any schedules required by Regulation S-X; provided, further that the financial statements required to be provided for acquired businesses will be limited to the financial statements (in whatever form and whether or not audited) that the Company receives in connection with the acquisition of such acquired businesses; provided, further that the Company shall be required to provide separate financial statements and other information contemplated by Rule 3-10 of Regulation S-X, or any successor provisions or any schedules required by Regulation S-X. In addition, notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company will not be required to (i) comply with Sections 302, 906 and 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, as amended, or (ii) otherwise furnish any information, certificates or reports required by Items 307 or 308 of Regulation S-K. The Company shall not be so obligated to furnish such reports with the SEC so long as the Company makes available such information to prospective purchasers of the Notes and securities analysts and market making financial institutions (that are, in the case of securities analysts and market making financial institutions, reasonably satisfactory to the Company), in addition to providing such information to the Trustee and the Holders of the Notes, in each case, at the Company’s expense and by the applicable date the Company would be required to furnish such information pursuant to the immediately preceding sentence. To the extent any such information is not so filed or furnished, as applicable, within the time periods specified above and such information is subsequently filed or furnished, as applicable, the Company will be deemed to have satisfied its obligations with respect thereto at such time and any Default with respect thereto shall be deemed to have been cured; provided that such cure shall not otherwise affect the rights of the Holders under Section 6.01 if Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the then total outstanding Notes have declared the principal, premium, if any, interest and any other monetary obligations on all the then outstanding Notes to be due and payable immediately and such declaration shall not have been rescinded or cancelled prior to such cure.
Substantially concurrently with the furnishing or making such information available to the Trustee pursuant to Section 4.03(b), the Company shall also use its commercially reasonable efforts to post copies of such information required by Section 4.03(b) on a website (which may be nonpublic and may be maintained by the Company or a third party) to which access will be given to Holders, prospective investors in the Notes (which prospective investors shall be limited to “qualified institutional buyers” within the meaning of Rule 144A of the Securities Act or non-U.S. persons (as defined in Regulation S under the Securities Act) that certify their status as such to the reasonable satisfaction of the Company), and securities analysts and market making financial institutions that are, in the case of securities analysts and market making financial institutions, reasonably satisfactory to the Company. To the extent the Company determines in good faith that it cannot make such reports available in the manner described in the preceding sentence after the use of its commercially reasonable efforts, the Company shall furnish such reports to the Holders of the Notes and upon request, such prospective investors in the Notes, securities analysts and market making financial institutions
The availability of the foregoing materials on the SEC’s EDGAR service (or any successor thereto) shall be deemed to satisfy the Company’s delivery obligation.
(c) If the Company has designated any of its Subsidiaries as Unrestricted Subsidiaries, then the quarterly and annual financial information required by Section 4.03(a) hereof will include a reasonably detailed presentation, either on the face of the financial statements or in the footnotes thereto, of the financial condition and results of operations of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries separate from the financial condition and results of operations of the Unrestricted Subsidiaries of the Company.
(d) Furthermore, the Company agrees that, for so long as any Notes remain outstanding, it will furnish to the Holders of Notes, beneficial owners of the Notes, bona fide prospective investors, securities analysts and market makers, upon their request, the reports described above and any other information required to be delivered pursuant to Rule 144A(d)(4) under the Securities Act.
Section 4.04 Compliance Certificate.
(a) The Company and each Guarantor (to the extent that such Guarantor is so required under the TIA) shall deliver to the Trustee, within 90 days after the end of each fiscal year, an Officers’ Certificate stating that a review of the activities of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries during the preceding fiscal year has been made under the supervision of the signing Officers with a view to determining whether the Company has kept, observed, performed and fulfilled its obligations under this Indenture and the other Notes Documents, and further stating, as to each such Officer signing such certificate, that to the best of his or her knowledge the Company has kept, observed, performed and fulfilled each and every covenant contained in this Indenture and the other Notes Documents and is not in default in the performance or observance of any of the terms, provisions and conditions of this Indenture and the other Notes Documents (or, if a Default or Event of Default has occurred, describing all such Defaults or Events of Default of which he or she may have knowledge and what action the Company is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto) and that to the best of his or her knowledge no event has occurred and remains in existence by reason of which payments on account of the principal of or interest, if any, on the Notes is prohibited or if such event has occurred, a description of the event and what action the Company is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto.
(b) So long as any of the Notes are outstanding, the Company will deliver to the Trustee, forthwith upon any Officer becoming aware of any Default or Event of Default, an Officers’ Certificate specifying such Default or Event of Default and what action the Company is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto.
Section 4.05 Taxes. The Company will pay, and will cause each of its Subsidiaries to pay, prior to delinquency, all material taxes, assessments, and governmental levies except such as are contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings or where the failure to effect such payment is not adverse in any material respect to the Holders of the Notes.
Section 4.06 Stay, Extension and Usury Laws. Each of the Company and the Guarantors covenants (to the extent that it may lawfully do so) that it will not at any time insist upon, plead, or in any manner whatsoever claim or take the benefit or advantage of, any stay, extension or usury law wherever enacted, now or at any time hereafter in force, that may affect the covenants or the performance of this Indenture; and each of the Company and the Guarantors (to the extent that it may lawfully do so) hereby expressly waives all benefit or advantage of any such law, and covenants that it will not, by resort to any such law, hinder, delay or impede the execution of any power herein granted to the Trustee, but will suffer and permit the execution of every such power as though no such law has been enacted.
Section 4.07 Restricted Payments.
(a) The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly:
(i) declare or pay any dividend or make any other payment or distribution on account of the Company’s or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries’ Equity Interests (including, without limitation, any payment in connection with any merger or consolidation involving the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries) or to the direct or indirect holders of the Company’s or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries’ Equity Interests in their capacity as such (other than dividends or distributions payable in Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company and other than dividends or distributions payable to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company);
(ii) purchase, redeem or otherwise acquire or retire for value (including, without limitation, in connection with any merger or consolidation involving the Company) any Equity Interests of the Company or any direct or indirect parent of the Company;
(iii) make any payment on or with respect to, or purchase, redeem, defease or otherwise acquire or retire for value (x) any Indebtedness of the Company or any Guarantor that is subordinated in right of payment to the Notes or to any Note Guarantee (excluding any intercompany Indebtedness between or among the Company and any of its Restricted Subsidiaries), or (y) any Indebtedness of the Company or any Guarantor that is unsecured or is secured by a Lien on the Collateral that ranks junior to the Liens securing the Notes or the Guarantees, as the case may be (collectively, the Indebtedness described in clauses (x) and (y), “Subordinated Indebtedness”), except a payment of interest or principal at the Stated Maturity thereof; or
(iv) make any Restricted Investment
(all such payments and other actions set forth in these clauses (i) through (iv) above being collectively referred to as “Restricted Payments”), unless, at the time of and after giving effect to such Restricted Payment:
(1) no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or would occur as a consequence of such Restricted Payment;
(2) the Company would, at the time of such Restricted Payment and after giving pro forma effect thereto as if such Restricted Payment had been made at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period, have been permitted to incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio test set forth in Section 4.09(a) hereof; and
(3) such Restricted Payment, together with the aggregate amount of all other Restricted Payments made by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries since the Issue Date (excluding Restricted Payments permitted by clauses (2), (3), (4), (5), (6), (7), (11), (12) and (14) of paragraph (b) of this Section 4.07), is less than the sum, without duplication, of:
(A) 50% of the Consolidated Net Income of the Company for the period (taken as one accounting period) from the Issue Date to the end of the Company’s most recently ended fiscal quarter for which internal financial statements are available at the time of such Restricted Payment (or, if such Consolidated Net Income for such period is a deficit, less 100% of such deficit); plus
(B) 100% of the aggregate net cash proceeds received by the Company since the Issue Date as a contribution to its common equity capital or from the issue or sale of Equity Interests of the Company (other than Disqualified Stock) (excluding any net proceeds from the issue or sale of convertible or exchangeable Disqualified Stock or convertible or exchangeable debt securities of the Company that have been converted into or exchanged for such Equity Interests (other than Equity Interests or Disqualified Stock or debt securities) sold to a Subsidiary of the Company); plus
(C) to the extent that any Restricted Investment that was made after the Issue Date is sold for cash or otherwise liquidated or repaid for cash, the lesser of (i) the cash return of capital with respect to such Restricted Investment (less the cost of disposition, if any) and (ii) the initial amount of such Restricted Investment; plus
(D) to the extent that any Unrestricted Subsidiary of the Company designated as such after the Issue Date is redesignated as a Restricted Subsidiary after the Issue Date, the lesser of (i) the Fair Market Value of the Company’s Investment in such Subsidiary as of the date of such redesignation or (ii) such Fair Market Value as of the date on which such Subsidiary was originally designated as an Unrestricted Subsidiary after the Issue Date; plus
(E) 50% of any dividends received by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company after the Issue Date from an Unrestricted Subsidiary of the Company, to the extent that such dividends were not otherwise included in the Consolidated Net Income of the Company for such period.
(b) The provisions of Section 4.07(a) hereof will not prohibit:
(1) the payment of any dividend or the consummation of any irrevocable redemption within 60 days after the date of declaration of the dividend or giving of the redemption notice, as the case may be, if at the date of declaration or notice, the dividend or redemption payment would have complied with the provisions of this Indenture;
(2) the making of any Restricted Payment in exchange for, or out of the net cash proceeds of the substantially concurrent sale (other than to a Subsidiary of the Company) of, Equity Interests of the Company (other than Disqualified Stock) or from the substantially concurrent contribution of common equity capital to the Company; provided that the amount of any such net cash proceeds that are utilized for any such Restricted Payment will be excluded from Section 4.07(a)(3)(B) hereof;
(3) the repurchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement for value of Subordinated Indebtedness with the net cash proceeds from a substantially concurrent incurrence of Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness;
(4) the payment of any dividend (or, in the case of any partnership or limited liability company, any similar distribution) by a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company to the holders of its Equity Interests on a pro rata basis;
(5) so long as no Default has occurred and is continuing or would be caused thereby, the repurchase, redemption or other acquisition or retirement for value of any Equity Interests of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company held by any current or former officer, director or employee of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries pursuant to any equity subscription agreement, stock option agreement, shareholders’ agreement or similar agreement; provided that the aggregate price paid for all such repurchased, redeemed, acquired or retired Equity Interests may not exceed $1.0 million in any twelve month period plus (a) the net cash proceeds from the sale of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) to officers, directors or employees that occurs after the Issue Date to the extent that the net cash proceeds from the sale of such Equity Interests have not otherwise been applied to the making of Restricted Payments pursuant to Section 4.07(a)(3) or (b)(2) hereof and (b) any unused amounts under this clause (5) from the immediately preceding twelve month period occurring subsequent to the Issue Date; it being understood that the cancellation of Indebtedness owed by management to the Company in connection with such repurchase or redemption will not be deemed to be a Restricted Payment;
(6) the repurchase of Equity Interests deemed to occur upon the exercise of stock options to the extent such Equity Interests represent a portion of the exercise price of those stock options;
(7) so long as no Default has occurred and is continuing or would be caused thereby, the declaration and payment of regularly scheduled or accrued dividends to holders of any class or series of Disqualified Stock of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company issued on or after the Issue Date in accordance with the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio test described under Section 4.09 hereof;
(8) so long as no Default has occurred and is continuing or would be caused thereby, in the event of a Fundamental Change and after the completion of a Fundamental Change and all actions required hereunder in connection with such Fundamental Change (including any conversions and the purchase of all Notes tendered and not validly withdrawn), any purchase, defeasance, retirement, redemption or other acquisition of Subordinated Indebtedness at a price not greater than 101% of the principal amount of such Indebtedness (of if such Indebtedness was issued with original issue discount, 101% of the accreted value), together with any accrued and unpaid interest thereon;
(9) so long as no Default has occurred and is continuing or would be caused thereby, in the event of an Asset Sale and after the completion of the Asset Sale Offer (including the purchase of all Notes tendered and not validly withdrawn), any purchase, defeasance, retirement, redemption or other acquisition of Subordinated Indebtedness at a price not greater than 100% of the principal amount of such Indebtedness (of if such Indebtedness was issued with original issue discount, 100% of the accreted value), together with any accrued and unpaid interest thereon, using the proceeds of such Asset Sale (excluding proceeds applied to the purchase of Notes in such Asset Sale Offer);
(10) the payment of dividends on the Capital Stock of the Company of up to 6.0% per annum of the net proceeds received by the Company from any Public Equity Offering consummated after the Issue Date;
(11) any Restricted Payment made in connection with the Transactions or in connection with the transactions contemplated in connection with the issuance of the Notes, including without limitation in connection with any reverse stock split of the Equity Interests of the Company in connection with the issuance of the Notes;
(12) cash payment in lieu of issuance of fractional shares in connection with the exercise of warrants, options or other securities convertible into or exchangeable for the Equity Interests of the Company;
(13) payments or distributions to dissenting stockholders pursuant to applicable law in connection with or in contemplation of a merger, consolidation or transfer of assets that complies with Section 5.01 hereof;
(14) so long as no Default has occurred and is continuing or would be caused thereby, other Restricted Payments in an aggregate amount not to exceed $5.0 million since the Issue Date; and
(15) payment of regularly scheduled cash interest or interest paid in kind on the Existing Notes and payment of the Existing Notes in full on the Stated Maturity.
(c) For purposes of determining compliance with this Section 4.07, if a Restricted Payment meets the criteria of more than one of the exceptions described in Section 4.07(b)(1) through (14) hereof or is entitled to be made according to Section 4.07(a) hereof, the Company may, in its sole discretion, classify or reclassify such Restricted Payment (or any portion thereof) in any manner that complies with this Section 4.07.
(d) The amount of all Restricted Payments (other than cash) will be the Fair Market Value on the date of the Restricted Payment of the asset(s) or securities proposed to be transferred or issued by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, pursuant to the Restricted Payment. The Fair Market Value of any assets or securities that are required to be valued by this Section 4.07 will be determined by (a) Senior Management and (b) if such Fair Market Value exceeds $10.0 million, the Board of Directors of the Company whose resolution with respect thereto, accompanied by an Officers’ Certificate, will be delivered to the Trustee. The Board of Directors’ determination must be based upon an opinion or appraisal issued by an accounting, appraisal or investment banking firm of national standing if the Fair Market Value exceeds $15.0 million.
Section 4.08 Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting Subsidiaries.
(a) The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create or permit to exist or become effective any consensual encumbrance or restriction on the ability of any Restricted Subsidiary to:
(1) pay dividends or make any other distributions on its Capital Stock to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, or with respect to any other interest or participation in, or measured by, its profits, or pay any indebtedness owed to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;
(2) make loans or advances to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; or
(3) sell, lease or transfer any of its properties or assets to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries.
(b) The restrictions in Section 4.08(a) hereof will not apply to encumbrances or restrictions existing under or by reason of:
(1) applicable law, rule, regulation or order;
(2) agreements governing Existing Indebtedness and the Senior Credit Facility, in each case, as in effect on the Issue Date and any amendments, restatements, modifications, renewals, supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings of those agreements; provided that the amendments, restatements, modifications, renewals, supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings are not (i) materially more restrictive, taken as a whole, with respect to such dividend and other payment restrictions than those contained in those agreements on the Issue Date or (ii) materially more restrictive than those customary in comparable financings as reasonably determined by the Board of Directors of the Company;
(3) the Notes Documents;
(4) any instrument governing Indebtedness or Capital Stock of a Person acquired by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries as in effect at the time of such acquisition (except to the extent such Indebtedness or Capital Stock was incurred in connection with or in contemplation of such acquisition), which encumbrance or restriction is not applicable to any Person, or the properties or assets of any Person, other than the Person, or the property or assets of the Person, so acquired; provided that, in the case of Indebtedness, such Indebtedness was permitted by the terms of this Indenture to be incurred;
(5) Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness; provided that the restrictions contained in the agreements governing such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness are not materially more restrictive, taken as a whole, than those contained in the agreements governing the Indebtedness being refinanced;
(6) agreements governing other Indebtedness incurred in compliance with Section 4.09 hereof; provided that the encumbrances or restrictions contained therein, taken as a whole, are not materially more restrictive than those contained in the Notes Documents, in each case, as then in effect;
(7) customary non-assignment and similar provisions in contracts, leases and licenses entered into in the ordinary course of business;
(8) purchase money obligations for property acquired in the ordinary course of business and Capital Lease Obligations that impose restrictions on the property purchased or leased of the nature described in Section 4.08(a)(3) hereof;
(9) any agreement for the sale or other disposition of a Restricted Subsidiary that restricts distributions by that Restricted Subsidiary pending the sale or other disposition;
(10) Permitted Liens and restrictions in the agreements relating thereto that limit the right of the debtor to dispose of the assets subject to such Liens;
(11) restrictions on cash or other deposits or net worth imposed by customers under contracts entered into in the ordinary course of business;
(12) any encumbrance or restriction in connection with an acquisition of property, so long as such encumbrance or restriction relates solely to the property so acquired and was not created in connection with or in anticipation of such acquisition;
(13) provisions in agreements or instruments which prohibit the payment of dividends or the making of other distributions with respect to any class of Equity Interests of a Person other than on a pro rata basis;
(14) customary provisions in joint venture agreements and other similar agreements relating solely to such joint venture that restrict the transfer of ownership interests in such joint venture;
(15) restrictions on the sale or transfer of assets imposed under any agreement to sell such assets or granting an option to purchase such assets entered into with the approval of Senior Management; provided that such sale or transfer complies with the other provisions of this Indenture; and
(16) and instrument governing Indebtedness of a Foreign Restricted Subsidiary; provided that such Indebtedness was not prohibited by the terms of this Indenture.
Section 4.09 Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock.
(a) The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create, incur, issue, assume, guarantee or otherwise become directly or indirectly liable, contingently or otherwise, with respect to (collectively, “incur”) any Indebtedness (including Acquired Debt), and the Company will not issue any Disqualified Stock and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to issue any shares of preferred stock; provided that the Company may incur Indebtedness (including Acquired Debt) or issue Disqualified Stock, and the Guarantors may incur Indebtedness (including Acquired Debt), if the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio for the Company’s most recently ended four full fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available immediately preceding the date on which such additional Indebtedness is incurred or such Disqualified Stock or such preferred stock is issued, as the case may be, would have been at least 3.00 to 1.00, determined on a pro forma basis (including a pro forma application of the net proceeds therefrom), as if the additional Indebtedness had been incurred or the Disqualified Stock or the preferred stock had been issued, as the case may be, and the proceeds thereof applied at the beginning of such four-quarter period.
(b) The provisions of Section 4.09(a) hereof will not prohibit the incurrence of any of the following items of Indebtedness (collectively, “Permitted Debt”):
(1) the incurrence by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company of additional Indebtedness and letters of credit under the Senior Credit Facility in an aggregate principal amount (excluding, in each case, interest (including any accrual or payment of in kind interest that may or has been added to principal) fees, costs, expenses and charges owed under the Senior Credit Facility) at any one time outstanding under this clause (1) not to exceed (a) $175.0 million (plus up to an additional $15.0 million in respect of additional principal (including overadvances) under the Senior Credit Facility, as in effect on the Issue Date), less (b) the sum of (x) the aggregate amount of all repayments, optional or mandatory, of the principal of any term Indebtedness thereunder that have been made by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries since the Issue Date as a result of the application of any Net Proceeds of Asset Sales pursuant to Section 4.10(b)(l)(a) hereof and (y) the aggregate amount of all commitment reductions with respect to any revolving credit extensions thereunder that have been made by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries since the Issue Date as a result of the application of any Net Proceeds of Asset Sales pursuant to Section 4.10(b)(1)(a) hereof;
(2) the incurrence by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries of Existing Indebtedness, including without limitation any PIK Notes (as defined in the Existing Indenture) issued as PIK Interest (as defined in the Existing Indenture) on the Existing Notes issued on the Original Issue Date (or issued as PIK Interest (as defined in the Existing Indenture) on PIK Notes (as defined in the Existing Indenture) issued under the Existing Indenture), and in each case, guarantees thereof;
(3) the incurrence by the Company and the Guarantors of Indebtedness represented by (i) the Notes to be issued on the Issue Date, (ii) PIK Notes issued as PIK Interest on the Notes issued on the Issue Date (or issued as PIK Interest on PIK Notes previously issued under this subclause (ii)) and (iii) guarantees of the Notes described in subclauses (i) and (ii);
(4) the incurrence by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of Indebtedness represented by Capital Lease Obligations, mortgage financings or purchase money obligations, in each case, incurred within 360 days of the acquisition or completion of construction or installation for the purpose of financing all or any part of the purchase price or cost of design, construction, installation or improvement of property, plant or equipment used in the business of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, or Attributable Debt relating to a sale leaseback transaction, in an aggregate principal amount, including all Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness incurred to renew, refund, refinance, replace, defease or discharge any Indebtedness incurred pursuant to this clause (4), not to exceed $7.5 million at any time outstanding;
(5) the incurrence by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness in exchange for, or the net proceeds of which are used to renew, refund, refinance, replace, defease or discharge any Indebtedness (other than intercompany Indebtedness) that was permitted by this Indenture to be incurred under Section 4.09(a) or clauses (2), (3), (5), (14), (15) and (18) of this paragraph (b);
(6) the incurrence by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of intercompany Indebtedness between or among the Company and any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; provided, however, that:
(A) if the Company or any Guarantor is the obligor on such Indebtedness and the payee is not the Company or a Guarantor, such Indebtedness must be expressly subordinated to the prior payment in full in cash of all Obligations then due with respect to the Notes, in the case of the Company, or the Note Guarantee, in the case of a Guarantor; and
(B) (i) any subsequent issuance or transfer of Equity Interests that results in any such Indebtedness being held by a Person other than the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company and (ii) any sale or other transfer of any such Indebtedness to a Person that is not either the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company, will be deemed, in each case, to constitute an incurrence of such Indebtedness by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, that was not permitted by this clause (6);
(7) the issuance by any of the Company’s Restricted Subsidiaries to the Company or to any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of shares of preferred stock; provided, however, that:
(A) any subsequent issuance or transfer of Equity Interests that results in any such preferred stock being held by a Person other than the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company; and
(B) any sale or other transfer of any such preferred stock to a Person that is not either the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company, will be deemed, in each case, to constitute an issuance of such preferred stock by such Restricted Subsidiary that was not permitted by this clause (7);
(8) the incurrence by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of Hedging Obligations in the ordinary course of business and not for speculative purposes;
(9) the guarantee by the Company or any of the Guarantors of Indebtedness of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company that was permitted to be incurred by another provision of this Section 4.09; provided that if the Indebtedness being guaranteed is subordinated to or pari passu with the Notes, then the Guarantee shall be subordinated or pari passu, as applicable, to the same extent as the Indebtedness guaranteed;
(10) the incurrence by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of Indebtedness in respect of workers’ compensation claims, health disability or other employee benefits or property, casualty or liability insurance or self-insurance obligations, reimbursement obligations with respect to commercial letters of credit, bankers’ acceptances and performance and surety bonds in the ordinary course of business;
(11) Indebtedness arising from agreements of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary providing for indemnification, adjustment of purchase price, earn-out or other similar obligations, in each case, incurred or assumed in connection with the disposition of any business, assets or a Restricted Subsidiary in accordance with the terms of this Indenture, other than Indebtedness or guarantees of Indebtedness incurred or assumed by any Person acquiring all or any portion of such business, assets or Restricted Subsidiary for the purpose of financing such acquisition; provided that the maximum assumable liability in respect of all such Indebtedness shall at no time exceed the gross proceeds actually received by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with such disposition;
(12) the incurrence by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of Indebtedness arising from the honoring by a bank or other financial institution of a check, draft or similar instrument inadvertently drawn against insufficient funds, so long as such Indebtedness is covered within five Business Days;
(13) endorsements of instruments or other items of deposit;
(14) the incurrence by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of Indebtedness owed to any current or former officer, director or employee of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with the repurchase, redemption or other acquisition or retirement of Equity Interests held by any such current or former officer, director or employee of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; provided that such repurchase, redemption or other acquisition or retirement is permitted by Section 4.07(b)(5) hereof;
(15) Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary incurred and outstanding on or prior to the date on which such Restricted Subsidiary was acquired by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary or merged into the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary in accordance with the terms of this Indenture (other than Indebtedness incurred in contemplation of, or in connection with, the transaction or series of related transactions pursuant to which such Restricted Subsidiary became a Restricted Subsidiary of or was otherwise acquired by or merged into the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary); provided that after giving effect to such transaction, (a) the Company would have been able to incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to Section 4.09(a) hereof and (b) such Restricted Subsidiary is (i) a Domestic Restricted Subsidiary and becomes a Guarantor or (ii) is a Foreign Restricted Subsidiary and the aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness at any time outstanding under this clause (15)(b)(ii), together with the aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness outstanding under clause (16) below, not to exceed $12.5 million;
(16) the incurrence by Foreign Restricted Subsidiaries of the Company of Indebtedness in an aggregate principal amount at any time outstanding pursuant to this clause (16), together with the aggregate principal amount outstanding pursuant to clause (15)(b)(ii) above, not to exceed the excess of (a) $15.0 million over (b) the sum of (x) the aggregate amount of all optional repayments of the principal of any term Indebtedness thereunder that have been made by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries since the Issue Date and (y) the aggregate amount of all commitment reductions with respect to any revolving credit extensions thereunder that have been made by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries since the Issue Date;
(17) [reserved];
(18) the incurrence by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of additional Indebtedness in an aggregate principal amount (or accreted value, as applicable) at any time outstanding, including all Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness incurred to renew, refund, refinance, replace, defease or discharge any Indebtedness incurred pursuant to this clause (18), not to exceed $10.0 million; and
(19) the incurrence by the Company and the Guarantors of Indebtedness represented by (i) Additional Notes in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed $25.0 million, the proceeds of which are used to finance the acquisition of a Permitted Business or a Person engaged in a Permitted Business, (ii) PIK Notes issued as PIK Interest on such Additional Notes (or issued as PIK Interest on PIK Notes previously issued under this subclause (ii)) and (iii) guarantees of the Additional Notes described in subclauses (i) and (ii).
(c) The Company will not incur, and will not permit any Guarantor to incur, any Indebtedness (including Permitted Debt but excluding the Existing Notes) that is subordinated in right of payment to any other Indebtedness of the Company or such Guarantor unless such Indebtedness is also subordinated in right of payment to the Notes and the applicable Note Guarantee on substantially identical terms; provided, however, that no Indebtedness will be deemed to be subordinated in right of payment to any other Indebtedness of the Company solely by virtue of being unsecured or by virtue of being secured on a junior priority basis with respect to the same Collateral.
(d) For purposes of determining compliance with this Section 4.09, in the event that an item of proposed Indebtedness meets the criteria of more than one of the categories of Permitted Debt described in clauses (1) through (19) above, or is entitled to be incurred pursuant to Section 4.09(a) hereof, the Company will be permitted to classify such item of Indebtedness on the date of its incurrence, or later reclassify all or a portion of such item of Indebtedness, in any manner that complies with this covenant. Indebtedness under the Senior Credit Facility will be deemed to have been incurred in reliance on the exception provided by clause (1) of the definition of Permitted Debt. The accrual of interest or premium, the accretion or amortization of original issue discount, the payment of interest on any Indebtedness in the form of additional Indebtedness with the same terms, the reclassification of preferred stock as Indebtedness due to a change in accounting principles, and the payment of dividends on Disqualified Stock in the form of additional shares of the same class of Disqualified Stock will not be deemed to be an incurrence of Indebtedness or an issuance of Disqualified Stock for purposes of this Section 4.09; provided, in each such case, that the amount of any such accrual, accretion or payment is included in Fixed Charges of the Company as accrued. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 4.09, the maximum amount of Indebtedness that the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary may incur pursuant to this Section 4.09 shall not be deemed to be exceeded solely as a result of fluctuations in exchange rates or currency values.
(e) The amount of any Indebtedness outstanding as of any date will be:
(1) the accreted value of the Indebtedness, in the case of any Indebtedness issued with original issue discount;
(2) the principal amount of the Indebtedness, in the case of any other Indebtedness; and
(3) in respect of Indebtedness of another Person secured by a Lien on the assets of the specified Person, the lesser of:
(A) the Fair Market Value of such assets at the date of determination; and
(B) the amount of the Indebtedness of the other Person.
Section 4.10 Asset Sales.
(a) The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, consummate an Asset Sale unless:
(1) the Company (or the Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be) receives consideration at the time of the Asset Sale at least equal to the Fair Market Value (measured as of the date of the definitive agreement with respect to such Asset Sale) of the assets or Equity Interests issued or sold or otherwise disposed of; and
(2) at least 75% of the consideration received in the Asset Sale by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary is in the form of cash or Cash Equivalents. For purposes of this provision, each of the following will be deemed to be cash:
(A) any liabilities, as shown on the Company’s most recent consolidated balance sheet, of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary (other than contingent liabilities and liabilities that are by their terms unsecured or subordinated in right of payment or as to Lien priority to the Notes or any Note Guarantee) that are assumed by the transferee of any such assets pursuant to a customary novation agreement that releases the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary from further liability;
(B) any securities, notes or other obligations received by the Company or any such Restricted Subsidiary from such transferee that are within 180 days after such Asset Sale, converted by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary into cash, to the extent of the cash received in that conversion;
(C) any stock or assets of the kind referred to in Section 4.10(b)(2) or (4) hereof; and
(D) any Designated Noncash Consideration received by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in such Asset Sale having an aggregate Fair Market Value, taken together with all other Designated Noncash Consideration received pursuant to this clause (D), not to exceed $5.0 million, with the Fair Market Value of each item of Designated Noncash Consideration being measured at the time received and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value.
(b) Within 360 days after the receipt of any Net Proceeds from an Asset Sale, the Company (or the applicable Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be) may apply such Net Proceeds:
(1) (a) to repay Indebtedness and other Obligations under the Existing Indenture or the Senior Credit Facility and to correspondingly permanently reduce any revolving commitments with respect thereto and (b) in the case of an Asset Sale of the asset or property of a Foreign Restricted Subsidiary of the Company, to repay Indebtedness and other Obligations under the agreements governing Permitted Debt described in clause (16) of the definition thereof;
(2) to acquire all or substantially all of the assets of, or any Capital Stock of, another Person engaged in a Permitted Business, if, after giving effect to any such acquisition, the Permitted Business is or becomes a Restricted Subsidiary or a line of business of the Company;
(3) to make a capital expenditure;
(4) to acquire other assets that are not classified as current assets under GAAP and that are used or useful in a Permitted Business; and
(5) any combination of the foregoing;
provided that in the case of clauses (2), (3) and (4) above, a binding commitment shall be treated as a permitted application of the Net Proceeds from the date of such commitment so long as the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, enters into such commitment with the good faith expectation that such Net Proceeds will be applied to satisfy such commitment within 180 days of such commitment and, in the event any such commitment is later cancelled or terminated for any reason before the Net Proceeds are applied in connection therewith, then such Net Proceeds must be applied as set forth herein or if such cancellation or termination occurs later than the 360-day period referred to below, shall constitute Excess Proceeds.
Pending the final application of any Net Proceeds, the Company may temporarily reduce revolving credit borrowings or otherwise invest the Net Proceeds in any manner that is not prohibited by this Indenture.
(c) Any Net Proceeds from Asset Sales that are not applied or invested as provided in the second paragraph of this covenant will constitute “Excess Proceeds.” Within 15 days after the aggregate amount of Excess Proceeds exceeds $12.5 million, the Company will make an offer (an “Asset Sale Offer”) to all Holders of Notes to purchase the maximum principal amount of Notes that may be purchased with the Excess Proceeds. The offer price in any Asset Sale Offer will be equal to 100% of the principal amount plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date of purchase, and will be payable in cash. If any Excess Proceeds remain after consummation of an Asset Sale Offer, the Company may use those Excess Proceeds for any purpose not otherwise prohibited by this Indenture. If the aggregate principal amount of Notes tendered into such Asset Sale Offer exceeds the amount of Excess Proceeds, the Trustee will select the Notes to be purchased on a pro rata basis for definitive Notes but subject to the procedures of the Depositary for Global Notes. Upon completion of each Asset Sale Offer, the amount of Excess Proceeds will be reset at zero.
(d) The Asset Sale Offer will remain open for a period of at least 20 Business Days following its commencement and not more than 30 Business Days, except to the extent that a longer period is required by applicable law (the “Offer Period”). No later than three Business Days after the termination of the Offer Period (the “Purchase Date”), the Company will apply all Excess Proceeds (the “Offer Amount”) to the purchase of Notes or, if less than the Offer Amount has been tendered, all Notes tendered in response to the Asset Sale Offer. Payment for any Notes so purchased will be made in the same manner as interest payments are made.
If the Purchase Date is on or after an interest record date and on or before the related interest payment date, any accrued and unpaid interest and premium, if any, will be paid to the Person in whose name a Note is registered at the close of business on such record date.
Upon the commencement of an Asset Sale Offer, the Company will send, by first class mail, a notice to the Trustee and each of the Holders, which contains all instructions and materials necessary to enable such Holders to tender Notes pursuant to the Asset Sale Offer. The notice, which will govern the terms of the Asset Sale Offer, will state:
(1) that the Asset Sale Offer is being made pursuant to this Section 4.10 and the length of time the Asset Sale Offer will remain open;
(2) the Offer Amount, the purchase price and the Purchase Date;
(3) that any Note not tendered or accepted for payment will continue to accrue interest;
(4) that, unless the Company defaults in making such payment, any Note accepted for payment pursuant to the Asset Sale Offer will cease to accrue interest after the Purchase Date;
(5) that Holders electing to have a Note purchased pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer may elect to have Notes purchased in integral multiples of $1.00 only; provided that no Notes in denominations of $2,000 or less may be redeemed or purchased in part, or if a PIK Payment has occurred, no Notes of $1.00 or less shall be redeemed or purchased in part;
(6) that Holders electing to have Notes purchased pursuant to any Asset Sale Offer will be required to surrender the Note, with the form entitled “Option of Holder to Elect Purchase” attached to the Notes completed, or transfer by book-entry transfer, to the Company, a Depositary, if appointed by the Company, or a Paying Agent at the address specified in the notice at least three days before the Purchase Date;
(7) that Holders will be entitled to withdraw their election if the Company, the Depositary or the Paying Agent, as the case may be, receives, not later than the expiration of the Offer Period, a telegram, facsimile transmission or letter setting forth the name of the Holder, the principal amount of the Note the Holder delivered for purchase and a statement that such Holder is withdrawing his election to have such Note purchased;
(8) that, if the aggregate principal amount of Notes surrendered by the Holders exceeds the Offer Amount, the Trustee will select the Notes to be purchased on a pro rata basis; and
(9) that Holders whose Notes were purchased only in part will be issued new Notes equal in principal amount to the unpurchased portion of the Notes surrendered (or transferred by book-entry transfer).
On or before the Purchase Date, the Company will, to the extent lawful, accept for payment, on a pro rata basis to the extent necessary, the Offer Amount of Notes or portions thereof tendered pursuant to the Asset Sale Offer, or if less than the Offer Amount has been tendered, all Notes tendered, and will deliver or cause to be delivered to the Trustee the Notes properly accepted together with an Officers’ Certificate stating that such Notes or portions thereof were accepted for payment by the Company in accordance with the terms of this Section 4.10. The Company, the Depositary or the Paying Agent, as the case may be, will promptly (but in any case not later than five days after the Purchase Date) mail or deliver to each tendering Holder an amount equal to the purchase price of the Notes tendered by such Holder and accepted by the Company for purchase, and the Company will promptly issue a new Note, and the Trustee, upon written request from the Company, will authenticate and mail or deliver (or cause to be transferred by book entry) such new Note to such Holder, in a principal amount equal to any unpurchased portion of the Note surrendered. Any Note not so accepted shall be promptly mailed or delivered by the Company to the Holder thereof. The Company will publicly announce the results of the Asset Sale Offer on the Purchase Date.
If less than all of the Notes are to be purchased in an Asset Sale Offer at any time, the Trustee will select Notes for purchase on a pro rata basis, by lot or other method in any case the Trustee considers appropriate, with respect to Global Notes, subject to the rules and procedures of the Depositary unless otherwise required by law or applicable stock exchange requirements, not less than 30 nor more than 60 days prior to the Purchase Date by the Trustee from the outstanding Notes not previously purchased.
The Trustee will promptly notify the Company in writing of the Notes selected for purchase and, in the case of any Note selected for partial purchase, the principal amount thereof to be purchased. Notes and portions of Notes selected will be in amounts of $1,000 or whole multiples of $1.00; provided that if all of the Notes of a Holder are to be purchased, the entire outstanding amount of Notes held by such Holder shall be purchased; provided, further, that no Notes in denominations of $2,000 or less may be purchased in part or if a PIK Payment has occurred, no Notes of $1.00 or less shall be purchased in part. Except as provided in the preceding sentence, provisions of this Indenture that apply to Notes purchased also apply to portions of Notes purchased.
No later than 10:00 a.m. Eastern time on the Purchase Date, the Company will deposit with the Trustee or with the Paying Agent money sufficient to pay the purchase price of and accrued interest or premium, if any, on all Notes to be purchased on that date. The Trustee or the Paying Agent will promptly return to the Company any money deposited with the Trustee or the Paying Agent by the Company in excess of the amounts necessary to pay the purchase price of, and accrued interest or premium, if any, on all Notes to be purchased.
If the Company complies with the provisions of the preceding paragraph, on and after the Purchase Date, interest will cease to accrue on the Notes or the portions of Notes purchased. If a Note is purchased on or after an interest record date but on or prior to the related interest payment date, then any accrued and unpaid interest shall be paid to the Person in whose name such Note was registered at the close of business on such record date. If any Note purchased is not so paid upon surrender for redemption or purchase because of the failure of the Company to comply with the preceding paragraph, interest shall be paid on the unpaid principal, from the redemption or purchase date until such principal is paid, and to the extent lawful on any interest not paid on such unpaid principal, in each case at the rate provided in the Notes and in Section 4.01 hereof.
(e) The Company will comply with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other securities laws and regulations thereunder to the extent such laws and regulations are applicable in connection with each repurchase of Notes pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with the provisions of this Section 4.10, the Company will comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and will not be deemed to have breached its obligations under this Section 4.10 by virtue of such compliance.
Section 4.11 Transactions with Affiliates.
(a) The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, make any payment to, or sell, lease, transfer or otherwise dispose of any of its properties or assets to, or purchase any property or assets from, or enter into or make or amend any transaction, contract, agreement, understanding, loan, advance or guarantee with, or for the benefit of, any Affiliate of the Company (each, an “Affiliate Transaction”), unless:
(1) the Affiliate Transaction is on terms that are no less favorable to the Company or the relevant Restricted Subsidiary than those that would have been obtained in a comparable transaction by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary with an unrelated Person; and
(2) the Company delivers to the Trustee:
(A) with respect to any Affiliate Transaction or series of related Affiliate Transactions involving aggregate consideration in excess of $5.0 million, a resolution of the Board of Directors of the Company accompanied by an Officers’ Certificate certifying that such Affiliate Transaction complies with this covenant and that such Affiliate Transaction has been approved by a majority of the disinterested members of the Board of Directors of the Company; and
(B) with respect to any Affiliate Transaction or series of related Affiliate Transactions involving aggregate consideration in excess of $10.0 million, an opinion as to the fairness to the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary of such Affiliate Transaction from a financial point of view issued by an accounting, appraisal or investment banking firm of national standing.
(b) The following items will not be deemed to be Affiliate Transactions and, therefore, will not be subject to the provisions of Section 4.11(a) hereof:
(1) payment of reasonable fees, compensation, expenses, bonus, separation or severance to employees, officers or directors (including indemnification to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, directors’ and officers’ insurance and similar arrangements, employment contracts, non-competition and confidentiality agreements and similar instruments or payments) in the ordinary course of business which have been approved by a majority of the disinterested members of the Board of Directors of the Company;
(2) maintenance in the ordinary course of business of reasonable benefit programs or arrangements for employees, officers or directors, including vacation plans, health and life insurance plans, SERPs, split dollar life insurance plans, deferred compensation plans, retirement or savings plans, stock option plans, stock ownership or purchase plans or any other similar arrangements or plans;
(3) transactions between or among the Company and/or its Restricted Subsidiaries;
(4) transactions with a Person (other than an Unrestricted Subsidiary of the Company) that is an Affiliate of the Company solely because the Company owns, directly or through a Restricted Subsidiary, an Equity Interest in, or controls, such Person;
(5) any issuance of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company to Affiliates of the Company or any contribution of capital to the Company and the granting of registration rights in connection therewith;
(6) Restricted Payments that do not violate Section 4.07 hereof;
(7) Permitted Investments described under clauses (8) and (13) of the definition of the term “Permitted Investments”;
(8) any transaction pursuant to any contract or agreement as in effect on the Issue Date as the same may be amended, modified or replaced from time to time so long as any such amendment, modification or replacement is not materially more disadvantageous to the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, than the contract or agreement as in effect on the Issue Date;
(9) transactions with customers, clients, suppliers, joint venture partners or purchasers or sellers of goods or services, in each case in the ordinary course of business of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries and otherwise in compliance with the terms of this Indenture; provided that in the reasonable determination of the Board of Directors of the Company or Senior Management, such transactions are on terms that are no less favorable to the Company or the relevant Restricted Subsidiary than those that would have been obtained in a comparable transaction by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary with an unrelated Person;
(10) transactions with an Affiliate in its capacity as a purchaser or holder of Indebtedness or other securities of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company in which such Affiliate is treated no more favorably than the other purchasers or holders of Indebtedness or other securities of the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary (except as otherwise permitted under this Section 4.11);
(11) investments by Affiliates of the Company in securities of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (and payment of reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred by such Affiliates in connection therewith) so long as the investment is being offered by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary generally to other non-affiliated third party investors on the same or more favorable terms;
(12) any transaction pursuant to any employment agreement entered into between the Company and any employee of the Company on or after the Original Issue Date or pursuant to the Company’s 2017 Management Incentive Plan dated as of the Original Issue Date (as may be amended with the approval of a majority of the disinterested members of the Board of Directors of the Company); and
(13) transactions with an Affiliate in its capacity as a purchaser, holder, participant, sub participant or other direct or indirect owner of Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company incurred under the Senior Credit Facility or the Existing Indenture.
Section 4.12 Liens. The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Lien of any kind on any asset now owned or hereafter acquired, except Permitted Liens.
Section 4.13 Business Activities. The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, engage in any business other than Permitted Businesses, except to such extent as would not be material to the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole.
Section 4.14 Corporate Existence. Subject to Article 5 hereof, the Company shall do or cause to be done all things necessary to preserve and keep in full force and effect:
(1) its corporate existence, and the corporate, partnership or other existence of each of its Subsidiaries, in accordance with the respective organizational documents (as the same may be amended from time to time) of the Company or any such Subsidiary; and
(2) the rights (charter and statutory), licenses and franchises of the Company and its Subsidiaries; provided, however, that the Company shall not be required to preserve any such right, license or franchise, or the corporate, partnership or other existence of any of its Subsidiaries, if the Board of Directors shall determine that the preservation thereof is no longer desirable in the conduct of the business of the Company and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, and that the loss thereof is not adverse in any material respect to the Holders of the Notes.
Section 4.15 [Reserved].
Section 4.16 [Reserved].
Section 4.17 Real Estate Mortgages and Filings; Landlord Waivers. With respect to any real property, other than real property that constitutes an Excluded Asset, owned by the Company or any Guarantor on the Issue Date or acquired by the Company or any Guarantor at any time thereafter (individually and collectively, the “Premises”), the Company or such Guarantor shall deliver to the Collateral Agent, if and only to the extent such Premises are pledged to secure any other Indebtedness on the date that such premises are pledged to secure any other Indebtedness (or, in the case of Premises acquired after the Issue Date, no later than 90 days after the date of such acquisition):
(1) fully executed counterparts of Mortgages, duly executed by the Company or the applicable Guarantor, as the case may be, in favor of the Collateral Agent, as mortgagee or beneficiary, as applicable, and corresponding UCC fixture filings, together with evidence of the completion (or satisfactory arrangements for the completion) of all recordings and filings of such Mortgages and corresponding UCC fixture filings as may be necessary to create a valid, perfected Lien, subject to Permitted Liens, against the Premises purported to be covered thereby;
(2) (i) mortgagee’s title insurance policies in favor of the Collateral Agent, as mortgagee for the ratable benefit of the Collateral Agent, the Trustee and the Holders in an amount equal to 100% of the estimated fair market value of the Premises purported to be covered by the related Mortgage, insuring that title to such property is vested in the Company or the applicable Guarantor and that the interests created by the Mortgage constitute valid Liens thereon free and clear of all Liens, defects and encumbrances other than Permitted Liens together with, to the extent available, such endorsements, as are customary for financings of this type, accompanied by evidence of the payment in full of all premiums thereon and (ii) such affidavits, certificates, instruments of indemnification and other items (including a so-called “gap” indemnification) of the Company or the applicable Guarantor as shall be reasonably required to induce the title insurer to issue the title insurance policies and endorsements referenced herein with respect to each of the Premises;
(3) (i) with respect to each Premises owned or leased on the Issue Date, ALTA surveys with respect to each of such Premises, as well as any updates or affidavits the title insurer may reasonably request in connection with removing all standard survey exceptions from the mortgagee’s title insurance policies and issuing the survey related and other endorsements to such policies required pursuant to clause (2) above and (ii) with respect to each Premises acquired after the Issue Date, ALTA surveys (to the extent existing at the time of acquisition);
(4) “Life of Loan” Federal Emergency Standard Flood Hazard Determinations with respect to each Premises (together with notice about special flood hazard area status and flood disaster assistance, duly executed by the Company or the applicable Guarantor, and evidence of flood insurance in the event such Premises is located in a special flood hazard area); and
(5) Opinions of Counsel in the jurisdiction where each Premises is located and the jurisdiction of formation of the Company or the applicable Guarantor entering into the relevant Mortgage covering such matters as are customary for financings of this type, including, without limitation, the due authorization, execution and delivery of the relevant Mortgages and the enforceability thereof.
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, (a) the requirements of Section 4.17(2) through (5) shall not apply to any Premises owned by the Company or any Guarantor on the Issue Date and (b) the Company and Guarantors shall only be required to deliver the documents required by Section 4.17(1) to the extent such Premises are pledged to secure the Senior Credit Facility, with any such documents delivered in respect of premises securing the Senior Credit Facility on the Issue Date required to be delivered no later than 90 days after the Issue Date.
The Company and any Guarantor that is a lessee of real property where Collateral is located is, and will be, required to use commercially reasonable efforts (which for the avoidance of doubt, shall not require the payment by the Company or such Guarantor, as the case may be, of any fee to the lessor in connection with the obtaining of any such collateral access agreement) to deliver to the Collateral Agent a collateral access agreement, executed by the lessor of such real property but only to the extent such lessor has provided a collateral access agreement to the Senior Credit Facility Agent pursuant to the Senior Credit Facility; provided that notwithstanding anything to the contrary, in the case where such lease is a lease in existence on the Issue Date, the Company or Guarantor shall not be required to satisfy such requirement. For the avoidance of doubt, if the Company or any applicable Guarantor fails to enter into a collateral access agreement after using commercially reasonable efforts (it being understood that the Company shall be solely responsible for determining whether it has used commercially reasonable efforts, which shall be set forth in an Officers’ Certificate delivered to the Trustee and the Collateral Agent (upon which the Trustee and the Collateral Agent may conclusively rely without any investigation)) and the Company shall notify the Holders of such event. Neither the Collateral Agent nor the Trustee shall have any obligation to enter into such an agreement and the Trustee or the Collateral Agent each shall have the right to decline signing such an agreement if, after being advised by counsel, the Trustee or the Collateral Agent, as the case may be, determines in good faith that such action would expose the Trustee or the Collateral Agent, respectively, to liability or if doing so is consistent with its rights, privileges, protections and immunities set forth in this Indenture or the Collateral Documents.
Section 4.18 Limitation on Sale and Leaseback Transactions. The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, enter into any sale and leaseback transaction; provided that the Company or any Guarantor may enter into a sale and leaseback transaction if:
(1) the Company or that Restricted Subsidiary, as applicable, could have (A) incurred Indebtedness in an amount equal to the Attributable Debt relating to such sale and leaseback transaction under (i) the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio test in Section 4.09(a) hereof or (ii) clause (4) or (18) of the definition of Permitted Debt and (B) incurred a Lien to secure such Indebtedness pursuant to Section 4.12 hereof;
(2) the gross cash proceeds of that sale and leaseback transaction are at least equal to the Fair Market Value, as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Company and set forth in an Officers’ Certificate delivered to the Trustee, of the property that is the subject of that sale and leaseback transaction; and
(3) the transfer of assets in that sale and leaseback transaction is permitted by, and the Company applies the proceeds of such transaction in compliance with, Section 4.10 hereof.
Section 4.19 [Reserved].
Section 4.20 Further Assurances. The Company will do, execute, acknowledge, deliver, record, re-record, file, re-file, register and re-register, as applicable, any and all such further acts, deeds, conveyances, security agreements, assignments, financing statements and continuations thereof, termination statements, notices of assignment, transfers, certificates, assurances and other instruments as may be required from time to time, or that the Collateral Agent from time to time may reasonably request (but shall have no duty to), in order to:
(1) carry out the terms and provisions of the Collateral Documents;
(2) subject to the Liens created by any of the Collateral Documents any of the properties, rights or interests required to be encumbered thereby;
(3) perfect and maintain the validity, effectively and priority of any of the Collateral Documents and the Liens intended to be created thereby; and
(4) assure, convey, grant, assign, transfer, preserve, protect and confirm to the Collateral Agent any of the rights granted now or hereafter intended by the parties thereto to be granted to the Collateral Agent under the Collateral Documents or under any other instrument executed in connection herewith.
Upon the exercise by the Trustee or any Holder of any power, right, privilege or remedy under this Indenture or any of the Collateral Documents which requires any consent, approval, recording, qualification or authorization of any governmental authority, the Company will execute and deliver all applications, certifications, instruments and other documents and papers that may be required from the Company for such governmental consent, approval, recording, qualification or authorization.
Section 4.21 [Reserved].
Section 4.22 Additional Note Guarantees. If (i) the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries acquires or creates another Domestic Restricted Subsidiary after the Issue Date or (ii) if any Restricted Subsidiary shall guarantee any Indebtedness of the Company or any Guarantor, then, in each case of clause (i) or (ii), such Restricted Subsidiary shall within 10 Business Days of the date on which it was acquired or created (or, in the case of clause (ii), simultaneously with the guarantee of such other Indebtedness) (i) execute and deliver to the Trustee a supplemental indenture, substantially in the form attached as Exhibit E hereto, pursuant to which such Restricted Subsidiary will Guarantee the Notes, (ii) execute and deliver to the Collateral Agent joinder agreements or other similar agreements with respect the applicable Collateral Documents (and, in the case any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Domestic Restricted Subsidiary, execute Collateral Documents (or joinders thereto) granting Liens to the Collateral Agent on the same assets as any Liens granted by such Restricted Subsidiary to secure its obligations as a guarantor of such other Indebtedness and governed by the same governing law as any documentation granting such Liens to secure such other Indebtedness) and (iii) deliver to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel and Officers’ Certificate that such supplemental indenture and other documents required to be delivered pursuant to clause (ii) above have been duly authorized, executed and delivered and constitute legally valid and binding and enforceable obligations (subject to customary qualifications and exceptions) and is authorized or permitted by this Indenture; provided that any Restricted Subsidiary that constitutes an Immaterial Subsidiary need not become a Guarantor until such time as it ceases to be an Immaterial Subsidiary. The form of such Note Guarantee is attached as Exhibit E hereto.
Section 4.23 Designation of Restricted and Unrestricted Subsidiaries. The Board of Directors of the Company may designate any Restricted Subsidiary to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary if that designation would not cause a Default. If a Restricted Subsidiary is designated as an Unrestricted Subsidiary, the aggregate Fair Market Value of all outstanding Investments owned by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries in the Subsidiary designated as Unrestricted will be deemed to be an Investment made as of the time of the designation and will be treated as a Restricted Payment under Section 4.07 hereof or a Permitted Investment under one or more clauses of the definition of Permitted Investments, as determined by the Company. That designation will only be permitted if the Investment would be permitted at that time and if the Restricted Subsidiary otherwise meets the definition of an Unrestricted Subsidiary. The Board of Directors of the Company may redesignate any Unrestricted Subsidiary to be a Restricted Subsidiary if that redesignation would not cause a Default.
Any designation of a Subsidiary of the Company as an Unrestricted Subsidiary will be evidenced to the Trustee by delivering to the Trustee a certified copy of a resolution of the Board of Directors giving effect to such designation and an Officers’ Certificate certifying that such designation complied with the preceding conditions and was permitted by Section 4.07 hereof. If, at any time, any Unrestricted Subsidiary would fail to meet the preceding requirements as an Unrestricted Subsidiary, it will thereafter cease to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary for purposes of this Indenture and any Indebtedness of such Subsidiary will be deemed to be incurred by a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company as of such date and, if such Indebtedness is not permitted to be incurred as of such date under Section 4.09 hereof, the Company will be in default of such covenant. The Board of Directors of the Company may at any time designate any Unrestricted Subsidiary to be a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company; provided that such designation will be deemed to be an incurrence of Indebtedness by a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company of any outstanding Indebtedness of such Unrestricted Subsidiary, and such designation will only be permitted if (1) such Indebtedness is permitted under Section 4.09 hereof, calculated on a pro forma basis as if such designation had occurred at the beginning of the four-quarter reference period; and (2) no Default or Event of Default would be in existence following such designation.
ARTICLE 5
SUCCESSORS
Section 5.01 Merger, Consolidation, or Sale of Assets.
(a) The Company will not, directly or indirectly: (1) consolidate or merge with or into another Person (whether or not the Company is the surviving corporation); or (2) sell, assign, transfer, convey or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of the properties or assets of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole, in one or more related transactions, to another Person, unless:
(1) either:
(A) the Company is the surviving corporation; or
(B) the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than the Company) or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance or other disposition has been made (the “Successor Company”) is a corporation organized or existing under the laws of the United States, any state of the United States or the District of Columbia;
(2) the Successor Company assumes all the obligations of the Company under the Notes, this Indenture and the Collateral Documents pursuant to agreements reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee;
(3) the Successor Company shall take such action (or agree to take such action) and deliver such agreements, instruments, or documents as may be necessary or appropriate to cause any property or assets that constitute Collateral owned by or transferred to the Successor Company to be subject to the Liens of the Collateral Agent in the manner and to the extent required under the Collateral Documents;
(4) immediately after such transaction, no Default or Event of Default exists;
(5) the Company or the Successor Company would, on the date of such transaction after giving pro forma effect thereto and any related financing transactions as if the same had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period, either (a) be permitted to incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio test set forth in Section 4.09(a) hereof or (b) have a Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio greater than the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio immediately prior to such transactions; and
(6) the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee (i) an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that (x) such consolidation, merger, sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance or other disposition and the agreements, instruments or documents required by Sections 5.01(a)(2) and (3) (including any supplemental indentures) comply with this Indenture and the other Notes Documents and (y) the agreements, instruments or documents required by Section 5.01(a)(2) and (3) (including any supplemental indentures) constitute legal, valid and binding obligations of the Company or Successor Company (as appropriate) and the Guarantors, enforceable (subject to customary exceptions) in accordance with their terms, and (ii) if applicable, any documentation and other information about the Successor Company reasonably requested in writing by the Trustee that the Trustee shall have reasonably determined is required by regulatory authorities under applicable “know your customer” and anti-money laundering rules and regulations, including Title III of the USA Patriot Act.
In addition, the Company will not, directly or indirectly, lease all or substantially all of the properties and assets of it and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole, in one or more related transactions, to any other Person.
(b) Clauses (3) and (4) of Section 5.01(a) will not apply to:
(1) a merger of the Company with an Affiliate solely for the purpose of reincorporating the Company in another jurisdiction; or
(2) any consolidation or merger, or any sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance, lease or other disposition of assets between or among the Company, the Guarantors and Immaterial Subsidiaries.
Section 5.02 Successor Corporation Substituted. Upon any consolidation or merger, or any sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition of all or substantially all of the properties or assets of the Company in a transaction that is subject to, and that complies with the provisions of, Section 5.01 hereof, the Successor Company shall succeed to, and be substituted for (so that from and after the date of such consolidation, merger, sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition, the provisions of this Indenture referring to the “Company” shall refer instead to the Successor Company and not to the Company), and may exercise every right and power of the Company under this Indenture with the same effect as if the Successor Company had been named as the Company herein; provided, however, that the predecessor Company shall not be relieved from the obligation to pay the principal of and interest on the Notes except in the case of a sale of all of the Company’s assets in a transaction that is subject to, and that complies with the provisions of, Section 5.01 hereof.
ARTICLE 6
DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES
Section 6.01 Events of Default.
Each of the following is an “Event of Default”:
(1) default for 30 days in the payment when due of interest on the Notes;
(2) default in the payment when due (at maturity, upon redemption or otherwise) of the principal of, or premium, if any, on, the Notes;
(3) failure by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to comply with Section 4.07, 4.09, 4.10, 5.01 or Article 15 hereof;
(4) failure by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries for 60 days after notice to the Company by the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding voting as a single class to comply with any of the other agreements in the Notes Documents;
(5) default under any mortgage, indenture or instrument under which there may be issued or by which there may be secured or evidenced any Indebtedness for money borrowed by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (or the payment of which is guaranteed by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries), whether such Indebtedness or Guarantee now exists, or is created after the Issue Date, if that default:
(a) is caused by a failure to pay principal of, or interest or premium, if any, on, such Indebtedness prior to the expiration of the grace period provided in such Indebtedness on the date of such default (a “Payment Default”); or
(b) results in the acceleration of such Indebtedness prior to its express maturity, and, in each case, the principal amount of any such Indebtedness, together with the principal amount of any other such Indebtedness under which there has been a Payment Default or the maturity of which has been so accelerated, aggregates $15.0 million or more;
(6) failure by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to pay final judgments entered by a court or courts of competent jurisdiction aggregating in excess of $15.0 million (net of any amounts which are covered by enforceable insurance policies issued by a reputable and solvent carrier and with respect to which such carrier has not disclaimed coverage), which judgments are not paid, discharged or stayed for a period of 60 days;
(7) except as permitted by this Indenture and the Collateral Documents, with respect to any assets or property having a Fair Market
Value in excess of $10.0 million, individually or in the aggregate, that constitutes, or under this Indenture or any Collateral Document is required to constitute, Collateral, (a) any of the Collateral Documents shall for any reason cease to be in full
force and effect in all material respects, or the Company or a Guarantor shall so assert, or (b) any security interest created, or purported to be created, by any of the Collateral Documents shall cease to be enforceable and of the same effect and
priority purported to be created thereby, if such Default does not result from any unauthorized action by the Collateral Agent in express violation of any provision of the Collateral Documents;
(8) except as permitted by this Indenture, any Note Guarantee of any Restricted Subsidiary that is a Significant Subsidiary or the Note Guarantees of any group of Restricted Subsidiaries that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary, are held in any judicial proceeding to be unenforceable or invalid or cease for any reason to be in full force and effect, or any Guarantor, or any Person acting on behalf of any Guarantor, denies or disaffirms its obligations under its Note Guarantee;
(9) the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that is a Significant Subsidiary or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries of the Company that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary pursuant to or within the meaning of the Bankruptcy Code:
(a) commences a voluntary case,
(b) consents to the entry of an order for relief against it in an involuntary case,
(c) consents to the appointment of a custodian of it or for all or substantially all of its property,
(d) makes a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors, or
(e) generally is not paying its debts as they become due;
(10) a court of competent jurisdiction enters an order or decree under the Bankruptcy Code that:
(a) is for relief against the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that is a Significant Subsidiary or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries of the Company that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary in an involuntary case;
(b) appoints a custodian of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that is a Significant Subsidiary or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries of the Company that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary or for all or substantially all of the property of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that is a Significant Subsidiary or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries of the Company that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary; or
(c) orders the liquidation of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that is a Significant Subsidiary or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries of the Company that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary;
and the order or decree remains unstayed and in effect for 60 consecutive days; and
(11) failure by the Company to comply with its obligation to convert the Notes into cash, shares of Common Stock or a combination of cash and shares of Common Stock, as applicable, upon exercise of a Holder’s conversion right and such failure continues for five calendar days.
Section 6.02 Acceleration. In the case of an Event of Default specified in clause (9) or (10) of Section 6.01 hereof, with respect to the Company, any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company that is a Significant Subsidiary or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries of the Company that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary, all outstanding Notes will become due and payable immediately without further action or notice. If any other Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may declare all the Notes to be due and payable immediately.
Upon any such declaration, the Notes shall become due and payable immediately.
The Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes by written notice to the Trustee may, on behalf of all of the Holders, rescind an acceleration and its consequences, if the rescission would not conflict with any judgment or decree and if all existing Events of Default (except nonpayment of principal, interest or premium, if any, that has become due solely because of the acceleration) have been cured or waived.
Section 6.03 Other Remedies. If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may pursue any available remedy to collect the payment of principal, interest and premium, if any, or to enforce the performance of any provision of the Notes or this Indenture.
The Trustee may maintain a proceeding even if it does not possess any of the Notes or does not produce any of them in the proceeding. A delay or omission by the Trustee or any Holder of a Note in exercising any right or remedy accruing upon an Event of Default shall not impair the right or remedy or constitute a waiver of or acquiescence in the Event of Default. All remedies are cumulative to the extent permitted by law.
Section 6.04 Waiver of Past Defaults. Holders of not less than a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes by notice to the Trustee may on behalf of the Holders of all of the Notes waive an existing Default or Event of Default and its consequences hereunder, except a continuing Default or Event of Default in the payment of the principal of or interest or premium, if any, on the Notes (including in connection with an offer to purchase); provided, however, that the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may rescind an acceleration and its consequences, including any related payment default that resulted from such acceleration. Upon any such waiver, such Default shall cease to exist, and any Event of Default arising therefrom shall be deemed to have been cured for every purpose of this Indenture; but no such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or other Default or impair any right consequent thereon. This Section 6.04 shall be in lieu of TIA Section 316(a)(1)(B), and TIA Section 316(a)(1)(B) is hereby expressly excluded from this Indenture and Section as permitted by the TIA.
Section 6.05 Control by Majority. Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for exercising any remedy available to the Trustee or exercising any trust or power conferred on it. However, the Trustee may refuse to follow any direction that conflicts with law or this Indenture that the Trustee determines may be unduly prejudicial to the rights of other Holders of Notes or that may involve the Trustee in personal liability. This Section 6.5 shall be in lieu of TIA Section 316(a)(1)(A), and TIA Section 316(a)(1)(A) is hereby expressly excluded from this Indenture and Section as permitted by the TIA.
Section 6.06 Limitation on Suits. A Holder may pursue a remedy with respect to this Indenture or the Notes only if:
(1) such Holder gives to the Trustee written notice that an Event of Default is continuing;
(2) Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes make a written request to the Trustee to pursue the remedy;
(3) such Holder or Holders offer and, if requested, provide to the Trustee security or indemnity reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee against any loss, liability or expense;
(4) the Trustee does not comply with the request within 60 days after receipt of the request and the offer of security or indemnity; and
(5) during such 60-day period, Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes do not give the Trustee a direction inconsistent with such request.
A Holder of a Note may not use this Indenture to prejudice the rights of another Holder of a Note or to obtain a preference or priority over another Holder of a Note.
Section 6.07 Rights of Holders of Notes to Receive Payment. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture, the right of any Holder of a Note to receive payment of principal and interest and premium, if any, on the Note, on or after the respective due dates expressed in the Note (including in connection with an offer to purchase), or to bring suit for the enforcement of any such payment on or after such respective dates, shall not be impaired or affected without the consent of such Holder; provided that a Holder shall not have the right to institute any such suit for the enforcement of payment if and to the extent that the institution or prosecution thereof or the entry of judgment therein would, under applicable law, result in the surrender, impairment, waiver or loss of the Lien of this Indenture upon any property subject to such Lien.
Section 6.08 Collection Suit by Trustee. If an Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(1) or (2) hereof occurs and is continuing, the Trustee is authorized to recover judgment in its own name and as trustee of an express trust against the Company for the whole amount of principal of and interest and premium, if any, remaining unpaid on the Notes and interest on overdue principal and, to the extent lawful, interest and such further amount as shall be sufficient to cover the costs and expenses of collection, including the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel.
Section 6.09 Trustee May File Proofs of Claim. The Trustee is authorized to file such proofs of claim and other papers or documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of the Trustee (including any claim for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel) and the Holders of the Notes allowed in any judicial proceedings relative to the Company (or any other obligor upon the Notes), its creditors or its property and shall be entitled and empowered to collect, receive and distribute any money or other property payable or deliverable on any such claims and any custodian in any such judicial proceeding is hereby authorized by each Holder to make such payments to the Trustee, and in the event that the Trustee shall consent to the making of such payments directly to the Holders, to pay to the Trustee any amount due to it for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee under Section 7.07 hereof. To the extent that the payment of any such compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee under Section 7.07 hereof out of the estate in any such proceeding, shall be denied for any reason, payment of the same shall be secured by a Lien on, and shall be paid out of, any and all distributions, dividends, money, securities and other properties that the Holders may be entitled to receive in such proceeding whether in liquidation or under any plan of reorganization or arrangement or otherwise. Nothing herein contained shall be deemed to authorize the Trustee to authorize or consent to or accept or adopt on behalf of any Holder any plan of reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition affecting the Notes or the rights of any Holder, or to authorize the Trustee to vote in respect of the claim of any Holder in any such proceeding.
Section 6.10 Priorities. If the Trustee collects any money pursuant to this Article 6, it shall pay out the money in the following order:
First: to the Trustee (which for purposes of this Section 6.10 shall include each of its officers, directors, employees, agents, advisors, attorneys, and representatives) for amounts due under Section 7.07 hereof, and under the Notes Documents, including payment of all compensation, expenses and liabilities incurred, and all advances made, by the Trustee and the Collateral Agent and the costs and expenses of collection;
Second: to Holders of Notes for amounts due and unpaid on the Notes for principal, interest and premium, if any, ratably, without preference or priority of any kind, according to the amounts due and payable on the Notes for principal, interest and premium, if any, respectively; and
Third: to the Company or to such party as a court of competent jurisdiction shall direct.
The Trustee may fix a record date and payment date for any payment to Holders of Notes pursuant to this Section 6.10.
Section 6.11 Undertaking for Costs. In any suit for the enforcement of any right or remedy under this Indenture or in any suit against the Trustee for any action taken or omitted by it as a Trustee, a court in its discretion may require the filing by any party litigant in the suit of an undertaking to pay the costs of the suit, and the court in its discretion may assess reasonable costs, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, against any party litigant in the suit, having due regard to the merits and good faith of the claims or defenses made by the party litigant. This Section 6.11 does not apply to a suit by the Trustee, a suit by a Holder of a Note pursuant to Section 6.07 hereof, or a suit by Holders of more than 10% in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes.
ARTICLE 7
TRUSTEE
Section 7.01 Duties of Trustee.
(a) If an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing (of which the Trustee is deemed to have notice thereof within the meaning of Section 7.02(l) hereof), the Trustee will exercise such of the rights and powers vested in it by this Indenture, and use the same degree of care and skill in its exercise, as a prudent person would exercise or use under the circumstances in the conduct of such person’s own affairs.
(b) Except during the occurrence and continuance of an Event of Default (of which the Trustee is deemed to have notice thereof within the meaning of Section 7.02(l) hereof):
(1) the duties of the Trustee will be determined solely by the express provisions of this Indenture and the Trustee need perform only those duties that are specifically set forth in this Indenture and no others, and no implied covenants or obligations shall be read into this Indenture against the Trustee; and
(2) in the absence of bad faith on its part, the Trustee may conclusively rely, as to the truth of the statements and the correctness of the opinions expressed therein, upon certificates or opinions furnished to the Trustee and conforming to the requirements of this Indenture. However, in the case of any such certificates or opinions which by any provision hereof are specifically required to be furnished to the Trustee, the Trustee will examine the certificates and opinions to determine whether or not they conform to the requirements of this Indenture (but need not confirm or investigate the accuracy of mathematical calculations or other facts stated therein).
(c) The Trustee may not be relieved from liabilities for its own grossly negligent action, its own grossly negligent failure to act, or its own willful misconduct, except that:
(1) this paragraph does not limit the effect of paragraph (b), (d), (e), or (f) of this Section 7.01;
(2) the Trustee will not be liable for any error of judgment made in good faith by a Responsible Officer, unless it is proved that the Trustee was grossly negligent in ascertaining the pertinent facts, as determined by a court of competent jurisdiction in a final and nonappealable judgment; and
(3) the Trustee will not be liable with respect to any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in accordance with a direction received by it pursuant to Section 6.05 hereof.
(d) None of the provisions of this Indenture or the Notes Documents shall require the Trustee to expend or risk its own funds or incur any liability, financial or otherwise, in the performance of any of its duties hereunder or thereunder, or in the exercise of any of its rights or powers. The Trustee shall be under no obligation to exercise any of its rights or powers under this Indenture at the request or direction of any of the Holders unless such Holders have offered to the Trustee security and indemnity satisfactory to the Trustee against any loss, liability or expense.
(e) The permissive rights of the Trustee to take certain actions under this Indenture or the other Note Documents shall not be construed as a duty unless so expressly specified herein or therein.
(f) The Trustee will not be liable for interest on any money received by it except as the Trustee may agree in writing with the Company. Money held in trust by the Trustee need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law.
(g) Whether or not therein expressly so provided, every provision of this Indenture and the Notes Documents that in any way relates to the Trustee is subject to paragraphs (a) through (f) of this Section 7.01.
Section 7.02 Rights of Trustee.
(a) The Trustee may conclusively rely upon any resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, letter, request, direction, consent, order or other document (whether in original, electronic, or facsimile form) believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper Person. The Trustee need not investigate any fact or matter stated therein.
(b) Before the Trustee acts or refrains from acting, it may require an Officers’ Certificate or an Opinion of Counsel or both. The Trustee will not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in reliance on such Officers’ Certificate and/or Opinion of Counsel. The Trustee may consult with counsel of its own selection and the advice of such counsel or any Opinion of Counsel will be full and complete authorization and protection from liability in respect of any action taken, suffered or omitted by it hereunder in good faith and in reliance thereon.
(c) The Trustee may act through its attorneys and agents and will not be responsible for the misconduct or negligence of any agent appointed with due care.
(d) The Trustee will not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith that it believes to be authorized or within the rights or powers conferred upon it by this Indenture or the other Notes Documents or its role hereunder or thereunder.
(e) Unless otherwise specifically provided in this Indenture, any demand, request, direction or notice from the Company will be
sufficient if signed by an Officer of the Company.
(f) The Trustee shall be under no obligation to exercise any of its rights or powers under this Indenture at the request or direction of any of the Holders unless such Holders have offered to the Trustee security and indemnity satisfactory to the Trustee against any loss, liability or expense.
(g) No Depositary shall be deemed an agent of the Trustee, and the Trustee shall not be responsible for any act or omission by any Depositary.
(h) In no event shall the Trustee be responsible or liable for special, indirect, punitive or consequential loss or damage of any kind whatsoever (including, but not limited to, loss of profit) irrespective of whether the Trustee has been advised of the likelihood of such loss or damage and regardless of the form of action.
(i) The rights, privileges, protections, immunities and benefits given to the Trustee, including, without limitation, its right to be indemnified, are extended to, and shall be enforceable by, the Trustee in each of its capacities hereunder and under the other Notes Documents (including, without limitation, as Collateral Agent, Paying Agent, Registrar, Custodian, and Conversion Agent), and each agent, custodian and other Person employed to act hereunder or thereunder (including, without limitation, the Collateral Agent, Paying Agent, Registrar, Custodian, and Conversion Agent).
(j) In no event shall the Trustee be responsible or liable for any failure or delay in the performance of its obligations hereunder arising out of or caused by, directly or indirectly, forces beyond its control, including, without limitation, strikes, work stoppages, accidents, acts of war or terrorism, civil or military disturbances, nuclear or natural catastrophes or acts of God, and interruptions, loss or malfunctions of utilities, communications or computer (software and hardware) services; it being understood and agreed that the Trustee shall use reasonable efforts which are consistent with accepted practices in the banking industry to resume performance as soon as practicable under the circumstances.
(k) The Trustee shall not be required to give any note, bond or surety in respect of the trusts and powers under this Indenture.
(l) The Trustee shall not be deemed to have notice of any Default or Event of Default unless written notice of any event which is in fact such a default is received by a Responsible Officer of the Trustee at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee, and such notice references the Notes and this Indenture and state that such notice is a “notice of default”.
The Collateral Agent shall not be deemed to have notice of any Default or Event of Default unless written notice of any event which is in fact such a default is received by an officer of the Collateral Agent, and such notice references the Notes and this Indenture and state that such notice is a “notice of default”. After the occurrence and continuance of an Event of Default, the Trustee, acting in accordance with the terms of this Indenture, may direct the Collateral Agent in connection with any action required or permitted by this Indenture or the Collateral Documents. The Collateral Agent shall take such action with respect to such Event of Default as may be requested by the Trustee.
(m) The Trustee may request that the Company deliver a certificate setting forth the names of individuals and/or titles of officers authorized at such time to take specified actions pursuant to this Indenture or the other Notes Documents.
Section 7.03 Individual Rights of Trustee. The Trustee, in its individual or any other capacity may become the owner or pledgee of Notes and may otherwise deal with the Company or any Affiliate of the Company with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee. However, in the event that the Trustee acquires any conflicting interest it must eliminate such conflict within 90 days, apply to the SEC for permission to continue as trustee (if this Indenture has been qualified under the TIA) or resign. The Collateral Agent, the Custodian, and any Agent may do the same with like rights and duties. The Trustee is also subject to Sections 7.10 and 7.11 hereof.
Section 7.04 Trustee’s Disclaimer. The Trustee will not be responsible for and makes no representation or warranty as to (i) the validity, enforceability, or adequacy of this Indenture, the Notes, or the other Notes Documents, (ii) the adequacy of the security for the Notes or the Collateral Documents, (iii) the validity, perfection, priority or enforceability of the Liens in any of the Collateral, (iv) the existence, genuineness, validity, sufficiency, value, or condition of any of the Collateral or other property covered or intended to be covered by the Collateral Documents, (v) the validity of the title of the Company or any Guarantor to any of the Collateral, (vi) insuring the Collateral or (vii) the payment of taxes, charges, assessments or Liens upon the Collateral or otherwise as to the maintenance of the Collateral. The Trustee shall not be accountable for the Company’s use of the proceeds from the Notes or any money paid to the Company or upon the Company’s direction under any provision of this Indenture. The Trustee will not be responsible for the use or application of any money received by any Paying Agent other than the Trustee. The Trustee will not be responsible for any statement or recital herein, in the other Notes Documents or in any other document in connection with the issuance of the Notes or pursuant to this Indenture or any other Notes Documents, other than its certificate of authentication. The Trustee shall be under no obligation to ascertain or to inquire as to the observance or performance of any of the agreements and covenants contained in, or conditions of, this Indenture or the other Notes Documents or to inspect the properties, books, or records of the Company or any of its affiliates.
Section 7.05 Notice of Defaults. If a Default or Event of Default occurs and is continuing and the Trustee has notice thereof (within the meaning of Section 7.02(l) hereof), the Trustee will deliver to Holders of Notes a notice of the Default or Event of Default within 90 days after it occurs. Except in the case of a Default or Event of Default in payment of principal of or interest or premium, if any, on any Note, the Trustee may withhold the notice if and so long as a committee of its Responsible Officers in good faith determines that withholding the notice is in the interests of the Holders of the Notes.
Section 7.06 Reports by Trustee to Holders of the Notes.
(a) Within 60 days after each December 15 beginning with the December 15 following the Issue Date, and for so long as Notes remain outstanding, the Trustee will mail to the Holders of the Notes a brief report dated as of such reporting date that complies with TIA Section 313(a) (but if no event described in TIA Section 313(a) has occurred within the twelve months preceding the reporting date, no report need be transmitted). The Trustee also will comply with TIA Section 313(b)(2). The Trustee will also transmit by mail all reports as required by TIA Section 313(c).
(b) A copy of each report at the time of its mailing to the Holders will be mailed by the Trustee to the Company and filed by the Trustee with the SEC and each stock exchange on which the Notes are listed in accordance with TIA Section 313(d). The Company will promptly notify the Trustee when the Notes are listed on any stock exchange, the Trustee having been notified of the Company’s current listing on the New York Stock Exchange as of the Issue Date.
Section 7.07 Compensation and Indemnity.
(a) The Company will pay to the Trustee upon request from time to time reasonable compensation for its acceptance of this Indenture and services hereunder and under the Notes Documents as the parties shall agree in writing from time to time. The Trustee’s compensation will not be limited by any law on compensation of a trustee of an express trust. The Company will reimburse the Trustee promptly upon request for all reasonable disbursements, advances and expenses incurred or made by it in addition to the compensation for its services. Such expenses will include the reasonable compensation, disbursements and expenses of the Trustee’s agents and counsel.
(b) The Company and the Guarantors, jointly and severally, will indemnify the Trustee and any predecessor Trustee (which for purposes of this Section 7.07 shall include each of their respective officers, directors, employees, agents, advisors, attorneys, and representatives), against any and all losses, liabilities, damages, claims or expenses, including, without limitation, attorneys’ fees and taxes (other than taxes based upon, measured by or determined by income of the Trustee), incurred by it arising out of or in connection with the acceptance or administration of its duties under this Indenture or the other Notes Documents, including the costs and expenses of enforcing this Indenture or the other Notes Documents against the Company and the Guarantors (including this Section 7.07) and defending itself against any claim (whether asserted by the Company, the Guarantors, any Holder or any other Person) or liability in connection with the exercise or performance of any of its powers or duties hereunder or under the other Notes Documents, except to the extent any such loss, liability or expense may be attributable to its gross negligence or willful misconduct as determined by a court of competent jurisdiction in a final and non-appealable decision. The Trustee will notify the Company promptly of any claim for which it may seek indemnity. Failure by the Trustee to so notify the Company will not relieve the Company or any of the Guarantors of their obligations hereunder. The Company or such Guarantor will defend the claim and the Trustee will cooperate in the defense. The Trustee may have separate counsel and the Company will pay the reasonable fees and expenses of such counsel. Neither the Company nor any Guarantor need pay for any settlement made without its consent, which consent will not be unreasonably withheld.
(c) The obligations of the Company and the Guarantors under this Section 7.07 will survive the satisfaction and discharge or the termination for any reason of this Indenture or any other Note Document and the resignation or removal of the Trustee.
(d) To secure the Company’s and the Guarantors’ payment obligations in this Section 7.07, the Trustee will have a Lien prior to the Notes on all money or property held or collected by the Trustee, except that held in trust to pay principal and interest on particular Notes. Such Lien will survive the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture.
(e) When the Trustee incurs expenses or renders services after an Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(9) or (10) hereof occurs, the expenses and the compensation for the services (including the fees and expenses of its agents and counsel) are intended to constitute expenses of administration under the Bankruptcy Code.
(f) The Trustee will comply with the provisions of TIA Section 313(b)(2) to the extent applicable.
Section 7.08 Replacement of Trustee.
(a) A resignation or removal of the Trustee and appointment of a successor Trustee will become effective only upon the successor Trustee’s acceptance of appointment as provided in this Section 7.08.
(b) The Trustee may resign in writing at any time and be discharged from the trust hereby created by so notifying the Company. The Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may remove the Trustee by so notifying the Trustee and the Company in writing. The Company may remove the Trustee if:
(1) the Trustee fails to comply with Section 7.10 hereof;
(2) the Trustee is adjudged a bankrupt or an insolvent or an order for relief is entered with respect to the Trustee under the Bankruptcy Code;
(3) a custodian or public officer takes charge of the Trustee or its property; or
(4) the Trustee becomes incapable of acting.
(c) If the Trustee resigns or is removed or if a vacancy exists in the office of Trustee for any reason, the Company will promptly appoint a successor Trustee. Within one year after the successor Trustee takes office, the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may appoint a successor Trustee to replace the successor Trustee appointed by the Company.
(d) If a successor Trustee does not take office within 60 days after the retiring Trustee resigns or is removed, the retiring Trustee (at the Company’s expense), the Company, or the Holders of at least 10% in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Trustee.
(e) If the Trustee, after written request by any Holder who has been a Holder for at least six months, fails to comply with Section 7.10 hereof, such Holder may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the removal of the Trustee and the appointment of a successor Trustee.
(f) A successor Trustee will deliver a written acceptance of its appointment to the retiring Trustee and to the Company. Thereupon, the resignation or removal of the retiring Trustee will become effective, and the successor Trustee will have all the rights, powers and duties of the Trustee under this Indenture. The successor Trustee will deliver a notice of its succession to Holders. The retiring Trustee will promptly transfer all property held by it as Trustee to the successor Trustee; provided all sums owing to the Trustee hereunder have been paid and subject to the Lien provided for in Section 7.07 hereof. Notwithstanding replacement of the Trustee pursuant to this Section 7.08, the Company’s obligations under Section 7.07 hereof will continue for the benefit of the retiring Trustee.
Section 7.09 Successor Trustee by Merger, etc. If the Trustee consolidates, merges or converts into, or transfers all or substantially all of its corporate trust business to, another corporation, the successor corporation without any further act will be the successor Trustee.
Section 7.10 Eligibility; Disqualification.
There will at all times be a Trustee hereunder that is a corporation organized and doing business under the laws of the United States of America or of any state thereof that is authorized under such laws to exercise corporate trustee power, that is subject to supervision or examination by federal or state authorities and that has a combined capital and surplus of at least $100.0 million as set forth in its most recent published annual report of condition.
The Indenture will always have a Trustee who satisfies the requirements of TIA Section 310(a)(1), (2) and (5). The Trustee is subject to TIA Section 310(b).
ARTICLE 8
COVENANT DEFEASANCE
Section 8.01 Option to Effect Covenant Defeasance. The Company may at any time, at the option of its Board of Directors evidenced by a resolution accompanied by an Officers’ Certificate, elect to have Section 8.02 hereof be applied to all outstanding Notes upon compliance with the conditions set forth below in this Article 8.
Section 8.02 Covenant Defeasance. Upon the Company’s exercise under Section 8.01 hereof of the option applicable to this Section 8.02, the Company and each of the Guarantors will, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.03 hereof, be released from each of their obligations under the covenants contained in Sections 4.03, 4.04, 4.07, 4.08, 4.09, 4.10, 4.11, 4.12, 4.13, 4.17, 4.18, 4.19, 4.20, 4.21, 4.22 and 4.23 hereof and clause (4) of Section 5.01 hereof with respect to the outstanding Notes on and after the date the conditions set forth in Section 8.03 hereof are satisfied (it being understood, for the avoidance of doubt, that the obligations of the Company pursuant to Article 14 and 15 hereof shall remain in full force and effect) (hereinafter, “Covenant Defeasance”), and the Notes will thereafter be deemed not “outstanding” for the purposes of any direction, waiver, consent or declaration or act of Holders (and the consequences of any thereof) in connection with such covenants, but will continue to be deemed “outstanding” for all other purposes hereunder (it being understood that such Notes will not be deemed outstanding for accounting purposes). For this purpose, Covenant Defeasance means that, with respect to the outstanding Notes and Note Guarantees, the Company and the Guarantors may omit to comply with and will have no liability in respect of any term, condition or limitation set forth in any such covenant, whether directly or indirectly, by reason of any reference elsewhere herein to any such covenant or by reason of any reference in any such covenant to any other provision herein or in any other document and such omission to comply will not constitute a Default or an Event of Default under Section 6.01 hereof, but, except as specified above, the remainder of this Indenture and such Notes and Note Guarantees will be unaffected thereby. In addition, upon the Company’s exercise under Section 8.01 hereof of the option applicable to this Section 8.02, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.03 hereof, Sections 6.01(3) through 6.01(8) hereof will not constitute Events of Default.
Section 8.03 Conditions to Covenant Defeasance. In order to exercise Covenant Defeasance under Section 8.02 hereof, the Company must meet the following conditions:
(1) the Company must irrevocably deposit with the Trustee, in trust, for the benefit of the Holders, cash in U.S. dollars, non-callable Government Securities, or a combination thereof, in such amounts as will be sufficient, in the opinion of a nationally recognized investment bank, appraisal firm, or firm of independent public accountants, to pay the principal of and interest and premium, if any, on the outstanding Notes on the stated date for payment thereof or on the applicable redemption date, as the case may be, and the Company must specify whether the Notes are being defeased to such stated date for payment or to a particular redemption date;
(2) the Company must deliver to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel confirming that the Holders of the outstanding Notes will not recognize income, gain or loss for federal income tax purposes as a result of such Covenant Defeasance and will be subject to federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such Covenant Defeasance had not occurred;
(3) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing on the date of such deposit (other than a Default or Event of Default resulting from the borrowing of funds to be applied to such deposit) and the deposit will not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under, any other instrument to which the Company or any Guarantor is a party or by which the Company or any Guarantor is bound;
(4) such Covenant Defeasance will not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under, any material agreement or instrument (other than this Indenture) to which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is a party or by which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is bound;
(5) the Company must deliver to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate stating that the deposit was not made by the Company with the intent of preferring the Holders of Notes over the other creditors of the Company with the intent of defeating, hindering, delaying or defrauding any creditors of the Company or others; and
(6) the Company must deliver to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that all conditions precedent relating to the Covenant Defeasance have been complied with.
Section 8.04 Deposited Money and Government Securities to be Held in Trust; Other Miscellaneous Provisions. Subject to Section 8.05 hereof, all money and non-callable Government Securities (including the proceeds thereof) deposited with the Trustee (or other qualifying trustee, collectively for purposes of this Section 8.04, the “Trustee”) pursuant to Section 8.03 hereof in respect of the outstanding Notes will be held in trust and applied by the Trustee, in accordance with the provisions of such Notes and this Indenture, to the payment, either directly or through any Paying Agent (including the Company acting as Paying Agent) as the Trustee may determine, to the Holders of such Notes of all sums due and to become due thereon in respect of principal, interest and premium, if any, and interest, but such money need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law.
The Company will pay and indemnify the Trustee against any tax, fee or other charge imposed on or assessed against the cash or non-callable Government Securities deposited pursuant to Section 8.03 hereof or the principal and interest received in respect thereof other than any such tax, fee or other charge which by law is for the account of the Holders of the outstanding Notes.
Notwithstanding anything in this Article 8 to the contrary, the Trustee will deliver or pay to the Company from time to time upon the request of the Company any money or non-callable Government Securities held by it as provided in Section 8.03 hereof which, in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants expressed in a written certification thereof delivered to the Trustee (which may be the opinion delivered under Section 8.03(2) hereof), are in excess of the amount thereof that would then be required to be deposited to effect an equivalent Covenant Defeasance.
Section 8.05 Repayment to Company. Any money deposited with the Trustee or any Paying Agent, or then held by the Company, in trust for the payment of the principal of or interest or premium, if any, on any Note and remaining unclaimed for two years after such principal, interest or premium, if any, has become due and payable shall be paid to the Company on its request or (if then held by the Company) will be discharged from such trust; and the Holder of such Note will thereafter be permitted to look only to the Company for payment thereof, and all liability of the Trustee or such Paying Agent with respect to such trust money, and all liability of the Company as trustee thereof, will thereupon cease.
Section 8.06 Reinstatement. If the Trustee or Paying Agent is unable to apply any U.S. dollars or non-callable Government Securities in accordance with Section 8.02 hereof, as the case may be, by reason of any order or judgment of any court or governmental authority enjoining, restraining or otherwise prohibiting such application, then the Company’s and the Guarantors’ obligations under this Indenture and the Notes and the Note Guarantees will be revived and reinstated as though no deposit had occurred pursuant to Section 8.02 hereof until such time as the Trustee or Paying Agent is permitted to apply all such money in accordance with Section 8.02 hereof, as the case may be; provided, however, that, if the Company makes any payment of principal of or interest or premium, if any, on any Note following the reinstatement of its obligations, the Company will be subrogated to the rights of the Holders of such Notes to receive such payment from the money held by the Trustee or Paying Agent.
ARTICLE 9
AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER
Section 9.01 Without Consent of Holders of Notes. Notwithstanding Section 9.02 hereof, the Company, the Guarantors, the Trustee and the Collateral Agent may amend or supplement the Notes Documents without the consent of any Holder of Note:
(1) to cure any ambiguity, omission, mistake, defect or inconsistency;
(2) to provide for uncertificated Notes in addition to or in place of certificated Notes;
(3) to provide for the assumption of the Company’s or a Guarantor’s obligations to the Holders of the Notes and Note Guarantees by a successor to the Company or such Guarantor pursuant to Article 5 or Article 10 hereof;
(4) to make any change that would provide any additional rights or benefits to the Holders or that does not adversely affect the legal rights under this Indenture of any such Holder as determined by the Board of Directors evidenced by a resolution thereof and Officers’ Certificate delivered to the Trustee;
(5) to comply with requirements of the SEC in order to effect the qualification of this Indenture under the TIA;
(6) to provide for the issuance of Additional Notes and PIK Notes in each case in accordance with this Indenture;
(7) to allow any Guarantor to execute a supplemental indenture and/or a Note Guarantee with respect to the Notes or to evidence the release of any Guarantor from its Note Guarantee, in each case in accordance with this Indenture;
(8) to make any amendment to the provisions of this Indenture relating to the transfer and legending of Notes as permitted by this Indenture, including, without limitation to facilitate the issuance and administration of the Notes; provided, however, that (i) compliance with this Indenture as so amended would not result in Notes being transferred in violation of the Securities Act or any applicable securities law and (ii) such amendment does not materially and adversely affect the rights of Holders to transfer Notes as determined by the Board of Directors evidenced by a resolution thereof and Officers’ Certificate delivered to the Trustee;
(9) to add security to or for the benefit of the Notes and, in the case of the Collateral Documents, to or for the benefit of the other secured parties named therein, or to conform and evidence the release, termination or discharge of the Liens securing the Notes Debt when such release, termination or discharge is permitted by this Indenture and the other Note Documents or as required by the Intercreditor Agreement;
(10) to modify the Collateral Documents to secure additional extensions of credit and add additional secured creditors not prohibited by the provisions of this Indenture;
(11) to make, complete or confirm any grant of Collateral permitted or required by any of the Notes Documents;
(12) to comply with the requirements of the Depositary (including its nominees) with respect to transfers of beneficial interests in the Notes; or
(13) to evidence and provide for the acceptance and appointment under this Indenture of a successor Trustee or Collateral Agent thereunder pursuant to the requirements thereof.
Upon the request of the Company accompanied by a resolution of its Board of Directors authorizing the execution of any such amendment or supplement to this Indenture or any other Notes Document, and upon receipt by the Trustee and the Collateral Agent of the documents described in Section 7.02 hereof, the Trustee and the Collateral Agent will join with the Company in the execution of such amendment or supplement to this Indenture or such other Notes Document authorized or permitted by the terms of this Indenture and the other Notes Documents to make any further appropriate agreements and stipulations that may be therein contained, but neither the Trustee nor the Collateral Agent will be obligated to enter into any amendment or supplement to this Indenture or any other Notes Document that affects its own rights, duties or immunities under this Indenture, the other Notes Documents, or otherwise.
Section 9.02 With Consent of Holders of Notes. Except as provided below in this Section 9.02, the Company, the Trustee and the Collateral Agent may amend or supplement the Notes Documents (including, without limitation, Section 4.10 and Article 15 of this Indenture) with the consent of the Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes voting as a single class (including, without limitation, consents obtained in connection with a tender offer or exchange offer for, or purchase of, the Notes), and, subject to Sections 6.04 and 6.07 hereof, any existing Default or Event of Default (other than a Default or Event of Default in the payment of the principal of or interest or premium, if any, on the Notes, except a payment default resulting from an acceleration that has been rescinded) or compliance with any provision of the Notes Documents may be waived with the consent of the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes voting as a single class (including, without limitation, consents obtained in connection with a tender offer or exchange offer for, or purchase of, the Notes).
Upon the request of the Company accompanied by a resolution of its Board of Directors authorizing the execution of any such amendment, supplement, or waiver to the Notes Documents, and upon the delivery to the Trustee and the Collateral Agent of evidence satisfactory to the Trustee and the Collateral Agent of the consent of the Holders of Notes as aforesaid, and upon receipt by the Trustee of the documents described in Section 7.02 hereof, the Trustee and the Collateral Agent will join with the Company in the execution of such amendment, supplement, or waiver to the Notes Documents unless such amendment, supplement, or waiver to the Notes Documents directly affects the Trustee’s or the Collateral Agent’s own rights, duties or immunities under this Indenture or otherwise, in which case the Trustee and the Collateral Agent may in their discretion, but will not be obligated to, enter into such amendment, supplement, or waiver to the Notes Documents.
It is not necessary for the consent of the Holders of Notes under this Section 9.02 to approve the particular form of any proposed amendment, supplement or waiver, but it is sufficient if such consent approves the substance thereof.
After an amendment, supplement or waiver under this Section 9.02 becomes effective, the Company will deliver to the Holders of Notes affected thereby a notice briefly describing the amendment, supplement or waiver. Any failure of the Company to deliver such notice, or any defect therein, will not, however, in any way impair or affect the validity of any such amended or supplemental indenture or waiver. Subject to Sections 6.04 and 6.07 hereof, the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding voting as a single class may waive compliance in a particular instance by the Company with any provision of this Indenture or the other Notes Documents. However, without the consent of each Holder affected, an amendment, supplement or waiver under this Section 9.02 may not (with respect to any Notes held by a non-consenting Holder):
(1) reduce the principal amount of Notes whose Holders must consent to an amendment, supplement or waiver;
(2) reduce the principal of or change the fixed maturity of any Note or alter or waive any of the provisions with respect to the redemption of the Notes (other than Section 4.10 or Article 15 hereof);
(3) reduce the rate of or change the time for payment of interest, including default interest, on any Note;
(4) waive a Default or Event of Default in the payment of principal of or interest or premium, if any, on the Notes (except a rescission of acceleration of the Notes by the Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes and a waiver of the payment default that resulted from such acceleration);
(5) make any Note payable in money other than that stated in the Notes;
(6) make any change in the provisions of this Indenture relating to waivers of past Defaults or the rights of Holders to receive payments of principal of or interest or premium, if any, on the Notes;
(7) waive a redemption payment with respect to any Note (other than a payment required by Section 4.10 or Article 15 hereof);
(8) release any Guarantor from any of its obligations under its Note Guarantee or this Indenture, except as set forth under Article 10 hereof;
(9) make any change in the preceding amendment and waiver provisions; or
(10) make any change that adversely affects the conversion rights of any Notes.
In addition, any amendment to, or waiver of, the provisions of this Indenture relating to the Collateral or the Collateral Documents that has the effect of releasing all or substantially all of the Collateral from the Liens securing the Notes will require the consent of the Holders of at least 66-2/3% in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding.
Section 9.03 Amendments or Supplements to Indenture. Every amendment or supplement to this Indenture or the Notes will be set forth in an amended or supplemental indenture in accordance with the applicable provisions of this Indenture and that complies with the TIA as then in effect.
Section 9.04 Revocation and Effect of Consents. Until an amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective, a consent to it by a Holder of a Note is a continuing consent by the Holder of a Note and every subsequent Holder of a Note or portion of a Note that evidences the same debt as the consenting Holder’s Note, even if notation of the consent is not made on any Note. However, any such Holder of a Note or subsequent Holder of a Note may revoke the consent as to its Note if the Trustee receives written notice of revocation before the date the amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective. An amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective in accordance with its terms and thereafter binds every Holder.
Section 9.05 Notation on or Exchange of Notes. The Trustee may place an appropriate notation about an amendment, supplement or waiver on any Note thereafter authenticated. The Company in exchange for all Notes may issue and the Trustee shall, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, authenticate new Notes that reflect the amendment, supplement or waiver.
Failure to make the appropriate notation or issue a new Note will not affect the validity and effect of such amendment, supplement or waiver.
Section 9.06 Trustee and the Collateral Agent to Sign Amendments, etc. The Trustee and the Collateral Agent will sign any amended or supplemental indenture authorized pursuant to this Article 9 if the amendment or supplement does not adversely affect the rights, duties, liabilities or immunities of the Trustee or the Collateral Agent, as applicable. The Company may not sign an amended or supplemental indenture until the Board of Directors of the Company approves it. In executing any amended or supplemental indenture, the Trustee and the Collateral Agent will be entitled to receive and (subject to Section 7.01 hereof) will be fully protected in relying upon, in addition to the documents required by Section 12.04 hereof, an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel stating that the execution of such amended or supplemental indenture is authorized or permitted by, and complies with the provisions of, this Indenture and the other Notes Documents.
ARTICLE 10
NOTE GUARANTEES
Section 10.01 Guarantee.
(a) Subject to this Article 10, each of the Guarantors hereby, jointly and severally, unconditionally guarantees to each Holder of a Note authenticated and delivered by the Trustee and to the Trustee and the other Notes Secured Parties and their respective successors and assigns, irrespective of the validity and enforceability of this Indenture, the Notes or the obligations of the Company hereunder or thereunder, that:
(1) the principal of and interest and premium, if any, on the Notes will be promptly paid in full when due, whether at maturity, by acceleration or otherwise, and interest on the overdue principal of and interest on the Notes, if any, if lawful, and all other obligations of the Company to the Holders, the Trustee or the other Notes Secured Parties hereunder or thereunder will be promptly paid in full or performed, all in accordance with the terms hereof and thereof; and
(2) in case of any extension of time of payment or renewal of any Notes or any of such other obligations, that same will be promptly paid in full when due or performed in accordance with the terms of the extension or renewal, whether at stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise.
Failing payment when due of any amount so guaranteed or any performance so guaranteed for whatever reason, the Guarantors will be jointly and severally obligated to pay the same immediately. Each Guarantor agrees that this is a guarantee of payment and not a guarantee of collection.
(b) The Guarantors hereby agree that their obligations hereunder are unconditional, irrespective of the validity, regularity or enforceability of the Notes or this Indenture, the absence of any action to enforce the same, any waiver or consent by any Holder of the Notes with respect to any provisions hereof or thereof, the recovery of any judgment against the Company, any action to enforce the same or any other circumstance which might otherwise constitute a legal or equitable discharge or defense of a guarantor. Each Guarantor hereby waives diligence, presentment, demand of payment, filing of claims with a court in the event of insolvency or bankruptcy of the Company, any right to require a proceeding first against the Company, protest, notice and all demands whatsoever and covenant that this Note Guarantee will not be discharged except by complete performance of the obligations contained in the Notes and this Indenture.
(c) If any Holder, the Trustee or any other Notes Secured Party is required by any court or otherwise to return to the Company, the Guarantors or any custodian, trustee, liquidator or other similar official acting in relation to either the Company or the Guarantors any amount paid by either to such Holder, the Trustee, or any other such Notes Secured Party, this Note Guarantee, to the extent theretofore discharged, will be reinstated in full force and effect.
(d) Each Guarantor agrees that it will not be entitled to any right of subrogation in relation to the Holders in respect of any obligations guaranteed hereby until payment in full of all obligations guaranteed hereby. Each Guarantor further agrees that, as between the Guarantors, on the one hand, and the Holders, the Trustee and the other Notes Secured Parties, on the other hand, (1) the maturity of the obligations guaranteed hereby may be accelerated as provided in Article 6 hereof for the purposes of this Note Guarantee, notwithstanding any stay, injunction or other prohibition preventing such acceleration in respect of the obligations guaranteed hereby, and (2) in the event of any declaration of acceleration of such obligations as provided in Article 6 hereof, such obligations (whether or not due and payable) will forthwith become due and payable by the Guarantors for the purpose of this Note Guarantee. The Guarantors will have the right to seek contribution from any non-paying Guarantor so long as the exercise of such right does not impair the rights of the Holders, the Trustee, or the other Notes Secured Parties under the Note Guarantee.
Section 10.02 Limitation on Guarantor Liability. Each Guarantor, and by its acceptance of Notes, each Holder, hereby confirms that it is the intention of all such parties that the Note Guarantee of such Guarantor not constitute a fraudulent transfer or conveyance for purposes of the Bankruptcy Code, the Uniform Fraudulent Conveyance Act, the Uniform Fraudulent Transfer Act or any similar federal or state law to the extent applicable to any Note Guarantee. To effectuate the foregoing intention, the Trustee, the Holders, the other Notes Secured Parties, and the Guarantors hereby irrevocably agree that the obligations of such Guarantor will be limited to the maximum amount that will, after giving effect to such maximum amount and all other contingent and fixed liabilities of such Guarantor that are relevant under such laws, and after giving effect to any collections from, rights to receive contribution from or payments made by or on behalf of any other Guarantor in respect of the obligations of such other Guarantor under this Article 10, result in the obligations of such Guarantor under its Note Guarantee not constituting a fraudulent transfer or conveyance.
Section 10.03 Execution and Delivery of Note Guarantee. Each Guarantor hereby agrees that its execution and delivery of this Indenture or any supplemental indenture substantially in the form attached as Exhibit E hereto executed on behalf of such Guarantor by an Officer thereof in accordance with Section 4.22 hereof shall evidence its Note Guarantee set forth in this Article 10 without the need for any further notation on the Notes.
The delivery of any Note by the Trustee, after the authentication thereof hereunder, will constitute due delivery of the Note Guarantee set forth in this Indenture on behalf of the Guarantors. If an Officer whose signature is on this Indenture or any supplemental indenture no longer holds that office at the time the Trustee authenticates a Note, the Note Guarantee will be valid nevertheless.
If required by Section 4.22 hereof, the Company will cause each Restricted Subsidiary to comply with the provisions of Section 4.22 hereof and this Article 10, to the extent applicable.
Section 10.04 Guarantors May Consolidate, etc., on Certain Terms. Except as otherwise provided in Section 10.05 hereof, no Guarantor may sell or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its assets to, or consolidate with or merge with or into (whether or not such Guarantor is the surviving Person) another Person, other than the Company or another Guarantor, unless:
(1) immediately after giving effect to such transaction, no Default or Event of Default exists; and
(2) either:
(a) subject to Section 10.05 hereof, the Person acquiring the property in any such sale or disposition or the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger unconditionally assumes all the obligations of that Guarantor under this Indenture, its Note Guarantee and appropriate Collateral Documents pursuant to agreements reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee; or
(b) in the case of a sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of a Guarantor, such sale or other disposition is otherwise not prohibited by this Indenture.
In case of any such consolidation, merger, sale or conveyance and upon the assumption by the successor Person, by supplemental indenture, executed and delivered to the Trustee, of the Note Guarantee endorsed upon the Notes and the due and punctual performance of all of the covenants and conditions of this Indenture to be performed by the Guarantor, such successor Person will succeed to and be substituted for the Guarantor with the same effect as if it had been named herein as a Guarantor. Such successor Person thereupon may cause to be signed any or all of the Note Guarantees to be endorsed upon all of the Notes issuable hereunder which theretofore shall not have been signed by the Company and delivered to the Trustee. All the Note Guarantees so issued will in all respects have the same legal rank and benefit under this Indenture as the Note Guarantees theretofore and thereafter issued in accordance with the terms of this Indenture as though all of such Note Guarantees had been issued on the Issue Date.
Except as set forth in Articles 4 and 5 hereof, and notwithstanding clauses 2(a) and (b) above, nothing contained in this Indenture or in any of the Notes will prevent any consolidation or merger of a Guarantor with or into the Company or another Guarantor, or will prevent any sale or conveyance of the property of a Guarantor as an entirety or substantially as an entirety to the Company or another Guarantor.
Section 10.05 Releases.
(a) The Note Guarantee of a Guarantor will be released:
(1) in connection with any sale or other disposition of all of the Capital Stock of that Guarantor to a Person that is not (either before or after giving effect to such transaction) the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company, if the sale or other disposition does not violate Section 4.10 hereof;
(2) if the Company designates any Restricted Subsidiary that is a Guarantor to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary in accordance with Section 4.23 hereof;
(3) upon the liquidation or dissolution of such Guarantor; provided that no Default or Event of Default shall occur as a result thereof or has occurred and is continuing; or
(4) upon a Covenant Defeasance in accordance with Article 8 hereof or satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture in accordance with Article 11 hereof.
(b) Any Guarantor not released from its obligations under its Note Guarantee as provided in this Section 10.05 will remain liable for the full amount of principal of and interest and premium, if any, on the Notes and for the other obligations of any Guarantor under this Indenture as provided in this Article 10.
ARTICLE 11
SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE
Section 11.01 Satisfaction and Discharge.
This Indenture will be discharged and will cease to be of further effect as to all Notes issued hereunder, when:
(1) either:
(A) all Notes that have been authenticated, except lost, stolen or destroyed Notes that have been replaced or paid and Notes for whose payment money has theretofore been deposited in trust and thereafter repaid to the Company, have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation; or
(B) all Notes that have not been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation (i) have become due and payable and the Company or any Guarantor has irrevocably deposited or caused to be deposited with the Trustee as trust funds in trust solely for the benefit of the Holders, cash in U.S. dollars, non-callable Government Securities, or a combination thereof, in such amounts as will be sufficient, without consideration of any reinvestment of interest, to pay and discharge the entire Indebtedness on the Notes not delivered to the Trustee for cancellation for principal, interest and premium, if any, to the date of maturity or (ii) have been deposited for conversion and the Company shall deliver to the Holders shares of Common Stock sufficient to pay all amounts owing in respect of all such Notes;
(2) no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing on the date of such deposit (other than a Default or Event of Default resulting from the borrowing of funds to be applied to such deposit) and the deposit will not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under, any other instrument to which the Company or any Guarantor is a party or by which the Company or any Guarantor is bound;
(3) the Company or any Guarantor has paid or caused to be paid all sums payable by it under this Indenture and the other Note Documents; and
(4) the Company has delivered irrevocable instructions to the Trustee under this Indenture to apply the deposited money toward the payment of the Notes at maturity.
In addition, the Company must deliver an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel to the Trustee stating that all conditions precedent to satisfaction and discharge have been satisfied.
Notwithstanding the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture, if money has been deposited with the Trustee pursuant to subclause (B) of clause (1) of this Section 11.01, the provisions of Sections 11.02, 8.06 and Article 14 hereof will survive. In addition, nothing in this Section 11.01 will be deemed to discharge those provisions of Section 7.07 hereof, that, by their terms, survive the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture.
Section 11.02 Application of Trust Money. Subject to the provisions of Section 8.06 hereof, all money deposited with the Trustee pursuant to Section 11.01 hereof shall be held in trust and applied by it, in accordance with the provisions of the Notes and this Indenture, to the payment, either directly or through any Paying Agent (including the Company acting as its own Paying Agent) as the Trustee may determine, to the Persons entitled thereto, of the principal, interest and premium, if any, for whose payment such money has been deposited with the Trustee (provided that, if there is a tender offer by the Company for outstanding Notes that is in progress at the time of such deposit, such money deposited with the Trustee pursuant to Section 11.01 hereof may be applied to pay any cash consideration for any Notes validly tendered into such tender offer and not validly withdrawn); but such money need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law.
If the Trustee or Paying Agent is unable to apply any money or Government Securities in accordance with Section 11.01 hereof by reason of any legal proceeding or by reason of any order or judgment of any court or governmental authority enjoining, restraining or otherwise prohibiting such application, the Company’s and any Guarantor’s obligations under this Indenture and the Notes shall be revived and reinstated as though no deposit had occurred pursuant to Section 11.01 hereof; provided that if the Company has made any payment of principal of or interest or premium, if any, on any Notes because of the reinstatement of its obligations, the Company shall be subrogated to the rights of the Holders of such Notes to receive such payment from the money or Government Securities held by the Trustee or Paying Agent.
ARTICLE 12
MISCELLANEOUS
Section 12.01 Applicability of the Trust Indenture Act. If any provision of this Indenture limits, qualifies or conflicts with the duties imposed by TIA Section 318(c), the imposed duties will control. If any provision of this Indenture modifies or excludes any provision of the TIA which may be so modified or excluded, the latter provision shall be deemed to apply to this Indenture as so modified or to be excluded, as the case may be.
Section 12.02 Notices. Any notice or communication by the Company, any Guarantor or the Trustee to the others is duly given if in writing and delivered in Person or by first class mail (registered or certified, return receipt requested), facsimile transmission or overnight air courier guaranteeing next day delivery, to the others’ address:
If to the Company and/or any Guarantor:
A.M. Castle & Co.
1420 Kensington Court, Suite 220
Oak Brook, IL 60523
Facsimile No.: (847) 241-8214
Attention: Chief Financial Officer
With a copy to:
McDermott, Will & Emery
444 West Lake Street, Suite 4000
Chicago, IL 60606-0029
Facsimile No.: (312) 984-7700
Attention: Eric Orsic, Esq.
If to the Trustee:
Wilmington Savings Fund Society, FSB
500 Delaware Avenue, 11th Floor
Wilmington, DE 19801
Facsimile No.: 302-421-9137
Attention: Patrick Healy
With a copy to (which shall not constitute notice):
Ropes & Gray LLP
1211 Avenue of the Americas
New York, New York 10036-8704
Facsimile No.: (646) 728-1663
Attention: Mark Somerstein, Esq.
The Company, any Guarantor or the Trustee, by notice to the others, may designate additional or different addresses for subsequent notices or communications.
All notices and communications (other than those sent to Holders) will be deemed to have been duly given: at the time delivered by hand, if personally delivered; five Business Days after being deposited in the mail, postage prepaid, if mailed; when receipt acknowledged, if transmitted by facsimile or electronic image scan; and the next Business Day after timely delivery to the courier, if sent by overnight air courier guaranteeing next day delivery.
Any notice or communication to a Holder will be sent electronically or mailed by first class mail, certified or registered, return receipt requested, or by overnight air courier guaranteeing next day delivery to its address shown on the register kept by the Registrar. Any notice or communication will also be mailed to any Person described in TIA Section 313(c), to the extent required by the TIA. Failure to mail a notice or communication to a Holder or any defect in it will not affect its sufficiency with respect to other Holders.
If a notice or communication is mailed in the manner provided above within the time prescribed, it is duly given, whether or not the addressee receives it, except in the case of notices or communications given to the Trustee, which shall be effective only upon actual receipt.
If the Company mails a notice or communication to Holders, it will mail a copy to the Trustee and each Agent at the same time.
Notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture or any Note, where this Indenture or any Notes Document provides for notice of any event (including any notice of redemption or purchase) to a Holder of a Global Note (whether by mail or otherwise), such notice shall be sufficiently given if given to the Depositary for such Note (or its designee) pursuant to the standing instructions from such Depositary.
Section 12.03 Communication by Holders of Notes with Other Holders of Notes. Holders may communicate pursuant to TIA Section 312(b) with other Holders with respect to their rights under this Indenture or the Notes. The Company, the Trustee, the Registrar and anyone else shall have the protection of TIA Section 312(c).
Section 12.04 Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent. Upon any request or application by the Company to the Trustee or the Collateral Agent to take any action under this Indenture, the Company shall furnish to the Trustee or the Collateral Agent, as applicable:
(1) an Officers’ Certificate in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee or the Collateral Agent, as applicable (which must include the statements set forth in Section 12.05 hereof) stating that, in the opinion of the signers, all conditions precedent and covenants, if any, provided for in this Indenture and the other Notes Documents relating to the proposed action have been satisfied; and
(2) an Opinion of Counsel in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee or the Collateral Agent, as applicable (which must include the statements set forth in Section 12.05 hereof) stating that, in the opinion of such counsel, all such conditions precedent and covenants have been satisfied.
Section 12.05 Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion. Each certificate or opinion with respect to compliance with a condition or covenant provided for in this Indenture (other than a certificate provided pursuant to TIA Section 314(a)(4)) must comply with the provisions of TIA Section 314(e) and must include:
(1) a statement that the Person making such certificate or opinion has read such covenant or condition;
(2) a brief statement as to the nature and scope of the examination or investigation upon which the statements or opinions contained in such certificate or opinion are based;
(3) a statement that, in the opinion of such Person, he or she has made such examination or investigation as is necessary to enable him or her to express an informed opinion as to whether or not such covenant or condition has been satisfied; and
(4) a statement as to whether or not, in the opinion of such Person, such condition or covenant has been satisfied.
Section 12.06 Rules by Trustee and Agents. The Trustee may make reasonable rules for action by or at a meeting of Holders. The Registrar, Paying Agent or Conversion Agent may make reasonable rules and set reasonable requirements for its functions.
Section 12.07 No Personal Liability of Directors, Officers, Employees and Stockholders. No past, present or future director, officer, employee, incorporator or stockholder of the Company or any Guarantor, as such, will have any liability for any obligations of the Company or the Guarantors under the Notes, this Indenture, the Note Guarantees, the Collateral Documents or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation. Each Holder of Notes by accepting a Note waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the Notes. The waiver may not be effective to waive liabilities under the federal securities laws.
Section 12.08 Governing Law. THIS INDENTURE AND THE OTHER NOTES DOCUMENTS SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, AS APPLIED TO CONTRACTS MADE AND PERFORMED WITHIN THE STATE OF NEW YORK, WITHOUT REGARD TO PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICT OF LAWS TO THE EXTENT THAT THE APPLICATION OF THE LAW OF ANOTHER JURISDICTION WOULD BE REQUIRED THEREBY. EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO AGREES TO SUBMIT TO THE JURISDICTION OF THE COURTS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK IN ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS INDENTURE, THE NOTES, THE GUARANTEES, THE COLLATERAL DOCUMENTS OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED BY THIS INDENTURE.
Section 12.09 No Adverse Interpretation of Other Agreements. This Indenture may not be used to interpret any other indenture, loan or debt agreement of the Company or its Subsidiaries or of any other Person. Any such indenture, loan or debt agreement may not be used to interpret this Indenture.
Section 12.10 Successors. All agreements of the Company in this Indenture and the Notes will bind its successors. All agreements of the Trustee in this Indenture will bind its successors. All agreements of each Guarantor in this Indenture will bind its successors, except as otherwise provided in Section 10.05 hereof.
Section 12.11 Severability. In case any provision in this Indenture or in the Notes is invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions will not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.
Section 12.12 Counterpart Originals. The parties may sign any number of copies of this Indenture. Each signed copy will be an original, but all of them together represent the same agreement.
Section 12.13 Table of Contents, Headings, etc. The Table of Contents, Cross-Reference Table and Headings of the Articles and Sections of this Indenture have been inserted for convenience of reference only, are not to be considered a part of this Indenture and will in no way modify or restrict any of the terms or provisions hereof.
Section 12.14 Waiver of Jury Trial. EACH OF THE COMPANY, THE GUARANTORS AND THE TRUSTEE HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY AND ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS INDENTURE, THE NOTES OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY.
Section 12.15 U.S.A. Patriot Act. The parties hereto acknowledge that in accordance with Section 326 of the U.S.A. Patriot Act, the Trustee, like all financial institutions and in order to help fight the funding of terrorism and money laundering, is required to obtain, verify, and record information that identifies each person or legal entity that establishes a relationship or opens an account with the Trustee. The parties to this Indenture agree that they will provide the Trustee with such information as it may request in order for the Trustee to satisfy the requirements of the U.S.A. Patriot Act.
ARTICLE 13
COLLATERAL AND SECURITY
Section 13.01 Grant of Security Interest.
(a) The due and punctual payment of the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes and amounts due hereunder and under the Note Guarantees when and as the same shall be due and payable, whether on an interest payment date, by acceleration, purchase, repurchase, redemption or otherwise, and interest on the overdue principal of, premium, if any, and interest (to the extent permitted by law) on the Notes, the performance of all other Obligations of the Company and the Guarantors to the Holders, the Trustee, or the Collateral Agent under this Indenture and the other Notes Documents, and all other Notes Debt shall be secured as provided in the Collateral Documents. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, no Collateral shall consist of any Excluded Assets.
(b) Each Holder, by its acceptance of a Note, consents and agrees to the terms of each Collateral Document, as the same may be in effect or may be amended from time to time in accordance with its respective terms, and authorizes and directs the Collateral Agent, on behalf of the Notes Secured Parties, to enter into this Indenture and the other Notes Documents to which the Collateral Agent is party and to perform its obligations and exercise its rights thereunder in accordance therewith. The Company shall, and the Company shall cause each of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, do or cause to be done, at its sole cost and expense, all such actions and things as may be required by the provisions of the Indenture and the other Notes Documents to assure and confirm to the Collateral Agent the security interests in the Collateral contemplated by the Indenture and the other Notes Documents, as from time to time constituted, so as to render the same available for the security and benefit of this Indenture and of the Notes and Note Guarantees secured hereby, according to the intent and purpose herein and therein expressed and subject to the Intercreditor Agreement, if any, including taking all commercially reasonable actions required to cause the Collateral Documents to create and maintain, as security for the Obligations contained in this Indenture and the other Notes Documents valid and enforceable, perfected (to the extent required therein) security interests in and on all the Collateral, in favor of the Collateral Agent, superior to and prior to the rights of all third Persons other than as set forth in the Intercreditor Agreement, if any, and subject to no other Liens, in each case, except as expressly provided herein or therein. If required for the purpose of meeting the legal requirements of any jurisdiction in which any of the Collateral may at the time be located, the Company, the Trustee and the Collateral Agent shall have the power to appoint, and shall take all reasonable action to appoint, one or more Persons approved by the Trustee and reasonably acceptable to the Company to act as co-Collateral Agent with respect to any such Collateral, with such rights and powers limited to those deemed necessary for the Company, the Trustee or the Collateral Agent to comply with any such legal requirements with respect to such Collateral, and which rights and powers shall not be inconsistent with the provisions of this Indenture or any Notes Document. The Company shall from time to time promptly pay all reasonable financing and continuation statement recording and/or filing fees, charges and taxes relating to this Indenture, the Collateral Documents and any amendments hereto or thereto and any other instruments of further assurance required pursuant hereto or thereto.
Section 13.02 Opinions. Other than on the Issue Date, the Company shall furnish to the Trustee and the Collateral Agent, at such times as would be required by Trust Indenture Act Section 314(b) if this Indenture was qualified thereunder, an Opinion of Counsel either (i) stating that, in the opinion of such counsel, this Indenture and the Collateral Documents, financing statements and fixture filings then executed and delivered, as applicable, and all other instruments of further assurance or amendment then executed and delivered have been properly recorded, registered and filed to the extent necessary to perfect the security interests created by this Indenture and the Collateral Documents and reciting the details of such action or referring to prior Opinions of Counsel in which such details are given, and stating that as to such Collateral Documents, financing statements, fixture filings, and other instruments, such recording, registering and filing are the only recordings, registerings and filings necessary to perfect such security interest and that no re-recordings, re-registerings, or re-filings are necessary to maintain such perfection, and further stating that all financing statements, fixture filings and continuation statements have been filed that are necessary fully to preserve and protect the rights of and perfect such security interests of the Collateral Agent for the benefit of Notes Secured Parties, under the Collateral Documents or (ii) stating that, in the Opinion of such Counsel, no such action is necessary to perfect any security interest created under this Indenture, the Notes or any of the Collateral Documents as intended by this Indenture, the Notes or any such Collateral Document.
Section 13.03 Release of Collateral. The Collateral Agent shall not at any time release Collateral from the security interests created by the Collateral Documents unless such release is in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture and the applicable Collateral Documents.
The release of any Collateral from the terms of the Collateral Documents shall not be deemed to impair the security under this Indenture in contravention of the provisions hereof if and to the extent the Collateral is released pursuant to this Indenture and the Collateral Documents. To the extent applicable, the Company shall cause Trust Indenture Act Section 314(d) relating to the release of property from the security interests created by this Indenture and the Collateral Documents to be complied with. Any certificate or opinion required by Trust Indenture Act Section 314(d) may be made by an Officer of each of the Company, except in cases where Trust Indenture Act Section 314(d) requires that such certificate or opinion be made by an independent Person, which Person shall be an independent engineer, appraiser or other expert selected or approved by the Trustee in the exercise of reasonable care. A Person is “independent” if such Person (a) is in fact independent, (b) does not have any direct financial interest or any material indirect financial interest in the Company or in any Affiliate of the Company and (c) is not an officer, employee, promoter, underwriter, trustee, partner or director or person performing similar functions to any of the foregoing for the Company. The Trustee shall be entitled to receive and conclusively rely upon a certificate provided by any such Person confirming that such Person is independent within the foregoing definition.
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, the Company will not be required to comply with all or any portion of TIA §314(d): (1) with respect to certain ordinary course of business releases of Collateral as described in this Indenture and the Collateral Documents, including without limitation, Collateral comprised of accounts receivable, and inventory or the proceeds of the foregoing, or cash, in each case, which shall be subject to release upon sales of such inventory, collection of the proceeds of such accounts receivable, and withdrawals of cash from the Company’s deposit accounts in the ordinary course of business and (2) if it determines, in good faith based on advice of counsel and upon receipt of an Officer's Certificate certifying, that under the terms of TIA §314(d) and/or any interpretation or guidance as to the meaning thereof of the Commission and its staff, including “no action” letters or exemptive orders, all or any portion of TIA §314(d) is inapplicable to one or a series of released Collateral.
If requested in writing by the Company, the Trustee shall instruct the Collateral Agent to execute and deliver such documents, instruments or statements and to take such other action as the Company may request to evidence or confirm that the Collateral falling under this Section 13.03 has been released from the Liens of each of the Collateral Documents.
Section 13.04 Specified Releases of Collateral.
(a) Subject to Section 13.03 hereof, Collateral may be released from the Lien and security interest created by the Collateral Documents at any time or from time to time in accordance with the provisions of the Collateral Documents, or as provided hereby. Upon the request of the Company pursuant to an Officers’ Certificate and receipt of an Opinion of Counsel, in each case, stating that all conditions precedent and covenants hereunder and under the other Notes Documents have been met and meeting the other requirements of Section 12.04 and Section 12.05 hereof and without the consent of any Holder, the Company and the Guarantors will be entitled to releases of assets included in the Collateral from the Liens securing the obligations under the Notes and the Note Guarantees under any one or more of the following circumstances:
(1) Collateral that is sold, transferred, disbursed or otherwise disposed of to a Person other than the Company or a Guarantor to the extent such sale, transfer, disbursement or disposition is not prohibited by the provisions of this Indenture; provided that any products or proceeds received by the Company or a Guarantor in respect of any such Collateral shall continue to constitute Collateral to the extent required by this Indenture and the Collateral Documents;
(2) the property and assets of a Guarantor upon the release of such Guarantor from its Note Guarantee in accordance with Section 10.05 hereof;
(3) any property or asset of the Company or a Guarantor that is or becomes an Excluded Asset;
(4) any Collateral upon consent of Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of Notes outstanding; and
(5) to the extent required by the Intercreditor Agreement;
provided that, notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture or the Collateral Documents, Liens securing all or substantially all of the Collateral may be released only pursuant to Section 13.05 hereof.
Upon receipt of such Officers’ Certificate and Opinion of Counsel and any necessary or proper instruments of termination, satisfaction or release prepared by the Company, the Collateral Agent shall execute, deliver or acknowledge such instruments or releases to evidence the release of any Collateral permitted to be released pursuant to this Indenture or the Collateral Documents.
Section 13.05 Release upon Satisfaction or Defeasance of All Outstanding Obligations. The Liens on, and pledges of, all Collateral will also be terminated and released upon (i) payment in full of the principal of, premium, if any, on, and accrued and unpaid interest on the Notes and all other Notes Debt hereunder and under the other Notes Documents that are due and payable at or prior to the time such principal, premium, if any, accrued and unpaid interest, and other Notes Debt are paid, (ii) a satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture as described above under Article 11 hereof, (iii) the occurrence of a Covenant Defeasance as described above under Article 8 hereof or (iv) the consent of Holders of at least 66-2/3% in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding; provided that, in the case of any release in whole pursuant to clauses (i) through (iv) above, all amounts owing to the Trustee, the Collateral Agent, and the Agents under this Indenture and the other Notes Documents have been paid.
Section 13.06 Form and Sufficiency of Release. In the event that the Company or any Guarantor has sold, exchanged, or otherwise disposed of or proposes to sell, exchange or otherwise dispose of any portion of the Collateral that may be sold, exchanged or otherwise disposed of by the Company or such Guarantor, and the Company or such Guarantor requests in writing the Collateral Agent to furnish a written disclaimer, release or quit-claim of any interest in such property under this Indenture and the Collateral Documents, the Collateral Agent shall execute, acknowledge and deliver to the Company or such Guarantor (in proper form prepared by the Company or such Guarantor) such an instrument promptly after satisfaction of the conditions set forth herein for delivery of any such release. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, all purchasers and grantees of any property or rights purporting to be released herefrom shall be entitled to rely upon any release executed by the Collateral Agent hereunder as sufficient for the purpose of this Indenture and as constituting a good and valid release of the property therein described from the Lien of this Indenture or of the Collateral Documents.
Section 13.07 Purchaser Protected. No purchaser or grantee of any property or rights purporting to be released herefrom shall be bound to ascertain the authority of the Trustee or the Collateral Agent to execute the release or to inquire as to the existence of any conditions herein prescribed for the exercise of such authority; nor shall any purchaser or grantee of any property or rights permitted by this Indenture to be sold or otherwise disposed of by the Company be under any obligation to ascertain or inquire into the authority of the Company to make such sale or other disposition.
Section 13.08 Authorization of Actions to Be Taken by the Collateral Agent Under the Collateral Documents. Wilmington Savings Fund Society, FSB is hereby appointed Collateral Agent. Subject to the provisions of the applicable Collateral Documents, each Holder, by acceptance of its Note(s) agrees that (a) the Collateral Agent shall execute and deliver the Collateral Documents and act in accordance with the terms thereof, (b) the Collateral Agent may, in its sole discretion and without the consent of the Trustee or the Holders, take all actions it deems necessary or appropriate in order to (i) enforce any of the terms of the Collateral Documents and (ii) collect and receive any and all amounts payable in respect of the Notes Debt of the Company and the Guarantors hereunder and under the other Notes Documents and (c) to the extent permitted by this Indenture and the Collateral Documents, the Collateral Agent shall have power to institute and to maintain such suits and proceedings as it may deem expedient to prevent any impairment of the Collateral by any act that may be unlawful or in violation of the Collateral Documents or this Indenture, and suits and proceedings as the Collateral Agent may deem expedient to preserve or protect its interests and the interests of the Trustee and the Holders in the Collateral (including the power to institute and maintain suits or proceedings to restrain the enforcement of or compliance with any legislative or other governmental enactment, rule or order that may be unconstitutional or otherwise invalid if the enforcement of, or compliance with, such enactment, rule or order would impair the security interest thereunder or be prejudicial to the interests of the Collateral Agent, the Holders or the Trustee). Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Collateral Agent may, at the sole expense of the Company, request the direction of the Holders or the Trustee with respect to any such actions and, upon receipt of the written consent of the Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes, shall take such actions; provided that all actions so taken shall, at all times, be in conformity with the requirements of the Intercreditor Agreement. Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary in this Indenture or the other Notes Documents, the Collateral Agent shall not have any duties or responsibilities except those expressly set forth herein or therein, or any fiduciary relationship with any Holder, and no implied covenants, functions, responsibilities, duties, obligations or liabilities shall be read into this Indenture or any other Notes Document or otherwise exist against the Collateral Agent.
Section 13.09 Authorization of Receipt of Funds by the Trustee Under the Collateral Documents. The Collateral Agent is authorized to receive any funds for the benefit of itself, the Trustee and the Holders distributed under the Collateral Documents and to the extent not prohibited under the Intercreditor Agreement for turnover to the Trustee to make further distributions of such funds to itself, the Trustee and the Holders in accordance with the provisions of Section 6.10 hereof and the other provisions of this Indenture.
Section 13.10 Intercreditor Agreement. Each Holder, by accepting the Notes, (i) agrees that it will be bound by, and will take no actions contrary, to the provisions of the Intercreditor Agreement, (ii) consents and agrees to the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement, and (iii) authorizes and directs the Trustee and Collateral Agent to enter into and perform their respective obligations under the Intercreditor Agreement on behalf of such Holder and any amendments, supplements, or joinders contemplated by the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement. This Indenture and the Collateral Documents are subject to the terms, limitations and conditions set forth in the Intercreditor Agreement. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the Lien and security interest granted to the Collateral Agent pursuant to this Indenture and the Collateral Documents and the exercise of any right or remedy by the Collateral Agent hereunder and thereunder are subject to the provisions of the Intercreditor Agreement. In the event of any conflict between the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement and this Indenture with respect to lien priority or rights and remedies in connection with any Collateral that also secures the Senior Credit Facility, the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement shall govern.
ARTICLE 14
CONVERSIONS
Section 14.01 Conversion Privilege and Conversion Rate.
(a) Conversion Rights Generally. Upon compliance with the provisions of this Article 14, a Holder will have the right, at such Holder’s option, to convert all or any portion (if the portion to be converted is $1,000 principal amount, or an integral multiple of $1.00 in excess thereof) of its Notes at any time prior to the Close of Business on the Scheduled Trading Day immediately preceding the Maturity Date, at a rate (the “Conversion Rate”) of 2.1939631 shares of Common Stock (subject to adjustment by the Company as provided in Section 14.04) per $1.00 principal amount of the Notes (the “Conversion Obligation”).
(b) Conversion Upon a Fundamental Change.
(i) In the event that the Company enters into any agreement with respect to a transaction that is expected to constitute a Fundamental Change, the Company shall disclose the material terms of such agreement in a current report on Form 8-K (or in a press release if the Company is not then required to file such current reports on Form 8-K with the SEC). In the event that such a Fundamental Change occurs, if a Holder exercises its right to convert its Notes during the period from the effective date of the transaction until the Close of Business on the Business Day immediately preceding the related Fundamental Change Repurchase Date or, if there is no Fundamental Change Repurchase Date, the 35th Trading Day immediately following the effective date of such transaction, then such conversion shall be deemed to have occurred “in connection with a Fundamental Change.”
(ii) In a conversion in connection with a Fundamental Change:
(1) for each $1.00 principal amount of Notes, the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion shall equal the greater of (1) $1.00 divided by the then applicable Conversion Price and (2) $1.00 divided by the Stock Price with respect to such Fundamental Change (such greater number of shares, the “Fundamental Change Conversion Number”), for which the form of settlement shall be determined as provided below;
(2) a Holder shall also be entitled to receive a cash payment for all accrued and unpaid interest on any such Notes being converted to, but not including the relevant date of settlement, in accordance with Section 14.02(j); and
(3) settlement upon conversion may be in the form of cash, shares of Common Stock or a combination thereof, in the Company’s sole discretion.
Not later than the Close of Business on the date a Fundamental Change occurs, the Company shall provide to all Holders, the Trustee and the Conversion Agent written notice of its Settlement Method for Notes surrendered for conversion in connection with such Fundamental Change, and if the Company elects Combination Settlement, such notice shall state the dollar amount of cash to be paid for each $1.00 principal amount of Notes surrendered (the “Fundamental Change Cash Amount”). Section 14.02(d), (e) (not later than the dates specified below) and (f) through (j) shall apply to conversions of Notes in connection with a Fundamental Change.
(iii) If the Company elects Cash Settlement for Notes surrendered for conversion in connection with a Fundamental Change, for each $1.00 principal amount of Notes so surrendered, prior to 11:00 a.m., Eastern Time, on the third Business Day following the Conversion Date, the Company shall deliver to the converting Holder an amount of cash equal to the Fundamental Change Conversion Number times the 20-Day VWAP as of such Conversion Date (the “Fundamental Change Conversion Value”). Where the term “Cash Settlement” is used in Section 14.04, in the case of a conversion in connection with a Fundamental Change, such term shall be deemed to refer to the foregoing settlement method.
(iv) If the Company elects Physical Settlement for Notes surrendered for conversion in connection with a Fundamental Change, for each $1.00 principal amount of Notes so surrendered, prior to 11:00 a.m., Eastern Time, on the third Business Day following the Conversion Date, the Company shall deliver to the converting Holder a number of shares of Common Stock equal to the Fundamental Change Conversion Number. Where the term “Physical Settlement” is used in Section 14.04, in the case of a conversion in connection with a Fundamental Change, such term shall be deemed to refer to the foregoing settlement method.
(v) If the Company elects Combination Settlement for Notes surrendered for conversion in connection with a Fundamental Change, for each $1.00 principal amount of Notes so surrendered, prior to 11:00 a.m., Eastern Time, on the third Business Day following the Conversion Date, the Company shall deliver to the converting Holder the Fundamental Change Cash Amount plus a number of shares of Common Stock equal to (x) the difference between (A) the Fundamental Change Conversion Value minus (B) the Fundamental Change Cash Amount divided by (y) the 20-Day VWAP as of such Conversion Date. Where the term “Combination Settlement” is used in Section 14.04, in the case of a conversion in connection with a Fundamental Change, such term shall be deemed to refer to the foregoing settlement method.
(vi) The settlement of the conversion of Notes in connection with a Fundamental Change, as provided in this Section 14.01(b), and the payment of accrued interest on such Notes in accordance with Section 14.02(j) shall satisfy the Company’s Conversion Obligation with respect to such Notes. Where the term “Observation Period” is used in Section 14.02(b)(ii)(B), Section 14.03 or Section 14.04, in the case of a conversion in connection with a Fundamental Change, such term shall be deemed to refer to the 20 consecutive VWAP Trading Days used to calculate the 20-Day VWAP.
Section 14.02 Exercise of Conversion Privilege.
(a) The Company may satisfy the Conversion Obligation by means of a Cash Settlement, a Physical Settlement or a Combination Settlement based on the Conversion Rate then in effect and the Settlement Method that applies to the Note.
(i) If a “Cash Settlement” applies to a conversion or a repurchase of a Note, the Company will deliver an amount of cash, without any delivery of shares of Common Stock (“Cash Settlement”) (i) in the case of a conversion in connection with a Fundamental Change, determined in accordance with Section 14.01(b)(iii) and (ii) in the case of any other conversion, determined in accordance with Section 14.02(c)(i) and delivered simultaneously with the other consideration in the Cash Settlement.
(ii) If a “Physical Settlement” applies to a conversion or a repurchase of a Note, the Company will deliver (“Physical Settlement”) (x) a whole number of shares of Common Stock (i) in the case of a conversion in connection with a Fundamental Change, determined in accordance with Section 14.01(b)(iv) and (ii) in the case of any other conversion, in accordance with Section 14.02(c)(ii), and (y) an amount of cash in lieu of fractional shares of Common Stock, if any, in accordance with Section 14.03(a) and delivered simultaneously with the other consideration in the Physical Settlement.
(iii) If a “Combination Settlement” applies to a conversion or a repurchase of a Note, the Company will deliver (“Combination Settlement”) (x) (i) in the case of a conversion in connection with a Fundamental Change, an amount of cash and a number of shares of Common Stock in accordance with Section 14.01(b)(v) and (ii) in the case of any other conversion, an amount of cash in accordance with Section 14.02(c)(iii) and a number of shares of Common Stock in accordance with Section 14.02(c)(iii) and (y) an amount of cash in lieu of fractional shares of Common Stock, if any, in accordance with Section 14.03(b) and delivered simultaneously with the other consideration in the Combination Settlement.
(b) Settlement Method and Cash Amount Elections.
(i) The Company will have the right to make an election, from time to time, with respect to the Settlement Method that the Company chooses to satisfy its Conversion Obligation (other than a conversion in connection with a Fundamental Change, the terms of which shall be governed exclusively by Section 14.01(b)), and if the Company elects Combination Settlement, the dollar amount up to which the Company will settle such Conversion Obligation per $1.00 principal amount of Notes in cash (the “Cash Amount”). Each such election shall be effective until the Company provides a written notice of an election of a different Settlement Method or Cash Amount, as applicable; provided that, the Company shall use the same Settlement Method or Cash Amount, if applicable, for all conversions occurring on any given Conversion Date. The Company will initially be deemed to have elected Physical Settlement. If the Company chooses to elect a different Settlement Method and/or change the Cash Amount in the future, it will provide to all Holders, the Trustee and the Conversion Agent a written notice of the newly chosen Settlement Method or Cash Amount, as applicable, and the effective date of such newly chosen Settlement Amount or Cash Amount; provided that, the Settlement Method or Cash Amount, as applicable, contained in such notice will not apply to any conversion of Notes unless the Company has complied with its notice obligations with respect thereto under this Section 14.02(b) on or prior to the Close of Business on the Business Day immediately following the Conversion Date for such converted Notes. If the newly chosen Settlement Method is Combination Settlement and the Company fails to specify a Cash Amount in its notice of such newly chosen Settlement Method, the Company will be deemed to have elected that the Cash Amount equal $1.00. Simultaneously with providing such notice, the Company will make the relevant information available on the website of the Company.
(ii) Any conversion of a Note will be deemed to have been effected on the Conversion Date for such Note and, for any shares of Common Stock that the Company issues upon conversion:
(A) if Physical Settlement applies, the Person in whose name the certificate or certificates for such shares will be registered will become the holder of record of such shares as of the Close of Business on the Conversion Date; and
(B) if Combination Settlement applies, the Person in whose name the certificate or certificates for such shares will be registered will become the holder of record of such shares as of the Close of Business on the last VWAP Trading Day of the Observation Period for the relevant Conversion Date.
On and after the Conversion Date with respect to a conversion of Notes pursuant hereto, all rights of the Holders of such Notes will terminate, other than the right to receive the consideration deliverable upon conversion of such Notes as provided herein.
(c) Settlement Methods.
(i) If Cash Settlement applies to any Notes surrendered for conversion, for each $1.00 principal amount of Notes surrendered, on the third Business Day following the last VWAP Trading Day of the applicable Observation Period, the Company will deliver to the converting Holder an amount of cash equal to the sum of the Daily Conversion Values for each VWAP Trading Day during the relevant Observation Period.
(ii) If Physical Settlement applies to any Notes surrendered for conversion, for each $1.00 principal amount of Notes surrendered, on the third Business Day following the Conversion Date, the Company will deliver to the converting Holder (x) a number of shares of Common Stock equal to the applicable Conversion Rate on the Conversion Date plus (y) cash in lieu of fractional shares, if any, as described in Section 14.03.
(iii) If Combination Settlement applies to any Notes surrendered for conversion, for each $1.00 principal amount of Notes surrendered, on the third Business Day following the last VWAP Trading Day of the applicable Observation Period, the Company will deliver to the converting Holder (1) an amount of cash and a number of shares equal to the sum of the Daily Settlement Amounts for each VWAP Trading Day of the relevant Observation Period plus (2) cash in lieu of fractional shares, if any, as described in Section 14.03.
(d) Before any Holder of a Note shall be entitled to convert the same as set forth above, such Holder will (1) in the case of a Global Note, comply with the procedures of the Depositary in effect at that time and, if required, pay all taxes or duties required pursuant to Section 14.02(g), if any, and (2) in the case of a Note issued in certificated form, (A) complete and manually sign and deliver an irrevocable written notice to the Conversion Agent in the form set forth in the form of Note attached hereto as Exhibit A hereto (or a facsimile thereof) (a “Notice of Conversion”) at the office of the Conversion Agent and shall state in writing therein the principal amount of Notes to be converted and the name or names (with addresses) in which such Holder wishes the certificate or certificates for any shares of Common Stock, if any, to be delivered upon settlement of the Conversion Obligation to be registered, (B) surrender such Notes, duly endorsed to the Company or in blank (and accompanied by appropriate endorsement and transfer documents), at the office of the Conversion Agent and (C) if required, pay all taxes or duties required pursuant to Section 14.02(g), if any. A Note shall be deemed to have been converted immediately prior to the Close of Business on the date (the “Conversion Date”) that the Holder has complied with the requirements set forth in this Section 14.02(d).
No Notice of Conversion with respect to any Notes may be tendered by a Holder thereof if such Holder has also tendered a Fundamental Change Repurchase Notice and not validly withdrawn such Fundamental Change Repurchase Notice in accordance with the applicable provisions of Section 15.01.
If more than one Note shall be surrendered for conversion at one time by the same Holder, the Conversion Obligation with respect to such Notes, if any, that shall be payable upon conversion shall be computed on the basis of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes (or specified portions thereof to the extent permitted thereby) so surrendered.
(e) Delivery of the amounts of cash and/or shares of Common Stock owing in satisfaction of the Conversion Obligation will be made by the Company in no event later than the date specified in Section 14.02(c). The Company will make such delivery by paying the cash amount owed to the Holder of the Note surrendered for conversion, or such Holder’s nominee or nominees, and/or by issuing, or causing to be issued, and delivering to such Holder, or such Holder’s nominee or nominees, certificates or a book-entry transfer through the Depositary for the number of full shares of Common Stock, if any, to which such Holder shall be entitled as part of such Conversion Obligation (together with cash in lieu of any fractional share).
(f) In case any Note shall be surrendered for partial conversion, the Company will execute and the Trustee shall, as provided in an Authentication Order, authenticate and deliver to or upon the written order of the Holder of the Note so surrendered, without charge to such Holder, a new Note or Notes in authorized denominations in an aggregate principal amount equal to the unconverted portion of the surrendered Notes.
(g) If a Holder submits a Note for conversion, subject to Section 14.07, the Company shall pay all documentary, stamp and other similar issue or transfer taxes or duties, if any, which may be imposed by the United States or any political subdivision thereof or taxing authority thereof or therein with respect to the issuance of shares of Common Stock, if any, upon the conversion. However, the Holder shall pay any such tax which is due as a result of any request by such Holder that any shares of Common Stock be issued in a name other than the Holder’s name. The Company may refuse to deliver the certificates representing the shares of Common Stock being issued in a name other than the Holder’s name until the Company receives a sum sufficient to pay any tax which will be due as a result of any request that shares be issued in a name other than the Holder’s name. Nothing herein shall preclude any tax withholding required by law or regulations.
(h) Except as provided in Section 14.04, no adjustment will be made for dividends on any shares of Common Stock issued upon the conversion of any Note as provided in this Article 14.
(i) The Company shall notify the Trustee in writing of any conversion of Notes effected through any Conversion Agent other than the Trustee.
(j) If Notes are converted after the Close of Business on a Regular Record Date but prior to the corresponding Interest Payment Date, Holders of such Notes as of the Close of Business on the Regular Record Date will receive the interest payable on such Notes on the corresponding Interest Payment Date, notwithstanding the conversion. Otherwise, in connection with any conversion of Notes, the Company shall pay in cash to the Holders of such Notes all accrued and unpaid interest on such Notes to, but not including the date of settlement for such conversion.
Section 14.03 Fractions of Shares.
If more than one Note shall be surrendered for conversion at one time by the same Holder, the number of full shares of Common Stock which shall be issuable upon conversion thereof shall be computed on the basis of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes (or specified portions thereof) so surrendered. No fractional share of Common Stock will be issued upon conversion of any Notes or Notes. Instead of any fractional share of Common Stock that would otherwise be issuable upon conversion of any Notes (or specified portions thereof), the Company will calculate and pay a cash adjustment in respect of such fraction (calculated to the nearest 1/10,000th of a share) in an amount based on:
(a) the Last Reported Sale Price of the Common Stock on the relevant Conversion Date, if Physical Settlement applies to the Notes surrendered for conversion; or
(b) the Daily VWAP on the last VWAP Trading Day of the relevant Observation Period, if Combination Settlement applies to the Notes surrendered for conversion.
Section 14.04 Adjustment of Conversion Rate. The Conversion Price or Conversion Rate, as applicable, will be adjusted from time to time by the Company as follows; provided that the Company will not make any adjustments to the relevant Conversion Price or Conversion Rate if Holders of the Notes participate (as a result of holding the Notes, and at the same time as holders of the Common Stock participate) in any of the transactions described below as if such Holders held a number of shares of Common Stock equal to the applicable Conversion Rate, multiplied by the principal amount (expressed in thousands) of Notes held by such Holders, without having to convert their Notes:
(a) [reserved].
(b) In case the Company shall exclusively issue shares of Common Stock as a dividend or distribution on all or substantially all shares of Common Stock, or shall effect a share split or share combination, the Conversion Rate shall be adjusted based on the following formula:
where,
CRo = the Conversion Rate in effect immediately prior to the Open of Business on the Ex-Date for such dividend or distribution or the effective date of such share split or share combination, as the case may be;
CR´ = the Conversion Rate in effect immediately after the Open of Business on such Ex-Date for such dividend or distribution or effective date of such share split or share combination, as the case may be;
OSo = the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately prior to the Open of Business on the Ex-Date for such dividend or distribution or effective date of such share split or share combination, as the case may be; and
OS´ = the number of shares of Common Stock that will be outstanding immediately after giving effect to such dividend, distribution, share split or share combination.
Any adjustment to the Conversion Rate made under the foregoing formula in this clause (b) will become effective immediately after the Open of Business on the Ex-Date for such dividend or distribution or the effective date of such share split or share combination, as the case may be. If any dividend or distribution of the type described in this Section 14.04(b) is declared but not so paid or made, the Conversion Rate will be immediately readjusted, effective as of the date the Board of Directors determines not to pay such dividend or distribution, to the Conversion Rate that would then be in effect if such dividend or distribution had not been declared.
(c) In case the Company shall issue to all or substantially all holders of its outstanding shares of Common Stock any rights, options or warrants entitling them for a period ending not more than 45 calendar days after the Ex-Date of such issuance to subscribe for or purchase shares of Common Stock at a price per share less than the average of the Last Reported Sale Prices of the Common Stock over the 10 consecutive Trading Day period ending on the Trading Day immediately preceding the declaration date of such issuance, the Conversion Rate will be increased based on the following formula:
where,
CRo = the Conversion Rate in effect immediately prior to the Open of Business on the Ex-Date for such issuance;
CR´ = the Conversion Rate in effect immediately after the Open of Business on the Ex-Date for such issuance;
OSo = the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately prior to the Open of Business on the Ex-Date for such issuance;
X = the total number of shares of Common Stock issuable pursuant to such rights, options or warrants; and
Y = the number of shares of Common Stock equal to the aggregate price payable to exercise such rights, options or warrants divided by the average of the Last Reported Sale Prices of the Common Stock over the 10 consecutive Trading Day period ending on, and including, the Trading Day immediately preceding the Ex-Date for such issuance.
Any increase made under this Section 14.04(c) will be made successively whenever any such rights, options or warrants are issued and shall become effective immediately after the Open of Business on the Ex-Date for such issuance. To the extent that shares of Common Stock are not delivered after the expiration of such rights, options or warrants, the Conversion Rate shall be decreased to the Conversion Rate that would then be in effect had the increase with respect to the issuance of such rights, options or warrants been made on the basis of delivery of only the number of shares of Common Stock actually delivered. If such rights, options or warrants are not so issued, the Conversion Rate will be decreased to the Conversion Rate that would then be in effect if such Ex-Date for such issuance had not occurred.
(d) In case the Company shall distribute to all or substantially all holders of its Common Stock shares of any class of Capital Stock of the Company, evidences of its indebtedness, other assets or property of the Company, or rights, options or warrants entitling them to acquire Capital Stock of the Company or other securities (excluding: (i) dividends, distributions or issuances as to which an adjustment was effected pursuant to Section 14.04(b) or (c); (ii) dividends or distributions paid exclusively in cash as to which an adjustment was effected pursuant to Section 14.04(e); and (iii) any dividend and distributions described below in this Section 14.04(d) with respect to Spin-Offs) (any such shares of Capital Stock, evidences of indebtedness or other assets or property of the Company, or rights, options or warrants entitling them to acquire shares of Common Stock subject to clauses (i) — (iii) of the immediately preceding parenthetical, the “Distributed Property”), then the Conversion Rate will be increased based on the following formula:
where,
CRo = the Conversion Rate in effect immediately prior to the Open of Business on the Ex-Date for such distribution;
CR´ = the Conversion Rate in effect immediately after the Open of Business on the Ex-Date for such distribution;
SPo = the average of the Last Reported Sale Prices of the Common Stock over the 10 consecutive Trading Day period ending on, and including, the Trading Day immediately preceding the Ex-Date for such distribution; and
FMV = the fair market value as reasonably determined by the Board of Directors in good faith of the Distributed Property to be distributed with respect to each outstanding share of Common Stock as of the Ex-Date for such distribution.
Any increase made under the portion of this Section 14.04(d) above will become effective immediately after the Open of Business on the Ex-Date for such distribution. If such distribution is not so paid or made, the Conversion Rate will be decreased to be the Conversion Rate that would then be in effect if such dividend or distribution had not been declared. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if “FMV” (as defined above) is equal to or greater than “SPo” (as defined above), in lieu of the foregoing increase, each Holder of a Note shall receive, in respect of each $1.00 principal amount thereof, at the same time and upon the same terms as holders of the Common Stock, the amount and kind of Capital Stock of the Company, evidences of its indebtedness, other assets or property of the Company or rights, options or warrants to acquire Capital Stock of the Company or other securities that such Holder would have received if such Holder owned a number of shares of Common Stock equal to the Conversion Rate in effect on the Ex-Date for the distribution.
With respect to an adjustment pursuant to this Section 14.04(d) where there has been a payment of a dividend or other distribution on the Common Stock in shares of Capital Stock of the Company of any class or series, or similar equity interest, of or relating to a Subsidiary or other business unit of the Company, and such Capital Stock or similar equity interest is listed or quoted (or will be listed or quoted upon the consummation of the distribution) on a U.S. national securities exchange or a reasonably comparable non-U.S. equivalent (a “Spin-Off”), the Conversion Rate will be increased based on the following formula:
where,
CRo = the Conversion Rate in effect immediately prior to the Close of Business on the Ex-Date of such Spin-Off;
CR´ = the Conversion Rate in effect immediately after the Close of Business on the Ex-Date of such Spin-Off;
FMVo = the average of the Last Reported Sale Prices of the Capital Stock or similar equity interest distributed to holders of Common Stock applicable to one share of Common Stock (determined by reference to the Last Reported Sale Price set forth above as if references therein to the Common Stock were to such Capital Stock or similar equity interest) over the first 10 consecutive Trading Day period immediately following, and including, the Ex-Date of the Spin-Off (the “Valuation Period”); and
MPo = the average of the Last Reported Sale Prices of the Common Stock over the Valuation Period.
Such increase under the immediately preceding formula will be determined as of the Close of Business on the last Trading Day of the Valuation Period, but will be given effect immediately after the Open of Business on the Ex-Date of the Spin-Off. If a Holder converts a Note, Cash or Combination Settlement is applicable to such Note, and the first VWAP Trading Day of the Observation Period occurs after the first Trading Day of the Valuation Period for a Spin-Off but on or before the last Trading Day of the Valuation Period for such Spin-Off, the reference in the above definition of “FMV0” to 10 consecutive Trading Days will be deemed replaced with such lesser number of Trading Days as have elapsed since, and including, the effective date of such Spin-Off but before the first VWAP Trading Day of the Observation Period. If a Holder converts a Note, Cash or Combination Settlement is applicable to such Note and one or more VWAP Trading Days of the Observation Period for such Notes occurs on or after the Ex-Date for a Spin-Off, but on or prior to the first Trading Day of the Valuation Period for such Spin-Off, such Observation Period will be suspended on the first such VWAP Trading Day and will resume immediately after the first Trading Day of the Valuation Period for such Spin-Off, with the reference in the above definition of “FMV0” to 10 consecutive Trading Days deemed replace with a reference to one (1) Trading Day.
(e) In case the Company shall pay any cash dividends or distributions to all or substantially all holders of Common Stock, the Conversion Rate will be increased based on the following formula:
where,
CRo = the Conversion Rate in effect immediately prior to the Open of Business on the Ex-Date for such dividend or distribution;
CR´ = the Conversion Rate in effect immediately after the Open of Business on the Ex-Date for such dividend or distribution;
SPo = the average of the Last Reported Sale Prices of the Common Stock over the 10 consecutive Trading Day period ending on, and including, the Trading Day immediately preceding the Ex-Date for such dividend or distribution; and
C = the amount in cash per share distributed to holders of shares of Common Stock in such dividend or distribution.
Such increase shall become effective immediately after the Open of Business on the Ex-Date for such dividend or distribution. If such dividend or distribution is not so paid, the Conversion Rate will be decreased, effective as of the date the Board of Directors determines not to make or pay such dividend or distribution, to be the Conversion Rate that would then be in effect if such dividend or distribution had not been declared. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if “C” (as defined above) is equal to or greater than “SPo” (as defined above), in lieu of the foregoing increase, each Holder of a Note shall receive, for each $1.00 principal amount of Notes, at the same time and upon the same terms as holders of shares of Common Stock, the amount of cash that such Holder would have received if such Holder owned a number of shares of Common Stock equal to the Conversion Rate on the Ex-Date for such cash dividend or distribution.
(f) In case the Company or any of its Subsidiaries makes a payment in respect of a tender offer or exchange offer for the Common Stock (other than an odd lot tender offer), to the extent that the cash and value of any other consideration included in the payment per share of Common Stock exceeds the average of the Last Reported Sale Prices of the Common Stock over the 10 consecutive Trading Day period commencing on, and including, the Trading Day next succeeding the last date on which tenders or exchanges may be made pursuant to such tender or exchange offer (the “Expiration Date”), the Conversion Rate will be increased based on the following formula:
where,
CRo = the Conversion Rate in effect immediately prior to the Open of Business on the Trading Day next succeeding the Expiration Date;
CR´ = the Conversion Rate in effect immediately after the Open of Business on the Trading Day next succeeding the Expiration Date;
AC = the aggregate value of all cash and any other consideration as reasonably determined by the Board of Directors of the Company in good faith paid or payable for shares of Common Stock purchased in such tender or exchange offer;
OSo = the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately prior to the Close of Business on the Expiration Date (before giving effect to the purchase of all shares of Common Stock accepted for purchase or exchange in such tender offer or exchange offer);
OS´ = the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately after the Close of Business on the Expiration Date (after giving effect to the purchase of all shares of Common Stock accepted for purchase or exchange in such tender offer or exchange offer); and
SP´ = the average of the Last Reported Sale Prices of the Common Stock over the 10 consecutive Trading Day period (the “Averaging Period”) commencing on, and including, the Trading Day next succeeding the Expiration Date.
Such increase in the Conversion Rate under this Section 14.04(f) shall be determined as of the Close of Business on the 10th Trading Day from, and including, the Trading Day next succeeding the Expiration Date but will be given effect as of the Open of Business on the Trading Day next succeeding the Expiration Date. If a Holder converts a note, Cash or Combination Settlement is applicable to such note, and the first VWAP Trading Day of the Observation Period for such Note occurs after the first Trading Day of the Averaging Period for a tender or exchange offer, but on or before the last Trading Day of the Averaging Period for such tender or exchange offer, the reference in the above definition “SP’ “ to “10” shall be deemed replaced with such lesser number of Trading Days as have elapsed from, and including, the first Trading Day of the Averaging Period for such tender or exchange offer to, but excluding, the first VWAP Trading Day of such Observation Period. If a Holder converts a Note, Cash or Combination settlement is applicable to such Note, and one or more VWAP Trading Days of the Observation Period for such Note occurs on or after the Expiration Date for a tender or exchange offer, but on or prior to the first Trading Day in the Averaging Period for such tender or exchange offer, such Observation Period will be suspended on the first such Trading Day and will resume immediately after the first Trading Day of the Averaging Period for such tender or exchange offer and the reference in the above definition “SP’ “ to “10 consecutive Trading Day period” shall be deemed replaced with a reference to “one (1) Trading Day.”
(g) In addition to those required by Sections 14.04(a) through (f), and to the extent permitted by applicable law, the Company from time to time may increase the Conversion Rate by any amount for a period of at least 20 Business Days if the Board of Directors determines (which determination shall be conclusive) that such increase would be in the Company’s best interest. Whenever the Conversion Rate is increased pursuant to the preceding sentence, the Company shall deliver to the Holder of each Note, in the manner provided for in Section 14.01, a written notice of such increase at least 15 calendar days prior to the date the increased Conversion Rate takes effect, in accordance with applicable law, and such notice shall state the increased Conversion Rate and the period during which it will be in effect. In addition, the Company may also (but is not required to) increase the Conversion Rate to avoid or diminish any income tax to holders of Common Stock or rights to purchase Common Stock in connection with any dividend or distribution of shares (or rights to acquire shares) or similar event.
(h) If a Holder converts a Note and
(i) Combination Settlement is applicable to such a Note;
(ii) the Record Date, Effective Date, or Expiration Date for any event that requires an adjustment to the Conversion Rate under any of Sections 14.04(a) through (f) occurs (x) on or after the first VWAP Trading Day of the related Observation Period and (y) on or prior to the last VWAP Trading Day of such Observation Period; and
(iii) the Daily Settlement Amount for any VWAP Trading Day in such Observation Period that occurs on or prior to such Record Date, Effective Date or Expiration Date (x) includes shares of Common Stock that do not entitle their holder to participate in such event and (y) is calculated based on a Conversion Rate that is not adjusted on account of such event;
then, on account of such conversion, the Company will, on such Record Date, Effective Date or Expiration Date, treat such Holder, as a result of having converted such Notes, as though it were the record holder of a number of shares of Common Stock equal to the total number of shares of Common Stock that:
(x) are deliverable as part of the Daily Settlement Amount (A) for a VWAP Trading Day in such Observation Period that occurs on or prior to such Record Date, Effective Date or Expiration Date and (B) is calculated based on a Conversion Rate that is not adjusted for such event; and
(y) if not for this Section 14.04(h) would not entitle such Holder to participate in such event.
In the case of Combination Settlement of a conversion in connection with a Fundamental Change, an adjustment similar to that described above for Combination Settlement of such conversion in connection with a Fundamental Change shall be made in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Company.
(i) Except as stated in this Indenture, the Company will not adjust the Conversion Rate for the issuance of shares of Common Stock or any securities convertible into or exchangeable for shares of Common Stock or the right to purchase shares of Common Stock or such convertible or exchangeable securities.
(j) Without limiting the foregoing Section 14.04(i), no adjustment to the Conversion Rate need be made:
(i) upon the issuance of any shares of Common Stock pursuant to any present or future plan providing for the reinvestment of dividends or interest payable on securities of the Company and the investment of additional optional amounts in shares of Common Stock under any plan;
(ii) upon the issuance of any shares of Common Stock or options or rights to purchase shares of Common Stock pursuant to any present or future employee, director or consultant benefit plan or program of or assumed by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries;
(iii) upon the issuance of any shares of Common Stock pursuant to any option, warrant, right or exercisable, exchangeable or convertible security not described in clause (ii) above and outstanding as of the date of this Indenture;
(iv) for a change in the par value of the Common Stock; or
(v) for accrued and unpaid interest, if any.
(k) The Company will not undertake any transaction that would result in its being required, pursuant to this Indenture, to adjust the Conversion Rate such that the Conversion Price per share of Common Stock will be less than the par value of Common Stock.
(l) All calculations and other determinations under this Article 14 shall be made by the Company and shall be made to the nearest cent or to the nearest one-ten thousandth (1/10,000) of a share, as the case may be. No adjustment shall be made to the Conversion Rate unless such adjustment would require a change of at least 1% in the Conversion Rate then in effect at such time. The Company shall carry forward any adjustments that are less than 1% of the Conversion Rate and make such carried forward adjustments, regardless of whether the aggregate adjustment is less than 1% (i) annually, on the anniversary of the Issue Date, (ii) on the Effective Date for any Fundamental Change and (iii)(x) in the case of a Note to which Physical Settlement applies, upon the Conversion Date and (y) in the case of any Note to which Cash Settlement or Combination Settlement applies, on each VWAP Trading Day of the applicable Observation Period.
(m) In any case in which this Section 14.04 provides that an adjustment will become effective immediately after (1) the Ex-Date for an event or (2) the last date on which tenders or exchanges may be made pursuant to any tender or exchange offer pursuant to Section 14.04(f) (each, an “Adjustment Determination Date”), the Company may elect to defer until the occurrence of the applicable Adjustment Event (x) issuing to the Holder of any Note converted after such Adjustment Determination Date and before the occurrence of such Adjustment Event, the additional cash and/or shares of Common Stock or other securities issuable upon such conversion by reason of the adjustment required by such Adjustment Event over and above the amounts deliverable upon such conversion before giving effect to such adjustment and (y) paying to such Holder any amount in cash in lieu of any fraction of a share of Common Stock pursuant to Section 14.03. For purposes of this Section 14.04(m), the term “Adjustment Event” means
(i) in any case referred to in clause (1), the date any dividend or distribution of Common Stock, Distributed Property or cash is paid or made, the effective date of any share split or combination or the date of expiration of any options, rights or warrants, and
(ii) in any case referred to in clause (2), the date a sale or exchange of Common Stock pursuant to such tender or exchange offer is consummated and becomes irrevocable.
(n) For purposes of this Section 14.04, subject to Section 14.04(d) hereof, the number of shares outstanding at any time will include shares issuable in respect of scrip certificates issued in lieu of fractions of shares of Common Stock, but will not include shares of Common Stock held in the treasury of the Company.
(o) Whenever any provision of this Indenture requires the Company to calculate the Last Reported Sale Price, the Daily VWAP, the Daily Conversion Value and/or the Daily Settlement Amount over a span of multiple days (including with respect to an Observation Period or the Stock Price), the Company will make appropriate adjustments (determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Company) to each to account for any adjustment to the Conversion Rate that becomes effective, or any event requiring an adjustment to the Conversion Rate where the Ex-Date of the event occurs, at any time during the period when such Last Reported Sale Price, Daily VWAP, Daily Conversion Value and/or Daily Settlement Amount is to be calculated.
(p) To the extent that the Company has a preferred stock rights plan in effect upon conversion of the Notes into Common Stock, Holders will receive, in addition to any Common Stock, (i) if Physical Settlement applies to their Notes, on the Conversion Date for their Notes and (ii) if Combination Settlement applies to their Notes, on each VWAP Trading Day in the Observation Period applicable to their Notes, in either case, the rights under the rights plan, unless prior to such Conversion Date or such VWAP Trading Day, as the case may be, the rights have separated from the Common Stock, in which case the Conversion Rate will be adjusted at the time of separation as if the Company distributed to all holders of the Common Stock Distributed Property as described in Section 14.04(d) above, subject to readjustment in the event of the expiration, termination or redemption of such rights.
Section 14.05 Notice of Adjustments of Conversion Rate. Whenever the Conversion Rate is adjusted as herein provided:
(a) the Company will compute the adjusted Conversion Rate in accordance with Section 14.04 and prepare an Officers’ Certificate setting forth the adjusted Conversion Rate and showing in reasonable detail the facts upon which such adjustment is based, and promptly file such certificate with the Trustee and with each Conversion Agent (if other than the Trustee);
(b) the Company will use commercially reasonable efforts to cause its articles of amendment and restatement and any other similar organizational documents to be amended on or before August 31, 2020 to increase the Company’s authorized share capital so that shares of Common Stock can be issued in the full amount as required under any conversion of the Notes; and
(c) upon each such adjustment, the Company will provide a written notice to all Holders, in the manner provided for in Section 14.01, stating that the Conversion Rate has been adjusted and setting forth the adjusted Conversion Rate.
Neither the Trustee nor any Conversion Agent will be under any duty or responsibility with respect to any such certificate or the information and calculations contained therein, except to exhibit the same to any Holder desiring inspection thereof at its office during normal business hours.
Section 14.06 Limit on Settlement Method. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Article 14, unless and until the Company obtains shareholder approval of the increase in the number of shares of the Common Stock authorized and available for issuance upon conversion of the Notes to allow the Company to satisfy conversions of all such Notes fully in shares of the Common Stock, the Company may not elect (and will not be deemed to elect) Physical Settlement or Combination Settlement to satisfy its Conversion Obligation with respect to any Note if such election would result in the issuance of more than 124.7 million shares of the Common Stock (in the aggregate for the Notes taking into account all prior or concurrent Note conversions). For the avoidance of doubt, the Company may elect Physical Settlement or Combination Settlement in accordance with Section 14.01 to satisfy its Conversion Obligation with respect to any Note as long as such election would not result in the issuance of more than 124.7 million shares of the Common Stock (in the aggregate for the Notes taking into account all prior or concurrent Note conversions). If the Company is deemed to elect Cash Settlement to satisfy its Conversion Obligation with respect to any Note under this Section 14.06, the Company will provide to the Holders of all such Notes, the Trustee and the Conversion Agent a written notice of such deemed election of Cash Settlement and, simultaneously with providing such notice, the Company will make the relevant information available on the website of the Company.
Section 14.07 Taxes on Conversions. Except as provided in the next sentence, the Company will pay any and all taxes and duties that may be payable in respect of the issue or delivery of shares of Common Stock on conversion of Notes pursuant hereto. The Company will not, however, be required to pay any tax or duty that may be payable in respect of (i) income of the Holder, or (ii) any transfer involved in the issue and delivery of shares of Common Stock in a name other than that of the Holder of the Note or Notes to be converted, and no such issue or delivery shall be made unless and until the Person requesting such issue has paid to the Company the amount of any such tax or duty, or has established to the satisfaction of the Company that such tax or duty has been paid.
Section 14.08 Certain Covenants. Before taking any action which would cause an adjustment to the Conversion Rate that would result in reducing the Conversion Price below the then par value, if any, of the shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of the Notes, the Company will take all corporate action which it reasonably determines may be necessary in order that the Company may validly and legally issue such shares of Common Stock at such adjusted Conversion Rate.
The Company covenants that all shares of Common Stock issued upon conversion of Notes will be validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable by the Company and free from all taxes, liens and changes with respect to the issue thereof.
The Company further covenants that if at any time the Common Stock will be listed for trading on any other national securities exchange the Company shall, if permitted and required by the rules of such exchange, list and keep listed, so long as the Common Stock shall be so listed on such exchange, all Common Stock issuable upon conversion of the Notes.
Section 14.09 Cancellation of Converted Notes. All Notes delivered for conversion (other than Notes that are to be exchanged pursuant to Section 14.02(a)(iii)) will be delivered to the Trustee or its agent and canceled by the Trustee as provided in Section 2.11.
Section 14.10 Provision in Case of Effect of Reclassification, Consolidation, Merger or Sale. In the event of any:
(a) recapitalization, reclassification or change of the Common Stock (other than a change in par value, or from par value to no par value, or from no par value to par value, or as a result of a split, subdivision, or combination for which an adjustment is made pursuant to Section 14.04(b));
(b) consolidation, merger or combination involving the Company;
(c) sale, conveyance, transfer or lease to another Person of all or substantially all of the consolidated assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries substantially as an entirety; or
(d) any statutory share exchange,
in each case as a result of which holders of the outstanding Common Stock would be entitled to receive cash, securities or other property or assets (including cash or any combination thereof) (the type, amount and kind (and in the same proportions) of such cash, securities or other property or assets, the “Reference Property”, and the amount of Reference Property that a holder of one share of Common Stock is (or is deemed to be) entitled to receive in the applicable Merger Event, a “Unit of Reference Property”) for their shares of Common Stock (each such event, a “Merger Event”), then, at the effective time of such Merger Event, subject to the provisions of Section 14.01, the right to convert each $1.00 principal amount of Notes based on a number of shares of Common Stock equal to the applicable Conversion Rate will be changed into the right to convert each $1.00 principal amount of Notes based on the Reference Property that the Holders would have been entitled to receive if such Holders had held a number of shares of Common Stock equal to the Conversion Rate then in effect immediately prior to these events. However, at and after the effective time of the Merger Event, (i) the Company will continue to have the right to determine the form of consideration to be paid and/or delivered, as the case may be, upon conversion of Notes, as set forth in Section 14.02 and (ii) (x) any amount payable in cash upon conversion of the Notes as set forth in Section 14.02 will continue to be payable in cash, (y) any shares of Common Stock that the Company would have been required to deliver upon conversion of the Notes as set in Section 14.02 will instead be deliverable in Units of Reference Property and (z) the Daily VWAP will be calculated based on the components of a Unit of Reference Property.
For purposes of this Section 14.10, in the case of a Merger Event that causes the Common Stock to be converted into, or exchanged for, the right to receive more than a single type of consideration (determined based in part upon any form of stockholder election), the Reference Property that a Holder of one or more shares of Common Stock would have been entitled to receive in such Merger Event (and based on which the Notes will be convertible) will be deemed to be based on (i) the weighted average of the types and amounts of consideration received by the holders of the Common Stock that affirmatively make such an election or (ii) if no holders of the Common Stock affirmatively make such an election, the types and amounts of consideration actually received by such holders, in each case, per share of Common Stock. The Company shall notify Holders of the weighted average as soon as practicable after such determination is made. The Company shall not become a party to any such Merger Event unless its terms are consistent with the foregoing.
The Company and the Trustee (and any Successor Person, if applicable) will, concurrently with the effective time of the Merger Event, execute a supplemental indenture to effect the requirements therefor pursuant to this Indenture. If the Reference Property for such Merger Event includes shares of stock or other securities or assets of a Person other than the Company, then such other Person will also execute such supplemental indenture and such supplemental indenture will contain whatever additional provisions the Board of Directors of the Company considers to be reasonably necessary to protect the Holders. The Company will cause notice of the execution of such supplemental indenture to be mailed to each Holder, in the manner provided for in Section 14.01, within 20 calendar days after execution thereof. Failure to deliver such notice shall not affect the legality or validity of such supplemental indenture.
In the event a supplemental indenture is executed pursuant to this Section 14.10, the Company will promptly file with the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate briefly stating the reasons therefor, the type, amount and kind of cash, securities or property that will constitute the Reference Property after any such Merger Event, any adjustment to be made with respect thereto and that all conditions precedent have been complied with.
The above provisions of this Section 14.10 shall similarly apply to any successive Merger Event.
Section 14.11 Responsibility of Trustee for Conversion Provisions. The Trustee, subject to the provisions of Section 7.02, and any Conversion Agent will not at any time be under any duty or responsibility to any Holder to determine whether any facts exist which may require any adjustment of the Conversion Rate, or with respect to the nature or extent of any such adjustment when made, or with respect to the method employed, herein or in any supplemental indenture provided to be employed, in making the same, or whether a supplemental indenture need be entered into. Neither the Trustee, subject to the provisions of Section 7.02, nor any Conversion Agent shall be accountable with respect to the validity or value (or the kind or amount) of any shares of Common Stock, or of any other securities or property or cash, which may at any time be issued or delivered upon the conversion of any Notes; and it or they do not make any representation with respect thereto. Neither the Trustee, subject to the provisions of Section 7.02, nor any Conversion Agent shall be responsible for any failure of the Company to make or calculate any cash payment or to issue, transfer or deliver any shares of Common Stock or share certificates or other securities or property or cash upon the surrender of any Note for the purpose of conversion; and the Trustee, subject to the provisions of Section 7.02, and any Conversion Agent shall not be responsible for any failure of the Company to comply with any of the covenants of the Company contained in this Article 14.
Section 14.12 Notice to Holders Prior to Certain Actions. In case of any:
(a) action by the Company or one of its Subsidiaries that would require an adjustment to the Conversion Rate pursuant to Section 14.04;
(b) Merger Event; or
(c) voluntary or involuntary dissolution, liquidation or winding-up of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries;
then, in each case (unless notice of such event is otherwise required pursuant to another provision of this Indenture), the Company will cause to be delivered to the Trustee and the Conversion Agent (if other than the Trustee) and to be mailed or delivered to each Holder at its address appearing on the Register, as promptly as possible but in any event at least 45 Scheduled Trading Days prior to the applicable date hereinafter specified, a written notice stating (i) the date on which a record is to be taken for the purpose of such action by the Company or one of its Subsidiaries or, if a record is not to be taken, the date as of which the holders of Common Stock of record are to be determined for the purposes of such action by the Company or one of its Subsidiaries, or (ii) the date on which such Merger Event, dissolution, liquidation or winding-up is expected to become effective or occur, and the date as of which it is expected that holders of Common Stock of record shall be entitled to exchange their Common Stock for securities or other property deliverable upon such Merger Event, dissolution, liquidation or winding-up. Failure to give such notice, or any defect therein, shall not affect the legality or validity of such action by the Company or one of its Subsidiaries, Merger Event, dissolution, liquidation or winding-up.
Section 14.13 Certain Limitations on Settlement.
(a) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture or the Notes, for so long as the Common Stock is registered under the Exchange Act, a Holder shall not be entitled to receive shares of Common Stock upon conversion of any Notes during any period of time in which the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock that may be acquired by such Holder upon conversion of Notes shall, when added to the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock deemed beneficially owned, directly or indirectly, by such Holder and each person subject to aggregation of common stock with such Holder under Section 13 or Section 16 of the Exchange Act and rules promulgated thereunder at such time (an “Aggregated Person”) (other than by virtue of the ownership of securities or rights to acquire securities that have limitations on the Holder’s or such person’s right to convert, exercise or purchase similar to this limitation), as determined pursuant to the rules and regulations promulgated under Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act, exceed 9.99% (the “Restricted Ownership Percentage”) of the total issued and outstanding shares of Common Stock (the “Section 16 Conversion Blocker”). Notwithstanding the foregoing, this Section 16 Conversion Blocker shall not apply (i) with respect to a Holder if such Holder is subject to Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act without regard to the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of the Notes and upon conversion, exercise or sale of securities or rights to acquire securities that have limitations on the Holder’s right to convert, exercise or purchase similar to this limitation and (ii) in connection with an issuance of Common Stock by the Company pursuant to, or upon a conversion in connection with a Fundamental Change.
(b) Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company shall issue shares of Common Stock upon conversion of such Holder’s Notes up to (but not exceeding) the amount that would cause such Holder (together with any Aggregated Person) to equal the Restricted Ownership Percentage; provided that each Holder shall have the right at any time and from time to time to reduce the Restricted Ownership Percentage applicable to such Holder immediately upon prior written notice to the Company (provided that, for the avoidance of doubt, in such event, such Holder may sell shares of Common Stock or Notes to reduce the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock deemed beneficially owned by such Holder (together with any Aggregated Person) to a level below the reduced Restricted Ownership Percentage, in which case the Notes will be convertible by such Holder up to (but will not exceed) the reduced Restricted Ownership Percentage) or increase the Restricted Ownership Percentage applicable to such Holder (together with any Aggregated Person) upon 65 days’ prior written notice to the Company.
ARTICLE 15
Repurchase at option of Holders upon a Fundamental Change
Section 15.01 Right to Require Repurchase upon a Fundamental Change.
(a) If a Fundamental Change occurs at any time, then each Holder shall have the right, at such Holder’s option, to require the Company to repurchase all of such Holder’s Notes or any portion of the principal amount thereof that is equal to $1,000 or an integral multiple of $1.00 in excess thereof, for cash on the date specified by the Company that is not less than 20 and not more than 35 Business Days after the date of the Fundamental Change Repurchase Right Notice (such specified date, the “Fundamental Change Repurchase Date”) at a repurchase price equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof, together with accrued and unpaid interest thereon to, but excluding, the Fundamental Change Repurchase Date, unless such Fundamental Change Repurchase Date falls after the Close of Business on a Regular Record Date and on or prior to the Close of Business on the corresponding Interest Payment Date, in which case the Company shall pay the full amount of accrued and unpaid interest payable on such Interest Payment Date to the Holder of record at the Close of Business on the corresponding Regular Record Date (the “Fundamental Change Repurchase Price”).
Repurchases of Notes under this Section 15.01 shall be made, at the option of the Holder thereof, upon:
(i) delivery to the Paying Agent by a Holder (if Notes are Global Notes, in accordance with Applicable Procedures) of a duly completed notice in the form set forth on the form of Note attached hereto as Exhibit A (the “Fundamental Change Repurchase Notice”) between the date of the Fundamental Change Repurchase Right Notice and the Close of Business on the Business Day immediately preceding the Fundamental Change Repurchase Date; and
(ii) delivery or book-entry transfer of the Notes to the Paying Agent at any time on or before the Close of Business on the Business Day immediately preceding the Fundamental Change Repurchase Date (together with all necessary endorsements), such delivery being a condition to receipt by the Holder of the Fundamental Change Repurchase Price therefor; provided that such Fundamental Change Repurchase Price shall be so paid pursuant to this Section 15.01 only if the Note so delivered to the Trustee (or other Paying Agent appointed by the Company) shall conform in all respects to the description thereof in the related Fundamental Change Repurchase Notice.
If such Notes are Definitive Notes, each Fundamental Change Repurchase Notice shall state:
(1) the certificate numbers of Notes to be delivered for repurchase;
(2) the portion of the principal amount of Notes to be repurchased, which must be $1,000 or an integral multiple of $1.00 in excess thereof; and
(3) that the Notes are to be repurchased by the Company pursuant to the applicable provisions of the Notes and this Indenture.
If such Notes are Global Notes, the Fundamental Change Repurchase Notice shall comply with the Applicable Procedures.
Any purchase by the Company contemplated pursuant to the provisions of this Section 15.01 shall be consummated by the delivery of the Fundamental Change Repurchase Price to be received by the Holder promptly following the later of the Fundamental Change Repurchase Date and the time of the book-entry transfer or delivery of the Note.
The Paying Agent shall promptly notify the Company of the receipt by it of any Fundamental Change Repurchase Notice or written notice of withdrawal thereof in accordance with the provisions of Section 15.01(c).
Any Note that is to be repurchased only in part shall be surrendered to the Trustee (with, if the Company or the Trustee so requires, due endorsement by, or a written instrument of transfer in form satisfactory to the Company and the Trustee duly executed by, the Holder thereof or his attorney duly authorized in writing), and the Company shall execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate and make available for delivery to the Holder of such Note without service charge, a new Note or Notes, containing identical terms and conditions, each in an authorized denomination in aggregate principal amount equal to and in exchange for the unrepurchased portion of the principal of the Note so surrendered.
(b) After the occurrence of a Fundamental Change, but on or before the 10th calendar day following the Effective Date of such Fundamental Change, the Company shall provide to all Holders and the Trustee and Paying Agent a notice (the “Fundamental Change Repurchase Right Notice”), in the manner provided for in Section 15.01, of the occurrence of such Fundamental Change and of the repurchase right, if any, at the option of the Holders, arising as a result thereof.
Each Fundamental Change Repurchase Right Notice shall specify:
(i) the events causing the Fundamental Change;
(ii) the date of the Fundamental Change;
(iii) the last date on which a Holder may exercise the repurchase right;
(iv) the Fundamental Change Repurchase Date;
(v) the Fundamental Change Repurchase Price;
(vi) the name and address of the Paying Agent and the Conversion Agent;
(vii) the applicable Conversion Rate and any adjustments to the applicable Conversion Rate, if any;
(viii) that the Notes with respect to which a Fundamental Change Repurchase Notice has been delivered by a Holder may be converted only if the Holder withdraws the Fundamental Change Repurchase Notice in accordance with the terms of this Indenture;
(ix) that the Holder must exercise the repurchase right on or prior to the Close of Business on the Business Day immediately preceding the Fundamental Change Repurchase Date (the “Fundamental Change Expiration Time”);
(x) that the Holder shall have the right to withdraw any Notes surrendered for repurchase prior to the Fundamental Change Expiration Time; and
(xi) the procedures that Holders must follow to require the Company to repurchase their Notes.
Simultaneously with providing the Fundamental Change Repurchase Right Notice, the Company shall publish this above information on the Company’s website or through such other public medium as the Company may use at that time.
No failure of the Company to give the foregoing notices or publish the foregoing information and no defect therein shall limit the Holders’ repurchase rights or affect the validity of the proceedings for the repurchase of the Notes pursuant to this Section 15.01.
(c) A Fundamental Change Repurchase Notice may be withdrawn in whole or in part by means of a written notice of withdrawal delivered to the Paying Agent at any time prior to the Fundamental Change Expiration Time, specifying:
(i) if such Notes are Definitive Notes, the certificate numbers of the withdrawn Notes,
(ii) the principal amount of the Notes with respect to which such notice of withdrawal is being submitted, and
(iii) the principal amount, if any, of such Notes that remain subject to the original Fundamental Change Repurchase Notice, which portion must be in principal amounts of $1,000 or an integral multiple of $1.00 in excess thereof;
provided, however, that if the Notes are Global Notes, such notice must comply with any Applicable Procedures.
(d) The Company shall deposit with the Paying Agent, in accordance with Section 4.01, an amount of money sufficient to repurchase on the Fundamental Change Repurchase Date all of the Notes to be repurchased on such date at the Fundamental Change Repurchase Price. Subject to receipt of funds and/or Notes by the Paying Agent, payment for Notes surrendered for repurchase (and not withdrawn) prior to the Fundamental Change Expiration Time shall be made promptly after the later of (x) the Fundamental Change Repurchase Date with respect to such Note (provided the Holder has satisfied the conditions to the payment of the Fundamental Change Repurchase Price in this Section 15.01), and (y) the time of book-entry transfer or the delivery of such Note to the Paying Agent by the Holder thereof in the manner required by this Section 15.01 by mailing checks for the amount payable to the Holders of such Notes entitled thereto as they shall appear in the Register; provided, however, that payments to the Depositary shall be made by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the account of the Depositary or its nominee. The Paying Agent shall, promptly after such payment and upon written demand by the Company, return to the Company any funds in excess of the Fundamental Change Repurchase Price.
(e) Subject to a Holder’s right to receive interest on the related Interest Payment Date where the Fundamental Change Repurchase Date falls between a Regular Record Date and the Interest Payment Date to which it relates, if the Paying Agent holds money sufficient to repurchase on the Fundamental Change Repurchase Date all of the Notes or portions thereof that are to be purchased as of the Business Day following the Fundamental Change Repurchase Date, then on and after the Fundamental Change Repurchase Date (i) such Notes shall cease to be outstanding and interest shall cease to accrue on such Notes, in either case, whether or not book-entry transfer of the Notes has been made or the Notes have been delivered to the Paying Agent and (ii) all other rights of the Holders of such Notes shall terminate other than the right to receive the Fundamental Change Repurchase Price and previously accrued and unpaid interest, if any.
(f) No Notes may be repurchased on any date at the option of Holders upon a Fundamental Change if the principal amount of the Notes has been accelerated, and such acceleration has not been rescinded, on or prior to the applicable Fundamental Change Repurchase Date (except in the case of an acceleration resulting from a default by the Company in the payment of the applicable Fundamental Change Repurchase Price with respect to such Notes).
(g) In connection with any repurchase offer pursuant to a Fundamental Change Repurchase Notice, the Company shall, if required: (i) comply with the provisions of Rule 13e-4 under the Exchange Act, Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other tender offer rules under the Exchange Act that may then be applicable; (ii) file a Schedule TO (or any successor schedule, form or report) to the extent required or any other required schedule under the Exchange Act; and (iii) otherwise comply with all federal and state securities laws in connection with any offer by the Company to repurchase the Notes.
[Signatures on following page]
SIGNATURES | |||
Dated as of ________, 2020 | |||
A.M. CASTLE & CO. | |||
By: | |||
Name: | |||
Title: | |||
TOTAL PLASTICS, INC. | |||
By: | |||
Name: | |||
Title: | |||
A.M. CASTLE & CO. (CANADA) INC. | |||
By: | |||
Name: | |||
Title: | |||
HY-ALLOY STEELS COMPANY | |||
By: | |||
Name: | |||
Title: | |||
KEYSTONE SERVICE, INC. | |||
By: | |||
Name: | |||
Title: | |||
KEYSTONE TUBE COMPANY, LLC | |||
By: | |||
Name: | |||
Title: | |||
CASTLE METALS DE MEXICO, S.A. DE C.V. | |||
By: | |||
Name: | |||
Title: | |||
CASTLE METALS DE MEXICALI, S.A. DE C.V. | |||
By: | |||
Name: | |||
Title: |
WILMINGTON SAVINGS FUND SOCIETY, FSB, | ||
not in its individual capacity but solely as Trustee | ||
By: | ||
Name: | ||
Title: | ||
Wilmington Savings Fund Society, FSB, | ||
not in its individual capacity but solely as Collateral Agent | ||
By: | ||
Name: | ||
Title: |
EXHIBIT A
[FORM OF NOTE]
[Insert the Global Note Legend, if applicable]
[Insert the Private Placement Legend, if applicable]
[Insert OID Legend, if applicable]
[Insert Intercreditor Legend]
CUSIP [ ]
3.00% / 5.00% Convertible Senior Secured PIK Toggle Notes due 2024
No. [ ] $[ ]
[as revised by the Schedule of Increases and
Decreases in Global Note attached hereto]*
A.M. CASTLE & CO.
A.M. Castle & Co., a Maryland corporation (the “Company”), promises to pay to [ ] or registered assigns, the principal sum of [ ] DOLLARS[, as revised by the Schedule of Increases and Decreases in Global Note attached hereto,]* Insert in Global Note. on [________], 2024.
Interest Payment Dates: March 31, June 30, September 30 and December 31
Record Dates: March 15, June 15, September 15 and December 15
Dated: | ||
A.M. CASTLE & CO. | ||
By: | ||
Name: | ||
Title: | ||
This is one of the Notes referred to
in the within-mentioned Indenture: |
||
Wilmington Savings Fund Society, FSB, | ||
As Trustee | ||
By: | ||
Authorized Signatory |
3.00% / 5.00% Convertible Senior Secured PIK Toggle Notes due 2024
Capitalized terms used herein have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture referred to below unless otherwise indicated.
(1) Interest. A.M. Castle & Co., a Maryland corporation (the “Company”), promises to pay interest on the principal amount of this Note at (i) in the case of Cash Interest, 3.00% per annum, from (and including) the date of issuance until maturity, or (ii) in the case of PIK Interest, 5.00% per annum, from (and including) the date of issuance until maturity. PIK Interest may be payable either (x) by increasing the principal amount of the outstanding Note by an amount equal to the amount of PIK Interest for the applicable interest period (rounded up to the nearest $1.00) or (y) by issuing PIK Notes in certificated form in an aggregate principal amount equal to the amount of PIK Interest for the period (rounded up to the nearest $1.00), and the Trustee will, at the request of the Company, authenticate and deliver such PIK Notes in certificated form for original issuance to the Holders on the relevant record date, as shown by the records of the register of Holders. Following an increase in the principal amount of the outstanding Global Notes as a result of a PIK Payment, the Global Notes will bear interest on such increased principal amount from and after the date of such PIK Payment. All Notes issued pursuant to a PIK Payment will mature on August 31, 2024 and will be governed by, and subject to the terms, provisions and conditions of, the Indenture and shall have the same rights and benefits as Notes issued on the Issue Date. Any certificated PIK Notes will be issued with the description PIK on the face of such PIK Note.
The Company will pay interest, quarterly in arrears on March 31, June 30, September 30 and December 31 of each year, or if any such day is not a Business Day, on the next succeeding Business Day (each such date, an “Interest Payment Date”). Interest on the Notes will accrue from the most recent date to which interest has been paid or, if no interest has been paid, from the date of issuance; provided that if there is no existing Default in the payment of interest, and if this Note is authenticated between a record date referred to on the face hereof and the next succeeding Interest Payment Date, interest shall accrue from such next succeeding Interest Payment Date; provided, further, that the first Interest Payment Date shall be June 30, 2020. The Company will pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue principal from time to time on demand at a rate that is 1% per annum in excess of the rate then in effect to the extent lawful; it will pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue installments of interest or premium, if any, (without regard to any applicable grace periods) from time to time on demand at the same rate to the extent lawful. Interest will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months.
(2) Method of Payment. For any interest payment period, the Company may elect to pay interest on this Note (1) entirely in cash (“Cash Interest”) or (2) if the payment of Cash Interest would be prohibited under the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement, by increasing the principal amount of the outstanding Notes or by issuing PIK Notes (“PIK Interest”). For any interest payment, the Company must elect the form and composition of the interest payment with respect to such interest period by delivering a notice to the Trustee at least 15 days prior to the interest payment due date for such interest period. The Trustee shall deliver a corresponding notice to the Holders. In the absence of such election for any interest period, interest on the Notes shall be payable according to the election for the previous interest period.
The Company will pay interest on the Notes (except defaulted interest), to the Persons who are registered Holders of Notes at the close of business on the March 15, June 15, September 15 or December 15 immediately preceding the Interest Payment Date, even if such Notes are canceled after such record date and on or before such Interest Payment Date, except as provided in Section 2.12 of the Indenture with respect to defaulted interest. The Notes will be payable as to principal, interest or premium, if any, at the office or agency of the Company maintained for such purpose within or without the City and State of New York, or, at the option of the Company, payment may be made by check mailed to the Holders at their addresses set forth in the register of Holders; provided that payment by wire transfer of immediately available funds will be required with respect to principal of and interest or premium, if any, on all Global Notes and all other Notes the Holders of which will have provided wire transfer instructions to the Company or the Paying Agent. Such payment will be in such coin or currency of the United States of America as at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts.
If any payment with respect to any principal of, or premium or interest, if any, on any Note (including any payment to be made on any date fixed for redemption or purchase of any Note) is due on a day which is not a Business Day, then the payment need not be made on such date, but may be made on the next Business Day with the same force and effect as if made on such date, and no interest will accrue for the intervening period.
(3) Paying Agent, Registrar and Conversion Agent. Initially, Wilmington Savings Fund Society, FSB, the Trustee under the Indenture, will act as Paying Agent, Registrar and Conversion Agent. The Company may change any Paying Agent, Registrar or Conversion Agent without notice to any Holder. The Company or any of its Subsidiaries may act in any such capacity.
(4) Indenture. The Company issued the Notes under an Indenture, dated as of March [__], 2020 (as amended, restated, supplemented, or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Indenture”), among the Company, the Guarantors, the Trustee and the Collateral Agent. The terms of the Notes include those stated in the Indenture and those made part of the Indenture by reference to the TIA. The Notes are subject to all such terms, and Holders are referred to the Indenture and such Act for a statement of such terms. To the extent any provision of this Note conflicts with the express provisions of the Indenture or any other Note Document, the provisions of the Indenture or such Note Document shall govern and be controlling. The Notes are secured obligations of the Company, and such security is subject to the Intercreditor Agreement.
(5) Mandatory Redemption.
The Company is not required to make mandatory redemption or sinking fund payments with respect to the Notes, except that, under certain circumstances, the Company may be required to offer to purchase Notes as described under Sections 4.10 and 15.01 of the Indenture. The Company and its Affiliates may at any time and from time to time purchase Notes in the open market, by tender offer, negotiated transactions or otherwise.
(6) Repurchase at the Option of Holder.
(a) The Notes shall be subject to repurchase at the option of the Holder as a result of certain Asset Sales under the circumstances described under Section 4.10 of the Indenture.
(b) Upon occurrence of a Fundamental Change, the Notes may be subject to repurchase at the option of the Holders pursuant to Section 15.01 of the Indenture.
(7) Conversion. Subject to the provisions of the Indenture, the Holder hereof has the right, at its option, during certain periods and upon the occurrence of certain conditions specified in the Indenture, prior to the Close of Business on the second Scheduled Trading Day immediately preceding the Maturity Date, to convert any Notes or portion thereof that is $1,000, or an integral multiple of $1.00 in excess thereof, into cash and/or shares of Common Stock, in each case, at the Conversion Rate specified in the Indenture, as adjusted from time to time as provided in the Indenture.
(9) Denominations, Transfer, Exchange. The Notes are in registered form without coupons in denominations of $2,000 and integral multiples of $1.00. The transfer of Notes may be registered and Notes may be exchanged as provided in the Indenture. The Registrar and the Trustee may require a Holder, among other things, to furnish appropriate endorsements and transfer documents and the Company may require a Holder to pay any taxes and fees required by law or permitted by the Indenture. The Company need not exchange or register the transfer of any Notes for a period of 15 days before a selection of Notes to be redeemed or during the period between a record date and the corresponding Interest Payment Date.
(10) Persons Deemed Owners. The registered Holder of a Note may be treated as its owner for all purposes.
(11) Amendment, Supplement and Waiver. The Notes may be amended or supplemented in accordance with Sections 9.01 and 9.02 of the Indenture.
(12) Defaults and Remedies. The Notes shall be subject to Events of Default set forth in Section 6.01 of the Indenture.
(13) Trustee Dealings with Company. The Trustee, in its individual or any other capacity, may make loans to, accept deposits from, and perform services for the Company or its Affiliates, and may otherwise deal with the Company or its Affiliates, as if it were not the Trustee.
(14) No Recourse Against Others. No past, present or future director, officer, employee, incorporator or stockholder of the Company or any Guarantor, as such, will have any liability for any obligations of the Company or the Guarantors under the Notes, the Indenture, the Note Guarantees, the Collateral Documents or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation. Each Holder of Notes by accepting a Note waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the Notes. The waiver may not be effective to waive liabilities under the federal securities laws.
(15) Authentication. This Note will not be valid until authenticated by the manual signature of the Trustee or an authenticating agent.
(16) Abbreviations. Customary abbreviations may be used in the name of a Holder or an assignee, such as: TEN COM (= tenants in common), TENENT (= tenants by the entireties), JT TEN (= joint tenants with right of survivorship and not as tenants in common), CUST (= Custodian), and U/G/M/A (= Uniform Gifts to Minors Act).
(17) CUSIP Numbers. Pursuant to a recommendation promulgated by the Committee on Uniform Security Identification Procedures, the Company has caused CUSIP numbers to be printed on the Notes, and the Trustee may use CUSIP numbers in notices as a convenience to Holders. No representation is made as to the accuracy of such numbers either as printed on the Notes or as contained in any notice, and reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers placed thereon.
(18) GOVERNING LAW. THE INDENTURE, THE NOTES, THE NOTE GUARANTEES AND THE COLLATERAL DOCUMENTS SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, AS APPLIED TO CONTRACTS MADE AND PERFORMED WITHIN THE STATE OF NEW YORK, WITHOUT REGARD TO PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICT OF LAWS TO THE EXTENT THAT THE APPLICATION OF THE LAW OF ANOTHER JURISDICTION WOULD BE REQUIRED THEREBY. EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO AGREES TO SUBMIT TO THE JURISDICTION OF THE COURTS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK IN ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THE INDENTURE, THE NOTES, THE GUARANTEES, THE COLLATERAL DOCUMENTS OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED BY THE INDENTURE.
The Company will furnish to any Holder upon written request and without charge a copy of the Indenture. Requests may be made to:
A.M. Castle & Co.
1420 Kensington Court, Suite 220
Oak Brook, IL 60523
Facsimile No.: (847) 349-2583
Attention: Chief Financial Officer
ASSIGNMENT FORM
To assign this Note, fill in the form below:
(I) or (we) assign and transfer this Note to:
(Insert assignee’s legal name)
(Insert assignee’s soc. sec. or tax I.D. no.)
(Print or type assignee’s name, address and zip code)
and irrevocably appoint
to transfer this Note on the books of the Company. The agent may substitute another to act for him.
Date:
Your Signature:
(Sign exactly as your name appears on the face of this Note)
Signature Guarantee:*
* |
Participant in a recognized Signature Guarantee Medallion Program (or other signature guarantor acceptable to the Trustee). |
CONVERSION NOTICE
To convert this Note into cash and/or shares of Common Stock of the Company, check the box ☐
To convert only part of this Note, state the principal amount to be converted (which must be $1,000 or an integral multiple of $1.00 in excess thereof):
If you want any stock certificate made out in another Person’s name fill in the form below:
(Insert the other Person’s soc. sec. or tax ID no.)
(Print or type other Person’s name, address and zip code)
Date: | Your Signature: | |||||
(Sign exactly as your name appears on the other side of this Note) |
Signature Guaranteed | |
Participant in a Recognized Signature | |
Guarantee Medallion Program |
By: | ||
Authorized Signatory |
OPTION OF HOLDER TO ELECT PURCHASE
If you want to elect to have this Note purchased by the Company pursuant to Section 4.10 or 15.01 of the Indenture, check the appropriate box below:
☐ Section 4.10 ☐ Section 15.01
If you want to elect to have only part of the Note purchased by the Company pursuant to Section 4.10 or Section 15.01 of the Indenture, state the principal amount you elect to have purchased:
Dollars ($ )
Date:
Your Signature:
(Sign exactly as your name appears on the face of this Note)
Tax Identification No.:
Signature Guarantee:*
* |
Participant in a recognized Signature Guarantee Medallion Program (or other signature guarantor acceptable to the Trustee). |
SCHEDULE OF EXCHANGES OF INTERESTS IN THE GLOBAL NOTE*
The following exchanges of a part of this Global Note for an interest in another Global Note or for a Definitive Note, or exchanges of a part of another Global Note or Definitive Note for an interest in this Global Note, have been made:
Date of Exchange |
Amount of decrease
in Principal Amount [at maturity] of this Global Note |
Amount of increase in
Principal Amount [at maturity] of this Global Note |
Principal Amount [at
maturity] of this Global Note following such decrease (or increase) |
Signature of
authorized officer of Trustee or Custodian |
* | Include in Global Note. |
EXHIBIT B
FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER
A.M. Castle & Co.
1420 Kensington Court, Suite 220
Oak Brook, IL 60523
Wilmington Savings Fund Society, FSB,
as Trustee
500 Delaware Avenue, 11th Floor
Wilmington, Delaware 19801
Attention: Patrick Healy
Re: A.M. Castle & Co. –3.00% / 5.00% Convertible Senior Secured PIK Toggle Notes due 2024 (CUSIP)
Reference is hereby made to the Indenture, dated as of March [__], 2020 (the “Indenture”), among A.M. Castle & Co., as issuer (the “Company”), the guarantors party thereto and Wilmington Savings Fund Society, FSB, as trustee and as collateral agent. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Indenture.
_________________, (the “Transferor”) owns and proposes to transfer the Note[s] or interest in such Note[s] specified in Annex A hereto, in the principal amount of $ in such Note[s] or interests (the “Transfer”), to _________________ (the “Transferee”), as further specified in Annex A hereto. In connection with the Transfer, the Transferor hereby certifies that:
[CHECK ALL THAT APPLY]
1. ☐ Check if Transferee will take delivery of a beneficial interest in the 144A Global Note or a Restricted Definitive Note pursuant to Rule 144A. The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), and, accordingly, the Transferor hereby further certifies that the beneficial interest or Definitive Note is being transferred to a Person that the Transferor reasonably believes is purchasing the beneficial interest or Definitive Note for its own account, or for one or more accounts with respect to which such Person exercises sole investment discretion, and such Person and each such account is a “qualified institutional buyer” within the meaning of Rule 144A in a transaction meeting the requirements of Rule 144A, and such Transfer is in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States. Upon consummation of the proposed Transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the 144A Global Note and/or the Restricted Definitive Note and in the Indenture and the Securities Act.
2. ☐ Check if Transferee will take delivery of a beneficial interest in the Regulation S Global Note or a Restricted Definitive Note pursuant to Regulation S. The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904 under the Securities Act and, accordingly, the Transferor hereby further certifies that (i) the Transfer is not being made to a Person in the United States and (x) at the time the buy order was originated, the Transferee was outside the United States or such Transferor and any Person acting on its behalf reasonably believed and believes that the Transferee was outside the United States or (y) the transaction was executed in, on or through the facilities of a designated offshore securities market and neither such Transferor nor any Person acting on its behalf knows that the transaction was prearranged with a buyer in the United States, (ii) no directed selling efforts have been made in contravention of the requirements of Rule 903(b) or Rule 904(b) of Regulation S under the Securities Act, (iii) the transaction is not part of a plan or scheme to evade the registration requirements of the Securities Act and (iv) if the proposed transfer is being made prior to the expiration of the Restricted Period, the transfer is not being made to a U.S. Person or for the account or benefit of a U.S. Person (other than an Initial Purchaser). Upon consummation of the proposed transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will be subject to the restrictions on Transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Regulation S Global Note and/or the Restricted Definitive Note and in the Indenture and the Securities Act.
3. ☐ Check and complete if Transferee will take delivery of a beneficial interest in the AI Global Note or a Restricted Definitive Note pursuant to any provision of the Securities Act other than Rule 144A or Regulation S. The Transfer is being effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to beneficial interests in Restricted Global Notes and Restricted Definitive Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act and any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States, and accordingly the Transferor hereby further certifies that (check one):
(a) ☐ such Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 144 under the Securities Act;
or
(b) ☐ such Transfer is being effected to the Company or a subsidiary thereof;
or
(c) ☐ such Transfer is being effected pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act and in compliance with the prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act;
or
(d) ☐ such Transfer is being effected to an Accredited Investor and pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act, other than Rule 144A, Rule 144, Rule 903 or Rule 904, and the Transferor hereby further certifies that it has not engaged in any general solicitation within the meaning of Regulation D under the Securities Act and the Transfer complies with the transfer restrictions applicable to beneficial interests in a Restricted Global Note or Restricted Definitive Notes and the requirements of the exemption claimed, which certification is supported by (1) a certificate executed by the Transferee in the form of Exhibit D to the Indenture and (2) an opinion of counsel provided by the Transferor or the Transferee (a copy of which the Transferor has attached to this certification), to the effect that such Transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act. Upon consummation of the proposed transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the AI Global Note and/or the Restricted Definitive Notes and in the Indenture and the Securities Act.
4. ☐ Check if Transferee will take delivery of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note or of an Unrestricted Definitive Note.
(a) ☐ Check if Transfer is pursuant to Rule 144. (i) The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 144 under the Securities Act and in compliance with the transfer restrictions contained in the Indenture and any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States and (ii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act. Upon consummation of the proposed Transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will no longer be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Restricted Global Notes, on Restricted Definitive Notes and in the Indenture.
(b) ☐ Check if Transfer is Pursuant to Regulation S. (i) The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904 under the Securities Act and in compliance with the transfer restrictions contained in the Indenture and any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States and (ii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act. Upon consummation of the proposed Transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will no longer be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Restricted Global Notes, on Restricted Definitive Notes and in the Indenture.
(c) ☐ Check if Transfer is Pursuant to Other Exemption. (i) The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in compliance with an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act other than Rule 144, Rule 903 or Rule 904 and in compliance with the transfer restrictions contained in the Indenture and any applicable blue sky securities laws of any State of the United States and (ii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act. Upon consummation of the proposed Transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will not be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Restricted Global Notes or Restricted Definitive Notes and in the Indenture.
This certificate and the statements contained herein are made for your benefit and the benefit of the Company.
[Insert Name of Transferor]
By:
Name:
Title:
Dated:
ANNEX A TO CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER
(1) The Transferor owns and proposes to transfer the following:
[CHECK ONE OF (a) OR (b)]
(a) ☐ a beneficial interest in the:
(i) ☐ 144A Global Note (CUSIP ), or
(ii) ☐ Regulation S Global Note (CUSIP ), or
(iii) ☐ AI Global Note (CUSIP ); or
(b) ☐ a Restricted Definitive Note.
(2) After the Transfer the Transferee will hold:
[CHECK ONE]
(a) ☐ a beneficial interest in the:
(i) ☐ 144A Global Note (CUSIP ), or
(ii) ☐ Regulation S Global Note (CUSIP ), or
(iii) ☐ AI Global Note (CUSIP ); or
(iv) ☐ Unrestricted Global Note (CUSIP ); or
(b) ☐ a Restricted Definitive Note; or
(c) ☐ an Unrestricted Definitive Note,
in accordance with the terms of the Indenture.
EXHIBIT C
FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF EXCHANGE
A.M. Castle & Co.
1420 Kensington Court, Suite 220
Oak Brook, IL 60523
Wilmington Savings Fund Society, FSB,
as Trustee
500 Delaware Avenue, 11th Floor
Wilmington, Delaware 19801
Attention: Patrick Healy
Re: A.M. Castle & Co. –3.00% / 5.00% Convertible Senior Secured PIK Toggle Notes due 2024 (CUSIP)
Reference is hereby made to the Indenture, dated as of March [__], 2020 (the “Indenture”), among A.M. Castle & Co., as issuer (the “Company”), the guarantors party thereto and Wilmington Savings Fund Society, FSB, as trustee and as collateral agent. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Indenture.
_________________, (the “Owner”) owns and proposes to exchange the Note[s] or interest in such Note[s] specified herein, in the principal amount of $ in such Note[s] or interests (the “Exchange”). In connection with the Exchange, the Owner hereby certifies that:
1. ☐ Exchange of Restricted Definitive Notes or Beneficial Interests in a Restricted Global Note for Unrestricted Definitive Notes or Beneficial Interests in an Unrestricted Global Note
(a) ☐ Check if Exchange is from beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note to beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note. In connection with the Exchange of the Owner’s beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note in an equal principal amount, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the beneficial interest is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer, (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to the Global Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), (iii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act and (iv) the beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note is being acquired in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States.
(b) ☐ Check if Exchange is from beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note to Unrestricted Definitive Note. In connection with the Exchange of the Owner’s beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note for an Unrestricted Definitive Note, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the Definitive Note is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer, (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to the Restricted Global Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act, (iii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act and (iv) the Definitive Note is being acquired in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States.
(c) ☐ Check if Exchange is from Restricted Definitive Note to beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note. In connection with the Owner’s Exchange of a Restricted Definitive Note for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the beneficial interest is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer, (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to Restricted Definitive Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act, (iii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act and (iv) the beneficial interest is being acquired in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States.
(d) ☐ Check if Exchange is from Restricted Definitive Note to Unrestricted Definitive Note. In connection with the Owner’s Exchange of a Restricted Definitive Note for an Unrestricted Definitive Note, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the Unrestricted Definitive Note is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer, (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to Restricted Definitive Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act, (iii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act and (iv) the Unrestricted Definitive Note is being acquired in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States.
2. ☐ Exchange of Restricted Definitive Notes or Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes for Restricted Definitive Notes or Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes
(a) ☐ Check if Exchange is from beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note to Restricted Definitive Note. In connection with the Exchange of the Owner’s beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note for a Restricted Definitive Note with an equal principal amount, the Owner hereby certifies that the Restricted Definitive Note is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer. Upon consummation of the proposed Exchange in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the Restricted Definitive Note issued will continue to be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Restricted Definitive Note and in the Indenture and the Securities Act.
(b) ☐ Check if Exchange is from Restricted Definitive Note to beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note. In connection with the Exchange of the Owner’s Restricted Definitive Note for a beneficial interest in the [CHECK ONE] 144A Global Note, Regulation S Global Note, AI Global Note with an equal principal amount, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the beneficial interest is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer and (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to the Restricted Global Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act, and in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States. Upon consummation of the proposed Exchange in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the beneficial interest issued will be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the relevant Restricted Global Note and in the Indenture and the Securities Act.
This certificate and the statements contained herein are made for your benefit and the benefit of the Company.
[Insert Name of Transferor]
By:
Name:
Title:
Dated:
EXHIBIT D
FORM OF CERTIFICATE FROM
ACQUIRING ACCREDITED INVESTOR
A.M. Castle & Co.
1420 Kensington Court, Suite 220
Oak Brook, IL 60523
Wilmington Savings Fund Society, FSB,
as Trustee
500 Delaware Avenue, 11th Floor
Wilmington, Delaware 19801
Attention: Patrick Healy
Re: A.M. Castle & Co. –3.00% / 5.00% Convertible Senior Secured PIK Toggle Notes due 2024 (CUSIP)
Reference is hereby made to the Indenture, dated as of March [__], 2020 (the “Indenture”), among A.M. Castle & Co., as issuer (the “Company”), the guarantors party thereto and Wilmington Savings Fund Society, FSB, as trustee and as collateral agent. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Indenture.
In connection with our proposed purchase of $ aggregate principal amount of:
(a) ☐ a beneficial interest in a Global Note, or
(b) ☐ a Definitive Note,
we confirm that:
1. We understand that any subsequent transfer of the Notes or any interest therein is subject to certain restrictions and conditions set forth in the Indenture and the undersigned agrees to be bound by, and not to resell, pledge or otherwise transfer the Notes or any interest therein except in compliance with, such restrictions and conditions and the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”).
2. We understand that the offer and sale of the Notes have not been registered under the Securities Act, and that the Notes and any interest therein may not be offered or sold except as permitted in the following sentence. We agree, on our own behalf and on behalf of any accounts for which we are acting as hereinafter stated, that if we should sell the Notes or any interest therein, we will do so only (A) to the Company or any subsidiary thereof, (B) in accordance with Rule 144A under the Securities Act to a “qualified institutional buyer” (as defined therein), (C) to an “accredited investor” (as defined below) that, prior to such transfer, furnishes (or has furnished on its behalf by a U.S. broker-dealer) to you and to the Company a signed letter substantially in the form of this letter and an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Trustee and the Company to the effect that such transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act, (D) outside the United States in accordance with Rule 904 of Regulation S under the Securities Act, (E) pursuant to the provisions of Rule 144 under the Securities Act or (F) pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act, and we further agree to provide to any Person purchasing the Definitive Note or beneficial interest in a Global Note from us in a transaction meeting the requirements of clauses (A) through (E) of this paragraph a notice advising such purchaser that resales thereof are restricted as stated herein.
3. We understand that, on any proposed resale of the Notes or beneficial interest therein, we will be required to furnish to you and the Company such certifications, legal opinions and other information as you and the Company may reasonably require to confirm that the proposed sale complies with the foregoing restrictions. We further understand that the Notes purchased by us will bear a legend to the foregoing effect.
4. We are an “accredited investor” (as defined in Rule 501(a) of Regulation D under the Securities Act) and have such knowledge and experience in financial and business matters as to be capable of evaluating the merits and risks of our investment in the Notes, and we and any accounts for which we are acting are each able to bear the economic risk of our or its investment.
5. We are acquiring the Notes or beneficial interest therein purchased by us for our own account or for one or more accounts (each of which is an “accredited investor”) as to each of which we exercise sole investment discretion.
You and the Company are entitled to rely upon this letter and are irrevocably authorized to produce this letter or a copy hereof to any interested party in any administrative or legal proceedings or official inquiry with respect to the matters covered hereby.
[Insert Name of Accredited Investor]
By:
Name:
Title:
Dated:
EXHIBIT E
FORM OF SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE
TO BE DELIVERED BY SUBSEQUENT GUARANTORS
SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE (this “Supplemental Indenture”), dated as of [ ], 201[ ], among (the “Guaranteeing Subsidiary”), a subsidiary of A.M. Castle & Co. (or its permitted successor), a Maryland corporation (the “Company”), the Company and Wilmington Savings Fund Society, FSB, as trustee (in such capacity, the “Trustee”) and as collateral agent (in such capacity, the “Collateral Agent”).
W I T N E S S E T H
WHEREAS, the Company has heretofore executed and delivered to the Trustee and the Collateral Agent an indenture, dated as of March [__], 2020 (as amended, restated, supplemented, or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Indenture”), providing for the issuance of 3.00% / 5.00% Convertible Senior Secured PIK Toggle Notes due 2024 (the “Notes”);
WHEREAS, the Indenture provides that under certain circumstances the Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall execute and deliver to the Trustee and the Collateral Agent a supplemental indenture pursuant to which the Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall unconditionally guarantee all of the Company’s Obligations under the Notes and the Indenture on the terms and conditions set forth herein (the “Note Guarantee”); and
WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 9.01 of the Indenture, the Trustee and the Collateral Agent are each authorized to execute and deliver this Supplemental Indenture.
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the Guaranteeing Subsidiary, the Trustee, and the Collateral Agent mutually covenant and agree for the equal and ratable benefit of the Holders of the Notes as follows:
(1) Capitalized Terms. Capitalized terms used herein without definition shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture.
(2) Agreement to Guarantee. The Guaranteeing Subsidiary hereby agrees to provide an unconditional Guarantee on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in the Indenture, including but not limited to Article 10 thereof.
(3) No Recourse Against Others. No past, present or future director, officer, employee, incorporator or stockholder of the Company or any Guarantor, as such, will have any liability for any obligations of the Company or the Guarantors under the Notes Documents or this Supplemental Indenture or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation. Each Holder of Notes by accepting a Note waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the Notes. The waiver may not be effective to waive liabilities under the federal securities laws.
(4) GOVERNING LAW. THIS SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE, THE INDENTURE AND THE OTHER NOTES DOCUMENTS SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, AS APPLIED TO CONTRACTS MADE AND PERFORMED WITHIN THE STATE OF NEW YORK, WITHOUT REGARD TO PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICT OF LAWS TO THE EXTENT THAT THE APPLICATION OF THE LAW OF ANOTHER JURISDICTION WOULD BE REQUIRED THEREBY. EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO AGREES TO SUBMIT TO THE JURISDICTION OF THE COURTS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK IN ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE, THE INDENTURE, THE OTHER NOTES DOCUMENTS OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED BY THE INDENTURE.
(5) Counterparts. The parties may sign any number of copies of this Supplemental Indenture. Each signed copy shall be an original, but all of them together represent the same agreement.
(6) Effect of Headings. The Section headings herein are for convenience only and shall not affect the construction hereof.
(7) The Trustee and Collateral Agent. The Trustee and the Collateral Agent shall not be responsible in any manner whatsoever for or in respect of the validity or sufficiency of this Supplemental Indenture or for or in respect of the recitals contained herein, all of which recitals are made solely by the Guaranteeing Subsidiary and the Company.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Supplemental Indenture to be duly executed and attested, all as of the date first above written.
Dated: _________________, 201
[GUARANTEEING SUBSIDIARY] | ||
By: | ||
Name: | ||
Title: | ||
A.M. CASTLE & CO. | ||
By: | ||
Name: | ||
Title: | ||
Wilmington Savings Fund Society, FSB, as Trustee and Collateral Agent | ||
By: | ||
Authorized Signatory |
Very truly yours,
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ McDermott Will & Emery LLP
|
|
|
1.
|
Total Plastics, Inc.
|
2.
|
A.M. Castle & Co. (Canada) Inc.
|
3.
|
HY-Alloy Steels Company
|
4.
|
Keystone Service, Inc.
|
5.
|
Keystone Tube Company, LLC
|
6.
|
Castle Metals De Mexico, S.A. de C.V.
|
7.
|
Castle Metals De Mexicali, S.A. de C.V.
|
|
Very truly yours, |
|
|
|
/s/ Venable LLP
|
(a)
|
a certificate of good standing dated February 25, 2020 (the “Certificate of Good Standing”) in respect of Castle Canada
issued by the Office of the Registrar of Companies for British Columbia;
|
(b)
|
an officer’s certificate (the “Officer’s Certificate”) issued by an officer of Castle Canada relating to Castle Canada
and, inter alia, matters of corporate status, incumbency of authorized signing officers and directors and corporate power and authority and attaching certified copies of (A) a resolution of the
board of directors of Castle Canada authorizing, inter alia, the execution and delivery of the Indenture and the performance by Castle Canada of its obligations thereunder and (B) the
certificate of continuation, notice of articles and articles of Castle Canada;
|
(a)
|
the accuracy and currency of the indices and filing systems maintained at all public offices where we made or conducted registrations, searches or inquiries or
have caused registrations, searches or inquiries to be made or conducted, and the accuracy and completeness of all public records and any certificates issued pursuant thereto;
|
(b)
|
all signatures on documents submitted to us are genuine, all documents submitted to us as originals are authentic and complete, and all documents submitted to
us as copies conform to authentic and complete original documents;
|
(c)
|
all facts set forth in official public records and certificates and other documents supplied by public officials or otherwise conveyed to us by public officials
are and remain at all material times complete, true and accurate;
|
(d)
|
all facts set forth and statements made in certificates supplied by any director or officer of Castle Canada (including, without limitation, the Officer’s
Certificate) are and remain at all material times complete, true and accurate; and
|
(e)
|
all relevant individuals had full legal capacity at all relevant times.
|
1.
|
Castle Canada was continued under the Business Corporations Act (British Columbia) (“BCBCA”),
is a valid and existing company and is, with respect to the filing of annual reports, in good standing.
|
2.
|
Castle Canada has the corporate power and capacity to execute and deliver the Indenture and perform its obligations thereunder.
|
3.
|
Castle Canada has taken all necessary corporate action to authorize the execution and delivery of the Indenture and the performance of its obligations
thereunder.
|
|
Baker & McKenzie LLP
|
|
300 East Randolph Street, Suite 5000
|
||
Chicago, IL 60601
|
||
United States
|
||
Tel: +1 312 861 8000
|
||
Fax: +1 312 861 2899
|
||
www.bakermckenzie.com
|
(5)
|
such other documents, instruments, books and records as we have deemed relevant or appropriate in connection with this opinion (the documents described in clauses (1) through (5) constituting the “Reviewed
Documents”.)
|
|
Very truly yours,
|
|
|
|
|
1.
|
The Company is a corporation in existence and in good standing under the laws of the State of Michigan.
|
2.
|
The Company has the corporate power to execute, deliver and perform its obligations under the Indenture, including the Guarantee contained therein.
|
3.
|
The Indenture, including the Guarantee contained therein, has been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action of the Company.
|
Very truly yours,
|
|
|
|
/s/ Womble Bond Dickinson (US) LLP
|
|
MJB
|
|
SBDB
|
|
CEG
|
|
Very truly yours,
|
|
|
|
Taft Stettinius & Hollister LLP
|
WILMINGTON SAVINGS FUND SOCIETY, FSB, as Second Lien Agent
|
|||
By:
|
|
||
Name:
|
Geoffrey J. Lewis
|
||
Tit le:
|
Vice President
|
||
PNC BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as First Lien Agent
|
|||
By:
|
|||
Name:
|
|||
Title:
|
WILMINGTON SAVINGS FUND SOCIETY, FSB, as Second Lien Agent
|
|||
By:
|
|||
Name:
|
|||
Tit le:
|
|||
PNC BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as First Lien Agent
|
|||
By:
|
|
||
Name:
|
Dennis Cloud
|
||
Title:
|
Vice President
|
BORROWERS:
|
||||
A.M. CASTLE & CO.
|
||||
TOTAL PLASTICS, INC.
|
||||
HY-ALLOY STEELS COMPANY
|
||||
KEYSTONE TUBE COMPANY, LLC
|
||||
KEYSTONE SERVICE, INC.
|
||||
Each By:
|
|
|||
Name: Marec E. Edgar
|
||||
Title: Secretary
|
||||
GUARANTORS:
|
||||
A.M. CASTLE & CO. (CANADA) INC.
|
||||
By:
|
|
|||
Name: Marec E. Edgar
|
||||
Title: Secretary
|
||||
CASTLE METALS DE MEXICO, S.A. DE C.V.
|
||||
CASTLE METALS DE MEXICALI, S.A. DE C.V.
|
||||
Each By:
|
|
|||
Name: Marec E. Edgar
|
||||
Title: Vice President
|
AGENT AND LENDERS:
|
|||
PNC BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,
|
|||
as Agent and the sole Lender
|
|||
By:
|
|
||
Name:
|
Dennis Cloud
|
||
Title:
|
Vice President
|
REVOLVING CREDIT
AND
SECURITY AGREEMENT
PNC BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION
(AS LENDER AND AS ADMINISTRATIVE AND COLLATERAL AGENT)
AND
SUCH OTHER LENDERS WHICH ARE NOW OR
HEREAFTER A PARTY HERETO
WITH
A.M. CASTLE & CO., A MARYLAND CORPORATION,
AND THE OTHER BORROWERS (AS DEFINED HEREIN)
(AS BORROWERS)
AND
THE GUARANTORS PARTY HERETO
(AS GUARANTORS)
August 31, 2017
TABLE OF CONTENTS
I. | DEFINITIONS | 1 | |
1.1 | Accounting Terms | 1 | |
1.2 | General Terms | 2 | |
1.3 | Uniform Commercial Code Terms | 48 | |
1.4 | Certain Matters of Construction | 49 | |
1.5 | Currency Matters | 50 | |
1.6 | Québec Matters | 51 | |
II. | ADVANCES, PAYMENTS | 52 | |
2.1 | Revolving Advances | 52 | |
2.2 | Procedure for Borrowing Revolving Advances | 54 | |
2.3 | Disbursement of Advance Proceeds | 56 | |
2.4 | Maximum Advances | 56 | |
2.5 | Repayment of Advances | 56 | |
2.6 | Repayment of Excess Advances | 57 | |
2.7 | Statement of Account | 57 | |
2.8 | Letters of Credit and Acceptances | 58 | |
2.9 | Issuance of Letters of Credit; Creation of Acceptances | 58 | |
2.10 | Requirements For Issuance of Letters of Credit and Acceptances | 60 | |
2.11 | Disbursements, Reimbursement | 61 | |
2.12 | Repayment of Participation Advances | 62 | |
2.13 | Documentation | 62 | |
2.14 | Determination to Honor Drawing Request | 63 | |
2.15 | Nature of Participation and Reimbursement Obligations | 63 | |
2.16 | Indemnity | 64 | |
2.17 | Liability for Acts and Omissions | 65 | |
2.18 | Additional Payments | 66 | |
2.19 | Manner of Borrowing and Payment | 66 | |
2.20 | Use of Proceeds | 68 | |
2.21 | Defaulting Lender | 68 | |
2.22 | Payment of Obligations | 71 | |
2.23 | Swing Loans | 71 | |
2.24 | Voluntary and Mandatory Prepayments | 73 | |
2.25 | Reserved | 73 | |
2.26 | Additional Borrowers | 74 | |
2.27 | Termination or Reduction of Commitments | 74 |
III. | INTEREST AND FEES | 75 | |
3.1 | Interest | 75 | |
3.2 | Letter of Credit and Acceptance Fees | 75 | |
3.3 | Fees | 77 | |
3.4 | Field Examinations | 77 | |
3.5 | Inventory Appraisals | 77 | |
3.6 | Computation of Interest and Fees | 77 | |
3.7 | Maximum Charges | 78 | |
3.8 | Increased Costs | 78 | |
3.9 | Basis For Determining Interest Rate Inadequate or Unfair | 79 | |
3.10 | Capital Adequacy | 80 | |
3.11 | Gross Up for Taxes | 81 | |
3.12 | Withholding Tax Exemption | 82 | |
3.13 | Replacement of Lenders | 83 | |
IV. | COLLATERAL; GENERAL TERMS | 83 | |
4.1 | Security Interest in the Collateral | 83 | |
4.2 | Perfection of Security Interest | 84 | |
4.3 | Disposition of Collateral | 85 | |
4.4 | Preservation of Collateral | 85 | |
4.5 | Ownership of Collateral | 85 | |
4.6 | Defense of Agent’s and Lenders’ Interests | 86 | |
4.7 | Books and Records | 86 | |
4.8 | Financial Disclosure | 87 | |
4.9 | Compliance with Laws | 87 | |
4.10 | Inspection of Premises | 87 | |
4.11 | Insurance | 88 | |
4.12 | Failure to Pay Insurance | 88 | |
4.13 | Appraisals | 88 | |
4.14 | Payment of Leasehold Obligations | 89 | |
4.15 | Receivables | 89 | |
4.16 | Inventory | 91 | |
4.17 | Maintenance of Equipment | 92 | |
4.18 | Exculpation of Liability | 92 | |
4.19 | Financing Statements | 92 | |
V. | REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES | 92 | |
5.1 | Organization Status | 92 | |
5.2 | Power, Authority and Enforceability | 93 |
5.3 | No Violation | 93 | |
5.4 | Approvals | 93 | |
5.5 | Financial Statements; Solvency | 93 | |
5.6 | Litigation | 94 | |
5.7 | True and Complete Disclosure | 94 | |
5.8 | Margin Regulations | 95 | |
5.9 | Tax Returns and Payments | 95 | |
5.10 | Compliance with ERISA | 95 | |
5.11 | Perfected Liens and Property Rights | 97 | |
5.12 | Properties | 97 | |
5.13 | Subsidiaries | 97 | |
5.14 | Compliance with Statutes, etc. | 97 | |
5.15 | Investment Company Act | 98 | |
5.16 | Environmental Matters | 98 | |
5.17 | Employment and Labor Relations | 98 | |
5.18 | Intellectual Property, Etc. | 99 | |
5.19 | Insurance | 99 | |
5.20 | Survival of Representations and Warranties | 99 | |
5.21 | Entity Names | 99 | |
5.22 | Swaps | 99 | |
5.23 | Junior Lien Debt | 100 | |
5.24 | Flood Insurance | 100 | |
5.25 | Confirmed Plan | 100 | |
5.26 | Commercial Tort Claims | 100 | |
5.27 | Material Contracts | 100 | |
5.28 | Certificate of Beneficial Ownership/Controlling Party | 100 | |
VI. | AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS | 100 | |
6.1 | Information Covenants | 101 | |
6.2 | Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio | 101 | |
6.3 | Reserved | 101 | |
6.4 | Existence | 101 | |
6.5 | Compliance with Statutes, etc. | 101 | |
6.6 | Compliance with Environmental Laws | 101 | |
6.7 | Business | 102 | |
6.8 | Payment of Taxes and Other Obligations | 102 | |
6.9 | Employee Benefits | 102 | |
6.10 | Additional Subsidiaries | 103 | |
6.11 | Further Assurances | 103 |
6.12 | Unfinanced Capital Expenditures | 105 | |
6.13 | Payment of Fees | 105 | |
6.14 | Violations | 105 | |
6.15 | Standards of Financial Statements | 105 | |
6.16 | Assignment of Export Related Letters of Credit | 105 | |
6.17 | Trade Letters of Credit | 105 | |
6.18 | International Trade Compliance | 105 | |
6.19 | Keepwell | 106 | |
6.20 | Post-Closing Covenants | 106 | |
6.21 | Certificate of Beneficial Ownership/Controlling Party and Other Additional Information | 107 | |
6.22 | Advisor | 108 | |
VII. | NEGATIVE COVENANTS | 108 | |
7.1 | Liens | 108 | |
7.2 | Consolidation, Merger or Sale of Assets, Etc. | 112 | |
7.3 | Restricted Payments | 113 | |
7.4 | Indebtedness | 114 | |
7.5 | Investments | 116 | |
7.6 | Transactions with Affiliates | 117 | |
7.7 | Modifications of Certain Agreements; Limitations on Voluntary Payments, etc. | 118 | |
7.8 | Limitation on Certain Restrictions on Subsidiaries | 119 | |
7.9 | Change in Nature of Business | 119 | |
7.10 | Fiscal Year and Accounting Changes | 119 | |
7.11 | Membership/Partnership Interests | 120 | |
7.12 | Other Agreements | 120 | |
7.13 | Real Estate Matters | 120 | |
VIII. | CONDITIONS PRECEDENT | 120 | |
8.1 | Conditions to Effectiveness of this Agreement | 120 | |
8.2 | Conditions to Each Advance | 124 | |
8.3 | Conditions to Addition of an Applicant Borrower | 125 | |
IX. | INFORMATION AS TO LOAN PARTIES | 127 | |
9.1 | Disclosure of Material Matters | 127 | |
9.2 | Certificates | 128 | |
9.3 | Environmental Reports | 128 | |
9.4 | Litigation | 128 | |
9.5 | Material Occurrences | 129 | |
9.6 | Government Receivables | 129 |
9.7 | Annual Financial Statements | 129 | |
9.8 | Quarterly Financial Statements | 130 | |
9.9 | Monthly Financial Statements | 130 | |
9.10 | Other Reports | 130 | |
9.11 | Additional Information | 130 | |
9.12 | Projected Operating Budget | 131 | |
9.13 | Variances From Operating Budget | 131 | |
9.14 | Notice of Suits, Adverse Events | 131 | |
9.15 | ERISA Notices and Requests | 131 | |
9.16 | Bank Statements | 131 | |
9.17 | Additional Documents | 132 | |
X. | EVENTS OF DEFAULT | 132 | |
10.1 | Payments | 132 | |
10.2 | Representations | 132 | |
10.3 | Covenants | 132 | |
10.4 | Default Under Other Agreements | 132 | |
10.5 | Bankruptcy, etc. | 133 | |
10.6 | ERISA | 133 | |
10.7 | Security Documents | 134 | |
10.8 | Guarantees | 134 | |
10.9 | Judgments | 134 | |
10.10 | Material Adverse Effect. Any Material Adverse Effect occurs; | 134 | |
10.11 | Lien Priority | 134 | |
10.12 | Invalidity of Loan Documents | 134 | |
10.13 | Breach of Guaranty or Pledge Agreement | 135 | |
10.14 | Change of Control | 135 | |
XI. | LENDERS’ RIGHTS AND REMEDIES AFTER DEFAULT | 135 | |
11.1 | Rights and Remedies | 135 | |
11.2 | Agent’s Discretion | 136 | |
11.3 | Setoff | 137 | |
11.4 | Rights and Remedies not Exclusive | 137 | |
11.5 | Allocation of Payments | 137 | |
XII. | WAIVERS AND JUDICIAL PROCEEDINGS | 138 | |
12.1 | Waiver of Notice | 138 | |
12.2 | Delay | 139 | |
12.3 | Jury Waiver | 139 |
XIII. | EFFECTIVE DATE AND TERMINATION | 139 | |
13.1 | Term | 139 | |
13.2 | Termination | 140 | |
XIV. | REGARDING AGENT | 141 | |
14.1 | Appointment | 141 | |
14.2 | Nature of Duties | 142 | |
14.3 | Lack of Reliance on Agent and Resignation | 142 | |
14.4 | Certain Rights of Agent | 143 | |
14.5 | Reliance | 143 | |
14.6 | Notice of Default | 143 | |
14.7 | Indemnification | 143 | |
14.8 | Agent in its Individual Capacity | 144 | |
14.9 | Delivery of Documents | 144 | |
14.10 | Borrowers’ Undertaking to Agent | 144 | |
14.11 | No Reliance on Agent’s Customer Identification Program | 144 | |
14.12 | Other Agreements | 145 | |
14.13 | Collateral Matters | 145 | |
14.14 | Field Examination Reports; Confidentiality; Disclaimers by Lenders; Other Reports and Information | 146 | |
14.15 | Several Obligations; No Liability | 147 | |
14.16 | Bank Product Providers | 148 | |
XV. | BORROWING AGENCY | 148 | |
15.1 | Borrowing Agency Provisions | 148 | |
15.2 | Waiver of Subrogation | 151 | |
XVI. | MISCELLANEOUS | 151 | |
16.1 | Governing Law | 151 | |
16.2 | Entire Understanding | 151 | |
16.3 | Successors and Assigns; Participations; New Lenders | 155 | |
16.4 | Application of Payments | 157 | |
16.5 | Indemnity | 157 | |
16.6 | Notice | 158 | |
16.7 | Survival | 160 | |
16.8 | Severability | 160 | |
16.9 | Expenses | 160 | |
16.10 | Injunctive Relief | 160 | |
16.11 | Consequential Damages | 161 | |
16.12 | Captions | 161 |
LIST OF ANNEX, EXHIBITS AND SCHEDULES
Annex | |
Annex A | Revolver Commitment Percentages |
Exhibits | |
Exhibit 1.2(a) | Borrowing Base Certificate |
Exhibit 1.2(c) | Compliance Certificate |
Exhibit 2.1(a) | Revolving Credit Note |
Exhibit 2.2(b) | Participation Agreement |
Exhibit 2.24(d) | Swing Note |
Exhibit 16.3 | Commitment Transfer Supplement |
Schedules | |
Schedule 1.1(b) | Mortgaged Properties |
Schedule 4.5 | Location of Equipment and Inventory |
Schedule 4.15(h) | Accounts |
Schedule 4.19 | Financing Statements |
Schedule 5.9 | Tax Identification Number |
Schedule 5.10 | ERISA |
Schedule 5.12 | Properties |
Schedule 5.13 | Subsidiaries |
Schedule 5.16 | Environmental Matters |
Schedule 5.19 | Insurance |
Schedule 5.21 | Corporate Names; Mergers |
Schedule 5.26 | Commercial Tort Claims |
Schedule 5.27 | Material Contracts |
Schedule 7.1 | Existing Liens |
Schedule 7.4(b) | Existing Indebtedness |
Schedule 7.5(c) | Existing Investments |
Schedule 7.6(f) | Existing Affiliate Transactions |
Schedule 7.8(c) | Existing Restrictive Agreements |
REVOLVING CREDIT
AND
SECURITY AGREEMENT
Revolving Credit and Security Agreement dated August 31, 2017, among A.M. Castle & Co., a Maryland corporation (“Castle”), Total Plastics, Inc., a Michigan corporation (“Plastics”), HY-Alloy Steels Company, a Delaware corporation (“HY-Alloy”), Keystone Tube Company, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Keystone Tube”), and Keystone Service, Inc., an Indiana corporation (“Keystone Service”), the other borrowers from time to time party hereto (together with Castle, Plastics, HY-Alloy, Keystone Tube and Keystone Service, the “Borrowers” and each a “ Borrower”), the Guarantors (as hereinafter defined) from time to time party hereto, the financial institutions which are now or which hereafter become a party hereto (collectively, the “Lenders” and individually a “Lender”) and PNC Bank, National Association (“PNC”), as administrative and collateral agent for the Lenders (PNC, in such capacity, the “Agent”).
WHEREAS, Borrowers have requested that Lenders provide a senior-secured revolving credit facility (the “Revolving Facility”) to Borrowers in order to (i) fund certain of Borrowers’ ongoing working capital and capital expenditure needs, (ii) enable Borrowers to repay the obligations under the DIP Credit Agreement (as defined below) and certain other existing indebtedness in accordance with Borrowers’ exit from bankruptcy, and (iii) pay fees and expenses related to the transactions contemplated hereby;
WHEREAS, the Lenders are willing to make available to Borrowers loans, other extensions of credit and financial accommodations upon the terms and subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein.
IN CONSIDERATION of the mutual covenants and undertakings herein contained, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, and intending to be legally bound hereby, the Borrowers, Lenders and Agent hereby agree as follows:
I. | DEFINITIONS. |
1.1 Accounting Terms.
As used in this Agreement, the Other Documents or any certificate, report or other document made or delivered pursuant to this Agreement, accounting terms not defined in Section 1.2 or elsewhere in this Agreement and accounting terms partly defined in Section 1.2 to the extent not defined shall have the respective meanings given to them under GAAP; provided, however that, whenever such accounting terms are used for the purposes of determining compliance with financial covenants in this Agreement, such accounting terms shall be defined in accordance with GAAP as applied in preparation of the audited financial statements of Borrowers for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2016. If there occurs after the Closing Date any change in GAAP that affects in any respect the calculation of any covenant contained in this Agreement or the definition of any term defined under GAAP used in such calculations, subject to applicable “fresh-start” accounting principles (or similar treatments), Agent, Lenders and Borrowers shall negotiate in good faith to amend the provisions of this Agreement that relate to the calculation of such covenants with the intent of having the respective positions of Agent, Lenders and Borrowers after such change in GAAP conform as nearly as possible to their respective positions as of the Closing Date, provided, that, until any such amendments have been agreed upon, the covenants in this Agreement shall be calculated as if no such change in GAAP had occurred and Borrowers shall provide additional financial statements or supplements thereto, attachments to Compliance Certificates and/or calculations regarding financial covenants as Agent may reasonably require in order to provide the appropriate financial information required hereunder with respect to Borrowers both reflecting any applicable changes in GAAP and as necessary to demonstrate compliance with the financial covenants before giving effect to the applicable changes in GAAP.
1.2 General Terms.
For purposes of this Agreement the following terms shall have the following meanings:
“Acceptances” shall mean any existing and future drafts as to which any Borrower or beneficiary under a Letter of Credit is the drawer, which are processed and accepted for payment by Agent or another Lender acceptable to the Agent in its absolute discretion.
“Accountants” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 9.7 hereof.
“Advance Rates” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.1(a)(y)(iii) hereof.
“Advances” shall mean and include all advances hereunder in respect of the Revolving Advances, the Acceptances, the Letters of Credit and the Swing Loans.
“Affiliate” shall mean, when used with respect to a specified Person, another Person that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, Controls or is Controlled by or is under common Control with the Person specified; provided that, for purposes of Section 7.6 and the definition of “Eligible Receivables”, the term “Affiliate” shall also include any Person that directly or indirectly owns 10% or more of any class of the Equity Interests of the Person specified or that is an officer or director of the Person specified.
“Agent” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble to this Agreement and shall include its successors and assigns.
“Agreement” shall mean this Revolving Credit and Security Agreement, as the same may be amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.
“Agreement Value” shall mean, for each Hedging Agreement, on any date of determination, the maximum aggregate amount (giving effect to any netting agreements) that the applicable Borrower or the applicable Subsidiary would be required to pay if such Hedging Agreement was terminated on such date.
“Alternate Base Rate” shall mean, for any day, a rate per annum equal to the highest of (i) the Base Rate in effect on such day, (ii) the Federal Funds Open Rate in effect on such day plus one half of one percent (0.5%), and (iii) the Daily LIBOR Rate plus one percent (1%). For purposes of this definition, “Daily LIBOR Rate” shall mean, for any day, the rate per annum determined by Agent by dividing (x) the Published Rate by (y) a number equal to 1.00 minus the percentage prescribed by the Federal Reserve for determining the maximum reserve requirements with respect to any eurocurrency funding by banks on such day, but in no event shall the Daily LIBOR Rate be less than zero. For the purposes of this definition, “Published Rate” shall mean the rate of interest published each Business Day in The Wall Street Journal “Money Rates” listing under the caption “London Interbank Offered Rates” for a one month period (or, if no such rate is published therein for any reason, then the Published Rate shall be the eurodollar rate for a one month period as published in another publication determined by Agent).
“Anti-Terrorism Laws” shall mean any Applicable Laws relating to terrorism, trade sanctions programs and embargoes, import/export licensing, money laundering or bribery, and any regulation, order, or directive promulgated, issued or enforced pursuant to such Applicable Laws, all as amended, supplemented or replaced from time to time.
“Applicable Laws” shall mean all laws, rules and regulations applicable to the Person, conduct, transaction, covenant, Other Document or contract in question, including all applicable common law and equitable principles; all provisions of all applicable state, provincial, federal and foreign constitutions, statutes, rules, regulations, treaties, directives and orders of any Governmental Body, and all applicable orders, judgments and decrees of all courts and arbitrators.
“Applicable Letter of Credit and Acceptance Fee Percentage” shall mean the Applicable Margin for Eurodollar Rate Loans for Revolving A Advances.
“Applicable Margin” shall mean (a) for Revolving A Advances and Swing Loans, a percent per annum equal to (i) 3.00% with respect to Eurodollar Rate Loans and (ii) 2.00% with respect to Domestic Rate Loans, and (b) for Revolving B Advances, a percent per annum equal to 12.0% ; provided, that, solely with respect to Revolving A Advances and Swing Loans, (i) commencing on the first day of the first calendar quarter following the Applicable Margin Toggle Date, if such date occurs, and through and including the date immediately prior to the first Adjustment Date (as defined below), Applicable Margin shall be the applicable percent per annum set forth in the pricing table below corresponding to the Average Daily Excess Availability for the most recently completed calendar month prior to the first day of the first calendar quarter following the Applicable Margin Toggle Date and (ii) thereafter on the first day of each subsequent calendar quarter (each such day, an “Adjustment Date”) Applicable Margin shall be the applicable percent per annum set forth in the pricing table below corresponding to the Average Daily Excess Availability for the most recently completed calendar month prior to the applicable Adjustment Date:
Tier |
Average Daily Excess Availability |
Applicable Eurodollar
|
Applicable Domestic
|
I
|
greater than 66⅔% of the Maximum Revolving A Advance Amount |
2.00% |
1.00%
|
II
|
greater than 33⅓% of the Maximum Revolving A Advance Amount and less than or equal to the greater of 66⅔% of the Maximum Revolving A Advance Amount |
2.25% |
1.25% |
III
|
less than or equal to 33⅓% of the Maximum Revolving A Advance Amount |
2.50% |
1.50% |
“Applicable Margin Toggle Date” shall mean the date upon which the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio, calculated for the four fiscal quarters most recently ended for which financial statements have been delivered pursuant to Section 9.7 or 9.8, is greater than or equal to 1.00 to 1.00.
“Applicant Borrower” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.26 hereof.
“Application Date” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.5(b) hereof.
“Approved Electronic Communication” shall mean each notice, demand, communication, information, document and other material transmitted, posted or otherwise made or communicated by e-mail, E-Fax, the StuckyNet System©, or any other equivalent electronic service agreed to by Agent, whether owned, operated or hosted by Agent, any Lender, any of their Affiliates or any other Person, that any party is obligated to, or otherwise chooses to, provide to Agent pursuant to this Agreement or any Other Document, including any financial statement, financial and other report, notice, request, certificate and other information material; provided that Approved Electronic Communications shall not include any notice, demand, communication, information, document or other material that Agent specifically instructs a Person to deliver in physical form.
“Authorized Officer” shall mean, with respect to any Loan Party, the chief executive officer, president, or chief financial officer, or such other individuals designated by written notice to Agent as authorized to execute notices, reports and other documents on behalf of the Loan Parties, as required hereunder.
“Availability Block” shall mean Ten Million Dollars ($10,000,000.00); provided that the Availability Block will be reduced to Zero ($0.00) upon Agent’s receipt of audited financial statements for the year ending December 31, 2018, or any unaudited quarterly financial statements or audited annual statements thereafter, evidencing positive Consolidated Net Income for the Borrowers and their Subsidiaries for the period of twelve (12) months then ended.
“Average Daily Excess Availability” shall mean, for any calendar month, an amount equal to the average daily Excess Availability during such calendar month.
“Banker’s Acceptance Rate” shall mean with respect to any Acceptance hereunder, a discount charge (calculated with respect to the face amount of such Acceptance on the basis of a 360-day year for the number of days from the date such Acceptance is accepted by the accepting bank (the “Acceptance Date”) to its maturity date) at a rate per annum equal to the sum of (a) the discount rate in the New York banker’s acceptance market on the Acceptance Date as determined by the accepting bank in its sole discretion, plus (b) the Applicable Letter of Credit and Acceptance Fee Percentage.
“Bankruptcy Code” shall mean Title 11 of the United States Code entitled “Bankruptcy”, as now and hereafter in effect, or any successor statute.
“Bankruptcy Court” shall mean the Bankruptcy Court for the District of Delaware.
“Base Rate” shall mean the base commercial lending rate of PNC as publicly announced to be in effect from time to time, such rate to be adjusted automatically, without notice, on the effective date of any change in such rate. This rate of interest is determined from time to time by PNC as a means of pricing some loans to its customers and is neither tied to any external rate of interest or index nor does it necessarily reflect the lowest rate of interest actually charged by PNC to any particular class or category of customers of PNC.
“Beneficial Owner/Controlling Party” shall mean, for each Borrower, each of the following: (a) each individual, if any, who, directly or indirectly, owns 25% or more of such Borrower’s Equity Interests, if applicable; and (b) a single individual with significant responsibility to control, manage, or direct such Borrower.
“Board of Directors” shall mean, with respect to any Person, (i) in the case of any corporation, the board of directors of such person, (ii) in the case of any limited liability company, the board of managers of such Person or, if there is none, the Board of Directors of the managing member of such Person, (iii) in the case of a partnership, the Board of Directors of the general partner of such Person and (iv) in the case of any other Person, the functional equivalent of any of the foregoing.
“Borrower” or “Borrowers” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble to this Agreement and shall extend to all permitted successors and assigns of such Persons.
“Borrowers on a Consolidated Basis” shall mean the consolidation in accordance with GAAP of the accounts or other items of Borrowers and their respective Subsidiaries.
“Borrowers’ Account” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.7.
“Borrowing Agent” shall mean Castle.
“Borrowing Base Certificate” shall mean a certificate in substantially the form of Exhibit 1.2(a) duly executed by the President, Chief Financial Officer, Treasurer, Assistant Treasurer or Controller of Borrowing Agent and delivered to Agent, appropriately completed, by which such officer shall certify to Agent the Formula Amount and calculation thereof as of the date of such certificate.
“Business Day” shall mean any day other than a Saturday, Sunday or day on which banks in New York City or East Brunswick, New Jersey are authorized or required by law to close; provided that, when used in connection with a Eurodollar Rate Loan, the term “Business Day” shall also exclude any day on which banks are not open for dealings in Dollar deposits in the London interbank market.
“Canadian Anti-Terrorism or Sanctions Laws” means the Proceeds of Crime (Money Laundering) and Terrorist Financing Act (Canada), Part II.1 of the Criminal Code (Canada), the United Nations Act (Canada), the Special Economic Measures Act (Canada), the Freezing Assets of Corrupt Foreign Officials Act (Canada), the Export and Import Permits Act (Canada) and any regulations issued under any of the foregoing.
“Canadian Benefit Plan” shall mean any plan, fund, program, or policy, whether oral or written, formal or informal, funded or unfunded, insured or uninsured, providing material employee benefits, including medical, hospital care, dental, sickness, accident, disability, life insurance, pension, retirement or savings benefits, under which any Loan Party has any liability with respect to any employee or former employee in Canada, but excluding any Canadian Pension Plans.
“Canadian Blocked Person” shall mean any Person that is a “Designated Person,” “Politically Exposed Foreign Person,” or “Terrorist Group” as described in any Canadian Anti-Terrorism or Sanctions Law.
“Canadian Defined Benefit Plan” shall mean a Canadian Pension Plan for the purposes of any applicable pension benefits standards statute or regulation in Canada which contains a “defined benefit provision” as defined in subsection 147.1(1) of the Income Tax Act (Canada).
“Canadian Dollar” and the sign “CDN$” shall mean lawful money of Canada.
“Canadian Loan Party” shall mean Castle Canada and each other Loan Party that is organized or incorporated under the laws of Canada or any province or territory thereof, and “Canadian Loan Parties” means all such Persons, collectively.
“Canadian Pension Plan” shall mean a pension plan that is covered by the applicable pension standards laws of any jurisdiction in Canada including the Pension Benefits Act (Ontario) (or a similar legislation of any other Canadian jurisdiction) and the Income Tax Act (Canada) and that is either (a) maintained or sponsored by any Loan Party for employees or former employees in Canada or (b) maintained pursuant to a collective bargaining agreement, or other arrangement under which more than one employer makes contributions and to which a Loan Party is making or accruing an obligation to make contributions or has within the preceding five years made or accrued such contributions with respect to employees or former employees in Canada and that, for greater certainty, does not include the Canada Pension Plan or the Quebec Pension Plan as maintained by the Government of Canada or the Province of Quebec, respectively.
“Canadian Pension Termination Event” shall mean (a) the withdrawal of any Loan Party from a Canadian Defined Benefit Plan which is “multi-employer pension plan”, as defined under applicable pension standards legislation, during a plan year; or (b) the filing of a notice of intent to terminate in whole or in part a Canadian Defined Benefit Plan or the filing of an amendment with the applicable Governmental Body which terminates a Canadian Defined Benefit Plan, in whole or in part, or the treatment of an amendment as a termination or partial termination of a Canadian Defined Benefit Plan; or (c) the institution of proceedings by any Governmental Body to terminate a Canadian Defined Benefit Plan in whole or in part or have a replacement administrator or trustee appointed to administer a Canadian Defined Benefit Plan; or (d) any other event or condition or declaration or application which could reasonably be expected to constitute grounds for the termination or winding up of a Canadian Defined Benefit Plan, in whole or in part, or the appointment by any Governmental Body of a replacement administrator or trustee to administer a Canadian Defined Benefit Plan.
“Canadian Priority Payables Reserve” shall mean, with respect to any Canadian Loan Party, a reserve established in Agent’s Permitted Discretion with respect to (a) all obligations, liabilities or indebtedness which (i) have a trust, deemed trust or statutory Lien imposed to provide for payment or a Lien, choate or inchoate, ranking or capable of ranking senior to or pari passu with Liens securing the Obligations on any Collateral under any Applicable Law or (ii) have a right imposed to provide for payment ranking or capable of ranking senior to or pari passu with the Obligations under any Applicable Law, including, but not limited to, claims for unremitted and/or accelerated rents, utilities, taxes (including sales taxes and goods and services taxes and harmonized sales taxes and withholding taxes), amounts payable to an insolvency administrator, wages and vacation pay (including under the Wage Earner Protection Program Act (Canada)), employee withholdings or deductions, severance and termination pay, workers’ compensation obligations, government royalties and pension fund obligations (including any amounts representing any unfunded liability, solvency deficiency or wind-up deficiency with respect to any Canadian Defined Benefit Plan) and (b) amounts owing to suppliers in respect of Inventory which Agent, in good faith, and on a reasonable basis, considers is or may be subject to retention of title by a supplier (other than a Loan Party) or a right of a supplier (other than a Loan Party) to recover possession thereof, where such supplier’s right has priority over the Liens securing the Obligations, including, without limitation, Inventory subject to a right of a supplier (other than a Loan Party) to repossess goods pursuant to Section 81.1 of the Bankruptcy and Insolvency Act (Canada) or any other Applicable Laws granting revendication or similar rights to unpaid suppliers or any similar laws of Canada or any other applicable jurisdiction.
“Canadian Security Documents” shall mean (i) the Canadian Security Agreement executed by Castle Canada in favor of the Agent, dated as of the Closing Date, (ii) the Canadian Guarantee executed by Castle Canada in favor of the Agent, dated as of the Closing Date, and (iii) any other security or guarantee agreements executed by the Canadian Loan Parties as Guarantors hereunder, each as modified, amended, restated, or supplemented from time to time.
“Capital Expenditures” shall mean expenditures made or liabilities incurred for the acquisition of any fixed assets or improvements (or of any replacements or substitutions thereof or additions thereto) which have a useful life of more than one year and which, in accordance with GAAP, would be classified as capital expenditures. Capital Expenditures shall include the total principal portion of Capitalized Lease Obligations.
“Capitalized Lease Obligation” of any Person shall mean the obligations of such Person to pay rent or other amounts under any lease of (or other arrangement conveying the right to use) real or personal property, or a combination thereof, which obligations are required to be classified and accounted for as capital leases on a balance sheet of such Person under GAAP, and the amount of such obligations shall be the capitalized amount thereof determined in accordance with GAAP.
“Cases” shall mean the cases of the Domestic Loan Parties jointly administered under chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code pending before the Bankruptcy Court, bearing case number 17-11330 (LSS) and any superseding chapter 7 case or cases.
“Cash Dominion Period” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.15(h)(i) hereof.
“Cash Equivalents” shall mean (a) any readily-marketable securities (i) issued by, or directly, unconditionally and fully guaranteed or insured by the United States federal government or (ii) issued by any agency of the United States federal government, the obligations of which are fully backed by the full faith and credit of the United States federal government, (b) any readily-marketable direct obligations issued by any other agency of the United States federal government, any state of the United States or any political subdivision of any such state or any public instrumentality thereof, in each case having a rating of at least “A-1” from S&P or at least “P-1” from Moody’s, (c) any commercial paper rated at least “A-1” by S&P or “P-1” by Moody’s and issued by any Person organized under the laws of any state of the United States, (d) any Dollar-denominated time deposit, insured certificate of deposit, overnight bank deposit or banker’s acceptance issued or accepted by (i) any Lender or (ii) any commercial bank that is (A) organized under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia, (B) “adequately capitalized” (as defined in the regulations of its primary federal banking regulators) and (C) has Tier 1 capital (as defined in such regulations) in excess of $250,000,000, (e) shares of any United States money market fund that (i) has substantially all of its assets invested continuously in the types of investments referred to in clause (a), (b), (c) or (d) above with maturities as set forth in the proviso below, (ii) has net assets in excess of $500,000,000 and (iii) has obtained from either S&P or Moody’s the highest rating obtainable for money market funds in the United States (provided, however, that the maturities of all obligations specified in any of clauses (a), (b), (c) or (d) above shall not exceed 365 days) and (f) investments by any Foreign Subsidiaries in any foreign equivalents of a type of investment referred to in clause (a), (b), (c) or (d) above, provided that, (i) investments described in this clause (f) by any Foreign Subsidiary shall be limited to (1) securities issued by a country that is a member nation of the Organization of Economic Cooperation and Development or by issuers formed under the laws of such a country, or (2) in the case of Foreign Subsidiaries operating in countries that are not member nations of the Organization of Economic Cooperation and Development, investments customarily used by corporations for cash management purposes in such jurisdictions in the ordinary course of business of such corporations and (ii) in the case of investments equivalent to clause (a), the issuer has an investment grade sovereign debt rating from S&P or Moody’s.
“Cash Management Liabilities” shall have the meaning provided in the definition of “Cash Management Products and Services.”
“Cash Management Products and Services” shall mean agreements or other arrangements under which Agent or any Lender or any Affiliate of Agent or a Lender provides any of the following products or services to any Loan Party: (a) credit cards; (b) credit card processing services; (c) debit cards and stored value cards; (d) commercial cards; (e) ACH transactions; and (f) cash management and treasury management services and products, including without limitation controlled disbursement accounts or services, lockboxes, automated clearinghouse transactions, overdrafts, and interstate depository network services. The indebtedness, obligations and liabilities of any Loan Party to the provider of any Cash Management Products and Services (including all obligations and liabilities owing to such provider in respect of any returned items deposited with such provider) (the “Cash Management Liabilities”) shall be “Obligations” hereunder and otherwise treated as Obligations for purposes of this Agreement and each of the Other Documents, but only so long as such provider (if not PNC or an Affiliate of PNC) has notified Agent in writing of such Cash Management Products and Services within ten (10) days of entering into such agreement or arrangement, secured by the Collateral.
“Castle Canada” shall mean A.M. Castle & Co. (Canada) Inc., a corporation existing under the laws of British Columbia.
“Castle Mexicali” shall mean Castle Metals de Mexicali, S.A. de C.V., a sociedad anónima de capital variable organized under the laws of Mexico.
“Castle Mexico” shall mean Castle Metals de Mexico, S.A. de C.V., sociedad anónima de capital variable organized under the laws of Mexico
“CEA” shall mean the Commodity Exchange Act (7 U.S.C. §1 et seq.), as amended from time to time, and any successor statute.
“CERCLA” shall mean the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act of 1980, as amended, 42 U.S.C. §§9601 et seq.
“Certificate of Beneficial Ownership/Controlling Party” shall mean, for each Borrower, a certificate in form and substance acceptable to Agent in its sole discretion, certifying, among other things, the Beneficial Owner/Controlling Party of such Borrower.
“CFTC” shall mean the Commodity Futures Trading Commission.
“Change in Law” shall mean the occurrence, after the Closing Date, of any of the following: (a) the adoption or taking effect of any Applicable Law; (b) any change in any Applicable Law or in the administration, implementation, interpretation or application thereof by any Governmental Body; or (c) the making or issuance of any request, rule, guideline or directive (whether or not having the force of law) by any Governmental Body; provided that notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, (x) the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act and all requests, rules, regulations, guidelines, interpretations or directives thereunder or issued in connection therewith (whether or not having the force of Applicable Law) and (y) all requests, rules, regulations, guidelines, interpretations or directives promulgated by the Bank for International Settlements, the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision (or any successor or similar authority) or the United States or foreign regulatory authorities (whether or not having the force of law), in each case pursuant to Basel III, shall in each case be deemed to be a Change in Law regardless of the date enacted, adopted, issued, promulgated or implemented.
“Change of Control” shall mean: (a) any person or group of persons (within the meaning of Section 13(d) or 14(a) of the Exchange Act), other than the Original Owners, shall have acquired beneficial ownership (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 promulgated by the SEC under the Exchange Act) of 50% or more of the voting Equity Interests of Castle; (b) during any period of 12 consecutive months, a majority of the members of the board of directors of Castle cease to be composed of individuals (i) who were members of that board or equivalent governing body on the first day of such period, (ii) whose election or nomination to that board was approved by individuals referred to in clause (i) above constituting at the time of such election or nomination at least a majority of that board, (iii) whose election or nomination to that board was approved by individuals referred to in clauses (i) and (ii) above constituting at the time of such election or nomination at least a majority of that board (excluding, in the case of both clause (ii) and clause (iii), any individual whose initial nomination for, or assumption of office as, a member of that board or equivalent governing body occurs as a result of solicitation of proxies or consents for the election or removal of one or more directors by any person or group by or on behalf of the board of directors); or (iv) whose election or nomination to that board or equivalent governing body was authorized under and took place in accordance with the Stockholders Agreement; or (c) the occurrence of any event (whether in one or more transactions) which results in Castle, directly or indirectly, failing to own one hundred (100%) percent of the Equity Interests (on a fully diluted basis) of each Loan Party.
“CIP Regulations” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 14.11 hereof.
“Closing Date” shall mean August 31, 2017.
“Code” shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as the same may be amended or supplemented from time to time, and any successor statute of similar import, and the rules and regulations thereunder, as from time to time in effect.
“Collateral” shall mean and include all right, title and interest of each Loan Party in all of the following property and assets of such Loan Party, in each case, whether now existing or hereafter arising or created and whether now owned or hereafter acquired and wherever located:
(a) all Receivables and all supporting obligations relating thereto;
(b) all Equipment and fixtures;
(c) all General Intangibles;
(d) all Inventory;
(e) all Investment Property;
(f) all Real Property;
(g) all Subsidiary Stock;
(h) (i) its respective goods and other property including, but not limited to, all merchandise returned or rejected by Customers, relating to or securing any of the Receivables; (ii) all of each Loan Party’s rights as a consignor, a consignee, an unpaid vendor, mechanic, artisan, or other lienor, including stoppage in transit, setoff, detinue, replevin, reclamation and repurchase; (iii) all additional amounts due to any Loan Party from any Customer relating to the Receivables; (iv) other property, including warranty claims, relating to any goods securing the Obligations; (v) all of each Loan Party’s contract rights, rights of payment which have been earned under a contract right, instruments (including promissory notes), documents, chattel paper (including electronic chattel paper), warehouse receipts, deposit accounts, letters of credit and cash; (vi) all commercial tort claims (whether now existing or hereafter arising); (vii) if and when obtained by any Loan Party, all real and personal property of third parties in which such Loan Party has been granted a lien or security interest as security for the payment or enforcement of Receivables; (viii) all letter of credit rights (whether or not the respective letter of credit is evidenced by a writing); (ix) all supporting obligations; and (x) any other goods, personal property or real property now owned or hereafter acquired in which any Loan Party has expressly granted a security interest or may in the future grant a security interest to Agent hereunder, or in any amendment or supplement hereto or thereto, or under any other agreement between Agent and any Loan Party;
(i) all of each Loan Party’s ledger sheets, ledger cards, files, correspondence, records, books of account, business papers, computers, computer software (owned by such Loan Party or in which it has an interest), computer programs, tapes, disks and documents relating to (a), (b), (c), (d), (e), (f), (g), or (h) of this Paragraph;
(j) all proceeds and products of (a), (b), (c), (d), (e), (f), (g), (h), and (i) in whatever form, including, but not limited to: cash, deposit accounts (whether or not comprised solely of proceeds), certificates of deposit, insurance proceeds (including hazard, flood and credit insurance), negotiable instruments and other instruments for the payment of money, chattel paper, security agreements, documents, eminent domain proceeds, condemnation proceeds and tort claim proceeds, and property and assets of the Loan Parties described on Schedule 5.26 attached hereto;
in each case, other than Excluded Property. It is the intention of the parties that if Agent shall fail to have a perfected Lien in any particular property or assets of any Loan Party for any reason whatsoever, but the provisions of this Agreement and/or of the Other Documents, together with all financing statements and other public filings relating to Liens filed or recorded by Agent against Borrowers, would be sufficient to create a perfected Lien in any property or assets that such Loan Party may receive upon the sale, lease, license, exchange, transfer or disposition of such particular property or assets, then all such “proceeds” of such particular property or assets shall be included in the Collateral as original collateral that is the subject of a direct and original grant of a security interest as provided for herein and in the Other Documents (and not merely as proceeds (as defined in Article 9 of the Uniform Commercial Code) in which a security interest is created or arises solely pursuant to Section 9-315 of the Uniform Commercial Code).
“Commitments” mean the Swing Loan Commitment and the Revolving Commitment.
“Commitment Transfer Supplement” shall mean a document in the form of Exhibit 16.3 hereto, properly completed and otherwise in form and substance satisfactory to Agent by which the Purchasing Lender purchases and assumes a portion of the obligation of Lenders to make Advances (other than Swing Loans) under this Agreement.
“Compliance Certificate” shall mean a compliance certificate in the form attached hereto as Exhibit 1.2(c) to be signed by the President, Chief Financial Officer, Treasurer, Assistant Treasurer or Controller of Borrowing Agent, which shall state that, based on an examination sufficient to permit such officer to make an informed statement, no Default or Event of Default exists, or if such is not the case, specifying such Default or Event of Default, its nature, when it occurred, whether it is continuing and the steps being taken by Loan Parties with respect to such default and, such certificate shall have appended thereto calculations which set forth Loan Parties’ compliance with the requirements or restrictions imposed by Sections 6.2 (including a calculation of the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio, whether or not a Covenant Testing Period is then in effect) and 6.12.
“Confirmation Hearing” means the hearing(s) before the Bankruptcy Court under Section 1128 of the Bankruptcy Code at which the Debtors (as defined in the Confirmed Plan) seek entry of the Confirmation Order.
“Confirmation Order” means that certain Order Approving the Debtors’ Disclosure Statement For, and Confirming, the Debtors’ Amended Prepackaged Joint Chapter 11 Plan of Reorganization, (D.I. 244), entered in the Cases on August 2, 2017.
“Confirmed Plan” shall mean that certain Debtors’ Prepackaged Joint Chapter 11 Plan of Reorganization, Case No. 17-11330, Docket No. 16, as amended, modified or supplemented, confirmed by the Confirmation Order.
“Connection Income Taxes” shall mean Other Connection Taxes that are imposed on or measured by net income (however denominated) or that are franchise Taxes or branch profits Taxes.
“Consigned Inventory” shall mean Inventory of any Loan Party that is in the possession of another Person on a consignment, sale or return, or other basis that does not constitute a final sale and acceptance of such Inventory.
“Consolidated Net Income” means, with respect to Borrowers on a Consolidated Basis for any period, the aggregate of the Net Income of such Borrowers on a Consolidated Basis for such period determined in accordance with GAAP; provided that:
(1) the Net Income (but not loss) of any such Borrower or Subsidiary or that is accounted for by the equity method of accounting will be included only to the extent of the amount of dividends or similar distributions paid in cash to the specified Person;
(2) the Net Income of any such Borrower or Subsidiary will be excluded to the extent that the declaration or payment of dividends or similar distributions by that Borrower or Subsidiary of that Net Income is not at the date of determination permitted without any prior governmental approval (that has not been obtained) or, directly or indirectly, by operation of the terms of its charter or any agreement, instrument, judgment, decree, order, statute, rule or governmental regulation applicable to that Person or its stockholders;
(3) the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principles will be excluded;
(4) gains and losses due solely to fluctuations in currency values and the related tax effects determined in accordance with GAAP for such period will be excluded;
(5) non-cash compensation charges or other non-cash expenses or charges arising from the grant of or issuance or re-pricing of stock, stock options or other equity-based awards to the directors, officers and employees of the Borrowers and Subsidiaries will be excluded;
(6) any non-cash impairment charge or asset write-off under GAAP and the amortization of intangibles arising under GAAP will be excluded;
(7) gains, losses, charges or expenses due to (i) the early extinguishment of indebtedness or (ii) the application of “fresh-start” accounting (or similar accounting treatments), in each case, will be excluded; and
(8) gains, losses, charges or expenses due to fair value measurements of assets and liabilities under Accounting Standards Codification Topic 815, “Derivatives and Hedging”, or under Accounting Standards Codification Topic 820, “Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures” will be excluded.
“Control” shall mean the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of a Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise, and the terms “Controlling” and “Controlled” shall have meanings correlative thereto.
“Controlled Account Bank” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.15(h).
“Covenant Testing Period” shall mean the period commencing on the last day of the most recent fiscal month ending on or prior to the date that Liquidity falls below $12,500,000 for five consecutive Business Days and ending on the first day thereafter that Liquidity has exceeded $12,500,000 for sixty (60) consecutive days.
“Covered Entity” shall mean (a) each Borrower, each of Borrowers’ Subsidiaries, all Guarantors and all pledgors of Collateral and (b) each Person that, directly or indirectly, is in control of a Person described in clause (a) above. For purposes of this definition, control of a Person shall mean the direct or indirect (x) ownership of, or power to vote, 25% or more of the issued and outstanding equity interests having ordinary voting power for the election of directors of such Person or other Persons performing similar functions for such Person, or (y) power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of such Person whether by ownership of equity interests, contract or otherwise.
“Customer” shall mean and include the account debtor with respect to any Receivable and/or the prospective purchaser of goods, services or both with respect to any contract or contract right, and/or any party who enters into or proposes to enter into any contract or other arrangement with any Loan Party, pursuant to which such Loan Party is to deliver any personal property or perform any services.
“Customs” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.10(b) hereof.
“Debt Payments” shall mean and include all cash actually expended by the Borrowers on a Consolidated Basis to make (a) interest payments on any Advances hereunder, plus (b) payments for all fees, commissions and charges set forth herein and with respect to any Advances (other than the fees, commissions and charges payable in connection with the transactions contemplated by (i) the First Amendment and (ii) Section 6.22 of this Agreement), plus (c) capitalized lease payments, plus (d) payments with respect to any other Indebtedness for borrowed money.
“Debtor Relief Laws” shall mean the Bankruptcy Code, the Bankruptcy and Insolvency Act (Canada), the Companies’ Creditors Arrangement Act (Canada), the Winding-Up and Restructuring Act (Canada), and all other liquidation, conservatorship, bankruptcy, assignment for the benefit of creditors, moratorium, rearrangement, receivership, insolvency, reorganization, or similar debtor relief laws of the United States, Canada, or other applicable jurisdictions from time to time in effect, including any corporate law or other law of any jurisdiction permitting a debtor to obtain a stay or a compromise of the claims of its creditors generally against it.
“Default” shall mean an event, circumstance or condition which, with the giving of notice or passage of time or both, would constitute an Event of Default.
“Default Rate” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.1(b) hereof.
“Defaulting Lender” shall mean any Lender that: (a) has failed, within two (2) Business Days of the date required to be funded or paid, to (i) fund any portion of its Revolver Commitment Percentage of Advances, (ii) if applicable, fund any portion of its Participation Commitment in Letters of Credit or Swing Loans or (iii) pay over to Agent, Issuer, Swing Loan Lender or any Lender any other amount required to be paid by it hereunder, unless, in the case of clause (i) above, such Lender notifies Agent in writing that such failure is the result of such Lender’s good faith determination that a condition precedent to funding (specifically identified and including a particular Default or Event of Default, if any) has not been satisfied; (b) has notified Borrowers or Agent in writing, or has made a public statement to the effect, that it does not intend or expect to comply with any of its funding obligations under this Agreement (unless such writing or public statement indicates that such position is based on such Lender’s good faith determination that a condition precedent (specifically identified and including a particular Default or Event of Default, if any) to funding a loan under this Agreement cannot be satisfied) or generally under other agreements in which it commits to extend credit; (c) has failed, within two (2) Business Days after request by Agent, acting in good faith, to provide a certification in writing from an authorized officer of such Lender that it will comply with its obligations (and is financially able to meet such obligations) to fund prospective Advances and, if applicable, participations in then outstanding Letters of Credit and Swing Loans under this Agreement, provided that such Lender shall cease to be a Defaulting Lender pursuant to this clause (c) upon Agent’s receipt of such certification in form and substance satisfactory to the Agent; (d) has become the subject of an Insolvency Event; or (e) has failed at any time to comply with the provisions of Section 2.19(d) with respect to purchasing participations from the other Lenders, whereby such Lender’s share of any payment received, whether by setoff or otherwise, is in excess of its pro rata share of such payments due and payable to all of the Lenders.
“Deposit Account Control Agreement” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.15(h)(ii).
“Depository Accounts” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.15(h)(ii) hereof
“Designated Lender” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 16.2(b) hereof.
“DIP Credit Agreement” means that certain Debtor-in-Possession Revolving Credit and Security Agreement, dated as of June 10, 2017, by and among Borrower, the lenders identified on the signature pages thereof and Agent.
“Disqualified Equity Interests” shall mean any Equity Interest that, by its terms (or by the terms of any security into which it is convertible or for which it is exchangeable), or upon the happening of any event, (a) matures (excluding any maturity as the result of an optional redemption by the issuer thereof) or is mandatorily redeemable (other than as a result of a change of control or asset sale so long as any rights of holders thereof upon the occurrence of such change of control or asset sale are subject to the prior payment and satisfaction in full of the Obligations), pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or otherwise, or is redeemable at the option of the holder thereof, in whole or in part, or requires the payment of any cash dividend or any other scheduled payment constituting a return of capital, in each case at any time on or prior to the date that is one hundred eighty-one (181) days after the end of the Term or (b) is convertible into or exchangeable (unless at the sole option of the issuer thereof) for (i) debt securities or (ii) any Equity Interest referred to in clause (a) above, in each case at any time prior to the date that is one hundred eighty-one (181) days after the end of the Term.
“Dollar” and the sign “$” shall mean lawful money of the United States of America.
“Dollar Equivalent” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 1.5 hereof.
“Domestic Loan Parties” shall mean a Loan Party that is also a Domestic Person.
“Domestic Person” shall mean any Person who (i) in the case of an individual, is a U.S. Person, and (ii) in the case of a legal entity, is organized under the laws of the United States of America or any state or territory thereof or the District of Columbia.
“Domestic Rate Loan” shall mean any Advance that bears interest based upon the Alternate Base Rate.
“Domestic Subsidiary” shall mean any Subsidiary incorporated or organized under the laws of the United States of America or any state or territory thereof or the District of Columbia.
“Drawing Date” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.11(b) hereof.
“EBITDA” shall mean for any period with respect to Borrowers on a Consolidated Basis, the sum of (a) Consolidated Net Income for such period, plus (b) all interest expense for such period, plus (c) all income taxes and charges against income for such period for federal, state, local and foreign or provincial taxes (net of any refunds or credits), plus (d) depreciation expenses for such period, plus (e) amortization expenses for such period, plus (f) fees and expenses incurred in connection with execution of this Agreement and obtaining approval of the Confirmed Plan in an aggregate amount not to exceed $22,500,000.00 (or such greater amount acceptable to Agent), plus (g) non-cash foreign exchange losses (with a deduction for the amount of any non-cash foreign exchange gains), plus (h) non-cash hedging losses (with a deduction for the amount of any non-cash hedging gains), plus (i) non-recurring expenses associated with asset sales, relocation expenses, severance obligations, or employee stock compensation in an aggregate amount not to exceed an amount acceptable to Agent in its Permitted Discretion, plus (j) one-time fees, costs and expenses incurred in connection with execution of First Amendment and the transactions contemplated thereby, plus (k) any other non-recurring adjustments agreed to by Agent.
“Eligibility Date” shall mean, with respect to each Borrower and Guarantor and each Swap, the date on which this Agreement or any Other Document becomes effective with respect to such Swap (for the avoidance of doubt, the Eligibility Date shall be the effective date of such Swap if this Agreement or any Other Document is then in effect with respect to such Borrower or Guarantor, and otherwise it shall be the effective date of this Agreement and/or such Other Document(s) to which such Borrower or Guarantor is a party).
“Eligible Canadian Inventory” shall mean Eligible Inventory of any Canadian Loan Party that is located in Canada or the United States of America.
“Eligible Canadian Receivables” shall mean Eligible Receivables, denominated in Dollars or Canadian Dollars, of any Canadian Loan Party.
“Eligible Contract Participant” shall mean an “eligible contract participant” as defined in the CEA and regulations thereunder.
“Eligible Insured Receivables” means Eligible Canadian Receivables, Eligible Mexican Receivables, and Eligible U.S. Receivables that are subject to credit insurance satisfactory to Agent in its Permitted Discretion.
“Eligible Inventory” shall mean and include Inventory, with respect to each Loan Party, valued at the lower of cost or market value, determined on an average actual cost basis, which is not, in Agent’s opinion, obsolete, slow moving or unmerchantable (except “Excess and Obsolete” Inventory as set forth in Section 2.1(a)(iii) of this Agreement) and which Agent, in its Permitted Discretion, shall not deem ineligible Inventory, based on such considerations as Agent may from time to time deem appropriate including whether the Inventory is subject to a perfected, first priority security interest in favor of Agent and no other Lien (other than a Permitted Lien). In addition, Inventory shall not be Eligible Inventory if it:
(i) does not conform to all standards imposed by any Governmental Body which has regulatory authority over such goods or the use or sale thereof,
(ii) is in transit (other than inventory that is in transit between two locations that are located in the United States, Canada, and Mexico and are owned, leased, or otherwise controlled by a Loan Party),
(iii) is located outside the continental United States, Mexico, or Canada or at a location that is not otherwise in compliance with this Agreement,
(iv) constitutes Consigned Inventory,
(v) is the subject of an Intellectual Property Claim;
(vi) is subject to a License Agreement or other agreement that limits, conditions or restricts any Loan Party’s or Agent’s right to sell or otherwise dispose of such Inventory, unless Agent is a party to a Licensor/Agent Agreement with the Licensor under such License Agreement; or
(vii) or is situated at a location not owned by a Loan Party unless the owner or occupier of such location has executed in favor of Agent a Lien Waiver Agreement (or Agent shall elect to establish reserves in its Permitted Discretion, such reserve not to exceed 3 months’ rent, provided that Agent agrees not to establish such reserve during the first sixty (60) days following the Closing Date).
Eligible Inventory shall not include Inventory being acquired pursuant to a trade Letter of Credit to the extent such trade Letter of Credit remains outstanding.
“Eligible Mexican Receivables” shall mean Eligible Receivables, denominated in Dollars or Mexican pesos, of any Mexican Loan Party.
“Eligible Mexican Inventory” shall mean Eligible Inventory of any Mexican Loan Party that is located in Mexico.
“Eligible Receivables” shall mean and include with respect to each Loan Party, each Receivable of such Loan Party arising in the Ordinary Course of Business and which Agent, in its Permitted Discretion, shall deem to be an Eligible Receivable, based on such considerations as Agent may from time to time deem appropriate. A Receivable shall not be deemed eligible unless such Receivable is subject to Agent’s first priority perfected security interest and no other Lien (other than any Permitted Liens), and is evidenced by an invoice or other documentary evidence satisfactory to Agent. In addition, no Receivable shall be an Eligible Receivable if:
(a) such Receivable arises out of a sale made by any Borrower to an Affiliate of any Borrower or to a Person controlled by an Affiliate of any Borrower;
(b) such Receivable is due or unpaid more than (i) sixty (60) days after the original due date or (ii) one hundred twenty (120) days after the original invoice date;
(c) such Receivable is owed by a Customer, fifty percent (50%) or more of all of whose Receivables owed to the Loan Parties are deemed not to be Eligible Receivables hereunder pursuant to clause (b) above. Such percentage may, in Agent’s Permitted Discretion, be decreased from time to time;
(d) any covenant, representation or warranty contained in this Agreement with respect to such Receivable has been breached;
(e) the Customer that owes such Receivable shall (i) apply for, suffer, or consent to the appointment of, or the taking of possession by, a receiver, custodian, trustee or liquidator of itself or of all or a substantial part of its property or call a meeting of its creditors, (ii) admit in writing its inability, or be generally unable, to pay its debts as they become due or cease operations of its present business, (iii) make a general assignment for the benefit of creditors, (iv) commence a voluntary case under any state or federal bankruptcy laws (as now or hereafter in effect), (v) be adjudicated a bankrupt or insolvent, (vi) file a petition seeking to take advantage of any other law providing for the relief of debtors, or (vii) acquiesce to, or fail to have dismissed, any petition which is filed against it in any involuntary case under such bankruptcy laws;
(f) it arises out of a sale to a Customer outside the United States of America, Canada or Mexico, unless such sale is on letter of credit, guaranty or acceptance terms, in each case acceptable to Agent in its Permitted Discretion;
(g) it arises out of a sale to a Customer on a bill-and-hold, guaranteed sale, sale-and-return, sale on approval, consignment or any other repurchase or return basis or such sale is evidenced by chattel paper;
(h) Agent believes, in its sole judgment, exercised in a commercially reasonable manner, that collection of such Receivable is insecure or that such Receivable may not be paid by reason of the Customer’s financial inability to pay; provided, however, that the Agent will use reasonable efforts to provide prior notice to the Borrowing Agent of such determination, but the failure to provide such notice shall not affect the ineligibility of such Receivable;
(i) the Customer that owes such Receivable is (i) the United States of America, any state or any department, agency or instrumentality of any of them, unless the applicable Borrower assigns its right to payment of such Receivable to Agent pursuant to the Assignment of Claims Act of 1940, as amended (31 U.S.C. Sub-Section 3727 et seq. and 41 U.S.C. Sub-Section 15 et seq.), or has otherwise complied with other applicable statutes or ordinances or (ii) the federal government of Canada or any department, agency, public/crown corporation or instrumentality thereof unless the Financial Administration Act (Canada) has been complied with, to Agent’s satisfaction;
(j) the goods giving rise to such Receivable have not been delivered to and accepted by the Customer or the services giving rise to such Receivable have not been performed by the applicable Borrower and accepted by the Customer or the Receivable otherwise does not represent a final sale;
(k) to the extent the amount of such Receivable exceeds any credit limit with respect to the aggregate amount of Receivables from the Customer owing such Receivable, which credit limit may be determined by Agent, in its Permitted Discretion; provided, however, that the Agent will use reasonable efforts to provide prior notice to the Borrowing Agent of such determination;
(l) such Receivable is subject to any offset, deduction, defense, dispute, or counterclaim or the Customer is also a creditor or supplier of a Borrower (in each case, only to the extent of such Borrower’s obligations to such Account Debtor from time to time), or such Receivable is contingent in any respect or for any reason;
(m) such Receivable is the subject of any agreement between the applicable Borrower and the Customer owing such Receivable for any deduction therefrom, to the extent of such deduction, except for discounts or allowances made in the Ordinary Course of Business for prompt payment, all of which discounts or allowances are reflected in the calculation of the face value of each respective invoice related thereto;
(n) any return, rejection or repossession of the merchandise to which such Receivable relates has occurred or the rendition of services has been disputed;
(o) such Receivable is not payable to a Borrower;
(p) such Receivable has not been invoiced; or
(q) such Receivable is not otherwise satisfactory to Agent as determined in good faith by Agent in the exercise of its Permitted Discretion; provided, however, that the Agent will use reasonable efforts to provide prior notice to the Borrowing Agent of such determination, but the failure to provide such notice shall not affect the ineligibility of such Receivable.
“Eligible U.S. Inventory” shall mean Eligible Inventory of any U.S. Loan Party that is located in Canada or the United States of America.
“Eligible U.S. Receivables” shall mean Eligible Receivables denominated in Dollars of any U.S. Loan Party.
“Environmental Claims” shall mean any and all administrative, regulatory or judicial actions, suits, demands, demand letters, directives, claims, liens, notices of noncompliance, liability or violation, investigations and/or adjudicatory proceedings relating in any way to any Environmental Law or any permit issued, or any approval given, under any such Environmental Law (hereafter, “EL Claims”), including, without limitation, (a) any and all EL Claims by governmental or regulatory authorities for enforcement, cleanup, removal, response, remedial or other actions or damages pursuant to any applicable Environmental Law and (b) any and all EL Claims by any third party seeking damages, contribution, indemnification, cost recovery, compensation or injunctive relief arising out of or relating to any Environmental Law or to an alleged injury or threat of injury to human health or safety or the environment due to the presence of Hazardous Materials.
“Environmental Laws” shall mean all former, current and future federal, state, local, supranational, and foreign laws (including statutory and common law), treaties, regulations, rules, ordinances, codes, decrees, injunctions, judgments, governmental restrictions or requirements, directives, orders (including consent orders), permits, and agreements with any Governmental Body in each case, relating to the indoor or outdoor environment, natural resources, human health and safety or the presence, Release of or exposure to pollutants, contaminants, wastes, chemicals or otherwise hazardous materials, or the generation, manufacture, processing, distribution, use, treatment, storage, transport, recycling, disposal or handling of, or the arrangement for such activities, with respect to any pollutants, contaminants, wastes, chemicals or otherwise hazardous materials.
“Environmental Liability” shall mean all liabilities, obligations, damages, losses, claims, actions, suits, judgments, orders, fines, penalties, fees, indemnities, expenses and costs (including administrative oversight costs, natural resource damages and remediation costs), whether known or unknown, actual or potential, vested or unvested, or contingent or otherwise, arising out of or relating to (a) any Environmental Law, (b) the generation, manufacture, processing, distribution, use, treatment, storage, transport, recycling, disposal or handling of, or the arrangement for such activities, with respect to any Hazardous Materials, (c) exposure to any Hazardous Materials, (d) the presence or Release of any Hazardous Materials or (e) any contract, agreement or other consensual arrangement pursuant to which liability is assumed or imposed with respect to any of the foregoing.
“Equipment” shall mean and include as to each Loan Party all of such Loan Party’s goods (other than Inventory) whether now owned or hereafter acquired and wherever located including all equipment, machinery, apparatus, motor vehicles, fittings, furniture, furnishings, fixtures, parts, accessories and all replacements and substitutions therefor or accessions thereto.
“Equity Interests” shall mean shares of capital stock, partnership interests, membership interests in a limited liability company, beneficial interests in a trust or other equity interests in any Person and any option, warrant or other right entitling the holder thereof to purchase or otherwise acquire any such equity interest.
“ERISA” shall mean the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended from time to time and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.
“ERISA Affiliate” shall mean any person that for purposes of Title IV of ERISA or Section 412 of the Code would be deemed at any relevant time to be a single employer or otherwise aggregated with any Borrower or any Subsidiary under Section 414(b) or (c) of the Code or Section 4001 of ERISA.
“ERISA Event” shall mean (a) any “reportable event,” as defined in Section 4043(c) of ERISA or the regulations issued thereunder, with respect to a Plan (other than an event for which the 30-day notice period is waived by the applicable regulation or otherwise), (b) a determination that any Plan is in “at risk” status (within the meaning of Section 430 of the Code or Section 303 of ERISA), (c) the filing pursuant to Section 412(c) of the Code or Section 302(c) of ERISA of an application for a waiver of the minimum funding standard with respect to any Plan, (d) the incurrence by Castle, any Subsidiary or any of their respective ERISA Affiliates of any liability under Title IV of ERISA (other than non-delinquent premiums payable to the PBGC under Sections 4006 and 4007 of ERISA), (e) the termination, or the filing of a notice of intent to terminate, any Plan pursuant to Section 4041(c) of ERISA, (f) the receipt by Castle, any Subsidiary or any of their respective ERISA Affiliates from the PBGC or a plan administrator of any notice relating to the intention to terminate any Plan or Plans or to appoint a trustee to administer any Plan, (g) the cessation of operations at a facility of Castle, any Subsidiary or any of their respective ERISA Affiliates giving rise to any liability with respect to a Plan under Section 4062(e) of ERISA, (h) conditions contained in Section 303(k)(1)(A) of ERISA for imposition of a lien on the assets of Borrowers, any Subsidiary or any of their respective ERISA Affiliates shall have been met with respect to any Plan, (i) the receipt by Castle, any Subsidiary or any of their respective ERISA Affiliates of any notice imposing Withdrawal Liability on a Loan Party or a determining that a Multiemployer Plan is “insolvent” (within the meaning of Section 4245 of ERISA), in “reorganization” (within the meaning of Section 4241 of ERISA), or in “endangered” or “critical” status (within the meaning of Section 432 of the Code or Section 304 of ERISA), (j) the occurrence of a non-exempt “prohibited transaction” with respect to which Castle or any of the Subsidiaries is a “disqualified person” (within the meaning of Section 4975 of the Code) or a “party in interest” (within the meaning of Section 406 of ERISA) or with respect to which Castle, any such Subsidiary or their respective ERISA Affiliates could otherwise be liable or (k) any Foreign Benefit Event.
“Eurodollar Rate” shall mean for any Eurodollar Rate Loan for the then current Interest Period relating thereto the interest rate per annum (rounded upwards, if necessary, to the nearest 1/100 of 1%) determined by Agent by dividing (i) the rate which appears on the Bloomberg Page BBAM1 (or on such other substitute Bloomberg page that displays rates at which U.S. dollar deposits are offered by leading banks in the London interbank deposit market), or the rate which is quoted by another source reasonably selected by Agent as an authorized information vendor for the purpose of displaying rates at which US dollar deposits are offered by leading banks in the London interbank deposit market (an “Alternate Source”), at approximately 11:00 a.m., London time two (2) Business Days prior to the first day of such Interest Period (or if there shall at any time, for any reason, no longer exist a Bloomberg Page BBAM1 (or any substitute page) or any Alternate Source, a comparable replacement rate determined by the Agent at such time (which determination shall be conclusive absent manifest error)) for an amount comparable to such Eurodollar Rate Loan and having a borrowing date and a maturity comparable to such Interest Period by (ii) a number equal to 1.00 minus the Reserve Percentage; provided, that at no time shall the Eurodollar Rate be less than zero.
The Eurodollar Rate shall be adjusted with respect to any Eurodollar Rate Loan that is outstanding on the effective date of any change in the Reserve Percentage as of such effective date. The Agent shall give prompt notice to the Borrowing Agent of the Eurodollar Rate as determined or adjusted in accordance herewith, which determination shall be conclusive absent manifest error.
“Eurodollar Rate Loan” shall mean an Advance at any time that bears interest based on the Eurodollar Rate.
“Event of Default” shall have the meaning set forth in Article X hereof.
“Excess Availability” shall mean as of any date of determination, (a) the lesser of (i) the Gross Formula Amount or (ii) the Maximum Revolving A Advance Amount minus (b) the sum of (i) the aggregate amount of the Revolving A Advances outstanding plus (ii) the Maximum Undrawn Amount of Letters of Credit.
“Exchange Act” shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.
“Excluded Foreign Subsidiary Stock” shall mean the Equity Interests in excess of sixty-five percent (65%) of the Equity Interests of any first-tier Foreign Subsidiary or U.S. Foreign Holdco and any Equity Interest of any Foreign Subsidiary other than a first-tier Foreign Subsidiary; provided that, in no event shall any Equity Interests of the Canadian Loan Parties and the Mexican Loan Parties be deemed to constitute Excluded Foreign Subsidiary Stock.
“Excluded Hedge Liability or Liabilities” shall mean, with respect to each Borrower and Guarantor, each of its Swap Obligations if, and only to the extent that, all or any portion of this Agreement or any Other Document that relates to such Swap Obligation is or becomes illegal under the CEA, or any rule, regulation or order of the CFTC, solely by virtue of such Borrower’s and/or Guarantor’s failure to qualify as an Eligible Contract Participant on the Eligibility Date for such Swap. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in the foregoing or in any other provision of this Agreement or any Other Document, the foregoing is subject to the following provisos: (a) if a Swap Obligation arises under a master agreement governing more than one Swap, this definition shall apply only to the portion of such Swap Obligation that is attributable to Swaps for which such guaranty or security interest is or becomes illegal under the CEA, or any rule, regulations or order of the CFTC, solely as a result of the failure by such Borrower or Guarantor for any reason to qualify as an Eligible Contract Participant on the Eligibility Date for such Swap; (b) if a guarantee of a Swap Obligation would cause such obligation to be an Excluded Hedge Liability but the grant of a security interest would not cause such obligation to be an Excluded Hedge Liability, such Swap Obligation shall constitute an Excluded Hedge Liability for purposes of the guaranty but not for purposes of the grant of the security interest; and (c) if there is more than one Borrower or Guarantor executing this Agreement or the Other Documents and a Swap Obligation would be an Excluded Hedge Liability with respect to one or more of such Persons, but not all of them, the definition of Excluded Hedge Liability or Liabilities with respect to each such Person shall only be deemed applicable to (i) the particular Swap Obligations that constitute Excluded Hedge Liabilities with respect to such Person, and (ii) the particular Person with respect to which such Swap Obligations constitute Excluded Hedge Liabilities.
“Excluded Property” shall mean (i) any rights or interests in any license, contract or agreement to which any Loan Party is a party to the extent, but only to the extent, that such a grant would, under the terms of such license, contract or agreement, result in a breach of the terms of, or constitute a default under, such license, lease, contract or agreement (other than to the extent that any such term would be rendered ineffective pursuant to 9-406, 9-407 or 9-408 of the Uniform Commercial Code or other Applicable Law); (ii) any rights or property, including, without limitation, any intent-to-use trademark applications to the extent that any valid and enforceable law or regulation applicable to such rights or property prohibits the creation of a security interest in such rights or property or would otherwise result in a material loss of rights from the creation of such security interest therein; provided, that immediately upon the ineffectiveness, lapse or termination of any such restriction, the Collateral shall include, and Borrowers shall be deemed to have granted a security interest in, all such rights and interests or other assets, as the case may be, as if such provision had never been in effect; and provided, further, that notwithstanding any such restriction, Collateral shall, to the extent such restriction does not by its terms apply thereto, include all rights incident or appurtenant to any such rights or interests and the right to receive all proceeds derived from or in connection with the sale, assignment or transfer of such rights and interests; (iii) Excluded Foreign Subsidiary Stock; and (iv) any Mexican Financed Equipment.
“Excluded Subsidiary” shall mean (a) any Subsidiary that is not a Wholly Owned Subsidiary, (b) any Subsidiary, other than the Canadian Loan Parties and the Mexican Loan Parties, that (i) is a Foreign Subsidiary, (ii) is a direct or indirect Subsidiary of a Foreign Subsidiary, or (iii) a U.S. Foreign Holdco, (c) any captive insurance company, (d) any not-for- profit subsidiary, (e) any Subsidiary that is prohibited by Applicable Law from guaranteeing the Obligations or that would require governmental (including regulatory) consent, approval, license or authorization in order to guarantee the Obligations, to the extent such consent, approval, license or authorization is not obtained after the use of all such Subsidiary’s commercially reasonable efforts (without any requirement to pay money or make concessions), (f) any Subsidiary that is prohibited from guaranteeing the Obligations by contracts existing on the Closing Date, or (g) any Subsidiary with respect to which the Agent and Castle reasonably agree that the cost or burden of obtaining a guarantee of the Obligations would outweigh the benefit to the Lenders to be afforded thereby. For the avoidance of doubt, the Canadian Loan Parties and the Mexican Loan Parties shall not constitute Excluded Subsidiaries.
“Excluded Taxes” shall mean with respect to the Agent, any Lender, any Issuer, Payee or any other recipient of any payment to be made by or on account of any obligation of the Borrowers hereunder, (a) Taxes imposed on or measured by its overall net income (however denominated), branch profits taxes and franchise taxes imposed on it (in lieu of net income taxes), (i) by the jurisdiction (or any political subdivision thereof) under the Applicable Laws of which such recipient is organized or in which its principal office is located or, in the case of any Lender, in which its applicable lending office is located or (ii) which are Other Connection Taxes, (b) in the case of a Lender, U.S. federal withholding Taxes imposed on amounts payable to or for the account of such Lender with respect to an applicable interest in an Advance under this Agreement pursuant to the Applicable Law in effect on the date on which (i) such Lender acquires such interest in the Advance (other than pursuant to an assignment request by Borrower under Section 3.11(c) or as otherwise requested by any Loan Party) or (ii) such Lender changes its lending office (other than a change made at the request of any Loan Party), except, in each case, to the extent that, pursuant to Section 3.11, amounts with respect such Taxes were payable either to such Lender’s assignor immediately before such Lender became a party hereto or to such Lender immediately before it changed its lending office, (c) United States federal Taxes that would not have been imposed but for Recipient’s failure to comply with Section 3.12, (d) any U.S. federal withholding Taxes imposed under FATCA, and (e) Tax imposed under Part XIII of the Income Tax Act (Canada) on any sum payable under this Agreement if that Tax (i) would not have been imposed had the Lender, Agent or assignee of any Lender been dealing with the Borrower at arm’s length for purposes of the Income Tax Act (Canada), or (ii) would not have been imposed but for the relevant Lender, Agent or assignee of any Lender being a “specified shareholder” of the Borrower for purposes of subsection 18(5) of the Income Tax Act (Canada) or not dealing at arm’s length with any such specified shareholder.
“Existing Letters of Credit” means those letters of credit issued pursuant to the DIP Credit Agreement and outstanding on the Closing Date, if any.
“Extraordinary Receipts” means cash proceeds of judgments, cash proceeds of settlements or other cash consideration received in connection with any cause of action or claim, indemnity payments (other than (i) to the extent such indemnity payments are immediately payable to a Person that is not an Affiliate of Borrowers or any other Loan Party or (ii) received by a Loan Party as reimbursement for any costs previously incurred or any payments previously made by such Person) and any purchase price adjustment received in connection with any purchase agreement, excluding any volume rebates or other customer benefits realized by a Loan Party in the Ordinary Course of Business.
“FATCA” shall mean Sections 1471 through 1474 of the Code, as of the date of this Agreement (or any amended version or successor provision that is substantively comparable and not materially more onerous to comply with), any agreement entered into under Section 1471(b)(1) of the Code and any fiscal or regulatory legislation, rules or practices adopted pursuant to any intergovernmental agreement entered into by the United States in connection with the implementation of such Sections of the Code (including such amended version and successor provisions) and, in each case, any current or future regulations promulgated thereunder or official interpretations thereof.
“Federal Funds Alternate Source” shall have the meaning set forth in the definition of “Federal Funds Open Rate.”
“Federal Funds Effective Rate” for any day shall mean the rate per annum (based on a year of three hundred sixty (360) days and actual days elapsed and rounded upward to the nearest one hundredth (1/100) of one percent (1%)) announced by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York (or any successor) on such day as being the weighted average of the rates on overnight federal funds transactions arranged by federal funds brokers on the previous trading day, as computed and announced by such Federal Reserve Bank (or any successor) in substantially the same manner as such Federal Reserve Bank computes and announces the weighted average it refers to as the “Federal Funds Effective Rate” as of the date of this Agreement; provided, if such Federal Reserve Bank (or its successor) does not announce such rate on any day, the “Federal Funds Effective Rate” for such day shall be the Federal Funds Effective Rate for the last day on which such rate was announced.
“Federal Funds Open Rate” for any day shall mean the rate per annum (based on a year of three hundred sixty (360) days and actual days elapsed) which is the daily federal funds open rate as quoted by ICAP North America, Inc. (or any successor) as set forth on the Bloomberg Screen BTMM for that day opposite the caption “OPEN” (or on such other substitute Bloomberg Screen that displays such rate), or as set forth on such other recognized electronic source used for the purpose of displaying such rate as selected by Agent (a “Federal Funds Alternate Source”) (or if such rate for such day does not appear on the Bloomberg Screen BTMM (or any substitute screen) or on any Federal Funds Alternate Source, or if there shall at any time, for any reason, no longer exist a Bloomberg Screen BTMM (or any substitute screen) or any Federal Funds Alternate Source, a comparable replacement rate determined by Agent at such time (which determination shall be conclusive absent manifest error); provided, however, that if such day is not a Business Day, the Federal Funds Open Rate for such day shall be the “open” rate on the immediately preceding Business Day. If and when the Federal Funds Open Rate changes, the rate of interest with respect to any advance to which the Federal Funds Open Rate applies will change automatically without notice to Loan Parties, effective on the date of any such change.
“Fee Letter” shall mean that certain Fee Letter, dated as of even date with the Agreement, by and among Borrowers and Agent, as supplemented by that certain Supplemental Fee Letter, dated as of the First Amendment Effective Date, by and among Borrowers and Agent.
“Financial Officer” of any Person shall mean the chief financial officer, principal accounting officer, treasurer or controller of such Person.
“Financial Statements” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5.5(a).
“First Amendment” shall mean that certain Amendment No. 1 to Revolving Credit and Security Agreement, dated as of the First Amendment Effective Date, by and among Borrowers, the other Loan Parties party thereto, the Lenders party thereto and Agent.
“First Amendment Effective Date” shall mean June 1, 2018.
“Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio” means, determined for the Borrowers on a Consolidated Basis, the result of dividing (a) EBITDA minus Unfinanced Capital Expenditures made during such period minus cash income taxes paid during such period (net of any credits or refunds) by (b) the sum of, without duplication, all Debt Payments made during such period, provided that, notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, for the periods listed in the table below, Debt Payments, cash income taxes paid, and Unfinanced Capital Expenditures will be deemed to be the amounts set forth in the table below.
Month Ending | Debt Payments |
|
Cash Income
Taxes Paid |
January 31, 2017
|
$250,000 | $83,000 | $0 |
February 28, 2017
|
$228,000 | $428,000 | $0 |
March 31, 2017
|
$264,000 | $585,000 | $0 |
April 30, 2017
|
$254,000 | $315,000 | $10,000 |
May 31, 2017
|
$271,000 | $293,000 | $55,000 |
June 30, 2017
|
$272,000 | $560,000 | $0 |
July 31, 2017
|
$271,000 | $340,000 | $0 |
“Fixed Charge Coverage Test Date” shall mean the last day of the calendar month ending immediately prior to the date all requirements to trigger a Covenant Testing Period have been met and the last day of each calendar month thereafter, until the Covenant Testing Period has ended.
“Flood Laws” shall mean all Applicable Laws relating to policies and procedures that address requirements placed on federally regulated lenders under the National Flood Insurance Reform Act of 1994 and other Applicable Laws related thereto.
“Foreign Benefit Event” shall mean, with respect to any Foreign Pension Plan, (a) the existence of unfunded liabilities in excess of the amount permitted under any Applicable Law, (b) the failure to make required contributions or payments, under any Applicable Law, on or before the due date for such contributions or payments, (c) the incurrence of any liability in excess of $500,000 by Castle or any Subsidiary under Applicable Law on account of the complete or partial termination of a Foreign Pension Plan or the complete or partial withdrawal of any participating employer therein, or (d) the occurrence of any transaction that is prohibited under any Applicable Law and that has resulted or could reasonably be expected to result in the incurrence of any liability by Castle or any of the Subsidiaries, or the imposition on Castle or any of the Subsidiaries of any fine, excise tax or penalty resulting from any noncompliance with any Applicable Law, in each case in excess of $500,000.
“Foreign Currency Hedge” shall mean any foreign exchange transaction, including spot and forward foreign currency purchases and sales, listed or over-the-counter options on foreign currencies, non-deliverable forwards and options, foreign currency swap agreements, currency exchange rate price hedging arrangements, and any other similar transaction providing for the purchase of one currency in exchange for the sale of another currency entered into by any Borrower, Guarantor and/or any of their respective Subsidiaries.
“Foreign Currency Hedge Liabilities” shall have the meaning assigned in the definition of Lender-Provided Foreign Currency Hedge.
“Foreign Pension Plan” shall mean any benefit plan that under Applicable Law other than the laws of the United States, Canada, or any political subdivision thereof, is required to be funded through a trust or other funding vehicle other than a trust or funding vehicle maintained exclusively by a Governmental Body.
“Foreign Subsidiary” of any Person, shall mean any Subsidiary of such Person that is not organized or incorporated in the United States of America or any State or territory thereof or the District of Columbia.
“Formula Amount” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.1(a).
“GAAP” shall mean generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America in effect from time to time and, as applicable to the Mexican Loan Parties, the NIFs.
“General Intangibles” shall mean and include as to each Loan Party all of such Loan Party’s general intangibles and “intangibles” (as defined in the PPSA), whether now owned or hereafter acquired, including all payment intangibles, all choses in action, causes of action, corporate or other business records, inventions, designs, patents, patent applications, equipment formulations, manufacturing procedures, quality control procedures, trademarks, trademark applications, service marks, trade secrets, goodwill, copyrights, design rights, software, computer information, source codes, codes, records and updates, registrations, licenses, franchises, customer lists, tax refunds, tax refund claims, computer programs, all claims under guaranties, security interests or other security held by or granted to such Loan Party to secure payment of any of the Receivables by a Customer (other than to the extent covered by Receivables) all rights of indemnification and all other intangible property of every kind and nature (other than Receivables).
“Governmental Acts” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.16.
“Governmental Body” shall mean any nation or government, any state, province, or other political subdivision thereof or any entity, authority, agency, division or department exercising the legislative, judicial, regulatory or administrative functions of or pertaining to a government.
“Gross Formula Amount” shall mean the Formula Amount (without giving effect to clause (iv) thereof).
“Guarantor” or “Guarantors” shall mean, singularly or collectively, as the context may require, all Persons who may hereafter guarantee payment or performance of the whole or any part of the Obligations and shall extend to all permitted successors and assigns of such Persons.
“Guaranty” shall mean any guaranty or guarantee of all or any part of the obligations of Borrowers executed by a Guarantor in favor of Agent for its benefit and for the ratable benefit of Lenders, in form and substance satisfactory to Agent, in each case together with all amendments, supplements, modifications, substitutions and replacements thereto and thereof, and “Guarantees” means collectively, all such Guarantees.
“Hazardous Materials” shall mean (a) any petroleum products, derivatives or byproducts and all other hydrocarbons, coal ash, radon gas, lead, asbestos and asbestos-containing materials, toxic mold, urea formaldehyde foam insulation, polychlorinated biphenyls, infectious or medical wastes and chlorofluorocarbons and all other ozone-depleting substances, (b) any pollutant, contaminant, waste or chemical or any toxic, radioactive, ignitable, corrosive, reactive or otherwise hazardous substance, waste or material, or any substance, waste or material having any constituent elements displaying any of the foregoing characteristics, (c) any substance, waste or material that is prohibited, limited or regulated by or pursuant to or which can form the basis for liability under any Environmental Law, and (d) Hazardous Wastes.
“Hazardous Wastes” shall mean all waste materials subject to regulation under CERCLA, RCRA, the Environmental Protection Act (Ontario) (the “EPA”), the Canadian Environmental Protection Act (“CEPA”) or applicable state or provincial law, and any other applicable Federal, state, and provincial laws now in force or hereafter enacted relating to hazardous waste disposal.
“Hedge Liabilities” shall mean collectively, the Foreign Currency Hedge Liabilities and the Interest Rate Hedge Liabilities.
“Hedging Agreement” shall mean any interest rate protection agreement, foreign currency exchange agreement, commodity price protection agreement or other interest or currency exchange rate or commodity price hedging arrangement, including any interest or exchange rate exposure management agreement or arrangement in respect of Canadian dollars, U.S. dollars, or any other currency in which a Loan Party is doing business.
“Indebtedness” of any Person shall mean, without duplication, (a) all obligations of such Person for borrowed money or with respect to deposits or advances of any kind, (b) all obligations of such Person evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes or similar instruments, (c) all obligations of such Person upon which interest charges are customarily paid, (d) all obligations of such Person under conditional sale or other title retention agreements relating to property or assets purchased by such Person, (e) all obligations of such Person issued or assumed as the deferred purchase price of property or services, including all earn-out obligations (excluding trade accounts payable and accrued obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business), (f) all Indebtedness of others secured by (or for which the holder of such Indebtedness has an existing right, contingent or otherwise, to be secured by) any Lien on property owned or acquired by such Person, whether or not the obligations secured thereby have been assumed, (g) all Guarantees by such Person of Indebtedness of others, (h) all Capitalized Lease Obligations of such Person, (i) net obligations of such Person under any Hedging Agreements, valued at the Agreement Value thereof, (j) all obligations of such Person to purchase, redeem, retire, defease or otherwise make any payment in respect of any Equity Interests of such Person or any other Person or any warrants, rights or options to acquire such equity interests, valued, in the case of redeemable preferred interests, at the greater of its voluntary or involuntary liquidation preference plus accrued and unpaid dividends, (k) all obligations of such Person as an account party in respect of letters of credit and (l) all obligations of such Person in respect of banker’s acceptances. The Indebtedness of any Person shall include the Indebtedness of any partnership in which such Person is a general partner.
“Indemnified Taxes” shall mean all Taxes except Excluded Taxes.
“Insolvency Event” shall mean, with respect to any Person, including without limitation any Lender, such Person or such Person’s direct or indirect parent company (a) becomes the subject of a bankruptcy or insolvency proceeding (including any proceeding under Title 11 of the United States Code or other Debtor Relief Law), or regulatory restrictions, (b) has had a receiver, interim receiver, monitor, conservator, trustee, administrator, custodian, assignee for the benefit of creditors or similar Person charged with the reorganization or liquidation of its business appointed for it or has called a meeting of its creditors, (c) admits in writing its inability, or be generally unable, to pay its debts as they become due or cease operations of its present business, (d) with respect to a Lender, such Lender is unable to perform hereunder due to the application of Applicable Law, or (e) in the good faith determination of Agent, has taken any action in furtherance of, or indicating its consent to, approval of, or acquiescence in, any such proceeding or appointment of a type described in clauses (a) or (b), provided that an Insolvency Event shall not result solely by virtue of any ownership interest, or the acquisition of any ownership interest, in such Person or such Person’s direct or indirect parent company by a Governmental Body or instrumentality thereof if, and only if, such ownership interest does not result in or provide such Person with immunity from the jurisdiction of courts within the United States or from the enforcement of judgments or writs of attachment on its assets or permit such Person (or such Governmental Body or instrumentality) to reject, repudiate, disavow or disaffirm any contracts or agreements made by such Person.
“Intellectual Property” shall mean property constituting under any Applicable Law a patent, patent application, copyright, trademark, service mark, trade name, mask work, trade secret or license or other right to use any of the foregoing.
“Intellectual Property Claim” shall mean the assertion by any Person of a claim (whether asserted in writing, by action, suit or proceeding or otherwise) that any Loan Party’s ownership, use, marketing, sale or distribution of any Inventory, Equipment, Intellectual Property or other property or asset is violative of any ownership of or right to use any Intellectual Property of such Person.
“Intercompany Debt” shall mean any Indebtedness, now existing or hereafter incurred, owed by any Loan Party or its Subsidiary to any other Loan Party or Subsidiary.
“Intercompany Loan” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 7.5(h).
“Intercreditor Agreement” shall mean that certain Intercreditor and Subordination Agreement, dated as of the date hereof, by and among Agent and Junior Lien Agent, as amended, supplemented, restated, or otherwise modified from time to time.
“Interest Period” shall mean the period provided for any Eurodollar Rate Loan pursuant to Section 2.2(b).
“Interest Rate Hedge” shall mean an interest rate exchange, collar, cap, swap, adjustable strike cap, adjustable strike corridor or similar agreements entered into by any Loan Party or its Subsidiaries in order to provide protection to, or minimize the impact upon, such Loan Party and/or its Subsidiaries of increasing floating rates of interest applicable to Indebtedness.
“Interest Rate Hedge Liabilities” shall have the meaning assigned in the definition of Lender-Provided Interest Rate Hedge.
“Inventory” shall mean and include as to each Loan Party all of such Loan Party’s now owned or hereafter acquired goods, merchandise and other personal property, wherever located, to be furnished under any consignment arrangement, contract of service or held for sale or lease, all raw materials, work in process, finished goods and materials and supplies of any kind, nature or description which are or might be used or consumed in such Loan Party’s business or used in selling or furnishing such goods, merchandise and other personal property, and all documents of title or other documents representing them.
“Investment” shall mean, as to any Person, any direct or indirect acquisition or investment by such Person, whether by means of (a) the purchase or other acquisition of Equity Interests or Indebtedness or other securities of another Person, (b) a loan, advance or capital contribution to, Guarantee or assumption of Indebtedness of, or purchase or other acquisition of any other Indebtedness or equity participation or interest in, another Person, including any partnership or joint venture interest in such other Person or (c) the purchase or other acquisition (in one transaction or a series of transactions) of all or substantially all of the property and assets or business of another Person or assets constituting a business unit, line of business or division of such Person. For purposes of compliance with Section 7.5, the amount of any Investment shall be the amount actually invested, without adjustment for subsequent increases or decreases in the value of such Investment but giving effect to any returns or distributions of capital or repayment of principal actually received in cash by such Person with respect thereto, whether by disposition, return on capital, dividend or otherwise.
“Investment Property” shall mean and include as to each Loan Party, all of such Loan Party’s now owned or hereafter acquired securities (whether certificated or uncertificated), securities entitlements, securities accounts, commodities contracts and commodities accounts.
“IP Rights” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 5.18.
“ISP98 Rules” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.9(b).
“Issuer” shall mean any Person who issues a Letter of Credit pursuant to the terms hereof and/or accepts a draft pursuant to the terms hereof.
“Joinder” shall mean a joinder by a Person as a Borrower or a Guarantor under this Agreement and the Other Documents in form and substance satisfactory to Agent in its sole and reasonable discretion.
“Junior Lien Agent” shall mean Wilmington Savings Fund Society, FSB, in its capacity as Trustee and Collateral Agent for the holders of the Junior Lien Debt.
“Junior Lien Debt” shall mean the obligations under the “Notes” as defined in the Junior Lien Indenture and any other Indebtedness incurred from time to time under the Junior Lien Documents to the extent such Indebtedness and any Liens securing such Indebtedness are incurred in accordance with the Intercreditor Agreement.
“Junior Lien Documents” shall mean the Junior Lien Indenture, the other “Notes Documents” as defined in the Junior Lien Indenture and the Intercreditor Agreement.
“Junior Lien Indenture” shall mean that certain Indenture dated as of August 31, 2017, among Company, the guarantors party thereto, and Junior Lien Agent, as amended, supplemented, or otherwise modified from time to time.
“Lender” and “Lenders” shall have the meaning ascribed to such term in the preamble to this Agreement and shall include each Person which becomes a transferee, successor or assign of any Lender. For the purpose of any provision of this Agreement or any Other Document which provides for the granting of a security interest or other Lien to the Agent for the benefit of Lenders as security for the Obligations, “Lenders” shall include any Affiliate of a Lender to which such Obligation (specifically including any Hedge Liabilities and any Cash Management Liabilities) is owed.
“Lender-Provided Foreign Currency Hedge” shall mean a Foreign Currency Hedge which is provided by any Lender and for which such Lender confirms to Agent in writing prior to the execution thereof that it: (a) is documented in a standard International Swap Dealers Association, Inc. Master Agreement or another reasonable and customary manner; (b) provides for the method of calculating the reimbursable amount of the provider’s credit exposure in a reasonable and customary manner; and (c) is entered into for hedging (rather than speculative) purposes. The liabilities owing to the provider of any Lender-Provided Foreign Currency Hedge (the “Foreign Currency Hedge Liabilities”) by any Borrower or any Guarantor that is party to such Lender-Provided Foreign Currency Hedge shall, for purposes of this Agreement and all Other Documents be Obligations hereunder, and otherwise treated as Obligations for purposes of the Other Documents, except to the extent constituting Excluded Hedge Liabilities of such Person, but only so long as such provider (if not PNC or an Affiliate of PNC) has notified Agent in writing of such Lender-Provided Foreign Currency Hedge within ten (10) days of such agreement or arrangement.
“Lender-Provided Interest Rate Hedge” shall mean an Interest Rate Hedge which is provided by any Lender and with respect to which Agent confirms meets the following requirements: such Interest Rate Hedge (i) is documented in a standard International Swap Dealer Association Agreement or other similar agreement acceptable to Agent in its sole and reasonable discretion, (ii) provides for the method of calculating the reimbursable amount of the provider’s credit exposure in a reasonable and customary manner, and (iii) is entered into for hedging (rather than speculative) purposes. The liabilities of any Loan Party to the provider of any Lender-Provided Interest Rate Hedge (the “Interest Rate Hedge Liabilities”) shall be Obligations hereunder, guaranteed obligations under any Guaranty and otherwise treated as Obligations for purposes of each of the Other Documents. The Liens securing the Hedge Liabilities shall be pari passu with the Liens securing all other Obligations under this Agreement and the Other Documents. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in the foregoing, the Hedge Liabilities shall not include any Excluded Hedge Liabilities.
“Letter of Credit Sublimit” shall mean Twenty Million Dollars ($20,000,000.00).
“Letter of Credit” and “Letters of Credit” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.8.
“LGTOC” shall mean the Mexican General Law of Negotiable Instruments and Credit Transactions (Ley General de Titulos y Operaciones de Crédito), including any regulations thereto or any other applicable Mexican federal or local statute pertaining to the granting, perfecting, priority or ranking of security interests, liens, hypothecs on personal property, as required, and any successor statutes, together with any regulations thereunder, in each case as in effect from time to time. References to sections of the LGTOC shall be construed to also refer to any successor sections.
“License Agreement” shall mean any agreement between any Loan Party and a Licensor pursuant to which such Loan Party is authorized to use any Intellectual Property in connection with the manufacturing, marketing, sale or other distribution of any Inventory of such Loan Party or otherwise in connection with such Loan Party’s business operations.
“Licensor” shall mean any Person from whom any Loan Party obtains the right to use (whether on an exclusive or non-exclusive basis) any Intellectual Property in connection with such Loan Party’s manufacture, marketing, sale or other distribution of any Inventory or otherwise in connection with such Loan Party’s business operations.
“Licensor/Agent Agreement” shall mean an agreement between Agent and a Licensor, in form and substance satisfactory to Agent, by which Agent is given the unqualified right, vis-à-vis such Licensor, to enforce Agent’s Liens with respect to and to dispose of any Loan Party’s Inventory with the benefit of any Intellectual Property applicable thereto, irrespective of such Loan Party’s default under any License Agreement with such Licensor.
“Lien” shall mean any mortgage, deed of trust, pledge, hypothecation, assignment, security interest, lien (whether statutory or otherwise), charge, claim or encumbrance, or preference, priority or other security agreement or preferential arrangement held or asserted in respect of any asset of any kind or nature whatsoever including any conditional sale or other title retention agreement, any lease having substantially the same economic effect as any of the foregoing, and the filing of, or agreement to give, any financing statement under the Uniform Commercial Code or comparable law of any jurisdiction.
“Lien Waiver Agreement” shall mean an agreement reasonably satisfactory to Agent, which is executed in favor of Agent by a Person who owns or occupies premises at which any Collateral may be located from time to time and by which such Person shall waive any Lien that such Person may ever have with respect to any of the Collateral and shall authorize Agent from time to time to enter upon the premises to remove the Collateral from such premises or to use such premises to store or dispose of such Inventory on terms acceptable to such Person.
“Liquidity” shall mean the sum of (i) Unrestricted cash maintained in accounts located in the United States and Canada that are maintained with PNC or otherwise subject to Deposit Account Control Agreements in favor of Agent, plus (ii) up to $2,000,000 of Unrestricted cash maintained in accounts located in Mexico that are subject to a first priority perfected Lien in favor of Agent, plus (iii) Excess Availability.
“Loan Documents” shall mean this Agreement and each of the Other Documents.
“Loan Party” or “Loan Parties” shall mean, singularly or collectively, as the context may require, each Borrower and each Guarantor and shall extend to all permitted successors and assigns of each such Person.
“Margin Stock” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Regulation U.
“Material Adverse Effect” shall mean any event, change or condition that, individually or in the aggregate, has had, or would reasonably be expected to have (a) a material and adverse effect on the business, assets, financial condition or results of operations of the Loan Parties, taken as a whole, (b) a material and adverse effect on the rights and remedies of the Agent and the Lenders under this Agreement or the Other Documents or (c) a material and adverse effect on the ability of any Borrower or Guarantor to perform its material obligations under this Agreement and the Other Documents, provided that the commencement and the pendency of the Cases shall not constitute a Material Adverse Effect.
“Material Contract” shall mean any contract, agreement, instrument, permit, lease or license, written or oral, of any Loan Party, which is material to any Loan Party’s business or which the failure to comply with could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.
“Maximum Availability” shall mean the lesser of (i) the Gross Formula Amount or (ii) the Maximum Revolving A Advance Amount.
“Maximum Face Amount” shall mean, with respect to any outstanding Letter of Credit, the face amount of such Letter of Credit including all automatic increases provided for in such Letter of Credit, whether or not any such automatic increase has become effective.
“Maximum Revolving A Advance Amount” shall mean One Hundred Twenty Five Million Dollars and 00/100 ($125,000,000.00).
“Maximum Revolving Advance Amount” shall mean One Hundred Fifty Million Dollars and 00/100 ($150,000,000.00).
“Maximum Revolving B Advance Amount” shall mean Twenty Five Million Dollars and 00/100 ($25,000,000.00).
“Maximum Undrawn Amount” shall mean with respect to any outstanding Letter of Credit, the amount of such Letter of Credit that is or may become available to be drawn, including all automatic increases provided for in such Letter of Credit, whether or not any such automatic increase has become effective.
“Mexican Financed Equipment” shall mean Equipment and fixtures of a Mexican Loan Party that is financed with a third party, provided that such third party financing shall not exceed $3,000,000 and shall be subject to an intercreditor agreement reasonably satisfactory to Agent providing for, among other things, access to such Equipment and fixtures.
“Mexican Loan Party” shall mean Castle Mexico, Castle Mexicali and each other Loan Party that is organized or incorporated under the laws of the country of Mexico or any state or territory thereof, and “Mexican Loan Parties” means all such Persons, collectively.
“Mexican Priority Payables Reserve” shall mean a reserve established in Agent’s reasonable discretion for compensation and benefits payable to employees of any Mexican Loan Party as specified and required under Section N.19 of NIFS, which for purposes of this Agreement, shall be in an amount equal to the greater of (a) one month of the total payroll for all Mexican employees and (b) the accrued and unpaid employee claims under Mexican law that would reasonably be expected to have priority over Agent’s Liens.
“Mexican Security Documents” shall mean with respect to the Mexican Loan Parties (i) the applicable stock pledge agreements (contratos de prenda sobra acciones) pledging the stock of the Mexican Loan Parties in favor of the Agent dated as of the date hereof, (ii) the pledgor-in-possession pledge agreement (contrato de prenda sin transmission de posesión) between the Mexican Loan Parties in favor of the Agent dated as of the date hereof, and (iii) any other security or guarantee agreements executed by the Mexican Loan Parties, as Guarantors hereunder, each as modified, amended, restated, or supplemented from time to time.
“Modified Commitment Transfer Supplement” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 16.3(d).
“Moody’s” shall mean Moody’s Investors Service, Inc.
“Mortgages” shall mean any and all mortgages, deeds of trust, deeds to secure debt, leasehold mortgages, leasehold deeds of trust, deeds of immovable hypothec, or leasehold deeds to secure debt and other similar security documents delivered to Agent as security for the Obligations.
“Mortgaged Property” shall mean collectively, any real property subject to Agent’s Lien.
“Multiemployer Plan” shall mean any multiemployer plan as defined in Section 4001(a)(3) of ERISA, which is contributed to by (or to which there is or may be an obligation to contribute of) Castle or any Subsidiary or with respect to which Castle or any Subsidiary has any liability (including on account of an ERISA Affiliate).
“Necessary Consents” shall mean all filings and all licenses, permits, consents, approvals, authorizations, qualifications and orders of Governmental Bodies and other third parties, domestic or foreign, necessary to carry on any Loan Party’s business or necessary (including to avoid a conflict or breach under any agreement, instrument, other document, license, permit or other authorization) for the execution, delivery or performance of this Agreement, any Other Documents, including any Necessary Consents required under all applicable federal, state or other Applicable Law.
“Net Income” means, with respect to any specified Person, the net income (loss) of such Person, determined in accordance with GAAP and before any reduction in respect of preferred stock dividends, excluding, however:
(1) any gain (but not loss), together with any related provision for taxes on such gain (but not loss), realized in connection with: (a) any disposition of Collateral outside the Ordinary Course of Business; or (b) the disposition of any securities by such Person or any of its Subsidiaries or the extinguishment of any Indebtedness of such Person or any of its Subsidiaries; and
(2) any extraordinary gain (but not loss), together with any related provision for taxes on such extraordinary gain (but not loss).
“NIFS” shall mean the financial accounting standards (Normas de Información Financiera) issued by the Mexican Board of Financial Accounting Standards (Consejo Mexicano de Normas de Información Financiera, A.C.).
“Non-Defaulting Lender” shall mean, at any time, any Lender that is not a Defaulting Lender at such time.
“Non-Qualifying Party” shall mean any Borrower or any Guarantor that on the Eligibility Date fails for any reason to qualify as an Eligible Contract Participant.
“Note” shall mean each Revolving Credit Note and the Swing Note, and “Notes” shall collectively mean all of the Revolving Credit Notes and the Swing Notes.
“Obligations” shall mean and include to the extent arising under or in connection with this Agreement or any Other Document, any and all loans, advances, debts, liabilities, obligations, covenants and duties owing by any Loan Party to Lenders or Agent or to any other direct or indirect subsidiary or Affiliate of Agent or any Lender of any kind or nature, present or future (including any interest or other amounts accruing thereon after maturity, whether or not a claim for post-maturity or post-conversion interest or other amounts are allowable or allowed in any proceeding), whether or not evidenced by any note, guaranty/guarantee or other instrument, whether arising under any agreement, instrument or document, (including this Agreement and the Other Documents) whether or not for the payment of money, whether arising by reason of an extension of credit, opening of a letter of credit, loan, equipment lease or guarantee, under any interest or currency swap, future, option or other similar agreement, or in any other manner, whether arising out of overdrafts or deposit or other accounts or electronic funds transfers (whether through automated clearing houses or otherwise) or out of Agent’s or any Lenders non-receipt of or inability to collect funds or otherwise not being made whole in connection with depository transfer check or other similar arrangements, whether direct or indirect (including those acquired by assignment or participation), absolute or contingent, joint or several, due or to become due, now existing or hereafter arising, contractual or tortious, liquidated or unliquidated, regardless of how such indebtedness or liabilities arise or by what agreement or instrument they may be evidenced or whether evidenced by any agreement or instrument, including, but not limited to, any and all of any Loan Party’s Indebtedness and/or liabilities under this Agreement, the Other Documents or under any other agreement between Agent or Lenders and any Loan Party and any amendments, extensions, renewals or increases and all costs and expenses of Agent and any Lender incurred in the documentation, negotiation, modification, enforcement, collection or otherwise in connection with any of the foregoing, including, but not limited to, (i) reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses, (ii) all obligations of any Loan Party to Agent or Lenders to perform acts or refrain from taking any action and all Hedge Liabilities, and (iii) all Cash Management Liabilities. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in the foregoing, the Obligations shall not include any Excluded Hedge Liabilities.
“OFAC” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 6.18.
“Order” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.17.
“Ordinary Course of Business” shall mean with respect to any Loan Party, the ordinary course of such Loan Party’s business as conducted on the Closing Date, taking into consideration the pendency of the Cases.
“Original Owners” shall mean the Persons holding Equity Interests in Castle as of the Closing Date, together with their Affiliates that are under common Control. For the avoidance of doubt, Original Owners shall include all Persons holding Equity Interests in Castle pursuant to the terms of the Confirmed Plan, and all Persons holding Junior Lien Debt at any time who may in the future convert such debt into Equity Interests in Castle.
“Other Connection Taxes” shall mean, with respect to the Agent, any Lender, any Issuer, Payee or any other recipient of any payment to be made by or on account of any obligation of the Borrowers hereunder, Taxes imposed as a result of a present or former connection between any such recipient and the jurisdiction imposing such Tax (other than connections arising from such recipient having executed, delivered, become a party to, performed its obligations under, received payments under, received or perfected a security interest under, engaged in any other transaction pursuant to or enforced any Loan Document, or sold or assigned an interest in any Advance or any Loan Document).
“Other Documents” shall mean the Notes, any Guaranty, any Lender-Provided Interest Rate Hedge, the Pledge Agreement, any Lien Waiver Agreement, any Canadian Security Documents, any Deposit Account Control Agreement, any Joinder, the Mortgages, the Intercreditor Agreement, and any and all other agreements, instruments and documents, including guaranties, pledges, powers of attorney, consents, interest or currency swap agreements or other similar agreements and all other writings heretofore, now or hereafter executed by any Loan Party and/or delivered to Agent or any Lender in respect of the Transactions.
“Out-of-Formula Loans” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 16.2(b).
“Participant” shall mean each Person who shall be granted the right by any Lender to participate in any of the Advances and who shall have entered into a participation agreement in form and substance satisfactory to such Lender.
“Participation Advance” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.11(d).
“Participation Commitment” shall mean each Lender’s obligation to buy a participation of the Letters of Credit issued hereunder.
“Payee” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.11(a).
“Payment Conditions” shall mean that (a) prior to and after giving effect to the relevant action as to which the satisfaction of the Payment Conditions is being determined, no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred or been continuing and (b) either (i) Excess Availability at all times during the 30 calendar days preceding such action and Excess Availability as of the date of such action, in each case, on a pro forma basis after giving effect to such action and any Advances made in connection therewith, shall be at least equal to the greater of (A) 25% of Maximum Availability then in effect and (B) $31,250,000 or (ii) (x) Excess Availability at all times during the 30 calendar days preceding such action and Excess Availability as of the date of such action, in each case, on a pro forma basis after giving effect to such action and any Advances made in connection therewith, shall be at least equal to the greater of (A) 20% of Maximum Availability then in effect and (B) $25,000,000 and (y) the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio (whether or not then being tested) for the four fiscal quarters most recently ended for which financial statements have been delivered pursuant to Section 9.7 or 9.8, determined on a pro forma basis after giving effect to such action, shall be no less than 1.10 to 1.00.
“Payment Office” shall mean initially Two Tower Center Boulevard, East Brunswick, New Jersey 08816; thereafter, such other office of Agent, if any, which it may designate by notice to Borrowing Agent and to each Lender to be the Payment Office.
“PBGC” shall mean the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation established pursuant to Subtitle A of Title IV of ERISA or any successor.
“Permitted Discretion” means a determination made in good faith and in the exercise (from the perspective of a secured asset-based lender) of commercially reasonable business judgment.
“Permitted Encumbrances” shall mean with respect to any Mortgaged Property, such exceptions to title as are set forth as exceptions in the title policy delivered in connection with any Mortgage delivered with respect to such Mortgaged Property, all of which exceptions must be reasonably acceptable to the Agent in its reasonable discretion.
“Permitted Liens” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 7.1.
“Permitted Priority Liens” shall mean the Permitted Liens (except those described in subsections (d), (j), and (u) of Section 7.1), to the extent that such Liens are (i) non-avoidable, valid, properly perfected and enforceable, have priority as a matter of Applicable Law and, except those described in subsections (c), (f), (g), (i), and (x) of Section 7.1, do not secure Indebtedness for borrowed money, or (ii) incurred pursuant to Section 7.1(g).
“Permitted Refinancing” shall mean, with respect to any Person, any modification, refinancing, refunding, renewal or extension of any Indebtedness of such Person; provided that (a) the principal amount (or accreted value, if applicable) thereof does not exceed the principal amount (or accreted value, if applicable) of the Indebtedness so modified, refinanced, refunded, renewed or extended except by an amount equal to any interest capitalized in connection with, any premium or other reasonable amount paid, and fees and expenses reasonably incurred, in connection with such modification, refinancing, refunding, renewal or extension, (b) such modification, refinancing, refunding, renewal or extension has a final maturity date equal to or later than the final maturity date of, and has a weighted average life to maturity equal to or longer than the weighted average life to maturity of, the Indebtedness being modified, refinanced, refunded, renewed or extended, (c) if the Indebtedness being modified, refinanced, refunded, renewed or extended is subordinated in right of payment to the Obligations, such modification, refinancing, refunding, renewal or extension is subordinated in right of payment to the Obligations on terms, taken as a whole, that are not more favorable to the Persons providing such Indebtedness being modified, refinanced, refunded, renewed or extended, (d) at the time thereof, no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, (e) if such Indebtedness being modified, refinanced, refunded, renewed or extended is secured, the terms and conditions relating to collateral of any such modified, refinanced, refunded, renewed or extended Indebtedness, taken as a whole, are not more favorable to the Persons providing such Indebtedness than those applicable to the Lenders with respect to the Collateral for the Indebtedness being modified, refinanced, refunded, renewed or extended (and the Liens on any Collateral securing any such modified, refinanced, refunded, renewed or extended Indebtedness shall have the same (or lesser) priority relative to the Liens on the Collateral securing the Obligations), (f) the terms and conditions (excluding any subordination, pricing, fees, rate floors, discounts, premiums and optional prepayment or redemption terms) of any such modified, refinanced, refunded, renewed or extended Indebtedness, taken as a whole, shall not be materially less favorable to the Loan Parties than this Agreement, except for covenants or other provisions applicable only to periods after the Term, and (g) such modification, refinancing, refunding, renewal or extension is incurred and guaranteed only by the Persons who are the obligors on the Indebtedness being modified, refinanced, refunded, renewed or extended.
“Person” shall mean any individual, sole proprietorship, partnership, corporation, business trust, joint stock company, trust, unincorporated organization, association, limited liability company, unlimited liability company, limited liability partnership, institution, public benefit corporation, joint venture, entity or Governmental Body (whether federal, state, county, city, municipal or otherwise, including any instrumentality, division, agency, body or department thereof).
“Plan” shall mean an “employee benefit plan” as defined in Section 3(3) of ERISA (other than a Multiemployer Plan) that is subject to the provisions of Title IV of ERISA or Section 412 of the Code or Section 302 of ERISA and is maintained or contributed to by Castle or any Subsidiary or with respect to which Castle or any Subsidiary has any liability (including on account of an ERISA Affiliate).
“Plan Effective Date” has the meaning provided therefor in the Confirmed Plan.
“Pledge Agreement” shall mean (i) the Pledge Agreement dated as of the Closing Date, by and between Castle and the Agent, and (ii) any other Pledge Agreement executed and delivered by any Loan Party to Agent for the benefit of Lenders pursuant to the provisions hereof, including, without limitation, the Mexican Security Documents, in each case together with all amendments, supplements, modifications, substitutions and replacements thereto and thereof, and “Pledge Agreements” means collectively, all such Pledge Agreements.
“PNC” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble to this Agreement and shall extend to all of its successors and assigns.
“PPSA” shall mean the Personal Property Security Act (Ontario) (or any successor statute) or similar legislation (including, without limitation, the Civil Code (Quebec)) of any other jurisdiction the laws of which are required by such legislation to be applied in connection with the issue, perfection, enforcement, validity or effect of security interests.
“Projections” shall mean the projections, estimates or other forward looking statements of consolidated balance sheet, related statement of income and cash flow of the Loan Parties made available to the Agent and the Lenders on or prior to the Closing Date.
“Properly Contested” shall mean, in the case of any Indebtedness or Lien, as applicable, of any Person (including any taxes) that is not paid as and when due or payable by reason of such Person’s bona fide dispute concerning its liability to pay same or concerning the amount thereof, (i) such Indebtedness or Lien, as applicable, is being properly contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings promptly instituted and diligently conducted; (ii) such Person has established appropriate reserves as shall be required in conformity with GAAP; (iii) the non- payment of such Indebtedness will not have a Material Adverse Effect and will not result in the imminent forfeiture of any assets of such Person; (iv) no Lien is imposed upon any of such Person’s assets with respect to such Indebtedness unless such Lien is at all times junior and subordinate in priority to the Liens in favor of Agent (except only with respect to property taxes that have priority as a matter of applicable state law) and enforcement of such Lien is stayed during the period prior to the final resolution or disposition of such dispute; (v) if such Indebtedness or Lien, as applicable, results from, or is determined by the entry, rendition or issuance against a Person or any of its assets of a judgment, writ, order or decree, enforcement of such judgment, writ, order or decree is stayed pending a timely appeal or other judicial review; and (vi) if such contest is abandoned, settled or determined adversely (in whole or in part) to such Person, such Person forthwith pays such Indebtedness and all penalties, interest and other amounts due in connection therewith.
“Purchasing CLO” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 16.3(d) hereof.
“Purchasing Lender” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 16.3(c) hereof.
“Qualified ECP Loan Party” shall mean each Borrower or Guarantor that on the Eligibility Date is (a) a corporation, partnership, proprietorship, organization, trust, or other entity other than a “commodity pool” as defined in Section 1a(10) of the CEA and CFTC regulations thereunder that has total assets exceeding $10,000,000 or (b) an Eligible Contract Participant that can cause another person to qualify as an Eligible Contract Participant on the Eligibility Date under Section 1a(18)(A)(v)(II) of the CEA by entering into or otherwise providing a “letter of credit or keepwell, support, or other agreement” for purposes of Section 1a(18)(A)(v)(II) of the CEA.
“Qualified Equity Interests” shall mean any Equity Interests that are not Disqualified Equity Interests.
“Real Estate Collateral Requirements” shall mean the requirement that on the Closing Date, with respect to the Mortgaged Property listed on Schedule 1.1(b) and thereafter as required by Sections 4.2, 6.11 and 6.20, Agent shall have received a Mortgage for each Mortgaged Property in form and substance reasonably acceptable to Agent and suitable for recording or filing, together, with respect to each Mortgage for any property located in the United States or Canada, as the context requires, the following documents: (a) a fully paid policy of title insurance (i) in a form approved by Agent insuring the Lien of the Mortgage encumbering such property as a valid first priority Lien, subject only to exceptions to title reasonably acceptable to Agent, (ii) in an amount reasonably satisfactory to Agent, (iii) issued by First American Title Insurance Company or another nationally recognized title insurance company reasonably satisfactory to Agent (the “Title Company”) and (iv) that includes (A) such coinsurance and direct access reinsurance as Agent may deem necessary or desirable and (B) such endorsements or affirmative insurance reasonably required by Agent and available in the applicable jurisdiction (including, if applicable without limitation, endorsements on matters relating to usury, zoning, variable rate, address, separate tax lot, subdivision, tie in or cluster, contiguity, access and so-called comprehensive coverage over covenants and restrictions), (b) with respect to any property located in any jurisdiction in which a zoning endorsement is not available (or for which a zoning endorsement is not available at a premium that is not excessive), if requested by Agent, a zoning compliance letter from the applicable municipality or a zoning report from Planning and Zoning Resource Corporation (or another person acceptable to Agent), in each case satisfactory to Agent, (c) upon the request of Agent, a Survey, (d) upon the request of Agent, an appraisal complying with the requirements of the Financial Institutions Reform, Recovery and Enforcement Act of 1989, by a third-party appraiser selected by Agent, (e) an opinion of local counsel reasonably acceptable to Agent and in form and substance satisfactory to Agent which includes, without limitation, the due execution and delivery of and enforceability of each applicable Mortgage, the corporate formation, existence and good standing of the applicable mortgagor, and such other matters as may be reasonably requested by Agent, (f) if requested by Agent, no later than three (3) Business Days prior to the delivery of the Mortgage for each Mortgaged Property, the following documents and instruments, in order to comply with all Flood Laws: (A) a completed standard flood hazard determination form and (B) if the improvement(s) to the improved real property is located in a special flood hazard area, a notification to Borrowing Agent (“Borrower Notice”) and, if applicable, notification to Borrowing Agent that flood insurance coverage under the National Flood Insurance Program (“NFIP”) is not available because the community does not participate in the NFIP, documentation evidencing Borrowing Agent’s receipt of the Borrower Notice and (C) if the Borrower Notice is required to be given and flood insurance is available in the community in which the property is located, a copy of the flood insurance policy, Borrowing Agent’s application for a flood insurance policy plus proof of premium payment, a declaration page confirming that flood insurance has been issued, or such other evidence of flood insurance satisfactory to Agent, (g) upon the reasonable request of Agent, Phase I environmental site assessment reports prepared in accordance with the current ASTM E1527 standard (“Phase Is”) (to the extent not already provided) and reliance letters for such Phase Is (which Phase Is and reliance letters shall be in form and substance reasonably acceptable to Agent) and any other environmental information, assessments or reports as Agent shall reasonably request, and, to the extent Agent determinations based on the information contained in such Phase I that additional testing is required, such other environmental assessments as reasonably requested by Agent; provided that Borrowers shall not be required to reimburse Agent for such Phase Is or other environmental assessments unless and Event of Default has occurred or Agent has a reasonable basis to believe that Hazardous Materials exist at the applicable real property location in violation of Environmental Laws, and (h) such other instruments and documents (including subordination or pari passu confirmations, consulting engineer’s reports and lien searches) as Agent shall reasonably request and with respect to each Mortgage for any property located outside the United States, equivalent documents available in the applicable jurisdiction and required by Agent.
“Real Property” shall mean all of each Loan Party’s right, title and interest in and to the owned and leased premises identified on Schedule 5.12 hereto or which is hereafter owned or leased by any Loan Party.
“Receivables” shall mean and include, as to each Loan Party, all of such Loan Party’s accounts, contract rights, instruments (including those evidencing indebtedness owed to such Loan Party by its Affiliates), documents, chattel paper (including electronic chattel paper), general intangibles and intangibles relating to accounts, drafts and acceptances, credit card receivables and all other forms of obligations owing to such Loan Party arising out of or in connection with the sale or lease of Inventory or the rendition of services, all supporting obligations, guarantees and other security therefor, whether secured or unsecured, now existing or hereafter created, and whether or not specifically sold or assigned to Agent hereunder.
“Receivables Advance Rate” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.1(a)(y)(i) hereof.
“Recovery Event” shall mean any event that gives rise to the receipt by any Loan Party of any cash insurance proceeds or condemnation awards payable by reason of casualty, theft, loss, physical destruction, damage, taking, condemnation or any other similar event with respect to any property or assets of any Loan Party.
“Register” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 16.3(e).
“Regulation U” shall mean Regulation U of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System as from time to time in effect and all official rulings and interpretations thereunder or thereof.
“Reimbursement Obligation” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.11(b) hereof.
“Related Parties” shall mean, with respect to any specified Person, such Person’s Affiliates and the respective officers, directors (including directors or authorized signatories of the general partner of any Person), employees, agents, advisors, representatives, controlling persons, members, partners, successors and permitted assigns of such Person and such Person’s Affiliates.
“Release” shall mean any actual or imminent release, spill, emission, leaking, dumping, injection, pouring, pumping, deposit, disposal, discharge, dispersal, leaching or migration into or through the indoor or outdoor environment, including the air, soil and ground and surface water or into, through, within or upon any building, structure, facility or fixture.
“Reorganization Documents” means the Confirmed Plan and a filing of notice of occurrence of Plan Effective Date.
“Reportable Compliance Event” shall mean that any Covered Entity becomes a Sanctioned Person, or is charged by indictment, criminal complaint or similar charging instrument, arraigned, or custodially detained in connection with any Anti-Terrorism Law or any predicate crime to any Anti-Terrorism Law, or has knowledge of facts or circumstances to the effect that it is reasonably likely that any aspect of its operations is in actual or probable violation of any Anti-Terrorism Law.
“Required Lenders” shall mean (A) if there are two (2) or fewer Lenders (not including Swing Loan Lender (in its capacity as such Swing Loan Lender) or any Defaulting Lender), all Lenders, (B) if there are Advances outstanding and more than two (2) Lenders (not including Swing Loan Lender (in its capacity as such Swing Loan Lender) or any Defaulting Lender), Lenders holding greater than fifty percent (50%) of the Advances (excluding Swing Loans and any Advances held by any Defaulting Lender); provided that if any one (1) Lender holds greater than fifty percent (50%) of the Advances (excluding Swing Loans and any Advances held by any Defaulting Lender), Lenders holding sixty-six and two-thirds of one percent (66⅔%) of the Advances (excluding Swing Loans and any Advances held by any Defaulting Lender), or (C) if there are no Advances outstanding and more than two (2) Lenders (not including Swing Loan Lender (in its capacity as such Swing Loan Lender) or any Defaulting Lender), Lenders holding greater than fifty percent (50%) of the aggregate of the Commitment Percentages of all Lenders (excluding any Defaulting Lender); provided that if any one (1) Lender holds greater than fifty percent (50%) of the Commitment Percentages, Lenders holding sixty-six and two-thirds of one percent (66⅔%) of the aggregate of the Commitment Percentages of all Lenders (excluding any Defaulting Lender).
“Required Pledge Amount” shall mean an amount not to exceed sixty-five percent (65%).
“Reserve Percentage” shall mean as of any day the maximum percentage in effect on such day as prescribed by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (or any successor) for determining the reserve requirements (including supplemental, marginal and emergency reserve requirements) with respect to eurocurrency funding.
“Restricted” shall mean, when referring to cash or Cash Equivalents of Borrowers or any other Loan Party, that such cash or Cash Equivalents appears (or would be required to appear) as “restricted” on a consolidated balance sheet of Borrowers or such other Loan Party.
“Restricted Payment” shall mean any dividend or other distribution (whether in cash, securities or other property) with respect to any Equity Interests in any Loan Party, or any payment (whether in cash, securities or other property), including any sinking fund or similar deposit, on account of the purchase, redemption, retirement, acquisition, cancellation or termination of any Equity Interests in any Loan Party.
“Revolver A Commitment Percentage” of any Lender shall mean the percentage set forth opposite such Lender’s name on Annex A hereto under the header “Revolver A Commitment Percentage”, as same may be adjusted upon any assignment by a Lender pursuant to Section 16.3(c) or Section 16.3(d) hereof.
“Revolver Commitment Percentage” of any Lender shall mean the percentage set forth opposite such Lender’s name on Annex A hereto with respect to its Revolver A Commitment Percentage and Revolver B Commitment Percentage, as applicable, as same may be adjusted upon any assignment by a Lender pursuant to Section 16.3(c) or Section 16.3(d) hereof.
“Revolver B Commitment Percentage” of any Lender shall mean the percentage set forth opposite such Lender’s name on Annex A hereto under the header “Revolver B Commitment Percentage”, as same may be adjusted upon any assignment by a Lender pursuant to Section 16.3(c) or Section 16.3(d) hereof.
“Revolving Advances” shall mean Advances made other than Letters of Credit, Acceptances, and Swing Loans.
“Revolving A Advances” shall mean advances made under Section 2.1(a) hereof.
“Revolving A Commitment” shall mean the collective obligation of Lenders to make Revolving A Advances pursuant to the terms and conditions of this Agreement.
“Revolving A Facility Usage” shall mean at any time, the sum of (i) the outstanding Revolving A Advances plus (ii) the outstanding Obligations with respect to Letters of Credit plus (iii) the outstanding Swing Loans.
“Revolving A Interest Rate” shall mean with respect any Advances (other than Revolving B Advances), an interest rate per annum equal to (a) the sum of the Alternate Base Rate plus the Applicable Margin for Revolving A Advances with respect to Domestic Rate Loans and (b) the sum of the Eurodollar Rate plus the Applicable Margin for Revolving A Advances with respect to Eurodollar Rate Loans.
“Revolving B Advances” shall mean advances made under Section 2.1(b) hereof.
“Revolving B Advance Conditions” shall mean, with respect to any advance of Revolving B Advances after the First Amendment Effective Date, Agent shall have received (a) ten (10) Business Day’s prior written notice from Borrowing Agent of such request for a Revolving B Advance, (b) a participation agreement, in form and substance reasonably acceptable to Agent, executed after the First Amendment Effective Date by the applicable Lender and one or more Participants reasonably acceptable to Agent in respect of the full amount of such Revolving B Advance, with each such Participant funding the full amount of such Revolving B Advance to the applicable Lender prior to or concurrently with the making of such Revolving B Advance to Borrowers; provided that Agent acknowledges and agrees that the form of Participation Agreement attached hereto as Exhibit 2.2(b) and the Participants named therein are acceptable to Agent, and (c) with respect to each such applicable Participant for such Revolving B Advance, such information and documentation as may reasonably be requested by Agent or any Lender with a Revolving B Commitment from time to time for purposes of compliance by Agent or such Lender with the USA Patriot Act and other “know your customer” and anti-money laundering rules and regulations, and any policy or procedure implemented by Agent or such Lender, to comply therewith.
“Revolving B Commitment” shall mean the collective obligation of Lenders to make Revolving B Advances pursuant to the terms and conditions of this Agreement.
“Revolving B Interest Rate” shall mean with respect to Revolving B Advances, an interest rate per annum equal to the Applicable Margin for Revolving B Advances.
“Revolving B Payment Conditions” shall mean, with respect to any proposed payment of cash interest in respect of Revolving B Advances, (i) no Default or Event of Default exists would be caused thereby, (ii) immediately after giving effect to any such payment in cash, Liquidity is greater than $20,000,000, (iii) immediately after giving effect to any such payment, the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio, for the twelve fiscal months most recently ended for which financial statements have been delivered pursuant to Section 9.9, calculated on a pro forma basis after giving effect to such payment, shall be greater than or equal to 1.00 to 1.00, and (iv) Borrowers have provided Agent with ten (10) Business Days’ advance written notice of their intention to make such payment in cash, together with a certificate of the President, Chief Financial Officer, Treasurer, Assistant Treasurer or Controller of Borrowing Agent certifying to the satisfaction of clause (iii) above and attaching a reasonably detailed calculation of such Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio.
“Revolving B PIK Interest” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.1 hereof.
“Revolving Commitment” shall mean the collective obligation of Lenders to make Revolving Advances pursuant to the terms and conditions of this Agreement.
“Revolving Commitment Amount” shall mean, as to any Lender, the “Revolving A Commitment Amount” (if any) and “Revolving B Commitment Amount” (if any) set forth opposite such Lender’s name on Annex A attached hereto (or, in the case of any Lender that became party to this Agreement after the Closing Date pursuant to Section 16.3(c) or (d) hereof, the “Revolving A Commitment Amount” (if any) and “Revolving B Commitment Amount” (if any) of such Lender as set forth in the applicable Commitment Transfer Supplement.
“Revolving Credit Note” shall mean, collectively, the promissory notes referred to in Section 2.1(a) hereof.
“Revolving Facility Usage” shall mean at any time, the sum of (i) the outstanding Revolving Advances plus (ii) the outstanding Obligations with respect to Letters of Credit plus (iii) the outstanding Swing Loans.
“Revolving Interest Rate” shall mean (i) with respect to any Advances (other than Revolving B Advances), the Revolving A Interest Rate and (ii) with respect to Revolving B Advances, the Revolving B Interest Rate.
“S&P” shall mean Standard & Poor’s Ratings Service or any successor thereto.
“Sanctioned Country” shall mean a country subject to a sanctions program maintained under any Anti-Terrorism Law or under Canadian Anti-Terrorism or Sanction Laws.
“Sanctioned Person” shall mean (i) any individual person, group, regime, entity or thing listed or otherwise recognized as a specially designated, prohibited, sanctioned or debarred person, group, regime, entity or thing, or subject to any limitations or prohibitions (including but not limited to the blocking of property or rejection of transactions), under any Anti-Terrorism Law, or (ii) any Canadian Blocked Person.
“Securities Act” shall mean the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.
“Senior Representative” shall mean, with respect to any Indebtedness, the trustee, administrative agent, collateral agent, security agent or similar agent under the indenture or other agreement pursuant to which such Indebtedness is issued, incurred or otherwise obtained, as the case may be, and each of their successors in such capacities.
“Settlement Date” shall mean the Closing Date and thereafter Wednesday or Thursday of each week or more frequently if Agent deems appropriate unless such day is not a Business Day in which case it shall be the next succeeding Business Day.
“Stockholders Agreement” shall mean the Stockholders Agreement dated as even date herewith by and among Castle and the Stockholders that are party thereto, as the same may be amended, supplemented, or otherwise modified from time to time.
“Subsidiary” shall mean, with respect to any Person (herein referred to as the “parent”), any corporation, partnership, limited liability company, association or other business entity (a) of which securities or other ownership interests representing more than 50% of the equity or more than 50% of the ordinary voting power or more than 50% of the general partnership interests are, at the time any determination is being made, owned, Controlled or held, or (b) that is, at the time any determination is made, otherwise Controlled, by the parent or one or more subsidiaries of the parent or by the parent and one or more subsidiaries of the parent.
“Subsidiary Stock” shall mean all of the issued and outstanding Equity Interests of any Subsidiary owned by any Loan Party (not to include Excluded Foreign Subsidiary Stock).
“Survey” shall mean a survey of any Mortgaged Property (and all improvements thereon) which is (a) (i) prepared by a surveyor or engineer licensed to perform surveys in the jurisdiction where such Mortgaged Property is located, (ii) dated (or redated) not earlier than six (6) months prior to the date of delivery thereof unless there shall have occurred within six months prior to such date of delivery any exterior construction on the site of such Mortgaged Property or any easement, right of way or other interest in the Mortgaged Property has been granted or become effective through operation of law or otherwise with respect to such Mortgaged Property which, in either case, can be depicted on a survey, in which events, as applicable, such survey shall be dated (or redated) after the completion of such construction or if such construction shall not have been completed as of such date of delivery, not earlier than twenty (20) days prior to such date of delivery, or after the grant or effectiveness of any such easement, right of way or other interest in the Mortgaged Property, (iii) certified by the surveyor (in a manner reasonably acceptable to Agent) to Agent and the Title Company, (iv) complying in all respects with the minimum detail requirements of the American Land Title Association as such requirements are in effect on the date of preparation of such survey, (v) sufficient for the Title Company to remove all standard survey exceptions from the Mortgage Policy relating to such Mortgaged Property and issue the endorsements of the type required by paragraph (f) of the definition of Real Estate Collateral Requirements and (vi) otherwise reasonably acceptable to Agent.
“Swap” shall mean any “swap” as defined in Section 1a(47) of the CEA and regulations thereunder other than (a) a swap entered into on, or subject to the rules of, a board of trade designated as a contract market under Section 5 of the CEA, or (b) a commodity option entered into pursuant to CFTC Regulation 32.3(a).
“Swap Obligations” shall mean any obligation to pay or perform under any agreement, contract or transaction that constitutes a Swap which is also a provided by a Lender.
“Swing Loan Commitment” shall mean PNC’s commitment to make Swing Loans to Borrowers pursuant to Section 2.23(a) hereof in an aggregate principal amount up to ten percent (10%) of the Maximum Revolving A Advance Amount.
“Swing Loan Lender” shall mean PNC, in its capacity as lender of the Swing Loans.
“Swing Loan Request” shall mean a request for Swing Loans made in accordance with Section 2.23(b) hereof.
“Swing Loans” shall mean collectively and “Swing Loan” shall mean separately all Swing Loans or any Swing Loan made by PNC to Borrowers pursuant to Section 2.23 hereof.
“Swing Note” shall mean the promissory note referred to in Section 2.23(d) hereof, together with all amendments, restatements, extensions, renewals, replacements, refinancings or refundings thereof in whole or in part.
“Taxes” shall mean all present or future taxes, levies, imposts, duties, deductions, withholdings, assessments, fees or other charges imposed by any Governmental Body, including any interest, additions to tax or penalties applicable thereto.
“Term” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 13.1 hereof.
“Termination Date” shall mean the earlier of (a) February 28, 2022 and (b) acceleration of any portion of the Obligations and the termination of the Commitments upon the occurrence of an Event of Default.
“Threshold Amount” shall mean $500,000.
“Trading with the Enemy Act” shall mean the foreign assets control regulations of the United States Treasury Department (31 CFR, Subtitle B, Chapter V, as amended) and any enabling legislation or executive order relating thereto, which shall not apply to the Canadian Loan Parties in respect of any business dealings with Cuba or residents of Cuba.
“Transaction Costs” shall mean the fees, costs and expenses incurred in connection with the Transactions.
“Transactions” shall mean collectively, (a) the execution and delivery of, and the performance under, this Agreement and the Other Documents, in each case by the Loan Parties party thereto (as of the Closing Date), (b) the making of any Advances requested to be made on the Closing Date, and (c) the payment of Transaction Costs related to the foregoing.
“Transferee” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 16.3(d) hereof.
“UCP” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.9(b) hereof.
“Unfinanced Capital Expenditures” shall mean all Capital Expenditures of the Borrowers on a Consolidated Basis financed using (y) cash-on-hand or generated from operations and not from the proceeds of financing transactions, and (z) the proceeds of Revolving Advances.
“Uniform Commercial Code” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 1.3 hereof.
“Unrestricted” shall mean, when referring to cash or Cash Equivalents of a Loan Party or any Subsidiary, any such cash or Cash Equivalents that is not Restricted.
“U.S. Export Laws” shall mean, but not be limited to, any and all laws by which the exportation, re-exportation, diversion, shipment or transfer of merchandise is controlled as to person, destination or entity, and shall include but not be limited to the Export Administration Act; the Trading With the Enemy Act; the International Emergency Economic Powers Act; the International Security and Development Cooperation Act of 1985, together with all regulations, directives, Executive Orders and Proclamations as shall be implemented to enforce such laws, and as such laws shall added, amended or repealed, from time to time.
“U.S. Foreign Holdco” shall mean a Domestic Subsidiary substantially all of the assets of which consist of Equity Interests or debt of one or more direct or indirect Foreign Subsidiaries and assets incidental thereto.
“U.S. Loan Party” shall mean each Borrower and each other Loan Party that is organized or incorporated under the laws of the United States or any state or territory thereof or the District of Columbia, and “U.S. Loan Parties” means all such Persons, collectively.
“USA PATRIOT Act” shall mean the Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism Act of 2001, Public Law 107-56, as the same has been, or shall hereafter be, renewed, extended, amended or replaced.
“U.S. Person” shall mean any Person that is a “United States Person” as defined in Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code.
“Voting Power” shall mean, with respect to any Person, the exclusive ability to control, through the ownership of shares of capital stock, partnership interests, membership interests or otherwise, the election of members of the board of directors or other similar governing body of such Person, and the holding of a designated percentage of Voting Power of a Person means the ownership of shares of capital stock, partnership interests, membership interests or other interests of such Person sufficient to control exclusively the election of that percentage of the members of the board of directors or other similar governing body of such Person.
“Week” shall mean the time period commencing with the opening of business on a Monday and ending on the end of business the following Sunday.
“Wholly Owned Subsidiary” of any Person shall mean a subsidiary of such Person of which securities (except for directors’ qualifying shares) or other ownership interests representing 100% of the Equity Interests are, at the time any determination is being made, owned, Controlled or held by such Person or one or more Wholly Owned subsidiaries of such Person or by such Person and one or more Wholly Owned subsidiaries of such Person.
“Withdrawal Liability” shall mean liability to a Multiemployer Plan as a result of a complete or partial withdrawal from such Multiemployer Plan, as such terms are defined in Part I of Subtitle E of Title IV of ERISA.
1.3 Uniform Commercial Code Terms.
(a) All terms used herein and defined in the Uniform Commercial Code as adopted in the State of New York from time to time (the “Uniform Commercial Code”) shall have the meaning given therein unless otherwise defined herein. Without limiting the foregoing, the terms “accounts”, “chattel paper”, “commercial tort claims”, “instruments”, “general intangibles”, “goods”, “payment intangibles”, “proceeds”, “supporting obligations”, “securities”, “investment property”, “documents”, “deposit accounts”, “software”, “letter of credit rights”, “inventory”, “equipment” and “fixtures”, as and when used in the description of Collateral (including in Section 4.1 hereto) shall have the meanings given to such terms in Articles 8 or 9 of the Uniform Commercial Code. To the extent the definition of any category or type of collateral is expanded by any amendment, modification or revision to the Uniform Commercial Code, such expanded definition will apply automatically as of the date of such amendment, modification or revision.
(b) Any terms used in this Agreement that are defined in the PPSA (including, but not limited to, “accounts”, “chattel paper”, “instruments”, “ intangibles”, “goods”, “proceeds”, “securities”, “investment property”, “documents of title”, “inventory”, “equipment” and “fixtures”) shall, to the extent relating to Collateral consisting of assets of Canadian Loan Parties or otherwise located in Canada, be construed and defined as set forth in the PPSA unless otherwise defined herein and any terms used in this Agreement that are defined in the UCC and relating to Collateral consisting of assets of the Loan Parties that are not Canadian Loan Parties or otherwise not located in Canada shall be construed and defined as set forth in the UCC unless otherwise defined herein.
1.4 Certain Matters of Construction.
The terms “herein”, “hereof” and “hereunder” and other words of similar import refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular section, paragraph or subdivision. All references herein to Articles, Sections, Exhibits and Schedules shall be construed to refer to Articles and Sections of, and Exhibits and Schedules to, this Agreement. Any pronoun used shall be deemed to cover all genders. Wherever appropriate in the context, terms used herein in the singular also include the plural and vice versa. All references to statutes and related regulations shall include any amendments of same and any successor statutes and regulations. Unless otherwise provided, all references to any instruments or agreements to which Agent is a party, including references to any of the Other Documents, shall include any and all modifications or amendments thereto and any and all extensions or renewals thereof. All references herein to the time of day shall mean the time in New York, New York. Unless otherwise provided, all financial calculations shall be performed with Inventory valued on a first-in, first-out basis. Whenever the words “including” or “include” shall be used, such words shall be understood to mean “including, without limitation” or “include, without limitation.” A Default or Event of Default shall be deemed to exist at all times during the period commencing on the date that such Default or Event of Default occurs to the date on which such Default or Event of Default is waived in writing pursuant to this Agreement or, in the case of a Default, is cured within any period of cure expressly provided for in this Agreement; and an Event of Default shall “continue” or be “continuing” until such Event of Default has been waived in writing by the Required Lenders. Any Lien referred to in this Agreement or any of the Other Documents as having been created in favor of Agent, any agreement entered into by Agent pursuant to this Agreement or any of the Other Documents, any payment made by or to or funds received by Agent pursuant to or as contemplated by this Agreement or any of the Other Documents, or any act taken or omitted to be taken by Agent, shall, unless otherwise expressly provided, be created, entered into, made or received, or taken or omitted, for the benefit or account of Agent and Lenders. Wherever the phrase “to the best of Loan Parties’ knowledge” or words of similar import relating to the knowledge or the awareness of any Loan Party are used in this Agreement or Other Documents, such phrase shall mean and refer to (i) the actual knowledge of a senior officer of any Loan Party or (ii) the knowledge that a senior officer would have obtained if he had engaged in good faith and diligent performance of his duties, including the making of such reasonably specific inquiries as may be necessary of the employees or agents of such Loan Party and a good faith attempt to ascertain the existence or accuracy of the matter to which such phrase relates. All covenants hereunder shall be given independent effect so that if a particular action or condition is not permitted by any of such covenants, the fact that it would be permitted by an exception to, or otherwise within the limitations of, another covenant shall not avoid the occurrence of a default if such action is taken or condition exists. In addition, all representations and warranties hereunder shall be given independent effect so that if a particular representation or warranty proves to be incorrect or is breached, the fact that another representation or warranty concerning the same or similar subject matter is correct or is not breached will not affect the incorrectness of a breach of a representation or warranty hereunder. Any reference herein or in any Other Document to the satisfaction, repayment, or payment in full of the Obligations shall mean (a) the payment or repayment in full in immediately available funds of (i) the principal amount of, and interest accrued and unpaid with respect to, all outstanding Advances, together with the payment of any premium applicable to the repayment of the Advances, (ii) all expenses to which Agent, any Lender or Issuer is entitled to reimbursement hereunder or under any Other Document that have accrued and are unpaid regardless of whether demand has been made therefor, (iii) all fees or charges that have accrued hereunder or under any Other Document (including the Letter of Credit fees) and are unpaid, (b) in the case of contingent reimbursement obligations with respect to Letters of Credit, providing cash collateralization in an amount equal to one hundred five percent (105%) of the Letters of Credit in accordance herewith, (c) in the case of Cash Management Liabilities, providing cash collateralization in an amount equal to the credit exposure (as reasonably determined by Agent) with respect thereto; (d) the receipt by Agent of cash collateral in order to secure any other contingent Obligations for which a claim or demand for payment has been made on or prior to such time or in respect of matters or circumstances known to Agent or a Lender at such time that are reasonably expected to result in any loss, cost, damage, or expense (including attorneys’ fees and legal expenses), such cash collateral to be in such amount as Agent reasonably determines is appropriate to secure such contingent Obligations, (e) the payment or repayment in full in immediately available funds of all other outstanding Obligations (including the payment of any termination amount then applicable (or which would or could become applicable as a result of the repayment of the other Obligations) with respect to Hedge Liabilities) other than (i) unasserted contingent indemnification Obligations for which there is no reasonable basis to assume a claim will be asserted; (ii) Hedge Liabilities that, at such time, are allowed by the applicable Lender (or Affiliate) to remain outstanding without being required to be repaid; and (iii) any Cash Management Liabilities that, at such time, are allowed by the applicable Lender (or Affiliate) to remain outstanding without being required to be repaid or cash collateralized, and (f) the termination of all of the commitments of the Lenders.
1.5 Currency Matters. Unless otherwise provided for herein, all amounts and calculations set forth in Dollars in this Agreement shall be determined as of each date of measurement by the Dollar Equivalents thereof as of such date of measurement. For purposes of the foregoing, “Dollar Equivalent” means, at any time, (a) as to any amount denominated in Dollars, the amount thereof at such time, and (b) as to any currency other than Dollars, the equivalent amount in Dollars as reasonably determined by Agent at such time that such amount could be converted into Dollars by Agent according to prevailing exchange rates selected by Agent in its Permitted Discretion. Principal, interest, reimbursement obligations, fees, and all other amounts payable under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents shall be payable in Dollars. Unless stated otherwise, all calculations, comparisons, measurements or determinations under this Agreement (including without limitation, calculation of the Borrowing Base or the determination of whether a repayment is required under this Agreement), shall be made in Dollars by aggregating the Dollar Equivalent of each component thereof. For the purpose of such calculations, comparisons, measurements or determinations, amounts denominated in other currencies shall be converted to the Dollar Equivalent thereof on the date of calculation, comparison, measurement or determination. If the Agent shall receive payment in a currency other than the currency in which the Obligations are due, whether pursuant to the exercise of control under a Loan Document, or as proceeds or realization of the Collateral or otherwise, then the Agent shall be authorized to convert such amounts to Dollars according to prevailing exchange rates selected by Agent in its Permitted Discretion.
1.6 Québec Matters. For purposes of any Collateral located in the Province of Quebec or charged by any deed of hypothec (or any other Loan Document) and for all other purposes pursuant to which the interpretation or construction of a Loan Document may be subject to the laws of the Province of Quebec or a court or tribunal exercising jurisdiction in the Province of Quebec, (a) “personal property” shall be deemed to include “movable property”, (b) “real property” shall be deemed to include “immovable property”, (c) “tangible property” shall be deemed to include “corporeal property”, (d) “intangible property” shall be deemed to include “incorporeal property”, (e) “security interest”, “mortgage” and “lien” shall be deemed to include a “hypothec”, “prior claim” and a “resolutory clause”, (f) all references to filing, registering or recording under the PPSA shall be deemed to include publication under the Civil Code of Quebec, (g) all references to “perfection” of or “perfected” Liens shall be deemed to include a reference to an “opposable” or “set up” Liens as against third parties, (h) any “right of offset”, “right of setoff” or similar expression shall be deemed to include a “right of compensation”, (i) “goods” shall be deemed to include “corporeal movable property” other than chattel paper, documents of title, instruments, money and securities, (j) an “agent” shall be deemed to include a “mandatary”, (k) “construction liens” shall be deemed to include “legal hypothecs” securing claims of persons having taken part in the construction or renovation of an immovable, (l) “joint and several” shall be deemed to include “solidary”, (m) “gross negligence or willful misconduct” shall be deemed to be “intentional or gross fault”, (n) “beneficial ownership” shall be deemed to include “ownership on behalf of another as mandatary”, (o) “easement” shall be deemed to include “servitude”, (p) “priority” shall be deemed to include “prior claim”, (q) “survey” shall be deemed to include “certificate of location and plan”, (r) a “land surveyor” shall be deemed to include an “arpenteur-géomètre”; and (r) “fee simple title” shall be deemed to include “absolute ownership”. The parties hereto confirm that it is their wish that this Agreement and any other document executed in connection with the transactions contemplated herein be drawn up in the English language only and that all other documents contemplated thereunder or relating thereto, including notices, may also be drawn up in the English language only. Les parties aux présentes confirment que c’est leur volonté que cette convention et les autres documents de crédit soient rédigés en langue anglaise seulement et que tous les documents, y compris tous avis, envisagés par cette convention et les autres documents peuvent être rédigés en la langue anglaise seulement.
9.8 Quarterly Financial Statements.
Furnish Agent and Lenders within forty-five (45) days after the end of each fiscal quarter, an unaudited balance sheet of Castle and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated and consolidating basis and unaudited statements of income and stockholders’ equity and cash flow of Castle and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis and, except with respect to the statement of stockholders’ equity, a consolidating basis, in each case reflecting results of operations from the beginning of the fiscal year to the end of such quarter and for such quarter, prepared on a basis consistent with prior practices and complete and correct in all material respects, subject to normal and recurring year-end adjustments that individually and in the aggregate are not material to any Loan Party’s business, and accompanied by comparative financial statements of Castle and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis for the same fiscal quarter and same fiscal year-to-date period in the prior fiscal year. The reports shall be accompanied by a Compliance Certificate. For the avoidance of doubt, the financial statements described above shall include a representation of the consolidated and consolidating financial statements for all of the Loan Parties on a standalone basis (i.e. excluding any Subsidiary of a Loan Party that is not also a Loan Party).
9.9 Monthly Financial Statements.
Furnish Agent and Lenders within thirty (30) days after the end of each month (except March, June, September and December), an unaudited balance sheet of Castle and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated and consolidating basis and unaudited statements of income and stockholders’ equity and cash flow of Castle and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis, and except with respect to the statement of stockholder’s equity and statement of cash flow, a consolidating basis, in each case reflecting results of operations from the beginning of the fiscal year to the end of such month and for such month, prepared on a basis consistent with prior practices and complete and correct in all material respects, subject to normal and recurring year-end adjustments that individually and in the aggregate are not material to any Loan Party’s business, and accompanied by comparative financial statements of Castle and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis for the same month and same fiscal year-to-date period in the prior fiscal year. The reports shall be accompanied by a Compliance Certificate. For the avoidance of doubt, the financial statements described above shall include a representation of the consolidated and consolidating financial statements for all of the Loan Parties on a standalone basis (i.e. excluding any Subsidiary of a Loan Party that is not also a Loan Party).
9.10 Other Reports.
Furnish Agent as soon as available, but in any event within ten (10) days after the issuance thereof, without duplication, (i) with copies of such financial statements, reports and returns as each Loan Party shall send to its stockholders or members and (ii) copies of all notices, reports, financial statements and other materials sent pursuant to any Junior Lien Documents.
9.11 Additional Information.
Furnish Agent with such additional information in the possession of the Borrowers or their professional advisors as Agent shall reasonably request in order to enable Agent to determine whether the terms, covenants, provisions and conditions of this Agreement, the Notes and any Other Document have been complied with by the Loan Parties including, without the necessity of any request by Agent, (a) copies of all environmental audits and reviews, (b) at least thirty (30) days prior thereto, notice of any Loan Party’s opening of any new office or place of business or any Loan Party’s closing of any existing office or place of business, and (c) promptly upon any Loan Party’s learning thereof, notice of any labor dispute to which any Loan Party may become a party, any strikes or walkouts relating to any of its plants or other facilities, and the expiration of any labor contract to which any Loan Party is a party or by which any Loan Party is bound which could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
9.12 Projected Operating Budget. Within thirty (30) days after the beginning of each fiscal year, commencing with fiscal year 2018, furnish Agent a month by month projected operating budget and cash flow of Castle and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated and consolidating basis for such fiscal year (including an income statement for each month and a balance sheet as at the end of the last month in each fiscal quarter), such projections to be accompanied by a certificate signed by the President, Chief Financial Officer or other Authorized Officer of each Borrower to the effect that such projections have been prepared on the basis of sound financial planning practice consistent with past budgets and financial statements and that such officer has no reason to question the reasonableness of any material assumptions on which such projections were prepared.
9.13 Variances From Operating Budget. Furnish Agent, concurrently with the delivery of the financial statements referred to in Sections 9.7, 9.8 and 9.9, a written report summarizing all material variances from budgets submitted by Borrowers pursuant to Section 9.12 and a discussion and analysis by management with respect to such variances.
9.14 Notice of Suits, Adverse Events.
Furnish Agent with prompt written notice of (i) any lapse or other termination of any Necessary Consent issued to any Loan Party by any Governmental Body or any other Person that is material to the operation of any Loan Party’s business, (ii) any refusal by any Governmental Body or any other Person to renew or extend any such Necessary Consent; and (iii) copies of any periodic or special reports filed by any Loan Party with any Governmental Body or Person, if such reports indicate any change in the business, operations, affairs or condition of any Loan Party which could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, (iv) copies of any notices and other written communications from any Governmental Body or Person which specifically relate to any Loan Party which could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, and (v) any challenge to the Confirmed Plan or the order confirming the Confirmed Plan.
9.15 ERISA Notices and Requests.
Furnish Agent with immediate written notice in the event that an ERISA Event or Canadian Pension Termination Event has occurred, together with a written statement describing such ERISA Event or Canadian Pension Termination Event and the action, if any, which such Loan Party has taken, is taking, or proposes to take with respect thereto.
9.16 Bank Statements.
During a Cash Dominion Period, furnish Agent, on the third (3rd) Business Day of each week, a calculation of Liquidity as of the end of the immediately preceding week, along with weekly bank statements supporting such calculation; provided that Borrowers will provide such bank statements on a daily basis if Excess Availability is less than $10,000,000.
9.17 Additional Documents.
Execute and deliver to Agent, within ten (10) days of being requested to do so, such additional documents and agreements as Agent may from time to time reasonably request to carry out the purposes, terms or conditions of this Agreement.
X. EVENTS OF DEFAULT.
The occurrence of any one or more of the following events shall constitute an “Event of Default”:
10.1 Payments.
Failure by any Borrower to pay any principal or interest on the Obligations when due, whether at maturity or by reason of acceleration pursuant to the terms of this Agreement or by notice of intention to prepay or by required prepayment, or failure by any Loan Party to pay any other liabilities or make any other payment, fee or charge provided for herein when due or in any Other Document;
10.2 Representations.
Any representation, warranty or statement made or deemed to be made by any Loan Party herein or in any other Loan Document or in any certificate delivered to the Agent or any Lender pursuant hereto or thereto shall prove to be untrue in any material respect on the date as of which it is made or deemed to be made;
10.3 Covenants.
Except as otherwise provided for in Sections 10.1 and 10.2, (i) failure of any Loan Party to perform, keep or observe any term, provision, condition, covenant herein contained or contained in any Other Document applicable to such Loan Party, or (ii) failure or neglect of any Loan Party to perform, keep or observe any term, provision, condition or covenant contained in Sections 4.7, 6.15, 6.16, 9.4 or 9.6 hereof applicable to such Loan Party, in each case with respect to this clause (ii), which is not cured within thirty (30) days from the earlier of the date on which written notice thereof is given to the Borrowing Agent by the Agent or the Required Lenders or an Authorized Officer becomes aware of such failure;
10.4 Default Under Other Agreements.
(i) If any Borrower or any Party shall (x) default in any payment of any Indebtedness (other than the Obligations) beyond the applicable grace period, if any, provided in an instrument or agreement under which such Indebtedness is governed or (y) default in the observance or performance of any agreement or condition relating to any Indebtedness (other than the Obligations) or contained in any instrument or agreement evidencing, securing or relating thereto, or any other event shall occur or condition exist, the effect of which default or other event or condition is to cause, or to permit any holder of such Indebtedness (or a trustee or agent on behalf of such holder) to cause (after delivery of any notice, if required by any such instrument or agreement, and after giving effect to any waiver, amendment, cure or grace period), any such Indebtedness to become due prior to its stated maturity, or (ii) any Indebtedness (other than the Obligations) of any Borrower or any other Loan Party shall be declared to be (or shall become) due and payable, or required to be prepaid other than by a regularly scheduled required prepayment, prior to the stated maturity thereof; provided that it shall not be a Default or an Event of Default under this Section 10.4 unless the aggregate principal amount of all such Indebtedness as described in this Section 10.4 equals to or exceeds the Threshold Amount;
10.5 Bankruptcy, etc.
Except as to the pending bankruptcy cases of the Borrowers jointly administered under Case No. 17-11330, any Loan Party shall commence a voluntary case concerning itself under the any Debtor Relief Law; or an involuntary case is commenced against any Loan Party, and the petition is not dismissed within forty-five (45) days after the filing thereof; or a custodian (as defined in the Bankruptcy Code), receiver, interim receiver, monitor, or administrator is appointed for, or takes charge of, all or substantially all of the property of any Loan Party, to operate all or any substantial portion of the business of such Loan Party, or, except to the extent expressly permitted by Section 7.2, any Loan Party commences any other proceeding under any reorganization, arrangement, adjustment of debt, relief of debtors, dissolution, insolvency or liquidation or similar law of any jurisdiction whether now or hereafter in effect relating to any Loan Parties, or there has commenced against any Loan Party any such proceeding which remains undismissed for a period of sixty (60) days after the filing thereof, or any Loan Party is adjudicated insolvent or bankrupt; or any order of relief is entered in any such proceeding; any Loan Party makes a general assignment for the benefit of creditors; or any action is taken by any Loan Party for the purpose of authorizing any of the foregoing; or any Loan Party become unable, or admit in writing its inability or fail generally to pay its debts as they become due;
10.6 ERISA.
(a) one or more ERISA Events shall have occurred that either alone or together results in a liability to any Borrower or any Subsidiary (including on account of an ERISA Affiliate) that equals or exceeds or is reasonably expected to equal or exceed the Threshold Amount, or
(b) there is or arises an Unfunded Pension Liability that results in a liability to any Borrower or any Subsidiary (including on account of an ERISA Affiliate) that equals or exceeds, or that would reasonably be expected to equal or exceed, the Threshold Amount;
(c) there is or arises any potential Withdrawal Liability under Section 4201 of ERISA, if any Borrower or any Subsidiary or their respective ERISA Affiliates were to withdraw completely from any and all Multiemployer Plans and the liability to any Borrower or any Subsidiary (including on account of an ERISA Affiliate) equals or exceeds, or is reasonably expected to equal or exceed the Threshold Amount; or
(d) a Canadian Pension Termination Event shall occur; or there is an appointment by the appropriate Governmental Authority of a replacement administrator to administer any Canadian Defined Benefit Plan; or if any Canadian Defined Benefit Plan shall be terminated or a replacement administrator is appointed; or if a Canadian Loan Party is in default with respect to payments to a Canadian Defined Benefit Plan; or a Canadian Loan Party completely or partially withdraws from a Canadian Defined Benefit Plan which is a multi-employer pension plan, as defined under the applicable pension standards legislation; or any Lien arises (save for contribution amounts not yet due) in connection with any Canadian Pension Plan, which would be reasonably likely to exceed the Threshold Amount.
10.7 Security Documents.
Any of the provisions of Article IV or any Other Document pursuant to which a security interest or Lien is granted in favor of Agent shall cease to be in full force and effect, or shall cease to give Agent for the benefit of itself, the other Lenders or any other secured party, the Liens, rights, powers and privileges purported to be created thereby (including, without limitation, a perfected security interest (if and to the extent such Collateral can be perfected by the filing of UCC-1 financing statements and the taking of such other actions required by this Agreement and the Other Documents) in, and Lien on, all of the Collateral, in favor of Agent for the benefit of the Lenders, superior to and prior to the rights of all third Persons and subject to no other Liens (other than Permitted Liens);
10.8 Guarantees.
Any Guarantee of the Obligations or any provision thereof shall cease to be in full force or effect as to any Guarantor (except as a result of a release of any Guarantor in accordance with the terms thereof), or any Guarantor or any Person acting for or on behalf of such Guarantor shall deny or disaffirm such Guarantor’s obligations with respect to such Guarantee by such Guarantor;
10.9 Judgments.
One or more final judgments or decrees shall be entered against any Borrower or any other Loan Party involving (i) a liability not paid or to the extent not covered by a reputable and solvent insurance company or third party indemnities and such judgments and decrees either shall be final and non-appealable by a court of competent jurisdiction or shall not be vacated, discharged or stayed or bonded pending appeal for any period of thirty (30) consecutive days, or (ii) the aggregate amount of all such judgments or decrees equals to or exceeds the Threshold Amount;
10.10 Material Adverse Effect. Any Material Adverse Effect occurs;
10.11 Lien Priority. Any Lien created hereunder or provided for hereby or under any related agreement for any reason ceases to be or is not a valid and perfected Lien having a first priority interest (subject only to Permitted Liens that have priority as a matter of Applicable Law);
10.12 Invalidity of Loan Documents. Any material provision of this Agreement or any Other Document shall (taken as a whole), for any reason other than as expressly permitted hereunder or thereunder or the satisfaction in full of all the Obligations, cease to be valid and binding on any Loan Party, or any Loan Party shall so claim in writing to Agent or any Lender;
10.13 Breach of Guaranty or Pledge Agreement. Termination or breach of any Guaranty, Guarantor Security Agreement, Pledge Agreement or similar agreement executed and delivered to Agent in connection with the Obligations of any Borrower, or if any Guarantor or pledgor attempts to terminate, challenges the validity of, or its liability under, any such Guaranty, Guarantor Security Agreement, Pledge Agreement or similar agreement; and
10.14 Change of Control. Any Change of Control shall occur.
XI. LENDERS’ RIGHTS AND REMEDIES AFTER DEFAULT.
11.1 Rights and Remedies.
(a) Upon the occurrence of (i) an Event of Default pursuant to Section 10.5 of this Agreement, all Obligations shall be immediately due and payable and the obligation of Lenders to make Advances shall be deemed terminated and (ii) any other Event of Default, at the option of Required Lenders, all Obligations shall be immediately due and payable and Lenders shall have the right to terminate this Agreement and to terminate the obligation of Lenders to make Advances and/or Agent may terminate the obligations of the Lenders to make Advances. Upon the occurrence of any Event of Default, Agent shall have the right to exercise any and all rights and remedies provided for herein, under the Other Documents, under the Uniform Commercial Code, under the PPSA, under the LGTOC, and at law or equity generally, including the right to foreclose the security interests granted herein and to realize upon any Collateral by any available judicial procedure and/or to take possession of and sell any or all of the Collateral with or without judicial process. Agent may enter any of any Loan Party’s premises or other premises without legal process and without incurring liability to such Loan Party therefor, and Agent may thereupon, or at any time thereafter, in its discretion without notice or demand, take the Collateral and remove the same to such place as Agent may deem advisable and Agent may require Loan Parties to make the Collateral available to Agent at a convenient place. With or without having the Collateral at the time or place of sale, Agent may sell the Collateral, or any part thereof, at public or private sale, at any time or place, in one or more sales, at such price or prices, and upon such terms, either for cash, credit or future delivery, as Agent may elect. Except as to that part of the Collateral which is perishable or threatens to decline speedily in value or is of a type customarily sold on a recognized market, Agent shall give Loan Parties reasonable notification of such sale or sales, it being agreed that in all events written notice mailed to Borrowing Agent at least ten (10) days prior to such sale or sales is reasonable notification. At any public sale Agent or any Lender may bid for and become the purchaser, and Agent, any Lender or any other purchaser at any such sale thereafter shall hold the Collateral sold absolutely free from any claim or right of whatsoever kind, including any equity of redemption and all such claims, rights and equities are hereby expressly waived and released by Loan Parties. In connection with the exercise of the foregoing remedies, including the sale of Inventory, Agent is granted a perpetual non-revocable, royalty-free, non-exclusive license and Agent is granted permission to use all of each Loan Party’s (a) trademarks, trade styles, trade names, patents, patent applications, copyrights, service marks, licenses, franchises and other proprietary rights which are used or useful in connection with Inventory for the purpose of marketing, advertising for sale and selling or otherwise disposing of such Inventory and (b) Equipment for the purpose of completing the manufacture of unfinished goods. The cash proceeds realized from the sale of any Collateral shall be applied to the Obligations in the order set forth in Section 11.5 hereof. Non-cash proceeds will only be applied to the Obligations as they are converted into cash. If any deficiency shall arise, Loan Parties shall remain liable to Agent and Lenders therefor.
(b) To the extent that Applicable Law imposes duties on Agent to exercise remedies in a commercially reasonable manner, each Loan Party acknowledges and agrees that it is not commercially unreasonable for Agent (i) to fail to incur expenses reasonably deemed significant by Agent to prepare Collateral for disposition or otherwise to complete raw material or work in process into finished goods or other finished products for disposition, (ii) to fail to obtain third party consents for access to Collateral to be disposed of, or to obtain or, if not required by other law, to fail to obtain governmental or third party consents for the collection or disposition of Collateral to be collected or disposed of, (iii) to fail to exercise collection remedies against Customers or other Persons obligated on Collateral or to remove Liens on or any adverse claims against Collateral, (iv) to exercise collection remedies against Customers and other Persons obligated on Collateral directly or through the use of collection agencies and other collection specialists, (v) to advertise dispositions of Collateral through publications or media of general circulation, whether or not the Collateral is of a specialized nature, (vi) to contact other Persons, whether or not in the same business as any Loan Party, for expressions of interest in acquiring all or any portion of such Collateral, (vii) to hire one or more professional auctioneers to assist in the disposition of Collateral, whether or not the Collateral is of a specialized nature, (viii) to dispose of Collateral by utilizing internet sites that provide for the auction of assets of the types included in the Collateral or that have the reasonable capacity of doing so, or that match buyers and sellers of assets, (ix) to dispose of assets in wholesale rather than retail markets, (x) to disclaim disposition warranties, such as title, possession or quiet enjoyment, (xi) to purchase insurance or credit enhancements to insure Agent against risks of loss, collection or disposition of Collateral or to provide to Agent a guaranteed return from the collection or disposition of Collateral, or (xii) to the extent deemed appropriate by Agent, to obtain the services of other brokers, investment bankers, consultants and other professionals to assist Agent in the collection or disposition of any of the Collateral. Each Loan Party acknowledges that the purpose of this Section 11.1(b) is to provide non-exhaustive indications of what actions or omissions by Agent would not be commercially unreasonable in Agent’s exercise of remedies against the Collateral and that other actions or omissions by Agent shall not be deemed commercially unreasonable solely on account of not being indicated in this Section 11.1(b). Without limitation upon the foregoing, nothing contained in this Section 11.1(b) shall be construed to grant any rights to any Loan Party or to impose any duties on Agent that would not have been granted or imposed by this Agreement or by Applicable Law in the absence of this Section 11.1(b).
11.2 Agent’s Discretion.
Subject to Article XIV hereof, Agent shall have the right in its sole discretion to determine which rights, Liens, security interests or remedies Agent may at any time pursue, relinquish, subordinate, or modify or to take any other action with respect thereto and such determination will not in any way modify or affect any of Agent’s or Lenders’ rights hereunder.
11.3 Setoff.
Subject to Section 14.12, in addition to any other rights which Agent or any Lender may have under Applicable Law, upon the occurrence of an Event of Default hereunder, Agent and such Lender shall have a right, immediately and without notice of any kind, to apply any Loan Party’s property held by Agent and such Lender to reduce the Obligations.
11.4 Rights and Remedies not Exclusive.
The enumeration of the foregoing rights and remedies is not intended to be exhaustive and the exercise of any rights or remedy shall not preclude the exercise of any other right or remedies provided for herein or otherwise provided by law, all of which shall be cumulative and not alternative.
11.5 Allocation of Payments.
Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Agreement to the contrary, after the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, all amounts collected or received by Agent on account of the Obligations (including without limitation any amounts on account of any Cash Management Liabilities or Hedge Liabilities) or any other amounts outstanding under any of the Other Documents or in respect of the Collateral shall be paid over or delivered, as follows:
FIRST, to the payment of all reasonable out-of-pocket costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees) of Agent in connection with enforcing its rights and the rights of Lenders under this Agreement and the Other Documents arising from, related to or connected with the Advances and any protective advances made by Agent with respect to the Collateral under or pursuant to the terms of this Agreement;
SECOND, to payment of any fees owed to Agent arising from, related to or connected with the Advances;
THIRD, to the payment of all reasonable out-of-pocket costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees) of each of Lenders to the extent owing to such Lender pursuant to the terms of this Agreement arising from, related to or connected with the Advances or otherwise with respect to the Obligations arising from, related to or connected with the Advances owing to such Lender;
FOURTH, to the payment of all of the Obligations consisting of accrued fees and interest arising from, related to or connected with the Advances (other than Revolving B Advances);
FIFTH, to the payment of the outstanding principal amount of the Obligations (including Hedge Liabilities and Cash Management Liabilities) arising from, related to or connected with the Advances (other than Revolving B Advances) (including the payment or cash collateralization of any outstanding Letters of Credit);
SIXTH, to the payment of all of the Obligations consisting of accrued fees and interest arising from, related to or connected with the Revolving B Advances;
SEVENTH, to the payment of the outstanding principal amount of the Obligations arising from, related to or connected with the Revolving B Advances;
EIGHTH, to all other Obligations and other obligations which shall have become due and payable to the Lenders under the Other Documents or otherwise and not repaid pursuant to clauses “FIRST” through “SEVENTH” above; and
NINTH, to the payment of the surplus, if any, to whoever may be lawfully entitled to receive such surplus.
In carrying out the foregoing, (i) amounts received shall be applied in the numerical order provided until exhausted prior to application to the next succeeding category; (ii) each of Lenders shall receive (so long as it is not a Defaulting Lender) an amount equal to its pro rata share (based on the proportion that the then outstanding Advances, Cash Management Liabilities, and Hedge Liabilities held by such Lender bears to the aggregate then outstanding Advances, Cash Management Liabilities, and Hedge Liabilities, as the case may be) of amounts available to be applied pursuant to clauses “FOURTH”, “FIFTH” and “EIGHTH” above; and (iii) to the extent that any amounts available for distribution pursuant to clause “FIFTH” above are attributable to the issued but undrawn amount of outstanding Letters of Credit, such amounts shall be held by Agent in a cash collateral account and applied (A) first, to reimburse the Issuer from time to time for any drawings under such Letters of Credit and (B) then, following the expiration of all Letters of Credit, to all other obligations of the types described in clauses “FIFTH”, “EIGHTH” and “NINTH” above in the manner provided in this Section 11.5. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 11.5, no Swap Obligations of any Non-Qualifying Party shall be paid with amounts received from such Non-Qualifying Party under its Guaranty (including sums received as a result of the exercise of remedies with respect to such Guaranty) or from the proceeds of such Non-Qualifying Party’s Collateral if such Swap Obligations would constitute Excluded Hedge Liabilities, provided, however, that to the extent possible appropriate adjustments shall be made with respect to payments and/or the proceeds of Collateral from other Borrowers and/or Guarantors that are Eligible Contract Participants with respect to such Swap Obligations to preserve the allocation to Obligations otherwise set forth above in this Section 11.5.
XII. WAIVERS AND JUDICIAL PROCEEDINGS.
12.1 Waiver of Notice.
Each Loan Party hereby waives notice of non-payment of any of the Receivables, demand, presentment, protest and notice thereof with respect to any and all instruments, notice of acceptance hereof, notice of loans or advances made, credit extended, Collateral received or delivered, or any other action taken in reliance hereon, and all other demands and notices of any description, except such as are expressly provided for herein.
12.2 Delay.
No delay or omission on Agent’s or any Lender’s part in exercising any right, remedy or option shall operate as a waiver of such or any other right, remedy or option or of any Default or Event of Default.
12.3 Jury Waiver.
EACH PARTY TO THIS AGREEMENT HEREBY EXPRESSLY WAIVES ANY RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY OF ANY CLAIM, DEMAND, ACTION OR CAUSE OF ACTION (A) ARISING UNDER THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER INSTRUMENT, DOCUMENT OR AGREEMENT EXECUTED OR DELIVERED IN CONNECTION HEREWITH, OR (B) IN ANY WAY CONNECTED WITH OR RELATED OR INCIDENTAL TO THE DEALINGS OF THE PARTIES HERETO OR ANY OF THEM WITH RESPECT TO THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER INSTRUMENT, DOCUMENT OR AGREEMENT EXECUTED OR DELIVERED IN CONNECTION HEREWITH, OR THE TRANSACTIONS RELATED HERETO OR THERETO IN EACH CASE WHETHER NOW EXISTING OR HEREAFTER ARISING, AND WHETHER SOUNDING IN CONTRACT OR TORT OR OTHERWISE AND EACH PARTY HEREBY CONSENTS THAT ANY SUCH CLAIM, DEMAND, ACTION OR CAUSE OF ACTION SHALL BE DECIDED BY COURT TRIAL WITHOUT A JURY, AND THAT ANY PARTY TO THIS AGREEMENT MAY FILE AN ORIGINAL COUNTERPART OR A COPY OF THIS SECTION WITH ANY COURT AS WRITTEN EVIDENCE OF THE CONSENTS OF THE PARTIES HERETO TO THE WAIVER OF THEIR RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY.
XIII. EFFECTIVE DATE AND TERMINATION.
13.1 Term.
This Agreement, which shall inure to the benefit of and shall be binding upon the respective successors and permitted assigns of each Loan Party, Agent and each Lender, shall become effective on the date hereof and shall continue in full force and effect until the Termination Date (such period of time, the “Term”) unless sooner terminated as herein provided. Borrowers may terminate this Agreement at any time upon payment in full of the Obligations as provided in Section 13.2 hereof. In the event the Obligations are prepaid in full (whether voluntary or involuntary, including after acceleration thereof, whether upon the occurrence of an Event of Default under Section 10.5 of this Agreement or otherwise) and this Agreement is terminated (whether as a result of an Event of Default under Section 10.5 of this Agreement or otherwise), or the Maximum Revolving A Advance Amount and the related aggregate Revolving A Commitments are permanently reduced pursuant to Section 2.27, in each case prior to the last day of the Term (the date of any such prepayment or permanent commitment reduction hereinafter referred to as an “Early Termination Date”), Borrowers shall concurrently pay to Agent for the benefit of Lenders with a Revolving A Commitment an early termination premium (the “Early Termination Premium”) in an amount equal to (i) 0.50% of the Maximum Revolving A Advance Amount (or amount of permanent reduction thereof, as applicable) if the Early Termination Date occurs on or after the First Amendment Effective Date to and including the date immediately preceding the first anniversary of the First Amendment Effective Date, (ii) 0.25% of the Maximum Revolving A Advance Amount (or amount of permanent reduction thereof, as applicable) if the Early Termination Date occurs on or after the first anniversary of the First Amendment Effective Date to and including the date immediately preceding the second anniversary of the First Amendment Effective Date, and (iii) zero if the Early Termination Date occurrs on or after the second anniversary of the First Amendment Effective Date; provided, that (a) subject to the following clause (b), if the Early Termination Premium is required to be paid under this Section 13.1 in connection with a Change of Control, the applicable Early Termination Premium shall be reduced to an amount equal to (A) 0.25% if required to be paid under clause (i) above and (B) 0.00% if required to be paid under clause (ii) above, and (b) notwithstanding the foregoing, the applicable Early Termination Premium shall be reduced to zero in all cases if it is required to be paid under this Section 13.1 in connection with any transaction that refinances the Obligations and for which PNC acts as administrative agent (whether in connection with a Change of Control or otherwise). Payment of any Early Termination Premium hereunder constitutes liquidated damages and not a penalty. The actual amount of damages to Agent and the Lenders, or profits lost by Agent and the Lenders, as a result of any early prepayment would be impracticable and extremely difficult to ascertain, and the Early Termination Premium hereunder is provided by mutual agreement of the Borrowers, Agent and the Lenders as a reasonable estimation and calculation of such lost profits or damages of Agent and the Lenders and not a penalty. The Loan Parties acknowledge and agree that the Early Termination Premium described in this Section 13.1 represents the product of an arm’s length transaction among sophisticated parties and constitutes a material inducement for the Lenders to make the Loans and provide the Commitments hereunder. The Early Termination Premium provided for in this Section 13.1 shall be deemed included in the Obligations and secured by the Collateral.
13.2 Termination.
The termination of the Agreement shall not affect any Loan Party’s, Agent’s or any Lender’s rights, or any of the Obligations having their inception prior to the effective date of such termination, and the provisions hereof shall continue to be fully operative until all transactions entered into, rights or interests created or Obligations have been fully and indefeasibly paid, disposed of, concluded or liquidated (other than contingent indemnification Obligations to the extent no claim giving rise thereto has been asserted). The security interests, Liens and rights granted to Agent and Lenders hereunder and the financing statements filed hereunder shall continue in full force and effect, notwithstanding the termination of this Agreement or the fact that Borrowers’ Account may from time to time be temporarily in a zero or credit position, until all of the Obligations of Borrowers have been indefeasibly paid and performed in full after the termination of this Agreement or Loan Parties have furnished Agent and Lenders with an indemnification satisfactory to Agent and Lenders with respect thereto and Agent and Lenders have received a full release from the Loan Parties from all claims of the Loan Parties and their estates for any matters arising out of, relating to or in connection with this Agreement, the Other Documents or the Loan Parties. Accordingly, each Loan Party waives any rights which it may have under the Uniform Commercial Code to demand the filing of termination statements with respect to the Collateral, and Agent shall not be required to send such termination statements to any Loan Party, or to file them with any filing office, unless and until this Agreement shall have been terminated in accordance with its terms and all Obligations have been indefeasibly paid in full in immediately available funds and Agent and Lenders have received a full release from the Loan Parties from all claims of the Loan Parties and their estates for any matters arising out of, relating to or in connection with this Agreement and the Other Documents.
XIV. REGARDING AGENT.
14.1 Appointment.
Each Lender hereby designates PNC to act as Agent for such Lender under this Agreement and the Other Documents. Each Lender hereby irrevocably authorizes Agent to take such action on its behalf under the provisions of this Agreement and the Other Documents and to exercise such powers and to perform such duties hereunder and thereunder as are specifically delegated to or required of Agent by the terms hereof and thereof and such other powers as are reasonably incidental thereto and Agent shall hold all Collateral, payments of principal and interest, fees (except the fees set forth in the Fee Letter as being for the sole benefit of Agent), charges and collections (without giving effect to any collection days) received pursuant to this Agreement, for the ratable benefit of Lenders. Agent may perform any of its duties hereunder by or through its agents or employees. As to any matters not expressly provided for by this Agreement (including collection of the Notes), Agent shall not be required to exercise any discretion or take any action, but shall be required to act or to refrain from acting (and shall be fully protected in so acting or refraining from acting) upon the instructions of the Required Lenders, and such instructions shall be binding; provided, however, that Agent shall not be required to take any action which exposes Agent to liability or which is contrary to this Agreement or the Other Documents or Applicable Law unless Agent is furnished with an indemnification reasonably satisfactory to Agent with respect thereto.
Without limiting the powers of the Agent, for the purposes of holding any hypothec granted to the Attorney (as defined below) pursuant to the laws of the Province of Québec to secure the prompt payment and performance of any and all Obligations by any Loan Party, each of the Lenders hereby irrevocably appoints and authorizes the Agent and, to the extent necessary, ratifies the appointment and authorization of the Agent, to act as the hypothecary representative of the creditors as contemplated under Article 2692 of the Civil Code of Québec (in such capacity, the “Attorney”), and to enter into, to take and to hold on their behalf, and for their benefit, any hypothec, and to exercise such powers and duties that are conferred upon the Attorney under any related deed of hypothec. The Attorney shall: (a) have the sole and exclusive right and authority to exercise, except as may be otherwise specifically restricted by the terms hereof, all rights and remedies given to the Attorney pursuant to any such deed of hypothec and applicable law, and (b) benefit from and be subject to all provisions hereof with respect to the Agent mutatis mutandis, including, without limitation, all such provisions with respect to the liability or responsibility to and indemnification by the Lenders and Loan Parties. Any person who becomes a Lender shall, by its execution of an Commitment Transfer Supplement, be deemed to have consented to and confirmed the Attorney as the person acting as hypothecary representative holding the aforesaid hypothecs as aforesaid and to have ratified, as of the date it becomes a Lender, all actions taken by the Attorney in such capacity. The substitution of the Agent pursuant to the provisions of this Section 14 also constitute the substitution of the Attorney.
14.2 Nature of Duties.
Agent shall have no duties or responsibilities except those expressly set forth in this Agreement and the Other Documents. Neither Agent nor any of its officers, directors, employees or agents shall be (i) liable for any action taken or omitted by them as such hereunder or in connection herewith, unless caused by their gross negligence or willful misconduct (as determined by a court of competent jurisdiction in a final non-appealable judgment), or (ii) responsible in any manner for any recitals, statements, representations or warranties made by any Loan Party or any officer thereof contained in this Agreement, or in any of the Other Documents or in any certificate, report, statement or other document referred to or provided for in, or received by Agent under or in connection with, this Agreement or any of the Other Documents or for the value, validity, effectiveness, genuineness, due execution, enforceability or sufficiency of this Agreement, or any of the Other Documents or for any failure of any Loan Party to perform its obligations hereunder. Agent shall not be under any obligation to any Lender to ascertain or to inquire as to the observance or performance of any of the agreements contained in, or conditions of, this Agreement or any of the Other Documents, or to inspect the properties, books or records of any Loan Party. The duties of Agent as respects the Advances to Borrowers shall be mechanical and administrative in nature; Agent shall not have by reason of this Agreement a fiduciary relationship in respect of any Lender; and nothing in this Agreement, expressed or implied, is intended to or shall be so construed as to impose upon Agent any obligations in respect of this Agreement except as expressly set forth herein.
14.3 Lack of Reliance on Agent and Resignation.
Independently and without reliance upon Agent or any other Lender, each Lender has made and shall continue to make (i) its own independent investigation of the financial condition and affairs of each Loan Party in connection with the making and the continuance of the Advances hereunder and the taking or not taking of any action in connection herewith, and (ii) its own appraisal of the creditworthiness of each Loan Party. Agent shall have no duty or responsibility, either initially or on a continuing basis, to provide any Lender with any credit or other information with respect thereto, whether coming into its possession before making of the Advances or at any time or times thereafter except as shall be provided by any Loan Party pursuant to the terms hereof. Agent shall not be responsible to any Lender for any recitals, statements, information, representations or warranties herein or in any agreement, document, certificate or a statement delivered in connection with or for the execution, effectiveness, genuineness, validity, enforceability, collectability or sufficiency of this Agreement or any Other Document, or of the financial condition of any Loan Party, or be required to make any inquiry concerning either the performance or observance of any of the terms, provisions or conditions of this Agreement, the Notes, the Other Documents or the financial condition of any Loan Party, or the existence of any Event of Default or any Default.
Agent may resign at any time on sixty (60) days’ written notice to each of Lenders and Borrowing Agent and, upon such resignation, the Required Lenders will promptly designate a successor Agent reasonably satisfactory to Loan Parties.
Any such successor Agent shall succeed to the rights, powers and duties of Agent, and the term “Agent” shall mean such successor agent effective upon its appointment, and the former Agent’s rights, powers and duties as Agent shall be terminated, without any other or further act or deed on the part of such former Agent. After any Agent’s resignation as Agent, the provisions of this Article XIV shall inure to its benefit as to any actions taken or omitted to be taken by it while it was Agent under this Agreement.
14.4 Certain Rights of Agent.
If Agent shall request instructions from Lenders with respect to any act or action (including failure to act) in connection with this Agreement or any Other Document, Agent shall be entitled to refrain from such act or taking such action unless and until Agent shall have received instructions from the Required Lenders; and Agent shall not incur liability to any Person by reason of so refraining. Without limiting the foregoing, Lenders shall not have any right of action whatsoever against Agent as a result of its acting or refraining from acting hereunder in accordance with the instructions of the Required Lenders.
14.5 Reliance.
Agent shall be entitled to rely, and shall be fully protected in relying, upon any note, writing, resolution, notice, statement, certificate, telex, teletype or telecopier message, cablegram, order or other document or telephone message believed by it to be genuine and correct and to have been signed, sent or made by the proper person or entity, and, with respect to all legal matters pertaining to this Agreement and the Other Documents and its duties hereunder, upon advice of counsel selected by it. Agent may employ agents and attorneys-in-fact and shall not be liable for the default or misconduct of any such agents or attorneys-in-fact selected by Agent with reasonable care.
14.6 Notice of Default.
Agent shall not be deemed to have knowledge or notice of the occurrence of any Default or Event of Default hereunder or under the Other Documents, unless Agent has received notice from a Lender or Borrowing Agent referring to this Agreement or the Other Documents, describing such Default or Event of Default and stating that such notice is a “notice of default”. In the event that Agent receives such a notice, Agent shall give notice thereof to Lenders. Agent shall take such action with respect to such Default or Event of Default as shall be reasonably directed by the Required Lenders; provided, that, unless and until Agent shall have received such directions, Agent may (but shall not be obligated to) take such action, or refrain from taking such action, with respect to such Default or Event of Default as it shall deem advisable in the best interests of Lenders.
14.7 Indemnification.
To the extent Agent is not reimbursed and indemnified by Loan Parties, each Lender will reimburse and indemnify Agent in proportion to its respective portion of the Advances (or, if no Advances are outstanding, according to its Revolver Commitment Percentage), from and against any and all liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, actions, judgments, suits, costs, expenses or disbursements of any kind or nature whatsoever which may be imposed on, incurred by or asserted against Agent in performing its duties hereunder, or in any way relating to or arising out of this Agreement or any Other Document; provided that Lenders shall not be liable for any portion of such liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, actions, judgments, suits, costs, expenses or disbursements resulting from Agent’s gross negligence or willful misconduct (as determined by a court of competent jurisdiction in a final non-appealable judgment).
14.8 Agent in its Individual Capacity.
With respect to the obligation of Agent to lend under this Agreement, the Advances made by it shall have the same rights and powers hereunder as any other Lender and as if it were not performing the duties as Agent specified herein; and the term “Lender” or any similar term shall, unless the context clearly otherwise indicates, include Agent in its individual capacity as a Lender. Agent may engage in business with any Loan Party as if it were not performing the duties specified herein, and may accept fees and other consideration from any Loan Party for services in connection with this Agreement or otherwise without having to account for the same to Lenders.
14.9 Delivery of Documents.
To the extent Agent receives financial statements required under Sections 9.7, 9.8, 9.9, 9.12 and 9.13 or Borrowing Base Certificates from any Borrower pursuant to the terms of this Agreement which any Borrower is not obligated to deliver to each Lender, Agent will promptly furnish such documents and information to Lenders, subject to Section 16.15.
14.10 Borrowers’ Undertaking to Agent.
Without prejudice to its obligations to Lenders under the other provisions of this Agreement, each Borrower hereby undertakes with Agent to pay to Agent from time to time on demand all amounts from time to time due and payable by it for the account of Agent or Lenders or any of them pursuant to this Agreement to the extent not already paid. Any payment made pursuant to any such demand shall pro tanto satisfy the relevant Borrower’s obligations to make payments for the account of Lenders or the relevant one or more of them pursuant to this Agreement.
14.11 No Reliance on Agent’s Customer Identification Program.
Each Lender acknowledges and agrees that neither such Lender, nor any of its Affiliates, participants or assignees, may rely on Agent to carry out such Lender’s, Affiliate’s, participant’s or assignee’s customer identification program, or other obligations required or imposed under or pursuant to the USA PATRIOT Act or the regulations thereunder, including the regulations contained in 31 CFR 103.121 (as hereafter amended or replaced, the “CIP Regulations”), or any other Anti-Terrorism Law, including any programs involving any of the following items relating to or in connection with any Loan Party, its Affiliates or its agents, this Agreement, the Other Documents or the transactions hereunder or contemplated hereby: (1) any identity verification procedures, (2) any record-keeping, (3) comparisons with government lists, (4) customer notices or (5) other procedures required under the CIP Regulations or such other laws.
14.12 Other Agreements.
Each Lender agrees that it shall not, without the express consent of Agent, and that it shall, to the extent it is lawfully entitled to do so, upon the request of Agent, set off against the Obligations, any amounts owing by such Lender to any Loan Party or any deposit accounts of any Loan Party now or hereafter maintained with such Lender. Anything in this Agreement to the contrary notwithstanding, each Lender further agrees that it shall not, unless specifically requested to do so by Agent, take any action to protect or enforce its rights arising out of this Agreement or the Other Documents, it being the intent of Lenders that any such action to protect or enforce rights under this Agreement and the Other Documents shall be taken in concert and at the direction or with the consent of Agent or Required Lenders.
14.13 Collateral Matters.
(a) The Lenders hereby irrevocably authorize Agent to release any Lien on any Collateral (i) upon the termination of the Commitments and payment and satisfaction in full of all of the Obligations, (ii) constituting property being sold or disposed of if a release is required or desirable in connection therewith and if Borrowers certify to Agent that the sale or disposition is permitted hereunder (and Agent may rely conclusively on any such certificate, without further inquiry), (iii) constituting property leased or licensed to a Loan Party or its Subsidiaries under a lease or license that has expired or is terminated in a transaction permitted under this Agreement, or (iv) in connection with a credit bid or purchase authorized under this Section 14.13. The Loan Parties and the Lenders hereby irrevocably authorize Agent, based upon the instruction of the Required Lenders, to (A) consent to the sale of, credit bid, or purchase (either directly or indirectly through one or more entities) all or any portion of the Collateral at any sale thereof conducted under the provisions of the Bankruptcy Code, including Section 363 of the Bankruptcy Code, (B) credit bid or purchase (either directly or indirectly through one or more entities) all or any portion of the Collateral at any sale or other disposition thereof conducted under the provisions of the Uniform Commercial Code, including pursuant to Sections 9-610 or 9-620 of the Uniform Commercial Code, or (C) credit bid or purchase (either directly or indirectly through one or more entities) all or any portion of the Collateral at any other sale or foreclosure conducted or consented to by Agent in accordance with applicable law in any judicial action or proceeding or by the exercise of any legal or equitable remedy. In connection with any such credit bid or purchase, (i) the Obligations owed to the Lenders shall be entitled to be, and shall be, credit bid on a ratable basis (with Obligations with respect to contingent or unliquidated claims being estimated for such purpose if the fixing or liquidation thereof would not impair or unduly delay the ability of Agent to credit bid or purchase at such sale or other disposition of the Collateral and, if such contingent or unliquidated claims cannot be estimated without impairing or unduly delaying the ability of Agent to credit bid at such sale or other disposition, then such claims shall be disregarded, not credit bid, and not entitled to any interest in the Collateral that is the subject of such credit bid or purchase) and the Lenders whose Obligations are credit bid shall be entitled to receive interests (ratably based upon the proportion of their Obligations credit bid in relation to the aggregate amount of Obligations so credit bid) in the Collateral that is the subject of such credit bid or purchase (or in the Equity Interests of the any entities that are used to consummate such credit bid or purchase), and (ii) Agent, based upon the instruction of the Required Lenders, may accept non-cash consideration, including debt and equity securities issued by any entities used to consummate such credit bid or purchase and in connection therewith Agent may reduce the Obligations owed to the Lenders (ratably based upon the proportion of their Obligations credit bid in relation to the aggregate amount of Obligations so credit bid) based upon the value of such non-cash consideration. Except as provided above, Agent will not execute and deliver a release of any Lien on any Collateral without the prior written authorization of (y) if the release is of all or substantially all of the Collateral (other than pursuant to a disposition of such Collateral consented to by Required Lenders), all of the Lenders or (z) otherwise, the Required Lenders. Upon request by Agent or Borrowers at any time, the Lenders will confirm in writing Agent’s authority to release any such Liens on particular types or items of Collateral pursuant to this Section 14.13; provided, that (1) anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement or any of the Other Documents notwithstanding, Agent shall not be required to execute any document or take any action necessary to evidence such release on terms that, in Agent’s opinion, could expose Agent to liability or create any obligation or entail any consequence other than the release of such Lien without recourse, representation, or warranty, and (2) such release shall not in any manner discharge, affect, or impair the Obligations or any Liens (other than those expressly released) upon (or obligations of Borrowers in respect of) any and all interests retained by any Borrower, including, the proceeds of any sale, all of which shall continue to constitute part of the Collateral.
(b) Agent shall have no obligation whatsoever to any of the Lenders (i) to verify or assure that the Collateral exists or is owned by a Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries or is cared for, protected, or insured or has been encumbered, (ii) to verify or assure that Agent’s Liens have been properly or sufficiently or lawfully created, perfected, protected, or enforced or are entitled to any particular priority, (iii) to verify or assure that any particular items of Collateral meet the eligibility criteria applicable in respect thereof, (iv) to impose, maintain, increase, reduce, implement, or eliminate any particular reserve hereunder or to determine whether the amount of any reserve is appropriate or not, or (v) to exercise at all or in any particular manner or under any duty of care, disclosure or fidelity, or to continue exercising, any of the rights, authorities and powers granted or available to Agent pursuant to this Agreement or any Other Documents, it being understood and agreed that in respect of the Collateral, or any act, omission, or event related thereto, subject to the terms and conditions contained herein, Agent may act in any manner it may deem appropriate, in its sole discretion given Agent’s own interest in the Collateral in its capacity as one of the Lenders and that Agent shall have no other duty or liability whatsoever to any Lender as to any of the foregoing, except as otherwise expressly provided herein.
14.14 Field Examination Reports; Confidentiality; Disclaimers by Lenders; Other Reports and Information. By becoming a party to this Agreement, each Lender:
(a) is deemed to have requested that Agent furnish such Lender, promptly after it becomes available, a copy of each field examination report respecting any Loan Party or its Subsidiaries (each, a “Report”) prepared by or at the request of Agent, and Agent shall so furnish each Lender with such Reports,
(b) expressly agrees and acknowledges that Agent does not (i) make any representation or warranty as to the accuracy of any Report, and (ii) shall not be liable for any information contained in any Report,
(c) expressly agrees and acknowledges that the Reports are not comprehensive audits or examinations, that Agent or any other party performing any field examination will inspect only specific information regarding the Loan Parties and their Subsidiaries and will rely significantly upon Loan Parties’ and their Subsidiaries’ books and records, as well as on representations of Loan Parties’ personnel,
(d) agrees to keep all Reports and other material, non-public information regarding the Loan Parties and their Subsidiaries and their operations, assets, and existing and contemplated business plans in a confidential manner in accordance with Section 16.15, and
(e) without limiting the generality of any other indemnification provision contained in this Agreement, agrees: (i) to hold Agent and any other Lender preparing a Report harmless from any action the indemnifying Lender may take or fail to take or any conclusion the indemnifying Lender may reach or draw from any Report in connection with any loans or other credit accommodations that the indemnifying Lender has made or may make to Loan Parties, or the indemnifying Lender’s participation in, or the indemnifying Lender’s purchase of, a loan or loans of Borrowers, and (ii) to pay and protect, and indemnify, defend and hold Agent, and any such other Lender preparing a Report harmless from and against, the claims, actions, proceedings, damages, costs, expenses, and other amounts (including, attorneys’ fees and costs) incurred by Agent and any such other Lender preparing a Report as the direct or indirect result of any third parties who might obtain all or part of any Report through the indemnifying Lender.
In addition to the foregoing, (x) any Lender may from time to time request of Agent in writing that Agent provide to such Lender a copy of any report or document provided by any Loan Party or its Subsidiaries to Agent that has not been contemporaneously provided by such Loan Party or such Subsidiary to such Lender, and, upon receipt of such request, Agent promptly shall provide a copy of same to such Lender, (y) to the extent that Agent is entitled, under any provision of this Agreement or any Other Documents, to request additional reports or information from any Loan Party or its Subsidiaries, any Lender may, from time to time, reasonably request Agent to exercise such right as specified in such Lender’s notice to Agent, whereupon Agent promptly shall request of Borrowers the additional reports or information reasonably specified by such Lender, and, upon receipt thereof from such Loan Party or such Subsidiary, Agent promptly shall provide a copy of same to such Lender, and (z) any time that Agent renders to Borrowers a statement regarding the loan account, Agent shall send a copy of such statement to each Lender.
14.15 Several Obligations; No Liability. Notwithstanding that certain of the Other Documents now or hereafter may have been or will be executed only by or in favor of Agent in its capacity as such, and not by or in favor of the Lenders, any and all obligations on the part of Agent (if any) to make any credit available hereunder shall constitute the several (and not joint) obligations of the respective Lenders on a ratable basis, according to their respective Revolving Commitments, to make an amount of such credit not to exceed, in principal amount, at any one time outstanding, the amount of their respective Revolving Commitments. Nothing contained herein shall confer upon any Lender any interest in, or subject any Lender to any liability for, or in respect of, the business, assets, profits, losses, or liabilities of any other Lender. Each Lender shall be solely responsible for notifying its participants of any matters relating to this Agreement and the Other Documents to the extent any such notice may be required, and no Lender shall have any obligation, duty, or liability to any participant of any other Lender.
14.16 Bank Product Providers. Each Secured Party that provides Cash Management Products and Services, Lender-Provided Interest Rate Hedges or Lender-Provided Foreign Currency Hedges (each a “Bank Product Provider”) in its capacity as such shall be deemed a third party beneficiary hereof and of the provisions of the Other Documents for purposes of any reference in this Agreement or any Other Document to the parties for whom Agent is acting. Agent hereby agrees to act as agent for such Bank Product Provider and, by virtue of entering into an agreement or arrangement to provide Cash Management Products and Services, Lender-Provided Foreign Currency Hedges, or Lender-Provided Interest Rate Hedges, the applicable Bank Product Provider shall be automatically deemed to have appointed Agent as its agent and to have accepted the benefits of this Agreement and the Other Documents. It is understood and agreed that the rights and benefits of each Bank Product Provider under this Agreement and the Other Documents consist exclusively of such Bank Product Provider’s being a beneficiary of the Liens and security interests (and, if applicable, guarantees) granted to Agent and the right to share in payments and collections out of the Collateral as more fully set forth herein. In addition, each Bank Product Provider, by virtue of entering into an agreement or arrangement to provide Cash Management Products and Services, Lender-Provided Foreign Currency Hedges, or Lender-Provided Interest Rate Hedges, shall be automatically deemed to have agreed that Agent shall have the right, but shall have no obligation, to establish, maintain, relax, or release reserves in respect of the Cash Management Liabilities and Interest Rate Hedge Liabilities and that if reserves are established there is no obligation on the part of Agent to determine or insure whether the amount of any such reserve is appropriate or not. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement or any Other Document, no provider or holder of any Cash Management Products and Services, Lender-Provided Interest Rate Hedges or Lender-Provided Foreign Currency Hedges shall have any voting or approval rights hereunder (or be deemed a Lender) solely by virtue of its status as the provider or holder of such agreements or products or the Obligations owing thereunder, nor shall the consent of any such provider or holder be required (other than in their capacities as Lenders, to the extent applicable) for any matter hereunder or under any of the Other Documents, including as to any matter relating to the Collateral or the release of Collateral or Guarantors.
XV. BORROWING AGENCY.
15.1 Borrowing Agency Provisions.
(a) Each Borrower hereby irrevocably designates Borrowing Agent to be its attorney and agent and in such capacity to borrow, sign and endorse notes, and execute and deliver all instruments, documents, writings and further assurances now or hereafter required hereunder, on behalf of such Borrower or Borrowers, and hereby authorizes Agent to pay over or credit all loan proceeds hereunder in accordance with the request of Borrowing Agent.
(b) The handling of this credit facility as a co-borrowing facility with a borrowing agent in the manner set forth in this Agreement is solely as an accommodation to Borrowers and at their request. Neither Agent nor any Lender shall incur liability to Borrowers as a result thereof. To induce Agent and Lenders to do so and in consideration thereof, each Borrower hereby indemnifies Agent and each Lender and holds Agent and each Lender harmless from and against any and all liabilities, expenses, losses, damages and claims of damage or injury asserted against Agent or any Lender by any Person arising from or incurred by reason of the handling of the financing arrangements of Borrowers as provided herein, reliance by Agent or any Lender on any request or instruction from Borrowing Agent or any other action taken by Agent or any Lender with respect to this Section 15.1 except due to willful misconduct or gross negligence by the indemnified party (as determined by a court of competent jurisdiction in a final and non-appealable judgment).
(c) All Borrowers shall be jointly and severally liable for all amounts due to Agent and Lenders under this Agreement and the Other Documents, regardless of which Borrower actually receives the Advances or other financial accommodations hereunder or the amount of such Advances or financial accommodations received or the manner in which Agent and Lenders account for such Advances or financial accommodations on its books and records. The Obligations shall be primary obligations of all Borrowers. The Obligations arising as a result of the joint and several liability of a Borrower shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, be unconditional irrespective of (i) the validity or enforceability, avoidance or subordination of the Obligations of the other Borrowers or of any promissory note or other document evidencing all or any part of the Obligations of the other Borrowers, (ii) the absence of any attempt to collect the Obligations from the other Borrowers or any other security therefor, or the absence of any other action to enforce the same, (iii) the waiver, consent, extension, forbearance or granting of any indulgence by Agent or Lenders with respect to any provisions of any instrument evidencing the Obligations of the other Borrowers, or any part thereof, or any other agreement now or hereafter executed by the other Borrowers and delivered to Agent, for itself and on behalf of Lenders, except to the extent such waiver, consent, extension, forbearance or granting of any indulgence explicitly is effective with respect to such Borrower, (iv) the failure by Agent or Lenders to take any steps to perfect and maintain its security interest in, or to preserve its rights and maintain its security or collateral for the Obligations of the other Borrowers, (v) the election of Agent or Lenders in any proceeding instituted under the Bankruptcy Code, of the application of Section 1111(b)(2) of the Bankruptcy Code, (vi) the disallowance of all or any portion of the claim(s) of Agent or Lenders for the repayment of the Obligations of the other Borrowers under Section 502 of the Bankruptcy Code, or (vii) any other circumstances which might constitute a legal or equitable discharge or defense of the other Borrowers other than payment in full of the Obligations. With respect to the Obligations arising as a result of the joint and several liability of a Borrower, each Borrower waives, until payment in full of the Obligations and this Agreement, any right to enforce any right of subrogation or any remedy which Agent or Lenders now has or may hereafter have against Borrowers, any endorser or any guarantor of all or any part of the Obligations, and any benefit of, and any right to participate in, any security or collateral given to Agent and Lenders. Upon any Event of Default and for so long as the same is continuing, Agent and Lenders may proceed directly and at once, without notice, against any Borrower to collect and recover the full amount, or any portion of the Obligations, without first proceeding against the other Borrowers or any other Person, or against any security or collateral for the Obligations. Each Borrower consents and agrees that Agent and Lenders shall be under no obligation to marshal any assets in favor of Borrower(s) or against or in payment of any or all of the Obligations.
(d) Each Borrower expressly subordinates any and all rights of subrogation, reimbursement, indemnity, exoneration, contribution of any other claim which such Borrower may now or hereafter have against the other Borrowers or other Person directly or contingently liable for the Obligations hereunder, or against or with respect to the other Borrowers’ property (including, without limitation, any property which is Collateral for the Obligations), arising from the existence or performance of this Agreement until payment in full of the Obligations.
(e) Each Borrower expressly subordinates all rights that it may have now or in the future under any statute, at common law, in equity or otherwise, to compel Agent or Lenders to marshal assets or to proceed against any Loan Party, other Person or security for the payment or performance of any Obligations before, or as a condition to, proceeding against such Borrower. It is agreed among each Borrower, Agent and Lenders that the provisions of this Section are of the essence of the transaction contemplated by this Agreement and the Other Documents and that, but for such provisions, Agent and Lenders would decline to make Advances and issue Letters of Credit.
(f) Agent and Lenders may, in their discretion, pursue such rights and remedies as they deem appropriate, including realization upon Collateral by judicial foreclosure or nonjudicial sale or enforcement, without affecting any rights and remedies under this Agreement and the Other Documents. If, in the exercise of any rights or remedies, Agent or any Lender shall forfeit any of its rights or remedies, including its right to enter a deficiency judgment against any Loan Party, whether because of any Applicable Laws pertaining to “election of remedies” or otherwise, each Borrower consents to such action by Agent or such Lender and waives (to the extent permitted by Applicable Law) any claim based upon such action, even if the action may result in loss of any rights of subrogation that any Borrower might otherwise have had but for such action. Any election of remedies that results in denial or impairment of the right of Agent or any Lender to seek a deficiency judgment against any Borrower shall not impair any other Borrower’s obligation to pay the full amount of the Obligations. Each Borrower waives all rights and defenses arising out of an election of remedies, such as nonjudicial foreclosure with respect to any security for the Obligations, even though that election of remedies destroys such Borrower’s rights of subrogation against any other Person. If Agent bids at any foreclosure or trustee’s sale or at any private sale, Agent may bid all or a portion (in Agent’s discretion) of the Obligations and the amount of such bid need not be paid by Agent but shall be credited against the Obligations. Subject to Applicable Law, the amount of the successful bid at any such sale, whether Agent or any other Person is the successful bidder, shall be conclusively deemed to be commercially reasonable, and the difference between such bid amount and the remaining balance of the Obligations shall be conclusively deemed to be the amount of such Borrower’s Obligations to Agent and Lenders, notwithstanding that any present or future law or court decision may have the effect of reducing the amount of any deficiency claim to which Agent or any Lender might otherwise be entitled but for such bidding at any such sale.
(g) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 15, the joint and several liability of each Borrower hereunder shall be limited to a maximum amount as would not, after giving effect to such maximum amount, render its obligations hereunder subject to avoidance under Section 548 of the Bankruptcy Code or under any applicable state Uniform Fraudulent Transfer Act, Uniform Fraudulent Conveyance Act or comparable law. In determining the limitations, if any, on the amount of any Borrower’s obligations hereunder pursuant to the preceding sentence, it is the intention of the parties hereto that any rights of subrogation, indemnification or contribution which such Borrower may have under this Section 15, any other agreement or applicable law shall be taken into account. Subject to the restrictions, limitations and other terms of this Agreement, each Borrower hereby agrees that to the extent that a Borrower shall have paid more than its proportionate share of any payment made hereunder, such Borrower shall be entitled to seek and receive contribution from and against any other Borrower hereunder which has not paid its proportionate share of such payment.
15.2 Waiver of Subrogation.
Each Borrower expressly waives any and all rights of subrogation, reimbursement, indemnity, exoneration, contribution of any other claim which such Borrower may now or hereafter have against the other Borrowers or other Person directly or contingently liable for the Obligations hereunder, or against or with respect to the other Borrowers’ property (including, without limitation, any property which is Collateral for the Obligations), arising from the existence or performance of this Agreement, until termination of this Agreement and repayment in full of the Obligations.
XVI. MISCELLANEOUS.
16.1 Governing Law.
This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York applied to contracts to be performed wholly within the State of New York. Any judicial proceeding brought by or against any Loan Party with respect to any of the Obligations, this Agreement, the Other Documents or any related agreement (unless and except to the extent expressly provided otherwise in any such Other Document) may and will be brought in any court of competent jurisdiction in the State of New York, United States of America, and, by execution and delivery of this Agreement, each Loan Party accepts for itself and in connection with its properties, generally and unconditionally, the non-exclusive jurisdiction of the aforesaid courts, and irrevocably agrees to be bound by any judgment rendered thereby in connection with this Agreement. Each Loan Party hereby waives personal service of any and all process upon it and consents that all such service of process may be made by registered mail (return receipt requested) directed to Borrowing Agent at its address set forth in Section 16.6 and service so made shall be deemed completed five (5) days after the same shall have been so deposited in the mails of the United States of America, or, at Agent’s option, by service upon Borrowing Agent which each Loan Party irrevocably appoints as such Loan Party’s Agent for the purpose of accepting service within the State of New York. Nothing herein shall affect the right to serve process in any manner permitted by law or shall limit the right of Agent or any Lender to bring proceedings against any Loan Party in the courts of any other jurisdiction. Each Loan Party waives any objection to jurisdiction and venue of any action instituted hereunder and shall not assert any defense based on lack of jurisdiction or venue or based upon forum non conveniens. Each Loan Party waives the right to remove any judicial proceeding brought against such Loan Party in any state court to any federal court.
16.2 Entire Understanding.
(a) This Agreement and the documents executed concurrently herewith contain the entire understanding between each Loan Party, Agent and each Lender and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings, if any, relating to the subject matter hereof. Any promises, representations, warranties or guarantees not herein contained and hereinafter made shall have no force and effect unless in writing, signed by each Loan Party’s, Agent’s and each Lender’s respective officers. Neither this Agreement nor any portion or provisions hereof may be changed, modified, amended, waived, supplemented, discharged, cancelled or terminated orally or by any course of dealing, or in any manner other than by an agreement in writing, signed by the party to be charged. Each Loan Party acknowledges that it has been advised by counsel in connection with the execution of this Agreement and the documents executed concurrently herewith and is not relying upon oral representations or statements inconsistent with the terms and provisions of this Agreement.
(b) The Required Lenders, Agent with the consent in writing of the Required Lenders, and Loan Parties may, subject to the provisions of this Section 16.2(b), from time to time enter into written supplemental agreements to this Agreement or the Other Documents executed by Loan Parties, for the purpose of adding or deleting any provisions or otherwise changing, varying or waiving in any manner the rights of Lenders, Agent or Loan Parties thereunder or the conditions, provisions or terms thereof or waiving any Event of Default thereunder, but only to the extent specified in such written agreements; provided, however, that no such supplemental agreement shall:
(i) increase the Revolver Commitment Percentage or the maximum dollar commitment of any Lender, without the consent of each Lender directly affected thereby (including, if applicable, any Defaulting Lender);
(ii) except in connection with any increase pursuant to Section 2.25, increase the Maximum Revolving Advance Amount without the consent of each Lender;
(iii) extend the maturity of any Note or the due date for any amount payable hereunder, or decrease the rate of interest or reduce any fee payable by Loan Parties to Lenders pursuant to this Agreement without the consent of each Lender directly affected thereby (including, if applicable, any Defaulting Lender) (except that Required Lenders may elect to waive or rescind any imposition of the Default Rate under Section 3.1 or of default rates of Letter of Credit fees under Section 3.2 (unless imposed by Agent));
(iv) alter the definition of the term Required Lenders or alter, amend or modify this Section 16.2(b) without the consent of each Lender;
(v) change the rights and duties of Agent without the consent of each Lender;
(vi) except as permitted by Section 14.13, release all or substantially all of the Collateral without the consent of all Lenders;
(vii) other than in connection with a liquidation, dissolution or disposition of a Loan Party permitted by the terms hereof or otherwise consented to by Required Lenders or the payment in full of the Obligations, release any Loan Party from its liability for the Obligations without the consent of all of the Lenders; or
(viii) increase the Advance Rates above the Advance Rates in effect on the Closing Date without the consent of all Lenders.
Notwithstanding the foregoing:
(i) No amendment, waiver, modification, elimination, or consent shall amend, modify, or waive any provision of this Agreement or the Other Documents pertaining to Issuer, or any other rights or duties of Issuer under this Agreement or the Other Documents, without the written consent of Issuer, Agent, Borrowers and the Required Lenders;
(ii) No amendment, waiver, modification, elimination, or consent shall amend, modify, or waive any provision of this Agreement or the Other Documents pertaining to Swing Loan Lender, or any other rights or duties of Swing Loan Lender under this Agreement or the Other Documents, without the written consent of Swing Loan Lender, Agent, Borrowers and the Required Lenders;
(iii) No amendment, waiver, modification, elimination, or consent shall amend, modify, or waive any provision of this Agreement or the Other Documents pertaining to Agent, or any other rights or duties of Agent under this Agreement or the Other Documents, without the written consent of Agent, Borrowers and the Required Lenders;
(iv) Anything in this Section 16.2(b) to the contrary notwithstanding, (i) any amendment, modification, elimination, waiver, consent, termination, or release of, or with respect to, any provision of this Agreement or any Other Document that relates only to the relationship of the Lenders among themselves, and that does not affect the rights or obligations of any Loan Party, shall not require consent by or the agreement of any Loan Party, and (ii) any amendment, waiver, modification, elimination, or consent of or with respect to any provision of this Agreement or any Other Document may be entered into without the consent of, or over the objection of, any Defaulting Lender; and
(v) The Fee Letter may only be amended with the consent of Agent and Borrowers (it being understood that no Lender’s consent shall be required).
(c) Any such supplemental agreement shall apply equally to each Lender and shall be binding upon Loan Parties who are a party to any such agreement, Lenders and Agent and all future holders of the Obligations. In the case of any waiver, Loan Parties, Agent and Lenders shall be restored to their former positions and rights, and any Event of Default waived shall be deemed to be cured and not continuing, but no waiver of a specific Event of Default shall extend to any subsequent Event of Default (whether or not the subsequent Event of Default is the same as the Event of Default which was waived), or impair any right consequent thereon.
(d) In the event that Agent requests the consent of a Lender pursuant to this Section 16.2 and such consent is denied, then PNC may, at its option, require such Lender to assign its interest in the Advances to PNC or to another Lender or to any other Person designated by Agent (the “Designated Lender”), for a price equal to (i) the then outstanding principal amount thereof plus (ii) accrued and unpaid interest and fees due such Lender, which interest and fees shall be paid when collected from Borrowers. In the event PNC elects to require any Lender to assign its interest to PNC or to the Designated Lender, PNC will so notify such Lender in writing within forty five (45) days following such Lender’s denial, and such Lender will assign its interest to PNC or the Designated Lender no later than five (5) days following receipt of such notice pursuant to a Commitment Transfer Supplement executed by such Lender, PNC or the Designated Lender, as appropriate, and Agent.
(e) Notwithstanding (a) the existence of a Default or an Event of Default, (b) that any of the other applicable conditions precedent set forth in Section 8.2 hereof have not been satisfied or (c) any other provision of this Agreement, Agent may at its discretion and without the consent of the Required Lenders (but subject to the Required Lenders not having notified the Agent that it shall no longer make such Advances), voluntarily permit the sum of the outstanding Revolving A Advances, the outstanding Swing Loans and the Maximum Undrawn Amount at any time to exceed the Formula Amount by up to five percent (5%) of the Gross Formula Amount (or such greater amount as shall be consented to by Required Lenders) for up to sixty (60) consecutive Business Days (or such longer period as shall be consented to by Required Lenders) (the “Out-of-Formula Loans”); provided, that, such outstanding Advances do not exceed the Maximum Revolving A Advance Amount. If Agent is willing in its sole and absolute discretion to make such Out-of-Formula Loans, such Out-of-Formula Loans shall be payable on demand and shall bear interest at the Default Rate for Revolving A Advances consisting of Domestic Rate Loans; provided that, if Lenders do make Out-of-Formula Loans, neither Agent nor Lenders shall be deemed thereby to have changed the limits of Section 2.1(a). For purposes of this paragraph, the discretion granted to Agent hereunder shall not preclude involuntary overadvances that may result from time to time due to the fact that the Formula Amount was unintentionally exceeded for any reason, including, but not limited to, Collateral previously deemed to be “Eligible Receivables” or “Eligible Inventory”, as applicable, becomes ineligible, collections of Receivables applied to reduce outstanding Revolving A Advances or outstanding Swing Loans are thereafter returned for insufficient funds or overadvances are made to protect or preserve the Collateral. In the event Agent involuntarily permits the outstanding Revolving A Advances, the outstanding Swing Loans and the Maximum Undrawn Amount to exceed the Formula Amount by more than five percent (5%) of the Gross Formula Amount, Agent shall use its efforts to have Borrowers decrease such excess in as expeditious a manner as is practicable under the circumstances and not inconsistent with the reason for such excess. Revolving A Advances made after Agent has determined the existence of involuntary overadvances shall be deemed to be involuntary overadvances and shall be decreased in accordance with the preceding sentence.
(f) In addition to (and not in substitution of) the discretionary Revolving A Advances permitted above in this Section 16.2, the Agent, and PNC with respect to Swing Loans, is hereby authorized by Borrowers and the Lenders, from time to time in the Agent’s sole discretion, (A) after the occurrence and during the continuation of a Default or an Event of Default, or (B) at any time that any of the other applicable conditions precedent set forth in Section 8.2 hereof have not been satisfied, to make Revolving A Advances and/or Swing Loans to Borrowers on behalf of the Lenders which the Agent, in its reasonable business judgment, deems necessary or desirable (a) to preserve or protect the Collateral, or any portion thereof, (b) to enhance the likelihood of, or maximize the amount of, repayment of the Advances and other Obligations, or (c) to pay any other amount chargeable to Borrowers pursuant to the terms of this Agreement; provided, that at any time after giving effect to any such Revolving A Advances and/or Swing Loans the outstanding Revolving A Advances and the outstanding Swing Loans do not exceed (unless Required Lenders otherwise agree) the lesser of (i) one hundred and five percent (105%) of the Formula Amount and (ii) the Maximum Revolving A Advance Amount.
16.3 Successors and Assigns; Participations; New Lenders.
(a) This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of Loan Parties, Agent, each Lender, all future holders of the Obligations, and their respective successors and permitted assigns, except that no Loan Party may assign or transfer any of its rights or obligations under this Agreement without the prior written consent of Agent and each Lender.
(b) Subject to subsections (c) and (d) below, each Loan Party acknowledges that in the regular course of commercial banking business one or more Lenders may at any time and from time to time sell participating interests in the Advances (other than Swing Loans) to other financial institutions (each such transferee or purchaser of a participating interest, a “Participant”). Each Participant may exercise all rights of payment (including rights of set-off) with respect to the portion of such Advances held by it or other Obligations payable hereunder as fully as if such Participant were the direct holder thereof provided no Borrower shall be required to pay to any Participant more than the amount which it would have been required to pay to Lender which granted an interest in its Advances (other than Swing Loans) or other Obligations payable hereunder to such Participant had such Lender retained such interest in the Advances (other than Swing Loans) hereunder or other Obligations payable hereunder and in no event shall any Borrower be required to pay any such amount arising from the same circumstances and with respect to the same Advances or other Obligations payable hereunder to both such Lender and such Participant. Each Loan Party hereby grants to any Participant a continuing security interest in any deposits, moneys or other property actually or constructively held by such Participant as security for the Participant’s interest in the Advances (other than Swing Loans). Each Lender granting a participation shall, as a non-fiduciary agent of the Borrowers, maintain a register as to each participation containing information similar to that of the Register. No participation shall be transferred except as recorded in such participation register.
(c) Any Lender, with the consent of Agent and, so long as no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Borrowers, in each case which shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed, may sell, assign or transfer all or any part of its rights and obligations under or relating to Revolving Advances under this Agreement and the Other Documents to one or more additional banks or financial institutions and one or more additional banks or financial institutions may commit to make Advances (other than Swing Loans) hereunder (each a “Purchasing Lender”), in minimum amounts of not less than Five Million and 00/100 Dollars ($5,000,000.00), pursuant to a Commitment Transfer Supplement, executed by a Purchasing Lender, the transferor Lender, and Agent and delivered to Agent for recording. Upon such execution, delivery, acceptance and recording, from and after the transfer effective date determined pursuant to such Commitment Transfer Supplement, (i) Purchasing Lender thereunder shall be a party hereto and, to the extent provided in such Commitment Transfer Supplement, have the rights and obligations of a Lender thereunder with a Revolver Commitment Percentage, as set forth therein and (ii) the transferor Lender thereunder shall, to the extent provided in such Commitment Transfer Supplement, be released from its obligations under this Agreement, the Commitment Transfer Supplement creating a novation for that purpose. Such Commitment Transfer Supplement shall be deemed to amend this Agreement to the extent, and only to the extent, necessary to reflect the addition of such Purchasing Lender and the resulting adjustment of the Revolver Commitment Percentage arising from the purchase by such Purchasing Lender of all or a portion of the rights and obligations of such transferor Lender under this Agreement and the Other Documents. Subject to the foregoing, each Loan Party hereby (i) consents to the addition of such Purchasing Lender and the resulting adjustment of the Revolver Commitment Percentage arising from the purchase by such Purchasing Lender of all or a portion of the rights and obligations of such transferor Lender under this Agreement and the Other Documents and (ii) agrees to execute and deliver such further documents and do such further acts and things in order to effectuate the foregoing.
(d) Any Lender, with the consent of Agent and, so long as no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Borrowers, in each case which shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed, may directly or indirectly sell, assign or transfer all or any portion of its rights and obligations under or relating to Revolving Advances under this Agreement and the Other Documents to an entity, whether a corporation, partnership, trust, limited liability company or other entity that (i) is engaged in making, purchasing, holding or otherwise investing in bank loans and similar extensions of credit in the ordinary course of its business and (ii) is administered, serviced or managed by the assigning Lender or an Affiliate of such Lender (a “Purchasing CLO” and together with each Participant and Purchasing Lender, each a “Transferee” and collectively the “Transferees”), pursuant to a Commitment Transfer Supplement modified as appropriate to reflect the interest being assigned (“Modified Commitment Transfer Supplement”), executed by any intermediate purchaser, the Purchasing CLO, the transferor Lender, and Agent as appropriate and delivered to Agent for recording. Upon such execution and delivery, from and after the transfer effective date determined pursuant to such Modified Commitment Transfer Supplement, (i) the Purchasing CLO thereunder shall be a party hereto and, to the extent provided in such Modified Commitment Transfer Supplement, have the rights and obligations of a Lender thereunder and (ii) the transferor Lender thereunder shall, to the extent provided in such Modified Commitment Transfer Supplement, be released from its obligations under this Agreement, the Modified Commitment Transfer Supplement creating a novation for that purpose. Such Modified Commitment Transfer Supplement shall be deemed to amend this Agreement to the extent, and only to the extent, necessary to reflect the addition of such Purchasing CLO. Subject to the foregoing, each Loan Party hereby (i) consents to the addition of such Purchasing CLO and (ii) agrees to execute and deliver such further documents and do such further acts and things in order to effectuate the foregoing.
(e) Agent, or a non-fiduciary agent of the Borrowers, shall maintain at its address a copy of each Commitment Transfer Supplement and Modified Commitment Transfer Supplement delivered to it and a register (the “Register”) for the recordation of the names and addresses of each Lender and the outstanding principal, accrued and unpaid interest and other fees due hereunder. The entries in the Register shall be conclusive, in the absence of manifest error, and each Borrower, Agent and Lenders may treat each Person whose name is recorded in the Register as the owner of the Advance recorded therein for the purposes of this Agreement. The Register shall be available for inspection by Borrowing Agent or any Lender at any reasonable time and from time to time upon reasonable prior notice. Agent shall receive a fee in the amount of Three Thousand Five Hundred and 00/100 Dollars ($3,500.00) payable by the applicable Purchasing Lender and/or Purchasing CLO upon the effective date of each transfer or assignment (other than to an intermediate purchaser) to such Purchasing Lender and/or Purchasing CLO.
(f) Each Loan Party authorizes each Lender, subject to Section 16.15 hereof, to disclose to any Transferee and any prospective Transferee any and all financial information in such Lender’s possession concerning such Loan Party which has been delivered to such Lender by or on behalf of such Loan Party pursuant to this Agreement or in connection with such Lender’s credit evaluation of such Loan Party.
(g) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, any Lender may at any time and from time to time pledge or assign a security interest in all or any portion of its rights under this Agreement to secure obligations of such Lender, including any pledge or assignment to secure obligations to a Federal Reserve Bank; provided that no such pledge or assignment shall release such Lender from any of its obligations hereunder or substitute any such pledgee or assignee for such Lender as a party hereto.
(h) Any transfer or assignment made in violation of this Section 16.3 will be null and void.
(i) For the avoidance of doubt, any participation or sub-participation of the Revolving B Advances made to an Affiliate of a Loan Party in accordance with this Section 16.3 and, with respect to any sub-participation, the applicable participation agreement, shall be permitted under this Agreement.
16.4 Application of Payments.
Agent shall have the continuing and exclusive right to apply or reverse and re-apply any payment and any and all proceeds of Collateral to any portion of the Obligations. To the extent that any Loan Party makes a payment or Agent or any Lender receives any payment or proceeds of the Collateral for any Loan Party’s benefit, which are subsequently invalidated, declared to be fraudulent or preferential, set aside or required to be repaid to a trustee, debtor in possession, receiver, custodian or any other party under any bankruptcy law, common law or equitable cause, then, to such extent, the Obligations or part thereof intended to be satisfied shall be revived and continue as if such payment or proceeds had not been received by Agent or such Lender.
16.5 Indemnity.
Each Loan Party shall indemnify Agent, each Lender and each of their respective officers, directors, Affiliates, attorneys, employees and agents from and against any and all liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, actions, judgments, suits, costs, expenses and disbursements of any kind or nature whatsoever (including reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel) which may be imposed on, incurred by, or asserted against Agent or any Lender in any claim, litigation, proceeding or investigation instituted or conducted by any Governmental Body or instrumentality or any other Person with respect to any aspect of, or any transaction contemplated by, or referred to in, or any matter related to, this Agreement or the Other Documents, whether or not Agent or any Lender is a party thereto, except to the extent that any of the foregoing arises out of the gross negligence or willful misconduct of the party being indemnified (as determined by a court of competent jurisdiction in a final and non-appealable judgment). Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, this indemnity shall extend to any liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, actions, judgments, suits, costs, expenses and disbursements of any kind or nature whatsoever (including reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel) asserted against or incurred by any of the indemnitees described above in this Section 16.5 by any Person under any Environmental Laws or similar laws by reason of any Loan Party’s or any other Person’s failure to comply with laws applicable to solid or hazardous waste materials, including Hazardous Materials, or other toxic substances. Additionally, if any stamp, court or documentation, intangible, transfer, recording, filing or similar Taxes (excluding Taxes that are Other Connection Taxes imposed with respect to an assignment (other than assignment made at the request of any Loan Party) shall be payable by Agent, Lenders or Loan Parties on account of the execution or delivery of this Agreement, or the execution, delivery, issuance or recording of any of the Other Documents, or the creation or repayment of any of the Obligations hereunder, by reason of any Applicable Law now or hereafter in effect, Loan Parties will pay (or will promptly reimburse Agent and Lenders for payment of) all such Taxes, including interest and penalties thereon, and will indemnify and hold the indemnitees described above in this Section 16.5 harmless from and against all liability in connection therewith.
16.6 Notice.
Any notice or request hereunder may be given to Borrowing Agent or any Loan Party or to Agent or any Lender at their respective addresses set forth below or at such other address as may hereafter be specified in a notice designated as a notice of change of address under this Section 16.6. Any notice, request, demand, direction or other communication (for purposes of this Section 16.6 only, a “Notice”) to be given to or made upon any party hereto under any provision of this Credit Agreement shall be given or made by telephone or in writing (which includes by means of electronic transmission (i.e., “e-mail”) or facsimile transmission or by setting forth such Notice on a site on the World Wide Web (a “Website Posting”) if Notice of such Website Posting (including the information necessary to access such site) has previously been delivered to the applicable parties hereto by another means set forth in this Section 16.6) in accordance with this Section 16.6. Any such Notice must be delivered to the applicable parties hereto at the addresses and numbers set forth under their respective names on Section 16.6 hereof or in accordance with any subsequent unrevoked Notice from any such party that is given in accordance with this Section 16.6. Any Notice shall be effective:
(a) In the case of hand-delivery, when delivered;
(b) If given by mail, four days after such Notice is deposited with the United States Postal Service, with first-class postage prepaid, return receipt requested;
(c) In the case of a telephonic Notice, when a party is contacted by telephone, if delivery of such telephonic Notice is confirmed no later than the next Business Day by hand delivery, a facsimile or electronic transmission, a Website Posting or an overnight courier delivery of a confirmatory Notice (received at or before noon on such next Business Day);
(d) In the case of a facsimile transmission, when sent to the applicable party’s facsimile machine’s telephone number, if the party sending such Notice receives confirmation of the delivery thereof from its own facsimile machine;
(e) In the case of electronic transmission, when actually received;
(f) In the case of a Website Posting, upon delivery of a Notice of such posting (including the information necessary to access such site) by another means set forth in this Section 16.6; and
(g) If given by any other means (including by overnight courier), when actually received.
Any Lender giving a Notice to Borrowing Agent or any Loan Party shall concurrently send a copy thereof to Agent, and Agent shall promptly notify the other Lenders of its receipt of such Notice.
(A) If to Agent or PNC at:
PNC Bank, National Association
200 South Wacker Drive, Suite 600 Chicago, Illinois 60606 |
||
Attention: | Account Manager – A.M. Castle | |
Telephone: | (312) 454-2935 | |
Facsimile: | (312) 454-2919 |
with a copy to:
Goldberg Kohn Ltd.
55 East Monroe, Suite 3300 Chicago, Illinois 60603 |
||
Attention: | Jeffrey Dunlop, Esq. | |
Telephone: | (312) 201-4000 | |
Facsimile: | (312) 863-7831 |
(B) | If to a Lender other than Agent, as specified on the signature pages hereof. |
(C) |
If to Borrowing Agent or any Loan Party:
A.M. Castle & Co.
|
1420 Kensington Road
Suite 220 Oakbrook, IL 60523 |
||
Attention: | Marec E. Edgar | |
Telephone: | (847) 349-2516 | |
Facsimile: | (847) 455-7111 |
with a copy to:
Pachulski Stang Ziehl & Jones LLP
150 California Street, 15th Floor San Francisco, CA 94111-4500 |
||
Attention: | Maxim Litvak, Esq. | |
Telephone: | (415) 263-7000 | |
Facsimile: | (415) 263-7010 |
16.7 Survival.
The obligations of Loan Parties under Sections 2.2(f), 3.8, 3.9, 3.10, 3.11, 4.15(g), 16.5 and 16.9, and the obligations of Agent and Lenders under Sections 14.7 and 16.15 shall survive termination of this Agreement and the Other Documents and payment in full of the Obligations.
16.8 Severability.
If any part of this Agreement is contrary to, prohibited by, or deemed invalid under Applicable Laws, such provision shall be inapplicable and deemed omitted to the extent so contrary, prohibited or invalid, but the remainder hereof shall not be invalidated thereby and shall be given effect so far as possible.
16.9 Expenses.
Borrowers shall pay (i) all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred by Agent and its Affiliates (including the reasonable fees, charges and disbursements of counsel for Agent), in connection with the syndication of the credit facilities provided for herein, the preparation, negotiation, execution, delivery and administration of this Agreement and the Other Documents or any amendments, modifications or waivers of the provisions hereof or thereof (whether or not the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby shall be consummated), (ii) all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred by Issuer in connection with the issuance, amendment, renewal or extension of any Letter of Credit or any demand for payment thereunder, (iii) all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred by Agent, any Lender or Issuer (including the reasonable fees, charges and disbursements of any counsel for Agent, any Lender or Issuer), in connection with the enforcement or protection of its rights (A) in connection with this Agreement and the Other Documents, including its rights under this Section, or (B) in connection with the Advances made or Letters of Credit issued hereunder, including all such out-of-pocket expenses incurred during any workout, restructuring or negotiations in respect of such Loans or Letters of Credit, and (iv) all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses of Agent’s regular employees and agents engaged periodically to perform audits of the any Borrower’s or any Borrower’s Affiliate’s or Subsidiary’s books, records and business properties.
16.10 Injunctive Relief.
Each Loan Party recognizes that, in the event any Loan Party fails to perform, observe or discharge any of its obligations or liabilities under this Agreement, or threatens to fail to perform, observe or discharge such obligations or liabilities, any remedy at law may prove to be inadequate relief to Lenders; therefore, Agent, if Agent so requests, shall be entitled to temporary and permanent injunctive relief in any such case without the necessity of proving that actual damages are not an adequate remedy.
16.11 Consequential Damages.
Neither Agent nor any Lender, nor any agent or attorney for any of them, shall be liable to any Loan Party (or any Affiliate of any such Person) for indirect, punitive, exemplary or consequential damages arising from any breach of contract, tort or other wrong relating to the establishment, administration or collection of the Obligations or as a result of any transaction contemplated under this Agreement or any Other Document.
16.12 Captions.
The captions at various places in this Agreement are intended for convenience only and do not constitute and shall not be interpreted as part of this Agreement.
16.13 Counterparts; Facsimile Signatures.
This Agreement may be executed in any number of and by different parties hereto on separate counterparts, all of which, when so executed, shall be deemed an original, but all such counterparts shall constitute one and the same agreement. Any signature delivered by a party by facsimile or other electronic means shall be deemed to be an original signature hereto.
16.14 Construction.
The parties acknowledge that each party and its counsel have reviewed this Agreement and that the normal rule of construction to the effect that any ambiguities are to be resolved against the drafting party shall not be employed in the interpretation of this Agreement or any amendments, schedules or exhibits thereto.
16.15 Confidentiality; Sharing Information.
Agent, each Lender and each Transferee shall hold all non-public information obtained by Agent, such Lender or such Transferee pursuant to the requirements of this Agreement in accordance with Agent’s, such Lender’s and such Transferee’s customary procedures for handling confidential information of this nature; provided, however, Agent, each Lender and each Transferee may disclose such confidential information (a) to its examiners, Affiliates, outside auditors, counsel and other professional advisors, (b) to Agent, any Lender or to any prospective Transferees provided that such Transferees are bound by the provisions of this Section 16.15, and (c) as required or requested by any Governmental Body or representative thereof or pursuant to legal process; provided, further that (i) unless specifically prohibited by Applicable Law, Agent, each Lender and each Transferee shall use its reasonable best efforts prior to disclosure thereof, to notify the applicable Loan Party of the applicable request for disclosure of such non-public information (A) by a Governmental Body or representative thereof (other than any such request in connection with an examination of the financial condition of a Lender or a Transferee by such Governmental Body) or (B) pursuant to legal process and (ii) in no event shall Agent, any Lender or any Transferee be obligated to return any materials furnished by any Loan Party other than those documents and instruments in possession of Agent or any Lender in order to perfect its Lien on the Collateral once the Obligations have been paid in full and this Agreement has been terminated. Each Loan Party acknowledges that from time to time financial advisory, investment banking and other services may be offered or provided to such Loan Party or one or more of its Affiliates (in connection with this Agreement or otherwise) by any Lender or by one or more Subsidiaries or Affiliates of such Lender and each Loan Party hereby authorizes each Lender to share any information delivered to such Lender by such Loan Party and its Subsidiaries pursuant to this Agreement, or in connection with the decision of such Lender to enter into this Agreement, to any such Subsidiary or Affiliate of such Lender, it being understood that any such Subsidiary or Affiliate of any Lender receiving such information shall be bound by the provisions of this Section 16.15 as if it were a Lender hereunder. Such authorization shall survive the repayment of the other Obligations and the termination of this Agreement.
16.16 Publicity.
Each Loan Party and each Lender hereby authorizes Agent to make appropriate announcements of the financial arrangement entered into among Loan Parties, Agent and Lenders, including announcements which are commonly known as tombstones, in such publications and to such selected parties as Agent shall in its sole and absolute discretion deem appropriate.
16.17 Certifications From Banks and Participants; US PATRIOT Act.
(a) Each Lender or assignee or participant of a Lender that is not incorporated under the laws of the United States of America or a state thereof (and is not excepted from the certification requirement contained in Section 313 of the USA PATRIOT Act and the applicable regulations because it is both (i) an Affiliate of a depository institution or foreign bank that maintains a physical presence in the United States or foreign country and (ii) subject to supervision by a banking authority regulating such affiliated depository institution or foreign bank) shall deliver to Agent the certification, or, if applicable, recertification, certifying that such Lender is not a “shell” and certifying to other matters as required by Section 313 of the USA PATRIOT Act and the applicable regulations: (1) within ten (10) days after the Closing Date, and (2) as such other times as are required under the USA PATRIOT Act.
(b) The USA PATRIOT Act requires all financial institutions to obtain, verify and record certain information that identifies individuals or business entities which open an “account” with such financial institution. Consequently, Agent and Lenders may from time to time request, and each Borrower shall provide to Agent, such Borrower’s name, address, tax identification number and/or such other identifying information as shall be necessary for Lender to comply with the USA PATRIOT Act and any other Anti-Terrorism Law.
16.18 Canadian Anti-Money Laundering Legislation.
(a) Each Loan Party acknowledges that, pursuant to the Canadian Anti- Terrorism or Sanctions Laws and other applicable anti-money laundering, anti-terrorist financing, government sanction and “know your client” laws (collectively, including any guidelines or orders thereunder, “AML Legislation”), the Lenders may be required to obtain, verify and record information regarding the Loan Parties and their respective directors, authorized signing officers, direct or indirect shareholders or other Persons in control of the Loan Parties, and the transactions contemplated hereby. Each Loan Party shall promptly provide all such information, including supporting documentation and other evidence, as may be reasonably requested by any Lender or any prospective assignee or participant of a Lender, any Issuing Bank or any Agent, in order to comply with any applicable AML Legislation, whether now or hereafter in existence.
(b) If the Agent has ascertained the identity of any Loan Party or any authorized signatories of the Loan Parties for the purposes of applicable AML Legislation, then the Agent:
(i) shall be deemed to have done so as an agent for each Lender, and this Agreement shall constitute a “written agreement” in such regard between each Lender and the Agent within the meaning of the applicable AML Legislation; and
(ii) shall provide to each Lender copies of all information obtained in such regard without any representation or warranty as to its accuracy or completeness.
Notwithstanding the preceding sentence and except as may otherwise be agreed in writing, each of the Lenders agrees that neither the Agent nor any other Agent has any obligation to ascertain the identity of the Loan Parties or any authorized signatories of the Loan Parties on behalf of any Lender, or to confirm the completeness or accuracy of any information it obtains from any Loan Party or any such authorized signatory in doing so.
16.19 Anti-Terrorism Laws.
(a) Each Borrower represents and warrants that (i) no Covered Entity is a Sanctioned Person and (ii) no Covered Entity, either in its own right or through any third party, (A) has any of its assets in a Sanctioned Country or in the possession, custody or control of a Sanctioned Person in violation of any Anti-Terrorism Law; (B) does business in or with, or derives any of its income from investments in or transactions with, any Sanctioned Country or Sanctioned Person in violation of any Anti-Terrorism Law; or (C) engages in any dealings or transactions prohibited by any Anti-Terrorism Law.
(b) Each Borrower covenants and agrees that (i) no Covered Entity will become a Sanctioned Person, (ii) no Covered Entity, either in its own right or through any third party, will (A) have any of its assets in a Sanctioned Country or in the possession, custody or control of a Sanctioned Person in violation of any Anti-Terrorism Law; (B) do business in or with, or derive any of its income from investments in or transactions with, any Sanctioned Country or Sanctioned Person in violation of any Anti-Terrorism Law; (C) engage in any dealings or transactions prohibited by any Anti-Terrorism Law or (D) use the Advances to fund any operations in, finance any investments or activities in, or, make any payments to, a Sanctioned Country or Sanctioned Person in violation of any Anti-Terrorism Law, (iii) the funds used to repay the Obligations will not be derived from any unlawful activity, (iv) each Covered Entity shall comply with all Anti-Terrorism Laws and (v) the Borrowers shall promptly notify the Agent in writing upon the occurrence of a Reportable Compliance Event.
[INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]
Each of the parties has signed this Agreement on the day and year first above written.
BORROWERS: | ||
A.M. CASTLE & CO. | ||
By: | ||
Name: | ||
Title: |
TOTAL PLASTICS, INC. | ||
By: | ||
Name: | ||
Title: |
HY-ALLOY STEELS COMPANY | ||
By: | ||
Name: | ||
Title: |
KEYSTONE TUBE COMPANY, LLC | ||
By: | ||
Name: | ||
Title: |
KEYSTONE SERVICE, INC. | ||
By: | ||
Name: | ||
Title: |
GUARANTORS: | ||
A.M. CASTLE & CO. (CANADA) INC. | ||
By: | ||
Name: | ||
Title: |
CASTLE METALS DE MEXICO, S.A. DE C.V. | ||
By: | ||
Name: | ||
Title: |
CASTLE METALS DE MEXICALI, S.A. DE C.V. | ||
By: | ||
Name: | ||
Title: |
Agent and Lenders: | ||
PNC BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,
as Agent and as a Lender
|
||
By: | ||
Name: | ||
Title: |
Exhibit B
Closing Checklist
(attached)
CLOSING CHECKLIST
AMENDMENT NO. 1 TO REVOLVING CREDIT AND SECURITYAGREEMENT
CLOSING DATE: June 1, 2018
I. | Parties: |
A. |
PNC Bank, National Association (“PNC” or “Lender”),
individually and as administrative agent and collateral agent (“Agent”) 200 South Wacker Drive, Suite 600 Chicago, Illinois 60606 |
B. |
A.M. Castle & Co. (“AMC”)
Keystone Tube Company, LLC (“Keystone Tube”) HY-Alloy Steels Company (“HY-Alloy”) Keystone Service, Inc. (“Keystone Service”)
Total Plastics, Inc. (“Plastics”; together with AMC, Keystone Tube, HY-Alloy, and Keystone Service, collectively “Borrowers” and each, individually, a “Borrower”)
1420 Kensington Road Suite 220 Oakbrook, IL 60523 |
A.M. Castle & Co. (Canada) Inc. (“Castle Canada” or “Canadian Guarantor”)
2150 Argenia Road
Mississauga, ON L5N 2K7, Canada
Castle Metals de Mexico, S.A. de C.V. (“Castle Mexico”)
Castle Metals de Mexicali, S.A. de C.V. (“Castle Mexicali”; together with AMC Mexico, collectively, “Mexican Guarantors” and each individually a “Mexican Guarantor”; together with Canadian Guarantor, collectively, “Guarantors” and each individually a “Guarantor”)
A.V. Industriales Del Poniente KM, 19
Centro, Santa Catarina, NL 66350
II. | Counsel to Parties: |
A. |
US Counsel to Agent:
Goldberg Kohn Ltd.
|
55 East Monroe Street, Suite 3300
Chicago, Illinois 60603
Telephone: (312) 201-4000
Telecopy: (312) 332-2196
B. |
US Counsel to Borrowers and Guarantors:
McDermott Will & Emery LLP
|
444 West Lake Street, Suite 4000
Chicago, Illinois 60606
Telephone: (312) 984-3367
Telecopy: (312) 276-9539
III. | Closing Documents: |
A. | Items to be delivered by, or pertaining to, Borrowers and Guarantors: |
1. | Amendment No. 1 to Revolving Credit and Security Agreement |
(a) | Certification Regarding Beneficial Owners/Controlling Party of Legal entity Customers |
2. | Disbursement Letter |
3. | Amended and Restated Revolving Note (Borrowers) |
4. | Supplemental Fee Letter |
5. | Subordinated Last-Out Participation Agreement |
(a) | SGF, LLC |
(b) | 1992 MSF International Ltd. |
(c) | 1992 Tactical Credit Master Fund, L.P. |
(d) | Whitebox Asymmetric Partners, LP |
(e) | Whitebox Credit Partners, LP |
(f) | Whitebox GT Fund, LP |
(g) | Whitebox Multi-Strategy Partners, LP |
(h) | Pandora Select Partners, LP |
6. | Supplemental Indenture and Amendment No. 1 |
7. | Limited Consent and First Amendment to Intercreditor Agreement |
B. | Organizational Due Diligence: |
8. | Resolutions of AMC |
9. | Resolutions of Keystone Tube |
10. | Resolutions of HY-Alloy |
11. | Resolutions of Keystone Service |
12. | Resolutions of Plastics |
C. | Post-Closing Items |
13. | Amendment No. 1 to Open-End Mortgage, Assignment of Leases and Rents, Security Agreement and Fixture Filing, together with: |
a) | Title Insurance Policy Date Down Endorsement |
ANNEX A
REVOLVER COMMITMENT PERCENTAGES
Lender |
Revolving A
Commitment
Amount
|
Revolving A
Commitment
Percentage
|
Revolving B
Commitment
Amount
|
Revolving B
Commitment
Percentage
|
PNC Bank, National Association |
$125,000,000 | 100% | $25,000,000 | 100% |
Exhibit 2.2(b)
Participation Agreement
(attached)
SUBORDINATED LAST-OUT PARTICIPATION AGREEMENT
THIS SUBORDINATED LAST-OUT PARTICIPATION AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”), dated as of June 1, 2018, is entered into among SGF, LLC, an Illinois limited liability company, 1992 MSF International Ltd., a Cayman Islands exempted company, 1992 Tactical Credit Master Fund, L.P., a Cayman Islands exempted company, Whitebox Asymmetric Partners, LP, a Cayman Islands exempted limited partnership, Whitebox Credit Partners, LP, a British Virgin Islands limited partnership, Whitebox GT Fund, LP, a Delaware limited partnership, Whitebox Multi-Strategy Partners, LP, a British Virgin Islands limited partnership, and Pandora Select Partners, LP, a British Virgin Islands limited partnership (each a “Participant”, and collectively, the “Participants”), and PNC BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as administrative agent (in such capacity, “Agent”) and a Lender (the “Participating Lender”).
WITNESSETH:
WHEREAS, A.M. Castle & Co., a Maryland corporation (“Castle”), Total Plastics, Inc., a Michigan corporation (“Plastics”), HY-Alloy Steels Company, a Delaware corporation (“HY- Alloy”), Keystone Tube Company, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Keystone Tube”), and Keystone Service, Inc., an Indiana corporation (“Keystone Service”; together with Castle, Plastics, HY-Alloy and Keystone Tube, the “Borrowers” and each a “ Borrower”), each “Guarantor” on the signature pages thereto (together with each other Person that executes a joinder agreement and becomes a “Guarantor” thereunder or otherwise guarantees all or any part of the Obligations, each a “Guarantor” and collectively, the “Guarantors”), Agent, and the lenders from time to time party thereto (each a “Lender” and collectively, the “Lenders”) are parties to that certain Revolving Credit and Security Agreement dated as of August 31, 2017 (as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Credit Agreement”), pursuant to which Lenders have made loans and other financial accommodations to Borrowers;
WHEREAS, contemporaneously herewith, Borrowers, Guarantors, Agent and Lenders have entered into that certain Amendment No. 1 to Revolving Credit and Security Agreement dated as of the date hereof (the “Amendment No. 1”);
WHEREAS, in connection with the execution of Amendment No. 1, the Participating Lender wishes to sell, and the Participants wish to purchase, a subordinated, last-out, participation interest in the Revolving B Advances on the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth.
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the agreements herein contained, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and legal sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereby agree as follows:
1. Definitions. All capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein and defined in the Credit Agreement shall have the meanings ascribed to such terms in the Credit Agreement.
2. Subordinated, Last-Out Participation.
(a) Participation Interest. The Participating Lender hereby sells to each Participant, and each Participant hereby purchases from the Participating Lender a subordinated, last-out participation interest in the Participating Lender’s interest in the Revolving B Advances made (or to be made by PNC substantially concurrently herewith) pursuant to the terms of the Credit Agreement in the corresponding amount set forth on Exhibit 1 hereto, subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement (the “Participation Interest”). Each Participant acknowledges and agrees that under no circumstances shall such Participant have the right to demand or require that Participating Lender buy back any portion of its Participation Interest. The obligations of each Participant hereunder are several, and not joint and several, and shall be calculated based on the percentage of each Participant’s Participation Interest (as a fraction of the aggregate amount of all Participation Interests).
(b) Payments. On the date hereof, each Participant shall pay to the Participating Lender, the amounts set forth on Exhibit 1 as consideration for each Participant’s Participation Interest in the outstanding principal amount of the Revolving B Advances as of the date hereof, which payment shall be by wire transfer pursuant to the wire instructions set forth on Exhibit 1.
(c) Characterization of Participation Interest. The aforesaid sale of the Participation Interest by the Participating Lender to Participants is absolute, without recourse and, except as expressly provided herein, without representation or warranty of any kind by the Participating Lender. Each Participant shall be fully and irrevocably at risk to the extent of its Participation Interest. This Agreement evidences a sale to each Participant of its Participation Interest, and does not evidence or create, and shall not be construed as evidencing or creating, an extension of credit from any Participant to the Participating Lender, a security issued by Participating Lender, an investment by any Participant in the Participating Lender, or a partnership, trust, fiduciary relationship, or, except to the extent otherwise agreed herein, other legal relationship whatsoever between the Participating Lender and any Participant. Nothing herein is intended or shall be construed to constitute any Participant as a Lender under the Credit Agreement. Each Participant acknowledges that such Participant does not hold any “claim” (as defined in Section 101(5) of the Bankruptcy Code (as defined below)) against any Loan Party and therefore Participant is not a creditor of any Loan Party by reason of the Participation Interest.
(d) Exclusion of Other Loans. Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, each Participant shall be entitled solely to its Participation Interest in the principal amount of the Revolving B Advances and interest payable with respect thereto (at the rates applicable to the Revolving B Advances from time to time under the terms of the Credit Agreement), but Participant shall not have any interest in any of the other Obligations, fees or charges, expense reimbursements or other amounts payable by Borrowers to Agent, the Participating Lender or any other Lender under the Credit Agreement or any of the Other Documents. All of the Obligations (including without limitation Obligations pertaining to any Post-Petition Amounts (as defined below)) owing to Agent, the Participating Lender and each other Lender, other than principal and interest in respect of each Participant’s Participation Interest in the Revolving B Advances as specified herein, are collectively referred to as the “Non-Participated Obligations”. The term “Obligations” is used herein as defined in the Credit Agreement, and shall include interest, fees, costs, charges and any other amounts accruing at the then applicable rate (including any default rate) provided in the Credit Agreement after the filing of any petition in bankruptcy, or the commencement of any insolvency, reorganization or like proceeding, with respect to Borrowers or any other Loan Party, whether or not a claim for post-filing or post-petition interest, fees, costs, charges and other amounts is allowed or allowable in such proceeding (collectively, “Post-Petition Amounts”).
3. Payments.
(a) No Participant shall be entitled to receive any amounts payable by Borrowers to, or any proceeds of Collateral received by, Agent, Participating Lender or any other Lender under the Credit Agreement or any Other Document, nor shall any Participant have, except as set forth in this Agreement, any rights with respect to the Revolving Advances, the Loan Documents or any other extension of credit by the Lenders to Borrowers. Instead, any and all payments owing under the Credit Agreement on account of the Participation Interest shall be made by Borrowers to Agent, and Agent shall only be required to deliver such sums to the Participants after all of the Non-Participated Obligations have been paid in full in cash and all commitments to lend under the Credit Agreement have been terminated; provided, however, that if the Revolver B Cash Payment Conditions are satisfied, both immediately before and immediately after giving effect to any proposed payment of current interest (excluding any catch-up payments, which, for the avoidance of doubt, shall not be permitted) on account of the Revolving B Advances, Agent shall deliver, and Participant shall be entitled to receive cash interest in accordance with Section 3.1(a) of the Credit Agreement. Nothing contained in this Section 3(a) shall be interpreted to modify Borrowers’ obligation to repay principal or to pay interest or any other amounts due in respect of Participant’s Participation Interest in the Revolving B Advances.
(b) All payments with respect to the Obligations (including, without limitation, any payment by way of setoff, banker’s lien, counterclaim, realization on Collateral or otherwise) received by a Participant at any time prior to all of the Non-Participated Obligations having been paid in full in cash and all commitments to lend under the Credit Agreement having been terminated, from any source other than the Agent or Participating Lender as provided in this Agreement, shall be held by such Participant in trust for Participating Lender and shall be immediately forwarded to Participating Lender for application pursuant to the terms of this Agreement. Further, if Agent or Participating Lender pays an amount to any Participant under this Agreement in the belief or expectation that a related payment has been or will be received by Agent or Participating Lender, and such related payment is not so received, then Agent or Participating Lender, as applicable, shall be entitled to recover such amount from such Participant and such Participant shall promptly pay such amount to Agent or Participating Lender, as applicable (together with any endorsement or assignment of Participant where necessary), for application to the Non-Participated Obligations.
4. Return of Payments.
(a) Indemnity for Suits. If Agent or the Participating Lender is sued, or threatened with suit, by a receiver or trustee in any bankruptcy or other insolvency proceeding involving Borrowers, Loan Parties or any other Person, (i) on account of any alleged preferential or fraudulent transfer received or alleged to have been received, directly or indirectly, from Borrowers, Loan Parties or any other Person, which is attributable in whole or in part to the Participation Interest, or (ii) relating to the equitable subordination of any of the Obligations or the recharacterization of any of the Obligations as equity, which is attributable in whole or in part to the Participation Interest or the actions or omissions of a Participant, then such Participant shall (A) indemnify, defend and hold each of Agent and the Participating Lender harmless from any such suit, claim or action and (B) repay or reimburse the Agent and Participating Lender on demand for all expenses, costs and reasonable attorneys’ fees paid or incurred, or payments made by Agent or Participating Lender, in connection therewith. Without limiting the foregoing, if any court of competent jurisdiction deems the Participating Lender to be the transferee of a preferential or other avoidable transfer with respect to the Obligations, then, to the extent a Participant received payment from, or the benefit of, such alleged transfer, such Participant shall repay to Participating Lender on demand the amount of such transfer, together with interest at such rate, if any, as the Participating Lender is required to pay, without set-off, counterclaim, or deduction of any kind by such Participant. To the extent that any amounts previously paid in respect of the Obligations are recovered from the Participating Lender, such amounts owing, at Participating Lender’s election, shall be reinstated as part of the Obligations, repayable in accordance with the priorities established herein and in the Credit Agreement. The provisions of this Section 4(a) shall survive the termination of this Agreement.
(b) Obligations Absolute. Participant’s obligations hereunder are absolute, unconditional, and continuing, and will be unaffected by any one or more of the following: (i) any amendment or waiver of any term of the Credit Agreement or any of the Other Documents; (ii) any extension, indulgence, settlement or compromise granted or agreed to in relation to the Obligations; (iii) any release of any security for, or any guarantee of, any of the Obligations; (iv) the invalidity, unenforceability, or insufficiency of the Credit Agreement or any of the Other Documents; (v) any default by, or insolvency of, Borrowers or any other Person under the Credit Agreement or any of the Other Documents; (vi) any act or omission on Participating Lender’s, Agent’s or any other Lender’s part relating to this Agreement, the Credit Agreement, any of the Other Documents, the Obligations or the Collateral; (vii) any failure to give notice to such Participant of any of the foregoing; (viii) any requirement that the Participating Lender, Agent or any other Lender take any action under the Loan Documents against Borrowers, any other Loan Parties or any other Person or their respective assets; (ix) any defenses at law or in equity which such Participant may have to the full discharge of any of its obligations under this Agreement; or (x) termination or expiration of this Agreement or the Credit Agreement.
5. Participant’s Acknowledgments, Representations, Warranties, and Covenants.
(a) Information. Each Participant hereby acknowledges that the Participating Lender has made available to such Participant copies of the Credit Agreement, the Other Documents and any other information or documentation that such Participant has requested.
(b) Representations. Each Participant hereby severally represents, warrants, and covenants to the Participating Lender as follows:
(i) this Agreement constitutes the legal, valid and binding obligation of Participant, and is enforceable in accordance with its terms, subject to the effect of any bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or similar law affecting creditors’ rights generally;
(ii) Participant’s execution of this Agreement and the performance of its obligations hereunder will not require any registration with, notice to, or consent or approval by any federal, state or local governmental or regulatory body;
(iii) Participant is familiar with transactions of the kind and scope reflected in this Agreement, the Credit Agreement and the Other Documents;
(iv) Participant is a sophisticated investor and has made and will continue to make its own independent investigation and appraisal of the financial condition and affairs of Borrowers and Loan Parties, has conducted and will continue to conduct its own evaluation of the Credit Agreement and the Other Documents, the Obligations, the Collateral and the creditworthiness of Borrowers and the other Loan Parties, and has made its decision to acquire its Participation Interest independently and without reliance upon Agent or the Participating Lender;
(v) Participant is acquiring the Participation Interest for its own account, not as a nominee or agent, and not with a view to the resale or distribution of any part thereof, and Participant has no present intention of selling, granting any participation in, or otherwise distributing the same; provided, that, the parties acknowledge and agree that each Participant may be contemplating sub-participating a portion of its Participation Interest to (1) any of its affiliates or funds managed by the same investment manager, or (2) Corre Opportunities Fund, LP, Corre Opportunities II Master Fund, LP, Corre Opportunities Qualified Master Fund, LP or Wolverine Flagship Fund Trading Limited, as holders of Junior Lien Debt as of the date hereof, or any of their affiliates (the “Specified Junior Lien Debt Holders”); in each case, subject to the terms and conditions of Section 15 of this Agreement.
(vi) Participant shall not obtain or seek to obtain any security interest in all or any portion of the Collateral independently of this Agreement (other than in connection with the Junior Lien Debt in such Participant’s capacity as a holder of the Junior Lien Debt);
(vii) Participant is not purchasing the Participation Interest on behalf of one or more employee benefit plans, or with proceeds which constitute “plan assets,” as defined in the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder; and
(viii) Participant acknowledges that the Agent and Participating Lender may possess material information not known to Participant regarding or relating to Borrowers or their Affiliates or the Collateral, that it has not requested such information, and that neither the Agent nor the Participating Lender shall have any liability whatsoever with respect to non-disclosure of such information, whether before or after the date hereof.
6. Management of Financing Arrangements; Enforcement.
(a) Rights of the Parties. Until such time as all Non-Participated Obligations have been paid in full, in cash, and all commitments to lend under the Credit Agreement have been terminated, no Participant shall have any voting rights, or consent or approval rights, in respect of the Credit Agreement or the Other Documents, except that, without the written consent of the Participant, the Participating Lender shall not agree to any amendment, consent, modification or waiver of the Credit Agreement that would (i) reduce or waive the interest or principal payable with respect to the Participation Interest (other than any Default Interest), (ii) amend the definition of Revolver B Cash Payment Conditions to make the conditions therein more restrictive than those in effect on the date hereof, (iii) extend the maturity date applicable to the Revolving B Advances (x) in the case that the maturity date applicable to the Revolving A Advances is not extended simultaneously to the same new maturity date for the Revolving B Advances, to a date beyond February 28, 2022 and (y) in the case that the maturity date applicable to the Revolving A Advances is extended simultaneously to the same new maturity date for the Revolving B Advances, to a date beyond August 28, 2022, (iv) cause Participants to increase the amount of their Participation Interest above the amount outstanding on the date hereof (other than as a result of the accrual and capitalization of interest, including interest paid-in-kind) or (v) add an additional tranche of Indebtedness that is participated out (and not held by Participating Lender) that is (x) senior in lien or payment priority to the Revolving B Advances and (y) junior in lien or payment priority to the Revolving A Advances. Subject to the immediately preceding sentence, without limiting the foregoing, as between the Participating Lender and Participants, the Participating Lender shall have the exclusive right, in the Participating Lender’s name alone, to carry out the provisions of the Credit Agreement and the Other Documents, and, without the consent of Participants, the Participating Lender may vote to amend the Credit Agreement or the Other Documents in any respect, waive any of the terms of the Credit Agreement or Other Documents, and release any Collateral for, or guaranty of, the Obligations, enforce and collect the Obligations, exercise and enforce all rights and privileges granted to the Participating Lender under the Credit Agreement and the Other Documents, and take or refrain from taking legal action to enforce or protect Participants’ or the Participating Lender’s interests with respect to the Credit Agreement, the Other Documents, the Collateral and the Obligations. No Participant shall have, or shall seek to exercise, any right of legal or equitable redress against Borrowers, the Loan Parties or any Collateral in connection with the Revolving B Advances, the Credit Agreement, any Other Document or this Agreement until all of the Non-Participated Obligations have been paid in full in cash and all commitments to lend under the Credit Agreement have been terminated. Further, each Participant acknowledges that Agent or the Participating Lender may, in connection with the exercise of any rights or remedies available to Agent or Participating Lender at law or in equity, receive less than the full amount of the Obligations in which case neither Agent nor Participating Lender shall be deemed to have violated any provisions hereof or have any liability to any Participant as a result thereof, and nothing contained herein shall be deemed to limit the exercise of any such rights or remedies available to Agent or Participating Lender against the Collateral.
(b) Notices and Reports. Neither the Agent nor the Participating Lender shall have any duty to provide, or liability for its failure to provide, notices, reports and other financial information to any Participant, and neither the Agent nor the Participating Lender shall have any obligation to share with any Participant any analyses that the Agent or Participating Lender may make with respect to the business or financial condition of Borrowers, the other Loan Parties or any of their property.
(c) Failure to Enforce. No failure or delay by Agent or the Participating Lender to exercise any power, right or privilege under this Agreement or under the Credit Agreement or any of the Other Documents will impair such power, right or privilege or be construed to be a waiver of any default or acquiescence therein. No single or partial exercise of any such power, right or privilege will preclude other or further exercise thereof or of any other right, power or privilege. All rights and remedies of the Agent and Participating Lender under this Agreement are cumulative with, and not exclusive of, any rights or remedies otherwise available to Agent and Participating Lender against the Participants.
7. Limitation of Liability.
(a) Representations by Participating Lenders. The Participating Lender hereby represents and warrants that (i) it is the legal and beneficial owner of the interest being sold by it hereunder and that such interest is free and clear of any adverse claim, lien, or encumbrance of any kind; (ii) it has the legal and contractual authority to sell its portion of the Participation Interest to the Participants; (iii) it has the authority to execute and deliver this Agreement; (iv) this Agreement constitutes the legal, valid and binding obligation of Participating Lender, and is enforceable in accordance with its terms, subject to the effect of any bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or similar law affecting creditors’ rights generally; and (v) the Participating Lender’s execution of this Agreement and the performance of its obligations hereunder will not require any registration with, notice to, or consent or approval by any federal, state or local governmental or regulatory body.
(b) No Further Representations by Participating Lenders. The Participating Lender makes no representations or warranties of any kind, express or implied, and assume no responsibility or liability whatsoever, with regard to (i) the Credit Agreement, the Other Documents or the Obligations or the validity, genuineness, enforceability or collectability of any of them, (ii) the performance of, or compliance with, any of the terms or provisions of the Credit Agreement or any of the Other Documents, (iii) any of the property, books or records of Borrowers or any other Loan Party, (iv) the validity, enforceability, perfection, priority, condition, value or sufficiency of any of the Collateral or (v) the present or future solvency or financial worth of Borrowers, any other Loan Party, any Affiliate or any other Person obligated with respect to the Obligations.
(c) No Duty. Neither Agent nor the Participating Lender has, and or will have, any duty, either initially or on a continuing basis, to make any inquiry, investigation, evaluation or appraisal on any Participant’s behalf; nor will they have any responsibility or liability with respect to the accuracy or completeness of any information provided to any Participant which has been provided to Agent or Participating Lender by Borrowers or any other Person.
(d) Not a Trustee. None of the Agent or the Participating Lender will be deemed to be a trustee or agent for any Participant in connection with this Agreement, the Credit Agreement, the Other Documents, the Obligations or the Collateral, nor will Participating Lender be considered to have a fiduciary relationship with any Participant by virtue of this Agreement or any other document or by operation of law.
(e) Right to Act. Subject to Section 6 hereof, each of the Agent and the Participating Lender may use its sole discretion in administering the Obligations and the Collateral, and in exercising or refraining from exercising any rights or taking or refraining from taking any actions to which Agent or the Participating Lender may be entitled under this Agreement, the Credit Agreement, the Other Documents or applicable law. In exercising such discretion, the Agent and the Participating Lender may, without incurring any liability to any Participant, rely upon the advice of legal counsel, accountants and other experts, including those retained by Borrowers.
(f) No Liability. Neither Agent nor the Participating Lender will be liable to any Participant for any action or failure to act or any error of judgment, negligence, mistake or oversight on Agent’s or Participating Lender’s part or on the part of any of Agent’s or Participating Lender’s agents, officers, employees or attorneys (other than to the extent constituting gross negligence or willful misconduct of the Agent or Participating Lender as determined by a final, non-appealable order of a court of competent jurisdiction). Neither Agent nor Participating Lender will be liable to any Participant for any action or failure of action taken by the Agent or Participating Lender at such Participant’s direction or request.
8. Indemnification. In addition to, and not in limitation of, Section 4(a) above, each Participant hereby severally indemnifies Agent and the Participating Lender, in accordance with the Participation Interest, against, and agrees to hold Agent and the Participating Lender harmless from, any and all claims, demands, actions, controversies, suits, obligations, losses, damages, judgments, awards, costs and expenses (collectively, “Losses”), including without limitation, all reasonable attorneys’ fees and disbursements of Agent and the Participating Lender, arising by reason of or resulting from (a) any breach of such Participant’s representations, warranties or covenants contained herein, (b) any Losses described in Section 4 above, (c) any Losses relating to, or arising from, the Participation Interest or this Agreement, (d) any sale, assignment or transfer of, or grant of a subparticipation in, all or any part of the Participation Interest or (e) Agent or Participating Lender following any direction or request of such Participant with respect to the Participation Interest. In addition, and not in limitation of, the foregoing, to the extent the Participating Lender is obligated to pay to or reimburse Agent or any affiliates, officers, directors, employees, attorneys or agents of Agent (collectively the “Agent-Related Persons”) for such Participating Lender’s Pro Rata Share of the Revolving B Advances of any costs or expenses incurred by such Agent-Related Person in connection with the Credit Agreement or any Other Document, each Participant severally hereby agrees that it is and shall be obligated to pay or reimburse Agent for the amount of any such documented payment or reimbursement at such time. The provisions of this Section 8 shall survive termination of this Agreement.
9. Notices. Any notices, demands, requests or communications under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be personally delivered, sent by facsimile or sent by certified mail, return receipt requested, at the addresses set forth below the respective parties’ signatures hereto. Notices personally delivered shall be effective when delivered; facsimile notices shall be effective when sent and confirmed by return transmission; and mailed notices shall be effective two (2) Business Days after deposit, postage prepaid in the United States mail. Addresses and facsimile numbers for notices may be changed by either party by written notice to the other, given as provided in this Section 9.
10. Bankruptcy Rights. Without limiting the terms of Section 4(a) and Section 6(a) of this Agreement, upon the occurrence of a bankruptcy petition filed for or against any Borrower or any other Loan Party, each Participant agrees that the Participating Lender shall not have any liability to such Participant for, and such Participant waives any claim or objection it may hereafter have against Participating Lender arising out of, (i) Participating Lender’s consent to the use of cash collateral pursuant to Section 363 of the United States Bankruptcy Code (Title 11 U.S.C. 101 et seq., as amended from time to time, the “Bankruptcy Code”), (ii) Participating Lender’s agreement to extend, or Participating Lender’s consent to the extension by another Person of, additional credit to Borrowers or any other Credit Party, as debtor-in-possession, or to a trustee, pursuant to Section 364 of the Bankruptcy Code, (iii) Participating Lender’s consent to a sale or other disposition of any Collateral free and clear of Agent’s Liens under the Bankruptcy Code (including Sections 363, 365 to 1129 of the Bankruptcy Code), (iv) the Agent’s or Participating Lender’s application of payments received in such case, including the application to Obligations accruing after the commencement of such case (including without limitation interest, fees, costs and other charges, whether or not allowed as claims in such case), or (v) Participating Lender’s election made pursuant to Section 1111(b)(2) of the Bankruptcy Code. Neither Agent nor Participating Lender shall have any liability to any Participant in the event that the recovery of the Obligations is less than the full amount of the Obligations. Further, each Participant acknowledges and agrees that in the event Participating Lender desires to provide, or provides, debtor-in-possession financing or cash collateral usage in any voluntary or involuntary bankruptcy case commenced by or against any Loan Party, Agent shall have the sole right to determine the structure of any such debtor-in-possession financing and/or cash collateral usage, including, without limitation, the right to bifurcate the pre-petition Obligations, including solely the last-out portion of the pre-petition obligations evidenced by the Revolving B Advances, in which case, the Revolving B Advances alone may remain as a pre-petition claim and the Lenders’ claims (and each Participant’s Participation Interest) in respect of the Revolving B Advances shall be junior in priority to any such debtor-in-possession financing or cash collateral arrangement provided by or consented to by Agent or any Lender, or, in Agent’s sole discretion, the Revolving B Advances may be a last-out tranche in such debtor-in-possession financing. Each Participant waives any right to object to the foregoing. Each of Participant and Participating Lender acknowledges and agrees that the intercreditor provisions set forth in this Agreement relate solely to the Revolving A Advances and Revolving B Advances under the Credit Agreement and do not amend, modify, waive or otherwise supplement any other intercreditor agreements (including, without limitation, those set forth in that certain Intercreditor Agreement, dated as of August 31, 2017, by and among PNC Bank, National Association, as administrative agent and collateral agent for the first lien secured parties, and Wilmington Savings Fund Society, FSB, as indenture trustee and collateral agent for the second lien secured parties).
11. Miscellaneous.
(a) Entire Agreement; Amendments. This Agreement embodies the entire agreement and understanding among the Agent, the Participating Lender and Participants and supersedes any and all prior agreements and understandings with respect to the subject matter hereof. No amendment, modification, termination, or waiver of any provision of this Agreement will be effective without the written agreement of the Agent, each of the Participating Lenders and Participants.
(b) Other Relationships. The Participating Lender may make loans or otherwise extend credit to, and generally engage in any kind of debtor-creditor relationship with, Borrowers, or any Affiliate of Borrowers, and receive payment on such loans or extensions of credit and otherwise act with respect thereto without accountability to Participants, in the same manner as if this Agreement did not exist. The Agent may also act as agent under the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents, in the same manner as if this Agreement did not exist.
(c) Successors and Assigns.
(i) The Participating Lender may from time to time grant other participations in the Obligations or assign or transfer the Obligations or any portion thereof to any other Person. Except as set forth in Section 15 hereof with respect to sub-participations, no Participant may sell, assign, grant a participation interest in, or otherwise transfer all or any portion of this Agreement or its Participation Interest without the prior written consent of Agent. This Agreement shall be binding upon the parties hereto, and inure to the benefit of their respective successors and Agent’s and Participating Lender’s assignees.
(ii) After all of the Non-Participated Obligations have been paid in full in cash and all commitments to lend under the Credit Agreement have been terminated, Agent and the Participating Lender may, in their sole discretion, and shall, upon the request of the Participants, assign to the Participants all of their respective right, title and interest in, to and under the Obligations, the Credit Agreement and the Other Documents (including, without limitation, all Collateral) in exchange for a complete release from the Participants with respect to any and all obligations of Agent and the Participating Lender arising out of or in connection with any Participation Interest, whereupon this Agreement and any duties or obligations of Agent or Participating Lender hereunder or under the Loan Documents shall terminate.
(d) Severability. Whenever possible, each provision of this Agreement will be interpreted in such a manner as to be effective and valid under applicable law. However, in the event any provision of this Agreement is or is held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable under applicable law, such provision will be ineffective only to the extent of such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability, without invalidating the remainder of such provision or the remaining provisions of this Agreement. In addition, in the event any provision of or obligation under this Agreement is or is held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any jurisdiction, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions or obligations in any other jurisdictions will not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.
(e) Section Titles. Section and subsection titles in this Agreement are included for convenience of reference only and shall have no substantive effect.
(f) Applicable Law. This Agreement shall be construed in all respects in accordance with and governed by the internal laws of the State of New York, without giving effect to any conflicts of laws provisions.
(g) CONSENT TO JURISDICTION. EACH PARTICIPANT HEREBY CONSENTS TO THE JURISDICTION OF ANY STATE OR FEDERAL COURT LOCATED WITHIN THE COUNTY OF NEW YORK, STATE OF NEW YORK AND IRREVOCABLY AGREES THAT, SUBJECT TO AGENT’S ELECTION, ALL ACTIONS OR PROCEEDINGS ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE LITIGATED IN SUCH COURTS. EACH PARTICIPANT EXPRESSLY SUBMITS AND CONSENTS TO THE JURISDICTION OF THE AFORESAID COURTS AND WAIVES ANY DEFENSE OF FORUM NON CONVENIENS. EACH PARTICIPANT HEREBY WAIVES PERSONAL SERVICE OF ANY AND ALL PROCESS AND AGREES THAT ALL SUCH SERVICE OF PROCESS MAY BE MADE UPON IT BY CERTIFIED OR REGISTERED MAIL, RETURN RECEIPT REQUESTED, AT THE ADDRESS SET FORTH IN THIS AGREEMENT AND SERVICE SO MADE SHALL BE COMPLETE TEN (10) DAYS AFTER THE SAME HAS BEEN POSTED.
(h) WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL. EACH PARTICIPANT, THE AGENT AND THE PARTICIPATING LENDER HEREBY WAIVE THEIR RESPECTIVE RIGHTS TO A JURY TRIAL OF ANY CLAIM OR CAUSE OF ACTION BASED UPON OR ARISING OUT OF THIS AGREEMENT. EACH PARTICIPANT, THE AGENT AND THE PARTICIPATING LENDER ACKNOWLEDGE THAT THIS WAIVER IS A MATERIAL INDUCEMENT TO ENTER INTO A BUSINESS RELATIONSHIP, THAT EACH HAS RELIED ON THE WAIVER IN ENTERING INTO THIS AGREEMENT AND THAT EACH WILL CONTINUE TO RELY ON THE WAIVER IN THEIR RELATED FUTURE DEALINGS. EACH PARTICIPANT, THE AGENT AND THE PARTICIPATING LENDER WARRANT AND REPRESENT THAT EACH HAS HAD THE OPPORTUNITY TO REVIEW THIS JURY WAIVER WITH LEGAL COUNSEL, AND THAT EACH KNOWINGLY AND VOLUNTARILY WAIVES ITS JURY TRIAL RIGHTS.
(i) Counterparts. This Agreement and any amendments, waivers, consents or supplements may be executed in any number of counterparts and by different parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which, when so executed and delivered, will be deemed an original and all of which shall together constitute one and the same instrument.
12. Standing. Each Participant acknowledges that it shall not interfere with the exercise by Agent or Participating Lender of any of their respective rights against any Borrower, any other Loan Party, or the Collateral in respect of the Participation Interest. Each Participant acknowledges that, in its capacity as a participant, that such Participant will not have any standing under the Credit Agreement, the Other Documents or otherwise, with respect to the Participation Interest in any bankruptcy case or proceeding involving any Loan Party.
13. Confidentiality. Each Participant agrees that it shall not disclose the existence of this Agreement, or disseminate any information not publicly available or previously made available by any other Person not in violation of the Credit Agreement or any Other Document regarding Borrowers, any other Loan Party, any of the Collateral, the Credit Agreement or any of the Other Documents to any Person (other than the Borrower and its subsidiaries (and any officers, employees, Specified Junior Lien Debt Holders (as defined below), affiliates, accountants, counsel and other representatives thereof), any Participant and its fund managers and co-managed funds, and the respective shareholders, affiliates, investors, partners, directors, officers, employees, accountants, counsel and other representatives or regulatory authorities having jurisdiction over any of the foregoing or pursuant to subpoena, court order or the like) without the Agent’s prior written consent.
14. Bankruptcy Issues. This Agreement shall apply in all respects both prior to and, to the extent permissible under applicable law, during the pendency of any proceedings under the Bankruptcy Code.
15. Sub-Participations. The parties hereto acknowledge and agree that each of the Participants party hereto may sub-participate all or a portion of its Participation Interest to (a) any of its affiliates or funds managed by the same investment manager, and (b) the Specified Junior Lien Debt Holders; provided that Participants provide Participating Lender with written notice of any sub-participation, and with respect to any sub-participation contemplated by clause (b) of this Section, Agent has received such information and documentation as may reasonably be requested by Agent from time to time for purposes of compliance with the USA Patriot Act and other “know your customer” and anti-money laundering rules and regulations, and any policy or procedure implemented by Agent or Participating Lender, to comply therewith. Additionally, the Participants agree among themselves that if any Specified Junior Lien Debt Holder desires to purchase sub-participations in the Participation Interests held by a Participant, and any Participant desires to sell a sub-participation in its Participation Interest to such Specified Junior Lien Debt Holder, such Participant shall inform all other Participants of such proposed sub-participation and allow each other Participant to participate on a pro rata basis (based on the amount of the respective Participation Interest) in such sub-participation to the extent that they desire to do so.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.
AGENT AND PARTICIPATING LENDER: | ||
PNC BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION | ||
By: | ||
Name: | ||
Title: | ||
PNC Bank, National Association
200 South Wacker Drive, Suite 600 Chicago, Illinois 60606 Attention: Account Manager – A.M. Castle Telephone: (312) 454-2935 Facsimile: (312) 454-2919 |
||
With a copy to: | ||
Goldberg Kohn Ltd.
55 East Monroe Street, Suite 3300 Chicago, Illinois 60603 Attention: Jeffrey Dunlop, Esq. Danielle Wildern Juhle, Esq. Telephone: (312) 201-4000 Facsimile: (312) 863-7828 |
Signature Page to Subordinated Last-Out Participation Agreement
PARTICIPANTS: | ||
SGF, LLC | ||
By: | ||
Name: | ||
Title: | ||
30 N. LaSalle Street, Suite 1232
Chicago IL 60602 Facsimile No.: 312-726-3143 E-mail: Tim@simpsonestates.com Attention: Timothy Crenshaw, Vice President, Controller & Treasurer |
Signature Page to Subordinated Last-Out Participation Agreement
1992 MSF INTERNATIONAL LTD.
By: Highbridge Capital Management, LLC, as Trading Manager |
||
By: | ||
Name: | ||
Title: |
1992 TACTICAL CREDIT MASTER FUND, L.P.
By: Highbridge Capital Management, LLC, as Trading Manager |
||
By: | ||
Name: | ||
Title: | ||
Highbridge Capital Management, LLC
40 West 57th Street – 32nd Floor New York NY 10019 E-mail: damon.meyer@highbridge.com;
jonathan.segal@highbridge.com
Attention: Damon Meyer; Jonathan Segal
|
Signature Page to Subordinated Last-Out Participation Agreement
WHITEBOX ASYMMETRIC PARTNERS, LP | ||
By: | ||
Name: | ||
Title: |
WHITEBOX CREDIT PARTNERS, LP | ||
By: | ||
Name: | ||
Title: |
WHITEBOX GT FUND, LP | ||
By: | ||
Name: | ||
Title: |
WHITEBOX MULTI-STRATEGY PARTNERS, LP | ||
By: | ||
Name: | ||
Title: |
PANDORA SELECT PARTNERS, LP | ||
By: | ||
Name: | ||
Title: | ||
Whitebox Advisors LLC
3033 Excelsior Boulevard, Suite 300 Minneapolis, MN 55416 E-mail: cdelano@whiteboxadvisors.com; jmercer@whiteboxadvisors.com Attention: Cindy Chen Delano, Senior Legal Analyst;
Jake Mercer, Senior Portfolio Manager
|
Signature Page to Subordinated Last-Out Participation Agreement
EXHIBIT 1
PARTICIPATION INTEREST
Participating Lender |
Participant |
Participation Interest |
Percentage of
Revolving B Advances Funded on First Amendment Effective Date |
PNC Bank, National Association |
SGF, LLC | $3,716,693.00 | 20.65% |
PNC Bank, National Association |
1992 MSF International Ltd. | $5,082,049.00 | 28.23% |
PNC Bank, National Association |
1992 Tactical Credit Master Fund, L.P. |
$2,330,000.00 | 12.94% |
PNC Bank, National Association |
Whitebox Asymmetric Partners, LP |
$1,996,787.57 | 11.09% |
PNC Bank, National Association |
Whitebox Credit Partners, LP | $744,157.24 | 4.14% |
PNC Bank, National Association |
Whitebox GT Fund, LP | $121,621.27 | 0.68% |
PNC Bank, National Association |
Whitebox Multi-Strategy Partners, LP |
$3,338,744.26 | 18.55% |
PNC Bank, National Association |
Pandora Select Partners, LP | $669,947.66 | 3.72% |
Total Participation: |
$18,000,000 |
100% |
WIRE INSTRUCTIONS:
Bank Name: PNC BANK, N.A.
ABA: 043000096
Account Name: WIRE SUSPENSE - AGENCY SERVICES
Account# 130760017005
Reference: A.M. Castle
FIRST LIEN AGENT:
|
||
PNC Bank, National Association,
|
||
as First Lien Agent
|
||
By:
|
||
Name:
|
|
|
Title:
|
|
SECOND LIEN AGENT:
|
||
Wilmington Savings Fund Society, FSB,
|
||
as Second Lien Agent
|
||
By:
|
||
Name:
|
||
Title:
|
|
GRANTORS:
|
|
|
||
|
A.M. CASTLE & CO.
|
|
|
||
|
By:
|
|
|
Name:
|
|
|
Title:
|
|
|
||
|
||
|
TOTAL PLASTICS, INC.
|
|
|
||
|
By:
|
|
|
Name:
|
|
|
Title:
|
|
|
||
|
||
|
HY-ALLOY STEELS COMPANY
|
|
|
||
|
By:
|
|
|
Name:
|
|
|
Title:
|
|
|
||
|
||
|
KEYSTONE TUBE COMPANY, LLC
|
|
|
||
|
By:
|
|
|
Name:
|
|
|
Title:
|
|
|
||
|
||
|
KEYSTONE SERVICE, INC.
|
|
|
||
|
By:
|
|
|
Name:
|
|
|
Title:
|
|
|
A.M. CASTLE & CO. (CANADA) INC.
|
||
By:
|
||
Name:
|
||
Title:
|
||
CASTLE METALS DE MEXICO, S.A. DE C.V.
|
||
By:
|
||
Name:
|
||
Title:
|
||
CASTLE METALS DE MEXICALI, S.A. DE C.V.
|
||
By:
|
||
Name:
|
||
Title:
|
FIRST LIEN AGENT:
|
||
PNC Bank, National Association,
|
||
as First Lien Agent
|
||
By:
|
||
Name:
|
||
Title:
|
SECOND LIEN AGENT:
|
||
Wilmington Savings Fund Society, FSB,
|
||
as Second Lien Agent
|
||
By:
|
||
Name:
|
||
`
|
Title:
|
GRANTORS:
|
||
A.M. CASTLE & CO.
|
||
By:
|
||
Name:
|
||
Title:
|
||
TOTAL PLASTICS, INC.
|
||
By:
|
||
Name:
|
||
Title:
|
||
HY-ALLOY STEELS COMPANY
|
||
By:
|
||
Name:
|
||
Title:
|
||
KEYSTONE TUBE COMPANY, LLC
|
||
By:
|
||
Name:
|
||
Title:
|
||
KEYSTONE SERVICE, INC.
|
||
By:
|
||
Name:
|
||
Title:
|
A.M. CASTLE & CO. (CANADA) INC.
|
||
By:
|
||
Name:
|
||
Title:
|
||
CASTLE METALS DE MEXICO, S.A. DE C.V.
|
||
By:
|
||
Name:
|
||
Title:
|
||
CASTLE METALS DE MEXICALI, S.A. DE C.V.
|
||
By:
|
||
Name:
|
||
Title:
|
BORROWERS:
|
||||
A.M. CASTLE & CO.
|
||||
TOTAL PLASTICS, INC.
|
||||
HY-ALLOY STEELS COMPANY
|
||||
KEYSTONE TUBE COMPANY, LLC
|
||||
KEYSTONE SERVICE, INC.
|
||||
Each By:
|
||||
Name:
|
||||
Title:
|
||||
GUARANTORS:
|
||||
A.M. CASTLE & CO. (CANADA) INC.
|
||||
By:
|
||||
Name:
|
||||
Title:
|
||||
CASTLE METALS DE MEXICO, S.A. DE C.V.
|
||||
CASTLE METALS DE MEXICALI, S.A. DE C.V.
|
||||
Each By:
|
||||
Name:
|
||||
Title:
|
AGENT AND LENDERS:
|
|||
PNC BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,
|
|||
as Agent and the sole Lender
|
|||
By:
|
|||
Name: Dennis W. Cloud
|
|||
Title: Vice President
|
|
A. |
PNC Bank, National Association (“PNC” or “Lender”),
|
|
B. |
A.M. Castle & Co. (“AMC”)
|
|
A. |
US Counsel to Agent:
|
|
B. |
US Counsel to Borrowers and Guarantors:
|
|
A. |
Loan Documents
|
|
1. |
Amendment No. 2 to Revolving Credit and Security Agreement
|
|
B. |
2017 Indenture Documents
|
|
1. |
Amendment No. 2 to 2017 Intercreditor Agreement
|
|
2. |
Supplemental Indenture and Amendment No. 2 to 2017 Indenture
|
|
3. |
General Collateral Termination Letter
|
|
C. |
Junior Lien Documents
|
|
1. |
Junior Lien Indenture
|
|
2. |
Pledge and Security Agreement
|
|
3. |
Intercreditor Agreement
|
|
D. |
Other Documents
|
|
1. |
Resolutions of Borrowers and US Guarantors
|
I.
|
DEFINITIONS
|
1
|
|
1.1
|
Accounting Terms
|
1
|
|
1.2
|
General Terms
|
2
|
|
1.3
|
Uniform Commercial Code Terms
|
52
|
|
1.4
|
Certain Matters of Construction
|
53
|
|
1.5
|
Currency Matters
|
54
|
|
1.6
|
Québec Matters
|
55
|
|
1.7
|
LIBOR Notification
|
56
|
|
II.
|
ADVANCES, PAYMENTS
|
56
|
|
2.1
|
Revolving Advances
|
56
|
|
2.2
|
Procedure for Borrowing Revolving Advances
|
58
|
|
2.3
|
Disbursement of Advance Proceeds
|
60
|
|
2.4
|
Maximum Advances
|
60
|
|
2.5
|
Repayment of Advances
|
61
|
|
2.6
|
Repayment of Excess Advances
|
61
|
|
2.7
|
Statement of Account
|
62
|
|
2.8
|
Letters of Credit and Acceptances
|
62
|
|
2.9
|
Issuance of Letters of Credit; Creation of Acceptances
|
63
|
|
2.10
|
Requirements For Issuance of Letters of Credit and Acceptances
|
65
|
|
2.11
|
Disbursements, Reimbursement
|
65
|
|
2.12
|
Repayment of Participation Advances
|
67
|
|
2.13
|
Documentation
|
67
|
|
2.14
|
Determination to Honor Drawing Request
|
67
|
3.12
|
Withholding Tax Exemption
|
88
|
|
3.13
|
Replacement of Lenders
|
89
|
|
3.14
|
Successor Eurodollar Rate
|
89
|
|
IV.
|
COLLATERAL; GENERAL TERMS
|
92
|
|
4.1
|
Security Interest in the Collateral
|
92
|
|
4.2
|
Perfection of Security Interest
|
92
|
|
4.3
|
Disposition of Collateral
|
93
|
|
4.4
|
Preservation of Collateral
|
93
|
|
4.5
|
Ownership of Collateral
|
94
|
|
4.6
|
Defense of Agent’s and Lenders’ Interests
|
95
|
|
4.7
|
Books and Records
|
95
|
|
4.8
|
Financial Disclosure
|
95
|
|
4.9
|
Compliance with Laws
|
96
|
|
4.10
|
Inspection of Premises
|
96
|
|
4.11
|
Insurance
|
96
|
|
4.12
|
Failure to Pay Insurance
|
97
|
|
4.13
|
Appraisals
|
97
|
|
4.14
|
Payment of Leasehold Obligations
|
97
|
|
4.15
|
Receivables
|
98
|
|
4.16
|
Inventory
|
100
|
|
4.17
|
Maintenance of Equipment
|
101
|
|
4.18
|
Exculpation of Liability
|
101
|
|
4.19
|
Financing Statements
|
101
|
|
V.
|
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES
|
101
|
|
5.1
|
Organization Status
|
101
|
5.2
|
Power, Authority and Enforceability
|
102
|
|
5.3
|
No Violation
|
102
|
|
5.4
|
Approvals
|
102
|
|
5.5
|
Financial Statements; Solvency
|
102
|
|
5.6
|
Litigation
|
103
|
|
5.7
|
True and Complete Disclosure
|
104
|
|
5.8
|
Margin Regulations
|
104
|
|
5.9
|
Tax Returns and Payments
|
104
|
|
5.10
|
Compliance with ERISA
|
104
|
|
5.11
|
Perfected Liens and Property Rights
|
106
|
|
5.12
|
Properties
|
106
|
|
5.13
|
Subsidiaries
|
106
|
|
5.14
|
Compliance with Statutes, etc.
|
107
|
|
5.15
|
Investment Company Act
|
107
|
|
5.16
|
Environmental Matters
|
107
|
|
5.17
|
Employment and Labor Relations
|
108
|
|
5.18
|
Intellectual Property, Etc.
|
108
|
|
5.19
|
Insurance
|
108
|
|
5.20
|
Survival of Representations and Warranties
|
108
|
|
5.21
|
Entity Names
|
109
|
|
5.22
|
Swaps
|
109
|
|
5.23
|
Junior Lien Debt
|
109
|
|
5.24
|
Flood Insurance
|
109
|
|
5.25
|
Confirmed Plan
|
110
|
|
5.26
|
Commercial Tort Claims
|
110
|
5.27
|
Material Contracts
|
110
|
|
5.28
|
Certificate of Beneficial Ownership/Controlling Party
|
110
|
|
VI.
|
AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS
|
110
|
|
6.1
|
Information Covenants
|
110
|
|
6.2
|
Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio
|
110
|
|
6.3
|
Reserved
|
110
|
|
6.4
|
Existence
|
110
|
|
6.5
|
Compliance with Statutes, etc.
|
111
|
|
6.6
|
Compliance with Environmental Laws
|
111
|
|
6.7
|
Business
|
111
|
|
6.8
|
Payment of Taxes and Other Obligations
|
111
|
|
6.9
|
Employee Benefits
|
112
|
|
6.10
|
Additional Subsidiaries
|
113
|
|
6.11
|
Further Assurances
|
113
|
|
6.12
|
Unfinanced Capital Expenditures
|
114
|
|
6.13
|
Payment of Fees
|
114
|
|
6.14
|
Violations
|
114
|
|
6.15
|
Standards of Financial Statements
|
115
|
|
6.16
|
Assignment of Export Related Letters of Credit
|
115
|
|
6.17
|
Trade Letters of Credit
|
115
|
|
6.18
|
International Trade Compliance
|
115
|
|
6.19
|
Keepwell
|
115
|
|
6.20
|
Post-Closing Covenants
|
116
|
|
6.21
|
Certificate of Beneficial Ownership/Controlling Party and Other Additional Information
|
117
|
|
6.22
|
Advisor
|
118
|
VII.
|
NEGATIVE COVENANTS
|
118
|
|
7.1
|
Liens
|
118
|
|
7.2
|
Consolidation, Merger or Sale of Assets, Etc.
|
121
|
|
7.3
|
Restricted Payments
|
123
|
|
7.4
|
Indebtedness
|
124
|
|
7.5
|
Investments
|
126
|
|
7.6
|
Transactions with Affiliates
|
128
|
|
7.7
|
Modifications of Certain Agreements; Limitations on Voluntary Payments, etc.
|
129
|
|
7.8
|
Limitation on Certain Restrictions on Subsidiaries
|
129
|
|
7.9
|
Change in Nature of Business
|
130
|
|
7.10
|
Fiscal Year and Accounting Changes
|
130
|
|
7.11
|
Membership/Partnership Interests
|
130
|
|
7.12
|
Other Agreements
|
131
|
|
7.13
|
Real Estate Matters
|
131
|
|
VIII.
|
CONDITIONS PRECEDENT
|
131
|
|
8.1
|
Conditions to Effectiveness of this Agreement
|
131
|
|
8.2
|
Conditions to Each Advance
|
135
|
|
8.3
|
Conditions to Addition of an Applicant Borrower
|
136
|
|
IX.
|
INFORMATION AS TO LOAN PARTIES
|
138
|
|
9.1
|
Disclosure of Material Matters
|
139
|
|
9.2
|
Certificates
|
139
|
|
9.3
|
Environmental Reports
|
139
|
|
9.4
|
Litigation
|
140
|
|
9.5
|
Material Occurrences
|
140
|
|
9.6
|
Government Receivables
|
140
|
9.7
|
Annual Financial Statements
|
140
|
|
9.8
|
Quarterly Financial Statements
|
141
|
|
9.9
|
Monthly Financial Statements
|
141
|
|
9.10
|
Other Reports
|
142
|
|
9.11
|
Additional Information
|
142
|
|
9.12
|
Projected Operating Budget
|
142
|
|
9.13
|
Variances From Operating Budget
|
142
|
|
9.14
|
Notice of Suits, Adverse Events
|
142
|
|
9.15
|
ERISA Notices and Requests
|
143
|
|
9.16
|
Bank Statements
|
143
|
|
9.17
|
Additional Documents
|
143
|
|
X.
|
EVENTS OF DEFAULT
|
143
|
|
10.1
|
Payments
|
143
|
|
10.2
|
Representations
|
143
|
|
10.3
|
Covenants
|
144
|
|
10.4
|
Default Under Other Agreements
|
144
|
|
10.5
|
Bankruptcy, etc.
|
144
|
|
10.6
|
ERISA
|
145
|
|
10.7
|
Security Documents
|
145
|
|
10.8
|
Guarantees
|
146
|
|
10.9
|
Judgments
|
146
|
|
10.10
|
Material Adverse Effect. Any Material Adverse Effect occurs;
|
146
|
|
10.11
|
Lien Priority
|
146
|
|
10.12
|
Invalidity of Loan Documents
|
146
|
|
10.13
|
Breach of Guaranty or Pledge Agreement
|
146
|
14.11
|
No Reliance on Agent’s Customer Identification Program
|
156
|
|
14.12
|
Other Agreements
|
157
|
|
14.13
|
Collateral Matters
|
157
|
|
14.14
|
Field Examination Reports; Confidentiality; Disclaimers by Lenders; Other Reports and Information
|
158
|
|
14.15
|
Several Obligations; No Liability
|
160
|
|
14.16
|
Bank Product Providers
|
160
|
|
XV.
|
BORROWING AGENCY
|
161
|
|
15.1
|
Borrowing Agency Provisions
|
161
|
|
15.2
|
Waiver of Subrogation
|
163
|
|
XVI.
|
MISCELLANEOUS
|
163
|
|
16.1
|
Governing Law
|
163
|
|
16.2
|
Entire Understanding
|
164
|
|
16.3
|
Successors and Assigns; Participations; New Lenders
|
167
|
|
16.4
|
Application of Payments
|
170
|
|
16.5
|
Indemnity
|
170
|
|
16.6
|
Notice
|
171
|
|
16.7
|
Survival
|
173
|
|
16.8
|
Severability
|
173
|
|
16.9
|
Expenses
|
173
|
|
16.10
|
Injunctive Relief
|
174
|
|
16.11
|
Consequential Damages
|
174
|
|
16.12
|
Captions
|
174
|
|
16.13
|
Counterparts; Facsimile Signatures
|
174
|
|
16.14
|
Construction
|
174
|
|
16.15
|
Confidentiality; Sharing Information
|
175
|
16.16
|
Publicity
|
175
|
|
16.17
|
Certifications From Banks and Participants; US PATRIOT Act
|
175
|
|
16.18
|
Canadian Anti-Money Laundering Legislation
|
176
|
|
16.19
|
Anti-Terrorism Laws
|
176
|
Annex
|
|
Annex A
|
Revolver Commitment Percentages
|
Exhibits
|
|
Exhibit 1.2(a)
|
Borrowing Base Certificate
|
Exhibit 1.2(c)
|
Compliance Certificate
|
Exhibit 2.1(a)
|
Revolving Credit Note
|
Exhibit 2.2(b)
|
Participation Agreement
|
Exhibit 2.24(d)
|
Swing Note
|
Exhibit 16.3
|
Commitment Transfer Supplement
|
Schedules
|
|
Schedule 1.1(b)
|
Mortgaged Properties
|
Schedule 4.5
|
Location of Equipment and Inventory
|
Schedule 4.15(h)
|
Accounts
|
Schedule 4.19
|
Financing Statements
|
Schedule 5.9
|
Tax Identification Number
|
Schedule 5.10
|
ERISA
|
Schedule 5.12
|
Properties
|
Schedule 5.13
|
Subsidiaries
|
Schedule 5.16
|
Environmental Matters
|
Schedule 5.19
|
Insurance
|
Schedule 5.21
|
Corporate Names; Mergers
|
Schedule 5.26
|
Commercial Tort Claims
|
Schedule 5.27
|
Material Contracts
|
Schedule 7.1
|
Existing Liens
|
Schedule 7.4(b)
|
Existing Indebtedness
|
Schedule 7.5(c)
|
Existing Investments
|
Schedule 7.6(f)
|
Existing Affiliate Transactions
|
Schedule 7.8(c)
|
Existing Restrictive Agreements
|
Tier
|
Average Daily Excess
Availability |
Applicable
Eurodollar Rate Margin |
Applicable Domestic
Rate Margin |
I
|
greater than 66⅔% of the Maximum Revolving A Advance Amount
|
2.00%
|
1.00%
|
Tier
|
Average Daily Excess
Availability |
Applicable
Eurodollar Rate Margin |
Applicable Domestic
Rate Margin |
II
|
greater than 33⅓% of the Maximum Revolving A Advance Amount and less than or equal to the greater of 66⅔% of the Maximum Revolving A Advance Amount
|
2.25%
|
1.25%
|
III
|
less than or equal to 33⅓% of the Maximum Revolving A Advance Amount
|
2.50%
|
1.50%
|
Month Ending
|
Debt Payments
|
Cash Income Taxes
Paid |
|
January 31, 2017
|
$250,000
|
$83,000
|
$0
|
February 28, 2017
|
$228,000
|
$428,000
|
$0
|
March 31, 2017
|
$264,000
|
$585,000
|
$0
|
April 30, 2017
|
$254,000
|
$315,000
|
$10,000
|
May 31, 2017
|
$271,000
|
$293,000
|
$55,000
|
June 30, 2017
|
$272,000
|
$560,000
|
$0
|
July 31, 2017
|
$271,000
|
$340,000
|
$0
|
“Foreign Benefit Event” shall mean, with respect to any Foreign Pension Plan, (a) the existence of unfunded liabilities in excess of the amount permitted under any Applicable Law, (b) the failure to make required contributions or payments, under any Applicable Law, on or before the due date for such contributions or payments, (c) the incurrence of any liability in excess of $500,000 by Castle or any Subsidiary under Applicable Law on account of the complete or partial termination of a Foreign Pension Plan or the complete or partial withdrawal of any participating employer therein, or (d) the occurrence of any transaction that is prohibited under any Applicable Law and that has resulted or could reasonably be expected to result in the incurrence of any liability by Castle or any of the Subsidiaries, or the imposition on Castle or any of the Subsidiaries of any fine, excise tax or penalty resulting from any noncompliance with any Applicable Law, in each case in excess of $500,000.
“Foreign Currency Hedge” shall mean any foreign exchange transaction, including spot and forward foreign currency purchases and sales, listed or over-the-counter options on foreign currencies, non-deliverable forwards and options, foreign currency swap agreements, currency exchange rate price hedging arrangements, and any other similar transaction providing for the purchase of one currency in exchange for the sale of another currency entered into by any Borrower, Guarantor and/or any of their respective Subsidiaries.
“Foreign Currency Hedge Liabilities” shall have the meaning assigned in the definition of Lender-Provided Foreign Currency Hedge.
“Foreign Pension Plan” shall mean any benefit plan that under Applicable Law other than the laws of the United States, Canada, or any political subdivision thereof, is required to be funded through a trust or other funding vehicle other than a trust or funding vehicle maintained exclusively by a Governmental Body.
“Foreign Subsidiary” of any Person, shall mean any Subsidiary of such Person that is not organized or incorporated in the United States of America or any State or territory thereof or the District of Columbia.
“Formula Amount” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.1(a).
“GAAP” shall mean generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America in effect from time to time and, as applicable to the Mexican Loan Parties, the NIFs. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, any lease that is treated as an operating lease for purposes of GAAP as of December 14, 2018 shall not be treated as Indebtedness or as a Capitalized Lease Obligation and shall continue to be treated as an operating lease (and any future lease, if it were in effect on December 14, 2018, that would be treated as an operating lease for purposes of GAAP as of December 14, 2018 shall be treated as an operating lease), in each case for purposes of this Agreement or any documented related thereto, notwithstanding any actual or proposed change in GAAP after December 14, 2018.
“General Intangibles” shall mean and include as to each Loan Party all of such Loan Party’s general intangibles and “intangibles” (as defined in the PPSA), whether now owned or hereafter acquired, including all payment intangibles, all choses in action, causes of action, corporate or other business records, inventions, designs, patents, patent applications, equipment formulations, manufacturing procedures, quality control procedures, trademarks, trademark applications, service marks, trade secrets, goodwill, copyrights, design rights, software, computer information, source codes, codes, records and updates, registrations, licenses, franchises, customer lists, tax refunds, tax refund claims, computer programs, all claims under guaranties, security interests or other security held by or granted to such Loan Party to secure payment of any of the Receivables by a Customer (other than to the extent covered by Receivables) all rights of indemnification and all other intangible property of every kind and nature (other than Receivables).
“Governmental Acts” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.16.
“Governmental Body” shall mean any nation or government, any state, province, or other political subdivision thereof or any entity, authority, agency, division or department exercising the legislative, judicial, regulatory or administrative functions of or pertaining to a government.
“Gross Formula Amount” shall mean the Formula Amount (without giving effect to clause (iv) thereof).
“Guarantor” or “Guarantors” shall mean, singularly or collectively, as the context may require, all Persons who may hereafter guarantee payment or performance of the whole or any part of the Obligations and shall extend to all permitted successors and assigns of such Persons.
“Guaranty” shall mean any guaranty or guarantee of all or any part of the obligations of Borrowers executed by a Guarantor in favor of Agent for its benefit and for the ratable benefit of Lenders, in form and substance satisfactory to Agent, in each case together with all amendments, supplements, modifications, substitutions and replacements thereto and thereof, and “Guarantees” means collectively, all such Guarantees.
“Hazardous Materials” shall mean (a) any petroleum products, derivatives or byproducts and all other hydrocarbons, coal ash, radon gas, lead, asbestos and asbestos-containing materials, toxic mold, urea formaldehyde foam insulation, polychlorinated biphenyls, infectious or medical wastes and chlorofluorocarbons and all other ozone-depleting substances, (b) any pollutant, contaminant, waste or chemical or any toxic, radioactive, ignitable, corrosive, reactive or otherwise hazardous substance, waste or material, or any substance, waste or material having any constituent elements displaying any of the foregoing characteristics, (c) any substance, waste or material that is prohibited, limited or regulated by or pursuant to or which can form the basis for liability under any Environmental Law, and (d) Hazardous Wastes.
“Hazardous Wastes” shall mean all waste materials subject to regulation under CERCLA, RCRA, the Environmental Protection Act (Ontario) (the “EPA”), the Canadian Environmental Protection Act (“CEPA”) or applicable state or provincial law, and any other applicable Federal, state, and provincial laws now in force or hereafter enacted relating to hazardous waste disposal.
“Hedge Liabilities” shall mean collectively, the Foreign Currency Hedge Liabilities and the Interest Rate Hedge Liabilities.
“Hedging Agreement” shall mean any interest rate protection agreement, foreign currency exchange agreement, commodity price protection agreement or other interest or currency exchange rate or commodity price hedging arrangement, including any interest or exchange rate exposure management agreement or arrangement in respect of Canadian dollars, U.S. dollars, or any other currency in which a Loan Party is doing business.
“Indebtedness” of any Person shall mean, without duplication, (a) all obligations of such Person for borrowed money or with respect to deposits or advances of any kind, (b) all obligations of such Person evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes or similar instruments, (c) all obligations of such Person upon which interest charges are customarily paid, (d) all obligations of such Person under conditional sale or other title retention agreements relating to property or assets purchased by such Person, (e) all obligations of such Person issued or assumed as the deferred purchase price of property or services, including all earn-out obligations (excluding trade accounts payable and accrued obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business), (f) all Indebtedness of others secured by (or for which the holder of such Indebtedness has an existing right, contingent or otherwise, to be secured by) any Lien on property owned or acquired by such Person, whether or not the obligations secured thereby have been assumed, (g) all Guarantees by such Person of Indebtedness of others, (h) all Capitalized Lease Obligations of such Person, (i) net obligations of such Person under any Hedging Agreements, valued at the Agreement Value thereof, (j) all obligations of such Person to purchase, redeem, retire, defease or otherwise make any payment in respect of any Equity Interests of such Person or any other Person or any warrants, rights or options to acquire such equity interests, valued, in the case of redeemable preferred interests, at the greater of its voluntary or involuntary liquidation preference plus accrued and unpaid dividends, (k) all obligations of such Person as an account party in respect of letters of credit and (l) all obligations of such Person in respect of banker’s acceptances. The Indebtedness of any Person shall include the Indebtedness of any partnership in which such Person is a general partner.
“Indemnified Taxes” shall mean all Taxes except Excluded Taxes.
“Insolvency Event” shall mean, with respect to any Person, including without limitation any Lender, such Person or such Person’s direct or indirect parent company (a) becomes the subject of a bankruptcy or insolvency proceeding (including any proceeding under Title 11 of the United States Code or other Debtor Relief Law), or regulatory restrictions, (b) has had a receiver, interim receiver, monitor, conservator, trustee, administrator, custodian, assignee for the benefit of creditors or similar Person charged with the reorganization or liquidation of its business appointed for it or has called a meeting of its creditors, (c) admits in writing its inability, or be generally unable, to pay its debts as they become due or cease operations of its present business, (d) with respect to a Lender, such Lender is unable to perform hereunder due to the application of Applicable Law, or (e) in the good faith determination of Agent, has taken any action in furtherance of, or indicating its consent to, approval of, or acquiescence in, any such proceeding or appointment of a type described in clauses (a) or (b), provided that an Insolvency Event shall not result solely by virtue of any ownership interest, or the acquisition of any ownership interest, in such Person or such Person’s direct or indirect parent company by a Governmental Body or instrumentality thereof if, and only if, such ownership interest does not result in or provide such Person with immunity from the jurisdiction of courts within the United States or from the enforcement of judgments or writs of attachment on its assets or permit such Person (or such Governmental Body or instrumentality) to reject, repudiate, disavow or disaffirm any contracts or agreements made by such Person.
“Intellectual Property” shall mean property constituting under any Applicable Law a patent, patent application, copyright, trademark, service mark, trade name, mask work, trade secret or license or other right to use any of the foregoing.
“Intellectual Property Claim” shall mean the assertion by any Person of a claim (whether asserted in writing, by action, suit or proceeding or otherwise) that any Loan Party’s ownership, use, marketing, sale or distribution of any Inventory, Equipment, Intellectual Property or other property or asset is violative of any ownership of or right to use any Intellectual Property of such Person.
“Intercompany Debt” shall mean any Indebtedness, now existing or hereafter incurred, owed by any Loan Party or its Subsidiary to any other Loan Party or Subsidiary.
“Intercompany Loan” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 7.5(h).
“Intercreditor Agreement” shall mean that certain Intercreditor and Subordination Agreement, dated as of the Second Amendment Effective Date, by and among Agent and Junior Lien Agent, as amended, supplemented, restated, or otherwise modified from time to time.
“Interest Period” shall mean the period provided for any Eurodollar Rate Loan pursuant to Section 2.2(b).
“Interest Rate Hedge” shall mean an interest rate exchange, collar, cap, swap, adjustable strike cap, adjustable strike corridor or similar agreements entered into by any Loan Party or its Subsidiaries in order to provide protection to, or minimize the impact upon, such Loan Party and/or its Subsidiaries of increasing floating rates of interest applicable to Indebtedness.
“Interest Rate Hedge Liabilities” shall have the meaning assigned in the definition of Lender-Provided Interest Rate Hedge.
“Inventory” shall mean and include as to each Loan Party all of such Loan Party’s now owned or hereafter acquired goods, merchandise and other personal property, wherever located, to be furnished under any consignment arrangement, contract of service or held for sale or lease, all raw materials, work in process, finished goods and materials and supplies of any kind, nature or description which are or might be used or consumed in such Loan Party’s business or used in selling or furnishing such goods, merchandise and other personal property, and all documents of title or other documents representing them.
“Investment” shall mean, as to any Person, any direct or indirect acquisition or investment by such Person, whether by means of (a) the purchase or other acquisition of Equity Interests or Indebtedness or other securities of another Person, (b) a loan, advance or capital contribution to, Guarantee or assumption of Indebtedness of, or purchase or other acquisition of any other Indebtedness or equity participation or interest in, another Person, including any partnership or joint venture interest in such other Person or (c) the purchase or other acquisition (in one transaction or a series of transactions) of all or substantially all of the property and assets or business of another Person or assets constituting a business unit, line of business or division of such Person. For purposes of compliance with Section 7.5, the amount of any Investment shall be the amount actually invested, without adjustment for subsequent increases or decreases in the value of such Investment but giving effect to any returns or distributions of capital or repayment of principal actually received in cash by such Person with respect thereto, whether by disposition, return on capital, dividend or otherwise.
“Investment Property” shall mean and include as to each Loan Party, all of such Loan Party’s now owned or hereafter acquired securities (whether certificated or uncertificated), securities entitlements, securities accounts, commodities contracts and commodities accounts.
“IP Rights” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 5.18.
“ISP98 Rules” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.9(b).
“Issuer” shall mean any Person who issues a Letter of Credit pursuant to the terms hereof and/or accepts a draft pursuant to the terms hereof.
“Joinder” shall mean a joinder by a Person as a Borrower or a Guarantor under this Agreement and the Other Documents in form and substance satisfactory to Agent in its sole and reasonable discretion.
“Junior Lien Agent” shall mean Wilmington Savings Fund Society, FSB, in its capacity as Trustee and Collateral Agent for the holders of the Junior Lien Debt.
“Junior Lien Debt” shall mean the obligations under the “Notes” as defined in the Junior Lien Indenture and any other Indebtedness incurred from time to time under the Junior Lien Documents to the extent such Indebtedness and any Liens securing such Indebtedness are incurred in accordance with the Intercreditor Agreement.
“Junior Lien Documents” shall mean the Junior Lien Indenture, the other “Notes Documents” as defined in the Junior Lien Indenture and the Intercreditor Agreement.
“Junior Lien Indenture” shall mean that certain Indenture dated as of the Second Amendment Effective Date, among Company, the guarantors party thereto, and Junior Lien Agent, as amended, supplemented, or otherwise modified from time to time.
“Lender” and “Lenders” shall have the meaning ascribed to such term in the preamble to this Agreement and shall include each Person which becomes a transferee, successor or assign of any Lender. For the purpose of any provision of this Agreement or any Other Document which provides for the granting of a security interest or other Lien to the Agent for the benefit of Lenders as security for the Obligations, “Lenders” shall include any Affiliate of a Lender to which such Obligation (specifically including any Hedge Liabilities and any Cash Management Liabilities) is owed.
“Lender-Provided Foreign Currency Hedge” shall mean a Foreign Currency Hedge which is provided by any Lender and for which such Lender confirms to Agent in writing prior to the execution thereof that it: (a) is documented in a standard International Swap Dealers Association, Inc. Master Agreement or another reasonable and customary manner; (b) provides for the method of calculating the reimbursable amount of the provider’s credit exposure in a reasonable and customary manner; and (c) is entered into for hedging (rather than speculative) purposes. The liabilities owing to the provider of any Lender-Provided Foreign Currency Hedge (the “Foreign Currency Hedge Liabilities”) by any Borrower or any Guarantor that is party to such Lender-Provided Foreign Currency Hedge shall, for purposes of this Agreement and all Other Documents be Obligations hereunder, and otherwise treated as Obligations for purposes of the Other Documents, except to the extent constituting Excluded Hedge Liabilities of such Person, but only so long as such provider (if not PNC or an Affiliate of PNC) has notified Agent in writing of such Lender-Provided Foreign Currency Hedge within ten (10) days of such agreement or arrangement.
“Lender-Provided Interest Rate Hedge” shall mean an Interest Rate Hedge which is provided by any Lender and with respect to which Agent confirms meets the following requirements: such Interest Rate Hedge (i) is documented in a standard International Swap Dealer Association Agreement or other similar agreement acceptable to Agent in its sole and reasonable discretion, (ii) provides for the method of calculating the reimbursable amount of the provider’s credit exposure in a reasonable and customary manner, and (iii) is entered into for hedging (rather than speculative) purposes. The liabilities of any Loan Party to the provider of any Lender-Provided Interest Rate Hedge (the “Interest Rate Hedge Liabilities”) shall be Obligations hereunder, guaranteed obligations under any Guaranty and otherwise treated as Obligations for purposes of each of the Other Documents. The Liens securing the Hedge Liabilities shall be pari passu with the Liens securing all other Obligations under this Agreement and the Other Documents. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in the foregoing, the Hedge Liabilities shall not include any Excluded Hedge Liabilities.
“Letter of Credit Sublimit” shall mean Twenty Million Dollars ($20,000,000.00).
“Letter of Credit” and “Letters of Credit” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.8.
“LGTOC” shall mean the Mexican General Law of Negotiable Instruments and Credit Transactions (Ley General de Titulos y Operaciones de Crédito), including any regulations thereto or any other applicable Mexican federal or local statute pertaining to the granting, perfecting, priority or ranking of security interests, liens, hypothecs on personal property, as required, and any successor statutes, together with any regulations thereunder, in each case as in effect from time to time. References to sections of the LGTOC shall be construed to also refer to any successor sections.
“License Agreement” shall mean any agreement between any Loan Party and a Licensor pursuant to which such Loan Party is authorized to use any Intellectual Property in connection with the manufacturing, marketing, sale or other distribution of any Inventory of such Loan Party or otherwise in connection with such Loan Party’s business operations.
“Licensor” shall mean any Person from whom any Loan Party obtains the right to use (whether on an exclusive or non-exclusive basis) any Intellectual Property in connection with such Loan Party’s manufacture, marketing, sale or other distribution of any Inventory or otherwise in connection with such Loan Party’s business operations.
“Licensor/Agent Agreement” shall mean an agreement between Agent and a Licensor, in form and substance satisfactory to Agent, by which Agent is given the unqualified right, vis-à-vis such Licensor, to enforce Agent’s Liens with respect to and to dispose of any Loan Party’s Inventory with the benefit of any Intellectual Property applicable thereto, irrespective of such Loan Party’s default under any License Agreement with such Licensor.
“Lien” shall mean any mortgage, deed of trust, pledge, hypothecation, assignment, security interest, lien (whether statutory or otherwise), charge, claim or encumbrance, or preference, priority or other security agreement or preferential arrangement held or asserted in respect of any asset of any kind or nature whatsoever including any conditional sale or other title retention agreement, any lease having substantially the same economic effect as any of the foregoing, and the filing of, or agreement to give, any financing statement under the Uniform Commercial Code or comparable law of any jurisdiction.
“Lien Waiver Agreement” shall mean an agreement reasonably satisfactory to Agent, which is executed in favor of Agent by a Person who owns or occupies premises at which any Collateral may be located from time to time and by which such Person shall waive any Lien that such Person may ever have with respect to any of the Collateral and shall authorize Agent from time to time to enter upon the premises to remove the Collateral from such premises or to use such premises to store or dispose of such Inventory on terms acceptable to such Person.
“Liquidity” shall mean the sum of (i) Unrestricted cash maintained in accounts located in the United States and Canada that are maintained with PNC or otherwise subject to Deposit Account Control Agreements in favor of Agent, plus (ii) up to $2,000,000 of Unrestricted cash maintained in accounts located in Mexico that are subject to a first priority perfected Lien in favor of Agent, plus (iii) Excess Availability.
“Loan Documents” shall mean this Agreement and each of the Other Documents.
“Loan Party” or “Loan Parties” shall mean, singularly or collectively, as the context may require, each Borrower and each Guarantor and shall extend to all permitted successors and assigns of each such Person.
“Margin Stock” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Regulation U.
“Material Adverse Effect” shall mean any event, change or condition that, individually or in the aggregate, has had, or would reasonably be expected to have (a) a material and adverse effect on the business, assets, financial condition or results of operations of the Loan Parties, taken as a whole, (b) a material and adverse effect on the rights and remedies of the Agent and the Lenders under this Agreement or the Other Documents or (c) a material and adverse effect on the ability of any Borrower or Guarantor to perform its material obligations under this Agreement and the Other Documents, provided that the commencement and the pendency of the Cases shall not constitute a Material Adverse Effect.
“Material Contract” shall mean any contract, agreement, instrument, permit, lease or license, written or oral, of any Loan Party, which is material to any Loan Party’s business or which the failure to comply with could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.
“Maximum Availability” shall mean the lesser of (i) the Gross Formula Amount or (ii) the Maximum Revolving A Advance Amount.
“Maximum Face Amount” shall mean, with respect to any outstanding Letter of Credit, the face amount of such Letter of Credit including all automatic increases provided for in such Letter of Credit, whether or not any such automatic increase has become effective.
“Maximum Revolving A Advance Amount” shall mean One Hundred Twenty Five Million Dollars and 00/100 ($125,000,000.00).
“Maximum Revolving Advance Amount” shall mean One Hundred Fifty Million Dollars and 00/100 ($150,000,000.00).
“Maximum Revolving B Advance Amount” shall mean Twenty Five Million Dollars and 00/100 ($25,000,000.00).
“Maximum Undrawn Amount” shall mean with respect to any outstanding Letter of Credit, the amount of such Letter of Credit that is or may become available to be drawn, including all automatic increases provided for in such Letter of Credit, whether or not any such automatic increase has become effective.
“Mexican Financed Equipment” shall mean Equipment and fixtures of a Mexican Loan Party that is financed with a third party, provided that such third party financing shall not exceed $3,000,000 and shall be subject to an intercreditor agreement reasonably satisfactory to Agent providing for, among other things, access to such Equipment and fixtures.
“Mexican Loan Party” shall mean Castle Mexico, Castle Mexicali and each other Loan Party that is organized or incorporated under the laws of the country of Mexico or any state or territory thereof, and “Mexican Loan Parties” means all such Persons, collectively.
“Mexican Priority Payables Reserve” shall mean a reserve established in Agent’s reasonable discretion for compensation and benefits payable to employees of any Mexican Loan Party as specified and required under Section N.19 of NIFS, which for purposes of this Agreement, shall be in an amount equal to the greater of (a) one month of the total payroll for all Mexican employees and (b) the accrued and unpaid employee claims under Mexican law that would reasonably be expected to have priority over Agent’s Liens.
“Mexican Security Documents” shall mean with respect to the Mexican Loan Parties (i) the applicable stock pledge agreements (contratos de prenda sobra acciones) pledging the stock of the Mexican Loan Parties in favor of the Agent dated as of the date hereof, (ii) the pledgor-in-possession pledge agreement (contrato de prenda sin transmission de posesión) between the Mexican Loan Parties in favor of the Agent dated as of the date hereof, and (iii) any other security or guarantee agreements executed by the Mexican Loan Parties, as Guarantors hereunder, each as modified, amended, restated, or supplemented from time to time.
“Modified Commitment Transfer Supplement” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 16.3(d).
“Moody’s” shall mean Moody’s Investors Service, Inc.
“Mortgages” shall mean any and all mortgages, deeds of trust, deeds to secure debt, leasehold mortgages, leasehold deeds of trust, deeds of immovable hypothec, or leasehold deeds to secure debt and other similar security documents delivered to Agent as security for the Obligations.
“Mortgaged Property” shall mean collectively, any real property subject to Agent’s Lien.
“Multiemployer Plan” shall mean any multiemployer plan as defined in Section 4001(a)(3) of ERISA, which is contributed to by (or to which there is or may be an obligation to contribute of) Castle or any Subsidiary or with respect to which Castle or any Subsidiary has any liability (including on account of an ERISA Affiliate).
“Necessary Consents” shall mean all filings and all licenses, permits, consents, approvals, authorizations, qualifications and orders of Governmental Bodies and other third parties, domestic or foreign, necessary to carry on any Loan Party’s business or necessary (including to avoid a conflict or breach under any agreement, instrument, other document, license, permit or other authorization) for the execution, delivery or performance of this Agreement, any Other Documents, including any Necessary Consents required under all applicable federal, state or other Applicable Law.
“Net Income” means, with respect to any specified Person, the net income (loss) of such Person, determined in accordance with GAAP and before any reduction in respect of preferred stock dividends, excluding, however:
(1) any gain (but not loss), together with any related provision for taxes on such gain (but not loss), realized in connection with: (a) any disposition of Collateral outside the Ordinary Course of Business; or (b) the disposition of any securities by such Person or any of its Subsidiaries or the extinguishment of any Indebtedness of such Person or any of its Subsidiaries; and
(2) any extraordinary gain (but not loss), together with any related provision for taxes on such extraordinary gain (but not loss).
“NIFS” shall mean the financial accounting standards (Normas de Información Financiera) issued by the Mexican Board of Financial Accounting Standards (Consejo Mexicano de Normas de Información Financiera, A.C.).
“Non-Defaulting Lender” shall mean, at any time, any Lender that is not a Defaulting Lender at such time.
“Non-Qualifying Party” shall mean any Borrower or any Guarantor that on the Eligibility Date fails for any reason to qualify as an Eligible Contract Participant.
“Note” shall mean each Revolving Credit Note and the Swing Note, and “Notes” shall collectively mean all of the Revolving Credit Notes and the Swing Notes.
“Obligations” shall mean and include to the extent arising under or in connection with this Agreement or any Other Document, any and all loans, advances, debts, liabilities, obligations, covenants and duties owing by any Loan Party to Lenders or Agent or to any other direct or indirect subsidiary or Affiliate of Agent or any Lender of any kind or nature, present or future (including any interest or other amounts accruing thereon after maturity, whether or not a claim for post-maturity or post-conversion interest or other amounts are allowable or allowed in any proceeding), whether or not evidenced by any note, guaranty/guarantee or other instrument, whether arising under any agreement, instrument or document, (including this Agreement and the Other Documents) whether or not for the payment of money, whether arising by reason of an extension of credit, opening of a letter of credit, loan, equipment lease or guarantee, under any interest or currency swap, future, option or other similar agreement, or in any other manner, whether arising out of overdrafts or deposit or other accounts or electronic funds transfers (whether through automated clearing houses or otherwise) or out of Agent’s or any Lenders non-receipt of or inability to collect funds or otherwise not being made whole in connection with depository transfer check or other similar arrangements, whether direct or indirect (including those acquired by assignment or participation), absolute or contingent, joint or several, due or to become due, now existing or hereafter arising, contractual or tortious, liquidated or unliquidated, regardless of how such indebtedness or liabilities arise or by what agreement or instrument they may be evidenced or whether evidenced by any agreement or instrument, including, but not limited to, any and all of any Loan Party’s Indebtedness and/or liabilities under this Agreement, the Other Documents or under any other agreement between Agent or Lenders and any Loan Party and any amendments, extensions, renewals or increases and all costs and expenses of Agent and any Lender incurred in the documentation, negotiation, modification, enforcement, collection or otherwise in connection with any of the foregoing, including, but not limited to, (i) reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses, (ii) all obligations of any Loan Party to Agent or Lenders to perform acts or refrain from taking any action and all Hedge Liabilities, and (iii) all Cash Management Liabilities. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in the foregoing, the Obligations shall not include any Excluded Hedge Liabilities.
“OFAC” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 6.18.
“Order” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.17.
“Ordinary Course of Business” shall mean with respect to any Loan Party, the ordinary course of such Loan Party’s business as conducted on the Closing Date, taking into consideration the pendency of the Cases.
“Original Owners” shall mean the Persons holding Equity Interests in Castle as of the Closing Date, together with their Affiliates that are under common Control. For the avoidance of doubt, Original Owners shall include all Persons holding 2017 Indenture Debt or Junior Lien Debt at any time who may in the future convert such debt into Equity Interests in Castle.
“Other Connection Taxes” shall mean, with respect to the Agent, any Lender, any Issuer, Payee or any other recipient of any payment to be made by or on account of any obligation of the Borrowers hereunder, Taxes imposed as a result of a present or former connection between any such recipient and the jurisdiction imposing such Tax (other than connections arising from such recipient having executed, delivered, become a party to, performed its obligations under, received payments under, received or perfected a security interest under, engaged in any other transaction pursuant to or enforced any Loan Document, or sold or assigned an interest in any Advance or any Loan Document).
“Other Documents” shall mean the Notes, any Guaranty, any Lender-Provided Interest Rate Hedge, the Pledge Agreement, any Lien Waiver Agreement, any Canadian Security Documents, any Deposit Account Control Agreement, any Joinder, the Mortgages, the Intercreditor Agreement, the 2017 Intercreditor Agreement, and any and all other agreements, instruments and documents, including guaranties, pledges, powers of attorney, consents, interest or currency swap agreements or other similar agreements and all other writings heretofore, now or hereafter executed by any Loan Party and/or delivered to Agent or any Lender in respect of the Transactions.
“Out-of-Formula Loans” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 16.2(b).
“Participant” shall mean each Person who shall be granted the right by any Lender to participate in any of the Advances and who shall have entered into a participation agreement in form and substance satisfactory to such Lender.
“Participation Advance” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.11(d).
“Participation Commitment” shall mean each Lender’s obligation to buy a participation of the Letters of Credit issued hereunder.
“Payee” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.11(a).
“Payment Conditions” shall mean that (a) prior to and after giving effect to the relevant action as to which the satisfaction of the Payment Conditions is being determined, no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred or been continuing and (b) either (i) Excess Availability at all times during the 30 calendar days preceding such action and Excess Availability as of the date of such action, in each case, on a pro forma basis after giving effect to such action and any Advances made in connection therewith, shall be at least equal to the greater of (A) 25% of Maximum Availability then in effect and (B) $31,250,000 or (ii) (x) Excess Availability at all times during the 30 calendar days preceding such action and Excess Availability as of the date of such action, in each case, on a pro forma basis after giving effect to such action and any Advances made in connection therewith, shall be at least equal to the greater of (A) 20% of Maximum Availability then in effect and (B) $25,000,000 and (y) the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio (whether or not then being tested) for the four fiscal quarters most recently ended for which financial statements have been delivered pursuant to Section 9.7 or 9.8, determined on a pro forma basis after giving effect to such action, shall be no less than 1.10 to 1.00.
“Payment Office” shall mean initially Two Tower Center Boulevard, East Brunswick, New Jersey 08816; thereafter, such other office of Agent, if any, which it may designate by notice to Borrowing Agent and to each Lender to be the Payment Office.
“PBGC” shall mean the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation established pursuant to Subtitle A of Title IV of ERISA or any successor.
“Permitted Discretion” means a determination made in good faith and in the exercise (from the perspective of a secured asset-based lender) of commercially reasonable business judgment.
“Permitted Encumbrances” shall mean with respect to any Mortgaged Property, such exceptions to title as are set forth as exceptions in the title policy delivered in connection with any Mortgage delivered with respect to such Mortgaged Property, all of which exceptions must be reasonably acceptable to the Agent in its reasonable discretion.
“Permitted Liens” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 7.1.
“Permitted Priority Liens” shall mean the Permitted Liens (except those described in subsections (d), (j), and (u) of Section 7.1), to the extent that such Liens are (i) non-avoidable, valid, properly perfected and enforceable, have priority as a matter of Applicable Law and, except those described in subsections (c), (f), (g), (i), and (x) of Section 7.1, do not secure Indebtedness for borrowed money, or (ii) incurred pursuant to Section 7.1(g).
“Permitted Refinancing” shall mean, with respect to any Person, any modification, refinancing, refunding, renewal or extension of any Indebtedness of such Person; provided that (a) the principal amount (or accreted value, if applicable) thereof does not exceed the principal amount (or accreted value, if applicable) of the Indebtedness so modified, refinanced, refunded, renewed or extended except by an amount equal to any interest capitalized in connection with, any premium or other reasonable amount paid, and fees and expenses reasonably incurred, in connection with such modification, refinancing, refunding, renewal or extension, (b) such modification, refinancing, refunding, renewal or extension has a final maturity date equal to or later than the final maturity date of, and has a weighted average life to maturity equal to or longer than the weighted average life to maturity of, the Indebtedness being modified, refinanced, refunded, renewed or extended, (c) if the Indebtedness being modified, refinanced, refunded, renewed or extended is subordinated in right of payment to the Obligations, such modification, refinancing, refunding, renewal or extension is subordinated in right of payment to the Obligations on terms, taken as a whole, that are not more favorable to the Persons providing such Indebtedness being modified, refinanced, refunded, renewed or extended, (d) at the time thereof, no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, (e) if such Indebtedness being modified, refinanced, refunded, renewed or extended is secured, the terms and conditions relating to collateral of any such modified, refinanced, refunded, renewed or extended Indebtedness, taken as a whole, are not more favorable to the Persons providing such Indebtedness than those applicable to the Lenders with respect to the Collateral for the Indebtedness being modified, refinanced, refunded, renewed or extended (and the Liens on any Collateral securing any such modified, refinanced, refunded, renewed or extended Indebtedness shall have the same (or lesser) priority relative to the Liens on the Collateral securing the Obligations), (f) the terms and conditions (excluding any subordination, pricing, fees, rate floors, discounts, premiums and optional prepayment or redemption terms) of any such modified, refinanced, refunded, renewed or extended Indebtedness, taken as a whole, shall not be materially less favorable to the Loan Parties than this Agreement, except for covenants or other provisions applicable only to periods after the Term, and (g) such modification, refinancing, refunding, renewal or extension is incurred and guaranteed only by the Persons who are the obligors on the Indebtedness being modified, refinanced, refunded, renewed or extended.
“Person” shall mean any individual, sole proprietorship, partnership, corporation, business trust, joint stock company, trust, unincorporated organization, association, limited liability company, unlimited liability company, limited liability partnership, institution, public benefit corporation, joint venture, entity or Governmental Body (whether federal, state, county, city, municipal or otherwise, including any instrumentality, division, agency, body or department thereof).
“Plan” shall mean an “employee benefit plan” as defined in Section 3(3) of ERISA (other than a Multiemployer Plan) that is subject to the provisions of Title IV of ERISA or Section 412 of the Code or Section 302 of ERISA and is maintained or contributed to by Castle or any Subsidiary or with respect to which Castle or any Subsidiary has any liability (including on account of an ERISA Affiliate).
“Plan Effective Date” has the meaning provided therefor in the Confirmed Plan.
“Pledge Agreement” shall mean (i) the Pledge Agreement dated as of the Closing Date, by and between Castle and the Agent, and (ii) any other Pledge Agreement executed and delivered by any Loan Party to Agent for the benefit of Lenders pursuant to the provisions hereof, including, without limitation, the Mexican Security Documents, in each case together with all amendments, supplements, modifications, substitutions and replacements thereto and thereof, and “Pledge Agreements” means collectively, all such Pledge Agreements.
“PNC” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble to this Agreement and shall extend to all of its successors and assigns.
“PPSA” shall mean the Personal Property Security Act (Ontario) (or any successor statute) or similar legislation (including, without limitation, the Civil Code (Quebec)) of any other jurisdiction the laws of which are required by such legislation to be applied in connection with the issue, perfection, enforcement, validity or effect of security interests.
“Projections” shall mean the projections, estimates or other forward looking statements of consolidated balance sheet, related statement of income and cash flow of the Loan Parties made available to the Agent and the Lenders on or prior to the Closing Date.
“Properly Contested” shall mean, in the case of any Indebtedness or Lien, as applicable, of any Person (including any taxes) that is not paid as and when due or payable by reason of such Person’s bona fide dispute concerning its liability to pay same or concerning the amount thereof, (i) such Indebtedness or Lien, as applicable, is being properly contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings promptly instituted and diligently conducted; (ii) such Person has established appropriate reserves as shall be required in conformity with GAAP; (iii) the non-payment of such Indebtedness will not have a Material Adverse Effect and will not result in the imminent forfeiture of any assets of such Person; (iv) no Lien is imposed upon any of such Person’s assets with respect to such Indebtedness unless such Lien is at all times junior and subordinate in priority to the Liens in favor of Agent (except only with respect to property taxes that have priority as a matter of applicable state law) and enforcement of such Lien is stayed during the period prior to the final resolution or disposition of such dispute; (v) if such Indebtedness or Lien, as applicable, results from, or is determined by the entry, rendition or issuance against a Person or any of its assets of a judgment, writ, order or decree, enforcement of such judgment, writ, order or decree is stayed pending a timely appeal or other judicial review; and (vi) if such contest is abandoned, settled or determined adversely (in whole or in part) to such Person, such Person forthwith pays such Indebtedness and all penalties, interest and other amounts due in connection therewith.
“Purchasing CLO” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 16.3(d) hereof.
“Purchasing Lender” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 16.3(c) hereof.
“Qualified ECP Loan Party” shall mean each Borrower or Guarantor that on the Eligibility Date is (a) a corporation, partnership, proprietorship, organization, trust, or other entity other than a “commodity pool” as defined in Section 1a(10) of the CEA and CFTC regulations thereunder that has total assets exceeding $10,000,000 or (b) an Eligible Contract Participant that can cause another person to qualify as an Eligible Contract Participant on the Eligibility Date under Section 1a(18)(A)(v)(II) of the CEA by entering into or otherwise providing a “letter of credit or keepwell, support, or other agreement” for purposes of Section 1a(18)(A)(v)(II) of the CEA.
“Qualified Equity Interests” shall mean any Equity Interests that are not Disqualified Equity Interests.
“Real Estate Collateral Requirements” shall mean the requirement that on the Closing Date, with respect to the Mortgaged Property listed on Schedule 1.1(b) and thereafter as required by Sections 4.2, 6.11 and 6.20, Agent shall have received a Mortgage for each Mortgaged Property in form and substance reasonably acceptable to Agent and suitable for recording or filing, together, with respect to each Mortgage for any property located in the United States or Canada, as the context requires, the following documents: (a) a fully paid policy of title insurance (i) in a form approved by Agent insuring the Lien of the Mortgage encumbering such property as a valid first priority Lien, subject only to exceptions to title reasonably acceptable to Agent, (ii) in an amount reasonably satisfactory to Agent, (iii) issued by First American Title Insurance Company or another nationally recognized title insurance company reasonably satisfactory to Agent (the “Title Company”) and (iv) that includes (A) such coinsurance and direct access reinsurance as Agent may deem necessary or desirable and (B) such endorsements or affirmative insurance reasonably required by Agent and available in the applicable jurisdiction (including, if applicable without limitation, endorsements on matters relating to usury, zoning, variable rate, address, separate tax lot, subdivision, tie in or cluster, contiguity, access and so-called comprehensive coverage over covenants and restrictions), (b) with respect to any property located in any jurisdiction in which a zoning endorsement is not available (or for which a zoning endorsement is not available at a premium that is not excessive), if requested by Agent, a zoning compliance letter from the applicable municipality or a zoning report from Planning and Zoning Resource Corporation (or another person acceptable to Agent), in each case satisfactory to Agent, (c) upon the request of Agent, a Survey, (d) upon the request of Agent, an appraisal complying with the requirements of the Financial Institutions Reform, Recovery and Enforcement Act of 1989, by a third-party appraiser selected by Agent, (e) an opinion of local counsel reasonably acceptable to Agent and in form and substance satisfactory to Agent which includes, without limitation, the due execution and delivery of and enforceability of each applicable Mortgage, the corporate formation, existence and good standing of the applicable mortgagor, and such other matters as may be reasonably requested by Agent, (f) if requested by Agent, no later than three (3) Business Days prior to the delivery of the Mortgage for each Mortgaged Property, the following documents and instruments, in order to comply with all Flood Laws: (A) a completed standard flood hazard determination form and (B) if the improvement(s) to the improved real property is located in a special flood hazard area, a notification to Borrowing Agent (“Borrower Notice”) and, if applicable, notification to Borrowing Agent that flood insurance coverage under the National Flood Insurance Program (“NFIP”) is not available because the community does not participate in the NFIP, documentation evidencing Borrowing Agent’s receipt of the Borrower Notice and (C) if the Borrower Notice is required to be given and flood insurance is available in the community in which the property is located, a copy of the flood insurance policy, Borrowing Agent’s application for a flood insurance policy plus proof of premium payment, a declaration page confirming that flood insurance has been issued, or such other evidence of flood insurance satisfactory to Agent, (g) upon the reasonable request of Agent, Phase I environmental site assessment reports prepared in accordance with the current ASTM E1527 standard (“Phase Is”) (to the extent not already provided) and reliance letters for such Phase Is (which Phase Is and reliance letters shall be in form and substance reasonably acceptable to Agent) and any other environmental information, assessments or reports as Agent shall reasonably request, and, to the extent Agent determinations based on the information contained in such Phase I that additional testing is required, such other environmental assessments as reasonably requested by Agent; provided that Borrowers shall not be required to reimburse Agent for such Phase Is or other environmental assessments unless and Event of Default has occurred or Agent has a reasonable basis to believe that Hazardous Materials exist at the applicable real property location in violation of Environmental Laws, and (h) such other instruments and documents (including subordination or pari passu confirmations, consulting engineer’s reports and lien searches) as Agent shall reasonably request and with respect to each Mortgage for any property located outside the United States, equivalent documents available in the applicable jurisdiction and required by Agent.
“Real Property” shall mean all of each Loan Party’s right, title and interest in and to the owned and leased premises identified on Schedule 5.12 hereto or which is hereafter owned or leased by any Loan Party.
“Receivables” shall mean and include, as to each Loan Party, all of such Loan Party’s accounts, contract rights, instruments (including those evidencing indebtedness owed to such Loan Party by its Affiliates), documents, chattel paper (including electronic chattel paper), general intangibles and intangibles relating to accounts, drafts and acceptances, credit card receivables and all other forms of obligations owing to such Loan Party arising out of or in connection with the sale or lease of Inventory or the rendition of services, all supporting obligations, guarantees and other security therefor, whether secured or unsecured, now existing or hereafter created, and whether or not specifically sold or assigned to Agent hereunder.
“Receivables Advance Rate” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.1(a)(y)(i) hereof.
“Recovery Event” shall mean any event that gives rise to the receipt by any Loan Party of any cash insurance proceeds or condemnation awards payable by reason of casualty, theft, loss, physical destruction, damage, taking, condemnation or any other similar event with respect to any property or assets of any Loan Party.
“Register” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 16.3(e).
“Regulation U” shall mean Regulation U of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System as from time to time in effect and all official rulings and interpretations thereunder or thereof.
“Reimbursement Obligation” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.11(b) hereof.
“Related Parties” shall mean, with respect to any specified Person, such Person’s Affiliates and the respective officers, directors (including directors or authorized signatories of the general partner of any Person), employees, agents, advisors, representatives, controlling persons, members, partners, successors and permitted assigns of such Person and such Person’s Affiliates.
“Release” shall mean any actual or imminent release, spill, emission, leaking, dumping, injection, pouring, pumping, deposit, disposal, discharge, dispersal, leaching or migration into or through the indoor or outdoor environment, including the air, soil and ground and surface water or into, through, within or upon any building, structure, facility or fixture.
“Reorganization Documents” means the Confirmed Plan and a filing of notice of occurrence of Plan Effective Date.
“Reportable Compliance Event” shall mean that any Covered Entity becomes a Sanctioned Person, or is charged by indictment, criminal complaint or similar charging instrument, arraigned, or custodially detained in connection with any Anti-Terrorism Law or any predicate crime to any Anti-Terrorism Law, or has knowledge of facts or circumstances to the effect that it is reasonably likely that any aspect of its operations is in actual or probable violation of any Anti-Terrorism Law.
“Required Lenders” shall mean (A) if there are two (2) or fewer Lenders (not including Swing Loan Lender (in its capacity as such Swing Loan Lender) or any Defaulting Lender), all Lenders, (B) if there are Advances outstanding and more than two (2) Lenders (not including Swing Loan Lender (in its capacity as such Swing Loan Lender) or any Defaulting Lender), Lenders holding greater than fifty percent (50%) of the Advances (excluding Swing Loans and any Advances held by any Defaulting Lender); provided that if any one (1) Lender holds greater than fifty percent (50%) of the Advances (excluding Swing Loans and any Advances held by any Defaulting Lender), Lenders holding sixty-six and two-thirds of one percent (66⅔%) of the Advances (excluding Swing Loans and any Advances held by any Defaulting Lender), or (C) if there are no Advances outstanding and more than two (2) Lenders (not including Swing Loan Lender (in its capacity as such Swing Loan Lender) or any Defaulting Lender), Lenders holding greater than fifty percent (50%) of the aggregate of the Commitment Percentages of all Lenders (excluding any Defaulting Lender); provided that if any one (1) Lender holds greater than fifty percent (50%) of the Commitment Percentages, Lenders holding sixty-six and two-thirds of one percent (66⅔%) of the aggregate of the Commitment Percentages of all Lenders (excluding any Defaulting Lender).
“Required Pledge Amount” shall mean an amount not to exceed sixty-five percent (65%).
“Reserve Percentage” shall mean as of any day the maximum percentage in effect on such day as prescribed by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (or any successor) for determining the reserve requirements (including supplemental, marginal and emergency reserve requirements) with respect to eurocurrency funding.
“Restricted” shall mean, when referring to cash or Cash Equivalents of Borrowers or any other Loan Party, that such cash or Cash Equivalents appears (or would be required to appear) as “restricted” on a consolidated balance sheet of Borrowers or such other Loan Party.
“Restricted Payment” shall mean any dividend or other distribution (whether in cash, securities or other property) with respect to any Equity Interests in any Loan Party, or any payment (whether in cash, securities or other property), including any sinking fund or similar deposit, on account of the purchase, redemption, retirement, acquisition, cancellation or termination of any Equity Interests in any Loan Party.
“Reverse Stock Split” shall mean a reverse stock split of the Equity Interests of Castle.
“Revolver A Commitment Percentage” of any Lender shall mean the percentage set forth opposite such Lender’s name on Annex A hereto under the header “Revolver A Commitment Percentage”, as same may be adjusted upon any assignment by a Lender pursuant to Section 16.3(c) or Section 16.3(d) hereof.
“Revolver Commitment Percentage” of any Lender shall mean the percentage set forth opposite such Lender’s name on Annex A hereto with respect to its Revolver A Commitment Percentage and Revolver B Commitment Percentage, as applicable, as same may be adjusted upon any assignment by a Lender pursuant to Section 16.3(c) or Section 16.3(d) hereof.
“Revolver B Commitment Percentage” of any Lender shall mean the percentage set forth opposite such Lender’s name on Annex A hereto under the header “Revolver B Commitment Percentage”, as same may be adjusted upon any assignment by a Lender pursuant to Section 16.3(c) or Section 16.3(d) hereof.
“Revolving Advances” shall mean Advances made other than Letters of Credit, Acceptances, and Swing Loans.
“Revolving A Advances” shall mean advances made under Section 2.1(a) hereof.
“Revolving A Commitment” shall mean the collective obligation of Lenders to make Revolving A Advances pursuant to the terms and conditions of this Agreement.
“Revolving A Facility Usage” shall mean at any time, the sum of (i) the outstanding Revolving A Advances plus (ii) the outstanding Obligations with respect to Letters of Credit plus (iii) the outstanding Swing Loans.
“Revolving A Interest Rate” shall mean with respect any Advances (other than Revolving B Advances), an interest rate per annum equal to (a) the sum of the Alternate Base Rate plus the Applicable Margin for Revolving A Advances with respect to Domestic Rate Loans and (b) the sum of the Eurodollar Rate plus the Applicable Margin for Revolving A Advances with respect to Eurodollar Rate Loans.
“Revolving B Advances” shall mean advances made under Section 2.1(b) hereof.
“Revolving B Advance Conditions” shall mean, with respect to any advance of Revolving B Advances after the First Amendment Effective Date, Agent shall have received (a) ten (10) Business Day’s prior written notice from Borrowing Agent of such request for a Revolving B Advance, (b) a participation agreement, in form and substance reasonably acceptable to Agent, executed after the First Amendment Effective Date by the applicable Lender and one or more Participants reasonably acceptable to Agent in respect of the full amount of such Revolving B Advance, with each such Participant funding the full amount of such Revolving B Advance to the applicable Lender prior to or concurrently with the making of such Revolving B Advance to Borrowers; provided that Agent acknowledges and agrees that the form of Participation Agreement attached hereto as Exhibit 2.2(b) and the Participants named therein are acceptable to Agent, and (c) with respect to each such applicable Participant for such Revolving B Advance, such information and documentation as may reasonably be requested by Agent or any Lender with a Revolving B Commitment from time to time for purposes of compliance by Agent or such Lender with the USA Patriot Act and other “know your customer” and anti-money laundering rules and regulations, and any policy or procedure implemented by Agent or such Lender, to comply therewith.
“Revolving B Commitment” shall mean the collective obligation of Lenders to make Revolving B Advances pursuant to the terms and conditions of this Agreement.
“Revolving B Interest Rate” shall mean with respect to Revolving B Advances, an interest rate per annum equal to the Applicable Margin for Revolving B Advances.
“Revolving B Payment Conditions” shall mean, with respect to any proposed payment of cash interest in respect of Revolving B Advances, (i) no Default or Event of Default exists would be caused thereby, (ii) immediately after giving effect to any such payment in cash, Liquidity is greater than $20,000,000, (iii) immediately after giving effect to any such payment, the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio, for the twelve fiscal months most recently ended for which financial statements have been delivered pursuant to Section 9.9, calculated on a pro forma basis after giving effect to such payment, shall be greater than or equal to 1.00 to 1.00, and (iv) Borrowers have provided Agent with ten (10) Business Days’ advance written notice of their intention to make such payment in cash, together with a certificate of the President, Chief Financial Officer, Treasurer, Assistant Treasurer or Controller of Borrowing Agent certifying to the satisfaction of clause (iii) above and attaching a reasonably detailed calculation of such Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio.
“Revolving B PIK Interest” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.1 hereof.
“Revolving Commitment” shall mean the collective obligation of Lenders to make Revolving Advances pursuant to the terms and conditions of this Agreement.
“Revolving Commitment Amount” shall mean, as to any Lender, the “Revolving A Commitment Amount” (if any) and “Revolving B Commitment Amount” (if any) set forth opposite such Lender’s name on Annex A attached hereto (or, in the case of any Lender that became party to this Agreement after the Closing Date pursuant to Section 16.3(c) or (d) hereof, the “Revolving A Commitment Amount” (if any) and “Revolving B Commitment Amount” (if any) of such Lender as set forth in the applicable Commitment Transfer Supplement.
“Revolving Credit Note” shall mean, collectively, the promissory notes referred to in Section 2.1(a) hereof.
“Revolving Facility Usage” shall mean at any time, the sum of (i) the outstanding Revolving Advances plus (ii) the outstanding Obligations with respect to Letters of Credit plus (iii) the outstanding Swing Loans.
“Revolving Interest Rate” shall mean (i) with respect to any Advances (other than Revolving B Advances), the Revolving A Interest Rate and (ii) with respect to Revolving B Advances, the Revolving B Interest Rate.
“S&P” shall mean Standard & Poor’s Ratings Service or any successor thereto.
“Sanctioned Country” shall mean a country subject to a sanctions program maintained under any Anti-Terrorism Law or under Canadian Anti-Terrorism or Sanction Laws.
“Sanctioned Person” shall mean (i) any individual person, group, regime, entity or thing listed or otherwise recognized as a specially designated, prohibited, sanctioned or debarred person, group, regime, entity or thing, or subject to any limitations or prohibitions (including but not limited to the blocking of property or rejection of transactions), under any Anti-Terrorism Law, or (ii) any Canadian Blocked Person.
“Second Amendment” shall mean that certain Amendment No. 2 to Revolving Credit and Security Agreement, dated as of the Second Amendment Effective Date, by and among Borrowers, the other Loan Parties party thereto, the Lenders party thereto and Agent.
“Second Amendment Effective Date” means March [__], 2020
“Securities Act” shall mean the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.
“Senior Representative” shall mean, with respect to any Indebtedness, the trustee, administrative agent, collateral agent, security agent or similar agent under the indenture or other agreement pursuant to which such Indebtedness is issued, incurred or otherwise obtained, as the case may be, and each of their successors in such capacities.
“Settlement Date” shall mean the Closing Date and thereafter Wednesday or Thursday of each week or more frequently if Agent deems appropriate unless such day is not a Business Day in which case it shall be the next succeeding Business Day.
“Stockholders Agreement” shall mean the Stockholders Agreement dated as even date herewith by and among Castle and the Stockholders that are party thereto, as the same may be amended, supplemented, or otherwise modified from time to time.
“Subsidiary” shall mean, with respect to any Person (herein referred to as the “parent”), any corporation, partnership, limited liability company, association or other business entity (a) of which securities or other ownership interests representing more than 50% of the equity or more than 50% of the ordinary voting power or more than 50% of the general partnership interests are, at the time any determination is being made, owned, Controlled or held, or (b) that is, at the time any determination is made, otherwise Controlled, by the parent or one or more subsidiaries of the parent or by the parent and one or more subsidiaries of the parent.
“Subsidiary Stock” shall mean all of the issued and outstanding Equity Interests of any Subsidiary owned by any Loan Party (not to include Excluded Foreign Subsidiary Stock).
“Survey” shall mean a survey of any Mortgaged Property (and all improvements thereon) which is (a) (i) prepared by a surveyor or engineer licensed to perform surveys in the jurisdiction where such Mortgaged Property is located, (ii) dated (or redated) not earlier than six (6) months prior to the date of delivery thereof unless there shall have occurred within six months prior to such date of delivery any exterior construction on the site of such Mortgaged Property or any easement, right of way or other interest in the Mortgaged Property has been granted or become effective through operation of law or otherwise with respect to such Mortgaged Property which, in either case, can be depicted on a survey, in which events, as applicable, such survey shall be dated (or redated) after the completion of such construction or if such construction shall not have been completed as of such date of delivery, not earlier than twenty (20) days prior to such date of delivery, or after the grant or effectiveness of any such easement, right of way or other interest in the Mortgaged Property, (iii) certified by the surveyor (in a manner reasonably acceptable to Agent) to Agent and the Title Company, (iv) complying in all respects with the minimum detail requirements of the American Land Title Association as such requirements are in effect on the date of preparation of such survey, (v) sufficient for the Title Company to remove all standard survey exceptions from the Mortgage Policy relating to such Mortgaged Property and issue the endorsements of the type required by paragraph (f) of the definition of Real Estate Collateral Requirements and (vi) otherwise reasonably acceptable to Agent.
“Swap” shall mean any “swap” as defined in Section 1a(47) of the CEA and regulations thereunder other than (a) a swap entered into on, or subject to the rules of, a board of trade designated as a contract market under Section 5 of the CEA, or (b) a commodity option entered into pursuant to CFTC Regulation 32.3(a).
“Swap Obligations” shall mean any obligation to pay or perform under any agreement, contract or transaction that constitutes a Swap which is also a provided by a Lender.
“Swing Loan Commitment” shall mean PNC’s commitment to make Swing Loans to Borrowers pursuant to Section 2.23(a) hereof in an aggregate principal amount up to ten percent (10%) of the Maximum Revolving A Advance Amount.
“Swing Loan Lender” shall mean PNC, in its capacity as lender of the Swing Loans.
“Swing Loan Request” shall mean a request for Swing Loans made in accordance with Section 2.23(b) hereof.
“Swing Loans” shall mean collectively and “Swing Loan” shall mean separately all Swing Loans or any Swing Loan made by PNC to Borrowers pursuant to Section 2.23 hereof.
“Swing Note” shall mean the promissory note referred to in Section 2.23(d) hereof, together with all amendments, restatements, extensions, renewals, replacements, refinancings or refundings thereof in whole or in part.
“Taxes” shall mean all present or future taxes, levies, imposts, duties, deductions, withholdings, assessments, fees or other charges imposed by any Governmental Body, including any interest, additions to tax or penalties applicable thereto.
“Term” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 13.1 hereof.
“Termination Date” shall mean the earlier of (a) February 28, 2022 and (b) acceleration of any portion of the Obligations and the termination of the Commitments upon the occurrence of an Event of Default.
“Threshold Amount” shall mean $500,000.
“Trading with the Enemy Act” shall mean the foreign assets control regulations of the United States Treasury Department (31 CFR, Subtitle B, Chapter V, as amended) and any enabling legislation or executive order relating thereto, which shall not apply to the Canadian Loan Parties in respect of any business dealings with Cuba or residents of Cuba.
“Transaction Costs” shall mean the fees, costs and expenses incurred in connection with the Transactions.
“Transactions” shall mean collectively, (a) the execution and delivery of, and the performance under, this Agreement and the Other Documents, in each case by the Loan Parties party thereto (as of the Closing Date), (b) the making of any Advances requested to be made on the Closing Date, and (c) the payment of Transaction Costs related to the foregoing.
“Transferee” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 16.3(d) hereof.
“UCP” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.9(b) hereof.
“Unfinanced Capital Expenditures” shall mean all Capital Expenditures of the Borrowers on a Consolidated Basis financed using (y) cash-on-hand or generated from operations and not from the proceeds of financing transactions, and (z) the proceeds of Revolving Advances.
“Uniform Commercial Code” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 1.3 hereof.
“Unrestricted” shall mean, when referring to cash or Cash Equivalents of a Loan Party or any Subsidiary, any such cash or Cash Equivalents that is not Restricted.
“U.S. Export Laws” shall mean, but not be limited to, any and all laws by which the exportation, re-exportation, diversion, shipment or transfer of merchandise is controlled as to person, destination or entity, and shall include but not be limited to the Export Administration Act; the Trading With the Enemy Act; the International Emergency Economic Powers Act; the International Security and Development Cooperation Act of 1985, together with all regulations, directives, Executive Orders and Proclamations as shall be implemented to enforce such laws, and as such laws shall added, amended or repealed, from time to time.
“U.S. Foreign Holdco” shall mean a Domestic Subsidiary substantially all of the assets of which consist of Equity Interests or debt of one or more direct or indirect Foreign Subsidiaries and assets incidental thereto.
“U.S. Loan Party” shall mean each Borrower and each other Loan Party that is organized or incorporated under the laws of the United States or any state or territory thereof or the District of Columbia, and “U.S. Loan Parties” means all such Persons, collectively.
“USA PATRIOT Act” shall mean the Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism Act of 2001, Public Law 107-56, as the same has been, or shall hereafter be, renewed, extended, amended or replaced.
“U.S. Person” shall mean any Person that is a “United States Person” as defined in Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code.
“Voting Power” shall mean, with respect to any Person, the exclusive ability to control, through the ownership of shares of capital stock, partnership interests, membership interests or otherwise, the election of members of the board of directors or other similar governing body of such Person, and the holding of a designated percentage of Voting Power of a Person means the ownership of shares of capital stock, partnership interests, membership interests or other interests of such Person sufficient to control exclusively the election of that percentage of the members of the board of directors or other similar governing body of such Person.
“Week” shall mean the time period commencing with the opening of business on a Monday and ending on the end of business the following Sunday.
“Wholly Owned Subsidiary” of any Person shall mean a subsidiary of such Person of which securities (except for directors’ qualifying shares) or other ownership interests representing 100% of the Equity Interests are, at the time any determination is being made, owned, Controlled or held by such Person or one or more Wholly Owned subsidiaries of such Person or by such Person and one or more Wholly Owned subsidiaries of such Person.
“Withdrawal Liability” shall mean liability to a Multiemployer Plan as a result of a complete or partial withdrawal from such Multiemployer Plan, as such terms are defined in Part I of Subtitle E of Title IV of ERISA.
1.3 Uniform Commercial Code Terms.
(a) All terms used herein and defined in the Uniform Commercial Code as adopted in the State of New York from time to time (the “Uniform Commercial Code”) shall have the meaning given therein unless otherwise defined herein. Without limiting the foregoing, the terms “accounts”, “chattel paper”, “commercial tort claims”, “instruments”, “general intangibles”, “goods”, “payment intangibles”, “proceeds”, “supporting obligations”, “securities”, “investment property”, “documents”, “deposit accounts”, “software”, “letter of credit rights”, “inventory”, “equipment” and “fixtures”, as and when used in the description of Collateral (including in Section 4.1 hereto) shall have the meanings given to such terms in Articles 8 or 9 of the Uniform Commercial Code. To the extent the definition of any category or type of collateral is expanded by any amendment, modification or revision to the Uniform Commercial Code, such expanded definition will apply automatically as of the date of such amendment, modification or revision.
(b) Any terms used in this Agreement that are defined in the PPSA (including, but not limited to, “accounts”, “chattel paper”, “instruments”, “intangibles”, “goods”, “proceeds”, “securities”, “investment property”, “documents of title”, “inventory”, “equipment” and “fixtures”) shall, to the extent relating to Collateral consisting of assets of Canadian Loan Parties or otherwise located in Canada, be construed and defined as set forth in the PPSA unless otherwise defined herein and any terms used in this Agreement that are defined in the UCC and relating to Collateral consisting of assets of the Loan Parties that are not Canadian Loan Parties or otherwise not located in Canada shall be construed and defined as set forth in the UCC unless otherwise defined herein.
1.4 Certain Matters of Construction.
The terms “herein”, “hereof” and “hereunder” and other words of similar import refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular section, paragraph or subdivision. All references herein to Articles, Sections, Exhibits and Schedules shall be construed to refer to Articles and Sections of, and Exhibits and Schedules to, this Agreement. Any pronoun used shall be deemed to cover all genders. Wherever appropriate in the context, terms used herein in the singular also include the plural and vice versa. All references to statutes and related regulations shall include any amendments of same and any successor statutes and regulations. Unless otherwise provided, all references to any instruments or agreements to which Agent is a party, including references to any of the Other Documents, shall include any and all modifications or amendments thereto and any and all extensions or renewals thereof. All references herein to the time of day shall mean the time in New York, New York. Unless otherwise provided, all financial calculations shall be performed with Inventory valued on a first-in, first-out basis. Whenever the words “including” or “include” shall be used, such words shall be understood to mean “including, without limitation” or “include, without limitation.” A Default or Event of Default shall be deemed to exist at all times during the period commencing on the date that such Default or Event of Default occurs to the date on which such Default or Event of Default is waived in writing pursuant to this Agreement or, in the case of a Default, is cured within any period of cure expressly provided for in this Agreement; and an Event of Default shall “continue” or be “continuing” until such Event of Default has been waived in writing by the Required Lenders. Any Lien referred to in this Agreement or any of the Other Documents as having been created in favor of Agent, any agreement entered into by Agent pursuant to this Agreement or any of the Other Documents, any payment made by or to or funds received by Agent pursuant to or as contemplated by this Agreement or any of the Other Documents, or any act taken or omitted to be taken by Agent, shall, unless otherwise expressly provided, be created, entered into, made or received, or taken or omitted, for the benefit or account of Agent and Lenders. Wherever the phrase “to the best of Loan Parties’ knowledge” or words of similar import relating to the knowledge or the awareness of any Loan Party are used in this Agreement or Other Documents, such phrase shall mean and refer to (i) the actual knowledge of a senior officer of any Loan Party or (ii) the knowledge that a senior officer would have obtained if he had engaged in good faith and diligent performance of his duties, including the making of such reasonably specific inquiries as may be necessary of the employees or agents of such Loan Party and a good faith attempt to ascertain the existence or accuracy of the matter to which such phrase relates. All covenants hereunder shall be given independent effect so that if a particular action or condition is not permitted by any of such covenants, the fact that it would be permitted by an exception to, or otherwise within the limitations of, another covenant shall not avoid the occurrence of a default if such action is taken or condition exists. In addition, all representations and warranties hereunder shall be given independent effect so that if a particular representation or warranty proves to be incorrect or is breached, the fact that another representation or warranty concerning the same or similar subject matter is correct or is not breached will not affect the incorrectness of a breach of a representation or warranty hereunder. Any reference herein or in any Other Document to the satisfaction, repayment, or payment in full of the Obligations shall mean (a) the payment or repayment in full in immediately available funds of (i) the principal amount of, and interest accrued and unpaid with respect to, all outstanding Advances, together with the payment of any premium applicable to the repayment of the Advances, (ii) all expenses to which Agent, any Lender or Issuer is entitled to reimbursement hereunder or under any Other Document that have accrued and are unpaid regardless of whether demand has been made therefor, (iii) all fees or charges that have accrued hereunder or under any Other Document (including the Letter of Credit fees) and are unpaid, (b) in the case of contingent reimbursement obligations with respect to Letters of Credit, providing cash collateralization in an amount equal to one hundred five percent (105%) of the Letters of Credit in accordance herewith, (c) in the case of Cash Management Liabilities, providing cash collateralization in an amount equal to the credit exposure (as reasonably determined by Agent) with respect thereto; (d) the receipt by Agent of cash collateral in order to secure any other contingent Obligations for which a claim or demand for payment has been made on or prior to such time or in respect of matters or circumstances known to Agent or a Lender at such time that are reasonably expected to result in any loss, cost, damage, or expense (including attorneys’ fees and legal expenses), such cash collateral to be in such amount as Agent reasonably determines is appropriate to secure such contingent Obligations, (e) the payment or repayment in full in immediately available funds of all other outstanding Obligations (including the payment of any termination amount then applicable (or which would or could become applicable as a result of the repayment of the other Obligations) with respect to Hedge Liabilities) other than (i) unasserted contingent indemnification Obligations for which there is no reasonable basis to assume a claim will be asserted; (ii) Hedge Liabilities that, at such time, are allowed by the applicable Lender (or Affiliate) to remain outstanding without being required to be repaid; and (iii) any Cash Management Liabilities that, at such time, are allowed by the applicable Lender (or Affiliate) to remain outstanding without being required to be repaid or cash collateralized, and (f) the termination of all of the commitments of the Lenders.
1.5 Currency Matters. Unless otherwise provided for herein, all amounts and calculations set forth in Dollars in this Agreement shall be determined as of each date of measurement by the Dollar Equivalents thereof as of such date of measurement. For purposes of the foregoing, “Dollar Equivalent” means, at any time, (a) as to any amount denominated in Dollars, the amount thereof at such time, and (b) as to any currency other than Dollars, the equivalent amount in Dollars as reasonably determined by Agent at such time that such amount could be converted into Dollars by Agent according to prevailing exchange rates selected by Agent in its Permitted Discretion. Principal, interest, reimbursement obligations, fees, and all other amounts payable under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents shall be payable in Dollars. Unless stated otherwise, all calculations, comparisons, measurements or determinations under this Agreement (including without limitation, calculation of the Borrowing Base or the determination of whether a repayment is required under this Agreement), shall be made in Dollars by aggregating the Dollar Equivalent of each component thereof. For the purpose of such calculations, comparisons, measurements or determinations, amounts denominated in other currencies shall be converted to the Dollar Equivalent thereof on the date of calculation, comparison, measurement or determination. If the Agent shall receive payment in a currency other than the currency in which the Obligations are due, whether pursuant to the exercise of control under a Loan Document, or as proceeds or realization of the Collateral or otherwise, then the Agent shall be authorized to convert such amounts to Dollars according to prevailing exchange rates selected by Agent in its Permitted Discretion.
1.6 Québec Matters. For purposes of any Collateral located in the Province of Quebec or charged by any deed of hypothec (or any other Loan Document) and for all other purposes pursuant to which the interpretation or construction of a Loan Document may be subject to the laws of the Province of Quebec or a court or tribunal exercising jurisdiction in the Province of Quebec, (a) “personal property” shall be deemed to include “movable property”, (b) “real property” shall be deemed to include “immovable property”, (c) “tangible property” shall be deemed to include “corporeal property”, (d) “intangible property” shall be deemed to include “incorporeal property”, (e) “security interest”, “mortgage” and “lien” shall be deemed to include a “hypothec”, “prior claim” and a “resolutory clause”, (f) all references to filing, registering or recording under the PPSA shall be deemed to include publication under the Civil Code of Quebec, (g) all references to “perfection” of or “perfected” Liens shall be deemed to include a reference to an “opposable” or “set up” Liens as against third parties, (h) any “right of offset”, “right of setoff” or similar expression shall be deemed to include a “right of compensation”, (i) “goods” shall be deemed to include “corporeal movable property” other than chattel paper, documents of title, instruments, money and securities, (j) an “agent” shall be deemed to include a “mandatary”, (k) “construction liens” shall be deemed to include “legal hypothecs” securing claims of persons having taken part in the construction or renovation of an immovable, (l) “joint and several” shall be deemed to include “solidary”, (m) “gross negligence or willful misconduct” shall be deemed to be “intentional or gross fault”, (n) “beneficial ownership” shall be deemed to include “ownership on behalf of another as mandatary”, (o) “easement” shall be deemed to include “servitude”, (p) “priority” shall be deemed to include “prior claim”, (q) “survey” shall be deemed to include “certificate of location and plan”, (r) a “land surveyor” shall be deemed to include an “arpenteur-géomètre”; and (r) “fee simple title” shall be deemed to include “absolute ownership”. The parties hereto confirm that it is their wish that this Agreement and any other document executed in connection with the transactions contemplated herein be drawn up in the English language only and that all other documents contemplated thereunder or relating thereto, including notices, may also be drawn up in the English language only. Les parties aux présentes confirment que c’est leur volonté que cette convention et les autres documents de crédit soient rédigés en langue anglaise seulement et que tous les documents, y compris tous avis, envisagés par cette convention et les autres documents peuvent être rédigés en la langue anglaise seulement.
1.7 LIBOR Notification. Section 3.14 of this Agreement provides a mechanism for determining an alternative rate of interest in the event that the London interbank offered rate is no longer available or in certain other circumstances. The Administrative Agent does not warrant or accept any responsibility for and shall not have any liability with respect to, the administration, submission or any other matter related to the London interbank offered rate or other rates in the definition of “Eurodollar Rate” or with respect to any alternative or successor rate thereto, or replacement rate therefor.
II. | ADVANCES, PAYMENTS. |
2.1 Revolving Advances.
(a) Amount of Revolving A Advances. Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement including Section 2.1(c), each Lender with a Revolving A Commitment, severally and not jointly, will make Revolving A Advances to Borrowers in aggregate amounts outstanding at any time equal to such Lender’s Revolver A Commitment Percentage of the Revolving A Commitment; provided, that after giving effect to such Revolving A Advances the Revolving A Facility Usage shall not exceed the Maximum Revolving A Advance Amount. Without limiting the foregoing, in no event shall the aggregate amount of outstanding Revolving A Advances exceed the lesser of (x) the Maximum Revolving A Advance Amount less the sum of (i) the aggregate amount of outstanding Swing Loans, plus (ii) the aggregated Maximum Undrawn Amount of all outstanding Letters of Credit, and (y) an amount equal to the sum of:
(i) subject to the provisions of Section 2.1(c) hereof, up to eighty-five percent (85%) (“Receivables Advance Rate”) of (A) Eligible Canadian Receivables, (B) Eligible U.S. Receivables, and (C) Eligible Mexican Receivables (in each case, net of any Eligible Insured Receivables included in subsection (ii) below), plus
(ii) subject to the provisions of Section 2.1(c) hereof, up to ninety percent (90%) of Eligible Insured Receivables (“Insured Receivables Advance Rate”), plus
(iii) up to the sum of (x) the lesser of (1) seventy-five percent (75%), subject to the provisions of Section 2.1(c) hereof (the “Eligible Inventory Advance Rate”), of the value of the Eligible Mexican Inventory and (2) ninety percent (90%) of the appraised net orderly liquidation value (“Eligible Inventory NOLV Advance Rate”; together with the Receivables Advance Rate, Insured Receivables Advance Rate, and Eligible Inventory Advance Rate, the “Advance Rates”) of the Eligible Mexican Inventory (as evidenced by an Inventory appraisal satisfactory to Agent in its Permitted Discretion, which will reflect a six-month liquidation process), (y) the lesser of (1) the product of the Eligible Inventory Advance Rate and the value of the Eligible Canadian Inventory and (2) the product of the Eligible Inventory NOLV Advance Rate and the Eligible Canadian Inventory (as evidenced by an Inventory appraisal satisfactory to Agent in its Permitted Discretion, which will reflect a six-month liquidation process), and (z) the lesser of (1) the product of the Eligible Inventory Advance Rate and the value of the Eligible U.S. Inventory and (2) the product of the Eligible Inventory NOLV Advance Rate and the Eligible U.S. Inventory (as evidenced by an Inventory appraisal satisfactory to Agent in its Permitted Discretion, which will reflect a six-month liquidation process), provided that up to $2,000,000 of advances after applying the Eligible Inventory NOLV Advance Rate from “Excess and Obsolete” Inventory (as defined in the most recent Inventory appraisal) may be included under this subsection (iii), minus
(iv) the aggregate Maximum Undrawn Amount of all outstanding Letters of Credit, minus
(v) the aggregate amount of outstanding Swing Loans, minus
(vi) the Availability Block, minus
(vii) such other reserves as Agent in its Permitted Discretion may deem proper and necessary from time to time (which shall include, without limitation, all of the Mexican Priority Payables Reserve and all of the Canadian Priority Payables Reserve), whether or not of the same type or nature of those reserves in place on the Closing Date;
provided that in no event shall the aggregate amounts attributable in subsections (i), (ii) and (iii) above to (a) Eligible Canadian Receivables and Eligible Canadian Inventory (after applying the applicable Advance Rates) exceed $20,000,000, (b) Eligible Mexican Receivables and Eligible Mexican Inventory (after applying the applicable Advance Rates) exceed $15,000,000 or (c) Eligible Mexican Inventory exceed 50% of the aggregate amounts attributable to the sum of Eligible Mexican Receivables and Eligible Mexican Inventory (after applying the applicable Advance Rates).
The amount derived from (x) the sum of Sections 2.1(a)(y)(i), (ii), and (iii) minus (y) the sum of Section 2.1(a)(y)(iv), (v), (vi) and (vii), at any time and from time to time shall be referred to as the “Formula Amount”. The Revolving Advances shall, at the request of any Lender, be evidenced by one or more secured promissory notes (collectively, the “Revolving Credit Notes”) substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit 2.1(a).
(b) Amount of Revolving B Advances. Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement, each Lender with a Revolving B Commitment, severally and not jointly, will make to Borrowers (1) on the First Amendment Effective Date, a one-time Revolving B Advance in the aggregate amount of $18,000,000 equal to, with respect to each Lender, such Lender’s Revolver B Commitment Percentage thereof, and (2) thereafter from time to time, in each case so long as the Revolving B Advance Conditions are satisfied, additional one-time Revolving B Advances equal to, with respect to each Lender, such Lender’s Revolver B Commitment Percentage of the requested Revolving B Advance; provided, that the outstanding Revolving B Advances shall not exceed the sum of (i) the Maximum Revolving B Advance Amount plus (ii) any Revolving B PIK Interest accrued or paid-in-kind in accordance with this Agreement.
(c) Discretionary Rights. The Advance Rates may be increased or decreased by Agent at any time and from time to time in the exercise of its Permitted Discretion. Each Borrower consents to any such increases or decreases and acknowledges that decreasing the Advance Rates or increasing or imposing other reserves may limit or restrict Advances requested by Borrowing Agent. The rights of Agent under this subsection are subject to the provisions of Section 16.2(b). The Agent shall give Borrowing Agent five (5) Business Days prior notice of its intention to decrease the Advance Rates. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any change in Advance Rates shall not trigger an obligation of the Borrowers to repay any Obligations incurred based on Advance Rates as they existed prior to such change.
2.2 Procedure for Borrowing Revolving Advances.
(a) Borrowing Agent on behalf of any Borrower may notify Agent prior to 12:00 p.m. on a Business Day of a Borrower’s request to incur, on that day, a Revolving Advance hereunder. Should any amount required to be paid as interest hereunder (other than Revolving B PIK Interest), or as fees or other charges under this Agreement or any other agreement with Agent or Lenders, or with respect to any other Obligation, become due, the same shall be deemed a request for a Revolving A Advance maintained as a Domestic Rate Loan as of the date such payment is due, in the amount required to pay in full such interest, fee, charge or Obligation under this Agreement or any other agreement with Agent or Lenders, and such request shall be irrevocable.
(b) Notwithstanding the provisions of subsection (a) above, in the event any Borrower desires to obtain a Eurodollar Rate Loan, Borrowing Agent shall give Agent written notice by no later than 12:00 p.m. on the day which is three (3) Business Days prior to the date such Eurodollar Rate Loan is to be borrowed, specifying (i) the date of the proposed borrowing (which shall be a Business Day), (ii) the type of borrowing and the amount on the date of such Advance to be borrowed, which amount shall be in an aggregate principal amount that is not less than Five Hundred Thousand and 00/100 Dollars ($500,000.00) and integral multiples of Five Hundred Thousand and 00/100 Dollars ($500,000.00) in excess thereof, and (iii) the duration of the first Interest Period therefor. Interest Periods for Eurodollar Rate Loans shall be for one (1), two (2), or three (3) months; provided, if an Interest Period would end on a day that is not a Business Day, it shall end on the next succeeding Business Day unless such day falls in the next succeeding calendar month in which case the Interest Period shall end on the next preceding Business Day. No Eurodollar Rate Loan shall be made available to any Borrower during the continuance of a Default or an Event of Default. After giving effect to each requested Eurodollar Rate Loan, including those which are converted from a Domestic Rate Loan under Section 2.2(d), there shall not be outstanding more than five (5) Eurodollar Rate Loans, in the aggregate.
(c) Each Interest Period of a Eurodollar Rate Loan shall commence on the date such Eurodollar Rate Loan is made and shall end on such date as Borrowing Agent may elect as set forth in subsection (b)(iii) above provided that the exact length of each Interest Period shall be determined in accordance with the practice of the interbank market for offshore Dollar deposits and no Interest Period shall end after the last day of the Term. Borrowing Agent shall elect the initial Interest Period applicable to a Eurodollar Rate Loan by its notice of borrowing given to Agent pursuant to Section 2.2(b) or by its notice of conversion given to Agent pursuant to Section 2.2(d), as the case may be. Borrowing Agent shall elect the duration of each succeeding Interest Period by giving irrevocable written notice to Agent of such duration not later than 12:00 p.m. on the day which is three (3) Business Days prior to the last day of the then current Interest Period applicable to such Eurodollar Rate Loan. If Agent does not receive timely notice of the Interest Period elected by Borrowing Agent, Borrowing Agent shall be deemed to have elected to convert to a Domestic Rate Loan subject to Section 2.2(d) herein below.
(d) Provided that no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, Borrowing Agent may, on the last Business Day of the then current Interest Period applicable to any outstanding Eurodollar Rate Loan, or on any Business Day with respect to Domestic Rate Loans, convert any such loan into a loan of another type in the same aggregate principal amount provided that any conversion of a Eurodollar Rate Loan shall be made only on the last Business Day of the then current Interest Period applicable to such Eurodollar Rate Loan. If Borrowing Agent desires to convert a loan, Borrowing Agent shall give Agent written notice by no later than 12:00 p.m. (i) on the day which is three (3) Business Days’ prior to the date on which such conversion is to occur with respect to a conversion from a Domestic Rate Loan to a Eurodollar Rate Loan, or (ii) on the day which is one (1) Business Day prior to the date on which such conversion is to occur with respect to a conversion from a Eurodollar Rate Loan to a Domestic Rate Loan, specifying, in each case, the date of such conversion, the loans to be converted and if the conversion is from a Domestic Rate Loan to any other type of loan, the duration of the first Interest Period therefor.
(e) At its option and upon written notice given prior to 12:00 p.m. at least three (3) Business Days’ prior to the date of such prepayment, any Borrower may prepay the Eurodollar Rate Loans in whole at any time or in part from time to time with accrued interest on the principal being prepaid to the date of such repayment. Such Borrower shall specify the date of prepayment of Advances which are Eurodollar Rate Loans and the amount of such prepayment. In the event that any prepayment of a Eurodollar Rate Loan is required or permitted on a date other than the last Business Day of the then current Interest Period with respect thereto, such Borrower shall indemnify Agent and Lenders therefor in accordance with Section 2.2(f) hereof.
(f) Each Borrower shall indemnify Agent and Lenders and hold Agent and Lenders harmless from and against any and all losses or expenses that Agent and Lenders may sustain or incur as a consequence of any prepayment, conversion of or any default by any Borrower in the payment of the principal of or interest on any Eurodollar Rate Loan, or failure by any Borrower to complete a borrowing of, a prepayment of or conversion of or to a Eurodollar Rate Loan after notice thereof has been given, including, but not limited to, any interest payable by Agent or Lenders to lenders of funds obtained by it in order to make or maintain its Eurodollar Rate Loans hereunder. A certificate as to any additional amounts payable pursuant to the foregoing sentence submitted by Agent or any Lender to Borrowing Agent shall be conclusive absent manifest error.
(g) Notwithstanding any other provision hereof, if any Applicable Law, or any change therein or in the interpretation or application thereof, including without limitation any Change in Law, shall make it unlawful for Lenders or any Lender (for purposes of this subsection (g), the term “Lender” shall include any Lender and the office or branch where any Lender or any Person controlling such Lender makes or maintains any Eurodollar Rate Loans) to make or maintain its Eurodollar Rate Loans, the obligation of Lenders (or such affected Lender) to make Eurodollar Rate Loans hereunder shall forthwith be cancelled and Borrowers shall, if any affected Eurodollar Rate Loans are then outstanding, promptly upon request from Agent, either pay all such affected Eurodollar Rate Loans, or convert such affected Eurodollar Rate Loans into loans of another type. If any such payment or conversion of any Eurodollar Rate Loan is made on a day that is not the last day of the Interest Period applicable to such Eurodollar Rate Loan, Borrowers shall pay Agent, upon Agent’s request, such amount or amounts set forth in clause (f) above. A certificate as to any additional amounts payable pursuant to the foregoing sentence submitted by Lenders to Borrowing Agent shall be conclusive absent manifest error.
2.3 Disbursement of Advance Proceeds.
All Advances shall be disbursed from whichever office or other place Agent may designate from time to time and, together with any and all other Obligations of Borrowers to Agent or Lenders, shall be charged to Borrowers’ Account on Agent’s books. During the Term, Borrowers may use the Revolving Advances by borrowing, prepaying and re-borrowing, all in accordance with the terms and conditions hereof. The proceeds of each Revolving Advance requested by Borrowing Agent on behalf of any Borrower or, in the case of a Revolving Advance, deemed to have been requested by any Borrower under Section 2.2 hereof shall, with respect to requested Revolving Advances to the extent Lenders make such Revolving Advances, be made available to the applicable Borrower on the day so requested by way of credit to such Borrower’s operating account ending in xxx5600 maintained at Bank of America, N.A., or such other bank as Borrowing Agent may designate following notification to Agent, in immediately available federal funds or other immediately available funds or, with respect to Revolving Advances deemed to have been requested by any Borrower, be disbursed to Agent to be applied to the outstanding Obligations giving rise to such deemed request.
2.4 Maximum Advances.
The Revolving A Facility Usage shall not exceed at any time the lesser of (a) the Maximum Revolving A Advance Amount, and (b) the Formula Amount. The amount of outstanding Revolving B Advances shall not exceed at any time the sum of (i) the Maximum Revolving B Advance Amount plus (ii) any Revolving B PIK Interest accrued or paid-in-kind in accordance with this Agreement.
2.5 Repayment of Advances.
(a) The Revolving Advances shall be due and payable in full on the last day of the Term subject to earlier prepayment as herein provided.
(b) Each Borrower recognizes that the amounts evidenced by checks, notes, drafts or any other items of payment relating to and/or proceeds of Collateral may not be collectible by Agent on the date received by Agent. Agent shall conditionally credit Borrowers’ Account for each item of payment on the next Business Day after the Business Day on which such item of payment is received by Agent (and the Business Day on which each such item of payment is so credited shall be referred to, with respect to such item, as the “Application Date”). Agent is not, however, required to credit Borrowers’ Account for the amount of any item of payment which is unsatisfactory to Agent and Agent may charge Borrowers’ Account for the amount of any item of payment which is returned, for any reason whatsoever, to Agent unpaid. Subject to the foregoing, Borrowers agree that for purposes of computing the interest charges under this Agreement, each item of payment received by Agent shall be deemed applied by Agent on account of the Obligations on its respective Application Date. Borrowers further agree that there is a monthly float charge payable to Agent for Agent’s sole benefit, in an amount equal to (y) the face amount of all items of payment received during the prior month (including items of payment received by Agent as a wire transfer or electronic depository check) multiplied by (z) the Revolving A Interest Rate with respect to Domestic Rate Loans for one (1) Business Day. All proceeds received by Agent shall be applied to the Obligations in accordance with Section 4.15.
(c) All payments of principal, interest and other amounts payable hereunder, or under any of the Other Documents shall be made to Agent at the Payment Office not later than 1:00 P.M. on the due date therefor in Dollars in federal funds or other funds immediately available to Agent. Agent shall have the right to effectuate payment on any and all Obligations due and owing hereunder by charging Borrowers’ Account or by making Advances as provided in Section 2.2 hereof.
(d) Borrowers shall pay principal, interest, and all other amounts payable hereunder, or under any related agreement, without any deduction whatsoever, including, but not limited to, any deduction for any setoff or counterclaim.
2.6 Repayment of Excess Advances.
The sum of the aggregate balance of Revolving A Advances outstanding at any time in excess of the maximum amount of such Revolving A Advances permitted hereunder shall be immediately due and payable without the necessity of any demand, at the Payment Office, whether or not a Default or Event of Default has occurred. Without limiting the foregoing, if at any time following one or more fluctuations in the exchange rate of the Dollar against any other currency, any part of the Obligations exceeds any limit set forth herein, Borrowers shall within three (3) Business Days of written notice of same from Agent or, if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, immediately (i) make the necessary payments or repayments to reduce such Obligations to an amount necessary to eliminate such excess or (ii) maintain or cause to be maintained with Agent deposits in an amount equal to or greater than the amount of such excess, such deposits to be maintained in such form and upon such terms as are acceptable to Agent; without in any way limiting the foregoing provisions, Agent shall, weekly or more frequently in Agent’s Permitted Discretion, make the necessary exchange rate calculations to determine whether any such excess exists on such date.
2.7 Statement of Account.
Agent shall maintain, in accordance with its customary procedures, a loan account (“Borrowers’ Account”) in the name of Borrowers in which shall be recorded the date and amount of each Advance made by Agent and the date and amount of each payment in respect thereof; provided, however, the failure by Agent to record the date and amount of any Advance shall not adversely affect Agent or any Lender. Each month, Agent shall send to Borrowing Agent a statement showing the accounting for the Advances made, payments made or credited in respect thereof, and other transactions between Agent and Borrowers during such month. The monthly statements shall be deemed correct and binding upon Borrowers in the absence of manifest error and shall constitute an account stated between Lenders and Borrowers unless Agent receives a written statement of Borrowers’ specific exceptions thereto within thirty (30) days after such statement is received by Borrowing Agent. The records of Agent with respect to the loan account shall be conclusive evidence absent manifest error of the amounts of Advances and other charges thereto and of payments applicable thereto.
2.8 Letters of Credit and Acceptances.
(a) Subject to the terms and conditions hereof, Agent shall (a) issue or cause the issuance of standby and/or trade letters of credit (such letters of credit, the “Letters of Credit” and individually a “Letter of Credit”) for the account of any Borrower or (b) accept or cause to be accepted Acceptances; provided, however, that Agent will not be required to issue or cause to be issued any Letters of Credit or accept or cause to be accepted any Acceptances to the extent that the issuance or acceptance thereof would then cause the sum of (i) the outstanding Revolving A Advances plus (ii) Maximum Undrawn Amount of outstanding Letters of Credit plus (iii) the outstanding Swing Loans plus (iv) outstanding Acceptances to exceed the lesser of (x) the Maximum Revolving A Advance Amount or (y) the Formula Amount (without giving effect to clause (iv) of the definition thereof). The Maximum Undrawn Amount of outstanding Letters of Credit plus the aggregate amount of outstanding Acceptances shall not exceed in the aggregate at any time the Letter of Credit Sublimit. All disbursements or payments related to Letters of Credit and Acceptances shall be deemed to be Eurodollar Rate Loans consisting of Revolving A Advances and shall bear interest at the Revolving A Interest Rate for Eurodollar Rate Loans; Letters of Credit that have not been drawn upon shall not bear interest.
(b) Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement, Issuer shall not be under any obligation to issue any Letter of Credit if (i) any order, judgment or decree of any Governmental Body or arbitrator shall by its terms purport to enjoin or restrain Issuer from issuing any Letter of Credit, or any Law applicable to Issuer or any request or directive (whether or not having the force of law) from any Governmental Body with jurisdiction over Issuer shall prohibit, or request that Issuer refrain from, the issuance of letters of credit generally or the Letter of Credit in particular or shall impose upon Issuer with respect to the Letter of Credit any restriction, reserve or capital requirement (for which Issuer is not otherwise compensated hereunder) not in effect on the date of this Agreement, or shall impose upon Issuer any unreimbursed loss, cost or expense which was not applicable on the date of this Agreement, and which Issuer in good faith deems material to it, or (ii) the issuance of the Letter of Credit would violate one or more policies of Issuer applicable to letters of credit generally.
2.9 Issuance of Letters of Credit; Creation of Acceptances.
(a) Borrowing Agent, on behalf of Borrowers, may request Agent to issue or cause the issuance of a Letter of Credit by delivering to Agent at the Payment Office, prior to 12:00 p.m., at least five (5) Business Days’ prior to the proposed date of issuance (or such shorter period as may be agreed to by Agent), Agent’s form of Letter of Credit Application (the “Letter of Credit Application”) completed to the satisfaction of Agent; and, such other certificates, documents and other papers and information as Agent may reasonably request. Borrowing Agent, on behalf of Borrowers, also has the right to give instructions and make agreements with respect to any application, any applicable letter of credit and security agreement, any applicable letter of credit reimbursement agreement and/or any other applicable agreement, any letter of credit and the disposition of documents, disposition of any unutilized funds, and to agree with Agent upon any amendment, extension or renewal of any Letter of Credit.
(b) Each Letter of Credit shall, among other things, (i) provide for the payment of sight drafts, other written demands for payment, or acceptances of usance drafts when presented for honor thereunder in accordance with the terms thereof and when accompanied by the documents described therein and (ii) have an expiry date not later than twenty-four (24) months after such Letter of Credit’s date of issuance and in no event later than the last day of the Term (except that a Letter of Credit may expire up to twelve (12) months beyond the last day of the Term if such Letter of Credit has been cash collateralized by Borrowers in an amount equal to one hundred five percent (105%) of the face amount of such Letter of Credit on terms and conditions acceptable to Agent in its Permitted Discretion, at least one (1) Business Days prior to the last day of the Term). Each standby Letter of Credit shall be subject either to the Uniform Customs and Practice for Documentary Credits as most recently published by the International Chamber of Commerce at the time a Letter of Credit is issued (the “UCP”) or the International Standby Practices (ISP98 International Chamber of Commerce Publication Number 590) (the “ISP98 Rules”)), and any subsequent revision thereof at the time a standby Letter of Credit is issued, as determined by Agent, and each trade Letter of Credit shall be subject to the UCP. If, as of the last day of the Term, any Letter of Credit remains outstanding for any reason and is partially or wholly undrawn, Borrowers shall immediately Cash Collateralize the then outstanding amount of all such Letters of Credit (in an amount equal to 105% of the Maximum Undrawn Amount of all outstanding Letters of Credit determined as of the last day of the Term). For the purposes hereof “Cash Collateralize’’ means to pledge and deposit with or deliver to Agent, for the benefit of the Agent and the Lenders, as collateral for the Obligations, cash or deposit account balances pursuant to documentation in form and substance satisfactory to Agent (which documents are hereby consented to by the Lenders). Derivatives of such term shall have corresponding meanings. Borrowers hereby grant Agent, for the benefit of the Agent and the Lenders, a security interest in all such cash and deposit account balances and all proceeds of the foregoing. Cash collateral shall be maintained in blocked, non-interest bearing deposit accounts with PNC.
(c) Agent shall use its reasonable efforts to notify Lenders of the request by Borrowing Agent for a Letter of Credit or Acceptance hereunder.
(d) Agent shall have absolute discretion whether to accept any draft to create an Acceptance. Without in any way limiting Agent’s absolute discretion whether to accept any draft, Borrowing Agent will not present for acceptance any draft, and Agent will generally not accept any drafts (i) that arise out of transactions involving the sale of goods by any Borrower not in the Ordinary Course of Business, (ii) that involve a sale to an Affiliate of any Borrower, (iii) that involve any purchase for which Agent has not received all related documents, instruments and forms requested by Agent, (iv) for which Agent is unable to locate a purchaser in the ordinary course of business on standard terms, or (v) that is not eligible for discounting with Federal Reserve Banks pursuant to paragraph 7 of Section 13 of the Federal Reserve Act, as amended.
(e) Subject to terms set by Agent from time to time in its discretion with respect to the acceptance of drafts generally, Borrowing Agent, on behalf of any Borrower, may request Acceptances on any Business Day, by delivering to Agent a request for an Acceptance in form and substance satisfactory to the Agent and, promptly upon demand, copies of all invoices, delivery receipts and related documents relating to that request that Agent might require. Provided that the request for Acceptance is received prior to 10:30 a.m. and approved by Agent, Agent shall make the net proceeds of the Acceptance available to the applicable Borrower by crediting the net amount of the Acceptance in lawful money of the United States and in immediately available funds to the Borrowers’ Account. The net amount of the Acceptance shall be calculated by discounting the Acceptance at the Banker’s Acceptance Rate for the applicable maturity period upon the creation by Agent of an Acceptance.
(f) Borrowers shall pay to Agent the amount of any Acceptance on or before its maturity date. In addition, Agent is hereby irrevocably authorized, in its sole discretion, to make Revolving A Advances from time to time, or to charge any account of Borrowers, to pay any Acceptance for which payment is due, or at any time after the occurrence of an Event of Default to fund cash collateral for any outstanding Acceptance.
(g) Each Acceptance shall be payable in Dollars and shall be in the face amount of at least One Hundred Thousand and 00/100 Dollars ($100,000.00). The maturity of each Acceptance shall be in any thirty (30) day increment equal to or greater than thirty (30) and less than or equal to ninety (90) days or, if such day is not a Business Day, on the next succeeding Business Day and, in any event, no later than the day preceding the expiration of the Term. This Section 2.9(g) will not apply to Acceptances created under Letters of Credit.
(h) Borrowers, Agent, Lenders, and Issuer hereby acknowledge and agree that all Existing Letters of Credit shall constitute Letters of Credit under this Agreement on and after the Closing Date.
2.10 Requirements For Issuance of Letters of Credit and Acceptances.
(a) Borrowing Agent shall authorize and direct any Issuer to name the applicable Borrower as the “Applicant” or “Account Party” of each Letter of Credit. If Agent is not the Issuer of any Letter of Credit, Borrowing Agent shall authorize and direct the Issuer to deliver to Agent all instruments, documents, and other writings and property received by the Issuer pursuant to the Letter of Credit or any Acceptance related thereto and to accept and rely upon Agent’s instructions and agreements with respect to all matters arising in connection with the Letter of Credit or the application therefor or any Acceptance therefor.
(b) In connection with all Letters of Credit issued or caused to be issued by Agent under this Agreement, each Borrower hereby appoints Agent, or its designee, as its attorney, with full power and authority if an Event of Default shall have occurred, (i) to sign and/or endorse such Borrower’s name upon any warehouse or other receipts, letter of credit applications and acceptances, (ii) to sign such Borrower’s name on bills of lading; (iii) to clear Inventory through the United States of America Customs Department (“Customs”) in the name of such Borrower or Agent or Agent’s designee, and to sign and deliver to Customs officials powers of attorney in the name of such Borrower for such purpose; and (iv) to complete in such Borrower’s name or Agent’s, or in the name of Agent’s designee, any order, sale or transaction, obtain the necessary documents in connection therewith, and collect the proceeds thereof. Neither Agent nor its attorneys will be liable for any acts or omissions nor for any error of judgment or mistakes of fact or law, except for Agent’s or its attorneys’ willful misconduct. This power, being coupled with an interest, is irrevocable as long as any Letters of Credit remain outstanding.
2.11 Disbursements, Reimbursement.
(a) Immediately upon the issuance of each Letter of Credit, each Lender shall be deemed to, and hereby irrevocably and unconditionally agrees to, purchase from Agent a participation in such Letter of Credit and each drawing thereunder in an amount equal to such Lender’s Revolver A Commitment Percentage of the Maximum Face Amount of such Letter of Credit and the amount of such drawing, respectively.
(b) In the event of any request for a drawing under a Letter of Credit by the beneficiary or transferee thereof, Agent will promptly notify Borrowing Agent. Provided that Borrowing Agent shall have received such notice, Borrowers shall reimburse (such obligation to reimburse Agent shall sometimes be referred to as a “Reimbursement Obligation”) Agent prior to 12:00 p.m. on each date that an amount is paid by Agent under any Letter of Credit (each such date, a “Drawing Date”) in an amount equal to the amount so paid by Agent. In the event Borrowers fail to reimburse Agent for the full amount of any drawing under any Letter of Credit by 12:00 p.m. on the Drawing Date, Agent will promptly notify each Lender thereof, and Borrowers shall be deemed to have requested that a Revolving A Advance maintained as a Domestic Rate Loan be made by Lenders to be disbursed on the Drawing Date under such Letter of Credit, subject to the amount of the unutilized portion of the lesser of (i) Maximum Revolving A Advance Amount or (ii) the Formula Amount and subject to Section 8.2 hereof. Any notice given by Agent pursuant to this Section 2.11(b) may be oral if immediately confirmed in writing; provided that the lack of such an immediate confirmation shall not affect the conclusiveness or binding effect of such notice.
(c) Each Lender shall, upon any notice pursuant to Section 2.11(b), make available to Agent an amount in immediately available funds equal to its Revolver A Commitment Percentage of the amount of the drawing, whereupon the participating Lenders shall (subject to Section 2.11(d)) each be deemed to have made a Revolving A Advance maintained as a Domestic Rate Loan to Borrowers in that amount. If any Lender so notified fails to make available to Agent the amount of such Lender’s Revolver A Commitment Percentage of such amount by no later than 2:00 p.m. on the Drawing Date, then interest shall accrue on such Lender’s obligation to make such payment, from the Drawing Date to the date on which such Lender makes such payment (i) at a rate per annum equal to the Federal Funds Effective Rate during the first three days following the Drawing Date and (ii) at a rate per annum equal to the rate applicable to Revolving A Advances maintained as a Domestic Rate Loans on and after the fourth day following the Drawing Date. Agent will promptly give notice of the occurrence of the Drawing Date, but failure of Agent to give any such notice on the Drawing Date or in sufficient time to enable any Lender to effect such payment on such date shall not relieve such Lender from its obligation under this Section 2.11(c), provided that such Lender shall not be obligated to pay interest as provided in Section 2.11(c)(i) and (ii) until and commencing from the date of receipt of notice from Agent of a drawing.
(d) With respect to any unreimbursed drawing that is not converted into a Revolving A Advance maintained as a Domestic Rate Loan to Borrowers in whole or in part as contemplated by Section 2.11(b), because of Loan Parties’ failure to satisfy the conditions set forth in Section 8.2 (other than any notice requirements) or for any other reason, Borrowers shall be deemed to have incurred from Agent a borrowing (each a “Letter of Credit Borrowing”) in the amount of such drawing. Such Letter of Credit Borrowing shall be due and payable on demand (together with interest) and shall bear interest at the rate per annum applicable to a Revolving A Advance maintained as a Domestic Rate Loan. Each Lender’s payment to Agent pursuant to Section 2.11(c) shall be deemed to be a payment in respect of its participation in such Letter of Credit Borrowing and shall constitute a “Participation Advance” from such Lender in satisfaction of its Participation Commitment under this Section 2.11.
(e) Each Lender’s Participation Commitment shall continue until the last to occur of any of the following events: (x) Agent ceases to be obligated to issue or cause to be issued Letters of Credit hereunder; (y) no Letter of Credit issued or created hereunder remains outstanding and uncancelled and (z) all Persons (other than Loan Parties) have been fully reimbursed for all payments made under or relating to Letters of Credit.
2.12 Repayment of Participation Advances.
(a) Upon (and only upon) receipt by Agent for its account of immediately available funds from Borrowers (i) in reimbursement of any payment made by Agent under the Letter of Credit with respect to which any Lender has made a Participation Advance to Agent, or (ii) in payment of interest on such a payment made by Agent under such a Letter of Credit, Agent will pay to each Lender, in the same funds as those received by Agent, the amount of such Lender’s Revolver A Commitment Percentage of such funds, except Agent shall retain the amount of the Revolver A Commitment Percentage of such funds of any Lender that did not make a Participation Advance in respect of such payment by Agent (and, to the extent that any of the other Lender(s) have funded any portion of such Defaulting Lender’s Participation Advance in accordance with the provisions of Section 2.21, Agent will pay over to such Non-Defaulting Lenders a pro rata portion of the funds so withheld from such Defaulting Lender).
(b) If Agent is required at any time to return to any Borrower, or to a trustee, receiver, liquidator, custodian, or any official in any insolvency proceeding, any portion of the payments made by Borrowers to Agent pursuant to Section 2.12(a) in reimbursement of a payment made under the Letter of Credit or interest or fee thereon, each Lender shall, on demand of Agent, forthwith return to Agent the amount of its Revolver A Commitment Percentage of any amounts so returned by Agent plus interest at the Federal Funds Effective Rate.
2.13 Documentation.
Each Borrower agrees to be bound by the terms of the Letter of Credit Application and by Agent’s reasonable interpretations of any Letter of Credit or Acceptance issued or created on behalf of such Borrower and by Agent’s written regulations and customary practices relating to letters of credit, though Agent’s interpretations may be different from such Borrower’s own. In the event of a conflict between the Letter of Credit Application and this Agreement, this Agreement shall govern. It is understood and agreed that, except in the case of gross negligence or willful misconduct (as determined by a court of competent jurisdiction in a final non-appealable judgment), Agent shall not be liable for any error, negligence and/or mistakes, whether of omission or commission, in following Borrowing Agent’s or any Borrower’s instructions or those contained in the Letters of Credit or any modifications, amendments or supplements thereto.
2.14 Determination to Honor Drawing Request.
In determining whether to honor any request for drawing under any Letter of Credit by the beneficiary thereof, Agent shall be responsible only to determine that the documents and certificates required to be delivered under such Letter of Credit have been delivered and that they comply on their face with the requirements of such Letter of Credit and that any other drawing condition appearing on the face of such Letter of Credit has been satisfied in the manner so set forth.
2.15 Nature of Participation and Reimbursement Obligations.
Each Lender’s obligation in accordance with this Agreement to make the Revolving A Advances or Participation Advances as a result of a drawing under a Letter of Credit, and the obligations of Borrowers to reimburse Agent upon a draw under a Letter of Credit, shall be absolute, unconditional and irrevocable, and shall be performed strictly in accordance with the terms of this Section 2.15 under all circumstances, including the following circumstances:
(i) any set-off, counterclaim, recoupment, defense or other right which such Lender may have against Agent, any Loan Party or any other Person for any reason whatsoever;
(ii) the failure of any Loan Party or any other Person to comply, in connection with a Letter of Credit Borrowing, with the conditions set forth in this Agreement for the making of a Revolving A Advance, it being acknowledged that such conditions are not required for the making of a Letter of Credit Borrowing and the obligation of Lenders to make Participation Advances under Section 2.10;
(iii) any lack of validity or enforceability of any Letter of Credit;
(iv) any claim of breach of warranty that might be made by any Borrower or any Lender against the beneficiary of a Letter of Credit, or the existence of any claim, set-off, recoupment, counterclaim, cross-claim, defense or other right which any Borrower or any Lender may have at any time against a beneficiary, any successor beneficiary or any transferee of any Letter of Credit or the proceeds thereof (or any Persons for whom any such transferee may be acting), Agent or any Lender or any other Person, whether in connection with this Agreement, the Transactions or any unrelated transaction (including any underlying transaction between any Borrower or any Subsidiaries of such Borrower and the beneficiary for which any Letter of Credit was procured);
(v) the lack of power or authority of any signer of (or any defect in or forgery of any signature or endorsement on) or the form of or lack of validity, sufficiency, accuracy, enforceability or genuineness of any draft, demand, instrument, certificate or other document presented under or in connection with any Letter of Credit, or any fraud or alleged fraud in connection with any Letter of Credit, or the transport of any property or provisions of services relating to a Letter of Credit, in each case even if Agent or any of Agent’s Affiliates has been notified thereof;
(vi) payment by Agent under any Letter of Credit against presentation of a demand, draft or certificate or other document which does not comply with the terms of such Letter of Credit;
(vii) the solvency of, or any acts or omissions by, any beneficiary of any Letter of Credit, or any other Person having a role in any transaction or obligation relating to a Letter of Credit, or the existence, nature, quality, quantity, condition, value or other characteristic of any property or services relating to a Letter of Credit;
(viii) any failure by Agent or any of Agent’s Affiliates to issue any Letter of Credit in the form requested by Borrowing Agent, unless Agent has received written notice from Borrowing Agent of such failure within three (3) Business Days after Agent shall have furnished Borrowing Agent a copy of such Letter of Credit and such error is material and no drawing has been made thereon prior to receipt of such notice;
(ix) any Material Adverse Effect on any Loan Party;
(x) any breach of this Agreement or any Other Document by any party thereto;
(xi) the occurrence or continuance of an insolvency proceeding with respect to any Loan Party;
(xii) the fact that a Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing;
(xiii) the fact that the Term shall have expired or this Agreement or the Obligations hereunder shall have been terminated; and
(xiv) any other circumstance or happening whatsoever, whether or not similar to any of the foregoing.
2.16 Indemnity.
In addition to amounts payable as provided in Section 16.5, each Loan Party hereby agrees to protect, indemnify, pay and save harmless Agent and any of Agent’s Affiliates that have issued a Letter of Credit from and against any and all claims, demands, liabilities, damages, taxes, penalties, interest, judgments, losses, costs, charges and expenses (including reasonable fees, expenses and disbursements of counsel) which Agent or any of Agent’s Affiliates may incur or be subject to as a consequence, direct or indirect, of the issuance of any Letter of Credit, other than as a result of (a) the gross negligence or willful misconduct of Agent as determined by a final and non-appealable judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction or (b) the wrongful dishonor by Agent or any of Agent’s Affiliates of a proper demand for payment made under any Letter of Credit, except if such dishonor resulted from any act or omission, whether rightful or wrongful, of any present or future de jure or de facto Governmental Body (all such acts or omissions herein called “Governmental Acts”).
2.17 Liability for Acts and Omissions.
As between Loan Parties and Agent and Lenders, each Loan Party assumes all risks of the acts and omissions of, or misuse of the Letters of Credit by, the respective beneficiaries of such Letters of Credit. In furtherance and not in limitation of the respective foregoing, Agent shall not be responsible for: (i) the form, validity, sufficiency, accuracy, genuineness or legal effect of any document submitted by any party in connection with the application for an issuance of any such Letter of Credit, even if it should in fact prove to be in any or all respects invalid, insufficient, inaccurate, fraudulent or forged (even if Agent shall have been notified thereof); (ii) the validity or sufficiency of any instrument transferring or assigning or purporting to transfer or assign any such Letter of Credit or the rights or benefits thereunder or proceeds thereof, in whole or in part, which may prove to be invalid or ineffective for any reason; (iii) the failure of the beneficiary of any such Letter of Credit, or any other party to which such Letter of Credit may be transferred, to comply fully with any conditions required in order to draw upon such Letter of Credit or any other claim of any Borrower against any beneficiary of such Letter of Credit, or any such transferee, or any dispute between or among any Borrower and any beneficiary of any Letter of Credit or any such transferee; (iv) errors, omissions, interruptions or delays in transmission or delivery of any messages, by mail, cable, facsimile, telex or otherwise, whether or not they be in cipher; (v) errors in interpretation of technical terms; (vi) any loss or delay in the transmission or otherwise of any document required in order to make a drawing under any such Letter of Credit or of the proceeds thereof; (vii) the misapplication by the beneficiary of any such Letter of Credit of the proceeds of any drawing under such Letter of Credit; or (viii) any consequences arising from causes beyond the control of Agent, including any Governmental Acts, and none of the above shall affect or impair, or prevent the vesting of, any of Agent’s rights or powers hereunder. Nothing in the preceding sentence shall relieve Agent from liability for Agent’s gross negligence or willful misconduct (as determined by a court of competent jurisdiction in a final non-appealable judgment) in connection with actions or omissions described in such clauses (i) through (viii) of such sentence. In no event shall Agent or Agent’s Affiliates be liable to any Loan Party for any indirect, consequential, incidental, punitive, exemplary or special damages or expenses (including without limitation attorneys’ fees), or for any damages resulting from any change in the value of any property relating to a Letter of Credit.
Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Agent and each of its Affiliates (i) may rely on any oral or other communication believed in good faith by Agent or such Affiliate to have been authorized or given by or on behalf of the applicant for a Letter of Credit, (ii) may honor any presentation if the documents presented appear on their face substantially to comply with the terms and conditions of the relevant Letter of Credit; (iii) may honor a previously dishonored presentation under a Letter of Credit, whether such dishonor was pursuant to a court order, to settle or compromise any claim of wrongful dishonor, or otherwise, and shall be entitled to reimbursement to the same extent as if such presentation had initially been honored, together with any interest paid by Agent or its Affiliates; (iv) may honor any drawing that is payable upon presentation of a statement advising negotiation or payment, upon receipt of such statement (even if such statement indicates that a draft or other document is being delivered separately), and shall not be liable for any failure of any such draft or other document to arrive, or to conform in any way with the relevant Letter of Credit; (v) may pay any paying or negotiating bank claiming that it rightfully honored under the laws or practices of the place where such bank is located; and (vi) may settle or adjust any claim or demand made on Agent or its Affiliate in any way related to any order issued at the applicant’s request to an air carrier, a letter of guarantee or of indemnity issued to a carrier or any similar document (each an “Order”) and honor any drawing in connection with any Letter of Credit that is the subject of such Order, notwithstanding that any drafts or other documents presented in connection with such Letter of Credit fail to conform in any way with such Letter of Credit.
In furtherance and extension and not in limitation of the specific provisions set forth above, any action taken or omitted by Agent under or in connection with the Letters of Credit issued by it or any documents and certificates delivered thereunder, if taken or omitted in good faith and without gross negligence (as determined by a court of competent jurisdiction in a final non-appealable judgment), shall not put Agent under any resulting liability to any Loan Party or any Lender.
2.18 Additional Payments.
Any sums expended by Agent or any Lender due to any Loan Party’s failure to perform or comply with its obligations under this Agreement or any Other Document including any Loan Party’s obligations under Sections 3.5, 4.2, 4.4, 4.10, 4.12, 4.13, 4.14 and 6.13 hereof, may be charged to Borrowers’ Account as a Revolving A Advance and added to the Obligations.
2.19 Manner of Borrowing and Payment.
(a) Each borrowing of Revolving Advances shall be advanced according to the applicable Revolver Commitment Percentages of the Lenders.
(b) Each payment (including each prepayment) by any Borrower on account of the principal of and interest on the Revolving Advances shall be applied to the Revolving Advances pro rata according to the applicable Revolver Commitment Percentages of Lenders. Except as expressly provided herein, all payments (including prepayments) to be made by any Borrower on account of principal, interest and fees shall be made without set off or counterclaim and shall be made to PNC with respect to Swing Loans and to Agent on behalf of Lenders with respect to Revolving Advances to the Payment Office, in each case on or prior to 1:00 p.m. in Dollars and in immediately available funds. Notwithstanding the foregoing, each payment (including each prepayment, but excluding for the sake of clarity any payment of Revolving B PIK Interest paid in cash or in-kind in accordance with this Agreement) by any Borrower on account of the principal on the Revolving Advances shall be applied first to the Revolving A Advances until the Revolving A Facility Usage has been reduced to zero, and thereafter to the Revolving B Advances.
(c) (i) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in Sections 2.19(a) and (b) hereof, commencing with the first Business Day following the Closing Date, each borrowing of Revolving Advances shall be advanced by Agent and each payment by any Borrower on account of Revolving Advances shall be applied first to those Revolving Advances advanced by Agent. On or before 1:00 p.m. on each Settlement Date commencing with the first Settlement Date following the Closing Date, Agent and Lenders shall make certain payments as follows: (I) if the aggregate amount of new Revolving Advances made by Agent during the preceding Week (if any) exceeds the aggregate amount of repayments applied to outstanding Revolving Advances during such preceding Week, then each Lender shall provide Agent with funds in an amount equal to its applicable Revolver Commitment Percentage of the difference between (w) such Revolving Advances and (x) such repayments and (II) if the aggregate amount of repayments applied to outstanding Revolving Advances during such Week exceeds the aggregate amount of new Revolving Advances made during such Week, then Agent shall provide each Lender with funds in an amount equal to its applicable Revolver Commitment Percentage of the difference between (y) such repayments and (z) such Revolving Advances.
(ii) Each Lender shall be entitled to earn interest at the applicable Revolving Interest Rate on outstanding Advances (other than Swing Loans) which it has funded.
(iii) Promptly following each Settlement Date, Agent shall submit to each Lender a certificate with respect to payments received and Advances (other than Swing Loans) made during the Week immediately preceding such Settlement Date. Such certificate of Agent shall be conclusive in the absence of manifest error.
(d) If any Lender or Participant (a “Benefited Lender”) shall at any time receive any payment of all or part of its Advances (other than Swing Loans), or interest thereon, or receive any Collateral in respect thereof (whether voluntarily or involuntarily or by set-off) in a greater proportion than any such payment to and Collateral received by any other Lender (except as expressly set forth herein), if any, in respect of such other Lender’s Advances (other than Swing Loans), or interest thereon, and such greater proportionate payment or receipt of Collateral is not expressly permitted hereunder, such Benefited Lender shall purchase for cash from the other Lenders a participation in such portion of each such other Lender’s Advances (other than Swing Loans), or shall provide such other Lender with the benefits of any such Collateral, or the proceeds thereof, as shall be necessary to cause such Benefited Lender to share the excess payment or benefits of such Collateral or proceeds ratably with each of the other Lenders; provided, however, that if all or any portion of such excess payment or benefits is thereafter recovered from such Benefited Lender, such purchase shall be rescinded, and the purchase price and benefits returned, to the extent of such recovery, but without interest. Each Lender so purchasing a portion of another Lender’s Advances (other than Swing Loans) may exercise all rights of payment (including rights of set-off) with respect to such portion as fully as if such Lender were the direct holder of such portion.
(e) Unless Agent shall have been notified by telephone, confirmed in writing, by any Lender that such Lender will not make the amount which would constitute its applicable Revolver Commitment Percentage of the Advances (other than Swing Loans) available to Agent, Agent may (but shall not be obligated to) assume that such Lender shall make such amount available to Agent on the next Settlement Date and, in reliance upon such assumption, make available to Borrowers a corresponding amount. Agent will promptly notify Borrowing Agent of its receipt of any such notice from a Lender. If such amount is made available to Agent on a date after such next Settlement Date, such Lender shall pay to Agent on demand an amount equal to the product of (i) the daily average Federal Funds Rate (computed on the basis of a year of three hundred sixty (360) days) during such period as quoted by Agent, times (ii) such amount, times (iii) the number of days from and including such Settlement Date to the date on which such amount becomes immediately available to Agent. A certificate of Agent submitted to any Lender with respect to any amounts owing under this paragraph (e) shall be conclusive in the absence of manifest error. If such amount is not in fact made available to Agent by such Lender within three (3) Business Days after such Settlement Date, Agent shall be entitled to recover such an amount, with interest thereon at the rate per annum then applicable to such Revolving Advances hereunder, on demand from Borrowers; provided, however, that Agent’s right to such recovery shall not prejudice or otherwise adversely affect Borrowers’ rights (if any) against such Lender.
2.20 Use of Proceeds.
(a) Borrowers may use the proceeds of Revolving Advances to (i) pay fees and expenses payable under this Agreement or any of the Other Documents to the Agent and Lenders, (ii) provide for Borrowers’ working capital needs and reimburse drawings under Letters of Credit, (iii) to repay the obligations under the DIP Credit Agreement and certain other existing indebtedness and (iv) provide for Borrowers’ capital expenditure needs, in accordance with the terms and conditions contained herein.
(b) Without limiting the generality of Section 2.20(a) above, neither Borrowers, the Guarantors nor any other Person which may in the future become party to this Agreement or the Other Documents as a Borrower or Guarantor intends to use or shall use any portion of the proceeds of the Advances, directly or indirectly, for any purpose in violation of the Trading with the Enemy Act.
(c) Further, without limiting the generality of Section 2.20(a) above, Borrowers agree that they will not, and will not permit any of their Subsidiaries to, use the proceeds of any Advances hereunder or any proceeds of Collateral to commence or support, or to pay any professional fees incurred in connection with, any adversary proceeding, motion or other action that seeks to challenge, contest or otherwise seeks to impair or object to the extent, validity, enforceability or priority of the Liens, claims or rights in favor of Agent or any Lender.
2.21 Defaulting Lender.
(a) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, in the event any Lender is a Defaulting Lender, all rights and obligations hereunder of such Defaulting Lender and of the other parties hereto shall be modified to the extent of the express provisions of this Section 2.21 so long as such Lender is a Defaulting Lender.
(b) (i) Except as otherwise expressly provided for in this Section 2.21, Revolving Advances shall be made pro rata from Lenders which are not Defaulting Lenders based on their respective Revolver Commitment Percentages, and no Revolver Commitment Percentage of any Lender or any pro rata share of any Advances required to be advanced by any Lender shall be increased as a result of any Lender being a Defaulting Lender. Amounts received in respect of principal of any type of Advances shall be applied to reduce such type of Advances of each Lender (other than any Defaulting Lender) in accordance with their Revolver Commitment Percentages; provided, that, Agent shall not be obligated to transfer to a Defaulting Lender any payments received by Agent for Defaulting Lender’s benefit, nor shall a Defaulting Lender be entitled to the sharing of any payments hereunder (including any principal, interest or fees). Amounts payable to a Defaulting Lender shall instead be paid to or retained by Agent. Agent may hold and, in its discretion, re-lend to a Borrower the amount of such payments received or retained by it for the account of such Defaulting Lender.
(ii) Fees pursuant to Section 3.3(b) hereof shall cease to accrue in favor of such Defaulting Lender.
(iii) If any Swing Loans are outstanding or any Letters of Credit (or drawings under any Letter of Credit for which Issuer has not been reimbursed) are outstanding or exist at the time any such Lender becomes a Defaulting Lender, then:
(A) such Defaulting Lender’s Participation Commitment in the outstanding Swing Loans and of the Maximum Undrawn Amount of all outstanding Letters of Credit shall be reallocated among Non-Defaulting Lenders in proportion to the respective Revolver Commitment Percentages of such Non-Defaulting Lenders to the extent (but only to the extent) that (x) such reallocation does not cause the aggregate sum of outstanding Advances made by any such Non-Defaulting Lender plus such Lender’s reallocated Participation Commitment in the outstanding Swing Loans plus such Lender’s reallocated Participation Commitment in the aggregate Maximum Undrawn Amount of all outstanding Letters of Credit to exceed the Revolver A Commitment Percentage of the Maximum Revolving A Advance Amount of any such Non-Defaulting Lender, and (y) no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing at such time;
(B) if the reallocation described in clause (A) above cannot, or can only partially, be effected, Borrowers shall within three (3) Business Days following notice by Agent (x) first, prepay any outstanding Swing Loans that cannot be reallocated, and (y) second, cash collateralize for the benefit of Issuer, Borrowers’ obligations corresponding to such Defaulting Lender’s Participation Commitment in the Maximum Undrawn Amount of all Letters of Credit (after giving effect to any partial reallocation pursuant to clause (A) above) in accordance with Section 3.2(b) for so long as such Obligations are outstanding;
(C) if Borrowers cash collateralize any portion of such Defaulting Lender’s Participation Commitment in the Maximum Undrawn Amount of all Letters of Credit pursuant to clause (B) above, Borrowers shall not be required to pay any fees to such Defaulting Lender pursuant to Section 3.2(a) with respect to such Defaulting Lender’s Revolver A Commitment Percentage of Maximum Undrawn Amount of all Letters of Credit during the period such Defaulting Lender’s Participation Commitment in the Maximum Undrawn Amount of all Letters of Credit are cash collateralized;
(D) if Defaulting Lender’s Participation Commitment in the Maximum Undrawn Amount of all Letters of Credit is reallocated pursuant to clause (A) above, then the fees payable to Lenders pursuant to Section 3.2(a) shall be adjusted and reallocated to Non-Defaulting Lenders in accordance with such reallocation; and
(E) if all or any portion of such Defaulting Lender’s Participation Commitment in the Maximum Undrawn Amount of all Letters of Credit is neither reallocated nor cash collateralized pursuant to clauses (A) or (B) above, then, without prejudice to any rights or remedies of Issuer or any other Lender hereunder, all Letter of Credit Fees payable under Section 3.2(a) with respect to such Defaulting Lender’s Revolver A Commitment Percentage of the Maximum Undrawn Amount of all Letters of Credit shall be payable to the Issuer (and not to such Defaulting Lender) until (and then only to the extent that) such Participation Commitment in the Maximum Undrawn Amount of all Letters of Credit is reallocated and/or cash collateralized; and
(iv) So long as any Lender is a Defaulting Lender, Swing Loan Lender shall not be required to fund any Swing Loans and Issuer shall not be required to issue, amend or increase any Letter of Credit, unless such Issuer is satisfied that the related exposure and Defaulting Lender’s Participation Commitment in the Maximum Undrawn Amount of all Letters of Credit and all Swing Loans (after giving effect to any such issuance, amendment, increase or funding) will be fully allocated to Non-Defaulting Lenders and/or cash collateral for such Letters of Credit will be provided by Borrowers in accordance with clause (A) and (B) above, and participating interests in any newly made Swing Loan or any newly issued or increased Letter of Credit shall be allocated among Non-Defaulting Lenders in a manner consistent with Section 2.21(b)(iii)(A) above (and such Defaulting Lender shall not participate therein).
(c) A Defaulting Lender shall not be entitled to give instructions to Agent or to approve, disapprove, consent to or vote on any matters relating to this Agreement and the Other Documents, and all amendments, waivers and other modifications of this Agreement and the Other Documents may be made without regard to a Defaulting Lender and, for purposes of the definition of “Required Lenders”, a Defaulting Lender shall not be deemed to be a Lender, to have any outstanding Advances or a Revolver Commitment Percentage; provided, that this clause (c) shall not apply to the vote of a Defaulting Lender in the case of an amendment, waiver or other modification described in clauses (i) or (iii) of Section 16.2(b).
(d) Other than as expressly set forth in this Section 2.21, the rights and obligations of a Defaulting Lender (including the obligation to indemnify Agent) and the other parties hereto shall remain unchanged. Nothing in this Section 2.21 shall be deemed to release any Defaulting Lender from its obligations under this Agreement and the Other Documents, shall alter such obligations, shall operate as a waiver of any default by such Defaulting Lender hereunder, or shall prejudice any rights which any Borrower, Agent or any Lender may have against any Defaulting Lender as a result of any default by such Defaulting Lender hereunder.
(e) In the event that Agent, Borrowers, Swing Loan Lender and Issuer agree in writing that a Defaulting Lender has adequately remedied all matters that caused such Lender to be a Defaulting Lender, then Agent will so notify the parties hereto, and Participation Commitments of Lenders (including such cured Defaulting Lender) of the Swing Loans and Maximum Undrawn Amount of all outstanding Letters of Credit shall be reallocated to reflect the inclusion of such Lender’s Revolver Commitment Percentage thereof, and on such date such Lender shall purchase at par such of the Advances of the other Lenders as Agent shall determine may be necessary in order for such Lender to hold such Advances in accordance with its Revolver Commitment Percentage.
(f) If Swing Loan Lender or Issuer has a good faith belief that any Lender has defaulted in fulfilling its obligations under one or more other agreements in which such Lender commits to extend credit, Swing Loan Lender shall not be required to fund any Swing Loans and Issuer shall not be required to issue, amend or increase any Letter of Credit, unless Swing Loan Lender or Issuer, as the case may be, shall have entered into arrangements with Borrowers or such Lender, satisfactory to Swing Loan Lender or Issuer, as the case may be, to defease any risk to it in respect of such Lender hereunder.
(g) Any payments, prepayments or other amounts paid or payable to a Defaulting Lender that are applied (or held) to pay amounts owed by a Defaulting Lender shall be deemed paid to and redirected by such Defaulting Lender, and each Lender irrevocably consents hereto. Such Defaulting Lender shall not be entitled to receive any fees for the duration of the Default Period.
2.22 Payment of Obligations.
Agent may charge to Borrowers’ Account as a Revolving A Advance or, at the discretion of Swing Loan Lender, as a Swing Loan (i) all payments with respect to any of the Obligations required hereunder (including without limitation principal payments, payments of interest, payments of Letter of Credit Fees and all other fees provided for hereunder and payments under Sections 16.5 and 16.9) as and when each such payment shall become due and payable (whether as regularly scheduled, upon or after acceleration, upon maturity or otherwise), (ii) without limiting the generality of the foregoing clause (i), all expenses which Agent incurs in connection with the forwarding of Advance proceeds and the establishment and maintenance of any Controlled Accounts as provided for in Section 4.15(h), and (iii) any sums expended by Agent or any Lender due to any Loan Party’s failure to perform or comply with its obligations under this Agreement or any Other Document, and all amounts so charged shall be added to the Obligations and shall be secured by the Collateral. To the extent Revolving A Advances are not actually funded by the other Lenders in respect of any such amounts so charged, all such amounts so charged shall be deemed to be Revolving A Advances made by and owing to Agent and Agent shall be entitled to all rights (including accrual of interest) and remedies of a Lender under this Agreement and the Other Documents with respect to such Revolving A Advances.
2.23 Swing Loans.
(a) Subject to the terms and conditions hereof and relying upon the representations and warranties herein set forth, and in order to facilitate advances and repayments between Settlement Dates, PNC may, at its option, cancel at any time for any reason whatsoever, make swing loans (the “Swing Loans”) (which shall be Domestic Rate Loans bearing interest based upon the Alternate Base Rate only) to Borrowers at any time or from time to time after the date hereof to, but not including, the last day of the Term, in an aggregate principal amount up to but not in excess of ten percent (10%) of the Maximum Revolving A Advance Amount, provided that the aggregate principal amount of PNC’s Swing Loans and the Revolving A Advances of all the Lenders shall not exceed the lesser of (x) the Maximum Revolving A Advance Amount less the aggregate Maximum Undrawn Amount of outstanding Letters of Credit or (y) the Formula Amount. Within such limits of time and amount and subject to the other provisions of this Agreement, Borrowers may borrow, repay and reborrow pursuant to this Section 2.23.
(b) Except as otherwise provided herein, Borrowing Agent may from time to time prior to the last day of the Term request PNC to make Swing Loans by delivery to PNC not later than 12:00 p.m. on the proposed borrowing date of a duly completed request therefor in writing or a request by telephone immediately confirmed in writing by letter, facsimile or telex (each, a “Swing Loan Request”), it being understood that Agent may rely on the authority of any individual making such a telephonic request without the necessity of receipt of such written confirmation. Each Swing Loan Request shall be irrevocable and shall specify the proposed borrowing date and the principal amount of such Swing Loan.
(c) So long as PNC elects to make Swing Loans, PNC shall, after receipt by it of a Swing Loan Request pursuant to Section 2.21(b) hereof, fund such Swing Loan to Borrowers in Dollars and immediately available funds at the Payment Office or other place that PNC may designate from time to time prior to 2:00 p.m. on the borrowing date.
(d) The obligation of Borrowers to repay the aggregate unpaid principal amount of the Swing Loans made to Borrowers by PNC, together with interest thereon, shall be evidenced by a Swing Note in substantially the form attached hereto as Exhibit 2.24(d), dated the Closing Date, and payable to the order of PNC in a face amount equal to the Swing Loan Commitment.
(e) PNC may, at its option, exercisable at any time for any reason whatsoever but not less frequently than on each Settlement Date, request repayment of the Swing Loans from the Lenders with a Revolving A Commitment, and each such Lender shall make a Revolving A Advance in an amount equal to such Lender’s Revolver A Commitment Percentage of the aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Swing Loans plus, if PNC so requests, accrued interest thereon, provided that no Lender shall be obligated in any event to make Advances in excess of its commitment to make Advances. Revolving A Advances made pursuant to the preceding sentence shall bear interest at the Revolving A Interest Rate for Domestic Rate Loans and shall be deemed to have been properly requested in accordance with Section 2.2 hereof without regard to any of the requirements of that provision. PNC shall provide notice to the Lenders (which may be telephonic or written notice by letter, facsimile or telex) that such Revolving A Advances are to be made under this Section 2.23(e) and of the apportionment among the Lenders, and the Lenders with a Revolving A Commitment shall be unconditionally obligated to fund such Revolving A Advances (whether or not (i) the conditions specified in Section 8.2 hereof are then satisfied or (ii) a Default or an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing unless, prior to the time such Swing Loans were made, the Required Lenders shall have directed Agent not to make Advances to Borrowers) by the time PNC so requests, which shall not be earlier than 3:00 p.m. on the next Business Day after the date the Lenders receive such notice from PNC.
2.24 Voluntary and Mandatory Prepayments.
(a) Voluntary Prepayment. Borrowers may prepay the Obligations in whole (but not in part) at any time; provided, that no prepayment in respect of Revolving B Advances shall be made unless the Revolving A Facility Usage has been reduced to zero.
(b) Mandatory Prepayments.
(i) When any Borrower sells or otherwise disposes of any Collateral for consideration in excess of $500,000 in any individual transaction or $2,000,000 in the aggregate during any fiscal year (other than Inventory in the Ordinary Course of Business), Borrowers shall repay the Advances in an amount equal to the net proceeds of such sale (i.e., gross proceeds less the reasonable costs of such sales or other dispositions consented to by Agent, which consent to such costs shall not be unreasonably withheld), such repayments to be made promptly but in no event more than five (5) Business Days following receipt of such net proceeds, and until the date of payment, such proceeds shall be held in trust for Agent. The foregoing shall not be deemed to be implied consent to any such sale otherwise prohibited by the terms and conditions hereof. Such repayments shall be applied first to the Advances in such order as Agent may determine, subject to Borrowers’ ability to re-borrow Revolving Advances in accordance with the terms hereof; provided, that no such repayment shall be applied to Revolving B Advances unless the Revolving A Facility Usage has been reduced to zero.
(ii) In the event of any issuance or other incurrence of Indebtedness, other than Indebtedness permitted under Section 7.4, by Borrowers, Borrowers shall, no later than three (3) Business Days after the receipt by Borrowers of the cash proceeds from any such issuance or incurrence of Indebtedness, repay the Advances in an amount equal to 100% of such cash proceeds. Such repayments will be applied in the same manner as set forth in Section 2.24(b)(i) hereof.
(iii) No later than three (3) Business Days after any Borrower or Loan Party’s receipt of any Extraordinary Receipt in excess of $500,000 in any individual transaction or $1,000,000 in the aggregate during any fiscal year, Borrowers shall repay the Advances in an amount equal to 100% of such Extraordinary Receipt. Such repayments will be applied in the same manner as set forth in Section 2.24(b)(i) hereof.
(iv) All proceeds received by Borrowers or Agent (i) under any insurance policy on account of damage or destruction of any assets or property of any Borrowers, or (ii) as a result of any taking or condemnation of any assets or property shall be applied in accordance with Section 2.24(b)(i) hereof.
(c) Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, but subject to the terms of Section 2.27, the Revolving Commitment Amounts shall not be reduced without the prior written consent of Required Lenders.
2.25 Reserved.
2.26 Additional Borrowers. Borrowing Agent may at any time, upon not less than ten (10) Business Days’ notice from Borrowing Agent to Agent, request Agent to approve the designation of any additional Subsidiary of Borrowing Agent that is organized or incorporated under the laws of the United States or any state or territory thereof (an “Applicant Borrower”) as a Borrower hereunder by delivering to Agent (which shall promptly deliver counterparts thereof to each Lender) a duly executed notice and agreement in form and substance satisfactory to Agent (a “Designated Borrower Request and Assumption Agreement”). The parties hereto acknowledge and agree that prior to any Applicant Borrower becoming a Borrower hereunder, Agent and the Lenders shall have received each of the items required by Section 8.3 for such Applicant Borrower, as well as a counterpart of the Designated Borrower Request and Assumption Agreement executed by such Applicant Borrower. If Agent consents to an Applicant Borrower becoming a Borrower hereunder (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld provided that the provisions of Section 8.3 are satisfied and no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or would result by the admission of such Applicant Borrower as a Borrower), then promptly following receipt of all items set forth in Section 8.3, Agent shall send a notice in form and substance satisfactory to Agent (a “Designated Borrower Notice”) to Borrowing Agent and Lenders specifying the effective date upon which the Applicant Borrower shall constitute a Borrower for purposes hereof, whereupon each of Lenders agrees to permit such Borrower to receive Advances hereunder, on the terms and conditions set forth herein, and each of the parties agrees that such Subsidiary otherwise shall be a Borrower for all purposes of this Agreement; provided that no Advances may be requested on behalf of such Subsidiary and no proceeds of Revolving Advances may be distributed to such Subsidiary until the date five Business Days after such effective date unless otherwise agreed by Agent, and further provided that such Applicant Borrower has first executed and delivered to Agent a counterpart of the Designated Borrower Request and Assumption Agreement, to the extent it has not theretofore done so.
2.27 Termination or Reduction of Commitments.
The Borrowing Agent may, upon notice to Agent, terminate the Revolving Commitment Amounts, or from time to time permanently reduce the aggregate amount of the Revolving Commitment Amounts to an amount not less than the balance of the Advances outstanding without premium or penalty; provided that (i) any such notice shall be received by Agent not later than 1:00 P.M. three (3) Business Days prior to the date of termination or reduction, (ii) any such partial reduction shall be in an aggregate amount of $10,000,000 or any whole multiple of $1,000,000 in excess thereof, (iii) Borrowers shall not terminate or reduce the aggregate amount of the Revolving A Commitment, if after giving effect thereto and to any concurrent prepayments hereunder, the outstanding Revolving A Advances would exceed the lesser of (x) the Maximum Revolving A Advance Amount and (y) the Formula Amount, (iv) no such reduction in the aggregate amount of the Revolving B Commitment shall be permitted if there is Revolving A Facility Usage outstanding at such time, and (v) if, after giving effect to any reduction of the Revolving Commitment Amounts, the Letter of Credit Sublimit or the Swing Loan Commitment exceeds the aggregate amount of the Revolving Commitment Amounts, such sublimit shall be automatically reduced by the amount of such excess. Agent will promptly notify the Lenders of any such notice of termination or reduction of the Revolving Commitment Amounts. Any reduction of the Revolving Commitment Amounts shall be applied to the Revolving Commitment Amount of each Lender according to its applicable Revolver Commitment Percentage. All fees accrued with respect thereto until the effective date of any termination of the Revolving Commitment Amounts shall be paid on the effective date of such termination.
III. | INTEREST AND FEES. |
3.1 Interest.
(a) Interest on Advances shall be payable in arrears (i) with respect to Revolving B Advances, on the first (1st) day of each fiscal quarter, (ii) with respect to Domestic Rate Loans, on the first (1st) day of each month, and (iii) with respect to Eurodollar Rate Loans, at the end of each Interest Period, provided that all accrued and unpaid interest shall be due and payable at the end of the Term. Interest charges shall be computed on the actual principal amount of Advances outstanding during the month, Interest Period or fiscal quarter, as applicable, at a rate per annum equal to the applicable Revolving Interest Rate. Interest on Revolving A Advances and Swing Loans shall be paid in cash. Interest on Revolving B Advances shall be paid-in-kind by capitalizing such amount and adding the portion of interest that has accrued in respect of the Revolving B Advances to the outstanding principal balance of the Revolving B Advances (and, thereafter, shall bear interest as principal pursuant to this Agreement) (any such capitalized interest paid-in-kind, the “Revolving B PIK Interest”); provided, that, interest on Revolving B Advances may be paid in cash at the election of Borrowers so long as, with respect to any such payment, the Revolving B Payment Conditions are satisfied both immediately before and immediately after giving effect to any such payment.
(b) Whenever, subsequent to the date of this Agreement, the Alternate Base Rate is increased or decreased, the Revolving A Interest Rate for Domestic Rate Loans shall be similarly changed without notice or demand of any kind by an amount equal to the amount of such change in the Alternate Base Rate during the time such change or changes remain in effect. The Eurodollar Rate shall be adjusted with respect to Eurodollar Rate Loans without notice or demand of any kind on the effective date of any change in the Reserve Percentage as of such effective date. Upon and after the occurrence of an Event of Default, and during the continuation thereof, at the option of Agent or at the direction of Required Lenders, Revolving Advances shall bear interest at the applicable Revolving Interest Rate plus two percent (2.0%) per annum (the “Default Rate”).
3.2 Letter of Credit and Acceptance Fees.
(a) Borrowers shall pay (x) to Agent, for the ratable benefit of Lenders, fees for each Letter of Credit and each Acceptance for the period from and excluding the date of issuance or creation of same to and including the date of expiration or termination, equal to the average daily face amount of each outstanding Letter of Credit and each outstanding Acceptance multiplied by the Applicable Letter of Credit and Acceptance Fee Percentage, such fees to be calculated on the basis of a 360-day year for the actual number of days elapsed and to be payable monthly in arrears on the first (1st) day of each month and on the last day of the Term, and (y) to the Issuer, a fronting fee of one quarter of one percent (0.25%) per annum, together with any and all administrative, issuance, creation, amendment, payment and negotiation charges with respect to Letters of Credit and Acceptances and all fees and expenses as agreed upon by the Issuer and Borrowing Agent in connection with any Letter of Credit and Acceptances, including in connection with the opening, amendment or renewal of any such Letter of Credit, any acceptances created thereunder and Acceptances and shall reimburse Agent for any and all fees and expenses, if any, paid by Agent to the Issuer (all of the foregoing fees, the “Letter of Credit and Acceptance Fees”). Any such charge in effect at the time of a particular transaction shall be the charge for that transaction, notwithstanding any subsequent change in the Issuer’s prevailing charges for that type of transaction. All Letter of Credit and Acceptance Fees payable hereunder shall be deemed earned in full on the date when the same are due and payable hereunder and shall not be subject to rebate or pro-ration upon the termination of this Agreement for any reason. Upon and after the occurrence of an Event of Default, and during the continuation thereof, at the option of Agent or at the direction of Required Lenders, the Letter of Credit and Acceptance Fees described in clause (x) of this Section 3.2(a) shall be increased by an additional two percent (2.0%) per annum.
(b) Upon the occurrence and during the continuation of an Event of Default, at the option of Agent or at the direction of Required Lenders (or, in the case of any Event of Default under Section 10.7, immediately and automatically upon the occurrence of such Event of Default, without the requirement of any affirmative action by any party), or upon the expiration of the Term or any other termination of this Agreement (and also, if applicable, in connection with any mandatory prepayment under Section 2.24), Borrowers will cause cash to be deposited and maintained in an account with Agent, as cash collateral, in an amount equal to one hundred five percent (105%) of the Maximum Undrawn Amount of all outstanding Letters of Credit and Acceptances, and each Borrower hereby irrevocably authorizes Agent, in its discretion, on such Borrower’s behalf and in such Borrower’s name, to open such an account and to make and maintain deposits therein, or in an account opened by such Borrower, in the amounts required to be made by such Borrower, out of the proceeds of Receivables or other Collateral or out of any other funds of such Borrower coming into any Lender’s possession at any time. Agent, may, in its discretion, invest such cash collateral (less applicable reserves) in such short-term money-market items as to which Agent and such Borrower mutually agree (or, in the absence of such agreement, as Agent may reasonably select) and the net return on such investments shall be credited to such account and constitute additional cash collateral, or Agent may (notwithstanding the foregoing) establish the account provided for under this Section 3.2(b) as a non-interest bearing account, and in such case Agent shall have no obligation (and Borrowers hereby waive any claim) under Article 9 of the Uniform Commercial Code or under any other Applicable Law to pay interest on such cash collateral being held by Agent. No Borrower may withdraw amounts credited to any such account except upon the occurrence of all of the following: (x) payment and performance in full of all Obligations (other than contingent indemnification obligations for which no claim giving rise thereto has been asserted), (y) expiration of all Letters of Credit and Acceptances and (z) termination of this Agreement. Borrowers hereby assign, pledge and grant to Agent, for its benefit and the ratable benefit of Issuer, Lenders and each other Secured Party, a continuing security interest in and to and Lien on any such cash collateral and any right, title and interest of Borrowers in any deposit account, securities account or investment account into which such cash collateral may be deposited from time to time to secure the Obligations, specifically including all Obligations with respect to any Letters of Credit. Borrowers agree that upon the coming due of any Reimbursement Obligations (or any other Obligations, including Obligations for Letter of Credit Fees) with respect to the Letters of Credit, Agent may use such cash collateral to pay and satisfy such Obligations.
3.3 Fees.
(a) Borrowers shall pay the amounts required to be paid in the Fee Letter in the manner and at the times required by the Fee Letter.
(b) Borrower shall pay a monthly fee (the “Facility Fee”), payable to Agent, for the ratable benefit of Lenders, which Facility Fee will be payable in arrears on the first (1st) day of every month with respect to the previous month, if during such previous month, the average daily Revolving A Facility Usage for each day of such month did not equal the Maximum Revolving A Advance Amount (for purposes of this computation, Swing Loans shall be deemed to be borrowed amounts under its commitment to make Revolving A Advances). The Facility Fee will be in an amount equal to the product of (i) 0.25% per annum (or, if the average daily Revolving A Facility Usage is less than fifty percent (50%) of the Maximum Revolving A Advance Amount, 0.375% per annum) multiplied by (ii) the amount by which the Maximum Revolving A Advance Amount exceeds such average daily Revolving A Facility Usage for such month.
3.4 Field Examinations. Borrowers shall pay to Agent promptly at the conclusion of any collateral evaluation performed by or for the benefit of Agent (namely any field examination, collateral analysis or other business analysis, the need for which is to be determined by Agent and which evaluation is undertaken by Agent or for Agent’s benefit) a collateral evaluation fee in an amount equal to $1,250 (or such other amount customarily charged by Agent to its customers) per day for each person employed to perform such evaluation, plus a per examination manager review fee (whether such examination is performed by Agent’s employees or by a third party retained by agent) in the amount of $1,300 (or such other amount customarily charged by Agent to its customers), plus all costs and disbursements incurred by Agent in the performance of such examination or analysis, and further provided that if third parties are retained to perform such collateral evaluations, either at the request of another Lender or for extenuating reasons determined by Agent in its Permitted Discretion, then such fees charged by such third parties plus all costs and disbursements incurred by such third party, shall be the responsibility of Borrowers and shall not be subject to the foregoing limits. So long as no Event of Default exists, Borrowers shall only be obligated to pay or reimburse Agent for up to three (3) field examinations in any calendar year.
3.5 Inventory Appraisals. Borrowers shall reimburse Agent for all reasonable and documented fees and out-of-pocket costs and expenses of any Inventory appraisals obtained by Agent; provided, that so long as no Event of Default exists, Borrowers shall have no obligation to pay or reimburse Agent for more than two (2) Inventory appraisals in any calendar year.
3.6 Computation of Interest and Fees.
(a) Interest and fees hereunder shall be computed on the basis of a year of three hundred sixty (360) days and for the actual number of days elapsed. If any payment to be made hereunder becomes due and payable on a day other than a Business Day, the due date thereof shall be extended to the next succeeding Business Day and interest thereon (other than with respect to any Revolving B Advances) shall be payable at the Revolving A Interest Rate for Domestic Rate Loans during such extension; provided that with respect to any payment on Revolving B Advances, interest thereon shall be payable at the Revolving B Interest rate during such extension.
(b) For purposes of the Interest Act (Canada): (i) whenever any interest or fee under this Agreement is calculated on the basis of a period of time other than a calendar year, such rate used in such calculation, when expressed as an annual rate, is equivalent to (x) such rate, multiplied by (y) the actual number of days in the calendar year in which the period for which such interest or fee is calculated ends, and divided by (z) the number of days in such period of time; (ii) the principle of deemed reinvestment of interest shall not apply to any interest calculation under this Agreement; and (iii) the rates of interest stipulated in this Agreement are intended to be nominal rates and not effective rates or yields.
3.7 Maximum Charges.
(a) In no event whatsoever shall interest and other charges charged hereunder exceed the highest rate permissible under Applicable Law. In the event interest and other charges as computed hereunder would otherwise exceed the highest rate permitted under Applicable Law, such excess amount shall be first applied to any unpaid principal balance owed by Borrowers, and if the then remaining excess amount is greater than the previously unpaid principal balance, Lenders shall promptly refund such excess amount to Borrowers and the provisions hereof shall be deemed amended to provide for such permissible rate.
(b) If any provision of this Agreement or Other Documents would oblige any Loan Party to make any payment of interest or other amount payable to any Lender in an amount or calculated at a rate which would be prohibited by law or would result in a receipt by that Lender of “interest” at a “criminal rate” (as such terms are construed under the Criminal Code (Canada)), then, notwithstanding such provision, such amount or rate shall be deemed to have been adjusted with retroactive effect to the maximum amount or rate of interest, as the case may be, as would not be so prohibited by Applicable Law or so result in a receipt by that Lender of “interest” at a “criminal rate”, such adjustment to be effected, to the extent necessary (but only to the extent necessary), as follows: first, by reducing the amount or rate of interest, and, thereafter, by reducing any fees, commissions, costs, expenses, premiums and other amounts required to be paid to the affected Lender which would constitute interest for purposes of section 347 of the Criminal Code (Canada). Notwithstanding the foregoing, and after giving effect to all adjustments contemplated thereby, if a Lender shall have received an amount in excess of the maximum permitted by section 347 of the Criminal Code (Canada), the applicable Loan Party shall be entitled to obtain reimbursement from such Lender in an amount equal to such excess and, pending such reimbursement, such amount shall be deemed to be an amount payable by such Lender to such Loan Party.
3.8 Increased Costs.
In the event that any Applicable Law, any Change in Law, or compliance by any Lender (for purposes of this Section 3.8, the term “Lender” shall include Agent or any Lender and any corporation or bank controlling Agent or any Lender) and the office or branch where Agent or any Lender (as so defined) makes or maintains any Eurodollar Rate Loans with any request or directive (whether or not having the force of law) from any central bank or other financial, monetary or other authority, shall:
(a) subject Agent or any Lender to any tax of any kind whatsoever with respect to this Agreement or any Other Document or change the basis of taxation of payments to Agent or any Lender of principal, fees, interest or any other amount payable hereunder or under any Other Documents (except, in each case, for (A) changes in the rate of Tax on the overall net income of Agent or any Lender by the jurisdiction in which it maintains its principal office, (B) Indemnified Taxes, (C) taxes described in clauses (b) through (c) of the definition of Excluded Taxes, and (D) Connection Income Taxes);
(b) impose, modify or hold applicable any reserve, special deposit, assessment or similar requirement against assets held by, or deposits in or for the account of, advances or loans by, or other credit extended by, any office of Agent or any Lender, including pursuant to Regulation D of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System; or
(c) impose on Agent or any Lender or the London interbank Eurodollar market any other condition with respect to this Agreement or any Other Document;
and the result of any of the foregoing is to increase the cost to Agent or any Lender of making, renewing or maintaining its Advances hereunder by an amount that Agent or such Lender deems to be material or to reduce the amount of any payment (whether of principal, interest or otherwise) in respect of any of the Advances by an amount that Agent or such Lender deems to be material, then, in any case Borrowers shall promptly pay Agent or such Lender, upon its demand, such additional amount as will compensate Agent or such Lender for such additional cost or such reduction, as the case may be, provided that the foregoing shall not apply to increased costs which are reflected in the Eurodollar Rate. Agent or such Lender shall certify the amount of such additional cost or reduced amount to Borrowing Agent, and such certification shall be conclusive absent manifest error.
3.9 Basis For Determining Interest Rate Inadequate or Unfair.
In the event that Agent or any Lender shall have determined that:
(a) reasonable means do not exist for ascertaining the Eurodollar Rate for any Interest Period;
(b) Dollar deposits in the relevant amount and for the relevant maturity are not available in the London interbank Eurodollar market, with respect to an outstanding Eurodollar Rate Loan, a proposed Eurodollar Rate Loan or a proposed conversion of a Domestic Rate Loan into a Eurodollar Rate Loan,
(c) the making, maintenance or funding of any Eurodollar Rate Loan has been made impracticable or unlawful by compliance by Agent or such Lender in good faith with any Applicable Law or any interpretation or application thereof by any Governmental Body or with any request or directive of any such Governmental Body (whether or not having the force of law), or
(d) the Eurodollar Rate will not adequately and fairly reflect the cost to such Lender of the establishment or maintenance of any Eurodollar Rate Loan,
then Agent shall give Borrowing Agent prompt written or telephonic of such determination. If such notice is given, (i) any such requested Eurodollar Rate Loan shall be made as a Domestic Rate Loan, unless Borrowing Agent shall notify Agent no later than 12:00 p.m. two (2) Business Days prior to the date of such proposed borrowing, that its request for such borrowing shall be cancelled or made as an unaffected type of Eurodollar Rate Loan, (ii) any Domestic Rate Loan or Eurodollar Rate Loan which was to have been converted to an affected type of Eurodollar Rate Loan shall be continued as or converted into a Domestic Rate Loan or, if Borrowing Agent shall notify Agent no later than 12:00 p.m. two (2) Business Days prior to the proposed conversion, shall be maintained as an unaffected type of Eurodollar Rate Loan, and (iii) any outstanding affected Eurodollar Rate Loans shall be converted into a Domestic Rate Loan or, if Borrowing Agent shall notify Agent no later than 12:00 p.m. two (2) Business Days prior to the last Business Day of the then current Interest Period applicable to such affected Eurodollar Rate Loan shall be converted into an unaffected type of Eurodollar Rate Loan on the last Business Day of the then current Interest Period for such affected Eurodollar Rate Loans. Until such notice has been withdrawn, Lenders shall have no obligation to make an affected type of Eurodollar Rate Loan or maintain outstanding affected Eurodollar Rate Loans and no Borrower shall have the right to convert a Domestic Rate Loan or an unaffected type of Eurodollar Rate Loan into an affected type of Eurodollar Rate Loan.
IV. |
COLLATERAL; GENERAL TERMS.
|
V. |
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES.
|
VI. |
AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS.
|
VII. |
NEGATIVE COVENANTS.
|
VIII. |
CONDITIONS PRECEDENT.
|
IX. |
INFORMATION AS TO LOAN PARTIES.
|
X. |
EVENTS OF DEFAULT.
|
XI. |
LENDERS’ RIGHTS AND REMEDIES AFTER DEFAULT.
|
XII. |
WAIVERS AND JUDICIAL PROCEEDINGS.
|
XIII. |
EFFECTIVE DATE AND TERMINATION.
|
XIV. |
REGARDING AGENT.
|
XV. |
BORROWING AGENCY.
|
XVI. |
MISCELLANEOUS.
|
BORROWERS:
|
A.M. CASTLE & CO.
|
|
By:
|
|
|
Name:
|
|
|
Title:
|
|
TOTAL PLASTICS, INC.
|
|
By:
|
|
|
Name:
|
|
|
Title:
|
|
HY-ALLOY STEELS COMPANY
|
|
By:
|
|
|
Name:
|
|
|
Title:
|
|
|
KEYSTONE TUBE COMPANY, LLC
|
|
By:
|
|
|
Name:
|
|
|
Title:
|
|
KEYSTONE SERVICE, INC.
|
|
By:
|
|
|
Name:
|
|
Title:
|
|
GUARANTORS:
|
A.M. CASTLE & CO. (CANADA) INC.
|
|
By:
|
|
|
Name:
|
|
|
Title:
|
|
CASTLE METALS DE MEXICO, S.A. DE C.V.
|
|
By:
|
|
|
Name:
|
|
|
Title:
|
|
CASTLE METALS DE MEXICALI, S.A. DE C.V.
|
|
By:
|
|
|
Name:
|
|
|
Title:
|
|
Agent and Lenders:
|
PNC BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,
as Agent and as a Lender
|
|
By:
|
|
|
Name:
|
|
|
Title:
|
|
WILMINGTON SAVINGS FUND SOCIETY, FSB, as Second Lien Agent
|
Name:
|
|
Title:
|
|
PNC BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as First Lien Agent
|
|
By: |
|
Name:
|
Title:
|
First Lien Agent:
|
If to Agent or PNC at:
PNC Bank, National Association
200 South Wacker Drive, Suite 600
Chicago, Illinois 60606
|
|
Attention:
|
Account Manager – A.M. Castle | |
Telephone:
|
(312) 454-2935 | |
Facsimile:
|
(312) 454-2919 | |
with copies to:
|
Goldberg Kohn Ltd.
55 East Monroe, Suite 3300
Chicago, Illinois 60603
|
|
Attention:
|
Danielle Juhle, Esq. and Jeffrey Dunlop, Esq. | |
Telephone:
|
(312) 201-4000 | |
Facsimile:
|
(312) 863-7831 | |
Second Lien Agent:
|
Wilmington Savings Fund Society, FSB
500 Delaware Avenue, 11th Floor
Wilmington, Delaware 19801
|
|
Attention: | Patrick Healy | |
Facsimile: | (302) 421-9137 | |
with copies to
(which shall not
constitute notice):
|
Ropes & Gray LLP
1211 Avenue of the Americas
New York, New York 10036-8704
|
|
Attention: | Mark R. Somerstein | |
Facsimile:
|
(646) 728-1663 |
By:
|
|
|
|
By:
|
|
|
|
A.M. CASTLE & CO.
|
|
By: |
|
Name: |
|
Title: |
|
TOTAL PLASTICS, INC.
|
|
By:
|
|
|
Name: |
|
|
Title: |
|
|
HY-ALLOY STEELS COMPANY
|
|
By:
|
|
|
Name: |
|
|
Title: |
|
|
KEYSTONE TUBE COMPANY, LLC
|
|
By:
|
|
|
Name: |
|
|
Title: |
|
|
KEYSTONE SERVICE, INC.
|
|
By:
|
|
|
Name: |
|
|
Title: |
|
|
A.M. CASTLE & CO. (CANADA) INC.
|
|
By:
|
|
|
Name: |
|
|
Title: |
|
|
CASTLE METALS DE MEXICO, S.A. DE C.V.
|
|
By:
|
|
|
Name: |
|
|
Title: |
|
|
CASTLE METALS DE MEXICALI, S.A. DE C.V.
|
|
By:
|
|
|
Name: |
|
|
Title: |
|
A.M. CASTLE & CO.
|
||
TOTAL PLASTICS, INC.
|
||
HY-ALLOY STEELS COMPANY
|
||
KEYSTONE TUBE COMPANY, LLC
|
||
KEYSTONE SERVICE, INC.
|
||
A.M. CASTLE & CO. (CANADA) INC.
|
||
By:
|
/s/ Jeremy Steele
|
|
Name:
|
Jeremy Steele
|
|
Title:
|
Secretary
|
CASTLE METALS DE MEXICO, S.A. DE C.V.
|
||
CASTLE METALS DE MEXICALI, S.A. DE C.V.
|
||
By:
|
/s/ Jeremy Steele
|
|
Name:
|
Jeremy Steele
|
|
Title:
|
Vice President of the Board of Directors
|
WILMINGTON SAVINGS FUND SOCIETY,
|
||
FSB, as Trustee and Collateral Agent
|
||
By:
|
/s/ Geoffrey J. Lewis
|
|
Name:
|
Geoffrey J. Lewis
|
|
Title:
|
Vice President
|
N/A
(Jurisdiction of incorporation of organization if not a U.S. national bank)
|
51-0054940
(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)
|
|
|
A. M. Castle & Co.
|
|
(Exact name of obligor as specified in its charter)
Additional Obligors Listed on Schedule A hereto
|
|
Maryland
|
36-0879160
|
(State or other jurisdiction or incorporation or organization)
|
(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)
|
Exact Name of Additional Registrants
|
Jurisdiction of
Incorporation or Formation |
Principal Executive
Offices |
I.R.S.
Employer Identification No. |
||||
Total Plastics, Inc.
|
Michigan
|
1420 Kensington Road, Suite 220, Oak Brook, IL 60523
|
38-2203149
|
||||
A.M. Castle & Co. (Canada) Inc.
|
British Columbia
|
1420 Kensington Road, Suite 220, Oak Brook, IL 60523
|
13835 3438
|
||||
HY-Alloy Steels Company
|
Delaware
|
1420 Kensington Road, Suite 220, Oak Brook, IL 60523
|
36-2761889
|
||||
Keystone Service, Inc.
|
Indiana
|
1420 Kensington Road, Suite 220, Oak Brook, IL 60523
|
36-0879160
|
||||
Keystone Tube Company, LLC
|
Delaware
|
1420 Kensington Road, Suite 220, Oak Brook, IL 60523
|
36-4388746
|
||||
Castle Metals De Mexico, S.A. de C.V.
|
Mexico
|
1420 Kensington Road, Suite 220, Oak Brook, IL 60523
|
CMM941219BG6
|
||||
Castle Metals De Mexicali, S.A. de C.V.
|
Mexico
|
1420 Kensington Road, Suite 220, Oak Brook, IL 60523
|
CMM941219BG6
|
ITEM 1.
|
GENERAL INFORMATION.
|
Furnish the following information as to the trustee:
|
|
(a)
|
Name and address of each examining or supervising authority to which it is subject.
|
(b)
|
Whether it is authorized to exercise corporate trust powers.
|
ITEM 2.
|
AFFILIATIONS WITH THE OBLIGORS.
|
If the obligor is an affiliate of the trustee, describe each affiliation:
|
ITEM 16.
|
LIST OF EXHIBITS.
|
Listed below are all exhibits filed as part of this Statement of Eligibility and Qualification.
|
Exhibit 1.
|
A copy of the articles of association of the trustee as now in effect.
|
Exhibit 2.
|
Not applicable.
|
Exhibit 3.
|
Not applicable.
|
Exhibit 4.
|
A copy of the existing bylaws of the trustee, or instruments corresponding thereto.
|
Exhibit 5.
|
Not applicable.
|
Exhibit 6.
|
The consents of United States institutional trustees required by Section 321(b) of the Act.
|
Exhibit 7.
|
A copy of the latest report of condition of the trustee published pursuant to law or the requirements of its supervising or examining authority.
|
Exhibit 8.
|
Not applicable.
|
Exhibit 9.
|
Not applicable.
|
WILMINGTON SAVINGS FUND SOCIETY, FSB
|
||||
Attest:
|
/s/ Kristin Moore
|
By:
|
/s/ Geoffrey J. Lewis
|
|
Assistant Secretary
|
Name:
|
Geoffrey J. Lewis
|
||
Title:
|
Vice President
|
IN TESTIMONY WHEREOF, today,
|
|
July 29, 2015, I have hereunto
|
|
subscribed my name and caused my seal
|
|
of office to be affixed to these presents at
|
|
the U.S. Department of the Treasury, in
|
|
the City of Washington, District of
|
|
Columbia.
|
|
/s/ Thomas J. Curry
|
|
Comptroller of the Currency
|
Attest:
|
|
By:
|
|
|
Secretary of the Savings Bank
|
President or Chief Executive
Officer of the Savings Bank |
FEDERAL HOME LOAN BANK BOARD
|
||||
Attest:
|
|
By:
|
|
|
Secretary to the Board
|
Associate General Counsel for Conversions
|
WILMINGTON SAVINGS FUND SOCIETY,
FEDERAL SAVINGS BANK |
||
By:
|
/s/ Marvin N. Schoenhals
|
|
Marvin N. Schoenhals, President
|
(SEAL)
|
||
ATTEST:
|
||
By:
|
/s/ John D. Waters
|
|
John D. Waters, Secretary
|
Very truly yours,
|
|
WILMINGTON SAVINGS FUND SOCIETY, FSB
|
|
/s/Geoffrey J. Lewis
|
|
Geoffrey J. Lewis
|
|
Vice President.
|
Exhibit 99.1
LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL AND CONSENT
Relating to
A. M. Castle & Co.
Offer to Exchange Any and All 5.00%/7.00% Convertible Senior PIK Toggle Notes due 2022
(CUSIP No. 148411AK7)
and
Solicitation of Consents to Proposed Amendments to the Related Indenture
Pursuant to the Prospectus, dated February 27, 2020
(as the same may be supplemented or amended from time to time, the Prospectus)
THE EXCHANGE OFFER AND THE CONSENT SOLICITATION WILL EXPIRE AT 5:00 P.M., NEW YORK CITY TIME, MARCH 26, 2020, UNLESS EXTENDED OR EARLIER TERMINATED BY US (SUCH DATE AND TIME, AS THE SAME MAY BE EXTENDED, THE EXPIRATION DATE). TENDERS MAY BE WITHDRAWN AT ANY TIME BEFORE 5:00 P.M., NEW YORK CITY TIME, ON THE EXPIRATION DATE (SUCH DATE AND TIME, AS THE SAME MAY BE EXTENDED, THE WITHDRAWAL DEADLINE)
|
The Exchange Agent for the offer to exchange and the consent solicitation (the Exchange Offer) is:
Wilmington Savings Fund Society, FSB
By Registered and Certified Mail:
|
By Regular Mail or Overnight Courier:
|
|
|
Wilmington Savings Fund Society, FSB
Attention: Corporate Trust Middle Office 501 Car Road, Suite 100 Wilmington, DE 19809 |
Wilmington Savings Fund Society, FSB
Attention: Corporate Trust Middle Office 501 Car Road, Suite 100 Wilmington, DE 19809 |
In Person by Hand Only:
Wilmington Savings Fund Society, FSB
Attention: Corporate Trust Middle Office
501 Car Road, Suite 100
Wilmington, DE 19809
By email: CTMiddleOffice@wsfsbank.com
By Facsimile (eligible institutions only): 302-421-9137
For Information or Confirmation by Telephone: 302-571-7014
Certain terms used and not defined herein shall have the respective meanings ascribed to them in the Prospectus.
The undersigned acknowledges that it has received the Prospectus as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission dated February 27, 2020 and this letter of transmittal (as each may be amended or supplemented from time to time), copies of which accompany this letter (collectively, the Offer Documents), which together constitute our (i) offer to exchange any and all of the outstanding old notes for the exchange consideration, and (ii) solicitation of consents to the Proposed Amendments to the related indenture, in each case, upon the terms and subject to the conditions, as described in the Offer Documents.
HOLDERS OF OLD NOTES, BY CAUSING THEIR OLD NOTES TO BE TENDERED ON THEIR BEHALF THROUGH THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANYS (DTC) AUTOMATED TENDER OFFER PROGRAM (ATOP), THEREBY AGREE TO BE BOUND BY THE TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF THE EXCHANGE OFFER AS DESCRIBED IN THE APPLICABLE OFFER DOCUMENTS AND THIS LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL AND CONSENT TO THE PROPOSED AMENDMENTS TO THE INDENTURE DESCRIBED IN THE PROSPECTUS.
Only owners of old notes validly tendered at or prior to the Expiration Date and not validly withdrawn will be eligible to receive the applicable exchange consideration. See General Terms of the Exchange Offer and Consent Solicitation—Procedures for Tendering Old Notes in the Prospectus. The Exchange Offer may be extended, amended, terminated or consummated as provided in the applicable Offer Documents.
No alternative, conditional or contingent tender of old notes will be accepted. The undersigned waives all rights to receive notice of acceptance of such holders old notes for exchange.
PLEASE READ THIS ENTIRE LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL CAREFULLY BEFORE CHECKING ANY BOX BELOW
Custodians of old notes that are tendering by book-entry transfer to the Exchange Agents account at DTC can execute a tender through ATOP by electronically transmitting their acceptance to DTC through ATOP, which will verify the acceptance and execute a book-entry delivery to the Exchange Agents account at DTC. DTC will then send an agents message to the Exchange Agent. Delivery of the agents message by DTC will satisfy the terms of the Exchange Offer as to execution and delivery of a letter of transmittal by the participant identified in the agents message.
The agents message must be received by the Exchange Agent at or prior to the Expiration Date for the Exchange Offer for the tendering holders to be eligible to receive the applicable exchange consideration. An agents message is a message transmitted by DTC, received by the Exchange Agent and forming part of the book-entry confirmation, which states that DTC has received an express acknowledgement from you that you have received the applicable Offer Documents including this letter of transmittal and agree to be bound by the terms of the letter of transmittal and that we may enforce such agreement against you.
This letter of transmittal may be completed by a holder of the old notes if (i) a tender of old notes is to be made by book-entry transfer to the account maintained by the exchange agent at DTC pursuant to the procedures set forth in the applicable Offer Document and an agents message is not delivered, or (ii) if certificates for old notes are held in certificated form and thus are physically delivered to the Exchange Agent.
If you are in a jurisdiction where offers to sell, or solicitations of offers to purchase, the securities offered by the Prospectus and this letter of transmittal are unlawful, or if you are a person to whom it is unlawful to direct these types of activities, then the Exchange Offer does not extend to you.
2
The undersigned should complete, execute and deliver this letter of transmittal to indicate the action the undersigned desires to take with respect to the Exchange Offer:
TENDER OF OLD NOTES
|
|
|
|
o CHECK HERE IF OLD NOTES ARE BEING DELIVERED BY BOOK-ENTRY TRANSFER MADE TO AN ACCOUNT MAINTAINED BY THE EXCHANGE AGENT WITH DTC AND COMPLETE THE FOLLOWING (ONLY PARTICIPANTS IN DTC MAY DELIVER OLD NOTES BY BOOK-ENTRY TRANSFER):
|
|
|
|
Name of Tendering Institution
|
|
|
|
DTC Account Number
|
|
|
|
Date Tendered
|
|
|
|
Transaction Code Number
|
The undersigned authorizes the Exchange Agent to deliver this letter of transmittal to A. M. Castle & Co. as evidence of the undersigneds tender of old notes.
QUESTIONS AND REQUESTS FOR ASSISTANCE OR FOR ADDITIONAL COPIES OF THE APPLICABLE OFFER DOCUMENTS AND THIS LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL MAY BE DIRECTED TO THE EXCHANGE AGENT.
3
DESCRIPTION OF OLD NOTES TENDERED
THE UNDERSIGNED MUST COMPLETE THE APPROPRIATE BOX(ES) BELOW WITH RESPECT TO THE OLD NOTES TO WHICH THIS LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL RELATES.
Name(s) and Address(es) of Registered Holder(s) or Name of DTC Participant and Participant’s DTC Account Number in Which Old Notes are Held
(Please fill in if blank) |
Title of Old
Notes to be Tendered |
Aggregate
Principal Amount of Old Notes Represented |
Aggregate
Principal Amount of Old Notes Tendered(1) |
|
5.00%/7.00%
Convertible Senior PIK Toggle Notes due 2022 |
(1) | Unless otherwise indicated in this column, any tendering holder will be deemed to have tendered the entire principal amount represented by the old notes indicated in the column labeled Aggregate Principal Amount of Old Notes Represented. See Instruction 2. |
If the space provided in the above form is inadequate, list the information requested above on a separate signed schedule and attach that schedule to this letter of transmittal.
4
NOTE: SIGNATURES MUST BE PROVIDED BELOW PLEASE READ THE ACCOMPANYING INSTRUCTIONS CAREFULLY
Ladies and Gentlemen:
By the execution hereof, the undersigned hereby acknowledges receipt of the prospectus dated February 27, 2020 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the Prospectus), as may be amended or supplemented from time to time, of A. M. Castle & Co. a Maryland corporation, and this letter of transmittal (as it may be supplemented and amended from time to time, this letter of transmittal) (collectively, the Offer Documents). We urge you to review the applicable Offer Documents for the terms and conditions of the Exchange Offer. Certain terms used but not defined herein have the meaning given to them in the Prospectus.
Upon the terms and subject to the conditions of the Exchange Offer, the undersigned hereby tenders to the Company the principal amount or amounts of its old notes described in the box marked Description of Old Notes Tendered.
Subject to and effective upon the acceptance for exchange of the old notes tendered herewith, and the delivery of the exchange consideration upon the terms and conditions of the Exchange Offer, the undersigned hereby (1) irrevocably sells, assigns and transfers to the issuer of its old notes all right, title and interest in and to all such old notes as are being tendered herewith and (2) irrevocably appoints the Exchange Agent as its agent and attorney-in-fact (with full knowledge that the Exchange Agent is also acting as our agent with respect to the tendered old notes with full power coupled with an interest) to (a) transfer ownership of the old notes on the account books maintained by the DTC, together with all accompanying evidences of transfer and authenticity, to or upon the order of the issuer of its old notes, (b) present the old notes for transfer on the relevant security register and (c) receive all benefits or otherwise exercise all rights of beneficial ownership of the old notes, all in accordance with the terms of the Exchange Offer, as set forth in the Offer Documents.
If you have tendered old notes, you may withdraw those old notes prior to the Withdrawal Deadline by submitting a withdrawal instruction to DTC subject to the limitations and requirements described in General Terms of the Exchange Offer and Consent Solicitation—Withdrawal of Tenders; Revocation of Consents in the Prospectus.
The undersigned hereby represents and warrants that the undersigned has full power and authority to tender, sell, assign and transfer the old notes tendered hereby and to acquire the exchange consideration upon the exchange of such tendered old notes and give the consent, and that, when the old notes are accepted for exchange, the Company will acquire good, marketable and unencumbered title thereto, free and clear of all liens, restrictions, charges and encumbrances, and that the old notes tendered hereby are not subject to any adverse claims or proxies. The undersigned will, upon request, execute and deliver any additional documents deemed by us or the Exchange Agent to be necessary or desirable to complete the sale, assignment and transfer of the old notes tendered hereby. The undersigned has received the applicable Offer Documents and agrees to all of the terms of the Exchange Offer.
The Company reserves the right not to accept as validly given any certification as to eligibility given by a holder of old notes if we have reason to believe that such certification has not properly been given or is otherwise incorrect. As it may be unlawful in certain jurisdictions to deliver (or be deemed to have delivered) exchange consideration to holders of old notes, such holders who are residents, citizens, nationals of or have otherwise some form of connection with certain jurisdictions are required to inform themselves about and observe any applicable legal requirements. It is the responsibility of any such holder wishing to accept the proposals to satisfy itself as to the full observance of the laws of the relevant jurisdiction in connection therewith, including the obtaining of any governmental, exchange control or other consents which may be required and the compliance with any other necessary formalities.
The undersigned understands that tenders of old notes pursuant to any one of the procedures described in the Prospectus under the heading General Terms of the Exchange Offer and Consent Solicitation—Procedures for Tendering Old Notes and in the instructions herein will, upon our acceptance for exchange of such tendered old notes, constitute a binding agreement between the undersigned and us upon the terms and subject to the conditions of the exchange Offer.
Additionally, the undersigned understands that by tendering old notes in the Exchange Offer, the undersigned will be deemed to have consented to the Proposed Amendments in respect of indenture governing their old notes as
5
described in the Prospectus under the heading Proposed Amendments. Holders may not tender their old notes pursuant to the Exchange Offer without delivering consents to the Proposed Amendments, and holders may not deliver consents to the Proposed Amendments pursuant to the consent solicitation without tendering their old notes.
The Exchange Offer is subject to certain conditions described in the section of the Prospectus entitled General Terms of the Exchange Offer and Consent Solicitation—Conditions to the Exchange Offer and Consent Solicitation. The undersigned understands that our obligation to accept for exchange old notes validly tendered and not validly withdrawn pursuant to the Exchange Offer is subject to the conditions set forth in the Offer Documents. The undersigned recognizes that as a result of these conditions (certain of which may be waived, in whole or in part, by us), as more particularly set forth in the Offer Documents, we may not be required to accept for exchange or to exchange any of the old notes tendered hereby and, in such event, the old notes not accepted for exchange will be returned to the undersigned at the address shown below the signature of the undersigned.
Unless otherwise indicated in the boxes entitled Special Delivery Instructions or Special Payment or Issuance Instructions in this letter of transmittal, certificates for all securities issued as part of the exchange consideration in exchange for tendered old notes, and any old notes delivered herewith but not exchanged, will be registered in the name of and delivered to the undersigned at the address shown below the signature of the undersigned. If securities are to be issued as part of the exchange consideration to a person other than the person(s) signing this letter of transmittal, or if securities delivered as part of the exchange consideration are to be mailed to someone other than the person(s) signing this letter of transmittal, the appropriate boxes of this letter of transmittal should be completed. If old notes are surrendered by holder(s) that have completed either the box entitled Special Delivery Instructions or Special Payment or Issuance Instructions in this letter of transmittal, signature(s) on this letter of transmittal must be guaranteed by a Medallion Signature Guarantor (as defined in Instruction 3).
All authority herein conferred or agreed to be conferred in this letter of transmittal shall survive the death or incapacity of the undersigned and any obligation of the undersigned hereunder shall be binding upon the heirs, executors, administrators, personal representatives, trustees in bankruptcy, legal representatives, successors and assigns of the undersigned.
THE UNDERSIGNED, BY COMPLETING THE BOXES ENTITLED DESCRIPTION OF OLD NOTES TENDERED AND SIGNING AND DELIVERING THIS LETTER, WILL HAVE TENDERED THE OLD NOTES AS SET FORTH IN SUCH BOXES AND SHALL CONSENT TO THE PROPOSED AMENDMENTS TO THE INDENTURE DESCRIBED IN THE PROSPECTUS.
6
REGISTERED HOLDERS OF OLD NOTES SIGN HERE
(In addition, complete IRS Form W-9 or applicable IRS Form W-8)
7
SPECIAL PAYMENT OR ISSUANCE
INSTRUCTIONS (See Instructions 4, 5 and 6) |
|
|
|
To be completed ONLY if the exchange consideration for the old notes accepted for exchange is paid to, or any old notes that are not tendered or are not accepted are to be issued in the name of someone other than the undersigned.
|
|
|
|
Deliver: o Exchange Consideration to:
o old notes to: (Check Appropriate Box) |
|
|
|
Name(s)
|
|
|
|
Address:
|
|
|
|
Telephone Number:
|
|
|
|
(Taxpayer Identification or Social Security Number)
|
|
|
|
o Credit the exchange consideration and/or untendered old notes delivered by book-entry transfer to the DTC account set forth below:
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Account Number)
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Name of Account Party)
|
SPECIAL DELIVERY
INSTRUCTIONS (See Instructions 3, 4, 5 and 6) |
|
|
|
To be completed ONLY if the exchange consideration or any old notes that are not tendered or are not accepted are to be sent to someone other than the undersigned, or to the undersigned at an address other than that shown above.
|
|
|
|
Deliver: o Exchange Consideration to:
o old notes to: (Check Appropriate Box) |
|
|
|
Name(s)
|
|
|
|
Address:
|
|
|
|
Telephone Number:
|
|
|
|
(Taxpayer Identification or Social Security Number)
|
|
|
|
o Credit the exchange consideration and/or untendered old notes delivered by book-entry transfer to the DTC account set forth below:
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Account Number)
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Name of Account Party)
|
8
INSTRUCTIONS
Forming Part of the Terms and Conditions of the Exchange Offer
1. Delivery of this Letter of Transmittal
All confirmations of any book-entry transfers delivered to the Exchange Agents account at DTC, as well as a properly completed and duly executed copy of this letter of transmittal (or facsimile thereof), and any other documents required by this letter of transmittal or, in the case of a book-entry transfer, an appropriate agents message, must be received by the Exchange Agent at its address set forth herein on or prior to the Expiration Date. The method of delivery of this letter of transmittal, the old notes and all other required documents is at the election and risk of the holder. Except as otherwise provided below, the delivery will be deemed made only when actually received by the Exchange Agent.
Any beneficial holder whose old notes are registered in the name of a broker, dealer, bank, trust company, other nominee or custodian and who wishes to tender old notes in the Exchange Offer should contact such registered holder promptly and instruct such registered holder to tender on such beneficial holders behalf. If such beneficial holder wishes to tender directly, such beneficial holder must, prior to completing and executing this letter of transmittal and tendering old notes, either make appropriate arrangements to register ownership of the old notes in such beneficial holders own name or obtain a properly completed bond power from the registered holder. Beneficial holders should be aware that the transfer of registered ownership may take considerable time.
Delivery to an address other than as set forth herein, or instructions via a facsimile number other than the ones set forth herein, will not constitute a valid delivery.
The Company expressly reserves the right, at any time or from time to time, to extend the Expiration Date by complying with certain conditions set forth in the applicable Offer Documents.
LETTERS OF TRANSMITTAL SHOULD NOT BE SENT TO THE COMPANY OR DTC.
2. Certificated Notes
We believe that the old notes are currently represented by a global note deposited with a common depository at DTC. Old notes cannot be physically tendered. If you happen to hold old notes in physical, certificated form, you will need to deposit such old notes with DTC in order to participate in the Exchange Offer. If you need assistance in doing so, please contact the Exchange Agent at the address and telephone number set forth above.
3. Signature on this Letter of Transmittal; Written Instruments and Endorsements; Guarantee of Signatures
If this letter of transmittal is signed by the registered holder(s) of the old notes tendered hereby, the signature(s) must correspond with the name(s) as written on the face of the certificates without alteration or enlargement or any change whatsoever.
If any of the old notes tendered hereby are owned of record by two or more joint owners, all such owners must sign this letter of transmittal.
If a number of old notes registered in different names are tendered, it will be necessary to complete, sign and submit as many separate copies of this letter of transmittal as there are different registrations of old notes.
Signatures on all letters of transmittal must be guaranteed by a recognized participant in the Securities Transfer Agents Medallion Program, the New York Stock Exchange Medallion Signature Program or the Stock Exchange Medallion Program (a Medallion Signature Guarantor), unless the old notes tendered thereby are tendered (i) by a holder of old notes who has not completed either the box entitled Special Delivery Instructions or the box entitled Special Payment or Issuance Instructions on this letter of transmittal or (ii) for the account of a member firm of a registered national securities exchange, a member of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority or a commercial bank or trust company having an office or correspondent in the United States (each of the foregoing being referred to as an Eligible Institution). If the old notes are registered in the name of a person other than the signer of the letter of transmittal or if old notes not accepted for purchase or not tendered are to be returned to a person other than the holder, then the signatures on the letters of transmittal accompanying the tendered old notes must be guaranteed by a Medallion Signature Guarantor as described above.
9
If this letter of transmittal is signed by the registered holder or holders of old notes listed and tendered hereby, no endorsements of the tendered old notes or separate written instruments of transfer or exchange are required. In any other case, the registered holder (or acting holder) must either properly endorse the old notes or transmit properly completed bond powers with this letter of transmittal (in either case executed exactly as the name(s) of the registered holder(s) appear(s) on the old notes, with the signature on the old notes or bond power guaranteed by a Medallion Signature Guarantor (except where the old notes are tendered for the account of an Eligible Institution).
If old notes are to be tendered by any person other than the person in whose name the old notes are registered, the old notes must be endorsed or accompanied by an appropriate written instrument or instruments of transfer executed exactly as the name or names of the holder or holders appear on the old notes, with the signature(s) on the old notes or instruments of transfer guaranteed as provided above, and this letter of transmittal must be executed and delivered either by the holder or holders, or by the tendering person pursuant to a valid proxy signed by the holder or holders, which signature must, in either case, be guaranteed as provided below.
4. Special Issuance, Delivery and Payment Instructions
Tendering holders should indicate, in the applicable box, the account at DTC in which the exchange consideration is to be issued and deposited, if different from the accounts of the person signing this letter of transmittal.
Tendering holders should indicate, in the applicable box, the name and address in which old notes for principal amounts not tendered or not accepted for exchange are to be issued and delivered, if different from the names and addresses of the person signing this letter of transmittal.
In the case of issuance or payment in a different name, the taxpayer identification number or social security number of the person named must also be indicated and the tendering holder should complete the applicable box.
If no instructions are given, the exchange consideration (and any old notes not tendered or not accepted) will be issued in the name of and delivered to the acting holder of the old notes or deposited at such holders account at DTC, as applicable.
5. Transfer Taxes
The Company shall pay all transfer taxes, if any, applicable to the exchange of old notes pursuant to the Exchange Offer. If, however, transfer taxes are payable in circumstances where certificates representing the securities issued as part of the exchange consideration or old notes for principal amounts not tendered or accepted for exchange are to be delivered to, or are to be registered or issued in the name of, any person other than the registered holder of the old notes tendered or where tendered old notes are registered in the name of any person other than the person signing this letter of transmittal, or if a transfer tax is imposed for any reason other than the exchange of old notes pursuant to the Exchange Offer, then the amount of any such transfer taxes (whether imposed on the registered holder or any other person) will be payable by the tendering holder. If satisfactory evidence of payment of such taxes or exemption therefrom is not submitted herewith, the amount of such transfer taxes will be billed directly to such tendering holder.
Except as provided in this Instruction 5, it will not be necessary for transfer stamps to be affixed to the old notes listed in this letter of transmittal.
6. Waiver of Condition
We reserve the absolute right to waive, in whole or in part, any of the specified conditions to the Exchange Offer set forth in the Offer Documents.
7. Requests for Assistance or Additional Copies
Questions and requests for assistance relating to the Offer Documents, including this letter of transmittal and other related documents and relating to the procedure for tendering may be directed to the Exchange Agent at the address and telephone number set forth above.
Questions and requests for assistance or for additional copies of the Offer Documents may be directed to the Exchange Agent at the address and telephone number set forth above.
10
8. Validity and Form
All questions as to the validity, form, eligibility (including time of receipt) and acceptance for exchange or purchase of any tendered old notes pursuant to any of the instructions in this letter of transmittal, and the form and validity (including time of receipt of notices of withdrawal) of all documents will be determined by the Company in its absolute discretion, which determination will be final and binding. We reserve the absolute right to reject any or all tenders of any old notes determined by us not to be in proper form, or if the acceptance of, or exchange of, such old notes may, in the opinion of counsel for us, be unlawful. We also reserve the right to waive any conditions to any offer that we are legally permitted to waive.
Tender of old notes will not be deemed to have been validly made until all defects or irregularities in such tender have been cured or waived. All questions as to the form and validity (including time of receipt) of any delivery will be determined by us in our absolute discretion, which determination shall be final and binding. None of the Company, the Exchange Agent or any other person or entity is under any duty to give notification of any defects or irregularities in any tender or withdrawal of any old notes, or will incur any liability for failure to give any such notification.
9. Important Tax Information
Under current United States federal income tax law, the Exchange Agent (as payor) may be required to withhold a portion of any payments (including payments with respect to accrued interest) made to certain holders (or other payees) pursuant to the Exchange Offer and other transactions described in the Prospectus. To avoid backup withholding, each tendering United States holder or other United States payee should provide the Exchange Agent with its correct taxpayer identification number (TIN) and certify that it is not subject to backup withholding by completing Form W-9 of the United States Internal Revenue Service (the IRS), or otherwise establish an exemption from the backup withholding rules. In general, for an individual, the TIN is such individuals social security number. If the Exchange Agent is not provided with the correct TIN, the United States holder (or other payee) may be subject to a $50 penalty imposed by the IRS. If an exemption from backup withholding is not established, any reportable payments will be subject to backup withholding at the applicable rate, currently 24%. Such reportable payments generally will be subject to information reporting, even if an exemption from backup withholding is established. If a United States holder has not been issued a TIN and has applied for one or intends to apply for one in the near future, such United States holder should write Applied For in the space provided for the TIN in Part I of Form W-9, sign and date the Form W-9 and the Certificate of Awaiting Taxpayer Identification Number below. If Applied For is written in Part I and the Exchange Agent is not provided with a TIN prior to the date of payment, the Exchange Agent will withhold 24% of any reportable payments made to the United States holder. For further information concerning backup withholding and instructions for completing the attached Form W-9 (including how to obtain a TIN if you do not have one and how to complete Form W-9 if the Existing Notes are held in more than one name), consult the instructions in Form W-9. All IRS forms mentioned herein may be obtained on the IRS website at www.irs.gov.
Certain persons (including, among others, Corporations and certain non-United States persons) are not subject to these backup withholding and reporting requirements. Exempt United States persons should indicate their exempt status on Form W-9. A Non-United States Holder generally will not be subject to backup withholding with respect to any reportable payments (including payments with respect to accrued interest) as long as (1) the payor or broker does not have actual knowledge or reason to know that the holder is a U.S. person, and (2) the holder has furnished to the payor or broker a properly executed applicable IRS Form W-8 (or a successor form) certifying, under penalties of perjury, its status as a non-United States person or otherwise establishes an exemption. An IRS Form W-8 can be obtained from the Exchange Agent or the IRS website at www.irs.gov. Holders should consult their tax advisors as to any qualification for exemption from backup withholding and the procedure for obtaining the exemption. Backup withholding is not an additional United States federal income tax. Rather, the amount of United States federal income tax withheld will be creditable against the United States federal income tax liability of a person subject to backup withholding. If backup withholding results in an overpayment of United States federal income tax, a refund may be obtained provided that the required information is timely furnished to the IRS.
Payment of interest (including original issue discount) to Non-United States holders may be subject to a 30% United States withholding tax, or a lower rate under an applicable treaty. Interest may be exempt from withholding if it qualifies as portfolio interest to the Non-United States holder. In order to claim a lower rate or
11
exemption, a Non-United States Holder must furnish a properly executed applicable IRS Form W-8 (or a successor form) claiming a lower rate or exemption. Non-United States Holders should consult their tax advisors as to any qualification for a lower rate under an applicable treaty or exemption from withholding.
A persons failure to complete Form W-9, applicable IRS Form W-8 or other appropriate form will not, by itself, cause such persons Existing Notes to be deemed invalidly tendered, but may require the Exchange Agent to withhold a portion of any payments made to such person pursuant to the Exchange Offer and other transactions described in the Prospectus.
NOTE: FAILURE TO COMPLETE AND RETURN FORM W-9 (OR FORM W-8, AS APPLICABLE) MAY RESULT IN BACKUP WITHHOLDING OF 24% OF ANY REPORTABLE PAYMENTS MADE TO YOU PURSUANT TO THE OFFERS AND OTHER TRANSACTIONS DESCRIBED IN THE PROSPECTUS. PLEASE REVIEW FORM W-9 AND INSTRUCTIONS CONTAINED IN THIS LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL FOR ADDITIONAL DETAILS OR CONTACT THE EXCHANGE AGENT FOR THE APPLICABLE FORM W-8.
IMPORTANT: THIS LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL OR A FACSIMILE THEREOF TOGETHER WITH EXISTING NOTES OR CONFIRMATION OF BOOK-ENTRY TRANSFER AND ALL OTHER REQUIRED DOCUMENTS MUST BE RECEIVED BY THE EXCHANGE AGENT ON OR PRIOR TO THE EXPIRATION DATE.
As described above, please complete the Certificate of Awaiting Taxpayer Identification Number below if you are a United States holder that has not been issued a TIN and has applied for, or intends to apply for in the near future, a TIN.
CERTIFICATE OF AWAITING TAXPAYER IDENTIFICATION NUMBER
I certify, under penalties of perjury, that a taxpayer identification number has not been issued to me, and either (1) I have mailed or delivered an application to receive a taxpayer identification number to the appropriate Internal Revenue Service Center or Social Security Administration Office or (2) I intend to mail or deliver an application in the near future. I understand that, if I do not provide a taxpayer identification number by the time of payment, a portion (currently 24%) of all reportable payments made to me will be withheld and remitted to the Internal Revenue Service.
SIGNATURE DATE:
12
Exhibit 99.2
A. M. Castle & Co.
Offer to Exchange and Consent Solicitation Pursuant to the Prospectus, dated February 27, 2020
for Any and All of the
5.00%/7.00% Convertible Senior PIK Toggle Notes due 2022 (CUSIP 148411AK7) and
Solicitation of Consents to Proposed Amendments to the Related Indenture
THE EXCHANGE OFFER AND THE CONSENT SOLICITATION WILL EXPIRE AT 5:00 P.M., NEW YORK CITY TIME, ON MARCH 26, 2020, UNLESS EXTENDED OR EARLIER TERMINATED BY US (SUCH DATE AND TIME, AS THE SAME MAY BE EXTENDED, THE “EXPIRATION DATE”). TENDERS MAY BE WITHDRAWN AT ANY TIME BEFORE 5:00 P.M., NEW YORK CITY TIME, ON THE EXPIRATION DATE (SUCH DATE AND TIME, AS THE SAME MAY BE EXTENDED, THE “WITHDRAWAL DEADLINE”).
|
February 27, 2020
To Brokers, Dealers, Commercial Banks, Trust Companies and Other Nominees:
We are enclosing the documents listed below relating to the offer by A. M. Castle & Co. (the Company) to exchange (the Exchange Offer) (i) the number of shares of its common stock and (ii) new notes for each $1,000 of principal amount of outstanding 5.00%/7.00% Convertible Senior PIK Toggle Notes due 2022 (the old notes) as set forth in the summary offering table on the inside front cover of the prospectus dated February 27, 2020 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (as may be amended or supplemented, the Prospectus), in accordance with and subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the Prospectus, a copy of which accompanies this letter, and the letter of transmittal (as each may be amended or supplemented from time to time) (collectively, the Offer Documents). Certain terms used and not defined herein shall have the respective meanings ascribed to them in the Prospectus.
Concurrently with the Exchange Offer, the Company is also soliciting consents (the Consent Solicitation) from holders for certain amendments to the indenture governing the old notes to eliminate or amend substantially all of the restrictive covenants, release all collateral securing the Issuers obligations under the indenture governing the old notes (the Existing Indenture), and modify certain of the events of default and various other provisions, contained in the Existing Indenture (collectively, the Proposed Amendments). Each holder that tenders old notes in the Exchange Offer will be deemed to have consented to the Proposed Amendments. Holders may not deliver consents to the Proposed Amendments without tendering their old notes, and holders may not tender their old notes without delivering consents.
We are requesting that you contact your clients for whom you hold old notes through your account (the Beneficial Holders) with The Depository Trust Company (DTC) regarding the Exchange Offer or Consent Solicitation. For your information and for forwarding to your clients for whom you hold old notes registered in your name or in the name of your nominee, we are enclosing the following documents:
1. | a form of letter which may be sent to your clients for whose account you hold old notes through your DTC account, which contains a form that may be sent from your clients to you with such clients’ instruction with regard to the Exchange Offers and Consent Solicitation; |
2. | Letter of Transmittal (together with accompanying Substitute Form W-9 and related Guidelines); and |
3. | a copy of the appropriate Offer Documents. |
YOUR PROMPT ACTION IS REQUESTED. OLD NOTES TENDERED PURSUANT TO THE EXCHANGE OFFER MAY BE WITHDRAWN AT ANY TIME BEFORE THE EXPIRATION DATE. WE URGE YOU TO CONTACT YOUR CLIENTS AS PROMPTLY AS POSSIBLE IN ORDER TO OBTAIN THEIR INSTRUCTIONS.
We will pay brokerage houses and other custodians, nominees and fiduciaries their reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with forwarding copies of the Offer Documents and related documents to the beneficial owners of old notes and in connection with handling or forwarding tenders for exchange and payment. We will pay or cause to be paid any transfer taxes applicable to the tender of old notes.
Any inquiries you may have with respect to Exchange Offer or the Consent Solicitations for the Proposed Amendments, or requests for additional copies of the enclosed materials or the Letter of Transmittal, should be directed to Wilmington Savings Fund Society, FSB, Attention: Corporate Trust Middle Office, 501 Car Road, Suite 100, Wilmington, DE 19809, Tel: 302-571-7014, Email: CTMiddleOffice@wsfsbank.com.
Please refer to General Terms of the Exchange Offer and Consent Solicitation—Procedures for Tendering Old Notes in the Prospectus for a description of the procedures which must be followed to tender old notes in the Exchange Offer and participate in the consent solicitations for the Proposed Amendments.
Very truly yours,
A. M. Castle & Co.
NOTHING CONTAINED HEREIN OR IN THE ENCLOSED DOCUMENTS SHALL CONSTITUTE YOU OR ANY OTHER PERSON AS THE AGENT OF THE COMPANY OR THE EXCHANGE AGENT, OR AUTHORIZE YOU OR ANY OTHER PERSON TO USE ANY DOCUMENT OR TO MAKE ANY STATEMENT ON BEHALF OF ANY OF THEM IN CONNECTION WITH THE EXCHANGE OFFER OTHER THAN THE DOCUMENTS ENCLOSED HEREWITH AND THE STATEMENTS CONTAINED THEREIN.
Enclosures
Exhibit 99.3
A. M. Castle & Co.
Offer to Exchange and Consent Solicitation Pursuant to the Prospectus, dated February 27, 2020
for Any and All of the
5.00%/7.00% Convertible Senior PIK Toggle Notes due 2022 (CUSIP No. 148411AK7) and
Solicitation of Consents to Proposed Amendments to the Related Indenture
THE EXCHANGE OFFER AND THE CONSENT SOLICITATION WILL EXPIRE AT 5:00 P.M., NEW YORK CITY TIME, ON MARCH 26, 2020, UNLESS EXTENDED OR EARLIER TERMINATED BY US (SUCH DATE AND TIME, AS THE SAME MAY BE EXTENDED, THE “EXPIRATION DATE”). TENDERS MAY BE WITHDRAWN AT ANY TIME BEFORE 5:00 P.M., NEW YORK CITY TIME, ON THE EXPIRATION DATE (SUCH DATE AND TIME, AS THE SAME MAY BE EXTENDED, THE “WITHDRAWAL DEADLINE”).
|
February 27, 2020
To Our Clients:
This letter relates to the offer by A. M. Castle & Co. (the Company) to exchange (the Exchange Offer) (i) the number of shares of its common stock and (ii) new notes for each $1,000 of principal amount of outstanding 5.00%/7.00% Convertible Senior PIK Toggle Notes due 2022 (the old notes) as set forth in the summary offering table on the inside front cover of the prospectus dated February, 2020 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (as may be amended or supplemented, the Prospectus), in accordance with and subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the Prospectus, a copy of which accompanies this letter, and the letter of transmittal (as each may be amended or supplemented from time to time) (collectively, the Offer Documents). Certain terms used and not defined herein shall have the respective meanings ascribed to them in the Prospectus.
Concurrently with the Exchange Offer, the Company is also soliciting consents (the Consent Solicitation) from holders for certain amendments to the indenture governing the old notes to eliminate or amend substantially all of the restrictive covenants, release all collateral securing the Issuers obligations under the indenture governing the old notes (the Existing Indenture), and modify certain of the events of default and various other provisions, contained in the Existing Indenture (collectively, the Proposed Amendments). Each holder that tenders old notes in the Exchange Offer will be deemed to have consented to the Proposed Amendments. Holders may not deliver consents to the Proposed Amendments without tendering their old notes, and holders may not tender their old notes without delivering consents.
This material is being forwarded to you as the beneficial owner of the old notes held by us for your account but not registered in your name. A TENDER OF SUCH OLD NOTES MAY ONLY BE MADE BY US AS A PARTICIPANT IN THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY PURSUANT TO YOUR INSTRUCTIONS.
Accordingly, we request instructions as to whether you wish us to tender on your behalf the old notes held by us for your account and to consent to the Proposed Amendments applicable to such old notes, pursuant to the terms and conditions set forth in the enclosed Offer Documents. You may only tender your old notes by book-entry transfer of the old notes into the exchange agents account at The Depository Trust Company. We urge you to read carefully the applicable Offer Documents, including the documents incorporated by reference therein, and the related letter of transmittal before instructing us to tender your old notes. Copies of the Offer Documents (including the related letter of transmittal) may be requested directly from Wilmington Savings Fund Society, FSB, Attention: Corporate Trust Middle Office, 501 Car Road, Suite 100, Wilmington, DE 19809, Tel: 302-571-7014, Email: CTMiddleOffice@wsfsbank.com.
Your instructions should be returned to us as promptly as possible in order to permit us to tender the old notes on your behalf in accordance with the provisions of the Exchange Offers. The Exchange Offer will expire at 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on March 26, 2020, unless extended. Any old notes tendered pursuant to the Exchange Offer may be withdrawn at any time before 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on March 26, 2020.
Your attention is directed to the following:
1. | The Exchange Offer is for any and all old notes. |
2. | The Exchange Offer is subject to certain conditions. See the section of the Prospectus captioned General Terms of the Exchange Offer and Consent Solicitation — Conditions of the Exchange Offer and Consent Solicitation. |
3. | Each holder who tenders old notes in the Exchange Offer will be deemed to have consented to the Proposed Amendments in respect of the indenture governing the old notes. Holders may not tender their old notes in the Exchange Offer without delivering consents to the Proposed Amendments, and holders may not deliver consents to the Proposed Amendments pursuant to the Consent Solicitation without tendering their old notes. |
If you wish to have us tender your old notes and your consent to the Proposed Amendments applicable to the old notes, please so instruct us by completing, executing and returning to us the instruction form on the back of this letter.
Very truly yours,
INSTRUCTIONS TO THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY PARTICIPANT
The undersigned acknowledge(s) receipt of your letter relating to the Exchange Offer with respect to the old notes.
This will instruct you to tender the aggregate principal amount of old notes indicated below held by you or for the account or benefit of the undersigned (or, if no amount is indicated below, for all of the aggregate principal amount at maturity of old notes held by you for the account or benefit of the undersigned) upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in the Offer Documents.
DESCRIPTION OF OLD NOTES TENDERED
o | Please do not tender any old notes held by you for my account. |
o | Please tender the old notes held by you for my account as indicated below: |
Old Notes
|
CUSIP
|
Amount of
Old Notes to be Tendered |
5.00%/7.00% Convertible Senior PIK Toggle Notes due 2022
|
148411AK7
|
|
ALL HOLDERS, PLEASE COMPLETE THE FOLLOWING: Dated: , 2020
Signature(s):
|
|
|
|
|
|
Print Name(s) and Title here:
|
|
|
|
||
Print Address(es):
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Include Zip Code)
|
|
|
|
|
|
Area Code and Telephone Number(s):
|
|
|
|||
Tax Identification or Social Security Number(s):
|
|
None of the old notes held by us for your account will be tendered and no consent will be given in respect of the Proposed Amendments unless we receive written instructions from you to do so. Unless a specific contrary instruction is given in the space provided, your signature(s) hereon shall constitute an instruction to us to tender all the old notes held by us for your account.